12GS41&44S (EU) Workshop Manual

00-1
GROUP 00
GENERAL
CONTENTS
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL. . . . . . 00-3 COMPARTMENT <4B11-Turbo, 4N1> . . . . 00-39

CAUTIONS FOR AIR CONDITIONER STARITING
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/ ...................................... 00-39
INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS. . . . 00-6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
...................................... 00-40
CONTENTS OF TROUBLESHOOTING . . . 00-6
SERVICING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . 00-40
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-8
HOW TO SHIFT LOCK FORCED RELEASE
HOW TO USE THE INSPECTION PROCEDURES
...................................... 00-40
...................................... 00-10
MULTI USE TESTER (M.U.T.-III) SUB ASSEMBLY
CONNECTOR MEASUREMENT SERVICE POINTS
...................................... 00-42
...................................... 00-12
HOW TO PERFORM CHASSIS NUMBER (Chassis
CONNECTOR INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS
No.) WRITING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-43
...................................... 00-13
CODING LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-49
INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS FOR A BLOWN
FUSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-14 PRE-INSPECTION CONDITION . . . . . . . . . 00-58
HOW TO COPE WITH INTERMITTENT ENGINE OILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-58
MALFUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-14 INITIALISATION PROCEDURE FOR LEARNING
HOW TO TREAT PAST TROUBLE . . . . . . 00-15 VALUE IN MPI ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-58
LEARNING PROCEDURE FOR IDLING IN MPI
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . 00-15 ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-59
SERVICING COMMON RAIL ENGINE <4N1>
MODELS <LANCER> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-15
...................................... 00-60
MODELS <LANCER SPORTBACK> . . . . . 00-18
WHAT THE COMMON RAIL ENGINE LEARNS <4N1>
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (CHASSIS ...................................... 00-60
NUMBER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-20
INJECTOR IDENTIFICATION CODE REGISTRATION
VEHICLE INFORMATION CODE PLATE. . 00-21 PROCEDURE <4N1> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-61
MANUFACTURER PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-21 SMALL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) PLATE PROCEDURE <4N1> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-63
...................................... 00-21 SUPPLY PUMP CORRECTION LEARNING
ENGINE MODEL STAMPING. . . . . . . . . . . 00-22 PROCEDURE <4N1> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-65
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE FOR LEARNING
GENERAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS VALUE IN COMMON RAIL ENGINE <4N1>
................................. 00-23 ...................................... 00-67
GENERAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS <LANCER> BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR CALIBRATION <Low
...................................... 00-23 CO2 specification, FFV, 4N1, 4J1> . . . . . . . 00-68
GENERAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS <LANCER FORCED LEARNING OF ESTIMATED ETHANOL
SPORTBACK> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-32 CONCENTRATION <FFV> . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-69
TIMING CHAIN MAINTENANCE <4B11-Turbo>
...................................... 00-70
PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SERVICE. 00-39
FORM-IN-PLACE GASKET (FIPG) . . . . . . . 00-74
CAUTIONS FOR WORKING IN ENGINE
00-2
BOLTS AND NUTS WITH STABILIZER FOR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION . . . . . . . . . . 00-74 ................................. 00-76
PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF ON-
VEHICLE RADIO TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENT
...................................... 00-75
SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS . . . . . 00-79
APPLICATION OF ANTI-CORROSION AGENTS AND
UNDERCOATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-75 SUPPORT LOCATIONS FOR LIFTING AND
VEHICLE WASHING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-75 JACKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-81
GENERAL
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
00-3
M1001000103324
SCOPE OF MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION

SERVICING EXPLANATIONS DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION call special
attention to a necessary action or to an action that
This manual provides explanations, etc. concerning
must be avoided. The differences among DANGER,
procedures for the inspection, maintenance, repair
WARNING, and CAUTION are as follows:
and servicing of the subject model. Note, however,
• If a DANGER is not followed, the result is severe
that for engine and transmission-related component
bodily harm or even death.
parts, this manual covers only on-vehicle inspec-
• If a WARNING is not followed, the result could be
tions, adjustments, and the removal and installation
bodily injury.
procedures for major components. For detailed infor-
• If a CAUTION is not followed, the result could be
mation concerning the inspection, checking, adjust-
damage to the vehicle, vehicle components or
ment, disassembly and reassembly of the engine,
service equipment.
transmission and major components after they have
been removed from the vehicle, please refer to sepa-
rate manuals covering the engine and the transmis-
TIGHTENING TORQUE INDICATION
sion. Tightening torques (units: N⋅m) are set to take into
account the central value and the allowable toler-
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ance. The central value is the target value, and the
"On-vehicle Service" is procedures for performing
allowable tolerance provides the checking range for
inspections and adjustments of particularly important
tightening torques. If bolts and nuts are not provided
locations with regard to the construction and for
with tightening torques.
maintenance and servicing, but other inspection (for
looseness, play, cracking, damage, etc.) must also
be performed.
MODEL INDICATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual
INSPECTION for identification of model types.
Under this title are presented inspection and check- 1500:Indicates models equipped with the 1,499 mL
ing procedures to be performed by using special <4A91> petrol engine.
tools and measuring instruments and by feeling, but, 1600:Indicates models equipped with the 1,590 mL
for actual maintenance and servicing procedures, <4A92> petrol engine.
visual inspections should always be performed as 1800 (Petrol engine):Indicates models equipped with
well. the 1,798 mL <4B10> petrol engine.
1800 (Diesel engine):Indicates models equipped
DEFINITION OF TERMS with the 1,798 mL <4N13> diesel engine.
STANDARD VALUE 1800:Indicates models equipped with the 1,798 mL
Indicates the value used as the standard for judging <4B10> petrol engine and 1,798 mL <4N13> die-
the quality of a part or assembly on inspection or the sel engine.
value to which the part or assembly is corrected and 2000:Indicates models equipped with the 1,998 mL
adjusted. It is given by tolerance. <4B11> petrol engine.
DOHC:Indicates an engine with the double overhead
LIMIT camshaft, or models equipped with such an
Shows the standard for judging the quality of a part engine.
or assembly on inspection and means the maximum MIVEC:Indicates the Mitsubishi innovative valve tim-
or minimum value within which the part or assembly ing electronic control system.
must be kept functionally or in strength. It is a value AS&G: Indicates the Auto Stop and Go system.
established outside the range of standard value. FFV: Indicates the Flexible Fuel Vehicle.
Clear Tec:Indicates the make CO2 emission clear
REFERENCE VALUE technology.
Indicates the adjustment value prior to starting the MPI:Indicates the multipoint injection, or engine
work (presented in order to facilitate assembly and equipped with the multipoint injection.
adjustment procedures, and so they can be com- M/T:Indicates the manual transmission.
pleted in a shorter time). CVT:Indicates the continuously variable transmis-
sion.
00-4 GENERAL
TC-SST:Indicates the twin clutch sport shift transmis- A/C:Indicates the air conditioner.
sion.
2WD:Indicates the 2-wheel drive vehicles. EXPLANATION OF MANUAL CONTENTS
4WD:Indicates the 4-wheel drive vehicles.
Indicates the
Denotes tightening torque. section title.
For bolts and nuts which do
not have a tightening torque
listed, refer to the "Standard Indicates the Indicates the
Parts tightening-torque Table" group title. group number.
Indicates the page number.
Indicates procedures to be performed be-

fore the work in that section is started, and
procedures to be performed after the work
in that section is finished.
Component diagram
A diagram of the component parts is pro-
vided near the front of each section in order
to give the reader a better understanding of
the installed condition of component parts.
Mark N denotes nonreusable part.
Repair kit or parts sets are shown.

(Only very frequently used parts are shown.)
>>A<<
>>B<<
Maintenance and servicing procedures

The numbers provided within the diagram indicate the Installation steps :
sequence for maintenance and servicing procedures. Specified in case installation is impossible in
Removal steps : reverse order of removal steps. Omitted if
The part designation number corresponds to installation is possible in reverse order of re-
the number in the illustration to indicate remov- moval steps.
al steps. Reassembly steps :
Disassembly steps : Specified in case installation is impossible in
The part designation number corresponds to reverse order of removal steps. Omitted if
the number in the illustration to indicate disas- reassembly is possible in reverse order of dis-
sembly steps. assembly steps.
AC311238 AH
GENERAL
00-5
Classifications of major maintenance / service points

When there are major points relative to maintenance and servicing procedures (such as essential maintenance
and service points, maintenance and service standard values, information regarding the use of special tools, etc.).
These are arranged together as major maintenance and service points and explained in detail.
<<A>> : Indicates that there are essential points for removal or disassembly.
>>A<< : Indicates that there are essential points for installation or reassembly.
35A-21
Operating procedures,
cautions, etc. on removal,
installation, disassembly and
reassembly are described
BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY
The title of the page

(following the page on which
the diagram of component
parts is presented) indicating
the locations of lubrication and
sealing procedures.
Indicates (by symbols) where

lubrication is necessary.
Symbols for lubrication, sealants and adhesives
Symbols are used to show the locations for lubrication : Grease

and for application of sealants and adhesives. (Multi-purpose grease unless there is a brand
These symbols are included in the diagram of compo- or type specified)
nent parts or on the page following the component : Sealant or adhesive
parts page. The symbols do not always have accomp- : Automatic transmission fluid, brake fluid, power
anying text to support that symbol. steering fluid or air conditioning compressor oil
: Engine oil or gear oil
: Adhesive tape or butyl rubber tape
AC509265AF
00-6 GENERAL
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE

POINTS
CONTENTS OF TROUBLESHOOTING
M1001013300868
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated
with other system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) discon-
nected. On completion, confirm all systems for
diagnosis code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set,
erase them all.
WARNING
Since the radiator fan rotates during CAN
bus line diagnostics, make sure that no one
is servicing the engine compartment before
diagnosing the CAN bus line. Since the CAN
communication stops when diagnosing the
CAN bus line, the ETACS-ECU detects the
time-out of the engine-ECU, and activates
the radiator fan to prevent overheating as
fail-safe.
Troubleshooting of electronic control systems for
which the M.U.T.-III can be used follows the basic
outline described below. Even in systems for which
the M.U.T.-III cannot be used, some of these sys-
tems still follow this outline.
1. STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING

Troubleshooting sections are based on the diagnostic flow as below. If the diagnostic flow is different from
that given below, or if additional explanation is required, the details of such differences or additions will also
be listed.
GENERAL
00-7
Diagnosis method
Gathering information
from the customer.
Reoccurs Does not reoccur

Check trouble symptom.
NG
CAN bus diagnosis*1 CAN bus diagnosis chart* 2
OK
Diagnosis code Diagnosis code
Read the diagnosis code. displayed. displayed. Read the diagnosis code.
(Current trouble)*3 (Current trouble)*3
No diagnosis code Diagnosis code After taking note of the Diagnosis code No diagnosis
or communication displayed. malfunction code, erase the displayed. code.
with MUT-III not (Past trouble)*3 diagnosis code memory. (Past trouble)*3
possible
How to treat past Recheck trouble symptom. How to treat past

trouble* 4 trouble*4
Read the diagnosis codes. No diagnosis

Diagnosis code code.
displayed.
Refer to the INSPECTION CHART Refer to the INSPECTION CHART INTERMITTENT MALFUNCTIONS* 5
FOR TROUBLE SYMPTOMS FOR DIAGNOSIS CODES
(Refer to applicable group). (Refer to applicable group).
AC311722
• *1: For how to diagnose CAN bus lines, refer to GROUP 54C .
• *2: For the CAN bus diagnosis chart, refer to GROUP 54C .
• *3: When the M.U.T.-III detects a diagnosis code, its display informs users whether a mechanical problem
currently exists or whether it existed before. The message for the former state identifies it as an "Active"
and the message for the latter identifies it as a "Stored".
• *4: For how to treat past trouble, refer to P.00-15.
• *5: For how to cope with intermittent malfunctions, refer to P.00-14.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION AND SYMPTOM 5. DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES

VERIFICATION TESTS Indicates the inspection procedures corresponding to
If verification of the symptom(s) is difficult, proce- each diagnosis code (Refer to How to Use Inspection
dures for checking operation and verifying symptoms Procedures P.00-10).
are shown.
6. TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
3. DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION If there are trouble symptoms even though the
Details specific to individual systems are described. M.U.T.-III does not find any diagnosis codes, Inspec-
tion procedures for each trouble symptom will be
4. DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART found by means of this chart.
Diagnostic trouble codes and diagnostic items are
shown.
00-8 GENERAL
7. SYMPTOM PROCEDURES HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE

Indicates the inspection procedures corresponding to CAUTION
each symptom classified in the Symptom Chart Before connecting or disconnecting the M.U.T.-
(Refer to How to Use Inspection Procedures P.00- III, turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
10). position.
8. SERVICE DATA REFERENCE TABLE <LH drive vehicles>
Inspection items and normal judgment values have Diagnosis connector

been provided in this chart as reference information.
9. ACTUATOR TEST TABLE

The Actuator Test item numbers, inspection items,
and judgment values have been provided in this
chart as reference information.
MB991910
10. CHECK AT ECU TERMINALS
Terminal numbers for the ECU connectors, inspec- MB991824
tion items, and judgment values have been provided
in this chart as reference information.
11. INSPECTION PROCEDURE BY USING

AN OSCILLOSCOPE
When there are inspection procedures using an
oscilloscope, these are described here.
MB991827 AC608435 AB
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1001013400917
<RH drive vehicles> Diagnosis connector
The diagnosis function retrieves diagnosis code and
service data by M.U.T.-III and enables the perform-
ance of the actuator test.
• DIAGNOSIS CODE
• Data list output
• Actuator test
• Diagnosis deletion using M.U.T.-III
• Freeze frame data
MB991910
• Status indication by diagnosis code
• ECU information display
NOTE: If a diagnosis code is set, the "status indica- MB991824
tion by diagnosis code" informs users whether a
mechanical problem currently exists (current trouble)
or whether it existed before but normal operation has
been restored (past trouble).
MB991827 AC700191AB
Connect the M.U.T.-III to the 16-pin diagnosis con-

nector, and read the diagnosis code.
GENERAL
00-9
NOTE: . ERASING DIAGNOSIS CODE
• For details on how to use the M.U.T.-III, refer to
CAUTION
the "M.U.T.-III operation manual."
Before connecting or disconnecting the M.U.T.-
• For the vehicles with security alarm sensor, when
III, turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
the M.U.T.-III is connected, if the ignition switch is
position.
turned to the "ON" position and the closed hood
is opened, the security alarm siren sounds short. <LH drive vehicles>
This short security alarm siren does not indicate
malfunction. Therefore, ignore it and carry out Diagnosis connector
diagnosis using M.U.T.-III.
• If the ignition switch is turned to the "ON" position
with M.U.T.-III connected to the vehicle, head-
lamp automatic levelling warning is displayed on
the multi-information display in the combination
meter. This symptom occurs because the head-
lamp automatic levelling-ECU enters the diagno- MB991910
sis mode when the M.U.T.-III is connected to the
MB991824
diagnosis connector, and it does not indicate mal-
function. Therefore, ignore the indicator display
and carry out diagnosis using M.U.T.-III. (When
the M.U.T.-III starts communication with the ECU,
the indicator display disappears.)
1. Ensure that the ignition switch is at the "LOCK"
(OFF) position.
2. Start up the personal computer.
MB991827 AC608435 AB
3. Connect special tool M.U.T.-III USB cable
(MB991827) to V.C.I. (MB991824) and the
personal computer.
4. Connect special tool M.U.T.-III main harness A
(MB991910) to the V.C.I.
5. Connect the M.U.T.-III main harness A to the
diagnosis connector of the vehicle.
6. Turn the V.C.I. power switch to the "ON" position.
NOTE: When the V.C.I. is energized, the V.C.I.
indicator lamp will be illuminated in a green col- MB991910
our.
7. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the personal MB991824
computer and turn the ignition switch to the "ON"
position.
8. Read the diagnosis code.
NOTE: When storing the diagnosis code as refer-
ence information, the freeze frame data obtains the
data when the diagnosis code is confirmed, and then
stores the ECU status of that time. By analysing
each data using M.U.T.-III, troubleshooting can be MB991827 AC700191AB
carried out efficiently.
Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector,
9. Disconnecting the M.U.T.-III is the reverse of the and erase the diagnosis code. The procedure is the
connecting sequence, making sure that the same as "How to Read Diagnosis Code ."
ignition switch is at the "LOCK" (OFF) position.
00-10 GENERAL
HOW TO USE THE INSPECTION

PROCEDURES
M1001013500732
The causes of many of the problems occurring in electric circuitry are generally the connectors, components,
the ECU, the wiring harnesses between connectors, in that order. These inspection procedures follow this
order. They first try to discover a problem with a connector or a defective component.
Relevant circuit(s) of the component which

the Code No. indicates are described.
Grey
AC301964AC
GENERAL
00-11
Start of diagnosis Describes

Explains about the basic
procedure inspection
operation of the components.
procedure.
Explains about
technical details.
Describes the
conditions for that
diagnosis code being
set.
Describes possible
causes(s) for that
diagnosis code.
AC701738AB
CURRENT TROUBLE HARNESS CHECK

Indicates that the status is "Active" and the trouble is Check for an open or short circuit in the harness
currently present. Carry out troubleshooting as between the terminals which are faulty according to
described in the applicable inspection procedure. the connector measurements. Carry out this inspec-
tion while referring to the Electrical Wiring Manual.
PAST TROUBLE Here, "Check the wiring harness between the power
Indicates that the status is "Stored" and the trouble is supply and terminal xx" also includes checking for
historic. Since the trouble may still be present, set blown fuse. For inspection service points when there
the vehicle to the diagnosis code detection condition is a blown fuse, refer to "Inspection Service Points
and check that the status changes to "Active". If the for a Blown Fuse P.00-14."
status does not change from "Stored", observe the
applicable inspection procedure with particular MEASURES TO TAKE AFTER REPLAC-
emphasis on connector(s) and wiring harness. ING THE ECU
If the trouble symptoms have not disappeared even
after replacing the ECU, repeat the inspection proce-
dure from the beginning.
00-12 GENERAL
CONNECTOR MEASUREMENT SERVICE Inspect by inserting a test probe from the harness
POINTS side. If the connector is too small to insert a test
M1001013600632 probe (e.g. control unit connector), do not insert it
CAUTION forcibly. Use special tool extra fine probe
During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated (MB992006).
with other system may be set when the ignition IF INSPECTING WITH THE CONNECTOR
switch is turned on with connector(s) discon- DISCONNECTED <WHEN INSPECTING A
nected. On completion, confirm all systems for FEMALE PIN>
erase them all. CAUTION
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position • Use special tool inspection harness
when connecting and disconnecting the connectors. (MB991219). If the test bar is inserted forcibly,
Turn the ignition switch to "ON" when measuring, it will cause a poor contact.
unless there are instructions to the contrary. • If the connector is disconnected, a diagnosis
IF INSPECTING WITH THE CONNECTOR code may be stored for the system to be
CONNECTED <WATERPROOF CONNECTORS> checked or other systems.
CAUTION MB991219
Never insert a test probe from the harness side,
as this will reduce the waterproof performance
and result in corrosion.
AC105599 AB
Use inspection harness (MB991219) of special tool

Special tool harness set (MB991223).
AC105597AB IF INSPECTING WITH THE CONNECTOR

DISCONNECTED <WHEN INSPECTING A MALE
Use the special tools such as test harness, harness
PIN>
connector or check harness.
CAUTION
IF INSPECTING WITH THE CONNECTOR • Be careful not to short the connector pins
CONNECTED <ORDINARY (NON-WATERPROOF) with the test bars. To do so may damage the
CONNECTORS> circuits inside the ECU.
• If the connector is disconnected, a diagnosis
code may be stored for the system to be
checked or other systems.
MB992006
AC105598AH
AC105600
Touch the pin directly with the test bar.

GENERAL
00-13
CONNECTOR INSPECTION SERVICE • Low contact pressure between male and female
POINTS terminals
M1001013700446 • Low connection pressure due to rusted terminals
VISUAL INSPECTION or foreign matter lodged in terminals
•
Connector disconnected or CONNECTOR PIN INSPECTION

improperly connected
Stretched or broken wires

AC300898
If the connector pin stopper is damaged, the terminal

connections (male and female pins) will not be per-
fect even if the connector body is connected, and the
pins may pull out of the reverse side of the connec-
tor. Therefore, gently pull the harnesses one by one
to make sure that no pins pull out of the connector.
CONNECTOR ENGAGEMENT INSPECTION
Harness wire breakage

at terminal section MB991219
Low contact
pressure
Good
Bad
AC300899AB
Use special tool inspection harness (MB991219)

AC300896AB
(connector pin connection pressure inspection har-
Connector is disconnected or improperly connected ness of the inspection harness set) to inspect the
• Connector pins are pulled out engagement of the male pins and female pins. (Pin
• Due to harness tension at terminal section drawing force: 1 N or more)
00-14 GENERAL
INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS FOR A HOW TO COPE WITH INTERMITTENT

BLOWN FUSE MALFUNCTIONS
M1001013800432 M1001013900406
CAUTION
A diagnosis code may be stored due to a blown
fuse.
Battery
Fuse
Short-circuit
Load occurrence
switch section
Load
AC300900AB
Remove the blown fuse and measure the resistance

between the load side of the blown fuse and the
earth. Close the switches of all circuits which are
connected to this fuse. If the resistance is almost 0 Ω
at this time, there is a short somewhere between
these switches and the load. If the resistance is not 0
Ω, there is no short at the present time, but a
AC300901
momentary short has probably caused the fuse to
blow. Intermittent malfunctions often occur under certain
The main causes of a short circuit are the following. conditions, and if these conditions can be ascer-
• Harness being clamped by the vehicle body tained, determining the cause becomes simple. In
• Damage to the outer casing of the harness due to order to ascertain the conditions under which an
wear or heat intermittent malfunction occurs, first ask the cus-
• Water getting into the connector or circuitry tomer for details about the driving conditions,
• Human error (mistakenly shorting a circuit, etc.) weather conditions, frequency of occurrence and
trouble symptoms, and then try to recreate the trou-
ble symptoms. Next, ascertain whether the reason
why the trouble symptom occurred under these con-
ditions is due to vibration, temperature or some other
factor. If vibration is thought to be the cause, carry
out the following checks with the connectors and
components to confirm whether the trouble symptom
occurs. The objects to be checked are connectors
and components which are indicated by inspection
procedures or given as probable causes (which gen-
erates diagnosis codes or trouble symptoms).
GENERAL
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
00-15
• Gently shake the connector up, down and to the HOW TO TREAT PAST TROUBLE
left and right. M1001014100403
• Gently shake the wiring harness up, down and to Since the trouble may still be present even the status
the left and right. is "Stored", set the vehicle to the diagnosis code
• Gently rock each sensor and relay, etc. by hand. detection condition and check that the status
• Gently shake the wiring harness at suspensions changes to "Active". If the status does not change
and other moving parts. from "Stored", carry out the following procedure.
1. Establish from the customer whether a fuse or
NOTE: If determining the cause is difficult, the drive
connector has been replaced or disconnected.
recorder function of the M.U.T.-III can also be used.
(For details on how to use the M.U.T.-III, refer to the 2. If yes, erase the diagnosis code, and then check
"M.U.T.-III operation manual). that no diagnostic code is reset. If no diagnosis
code is reset, the diagnosis is complete.
3. If no, follow the applicable Diagnostic Trouble
Code Chart. Then check the wiring harness and
connector, and refer to "How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunction P.00-14 ."
MODELS <LANCER>
M1001000306587
VEHICLES FOR EUROPE

<1600>
Model code Engine model Transmission model Fuel supply system
CY1A SRSPL6 4A92 (1,590 mL) F4A4A MPI
DOHC MIVEC petrol engine (Front wheel drive 2WD,
<Low CO2 specification> 4A/T)
SNSPL6 F5M43
SNSPR6 (Front wheel drive 2WD,
5M/T)
SNSXL6 4A92 (1,590 mL)
DOHC MIVEC petrol engine
<Low CO2 specification> with
Auto Stop & Go (AS&G)
<Clear Tec AS&G>
00-16 GENERAL
<1800>
CY6A SNSPL6 4J10 (1,798 mL) F5MBB MPI
SOHC MIVEC petrol engine (Front wheel drive 2WD,
<Low CO2 specification> 5M/T)
STSPL6 F1CJA
(Front wheel drive 2WD,
INVECS-III CVT with
sport mode)
SNXPL6 F5MBB
5M/T)
STXPL6 F1CJA
STXPR6 (Front wheel drive 2WD,
INVECS-III CVT with
sport mode)
SNXXL6 4J10 (1,798 mL) F5MBB
<Low CO2 specification> with 5M/T)
<Clear Tec AS&G>
CY9A SJLSL6 4N13 (1,798 mL) F6MBA Common rail fuel
SJSSL6 DOHC MIVEC Low-power (Front wheel drive 2WD, injection (Electrical
diesel engine with intercooled 6M/T) fuel injection)
SJSSR6 turbocharger <Low CO2
SJXSL6 specification>, Auto Stop &
SJXSR6 Go (AS&G) <Clear Tec
AS&G>
SJLXL6 4N13 (1,798 mL)
SJSXL6 DOHC MIVEC diesel engine
with intercooled turbocharger
SJXXL6 <Low CO2 specification>,
<Clear Tec AS&G>
VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA (EASTERM EUROPE COUNTRIES)

<1600>
CY1A SNSHL6Z 4A92 (1,590 mL) F5M43 MPI
5M/T)
SRSHL6Z F4A4A
4A/T)
GENERAL
00-17
<1800>
CY3A SNSHL6Z 4B10 (1,798 mL) F5MBB MPI
5M/T)
STSHL6Z F1CJA
INVECS-III CVT with
sport mode)
<2000>
CY4A SNXHL6Z 4B11 (1,998 mL) F5MBB MPI
5M/T)
STXHL6Z F1CJA
INVECS-III CVT with
sport mode)
MODEL CODE
CY 6 A S T X P L 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ACB01720
No. Item Content

1 Development CY LANCER
2 Engine type 1 1.6L petrol engine (4A92)
3 1.8L petrol engine (4B10)
6 1.8L petrol engine (4J10)
9 1.8L diesel engine (4N13)
3 Vehicle type A Passenger car
4 Body style S 4-door sedan
5 Transmission type J 6M/T
N 5M/T
R 4A/T
T CVT
6 Price class L BASE
(Trim level) S INFORM <Vehicles for Europe (Except for Russia)>
INVITE <Vehicles for Russia>
X INTENSE
00-18 GENERAL
No. Item Content

7 Engine specification H MIVEC (DOHC)
P Low CO2 specification <Petrol engine>
S Intercooled turbocharger (Low-power)
X Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) <Clear Tec AS&G>
8 Steering wheel location L Left hand drive
R Right hand drive
9 Destination 6 Vehicles for Europe (Except for Eastern Europe countries)
6Z Vehicles for Russia (Eastern Europe countries)
MODELS <LANCER SPORTBACK>

M1001000306598
<1600>
CX1A LNSPL6 4A92 (1,590 mL) F5M43 MPI
LNSPR6 DOHC MIVEC petrol engine (Front wheel drive 2WD,
LNSXL6 4A92 (1,590 mL)
LNSXR6 DOHC MIVEC petrol engine
<Low CO2 specification> with
<Clear Tec AS&G>
<1800>
CX6A LNSPL6 4J10 (1,798 mL) F5MBB MPI
LTSPL6 F1CJA
LTSPR6 (Front wheel drive 2WD,
INVECS-III CVT with
sport mode)
LNXPL6 F5MBB
5M/T)
LTXPL6 F1CJA
LTXPR6 (Front wheel drive 2WD,
INVECS-III CVT with
sport mode)
LNXXL6 4J10 (1,798 mL) F5MBB
<Low CO2 specification>, 5M/T)
<Clear Tec AS&G>
GENERAL
00-19
CX9A LJLSL6 4N13 (1,798 mL) F6MBA Common rail fuel
LJSSL6 DOHC MIVEC Low-power (Front wheel drive 2WD, injection (Electrical
diesel engine with Intercooled 6M/T) fuel injection)
LJSSR6 turbocharger <Low CO2
LJXSL6 specification>, Auto Stop &
LJXSR6 Go (AS&G) <Clear Tec
AS&G>
LJLXL6 4N13 (1,798 mL)
LJSXL6 DOHC MIVEC diesel engine
with Intercooled turbocharger
LJXXL6 <Low CO2 specification>,
<Clear Tec AS&G>
MODEL CODE
CX 6 A L T X P L 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ACB01721
No. Item Content

1 Development CX LANCER SPORTBACK
2 Engine type 1 1.6 L petrol engine (4A92)
6 1.8 L petrol engine (4J10)
9 1.8 L diesel engine (4N13)
4 Body style L 4-door with tailgate
N 5M/T
T CVT
6 Price class L BASE
(Trim level) S INFORM
X INTENSE
7 Engine specification P Low CO2 specification <Petrol engine>
S Intercooled turbocharger (Low-power)
X Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) <Clear Tec AS&G>
8 Steering wheel location L Left hand drive
R Right hand drive
9 Destination 6 Vehicles for Europe
00-20 GENERAL
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The vehicle identification number (chassis number)

(CHASSIS NUMBER) is stamped on the front floor pan right side.
M1001005602592
AC608772AB
CODE CHART
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
AC809191AE
No. Item Content

1 Country J Japan
2 Make M Mitsubishi Motors Corporation.
3 Destination A Vehicles for Europe, right hand drive
B Vehicles for Europe, left hand drive
L 4-door with tailgate
N 5M/T
R 4A/T
T CVT
6 Development order CY LANCER
CX LANCER SPORTBACK
7 Engine type 1 1.6L petrol engine (4A92)
6 1.8L petrol engine (4J10)
9 1.8L diesel engine (4N13)
9 Model year C 2012 year
10 Plant U Mizushima
11 Serial number 000001 to 999999
GENERAL
00-21
VEHICLE INFORMATION CODE PLATE MANUFACTURER PLATE
M1001005403201 M1001017600162
AC700307AE AC608231AB
The vehicle information code plate is riveted to the The manufacturer plate is attached to the face of the
back of the hood. right door sill.
CODE CHART
CODE CHART
1
2
MODEL 1 3
4
3 5
2
6
4
5 6 7
AC701126AB
AC700309AB
No. Content
No. Item Example Content 1 WVTA No. (Whole vehicle type approval
1 MODEL CY6AST Vehicle model number) <Vehicles for Europe>
XPL6 Model series None <Vehicles for Russia>
2 ENGINE 4J10 Engine model 2 Chassis No. (Vehicle identification number)
3 EXT W37A Exterior code 3 Gross vehicle weight
4 TRANS F1CJA F1CJA: Transmission 4 Gross combination weight
AXLE 6120 model
6120: Rear differential 5 Gross axle weight front
final gear ratio (a 6 Gross axle weight rear
decimal point is omitted)
5 COLOUR W37 Body colour code VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
6 INT 04X Interior code
PLATE
M1001005501990
7 OPT ZP6 Equipment code <RIGHT HAND DRIVE VEHICLES>
AC701499AB
00-22 GENERAL
The vehicle identification number (VIN) plate is ENGINE MODEL STAMPING

located on a plate attached to the left top side of the M1001005701109
instrument panel. < 4A91, 4A92 >

CODE CHART
X3
LN CY
JMAS 2AC
8 U 000001
11
AC613204AF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 < 4B10, 4B11, 4J10 >

AC700347AG
No. Item Content

1 Country J Japan
2 Make M Mitsubishi Motors
Corporation.
3 Destination A Vehicles for Europe, right
hand drive
AC800556AF
<4N13>
L 4-door with tailgate
5 Transmission J 6M/T
type N 5M/T
T CVT
6 Development CY LANCER
order CX LANCER SPORTBACK
7 Engine type 1 1.6L (4A92)
AC809292AB
3 1.8L (4B10)
The engine model is stamped on the cylinder block.
4 2.0L (4B11)
These engine model numbers are as shown as fol-
6 1.8L (4J10) lows.
9 1.8L (4N13) Engine model Engine displacement
8 Vehicle type A Passenger car 4A92 1,590 mL
9 Model year C 2012 year 4J10 1,798 mL
10 Plant U Mizushima 4B10 1,798 mL
11 Serial number 000001 to 999999 4N13 1,798 mL
4B11 1,998 mL
The engine serial number is stamped near the
engine model number.
Engine serial number AA0201 to YY9999
GENERAL
GENERAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
00-23
<LANCER>
M1001000906824
VEHICLES FOR EUROPE
2 4 7 5 6 9
1 3
AC608677AB
<1600>
Item INFORM
CY1A
SRSPL6 SNSPL6/SNSPR6
Vehicle Overall width 1 1,760 1,760
dimension mm Front track 2 1,530 1,530
Overall length 3 4,570 4,570
Front overhang 4 955 955
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear overhang 6 980 980
Ground clearance (unladen) 7 140 140
Overall height (unladen) 8 1,480 1,480
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
Vehicle weight Kerb Without optional parts 1,280 1,260
kg weight With optional parts 1,338 1,316
Max. gross vehicle weight 1,750 1,750
Max. axle weight rating-front 905 905
Max. axle weight rating-rear 915 915
Seating capacity 5 5
Engine Model code 4A92 4A92
Type DOHC MIVEC <Low CO2 DOHC MIVEC <Low CO2
specification> specification>
Total displacement mL 1,590 1,590
Fuel system Fuel supply system MPI MPI
00-24 GENERAL
Item INFORM
CY1A
SRSPL6 SNSPL6/SNSPR6
Transmission Model code F4A4A F5M43
Type Front wheel drive 2WD, Front wheel drive 2WD,
4A/T 5M/T
Turning radius Wheel 5.0 5.0
m Body 5.4 5.4
Item INFORM
CY1A
SNSXL6
Vehicle Overall width 1 1,760
dimension mm Front track 2 1,530
Overall length 3 4,570
Front overhang 4 955
Wheelbase 5 2,635
Rear overhang 6 980
Ground clearance (unladen) 7 140
Overall height (unladen) 8 1,480
Rear track 9 1,530
Vehicle weight Kerb Without optional parts 1,260
kg weight With optional parts 1,316
Max. gross vehicle weight 1,750
Max. axle weight rating-front 905
Max. axle weight rating-rear 915
Seating capacity 5
Engine Model code 4A92
Type DOHC MIVEC <Low CO2 specification>, Auto Stop &
Go (AS&G) <Clear Tec AS&G>
Total displacement mL 1,590
Fuel system Fuel supply system MPI
Transmission Model code F5M43
Type Front wheel drive 2WD, 5M/T
Turning radius Wheel 5.0
m Body 5.4
GENERAL
00-25
<1800>
Item INFORM
CY6A
SNSPL6 STSPL6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
Engine Model code 4J10 4J10
Type SOHC MIVEC <Low CO2 SOHC MIVEC <Low CO2
Transmission Model code F5MBB F1CJA
5M/T INVECS-III CVT with sport
mode
m Body 5.4 5.4
Item INTENSE
CY6A
SNXPL6 STXPL6/STXPR6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
00-26 GENERAL
Item INTENSE
CY6A
SNXPL6 STXPL6/STXPR6
mode
m Body 5.4 5.4
Item INTENSE
CY6A
SNXXL6
Wheelbase 5 2,635
Rear overhang 6 980
Rear track 9 1,530
Seating capacity 5
Engine Model code 4J10
Type SOHC MIVEC <Low CO2 specification>, Auto Stop &
GENERAL
00-27
Item INTENSE
CY6A
SNXXL6
Transmission Model code F5MBB
m Body 5.4
Item BASE
CY9A
SJLXL6 SJLSL6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
Max. axle weight rating-front 1,080 1,080
Engine Model code 4N13 4N13
Type DOHC MIVEC with DOHC MIVEC low-power
intercooled turbocharger diesel with intercooled
<Low CO2 specification>, turbocharger <Low CO2
Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) specification>, Auto Stop
<Clear Tec AS&G> & Go (AS&G) <Clear Tec
AS&G>
Fuel system Fuel supply system Common rail fuel injection Common rail fuel injection
Transmission Model code F6MBA F6MBA
6M/T 6M/T
m Body 5.4 5.4
00-28 GENERAL
Item INFORM
CY9A
SJSXL6 SJSSL6/SJSSR6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
<Low CO2 specification>, <Low CO2 specification>
Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) turbocharger, Auto Stop &
<Clear Tec AS&G> Go (AS&G) <Clear Tec
AS&G>
6M/T 6M/T
m Body 5.4 5.4
GENERAL
00-29
Item INTENSE
CY9A
SJXXL6 SJXSL6/SJXSR6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
<Low CO2 specification>, turbocharger, <Low CO2
Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) specification> Auto Stop
<Clear Tec AS&G> & Go (AS&G) <Clear Tec
AS&G>
6M/T 6M/T
m Body 5.4 5.4
00-30 GENERAL
VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA
2 4 7 5 6 9
1 3
AC608677AB
<1600>
Item INVITE
CY1A
SNSHL6Z SRSHL6Z
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
Type DOHC MIVEC DOHC MIVEC
Transmission Model code F5M43 F4A4A
5M/T 4A/T
m Body 5.4 5.4
GENERAL
00-31
<1800>
Item INVITE
CY3A
SNSHL6Z STSHL6Z
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
Engine Model code 4B10 4B10
mode
m Body 5.4 5.4
<2000>
Item INTENSE
CY4A
SNXHL6Z STXHL6Z
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
00-32 GENERAL
Item INTENSE
CY4A
SNXHL6Z STXHL6Z
Engine Model code 4B11 4B11
mode
m Body 5.4 5.4

<LANCER SPORTBACK>
M1001000906835
2 7 4 5 6 9
1 3
AC801921AB
GENERAL
00-33
<1600>
Item INFORM
CX1A
LNSPL6/LNSPR6 LNSXL6/LNSXR6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
Type DOHC MIVEC <Low CO2 DOHC MIVEC <Low CO2
specification> specification>, Auto Stop
& Go (AS&G) <Clear Tec
AS&G>
Transmission Model code F5M43 F5M43
5M/T 5M/T
m Body 5.4 5.4
00-34 GENERAL
<1800>
Item INFORM
CX6A
LNSPL6 LTSPL6/LTSPR6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Ground clearance (unladen) 7 140/165* 140/165*
Overall height (unladen) 8 1,505/1,530* 1,505/1,530*
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
mode
m Body 5.4 5.4
NOTE: .
• *:Vehicles with high ground suspensions optional.
GENERAL
00-35
Item INTENSE
CX6A
LNXPL6 LTXPL6/LTXPR6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
mode
m Body 5.4 5.4
Item INTENSE
CX6A
LNXXL6
Wheelbase 5 2,635
Rear overhang 6 995
Rear track 9 1,530
00-36 GENERAL
Item INTENSE
CX6A
LNXXL6
Seating capacity 5
Engine Model code 4J10
Type SOHC MIVEC <Low CO2 specification>, Auto Stop &
Transmission Model code F5MBB
m Body 5.4
Item BASE
CX9A
LJLSL6 LJLXL6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
GENERAL
00-37
Item BASE
CX9A
LJLSL6 LJLXL6
Type DOHC MIVEC low-power DOHC MIVEC with
diesel with intercooled intercooled turbocharger
turbocharger <Low CO2 <Low CO2 specification>,
specification>, Auto Stop Auto Stop & Go (AS&G)
& Go (AS&G) <Clear Tec <Clear Tec AS&G>
AS&G>
6M/T 6M/T
m Body 5.4 5.4
Item INFORM
CX9A
LJSSL6/LJSSR6 LJSXL6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
diesel with intercooled intercooled turbocharger
AS&G>
00-38 GENERAL
Item INFORM
CX9A
LJSSL6/LJSSR6 LJSXL6
6M/T 6M/T
m Body 5.4 5.4
Item INTENSE
CX9A
LJXSL6/LJXSR6 LJXXL6
Wheelbase 5 2,635 2,635
Rear track 9 1,530 1,530
diesel with Intercooled Intercooled turbocharger
AS&G>
Fuel system Fuel supply system Common rail fuel Common rail fuel injection
injection
6M/T 6M/T
m Body 5.4 5.4
GENERAL
PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SERVICE
00-39
CAUTIONS FOR WORKING IN ENGINE CAUTIONS FOR AIR CONDITIONER
COMPARTMENT <4B11-Turbo, 4N1> STARTING
M1001016800174 M1001011300196
WARNING CAUTION
Just after the ignition switch is turned to Never start the engine with the refrigerant system
"LOCK" (OFF) position, the adjustments empty as it will damage the A/C compressor.
must always be made with the cooling fan
stopped. After the ignition switch is turned to
"LOCK" (OFF) position, the cooling fan
might be driven for a few minutes by the after
run fan control. If the adjustments are made
with the cooling fan driven, injury or damage
may occur.
00-40 GENERAL
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM • SRS-ECU, air bag module, clock spring,

(SRS) front impact sensor, the side impact sen-
M1001011601684 sor: 93 °C or more
CAUTION • Seat belt pre-tensioner: 90 °C or more
Items to review when servicing SRS:
1. Be sure to read GROUP 52B − Supplemental SERVICING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
M1001011900477
Restraint System (SRS). For safe operation,
please follow the directions and heed all CAUTION
warnings. Before connecting or disconnecting the negative
(−) cable, be sure to turn off the ignition switch
2. Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting
and the lighting switch (If this is not done, there
the battery cable before doing any further
is the possibility of semiconductor parts being
work. The SRS system is designed to retain
damaged).
enough voltage to deploy the air bag even
after the battery has been disconnected. Seri-
ous injury may result from unintended air bag
deployment if work is done on the SRS sys-
tem immediately after the battery cable is dis-
connected.
3. Warning/Caution labels must be heeded when
servicing or handling SRS components.
Warning labels can be found in the following
locations. (Refer to WARNING/CAUTION
LABELS .) AC300693
4. Always use the designated special tools and Before replacing a component related to the electri-
test equipment. cal system and before undertaking any repair proce-
5. Store components removed from the SRS in a dures involving the electrical system, be sure to first
clean and dry place. The air bag module disconnect the negative (−) cable from the battery in
should be stored on a flat surface and placed order to avoid damage caused by short-circuiting.
so that the pad surface is facing upward. Do
not place anything on top of it. HOW TO SHIFT LOCK FORCED RELEASE
M1001018100137
6. Never attempt to disassemble or repair the
If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P position
SRS components (SRS-ECU, air bag module
due to discharged battery or similar reasons, release
and clock spring).
the shift lock by observing the procedure below.
7. Whenever you finish servicing the SRS, check
<TC-SST>
the SRS warning lamp operation to make sure
that the system functions properly. 1. Remove the floor console box cup holder and the
floor console panel assembly (Refer to GROUP
8. Be sure to deploy the air bag before dispos-
52A − Floor Console Assembly ).
ing of the air bag module or disposing of a
vehicle equipped with an air bag (Refer to 2. Turn the ignition switch to the position other than
GROUP 52B − Air Bag Module Disposal Pro- the LOCK (OFF) position.
cedures).
Observe the following when carrying out opera-
tions on places where SRS components are
installed, including operations not directly
related to the SRS air bag.
1. When removing or installing parts, do not
allow any impact or shock to the SRS compo-
nents.
2. If heat damage may occur during paint work,
remove the SRS-ECU, the air bag module,
clock spring, the front impact sensor, the side
impact sensor, and the seat belt pre-ten-
sioner.
GENERAL
00-41
A
Shift lock release
button cover
Parking brake lever
AC
AC808409AB
2. Remove the shift lock forced release switch cover

shown in the figure. While pressing the shift lock
forced release switch with a screwdriver or a
similar tool, move the selector lever.
Shift lock release
switch <CVT-RHD>
1. Turn the ignition switch to the position other than
the LOCK (OFF) position.
AC808410AD
3. Insert a screwdriver or a similar tool from the

section "A" shown in the figure. While pressing the Shift lock release
button cover
shift lock forced release switch, move the shift
lever.
<CVT-LHD>
1. Turn the ignition switch to the position other than AC808328AB
2. Remove the shift lock forced release switch cover
shown in the figure. While pressing the shift lock
forced release switch with a screwdriver or a
similar tool, move the selector lever.
00-42 GENERAL
MULTI USE TESTER (M.U.T.-III) SUB

ASSEMBLY
M1001012400301
MULTI USE TESTER (M.U.T.-III) sub assembly
Vehicle communication interface (V.C.I.) M.U.T.-III USB cable M.U.T.-III main harness A
MB991824 MB991827 MB991910
M.U.T.-III main harness B M.U.T.-III adapter harness M.U.T.-III trigger harness

Do not use
MB991911 MB991825 MB991826
AC502279 AF
Refer to the "M.U.T.-III OPERATION MANUAL" for

instructions on handling the M.U.T.-III.
GENERAL
00-43
CAUTION Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector as
Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) shown in the illustration.
position before connecting or disconnecting the
M.U.T.-III.
HOW TO PERFORM CHASSIS NUMBER
(CHASSIS NO.) WRITING
<LH drive vehicles> M1001015200425
Diagnosis connector
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AC608435 AB
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AC700191AB
Follow the procedure below to register the Chassis No. of the Wireless Control Module (WCM) and the Key-
less Operation System (KOS).
Chassis No. is stored in the engine-ECU, WCM, and the KOS-ECU. If the Chassis No. is improperly erased,
the engine warning lamp or the keyless operation system warning indicator illuminates, and the diagnosis
code is displayed. When the engine-ECU, WCM, and the KOS-ECU are replaced, follow the procedure below
to write the Chassis No.
00-44 GENERAL
<When Engine-ECU is replaced> <When WCM or KOS-ECU are replaced>
System Select System Select
IMMOBI/KOS/Keyless IMMOBI/KOS/Keyless
Special Function Coding
Engine key Code Chassis No. Registration

Reg. & Chassis No.
Registration
OK Chassis No. Registration
Confirmation
OK
Engine Key Code
Registration Completed
Chassis No. Registration
OK Completed
OK
Engine Chassis No.
Result of Chassis No.
Registration
Registration
OK
Engine Chassis No.

Registration
Confirmation
OK
Engine Chassis No.

Registration
Completed
OK
Result of Engine
Chassis No.
Registration
AC700593 AB
NOTE: Perform the variant coding of the engine-

ECU when the chassis No. or the vehicle identifica-
tion number is registered to the engine-ECU.
GENERAL
00-45
ENGINE KEY CODE AND CHASSIS <LH drive vehicles>
NUMBER (CHASSIS NO.) REGISTRA-
TION STEPS FOR THE ENGINE-ECU Diagnosis connector
CAUTION
• Check that diagnosis code No.P0603 "EEP-
ROM fail" is not set. When diagnosis code No.
P0603 "EEPROM fail" is set, the engine-ECU
cannot store engine key code and chassis No.
even if the engine key code and chassis No. MB991910
are registered. If this diagnosis code is set,
troubleshoot the engine-ECU and repair, and MB991824
then register the engine key code and chassis
No. to the engine-ECU.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the
M.U.T.-III, turn the ignition switch to the
"LOCK" (OFF) position.
MB991827 AC608435 AB
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AC700191AB

nector as follows.
NOTE: For details on how to use the M.U.T.-III, refer
to the "M.U.T.-III User's Manual."
(OFF) position.
3. Connect special tool USB cable (MB991827) to
special tool V.C.I. (MB991824) and the personal
computer.
00-46 GENERAL
4. Connect special tool M.U.T.-III main wiring Option: When KOS & Immobi is selected
harness A (MB991910) to the V.C.I.
5. Connect M.U.T.-III main wiring harness A to the
NOTE: When the V.C.I. is energised, the V.C.I.
indicator lamp will be illuminated in a green col-
our.
7. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the personal AC801056AB
position. Option: When Immobi & Keyless is selected
NOTE: Since the M.U.T.-III screen display
changes according to the vehicle specifications,
the illustrations for each item may differ from the
actual screen display.
System Select
System List Model Year Up to 2005 MY
1 MPI/GDI/Diesel From to 2006 MY
2 IMMOBI/KOS/Keyless
3 AT/CVT/A-MT Vehicle Information
Model Name
4 ABS/ASC/ASTC
Model Year AC801055AB
5 SAS Model Code
6 Multi Select 4WD Loading Option Setup
7 SRS Airbag OPC Option Name With Option
Immobi & Keyless
10.Select "Key Code Registration" from the "Special
8 A/C
9 ETACS VF1 KOS & Immobi Function" screen.
10 Meter
Select Model Year and System
OK button AC700171AB
8. Select "IMMOBI/KOS/Keyless" button from the

"System Select" screen. Then, select the
applicable option code item and push the OK
button. OK button
• The display of "Special Function" screen
changes, depending on the contents of the
option. For vehicles with KOS, select AC509803 AB
"KOS&Immobi." For vehicles with WCM, select

"Immobi&Keyless." 11.Push the OK button after "Key Code Registration
to Engine ECU" is displayed.
9. Select "Special Function" on the next screen.
12.Push the OK button after "Completed. Press the
OK button and move to VIN writing function." is
displayed.
*****************
*****************
AC700604AB
13.Enter the VIN of registering vehicle and push the

OK button.
GENERAL
00-47
14.Push the OK button after "VIN Writing will start. 17.VIN writing result is displayed.
Are you sure?" is displayed. 18.Complete the M.U.T.-III.
15.Return to the previous screen and "In Progress" is 19.Disconnecting the M.U.T.-III is the reverse of the
displayed at the lower-left corner on the screen. connecting sequence, making sure that the
16.Push the OK button after "Completed." is ignition switch is at the "LOCK" (OFF).
displayed. 20.Push the OK button after "Completed." is
displayed.
21.Terminate the M.U.T.-III.
22.Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF)
position and then disconnect the M.U.T.-III.
***************** *****************
AC700605AC
00-48 GENERAL
CHASSIS NO. WRITING STEPS FOR WCM <LH drive vehicles>

AND KOS-ECU
Diagnosis connector
CAUTION
• Before the chassis No. registration to WCM,
check that the chassis Nos. of engine-ECU
and vehicle are matched.
• Check that diagnosis code No. B2416 "ECU
internal error" is not set. When diagnosis
code No. B2416 "ECU internal error" is set,
MB991910
the WCM and the KOS-ECU cannot store the
Chassis No. even if the Chassis No. is written. MB991824
If this diagnosis code is set, troubleshoot the
WCM or the KOS-ECU and repair, and then
write the Chassis No. to the WCM or the KOS-
ECU.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the
M.U.T.-III, turn the ignition switch to the
"LOCK" (OFF) position.
MB991827 AC608435 AB
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AC700191AB

nector as follows.
to the "M.U.T.-III operation manual."
(OFF) position.
3. Connect special tool M.U.T. -III USB cable
(MB991827) to special tool V.C.I. (MB991824)
and the personal computer.
GENERAL
00-49
(MB991910) to the V.C.I. IMMOBI/KOS/Keyless Cording Chassis No. Writing
5. Connect M.U.T.-III main harness A to the

diagnosis connector of the vehicle. Chassis No. Writing
6. Turn the V.C.I. power switch to the "ON" position. Chassis No. (Engine ECU) 00000000000000000
*****************
NOTE: When the V.C.I. is energised, the V.C.I. Chassis No. currently written in Engine ECU is displayed.
Write the number displayed on the screen in Immobilizer KOS/ECU.
indicator lamp will be illuminated in a green col- OK button

our. Press the OK button to execute.
7. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the personal AC509822AC

position. 11.Push the OK button after the Chassis No. written
in the engine-ECU is displayed.
System Select
System List Model Year Up to 2005 MY
12.Push the OK button after "Chassis No. Writing will
1
2
MPI/GDI/Diesel
IMMOBI/KOS/Keyless
From to 2006 MY start. Are you sure?" is displayed.
3
4
AT/CVT/A-MT
ABS/ASC/ASTC
Vehicle Information
Model Name 13.Push the OK button after "Completed." is
displayed.
Model Year
5 SAS Model Code
6 Multi Select 4WD Loading Option Setup
7 SRS Airbag OPC Option Name With Option
8 A/C Immobi & Keyless
IMMOBI/KOS/Keyless Cording Chassis No. Writing
9 ETACS VF1 KOS & Immobi
10 Meter
Select Model Year and System
Result of chassis No. Writing

OK button AC700171AB
Chassis No. Writing 00000000000000000
*****************
8. Select "IMMOBI/KOS/Keyless" button from the
"System Select" screen. Then, select the
applicable option code item and push the OK
button.
• For vehicles with KOS, select "KOS&Immobi." AC509823AB
For vehicles with WCM, select "Immobi&Key-

14.Result of Chassis No. writing is displayed.
less."
15.Resister the other ID code. (Refer to GROUP
9. Select "Coding" on the next screen.
42B, Troubleshooting − ID Code Registration
Judgment Table <Vehicles with KOS> or GROUP
42C, Troubleshooting − ID Code Registration
System Select IMMOBI/KOS/Keyless Cording
Judgment Table <Vehicles with WCM>.)

Chassis No. Writing
CODING LIST
M1001015001770
CAUTION
Please select function.
With the ETACS functions being customised, if
any of the ETACS-ECU variant coding and option
AC509821AB coding items are changed, the customised con-
tents are reset. In such case, the functions need
10.Select "Chassis No. Writing" on "Coding" screen. to be recustomised.
Before troubleshooting, check that the coding data
written into the engine-ECU and ETACS-ECU are
normal. If they are not the same as the initial set-
tings, various functions and systems do not work nor-
mally.
VARIANT CODING
The coding data can be checked by operating
M.U.T.-III.
00-50 GENERAL
<LH drive vehicles> 3. Connect special tool M.U.T.-III USB cable

(MB991827) to V.C.I. (MB991824) and the
Diagnosis connector personal computer.
(MB991910) to the V.C.I.
5. Connect the M.U.T.-III main harness A to the
MB991910
NOTE: When the V.C.I. is energized, the V.C.I.
indicator lamp will be illuminated in a green col-
MB991824 our.
7. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the personal
position.
8. On the system selection screen, select "MPI/GDI/
DIESEL" to check the engine-ECU data, and
"ETACS" to check the ETACS-ECU data.
9. Select "Coding."
MB991827 AC608435 AB
10.Select "Coding Information & Copy."
11.If the displayed coding information is different
<RH drive vehicles> Diagnosis connector from the corresponding initial setting in the list,
replace the ECU with a correctly coded one. To
replace the engine-ECU, refer to GROUP 13A −
Engine-ECU <4A9> or GROUP 13B − Engine-
ECU <4B10, 4B11-Non-turbo> or GROUP 13C −
Engine-ECU <4N1> or GROUP 13F − Engine-
ECU <4J1>. To replace the ETACS-ECU, refer to
GROUP 54A − ETACS .
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AC700191AB

to the "M.U.T.-III operation manual."
(OFF) position.
ENGINE-ECU CODING DATA LIST
NOTE: The items to be displayed may differ depend-
ing on the version of the M.U.T.-III.
GENERAL
00-51
<4A9, 4B1, 4J1>
Item name Initial value
Final gear ratio 5MT/6MT <M/T>
6.120 <CVT>
4.625 <A/T>
Tyre circumference 2015mm
IMMOBILIZER Present
ABS Not present <Vehicles with ASC>
Present <Vehicles without ASC>
A.S.C. Not present <Vehicles without ASC>
Present <Vehicles with ASC>
S/W variation No.1 or No.2
<4N1>
Vehicle Model <LANCER> LANCER
Vehicle Model <LANCER SPORTBACK> LANCER SPORTBACK
OSS Not present
Voltage of GLOW PLUG 11.0V
Material of GLOW PLUG Ceramic
Low Temp Fuel/F stucked Spec. Present
DRL Present
ABS Not present
A.S.C. Present
Discharge Lamp Not present or present
T/M M/T
Final drive 2WD
FOR COLD ZONE Not present
IMMOBILIZER Present
Power window(DR) Present
Power window(AS) Not present
Power window(RR) Not present
Power window(RL) Not present
Power window(BK) Not present
Sunroof Not present or present
ASG Present
EPS Present
Cruise Control Not present or present
ETACS-ECU CODING DATA LIST

NOTE: The items to be displayed may differ depend-
ing on the version of the M.U.T.-III.
00-52 GENERAL

Vehicle line <LANCER> LANCER
Vehicle line <LANCER SPORTBACK> LANCER SPORTBACK
Model year (Displays the model year)
SST oil cooling fan Not present
Destination EUR
Transmission <LANCER> 5MT <5M/T>
6MT <6M/T>
CVT <CVT>
4AT <A/T>
Transmission <LANCER SPORTBACK> 5MT <5M/T>
6MT <6M/T>
CVT <CVT>
Engine type <LANCER> 1.6L D4 MPI VVT <4A92>
1.8L MPI D4/S4 <4B10, 4J1>
2.0L D4 MPI VVT <4B11>
1.8L DI-DC MIVEC <4N1>
Engine type <LANCER SPORTBACK> 1.6L D4 MPI VVT <4A92>
1.8L MPI D4/S4 <4J1>
1.8L DI-DC MIVEC <4N1>
Engine power Normal
Handle side LHD or RHD
Chassis type for A.S.C. <LANCER> Type 7 <Sporty suspension>
Type 9 <Except sporty suspension>
Type 10 <Vehicles for Russia>
Chassis type for A.S.C. <LANCER SPORTBACK> Type 7 <Sporty suspension>
Type 9 <Except sporty suspension>
OSS Not present
Final drive Front Drive
Transfer 2WD
IG off delay control Disabled
Dead lock operation customize Disabled or Enable(d.twice)
After wipe customize <LANCER> Enabled(def.D) or Enabled(def.E)
After wipe customize <LANCER SPORTBACK> Enabled(def.E)
Tyre circumference 2015mm
Fuel tank Not used
DRL type Normal DRL
Smart entry system Not present or Type B
TPMS Not present
Keyless entry* Not present or Present
Airbag auto hazard Not present
GENERAL
00-53
Immobilizer Type A
Corner sensor Not present or Present
Head lamp auto levelling device Not present or Present
Oil level warning Not present or Present
Water separate warning Not present or Present
Speed meter scale Not used
Idle neutral control Not present
Security alarm sensor Not present or Present
T/M oil cooler Not present or Present(A)
Remote Light ON Disabled
Side air bag Not present or Present
ACC power auto cut Default enabled
Number of speaker* Premium or 6 speakers or 4 speakers
Seat material* <LANCER> Fabric or Leather
Seat material* <LANCER SPORTBACK> Fabric
Auto lamp control* No/Chg Ng or Hi RLS/chg Ng

Front differential Open
Rear differential Undefined
Power window type Type P4
Sunroof type Not present or Type S1
WCM Present
OCM Not present
ORC Present
A/C Present
AUDIO* Not present or Present
AND* <LANCER> Not present or Present

AND <LANCER SPORTBACK> Not present
Siren answer Disabled
Security alarm siren Not present or Present
CAMERA Not present
Corner sensor control unit Not present or Present
Electric Slide door (Left) Not present
Electric Slide door (Right) Not present
ETG Not present
ESS ECU Not present
HFM Not present
Inteligent/Comfort washer costom <LANCER> Enabled(def.D) or Enabled(def.E)
Inteligent/Comfort washer costom <LANCER Enabled(def.E)
SPORTBACK>
00-54 GENERAL

Head Lamp Leveling system type Type1/No present
Rear wiper mode <LANCER> Without Lo cntl
Rear wiper mode <LANCER SPORTBACK> Without Lo cntl or With Lo control
KOS door entry type Switch
Rear wiper by reverse customize <LANCER> Disable
Rear wiper by reverse customize <LANCER Disable or Enabled(d.FR/RR)
SPORTBACK>
ABS <LANCER> Not present or Present
ABS <LANCER SPORTBACK> Not present
A.S.C. <LANCER> Not present or Present
A.S.C. <LANCER SPORTBACK> Present
Auto fold mirror SPD/Not present or Keyless/KOS
SAS <LANCER> Not present or Present
SAS <LANCER SPORTBACK> Present
4WD/AWC Not present
TCM Not present <M/T>
Present <A/T, CVT>
ACTV_STB Not used
Door unlock by IG lock customize Enabled(def.D)
Shift lock Not present <M/T>
Present <A/T, CVT>
EPS <LANCER> Not present or Present
EPS <LANCER SPORTBACK> Present
ACDAYC Not present
Coming home light customize Enabled(def.E)
Welcome light customize <LANCER> Disabled or Enabled(def.D) or Enable(d.Small)
Welcome light customize <LANCER SPORTBACK> Disabled or Enable(d.Small)
Indirect lamp Not present
Power window Dr Present
Power window As Not present
Power window RR Not present
Power window RL Not present
ESS by stop lamp Not present
Sunroof Not present or Present
RLS* Not present or Present
IG key illumination W/o getting off or W/ getting off
Turn signal bulb 21W+21W+5W
Rear wiper <LANCER> Disabled
Rear wiper <LANCER SPORTBACK> Disabled or Enable
Fold mirror Disabled or Enable
GENERAL
00-55
Head lamp 4 beams
KOS function customize by Disp. Disabled
Head lamp washer Disabled or Popup 1 w/ washer
Front fog lamp mode B spec.
Front fog lamp* Not present or Present
Rear fog lamp Present/Chg Ng
Room lamp delay timer/door & H/L Short
Room lamp by H/L Disabled or Full
Gate/Trunk lamp <LANCER> Mode-1 (trunk)
Gate/Trunk lamp <LANCER SPORTBACK> Mode-2 (cargo)
Head lamp auto cut mode B-spec
Head lamp auto cut Enable
Door lock system <LANCER> B-spec/exceptUSH or C-spec/exceptUSL or D-spec/
dead lock
Door lock system <LANCER SPORTBACK> B-spec/exceptUSH or D-spec/dead lock
Auto door lock/unlock Disabled
Key reminder unlock Disabled
Horn type Dual horn
Gate/trunk opener mode <LANCER> Not present or Present (Type 1) or Present(Type 2)
Gate/trunk opener mode <LANCER SPORTBACK> Present (Type 1)
Cooling fan Relay control
Security alarm mode Not present or A-spec
Security alarm function NotPresent/Chg Ng or Present/Chg Ok
Pre-alarm Not present
Multi mode RKE Disabled or Enable
Gate/Trunk <LANCER> Trunk type
Gate/Trunk <LANCER SPORTBACK> Gate type
Manner switch Not present/Chg Ng
Remote engine starter Present/Chg Ok
Panic Alarm Disabled
Front wiper Speed Sensitive or Rain Sensitive
Comfort flasher type Present/Chg OK
Room lamp centre switch Not present
Wiper washer check bulb Present
AUDIO/S.RADIO type <LANCER> Undefined or AM MW/LW or AM 1kHz step
AUDIO/S.RADIO type <LANCER SPORTBACK> Undefined or AM MW/LW or AM 1kHz step or Other
H/L levelling type Not present or CAN com/static
AFS/ACL type Not present or Fix bending lamp
ESS by turn lamp Present
Compressor type* No compressor or Scroll 60 cc or Scroll 90 cc
00-56 GENERAL

Temperature type Celsius
Rear view camera Not present
Nose view camera Not present
Left side view camera Not present
Average speed Available
Vehicle language status <LANCER> English or Russian
Vehicle language status <LANCER SPORTBACK> English
Fuel amount Not used
Fuel consumption scale L/100km or MPG (UK)
Seat belt reminder logic Except EU
Coolant temp gauge threshold Normal or Hot
Frost warning threshold EUR
Distance to empty Available
Average fuel consumption Available
Instant fuel consumption Available
Time travelled Not available
Distance travelled Not available
Fuel used Not available
Trip autoreset IG OFF Available
Variable speed alarm Not available
Rest reminder Available
Instant speed Not available
Seat belt reminder control type Non AABT
Seat belt reminder flashing Available
Seat belt reminder indicator D and P independent
Reverse alarm Not available
Key reminder Not available
Lighting monitor Available
GCC speed alarm Not available
Condition buzzer Not available
Rent-a-car mode IG-OFF always Available
Rent-a-car mode IG-OFF door open Available
Service reminder schedule table GCC/EXP 10 <Vehicles for Iran (LANCER) and
Lebanon (LANCER SPORTBACK)>
EU 10 <4N1>
EU 11 <except 4N1>
GCC speed alarm indicator Not present
TPMS information N/A
Horn chirp by keyless NotPresent/Chg Ng
Rear S/R unlock output Not present
GENERAL
00-57
Trailer turn detection Present
Shift Lever Not present
AFS/ACL/Leveling Not present or Present
Satellite radio Not present
Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) Not present or Present
Display opening type MMC
GSI system Not present or Present
DRL function* NotPresent/Chg Ok or Present/Chg Ok
FACU Not present
S-AWC control display Not available
Diesel particulate filter Not present or Present
Language mode Available
WSS Not present
Door Unlock Mode Customize* Disabled or Enable
RLS overwipe type Type 1
RLS WS type Type 2 (Green)
Launch gear block alarm Not present
Interior illumination customize Disabled
Security sensor gain setting Type 1 or Type 5 or Type 6
NOTE: . 4. Select "Option Coding Information."
• *: The setting can be changed by the option cod- 5. Check the displayed option coding informa-
ing. tion.
• How to change option coding data
OPTION CODING 1. Connect the M.U.T.-III. Refer to .
CAUTION 2. Select "MPI/GDI/DIESEL" <4A9, 4B1, 4J1> or
• If there is any item indicated by the option "ETACS" on the system selection screen.
coding after equipment change, set ETACS- 3. Select "Coding."
ECU so that the option coding data corre- 4. Select "Option Coding."
sponds with the equipment content. Pay 5. Change to correct option coding data.
attention to that the concerned functions and
LIST <Engine-ECU (4A9, 4B1, 4J1)>
systems do not work normally if the setting
Item name
does not correspond with the equipment.
• With the ETACS functions being customised, Cruise control
if any of the ETACS-ECU option coding items LIST <ETACS-ECU>
are changed, the customised contents are
Item name
reset. In such case, the functions need to be
recustomised. Auto lamp CNTL
The engine-ECU <4A9, 4B1, 4J1> or ETACS-ECU Keyless
option coding data can be checked or changed by AUDIO (CAN)
operating M.U.T.-III.
• How to check option coding data Rain Light Sensor
1. Connect the M.U.T.-III. Refer to . AUDIO/S.RADIO type
2. Select "MPI/GDI/DIESEL" <4A9, 4B1, 4J1> or Number of speaker
"ETACS" on the system selection screen. Seat material
3. Select "Coding."
00-58 GENERAL
Item name Other precautions:

• Avoid prolonged and repeated contact with oils,
Front fog lamp
particularly used engine oils.
Rear fog lamp • Wear protective clothing, including impervious
Horn type gloves where practicable.
• Avoid contaminating clothes, particularly under-
Manner switch
pants, with oil.
Remote engine starter • Do not put oily rags in pockets, the use of overalls
AND without pockets will avoid this.
HFM (Hands free-ECU) • Do not wear heavily soiled clothing and oil-
impregnated foot-wear. Overalls must be cleaned
Satellite radio regularly and kept separately from personal cloth-
Compressor type ing.
DRL function • Where there is a risk of eye contact, eye protec-
tion should be worn, for example, chemical gog-
Wiper washer check bulb gles or face shields; in addition an eye wash
Door Unlock Mode Customize facility should be provided.
Front wiper • Obtain first aid treatment immediately for open
cuts and wounds.
PRE-INSPECTION CONDITION • Wash regularly with soap and water to ensure all
M1001012100731 oil is removed, especially before meals (skin
"Pre-inspection condition" refers to the condition that cleansers and nail brushes will help). After clean-
the vehicle must be in before proper engine inspec- ing, the application of preparations containing
tion can be carried out. If you see the words "Set the lanolin to replace the natural skin oils is advised.
vehicle to the pre-inspection condition". In this man- • Do not use petrol, kerosine, diesel fuel, gas oil,
ual, it means to set the vehicle to the following condi- thinners or solvents for cleaning skin.
tion. • Use barrier creams, applying them before each
• Engine coolant temperature 80 to 90°C work period, to help the removal of oil from the
• Lamps, electric cooling fan and all accessories: skin after work.
OFF • If skin disorders develop, obtain medical advice
• M/T: Neutral without delay.
• A/T: P range
• CVT: P range INITIALISATION PROCEDURE FOR
• TC−SST: P range LEARNING VALUE IN MPI ENGINE
M1001011701476
ENGINE OILS Initialise learning values in the MPI engine when one
M1001011200230
of the following service operations is performed.
HEALTH WARNING
• At replacing engine assembly. *
Prolonged and repeated contact with mineral oil will
• At replacing and cleaning injector.
result in the removal of natural fats from the skin,
• At replacing and cleaning throttle body.
leading to dryness, irritation and dermatitis. In addi-
• At replacing detonation sensor.
tion, used engine oil contains potentially harmful con-
• At replacing, installing and removing valve lift
taminants which may cause skin cancer. Adequate
sensor. <4J1>
means of skin protection and washing facilities must
• At replacing, installing and rocker arm and cam-
be provided.
shaft assembly. <4J1>
RECOMMENDED PRECAUTIONS NOTE: *: Initialise A/T or CVT related learning value.
The most effective precaution is to adapt working
practices which prevent, as far as practicable, the
risk of skin contact with mineral oils, for example by
using enclosed systems for handling used engine oil
and by degreasing components, where practicable,
before handling them.
GENERAL
00-59
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE 3. Select "MPI/GDI/DIESEL" from System select
Screen of the M.U.T.-III.
<L.H. drive vehicles>
4. Select "Special Function" from MPI/GDI/DIESEL
Diagnosis connector Screen.
5. Select "Learned value reset" from Special
Function Screen.
6. Select "All learned value" from Learned value
reset Screen
7. Initialise the learning value by pressing the "OK"
button.
MB991910
8. After initialising the learning value, the learning
MB991824 value of MPI engine idling is necessary. (refer to
Learning Procedure for Idling in MPI Engine P.00-
59).
LEARNING PROCEDURE FOR IDLING IN

MPI ENGINE
M1001011801417
PURPOSE
MB991827 AK800862AB
When the engine-ECU is replaced, or when the
learning value is initialised, the idling is not stabilized
<R.H. drive vehicles> Diagnosis connector because the learning value in MPI engine is not com-
pleted. In this case, carry out the learning method for
the idling through the following procedures.
LEARNING PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and carry out the warm-up for the
engine coolant temperature to reach 80°C or
more.
MB991910
When the engine coolant temperature is 80°C or
more, the warm-up is not needed if the ignition
MB991824 switch is in "ON" position once.
2. Place the ignition switch in "LOCK" (OFF) position
and stop the engine.
3. After 10 seconds or more, start the engine again.
4. For 10 minutes, carry out the idling under the
condition shown below and then confirm the
engine has the normal idling.
• Transmission: Neutral <M/T> or "P" range <A/T,
MB991827 AK800863AB CVT or TC-SST>
• Operation in lamps, fan and attachments: Not to
CAUTION
be operated
To prevent damage to M.U.T.-III, always turn the
• Engine coolant temperature: 80°C or more
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position
• CVT fluid temperature: 60°C or more <4J1>
before connecting or disconnecting M.U.T.-III.
1. After the ignition switch is in "LOCK" (OFF) NOTE: When the engine stalls during the idling,
position, connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis check the dirtiness (on the throttle valve) of the
connector. throttle body and then perform the service from
Procedure 1 again.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
00-60 GENERAL
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE FOR SERVICING COMMON RAIL ENGINE

THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL SERVO <4N1>
M1001016400176
Disconnecting and reconnecting the battery cables
causes the throttle valve closed-position value DANGER
learned to be erased from the memory. This may • The working near to a naked flame or
prevent the idle speed control from being executed sparks must be avoided.
properly. When the battery cables have been discon- • Attention during engine running:
nected and reconnected, initialise the throttle valve a. Do not work on the high pressure fuel
control servo in the following manner. circuit.
1. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" and then to b. Always remain out of the way of possi-
"LOCK" (OFF). ble fuel jet that may result in serious
2. Keep the ignition switch in "LOCK" (OFF) for at injuries.
least 10 seconds. c. Do not place your hand near the high
pressure fuel circuit.
• Attention before service:
a. After turning the ignition switch to the
"LOCK" (OFF) position, wait for 30 sec-
onds before starting any repair work.
This period of time is required so that
the high pressure fuel circuit pressure
can get back to the atmospheric pres-
sure.
WHAT THE COMMON RAIL ENGINE LEARNS <4N1>

M1001012500245
After fuel-related parts are replaced, the common rail NOTE: When the engine-ECU is replaced, collect in
engine must register their identification codes with advance the injector identification code from the cur-
the engine-ECU and execute learning. rent engine-ECU. Doing it makes registration easy.
The table below shows what should be registered
and learned after each type of operation.
Correspondence table
Registration and learning item Operation type
Injector Suction control Engine-ECU
replacement valve or supply replacement
pump replacement
Injector identification code registration applicable − applicable
Small injection quantity learning applicable − applicable
Supply pump correction learning − applicable −
REGISTRATION AND LEARNING PROCE- Small injection quantity learning

DURE Refer to P.00-63.
Injector identification code registration Supply pump correction learning
Refer to P.00-61. Refer to P.00-65.
GENERAL
00-61
INJECTOR IDENTIFICATION CODE REGISTRATION PROCEDURE <4N1>
M1001012600220
CAUTION REGISTRATION PROCEDURE (DURING

1. If the injector identification code is not regis- ENGINE ECU REPLACEMENT)
tered, the engine warning lamp goes on and
CAUTION
diagnosis code No. P1626 is logged.
2. Failure to register the injector identification ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position
code correctly will cause rough idling, abnor- before connecting or disconnecting M.U.T.-III.
mal noise, and emission deterioration.
PURPOSE
Diagnosis connector
Identification code
MB991910
MB991824
AK802951AB
Because individual injectors have different injection

characteristics, the engine-ECU corrects injection
time for each cylinder to improve injection accuracy.
For this reason, when the injector or engine-ECU is
replaced, injector correction data must be registered
afterwards in the engine-ECU using the M.U.T.-III.
Correction data is converted into an identification
MB991827 AK800862AB
code consisting of 30 alphanumeric characters and
printed on the injector connector. <R.H. drive vehicles> Diagnosis connector
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AK800863AB
1. After the ignition switch is in "LOCK" (OFF)

position, connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis
connector.
00-62 GENERAL
3. Select "MPI/GDI/DIESEL" from System select CAUTION

Screen of the M.U.T.-III. To prevent damage to M.U.T.-III, always turn the
4. Select "Special Function" from MPI/GDI/DIESEL ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position
Screen. before connecting or disconnecting M.U.T.-III.
5. Select "Inj.ID Writing (Exchanging ECU)" from <L.H. drive vehicles>
Special Function Screen.
6. Select "Injector ID Read&Save" from Inj.ID Writing Diagnosis connector
(Exchanging ECU) Screen to read data from the
current engine-ECU and save the data.
NOTE: If the injector identification code cannot be
read and cannot be stored from the engine ECU that
is not replaced yet, register the identification code in
the same procedures as the injector replacement.
MB991910
7. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position. MB991824
8. Replace the engine-ECU.
10.Select "MPI/GDI/DIESEL" from System select
11.Select "Special Function" from MPI/GDI/DIESEL
Screen.
12.Select "Inj.ID Writing (Exchanging ECU)" from
MB991827
Special Function Screen. AK800862AB
13.Select "Saved Injector ID Writing " from Inj.ID <R.H. drive vehicles> Diagnosis connector
Writing (Exchanging ECU) Screen to write the
data, which was saved previously, to the engine-
ECU.
NOTE: When the registration is completed, the lit
engine warning lamp begins to blink.
14.Execute small injection quantity learning (Refer to
P.00-63).
MB991910
15.Confirm that the engine warning lamp is off.
Confirm also that the diagnosis code is not stored.
MB991824
REGISTRATION PROCEDURE (DURING
INJECTOR REPLACEMENT)
NOTE: If the injector identification code cannot be
read when the engine-ECU is replaced, input the
identification code in the following procedures:
MB991827 AK800863AB

connector.
3. Select "MPI/GDI/DIESEL" from System select
Screen.
GENERAL
00-63
5. Select "Inj.ID Writing (Exchanging INJ.)" from CAUTION
Special Function Screen. Even if the number of the cylinder to be regis-
6. From the Inj.ID Writing (Exchanging INJ.) Screen, tered does not match the actual injector mount-
select the injector to which the identification code ing location, registration ends normally. Specify
is registered. the cylinder number correctly.
Content M.U.T.-III registered
items Frame 1 Frame 2
(4 digits) (4 digits)
No. 1 injector only No. 1 Injector ID Writing Frame 3 Frame 4
registered (4 digits) (4 digits)
No. 2 injector only No. 2 Injector ID Writing
registered Frame 5 Frame 6
(4 digits) (4 digits)
No. 3 injector only No. 3 Injector ID Writing
Frame 7 Frame 8
registered (4 digits) (4 digits)
No. 4 injector only No. 4 Injector ID Writing AK802952 AB
registered
7. Register the injector identification code. Input the
All injector registered All Injectors ID Writing identification code printed on the upper plane of
the injector.
NOTE: The identification code is divided into eight
parts. Input the identification code into the specified
parts.
8. Push "OK" to register it.
NOTE: When the registration is completed, the lit
engine warning lamp should begin to blink.
9. Execute small injection quantity learning (Refer to
P.00-63).
NOTE: When the injector is replaced, executing the
write operation clears the values of small injection
quantity learning.
10.Confirm that the engine warning lamp is off.
Confirm also that the diagnosis code is not stored.
SMALL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING PROCEDURE <4N1>

M1001014300300
CAUTION During learning, the engine-ECU calculates actual

1. If small injection quantity learning has not injection from each cylinder based on changes in
been executed, the engine warning lamp engine speeds and corrects pilot injection control. It
blinks. then keeps records of this amount of correction as a
learned value.
2. When the requirements for learning are satis-
For this reason, after the engine-ECU or injector is
fied by operation after replacement of the
replaced, learning must be executed using the
engine-ECU, learning is automatically exe-
M.U.T.-III.
cuted even if no instruction is given from the
M.U.T.-III. Accordingly, the malfunction indica-
tor lamp goes off. However, the learning thus
executed is tentative and limited. Be sure to
complete leaning using the M.U.T.-III.
PURPOSE
To keep emission and noise level at adequate levels,
the engine-ECU must learn injector fuel injection in
idle mode.
00-64 GENERAL
NOTE: Engine friction changes or injector deteriora- LEARNING PROCEDURE

tion over time may cause fluctuation in pilot injection.
CAUTION
After use over time, it may prevent injection of an
accurate amount of fuel according to the indication
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position
by the engine-ECU. This is why learning must be
before connecting or disconnecting M.U.T.-III.
executed again periodically.
For this reason, the engine-ECU periodically leans <L.H. drive vehicles>
injection according to the cumulative mileage.
Note that making the M.U.T.-III learn again resets the Diagnosis connector
cumulative mileage.
NOTE: The engine sound may change or idling
engine speeds may increase during injection learn-
ing. These are not abnormalities.
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AK800862AB
<R.H. drive vehicles> Diagnosis connector
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AK800863AB

connector.
2. Put the vehicle in the following idling stable
conditions:
• Engine coolant temperature: 76 − 100°C
• Fuel temperature: 30 − 100°C
GENERAL
00-65
• Intake air temperature: −30 to 100°C 6. Select Item No. 1 "Small Injection qt. Learning"
• Barometric pressure: 70 kPa or more from the Learning Screen to execute learning.
• Lamps, radiator fan and all accessories: OFF CAUTION
• Transmission: Neutral
If the vehicle conditions go out of the learning
• Power steering: Static state conditions during idling, learning is interrupted.
3. Select "MPI/GDI/DIESEL" from System select To reexecute learning, the ignition switch
Screen of the M.U.T.-III. must once be turned off.
4. Select "Special Function" from MPI/GDI/DIESEL 7. Continue idling for about 3 minutes before
Screen. learning is completed.
5. Select "Learning" from Special Function Screen. 8. Confirm that the engine warning lamp is off. If it
still blinks, reexecute learning.
SUPPLY PUMP CORRECTION LEARNING PROCEDURE <4N1>

M1001014400277
PURPOSE The learning value is calculated from the suction

The engine-ECU learns the relation between the control valve drive current and the rail pressure sen-
suction control valve (linear solenoid valve) of the sor output voltage.
supply pump drive current and the fuel injection vol- When the suction control valve or supply pump is
ume. replaced, therefore, this learning must be executed.
Re-learning is executed when the engine is idling
after the learning value in the engine-ECU has been
reset by the M.U.T.-III.
00-66 GENERAL
LEARNING PROCEDURE
CAUTION 1. After the ignition switch is in "LOCK" (OFF)
To prevent damage to M.U.T.-III, always turn the position, connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position connector.
before connecting or disconnecting M.U.T.-III. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. (Do
not start the engine.)
Diagnosis connector Screen of the M.U.T.-III.
Screen.
5. Select "Initialisation" from Special Function
Screen.
6. Select Item No. 21 "Supply pump exchange
service" from "Initialisation Screen and execute
MB991910
the initialisation of learning value.
MB991824 • Accelerator pedal: OFF (not depressed)
• Engine coolant temperature: 60°C or higher
• Fuel temperature: 30°C or higher
7. After initialising, run the engine at idle in the
following conditions for 30 seconds.
8. Confirm that the Item No. 65 "High press. pump
learned status" on M.U.T.-III Data List is "2".
NOTE: "2" indicates that the learning has completed.
MB991827 AK800862AB
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AK800863AB
GENERAL
00-67
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE FOR
LEARNING VALUE IN COMMON RAIL
ENGINE <4N1>
M1001017800070
CAUTION
If the following services shown in the table are
carried out on the common rail engine, use the
M.U.T.-III to initialise the learning value. This is
essential to early and correctly operate the
exhaust gas processing system.
Initialising items
Service items Initialisation item Forcible DPF regeneration
At replacing supply pump * No. 21 Supply pump exchange −
service
At replacing diesel particulate filter No. 40 DPF exchange service −
(DPF)
At replacing exhaust differential No. 41 DPF dp sensor exchange Necessary
pressure sensor service
At replacing catalytic converter No. 42 DPF system malfunction Necessary
service
At replacing engine oil (Only in No. 43 Engine oil exchange −
storing DTC P252F) service
At replacing EGR cooler No. 53 Fuel consumption −
initialized
NOTE: *: After Initialising the learning value, carry out the supply pump correction learning in order to replace
the supply pump. (Refer to P.00-65).
00-68 GENERAL
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE 3. Select "MPI/GDI/DIESEL" from System select

CAUTION
To prevent damage to M.U.T.-III, always turn the 4. Select "Special Function" from MPI/GDI/DIESEL
ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) position Screen.
before connecting or disconnecting M.U.T.-III. 5. Select "Initialization" from Special Function
Screen.
6. Select the appropriate initialising item from the
Diagnosis connector Initialization Screen to initialise it.
7. Use M.U.T.-III to carry out the forcible DPF
regeneration. [Refer to GROUP 17 − Emission
Control <DIESEL> − Diesel Particulate Filter
(DPF) System − Forcible DPF Regeneration ].
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

MB991910 CALIBRATION <Low CO2 specification,
MB991824
FFV, 4N1, 4J1>
M1001018600251
PURPOSE
The engine-ECU carries out the electrical generation
control according to the charge level of the battery,
based on the battery current sensor signal. To
improve the effect of reducing the fuel consumption
by the electrical generation control, it is necessary to
accurately detect the charge level of the battery. For
MB991827 AK800862AB
this, if the following services are performed, carry out
the battery current sensor calibration.
• Replacing the battery current sensor
• Replacing the engine-ECU
LEARNING PROCEDURE
position, disconnect the battery cable from the
negative battery terminal.
MB991910
MB991824
Battery current
sensor
AK900075AB
MB991827 AK800863AB 2. Remove the battery current sensor from the

battery cable (Do not disconnect the battery
1. After the ignition switch is in "LOCK" (OFF) current sensor connector).
connector. 3. Connect the battery cable without the battery
current sensor to the negative battery terminal.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. (Do
not start the engine.)
GENERAL
00-69
<LH drive vehicles> 4. Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector
(But do not start the engine).
Diagnosis connector 5. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Screen.
8. Select "Learning" from Special Function Screen.
MB991910 9. Select "Battery current SNSR.calibration" from
Learning Screen.
MB991824 10.Start the calibration by pressing the "OK" button.
11.Confirm that the M.U.T.-III data list item No. 119
<Low CO2 specification, FFV> No. 452 <4N1>
Battery current sensor calibration is "Completed".
12.After the ignition switch is in "LOCK" (OFF)
position, disconnect the M.U.T.-III.
13.Install the battery current sensor.
MB991827 AC608435 AB
FORCED LEARNING OF ESTIMATED
ETHANOL CONCENTRATION <FFV>
M1001018200048
PURPOSE
When carrying out the learning of the estimated etha-
nol concentration every time the engine starts or the
fuel is supplied, the Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV) con-
trols the injection amount according to the ethanol
concentration in the fuel tank. The difference, how-
ever, arises between the ethanol concentration
MB991910 stored by the engine-ECU and the actual ethanol
concentration when performing the following driving
MB991824 or work. This can possibly impact on the poor cold
engine starting or the drivability in the cold state.
Using the M.U.T.-III, this malfunction can be solved
by carrying out the forced learning of the estimated
ethanol concentration.
• Repeating the short distance run that cannot
switch to the estimating concentration mode.
• Replacing the fuel of the fuel tank
• Outputting the diagnosis code
MB991827 AC700191AB
• Replacing the fuel gauge unit and the fuel supply
line
• Replacing the engine-ECU
00-70 GENERAL
LEARNING PROCEDURE 2. After confirming that the engine control relay is in

<LH drive vehicles> the OFF position, start the engine.
Diagnosis connector Screen of the M.U.T.-III.
Screen.
5. Select "Learning" from Special Function Screen.
6. Select "Ethanol forced learning mode" from
Learning Screen
MB991910 7. Press the "OK" button and drive the vehicle for
approximately 15 minutes.
MB991824 8. Confirm that the M.U.T.-III data list item No. 120
Ethanol percentage learning is "Completed". If it is
"Not completed", drive the vehicle for several
minutes more.
TIMING CHAIN MAINTENANCE <4B11-

Turbo>
M1001016500292
MB991827 AC608435 AB
AK800500
MB991910
If the vehicle equipped with 4B11-turbo engine con-
tinues the rough driving like competitive running*1,
MB991824 the amount of carbon mixed into the engine oil tends
to increase. This can possibly cause the timing chain
to gradually elongate. To prevent this, the function or
logic monitoring the amount of elongation of the tim-
ing chain is integrated into the engine-ECU. When
the engine-ECU detects the elongation of the timing
chain, the warning is shown on the multi-information
display of combination meter as shown in the illustra-
MB991827 AC700191AB tion. This gives the driver the information that the vis-
ual check of the elongation of the timing chain is
NOTE: Confirm that the diagnosis code is not output necessary. If this warning is continuously neglected,
by the engine-ECU before performing the forced the timing chain can possibly interfere with the other
learning of the estimated ethanol concentration. If engine components, resulting in the engine dam-
the diagnosis code is output, carry out the work after aged.
solving the malfunction.
NOTE: *1: The competitive running means the run-
1. After the ignition switch is in "LOCK" (OFF) ning that constantly repeats the cycle of the full
position, connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis opened position of the accelerator pedal and the full
connector. closed position of the accelerator pedal.
GENERAL
00-71
The engine-ECU stores the timing chain conditions as the initial learning value when the timing chain is
installed. The engine-ECU stores the amount of elongation of the timing chain in the EEPROM as the current
learning value, compared with the initial learning value. The engine-ECU judges that the visual check of the
elongation of the timing chain is necessary when the current learning value exceeds the specified value.
Thus, use the M.U.T.-III to always carry out the maintenance of the initial learning value related to the timing
chain that is stored by the engine-ECU after the following service.
Service Maintenance items Maintenance purpose

by M.U.T.-III
Engine-ECU • Learned value The purpose is that the initial learning value regarding the
replacement Read&Save *2 amount of elongation of the timing chain stored by the current
• Write learned engine-ECU is loaded in the M.U.T.-III, and then written into
value (Changed the new engine-ECU. This allows the engine-ECU to
appropriately monitor the amount of elongation of the timing
ECU)*2
chain after the engine-ECU replacement.
Visual check of Learned value reset The purpose is that the initial learning value stored by the
elongation of timing current engine-ECU is initialised after the visual check of the
chain elongation of the timing chain by illuminating the warning
lamp, whether or not the timing chain is replaced. This allows
the engine-ECU to appropriately monitor the amount of
elongation of the timing chain.
Timing chain or Learned value reset The purpose of this procedure is that the initial learning value
engine assembly stored by the current engine-ECU is initialised when the
replaced timing chain or the engine assembly (the timing chain is also
replaced with a new one.) is replaced. This allows the
engine-ECU to appropriately monitor the amount of
elongation of the timing chain.
NOTE: *2: The visual check of the elongation of the timing chain must be carried out under the following con-
ditions: when the initial learning value cannot be written into M.U.T.-III from the current engine-ECU because
of the engine-ECU malfunction and when the initial learning value cannot be written into the new engine-ECU
(Refer to GROUP 11I − On-vehicle Service − Timing Chain Elongation Visual Check ). If elongated more than
the specified length at this time, the timing chain can possibly interferes with the other engine components
before the new engine-ECU detects the elongation of the timing chain. The timing chain must be replaced
with a new one to prevent engine damage.
00-72 GENERAL
LEARNED VALUE READ&SAVE AND 1. After the ignition switch is in "LOCK" (OFF)
WRITE LEARNED VALUE (CHANGED position, connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis
connector.
ECU)
Diagnosis connector
Screen.
5. Select "Timing chain maintenance" from Special
Function Screen.
6. Select "Learned value Read&Save" from Timing
chain maintenance Screen.
MB991910 7. Press "OK" to store the initial learning value file.
MB991824 NOTE: When the initial learning value file is appropri-
ately stored, "Learned value Save Complete" is
shown on the screen of the M.U.T.-III.
NOTE: Calculating the amount of elongation of the
timing chain by the engine-ECU takes the time.
Thus, the file cannot be stored for a while after the
engine-ECU initialisation or replacement.
8. Replace the engine-ECU.
MB991827 AK800862AB 9. Select "Write learned value (Changed ECU)" from
Timing chain maintenance Screen.
10.Select the initial learning value file stored during
Step 7 to write the initial learning value.
NOTE: Use only the initial learning value file stored
during Step 7 without using any other files.
NOTE: When the initial learning value is appropri-
ately written, "Learned value writing Completed." is
shown on the screen of the M.U.T.-III.
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AK800863AB
GENERAL
00-73
LEARNED VALUE RESET 6. Select "Learned value reset" from Timing chain
maintenance Screen.
7. Press "OK" to reset the initial learning value.
Diagnosis connector
TEST/LIMIT VALUE READOUT
Diagnosis connector
MB991910
MB991824
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AK800862AB
MB991827 AK800862AB
MB991910
MB991824
MB991910
MB991824
MB991827 AK800863AB

connector. MB991827 AK800863AB
3. Select "MPI/GDI/DIESEL" from System select 1. After the ignition switch is in "LOCK" (OFF)
Screen of the M.U.T.-III. position, connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis
4. Select "Special Function" from MPI/GDI/DIESEL connector.
Screen. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
5. Select "Timing chain maintenance" from Special 3. Select "MPI/GDI/DIESEL" from System select
Function Screen. Screen of the M.U.T.-III.
00-74 GENERAL
4. Select "Special Function" from MPI/GDI/DIESEL acceptable to lightly hit in a smooth, thin gasket
Screen. scraper into the mating surface, but, in this case, a
5. Select "Timing chain maintenance" from Special sufficient caution is required not to damage the mat-
Function Screen. ing surface. The oil pan FIPG cutter (Special tool:
MD998727) is provided. Thus, use this special tool.
6. Select "Test/Limit value readout" from Timing
chain maintenance Screen. GASKET SURFACE CLEANING
7. Read the value of percentage (%) shown on the Use a gasket scraper or wire brush to completely
screen. remove all the foreign materials adhering to the gas-
NOTE: The value of percentage (%) shown on the ket surface. Check that the FIPG application surface
screen is the amount of elongation of the timing is smooth. There must be no grease or foreign mate-
chain calculated by the engine-ECU based on the ini- rial adhesion to the gasket surface. Do not forget to
tial learning value, and thus is not the actual amount. remove the old FIPG remaining in the mounting hole
Use this for the reference only. and tapped hole.
FORM−IN−PLACE GASKET (FIPG) APPLICATION PROCEDURE

M1001014200132 Apply the FIPG with a specified diameter and without
The engine has several parts to which the form-in- any gap. Completely enclose around the mounting
place gasket (FIPG) is used. To sufficiently achieve hole. When the FIPG is not hardened, it can be
the aims of this gasket, it is necessary to pay atten- wiped off. Install the parts immediately after applying
tion to the application amount, procedure, and sur- the FIPG. At the time of installation, prevent the FIPG
face status. from adhering to locations other than it is necessary.
If the application amount is too small, a leakage will After the installation, until a sufficient period of time
occur. If the application amount is excessive, the (one hour or more) elapses, do not contact the oil or
FIPG will overflow and cause a clogging or narrowing water to the application area. Also, do not start the
of water and oil paths. Therefore, to eliminate the engine. Because the FIPG application procedure
leak from the joint, it is indispensable that the FIPG may differ depending on the application area, apply
be applied with a correct amount and without any the FIPG according to the procedure described in the
gap. text.
Because the FIPG used for the engine parts
becomes hardened by the reaction with the atmos- BOLTS AND NUTS WITH STABILIZER
pheric moisture, it is normally used for the metal FOR COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION
flange section. M1001014800123
The bolts and nuts with stabilizer for coefficient of
CAUTION friction have been used for the connections such as
Reapply the FIPG with care to the followings. the suspension arm and crossmember in order to
stabilize the axial force and to ensure the high axial
1. Completely remove the old FIPG including the
force at bolt/nut connections, resulting in improved
residue in gaps of parts.
reliability.
2. Using Mitsubishi genuine parts cleaner
(MZ100387) or equivalent, degrease the FIPG NOTE: The bolts and nuts with stabilizer for coeffi-
application surface carefully. cient of friction mean that the bolts and nuts with sur-
face treatment to stabilize and reduce the coefficient
3. According to the FIPG application proce-
of friction, allowing to achieve the stable axial force
dures, apply it accurately.
and to secure the high axial force with low tightening
DISASSEMBLY torque.
The parts installed with the FIPG can be disassem-
bled easily without using any special method. How-
ever, in some cases, it is necessary to tear the
sealant in between the mating surfaces by tapping
the parts with a wooden hammer or similar tools. It is
GENERAL
00-75
PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF
•
<LANCER>
ON-VEHICLE RADIO TRANSMISSION
EQUIPMENT
M1001015500136
The computers (control unit) for various on-vehicle
electronic equipment are provided with sufficient pro-
tective measures against external radio wave inter-
ference. However, because the on-vehicle radio
transmission equipment may affect adversely the Antenna attachment position
computers (control unit), pay attention to the follow- AC701214AC
ing precautions for installation.
• Install radio transmission equipment and antenna <LANCER SPORTBACK>
(including coaxial cables) 200 mm or more away
from the computers (control unit) for on-vehicle
electronic equipment.
• Because radio wave is radiated from the coaxial
cables of the antenna for radio transmission
equipment, do not route the cables in parallel with Antenna attachment position
the vehicle wiring harness.
• Install only radio transmission equipment with the
frequencies, output, and radio wave types AC712333AC
described in the table. Install the antenna for radio transmission equipment
FREQUENCY, OUTPUT, AND RADIO WAVE only to the position shown in the figure.
TYPE OF THE RADIO TRANSMISSION
EQUIPMENT APPLICATION OF ANTI-CORROSION
Frequency Maximum Modulation
AGENTS AND UNDERCOATS
M1001011000344
(MHz) output power If oil or grease gets onto the oxygen sensor, it will
(W) cause a drop in the performance of the sensor.
3.5 50 CW, FM, AM, Cover the oxygen sensor with a protective cover
SSB when applying anti-corrosion agents and undercoats.
7
14 VEHICLE WASHING
M1001012000466
21
28
50 Approximately
40 cm or more
144
430
1,260 2
AC300832AC
If high-pressure car-washing equipment or steam

car-washing equipment is used to wash the vehicle,
be sure to note the following information in order to
avoid damage to plastic components, etc.
• Spray nozzle distance: Approx. 40 cm or more
• Spray pressure: 3,900 kPa or less
• Spray temperature: 82°C or less
• Time of concentrated spray to one point: within
30 sec.
00-76 GENERAL
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

M1001009800934
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) air bag is bag analogue G-sensor and a side (curtain) air bag
a system that is effective with the seat belt fastened, analogue G-sensor. The front impact sensor is
and it is designed as a supplemental system of the installed on the front end upper bar in the engine
seat belt. The air bag inflates upon a frontal collision room and contains an analogue G-sensor and a
or a side collision to protect the passengers. microcomputer. The side impact sensor is installed in
The SRS consists of air bag modules, SRS air bag the lower parts of the centre pillars and contains an
control unit (SRS-ECU), two front impact sensors, analogue G-sensor and a microcomputer. The warn-
two side impact sensors, SRS warning lamp, clock ing lamp on the instrument panel indicates the opera-
spring, passenger’s air bag cut off switch, passen- tional status of the SRS. The clock spring is installed
ger’s air bag OFF indicator lamp and seat belt pre- in the steering column. The passenger’s air bag cut
tensioner. Front air bags are located in the centre of off switch is located above inside the glove box. The
the steering wheel and above the glove box. Knee air passenger’s air bag OFF indicator lamp is installed in
bag is installed under the column cover. Side-airbags instrument centre panel. The seat belt pre-tensioner
are located inside the front seatback assemblies. is built into the driver's and passenger's front seat
The curtain air bag module is installed in the roof belt retractor.
side sections (from the driver's and the passenger's Only authorized service personnel should do work on
front pillars to the rear pillars). Each air bag is made or around the SRS components. Those service per-
up of a folded air bag and an inflator unit. The SRS- sonnel should read this manual carefully before start-
ECU under the front floor console monitors the sys- ing any such work.
tem and has a front air bag safing G-sensor, front air
GENERAL
00-77
<Except for RUSSIA and RALLIART> <For RUSSIA>

SRS warning lamp SRS warning lamp
Passenger's air bag OFF indicator lamp
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
Driver's air bag module
Clock spring
Diagnosis connector
knee air bag module Passenger's air bag

cut off switch
SRS-ECU
Curtain air bag module Side-airbag module
Seat belt pre-tensioner
Side impact sensor

Front impact sensor
AC809021AB
00-78 GENERAL
<RALLIART>
SRS warning lamp
Passenger's air bag OFF indicator lamp
Passenger's (front)
air bag module
Driver's air bag module
Clock spring
Diagnosis connector
knee air bag module Passenger's air bag

cut off switch
SRS-ECU
Seat belt
pre-tensioner Side-airbag module
Curtain air bag module
Side impact sensor

Front impact sensor
AC801920AB
GENERAL
SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
00-79
M1001006000887
1. In order to avoid injury to yourself or others • Seat belt with pre-tensioner
from accidental deployment of the SRS air bag • Front impact sensor
during servicing, read and carefully follow all • Side impact sensor
the precautions and procedures described in
this manual.
2. Be sure to use the tester and special tools SRS-ECU connector
specified in this manual (Special tool: refer to ,
tester: refer to ).
3. Never attempt to repair the following
components:
• SRS-ECU
• Driver's air bag module
• Clock spring AC506921AB
• Passenger's (front) air bag module

4. Never attempt to repair the wiring harness
• Knee air bag module connectors of the SRS. If a defective wiring
• Curtain air bag module harness is found, repair or replace it by
• Front seat assembly incorporating side-air- referring to the table follows.
bag module
SRS-ECU Destination of wiring harness Measures
terminal
No.
1, 2 Instrument panel wiring harness → knee air bag Repair or replace the instrument
module panel wiring harness.
5, 6 Instrument panel wiring harness → clock spring → Replace the clock spring, or repair or
driver's air bag module (1st squib) replace the instrument panel wiring
harness.
7, 8 Instrument panel wiring harness → passenger's (front) Repair or replace the instrument
air bag module (1st squib) panel wiring harness.
9, 10 Instrument panel wiring harness → clock spring → Replace the clock spring, or repair or
driver's air bag module (2nd squib) replace the instrument panel wiring
harness.
11, 12 Instrument panel wiring harness → passenger's (front) Repair or replace the instrument
air bag module (2nd squib) panel wiring harness.
15, 16 Instrument panel wiring harness → CAN bus line
17 Instrument panel wiring harness → earth
18 Instrument panel wiring harness → Instrument centre Repair or replace the instrument
panel panel wiring harness.
19, 20 Instrument panel wiring harness → passenger's air
bag cut off switch
21, 22 Instrument panel wiring harness → front wiring Repair or replace the wiring
harness → front impact sensor wiring harness → front harnesses.
impact sensor (LH)
23, 24 Instrument panel wiring harness → front wiring
harness → front impact sensor wiring harness → front
impact sensor (RH)
00-80 GENERAL
SRS-ECU Destination of wiring harness Measures

terminal
No.
31, 32 Floor wiring harness → side-airbag module (LH) Repair or replace the floor wiring
33, 34 Floor wiring harness → side-airbag module (RH) harness.
39, 40 Floor wiring harness → rear floor wiring harness (RH) Repair or replace the wiring
→ curtain air bag module (RH) harnesses.
41, 42 Floor wiring harness → rear floor wiring harness (LH)
→ curtain air bag module (LH)
43, 44 Floor wiring harness → front passenger's seat belt Repair or replace the floor wiring
pre-tensioner harness.
45, 46 Floor wiring harness → driver's seat belt pre-tensioner
49, 50 Floor wiring harness → side impact sensor (LH)
51, 52 Floor wiring harness → side impact sensor (RH)
61 Floor wiring harness → ETACS-ECU (fuse No. 18)
62 Floor wiring harness → ETACS-ECU (fuse No. 12)
6. If the influence of heat is suspected during
Insulating tape painting work, remove the following parts:
Battery • 93°C or higher SRS-ECU, air bag module,
clock spring, front impact sensor, side impact
sensor
• 90 °C or higher Seat belt with pre-tensioner
7. After the maintenance of the SRS air bag and
seat belt with pre-tensioner is completed, be
sure to delete the diagnosis code and check
Battery cable
AC300580AB whether the SRS warning lamp lights up (refer
to ).
5. Before maintenance, wait for 60 seconds or
more after the disconnection of the battery (−)
terminal. Wrap the disconnected (−) terminal
with tape for insulation. The condenser inside
SRS-ECU keeps a voltage necessary to
expand the air bag for a certain period even
after the IG power is turned OFF. Therefore, if
any operation is performed before the period
elapses, it may cause serious damage.
GENERAL
SUPPORT LOCATIONS FOR LIFTING AND JACKING
00-81
M1001000700985
SUPPORT POSITIONS FOR A GARAGE JACK

CAUTION
Be sure to support the specified locations only. Otherwise, deformation of vehicle may occur.
<Front side> <Rear side>
Suspension
crossmember
Centremember
AC801797AB
00-82 GENERAL
SUPPORT POSITIONS FOR RIGID RACKS AND SINGLE-POST LIFT OR DOUBLE-

POST LIFT
CAUTION
• If rubber attachments with grooves that are too thick are used at the front support positions, the
front fender may become bent, so be sure to use rubber attachments with groove thicknesses of
18 mm or less.
• If attachments which are not high enough are used, they may damage areas such as the side step.
Be sure to use attachments which are high enough, or remove the side step if not using attach-
ments.
Rigid racks
Notch Notch
Rubber
Rubber
Single-post lift or
double-post lift
Notch Notch
AC700197AB
GENERAL
00-83
SUPPORT POSITIONS FOR PLATE TYPE
LIFT
CAUTION
Insert a spacer between the notch and the lift to
avoid damage to the side sill garnish. Be careful
not to contact the spacer against the side sill.
Support the notch with a spacer (100-mm width, 100-
mm height and 200-mm depth).
11A-1
GROUP 11A
ENGINE
MECHANICAL
<4A9>
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . 11A-2 CAMSHAFT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-24
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . 11A-2
VALVE STEM SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-31
SEALANTS AND ADHESIVES . . . . . 11A-3 VALVE STEM SEAL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-31
SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-4

OIL PAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-37
OIL PAN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. 11A-37
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE. . . . . . . . . . . 11A-7
OIL PAN INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-38
DRIVE BELT TENSION CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT
...................................... 11A-7
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP DRIVE BELT CHECK CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL . . . . . . . . . 11A-39
<Euro4> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-11 CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL REMOVAL AND
IGNITION TIMING CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-12 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-39
IDLE SPEED CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-13
IDLE MIXTURE CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-14
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET . . . . . . . . 11A-42
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET REMOVAL AND
VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-42
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-14
COMPRESSION PRESSURE CHECK. . . . 11A-16
TIMING CHAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-49
MANIFOLD VACUUM CHECK . . . . . . . . . . 11A-17
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-49
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY . . . . . . . . . . 11A-18
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY REMOVAL AND
ENGINE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-56
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-18
ENGINE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-56
CAMSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11A-24
11A-2 ENGINE MECHANICAL <4A9>
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1111000101962
Item 4A91 4A92

Bore × Stroke mm 75.0 × 84.8 75.0 × 90.0
Compression ratio 10.5 11.0
Compression chamber Pentroof
Camshaft arrangement DOHC
Number of valve Intake 8
Exhaust 8
Valve timing Intake opening BTDC 41° − ATDC 9°
Intake closing ABDC 11° − ABDC 61°
Exhaust opening BBDC 39°
Exhaust closing ATDC 5°
Fuel system Electronically controlled multipoint fuel injection
Rocker arm Not equipped
Auto-lash adjuster Not equipped
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
M1112000302768
Item Standard value Limit

Alternator and others belt tension (When Vibration frequency Hz 140 − 171 −
checked) Tension N 392 − 588 −
Deflection mm (Reference) 9.5 − 12.2 −
adjusted) Tension N 441 − 539 −
replaced) Tension N 784 − 980 −
Power steering oil pump drive belt tension Vibration frequency Hz 108 − 221 −
(Reference)
Tension N (Reference) 169 − 720 −
Deflection mm (Reference) 18.2 or less −
Basic ignition timing 5° BTDC ± 3° −
Ignition timing Approximately −
10° BTDC
Idle speed r/min 750 ± 100 −
CO contents % 0.3 or less −
ENGINE MECHANICAL <4A9>
SEALANTS AND ADHESIVE
11A-3
HC contents ppm 200 or less −
Valve clearance (at cold) mm Inlet valve 0.22 ± 0.04 −
Exhaust valve 0.30 ± 0.04 −
Compression pressure (at engine speed of 300 r/min) kPa <4A91> 1,550 Minimum
1,100
Compression pressure (at engine speed of 250 r/min) kPa <4A92> 1,550 Minimum
1,100
Compression pressure difference of all cylinders kPa − Maximum 98
Intake manifold vacuum kPa − Minimum 60
Cylinder head bolt outside diameter difference mm 0 − 0.15 −
SEALANTS AND ADHESIVE

M1112000502687
Item Specified Sealant and adhesive Remark

Timing chain tensioner cover ThreeBond 1217G (Mitsubishi Genuine Semi-drying sealant
Cylinder head cover assembly Part No,1000A923), LOCTITE 5900,
LOCTITE 5970 or equivalent
Timing chain case assembly
Cylinder block
Cylinder head gasket
Engine oil pan ThreeBond 1217G (Mitsubishi Genuine
Crankshaft rear oil seal case assembly Part No.1000A923), ThreeBond 1227D,
LOCTITE 5900, LOCTITE 5970 or
equivalent
Flywheel bolt <M/T> LOCTITE 2701 or equivalent Anaerobic adhesive
Drive plate bolt <A/T> LOCTITE 2701, ThreeBond 1324 or
equivalent
Timing chain case assembly (water ThreeBond 1227D, ThreeBond 1207F Semi-drying sealant
pump) or equivalent
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1112000603074
Tool Number Name Use
a
MB992080 Belt tension meter set Drive belt tension check
a: MB992081 a: Belt tension meter
b: MB992082 b: Microphone assembly
b
B992080
MB991955 M.U.T.-III sub assembly CAUTION

a
a: MB991824 a: Vehicle communication For vehicles with CAN
b: MB991827 interface (V. C. I.) communication, use M.U.T.-III
c: MB991910 b: M.U.T.-III USB cable main harness A to send
d: MB991911 c: M.U.T.-III main harness A simulated vehicle speed. If
MB991824
e: MB991825 (Vehicles with CAN you connect M.U.T.-III main
b f: MB991826 communication system) harness B instead, the CAN
d: M.U.T.-III main harness B communication does not
(Vehicles without CAN function correctly.
communication system) • Checking the ignition timing
MB991827 e: M.U.T.-III adapter harness • Checking the idle speed
c f: M.U.T.-III trigger harness
MB991910
DO NOT USE
MB991911
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
MB992276 Drive belt remover Power steering oil pump drive

belt removal
B992276
SPECIAL TOOLS
11A-5
MB992858 Drive belt installer Power steering oil pump drive
belt installation
MB992858
MB991992 Torque wrench adaptor Removal and installation of

V.V.T. sprocket assembly
mounting bolt
B991992
MD998772 Valve spring compressor Valve spring compression
MD998772
MB992090 Retainer holder attachment
B992090
MB992089 Retainer holder C
MB992085 Valve stem seal pliers Valve stem seal removal
MB992677 Valve stem seal installer Valve stem seal press-fitting

adjustable
B992677
SPECIAL TOOLS

MD998727 Oil pan FIPG cutter Engine oil pan removal
D998727
MD998781 Flywheel stopper Supporting the flywheel

assembly <M/T> or drive plate
assembly <A/T>
D998781
MB991993 Crankshaft front oil seal Crankshaft front oil seal

guide installation
B991993
MB990699 Differential oil seal installer
MB991454 Engine hanger balancer Supporting the engine and

transmission assembly
NOTE: Special tool MB991454
is a part of engine hanger
B991454 attachment set MB991453.
MB991527 Hanger
B991527
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
11A-7
MB991895 Engine hanger When the engine hanger is
used: Supporting the engine
assembly during removal and
installation of the timing chain
MB991895
case assembly or transmission
assembly
MB991928 Engine hanger
Slide bracket (HI) a: MB991929 a: Joint (50) × 2
b: MB991930 b: Joint (90) × 2
e
c: MB991931 c: Joint (140) × 2
d: MB991932 d: Foot (standard) × 4
e: MB991933 e: Foot (short) × 2
f
a f: MB991934 f: Chain and hook assembly
d
b
c
B991928 AI
MB992000 Crankshaft adapter Cranking of the engine after the

crankshaft pulley removal
B992000
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
DRIVE BELT TENSION CHECK AND Standard value:
ADJUSTMENT Item When When When
M1111003103622 checked adjusted replaced
ALTERNATOR AND OTHERS BELT TEN- Vibration 140 − 171 148 − 164 198 − 221
SION CHECK frequency
Hz
CAUTION
• When checking the drive belt tension, make Tension N 392 − 588 441 − 539 784 − 980
sure that the engine is cold. Deflection 9.5 − 12.2 10.2 − 11.5 6.3 − 7.6
• Check the drive belt tension after turning the mm
crankshaft clockwise one turn or more. (Reference)
Check the alternator and others belt tension in the
following procedure. <When the vibration frequency is measured
NOTE: For the vehicles without A/C compressor, the {Special tool (MB992080) is used}:
check procedure and the standard value are also Recommendation>
same. NOTE: The vibration frequency measuring method is
recommended for check and adjustment of the alter-
nator and others belt tension.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
(6) Press number keys 0, 1, 0, and 0 sequentially,

Belt tension meter set (MB992080)
and press the "SELECT" button to apply them.
MB992081 Check to ensure that "S 0100 mm" appears on
the display.
4. Press "Hz" button twice to change the display to
the frequency display (Hz).
CAUTION
•
MB992082 15˚ Alternator

15˚ pulley
AC507219AB
MB992080
1. Connect the Special tool microphone assembly (Microphone)
(MB992082) to the Special tool belt tension meter
10 – 15 mm
(MB992081) of the Special tool belt tension meter Water pump
set (MB992080). pulley
Crankshaft
2. Press the "POWER" button to turn on the power pulley
supply.
A/C compressor pulley AK603849AC
3. Press number key 1. Check to ensure that "No.
01" appears on the upper left of the display and The temperature of the surface of the belt should
that the following numeric values are displayed for be as close as possible to normal tempera-
individual items (M, W, and S): ture.
M 000.9 g/m • Do not let any contaminants such as water or
oil get onto the microphone.
W 010.0 mm/R
• If strong gusts of wind blow against the
S 0100 mm microphone or if there is loud sources of
If numeric values have not been entered (new noise nearby, the values measured by the
tool), set them according to the belt specifications microphone may not correspond to actual
as shown below. Once you set them, you do not values.
have to set them again. The settings remain • If the microphone is touching the belt while
undeleted even after battery replacement. the measurement is being made, the values
NOTE: This operation is to temporarily set the measured by the microphone may not corre-
preset data such as the belt specifications, spond to actual values.
because if the measurement is taken without input • Do not take the measurement while the vehi-
of the belt specifications, conversion to tension cle's engine is running.
value (N) cannot be made, resulting in judgement 5. Hold the microphone to the middle of the
of error. alternator and others belt between the pulleys (at
<Setting procedure> the place indicated by the arrow), about 10 − 15
(1) Press down the "MASS" button till the belt mm away from the rear surface of the belt and so
mass select display appears. that it is perpendicular to the belt (within an angle
(2) Press the "UP" or "DOWN" button to select "01 of ± 15 °).
1.5GT 0.9" and press the "MEASURE" button 6. Press the "MEASURE" button.
to decide it. 7. Gently tap the middle of the belt between the
Check to ensure that "M 000.9 g/m" is pulleys (the place indicated by the arrow) with
displayed. your finger as shown in the illustration, and check
(3) Press the "WIDTH" button to change to the that the vibration frequency of the belt is within the
belt width input display. standard value.
(4) Press number keys 0, 1, 0, and 0 sequentially, NOTE: To take the measurement repeatedly, fillip
and press the "SELECT" button to apply them. the belt again.
Check to ensure that "W 010.0 mm/R" 8. After the completion of the measurement, press
appears on the display. and hold the "POWER" button to turn off the
(5) Press the "SPAN" button to change to the power supply.
span length input display.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
11A-9
<When using the tension gauge> 4. Temporarily tighten the alternator fixing nut.
Alternator Tightening torque: 11 ± 3 N⋅m
pulley
Tension 5. Tighten the nut of the alternator pivot bolt.
gauge
Tightening torque: 47 ± 5 N⋅m
Water pump 6. Tighten the alternator fixing nut.
pulley
A/C compressor Tightening torque: 23 ± 2 N⋅m
pulley 7. Tighten the adjusting bolt.
Crankshaft Tightening torque: 5.0 ± 1.0 N⋅m
pulley
AK305688AB CAUTION
Use a belt tension gauge to check that the belt ten- When checking the belt tension, turn the crank-
sion is within the standard value. shaft clockwise one turn or more.
NOTE: Before inspection, remove the oil level gauge 8. Check the belt tension, and readjust if necessary.
guide. 9. When the belt tension is adjusted by measuring
the deflection, adjust it with a tool for vibration
<Belt deflection check> frequency measurement or tension measurement
afterward.
Alternator
Approximately pulley
100 N POWER STEERING OIL PUMP DRIVE
BELT TENSION CHECK <Euro4>
Water pump
pulley NOTE: .
Deflection • An elastic stretch-type belt is used for the power
A/C compressor
pulley steering oil pump drive, therefore, the tension
adjustment is not necessary.
Crankshaft • Perform the power steering oil pump drive belt
pulley AC700535AB
tension check according to the following proce-
Apply approximately 100 N of force to the middle of dures.
the alternator and others belt between the pulleys (at <When the vibration frequency is measured:
the place indicated by the arrow) and check that the Recommendation>
amount of deflection is within the standard value. CAUTION
• When measuring the vibration frequency,
ALTERNATOR AND OTHERS BELT TEN- make sure that the engine is cold.
SION ADJUSTMENT • Measure the vibration frequency after turning
the crankshaft clockwise one turn or more.
Adjusting bolt
Belt tension meter set (MB992080)
Alternator fixing nut

MB992081
Nut for alternator

pivot bolt MB992082
AK402420AC
If not within the standard value, adjust the belt ten- AC605857 AB
sion by the following procedure. 1. Connect the special tool microphone assembly
1. Loosen the nut of the alternator pivot bolt. (MB992082) to the special tool belt tension meter
2. Loosen the alternator fixing nut. (MB992081) of the special tool belt tension meter
3. Use the adjusting bolt to adjust the belt tension set (MB992080).
and belt deflection to the standard values. 2. Press the "POWER" button to turn on the power
supply.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
3. Press number key 1. Check to ensure that "No. CAUTION

01" appears on the upper left of the display and • Do not allow any contaminants such as water
that the following numeric values are displayed for or oil to get onto the microphone.
individual items (M, W, and S): • If strong gusts of wind blow against the
M 000.9 g/m microphone or if there are any loud sources
W 010.0 mm/R of noise nearby, the values measured by the
microphone may not correspond to actual
S 0100 mm values.
If numeric values have not been entered (new • If the microphone is touching the belt while
tool), set them according to the belt specifications the measurement is being made, the values
as shown below. Once you set them, you do not measured by the microphone may not corre-
have to set them again. The settings remain spond to actual values.
undeleted even after battery replacement. • Do not take the measurement while the vehi-
NOTE: This operation is to temporarily set the cle's engine is running.
preset data such as the belt specifications,
because if the measurement is taken without input Power steering
of the belt specifications, conversion to tension oil pump pulley
value (N) cannot be made, resulting in judgement 10 – 15 mm
of error.
<Setting procedure>
Gentry tap
(1) Press down the "MASS" button till the belt
with your finger
mass select display appears.
(2) Press the "UP" or "DOWN" button to select "01
15˚
1.5GT 0.9" and press the "MEASURE" button
to decide it. Check to ensure that "M 000.9 g/ 15˚
m" is displayed.
(3) Press the "WIDTH" button to change to the MB992080
belt width input display. Crankshaft pulley
ACB01455AB
(4) Press number keys 0, 1, 0, and 0 sequentially,
and press the "SELECT" button to apply them. 5. Hold the special tool MB992080 to the middle of
Check to ensure that "W 010.0 mm/R" the drive belt between the pulleys (at the place
appears on the display. indicated by arrow), approximately 10 − 15 mm
(5) Press the "SPAN" button to change to the away from the rear surface of the drive belt so that
span length input display. it is perpendicular to the drive belt (within an angle
(6) Press number keys 0, 1, 0, and 0 sequentially, of ± 15°).
and press the "SELECT" button to apply them. 6. Press the "MEASURE" button.
Check to ensure that "S 0100 mm" appears on 7. Gently tap the middle of the drive belt between the
the display. pulleys (the place indicated by the arrow) with
4. Press "Hz" button twice to change the display to your finger as shown in the illustration, and
the frequency display (Hz). measure that the vibration frequency of the drive
belt is within the standard value.
Standard value (Reference): 108 − 221 Hz
NOTE: To take the measurement repeatedly, fillip
the drive belt again.
8. After the completion of the measurement, press
and hold the "POWER" button to turn off the
power supply.
9. If not within the standard value, replace the power
steering oil pump drive belt (Refer to ).
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
11A-11
<When the tension is measured> <When the deflection is measured>
CAUTION CAUTION
• When measuring the tension, make sure that • When measuring the deflection, make sure
the engine is cold. that the engine is cold.
• Measure the tension after turning the crank- • Measure the deflection after turning the
shaft clockwise one turn or more. crankshaft clockwise one turn or more.
Power steering Power steering

oil pump pulley oil pump pulley
Deflection
Approximately
100N
Belt tension
gauge Crankshaft pulley Crankshaft pulley
ACB01456AB ACB01457AB
1. Use a belt tension gauge in the middle of the 1. Apply approximately 100 N of force to the middle
power steering oil pump drive belt between the of the power steering oil pump drive belt between
pulleys shown in the figure (at the place indicated the pulleys (at the place indicated by the arrow)
by the arrow) to check that the drive belt tension is and check that the amount of deflection is within
within the standard value. the standard value.
Standard value (Reference): 169 − 720 N Standard value (Reference): 18.2 mm or less
2. If not within the standard value, replace the power 2. If not within the standard value, replace the power
steering oil pump drive belt (Refer to ). steering oil pump drive belt (Refer to ).
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP DRIVE

BELT CHECK <Euro4>
M1111005600011
1. Check the every part of power steering oil pump
drive belt for damage including cracks or
delamination in detail by a visual inspection or
touching.
2. If there is the damage, replace the power steering
oil drive belt with a new one (Refer to ).
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
IGNITION TIMING CHECK Equipment side

M1111001702829 connector
<LH drive vehicles>
1 2 3
Diagnosis connector
No.1 Ignition coil
Power supply line

(terminal No. 3)
AK802816 AB
MB991910 3. Set the timing light to the power supply line

(terminal No. 3) of the ignition coil No. 1.
MB991824
NOTE: The power supply line is looped and also
longer than the other ones.
4. Start the engine and let it run at idle.
5. Select the item No. 2 on M.U.T.-III and measure
engine idle speed and check that it is
approximately 750 r/min.
6. Select No. 11 (actuator test function) of the
MB991827 AC608435 AB M.U.T.-III, and set the ignition timing to the basic
ignition timing.
<RH drive vehicles> Diagnosis connector 7. Check that basic ignition timing is within the
standard value.
Standard value: 5° BTDC ± 3°
8. If the basic ignition timing is outside the standard
value, inspect the MPI system (Refer to GROUP
13A − Troubleshooting − Inspection Chart for
Trouble symptoms ).
MB991910
CAUTION
If the test is not cancelled, a forced driving will
continue for 27 minutes. Driving under this con-
MB991824 dition may damage the engine.
9. Cancel the actuator test function item No. 11,
Basic ignition timing set mode, on M.U.T.-III
10.Check that ignition timing is at the standard value.
Standard value: approximately 10° BTDC
NOTE: .
• The ignition timing may fluctuate within ± 7°.
MB991827 AC700191AB
This is normal.
• In higher altitude, the ignition timing is more
1. Before inspection, set the vehicle to the pre- advanced than the standard value by approxi-
inspection condition. mately 5°.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) • Wait till approximately 1 minute passes after
position and then connect the M.U.T.-III to the the engine started, and check the ignition tim-
diagnosis connector. ing when the engine stabilized.
11.Remove the timing light.
12.Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
position and then disconnect the M.U.T.-III.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
11A-13
IDLE SPEED CHECK 2. Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position.
M1111003502865
3. Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector.
<LH drive vehicles>
Equipment side
connector
Diagnosis connector
1 2 3
No.1 Ignition coil
Power supply line

(terminal No. 3)
MB991910
AK802816 AB
MB991824
4. Set the timing light to the power supply line
6. Check that ignition timing is at the standard value.
MB991827 AC608435 AB
NOTE: .
• The ignition timing may fluctuate within ±7°. This
<RH drive vehicles> Diagnosis connector is normal.
advanced than the standard value by approxi-
mately 5°.
• Wait till approximately 1 minute passes after the
engine started, and check the ignition timing
when the engine stabilized.
7. Check the idle speed.
MB991910
Standard value: 750 ± 100 r/min
NOTE: .
MB991824 • The idle speed is controlled automatically by
the idle speed control system.
• When using the M.U.T.-III, select item No. 2
and take a reading of the idle speed.
8. If the idle speed is outside the standard value,
inspect the MPI system (Refer to GROUP 13A −
Troubleshooting − Inspection Chart for Trouble
Symptoms ).
MB991827 AC700191AB
9. Remove the timing light.
1. Before inspection, set the vehicle to the pre- 10.Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position
inspection condition. and then disconnect the M.U.T.-III.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
IDLE MIXTURE CHECK Equipment side

M1111002102068 connector
<LH drive vehicles>
1 2 3
Diagnosis connector
No.1 Ignition coil
Power supply line

(terminal No. 3)
AK802816 AB
MB991910 4. Set the timing light to the power supply line

MB991824
6. Check that ignition timing is at the standard value.
NOTE: .
• The ignition timing may fluctuate within ±7°. This
MB991827 AC608435 AB is normal.
<RH drive vehicles> Diagnosis connector advanced than the standard value by approxi-
mately 5°.
• Wait till approximately 1 minute passes after the
engine started, and check the ignition timing
when the engine stabilized.
7. Run the engine at 2,000 − 3,000 r/min for 2
minutes.
8. Set the CO, HC tester.
MB991910 9. Check the CO contents and the HC contents at
idle.
MB991824 Standard value
CO contents: 0.3 % or less
HC contents: 200 ppm or less
10.If there is a deviation from the standard value,
inspect the MPI system (Refer to GROUP 13A −
Troubleshooting − Inspection Chart for Trouble
Symptoms )
11.Remove the timing light and CO, HC tester.
MB991827 AC700191AB
12.Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position
1. Before inspection, set the vehicle to the pre- and then disconnect the M.U.T.-III.
inspection condition.
VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK AND
2. Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position.
ADJUSTMENT
3. Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector. M1111001501930
NOTE: Perform the valve clearance check and
adjustment at the engine cold state.
1. Remove all ignition coils.
2. Remove the cylinder head cover.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
11A-15
CAUTION 5. Turn the crankshaft clockwise 360 degrees, and
Turn the crankshaft always clockwise. put the timing mark on the exhaust camshaft
sprocket in position shown in Figure. Therefore,
Timing mark No.4 cylinder goes to the compression top dead
centre.
Exhaust valve side
No. 2 No. 4
AK306138AB
3. Turn the crankshaft clockwise, and align the No. 3 No. 4

timing mark on the exhaust camshaft sprocket Intake valve side AK305589 AC
against the upper face of the cylinder head as
shown in Figure. Therefore, No.1 cylinder goes to 6. Check the valve clearance with the arrow shown
the compression top dead centre. in Figure. In the same procedure as 4.
7. If the valve clearance is deviated from the
Exhaust valve side
No. 1 No. 3 standard value, remove the camshaft and the
valve tappet. For the camshaft removal, refer to
Camshaft Removal and Installation .
Wall
thickness
No. 1 No. 2
Intake valve side AK305589AB
4. Using a thickness gauge, measure the valve

clearance with the arrow shown in Figure. If
deviated from the standard value, make note for AK304938 AB
the valve clearance.
8. Using a micrometer, measure the thickness of the
Standard value:
removed valve tappet.
Intake valve 0.22 ± 0.04 mm
Exhaust valve 0.30 ± 0.04 mm 9. Calculate the thickness of the newly installed
valve tappet through the following equation.
Timing mark A: thickness of newly installed valve tappet
B: thickness of removed valve tappet
C: measured valve clearance
Equation
Intake valve: A = B + (C − 0.22 mm)
Exhaust valve: A = B + (C − 0.30 mm)
AK306139AB
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
NOTE: 13. Install the cylinder head cover and tighten the
Identification mark
tightening bolts using the following procedures.
(1) Temporarily tighten to the following torque in
order shown in the illustration.
Tightening torque: 3.0 ± 1.0 N⋅m
(2) Tighten to the specified torque in order shown
in the illustration.
Specified torque: 5.5 ± 0.5 N⋅m
14.Install the ignition coils.
AK305693 AB
The valve tappet ranges 5.10 − 5.70 mm and has COMPRESSION PRESSURE CHECK
M1111002603754
31 types per 0.02 mm. The thickness below a
1. Before inspection, set the vehicle to the pre-
decimal point is stamped on the reverse side of
the valve tappet.
Example: In case of 5.40 mm, "40" is stamped. 2. Remove all of the ignition coils and spark plugs.
10.Install the valve tappet selected through the
procedure 10, and put the camshaft in position.
For the camshaft installation, refer to Camshaft
Injector connectors
Removal and Installation .
11.Remove any liquid gasket remaining on the
cylinder head cover, the timing chain case and the
cylinder head.
AK305808AB
3. Disconnect the all of the injector connectors.

CAUTION
• Keep away from the spark plug hole when
cranking.
• If compression is measured with water, oil,
fuel, etc., that has come from cracks inside
AK304933AB
the cylinder, these materials will become
CAUTION heated and will gush out from the spark plug
The cylinder head cover should be installed hole, which is dangerous.
within 3 minutes of applying liquid gasket. 4. Cover the spark plug hole with a shop towel etc.,
12.Apply a 4 mm bead of liquid gasket as illustrated. and after the engine has been cranked, check that
no foreign material is adhering to the shop towel.
Specified sealant:
Three bond 1217G or exact equivalent
Compression gauge
10 7 1 5
4 3
6 2 8 AK305516AB
9
Timing chain side AK401050AB 5. Set compression gauge to one of the spark plug
holes.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
11A-17
6. Cranking the engine with the accelerator pedal MANIFOLD VACUUM CHECK
fully depressed, measure the compression M1111002702457
pressure. <LH drive vehicles>

<4A91>
Diagnosis connector
Standard value (at engine speed of 300 r/min):
1,550 kPa
Limit (at engine speed of 300 r/min): Minimum
1,050 kPa
<4A92>
Standard value (at engine speed of 250 r/min):
1,550 kPa
MB991910
Limit (at engine speed of 250 r/min): Minimum
1,050 kPa MB991824
7. Measure the compression pressure for all the
cylinders, and check that the pressure differences
of the cylinders are below the limit.
Limit: Maximum 98 kPa
8. If there is a cylinder with compression or a
compression difference that is outside the limit,
pour a small amount of engine oil through the
MB991827 AC608435 AB
spark plug hole, and repeat the operations in
steps from 5 to 7.
(1) If the compression increases after oil is added,
the cause of the malfunction is a worn or
damaged piston ring and/or cylinder inner
surface.
(2) If the compression dose not rise after oil is
added, the cause is a burnt or defective valve
seat, or pressure is leaking from the gasket.
9. Connect the crank angle sensor connector. MB991910
10.Install the spark plugs and spark plug cables.
11.Use the M.U.T.-III to erase the diagnosis codes.
MB991824
NOTE: This will erase the diagnosis code result-
ing from the injector connectors being discon-
nected.
MB991827 AC700191AB

2. Turn the ignition switch to "LOCK" (OFF) position.
3. Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector.
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
4. Disconnect the ventilation hose from the positive

PCV valve crankcase ventilation (PVC) valve, and then
connect a vacuum gauge to the ventilation hose.
Plug the PCV valve.
Plug
5. Start the engine and check that idle speed is
approximately 750 r/min.
Vacuum gauge
6. Check the intake manifold vacuum.
Limit: Minimum 60 kPa
AK402145AC
7. Turn off the ignition switch.
8. Remove the vacuum gauge and then connect the
ventilation hose to the PCV valve.
9. Remove the M.U.T.-III.
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1112001604661
Pre-removal Operation Post-installation Operation

• Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room • Drive belt Tension Check and Adjustment (Refer to ).
Side Cover (RH) Removal (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under • Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room
Cover ). Side Cover (RH) Installation (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under
Cover ).
<Euro5>
1
(Engine oil)
3
2
50 N·m +60˚ 0 N·m 50 N·m +60˚
AC613568 AD
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
11A-19
Removal steps
<> >>B<< 1. Drive belt
<<C>> >>A<< 2. Crankshaft pulley centre bolt
>>A<< 3. Crankshaft pulley washer
>>A<< 4. Crankshaft damper pulley
<Euro4>
2
(Engine oil)
4
3
50 N·m +60˚ 0 N·m 50 N·m +60˚
1
ACB01385AB
Removal steps Removal steps (Continued)

<<A>> >>C<< 1. Power steering oil pump drive belt >>A<< 4. Crankshaft pulley washer
<> >>B<< 2. Drive belt >>A<< 5. Crankshaft damper pulley
<<C>> >>A<< 3. Crankshaft pulley centre bolt
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS <> DRIVE BELT REMOVAL

<<A>> POWER STEERING OIL PUMP DRIVE Adjusting bolt
BELT REMOVAL
CAUTION
Alternator fixing nut
• To reuse the drive belt, draw an arrow indicat-
ing the rotating direction on the back of the
drive belt using chalk to install the same
direction.
• Hang special tool drive belt remover Nut for alternator
(MB992276) on the vehicle components pivot bolt
AC405869AB
(including front sidemembers) using a cord
and paper clip to prevent from falling. 1. Loosen the nut for alternator pivot bolt and
alternator fixing nut.
MB992276 CAUTION
To reuse the drive belt, draw an arrow indicating
the rotating direction on the back of the drive belt
using chalk to install the same direction.
2. Turn the adjusting bolt in the anti-clockwise
direction (to the left) to remove the drive belt.
ACB01458AB <<C>> CRANKSHAFT PULLEY CENTRE BOLT

REMOVAL
1. Set the special tool in between the power steering Use the used drive belt to fix the crankshaft damper
oil pump pulley and the drive belt, then hold it with pulley in the following procedures, and remove the
your fingers. crankshaft pulley centre bolt.
CAUTION CAUTION
Be careful that the finger holding the special tool • Do not use the drive belt set up on the vehi-
is not pinched. cles.
2. Slightly turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise until • Do not use a cracked or damaged drive belt.
the special tool is pinched and held between the Crankshaft damper pulley AC310988
power steering oil pump pulley and the drive belt.

3. If the special tool is held, move the finger off.
CAUTION
If the drive belt is detached, be careful that the
special tool is also detached and fallen.
4. Slowly turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise until
the drive belt goes aground on the special tool Cable band Used drive belt
and is detached. ACA00760AB
5. Remove the special tool.
1. Set the used drive belt as shown and hold it with a
cable band.
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
11A-21
CAUTION NOTE: Degrease them to prevent drop in the fric-
Do not hang the used drive belt for the crank- tion coefficient of the pressed area which is
shaft rotation stopper on the water pump pulley. caused by oil adhesion.
AC310989
3. Install the crankshaft damper pulley.
Water pump
Used drive belt 4. Wipe off the dirt on the crankshaft pulley washer
and the crankshaft pulley centre bolt as shown in
the figure using a rag.
5. Apply an adequate and minimum amount of
engine oil to the thread of the crankshaft pulley
centre bolt and the lower area of the flange.
Crankshaft damper pulley CAUTION

ACA00761AB • Do not use the drive belt set up on the vehi-
cles.
2. Turning the crankshaft damper pulley to the anti-
clockwise direction (to the left), loop the used • Do not use a cracked or damaged drive belt.
drive belt around the water pump body. Crankshaft damper pulley AC310988
3. Hold the crankshaft damper pulley and remove

the crankshaft pulley centre bolt.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS

>>A<< CRANKSHAFT DAMPER PULLEY/CRANK-
SHAFT PULLEY WASHER/CRANKSHAFT PUL-
LEY CENTRE BOLT INSTALLATION Cable band Used drive belt
: Wipe clean with a rag. ACA00760AB

: Wipe clean with a rag and degrease.
: Apply a small amount of engine oil. 6. Set the used drive belt and hold it with a cable
band as during removal.
Crankshaft
CAUTION
pulley washer Do not hang the used drive belt for the crank-
Crankshaft shaft rotation stopper on the water pump pulley.
AC310989
Water pump
Used drive belt
Crankshaft
pulley centre bolt
Crankshaft
damper pulley Crankshaft damper pulley
ACA00761AB
Engine front
AC608150AB 7. Turning the crankshaft damper pulley to the
clockwise direction (to the right), loop the used
1. Wipe off the dirt on the crankshaft and the
drive belt around the water pump body.
crankshaft damper pulley as shown in the figure
using a rag. 8. Hold the crankshaft damper pulley and tighten the
crankshaft pulley centre bolt to the specified
2. After wiping off the dirt on the crankshaft and
torque.
crankshaft damper pulley as shown in the figure
using a rag, degrease the areas. Tightening torque: 50 N⋅m
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
Tightening torque: 50 N⋅m

Figure A Paint Figure B
markings 60˚ Figure A Paint Figure B
markings 60˚
Crankshaft
pulley centre bolt ACA00348AD
Crankshaft
pulley centre bolt ACA00348AD
9. As shown in figure A, put a paint mark on one
angle of the crankshaft pulley centre bolt. Then, 13.As shown in figure A, put a paint mark on one
put a paint mark on the crankshaft damper pulley angle of the crankshaft pulley centre bolt. Then,
on the extended line of the angle next to the put a paint mark on the crankshaft damper pulley
marked angle. on the extended line of the angle next to the
CAUTION marked angle.
• When the tightening angle is smaller than the CAUTION
specified tightening angle, the appropriate • When the tightening angle is smaller than the
tightening capacity cannot be secured. specified tightening angle, the appropriate
• When the tightening angle is larger than the tightening capacity cannot be secured.
specified tightening angle, remove the bolt to • When the tightening angle is larger than the
start from the beginning again according to specified tightening angle, remove the bolt to
the procedure. start from the beginning again according to
10.Tighten the crankshaft pulley centre bolt in a 60 the procedure.
degree angle, and check that the paint mark on 14.Tighten the crankshaft pulley centre bolt in a 60
the crankshaft pulley centre bolt aligns with the degree angle, and check that the paint mark on
paint mark on the crankshaft damper pulley as the crankshaft pulley centre bolt aligns with the
shown in figure B. paint mark on the crankshaft damper pulley as
11.Loosen the crankshaft pulley centre bolt fully. shown in figure B.
12.Hold the crankshaft damper pulley and tighten the
crankshaft pulley centre bolt to the specified
torque.
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
11A-23
>>B<< DRIVE BELT INSTALLATION >>C<< POWER STEERING OIL PUMP DRIVE
CAUTION BELT INSTALLATION
• To reuse the drive belt, install it by aligning CAUTION
the arrow mark on the backside of belt • To reuse the drive belt, install it by aligning
marked at the removal with the rotating direc- the arrow mark on the backside of belt
tion. marked at the removal with the rotating direc-
tion.
•
Drive belt • Check that the notches of the notched pulley

and the notches of the drive belt are fit cor-
rectly.
1. Install the drive belt to the power steering oil pump
pulley.
CAUTION
Hang special tool drive belt installer (MB992858)
Notched pulley Flat pulley on the vehicle components (including front side-
AC704717 AJ
members) using a cord and paper clip to prevent
Check that the notches of notched pulley and from falling.
notches of drive belt are fit correctly.
• Check that the drive belt is installed in the
centre of flat surface of flat pulley.
<Vehicles with A/C> Alternator
pulley
Water pump MB992858

pulley ACB01459AB
2. Set the special tool and drive belt in the

crankshaft pulley and hold it by a finger as shown.
Crankshaft damper CAUTION
pulley A/C compressor Be careful that the finger holding the special tool
pulley is not pinched.
ACA00833AB 3. Slightly turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise until
the special tool is pinched and held between the
<Vehicles without A/C> Alternator
pulley crankshaft pulley and the drive belt.
4. If the special tool is held, move the finger off.
CAUTION
Water pump If the drive belt is installed, be careful that the
pulley special tool is detached and fallen.
5. Slowly turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise and
install the drive belt.
Crankshaft damper pulley
ACA00740AB
6. Turn the crankshaft pulley until the special tool is
detached from the crankshaft pulley and fallen,
Install the drive belt to each pulley as shown in the and then remove the special tool.
figure. 7. Turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise on several
times and check that the drive belt is installed in
the power steering oil pump pulley and the
crankshaft pulley securely.
CAMSHAFT
CAMSHAFT
M1112007801352
Apply engine oil to all

moving parts before
installation.
1
8 5
2
3.0 ± 1.0 N·m 5.5 ± 0.5 N·m
3
9N 5
20 ± 1 N·m 4
11 ± 1 N·m
11 ± 1 N·m 15
15
6 15
14
92 ± 13 N·m
16 19 N (Engine oil)
11 ± 3 N·m 12 17
10 ± 2 N·m
13
(Engine oil) N7 65 ± 5 N·m 18
10 20
N 21
11 44 ± 5 N·m
22
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m
ACA00763 AB
Camshaft removal steps Camshaft removal steps

• Air cleaner assembly removal • Ignition coil (Refer to GROUP 16 −
(Refer to GROUP 15 − Air Cleaner ) Ignition System, Ignition Coil )
1. Engine cover 2. Breather hose connection
3. PCV hose connection
CAMSHAFT
11A-25
Camshaft removal steps <> TIMING CHAIN TENSIONER REMOVAL
4. Fuel injector connector CAUTION
5. Control harness clamp connection
Never turn the crankshaft anti-clockwise.
6. Engine oil level gauge and guide
assembly Timing mark Timing mark
7. O-ring (BTDC portion) (Slot portion)
<<A>> >>F<< 8. Cylinder head cover assembly 10
T
9. Cylinder head cover gasket

20
• Valve clearance adjustment (Refer

to )
>>E<< 10. Timing chain tensioner cover
<> >>D<< 11. Timing chain tensioner
<<C>> >>C<< 12. Camshaft sprocket
<<C>> >>C<< 13. V.V.T. sprocket assembly
<<C>> >>C<< 14. Front camshaft bearing cap AC613570 AB
<<C>> >>C<< 15. Camshaft bearing cap

<<C>> >>C<< 16. Camshaft Timing mark
Timing mark (Groove)
Oil feeder control valve removal
steps
17. Oil feeder control valve (OCV)
connector
<<D>> >>B<< 18. Oil feeder control valve (OCV)
>>B<< 19. O-ring
20. Oil feeder control valve filter bolt
21. Gasket
<<D>> >>A<< 22. Oil feeder control valve filter
Camshaft sprocket
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS V.V.T. sprocket assembly
<<A>> CYLINDER HEAD COVER ASSEMBLY

REMOVAL
1 7 10 6
2 5 Timing mark
(Groove) ACA00277AC
ACA00277
1. Turn the crankshaft clockwise, and align the

8 9 4 timing mark of the crankshaft with the T position of
3 BTDC. Then, align the timing mark of the
Engine front ACA00275AD
ACA00275
camshaft sprocket (2 conceive areas in front of
Loosen the cylinder head cover assembly mounting the camshaft sprocket) and that of the V.V.T.
bolts in the order of the numbers shown in the illus- sprocket assembly (the groove of V.V.T. sprocket
tration, and remove the cylinder head cover assem- assembly side face). Then set No.1 cylinder to the
bly. top dead centre of compression
Exhaust camshaft
Hexagon part of
the inlet camshaft
Timing chain AC311262AC
CAMSHAFT
2. While holding the inlet camshaft hexagonal area Hexagon part of

with a wrench or a similar tool, slightly turn the the exhaust camshaft
exhaust camshaft clockwise to tighten the timing
chain at the timing chain tensioner side and
shorten the plunger of the timing chain tensioner.
Timing chain tensioner
Camshaft sprocket mounting bolt AC311264 AB
2. While holding the exhaust camshaft hexagonal

area with a wrench or a similar tool, loosen the
camshaft sprocket mounting bolt.
Pin AC311263AB Hexagon part of
the inlet camshaft
3. With the plunger of the tensioner shortened, insert
a pin or a similar tool (3 mm or less in diameter) to
the hole shown in the illustration of the timing
chain tensioner.
CAUTION
Do not turn the crankshaft after removing the tim- V.V.T. sprocket
ing chain tensioner. assembly MB991992
mounting bolt AC311265AC
4. Loosen the timing chain tensioner mounting bolts,
and remove the timing chain tensioner from the 3. While holding the inlet camshaft hexagonal area
timing chain case hole. using a wrench or a similar tool, use special tool
torque wrench adapter (MB991992) to loosen the
<<C>> CAMSHAFT SPROCKET/ V.V.T. V.V.T. sprocket assembly mounting bolt.
SPROCKET ASSEMBLY/FRONT CAMSHAFT
BEARING CAP/CAMSHAFT BEARING CAP/ Engine front
CAMSHAFT REMOVAL Front camshaft
bearing cap
Cable band
Camshaft bearing cap

Timing chain
1
3 7 5 1
4 8 6 2
3
3 7 5 1
Camshaft sprocket AC312249 AB
4 8 6 2
1. Fix the camshaft sprocket and the timing chain 2
using a cable band or a similar tool.
AC403719 AH
CAMSHAFT
11A-27
4. Loosen the front camshaft bearing cap mounting INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS
bolts, and then loosen each camshaft bearing cap >>A<< OIL FEEDER CONTROL VALVE FILTER
mounting bolts in the order shown. Remove the INSTALLATION
front camshaft bearing cap and each camshaft
CAUTION
bearing cap.
When installing the oil feeder control valve filter,
exercise special care to avoid adhesion of for-
CAUTION eign objects and damage/deformation of the fil-
Do not turn the crankshaft after removing the ter.
camshaft sprocket assembly with the timing
chain. >>B<< O-RING/OIL FEEDER CONTROL VALVE
Camshaft sprocket and
INSTALLATION
timing chain assembly 1. Cover the oil groove of the oil feeder control valve
with a cardboard.
CAUTION
Exhaust When installing the O-ring to the oil feeder con-
camshaft trol valve, take care not to damage the O-ring.
2. Apply the engine oil to the O-ring and install it to
the oil feeder control valve.
Camshaft sprocket
mounting bolt AC312250AB CAUTION
When installing the oil feeder control valve to the
5. Slightly raise the exhaust camshaft with the cylinder head, take care not to damage the O-
camshaft sprocket and timing chain assembly ring.
from the cylinder head, remove the camshaft
3. Apply the engine oil to the O-ring and install the oil
sprocket mounting bolt, and disconnect the
feeder control valve to the cylinder head.
camshaft sprocket and timing chain assembly
from the exhaust camshaft. >>C<< CAMSHAFT/CAMSHAFT BEARING CAP/
6. In the same way as Step 5, disconnect the V.V.T. FRONT CAMSHAFT BEARING CAP/ V.V.T.
sprocket assembly and timing chain assembly SPROCKET ASSEMBLY/CAMSHAFT SPROCKET
from the inlet camshaft. INSTALLATION
CAUTION V.V.T. sprocket assembly
After disconnecting the camshaft sprocket and Dowel pin
the V.V.T. sprocket assembly (with the timing
chain for each) from the camshaft, do not dislo-
cate the camshaft sprocket, the V.V.T. sprocket
assembly, and the timing chain.
7. After removal, place the camshaft sprocket and Hole
timing chain assembly, and the V.V.T. sprocket
Inlet camshaft
assembly and timing chain assembly on the
timing chain case assembly.
<<D>> OIL FEEDER CONTROL VALVE/OIL Camshaft sprocket Dowel pin

FEEDER CONTROL VALVE FILTER REMOVAL
CAUTION
After removing the oil feeder control valve and
the oil feeder control valve filter, be careful that
no dust or other objects enter the oil passage in
the cylinder head. Groove
Exhaust camshaft
AC312251AC
CAMSHAFT
1. First, lift the V.V.T. sprocket assembly side of the

Engine front
camshaft sprocket, V.V.T. sprocket assembly and
the timing chain assembly. Then align the dowel Front camshaft
bearing cap
pin of the inlet camshaft with the V.V.T. sprocket
assembly hole, and assemble the inlet camshaft
and the V.V.T. sprocket assembly. Temporarily Camshaft bearing cap
tighten the mounting bolt.
3
2. Next, lift the camshaft sprocket side of the 6 2 4 8
camshaft sprocket, V.V.T. sprocket assembly and
the timing chain assembly. Then align the dowel 3
5 1 7
pin of the exhaust camshaft with the camshaft 1
6 2 4 8
sprocket groove, and assemble the exhaust
camshaft and the camshaft sprocket. Temporarily
tighten the mounting bolt. 2
5 1 3 7
3. Place the inlet camshaft and exhaust camshaft on

the installing location of the cylinder head.
Engine front
Bearing cap No. AC403719 AE
E4
Identification of
5. Tighten each camshaft bearing cap mounting
Front mark inlet side and bolts to the specified torque in the order shown,
exhaust side and then tighten the front camshaft bearing cap
mounting bolts as well.
AC205417 AB
Tightening torque:
4. The No.2 to No.5 bearing caps are equally 11 ± 1 N⋅m (Camshaft bearing cap mounting
shaped for both the inlet and exhaust camshafts. bolts)
Be sure to correctly install them by referring to the 20 ± 1 N⋅m (Front camshaft bearing cap mount-
identification marks. ing bolts)
Identification mark (stamped on the front Hexagon part of
and No.2 to No.5 bearing caps) the inlet camshaft
I: Inlet
E: Exhaust
MB991992
V.V.T. sprocket
assembly
mounting bolt
AC311267AC
6. While holding the inlet camshaft hexagonal area

using a wrench or a similar tool, use special tool
torque wrench adapter (MB991992) to tighten the
V.V.T. sprocket assembly mounting bolt to the
specified torque. Since the V.V.T. sprocket
assembly mounting bolt is tightened by special
tool (MB991992), calculate the tightening torque
by the following formula.
Tightening torque: (65 ± 5) × {L ÷ (L + 150)}
N⋅m
CAMSHAFT
11A-29
65 ± 5: Tightening torque of the V.V.T. sprocket NOTE: When the plunger of the timing chain ten-
assembly mounting bolt (unit: N⋅m) sioner is stretched, remove the pin or the similar
L: Distance between the centre of a torque tool. While pressing the cam in the lower area of
wrench drive and of its handle (unit: mm) the timing chain tensioner, press and shorten the
150: Length of special tool (unit: mm) plunger to keep the status with the pin or the simi-
lar tool.
2. Tighten the timing chain tensioner mounting bolts
to the specified torque.
3. After installing the timing chain tensioner, confirm
that the timing marks of each sprocket are aligned
Hexagon part of with the TDC of No.1 cylinder, and the marked link
the exhaust camshaft plate (blue-coloured area) of the timing chain is
Camshaft sprocket aligned with the specified position of each
mounting bolt AC311268AB sprocket. Then pull out the pin or a similar tool of
the timing chain tensioner, and apply tension to
7. While holding the exhaust camshaft hexagonal
the timing chain.
area using a wrench or similar tool, tighten the
camshaft sprocket mounting bolt to the specified
torque. >>E<< TIMING CHAIN TENSIONER COVER
INSTALLATION
1. Remove the sealant from the installation face of
the timing chain tensioner cover and the timing
>>D<< TIMING CHAIN TENSIONER chain case assembly, and degrease the surface
INSTALLATION where the sealant is applied.
Timing chain tensioner CAUTION
After the installation, until a sufficient period of
Plunger time (one hour or more) elapses, do not apply the
engine oil or water to the sealant application area
or start the engine.
Timing chain case
assembly
Cam
AC312123AB
2 mm
Plunger
3 mm
AC311269 AC
2. Apply a bead of the specified sealant to the

mating surface of the timing chain case assembly.
Pin Then, install the timing chain tensioner cover to
the timing chain case assembly.
AC613339AB
Specified sealant: ThreeBond 1217G or
equivalent
1. Install the timing chain guide, the tensioner lever
assembly, and the timing chain tensioner. NOTE: Install the timing chain tensioner cover
immediately after the application of sealant.
CAMSHAFT
>>F<< CYLINDER HEAD COVER ASSEMBLY Specified sealant: ThreBond 1217G or equiv-
INSTALLATION alent
1. Remove the sealant from the cylinder head cover NOTE: Install the cylinder head cover assembly
assembly and the matching area of the cylinder immediately after the application of sealant.
head assembly and the timing chain case
assembly, and degrease the surface where the 10
4 1 5
sealant is applied.
CAUTION
After the installation, until a sufficient period of 9 6
time (one hour or more) elapses, do not apply the
3 2 7
A A Cylinder head assembly 8
Engine front ACA00275AE
ACA00275
Timing 3. Tighten the cylinder head cover assembly

chain mounting bolts to the specified torque in the order
Section A - A
case 4 mm of the numbers shown in the illustration.
assembly
A A 4. Tighten again the cylinder head cover assembly
mounting bolts to the specified torque in the order
AC311270 AD of number shown in the figure.
2. Apply specified sealant to the matching area of Tightening torque: 5.5 ± 0.5 N⋅m
the cylinder head assembly and the timing chain
case assembly as shown, and install the cylinder
head cover assembly to the cylinder head
assembly.
VALVE STEM SEAL
11A-31
VALVE STEM SEAL
M1112008101624
CAUTION
*Remove and assemble the marked parts in each cylinder unit.
Pre-removal operation Post-installation operation
• Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room • Timing Chain Installation (Refer to ).
Side Cover (RH) Removal (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under • Engine Oil Pan Installation (Refer to ).
Cover ). • Valve Clearance Check (Refer to ).
• Engine Coolant Draining (Refer to GROUP 14 − On-vehi- • Cylinder Head Cover Assembly Installation (Refer to ).
cle Service, Engine Coolant Replacement ). • Ignition Coil and Spark Plug Installation (Refer to GROUP
• Engine Oil Draining (Refer to GROUP 12 − On-vehicle 16 − Ignition System, Ignition Coil ).
Service, Engine Oil Replacement ). • Engine Oil Refilling (Refer to GROUP 12 − On-vehicle
• Ignition Coil and Spark Plug Removal (Refer to GROUP Service, Engine Oil Replacement ).
16 − Ignition System, Ignition Coil ). • Engine Coolant Refilling (Refer to GROUP 14 − On-vehi-
• Cylinder Head Cover Assembly Removal (Refer to ). cle Service, Engine Coolant Replacement ).
• Engine Oil Pan Removal (Refer to ). • Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room
• Timing Chain Removal (Refer to ). Side Cover (RH) Installation (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under
Cover ).
11 ± 1 N·m
2 11 ± 1 N·m
20 ± 1 N·m
4
5
6*
6*
3
7* 7*
8* 8*
9* 9*
N 10*
10* N
11* 11*
Apply engine oil to all

moving parts before
installation.
AC700511AD

<<A>> >>D<< 1. Front camshaft bearing cap <<A>> >>D<< 4. Camshaft bearing cap (inlet side)
<<A>> >>D<< 2. Camshaft bearing cap (exhaust 5. Camshaft and V.V.T. sprocket
side) assembly (Inlet side)
3. Camshaft and camshaft sprocket <> >>C<< 6. Valve tappet
assembly (exhaust side) <<C>> >>B<< 7. Valve spring retainer lock
VALVE STEM SEAL
Removal steps (Continued)

8. Valve spring retainer Engine front
9. Valve spring Front camshaft
<<D>> >>A<< 10. Valve stem seal bearing cap
>>A<< 11. Valve spring seat
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
<<A>> FRONT CAMSHAFT BEARING CAP / CAM- 1
3 5 1
7
SHAFT BEARING CAP REMOVAL
1. Temporarily install the engine oil pan which was
6 2
removed at the timing chain removal (Refer to ). 3
4 8
3 7 5 1
CAUTION
When supporting the engine and transmission
assembly with a garage jack, be careful not to 4 8 6 2
2
deform the engine oil pan.
2. Place a garage jack against the engine oil pan Camshaft bearing cap
with a piece of wood in between to support the
engine and transmission assembly.
MB991928
AC403719 AH
4. Loosen the front camshaft bearing cap mounting

bolts, and then loosen each camshaft bearing cap
mounting bolts in the order shown. Remove the
front camshaft bearing cap and each camshaft
MB991527 bearing cap.
MB991454
AC700024AB <> VALVE TAPPET REMOVAL

CAUTION
MB991895 • Do not use pliers or other tools to remove the
valve tappets. Always remove them by hand.
• When reusing the removed valve tappet, it
has to be installed in the same position as
before. Be sure to put a tab that shows the
original installation position on the valve tap-
pet when storing it.
MB991527
MB991454
AC700023AB
Valve tappet
3. Remove special tool engine hanger (MB991928

or MB991895) which was installed for supporting
the engine and transmission assembly when the
timing chain was removed.
AC509270AB
Remove all of the valve tappets by hand.
<<C>> VALVE SPRING RETAINER LOCK

REMOVAL
VALVE STEM SEAL
11A-33
Use special tool valve stem seal pliers (MB992085)
to nip the base of the stem seal (where the outside
diameter is larger) securely, and remove it by twisting
MD998772 it to the left and right.

>>A<< VALVE SPRING SEAT / VALVE STEM SEAL
INSTALLATION
Valve stem seal installer
adjustable (MB992677)
MB992090
MB992089
1
3
2
AC509271AB
5
1. Screw in special tool retainer holder attachment
(MB992090) to special tool valve spring 4
compressor (MD998772), and assemble special
tool retainer holder C (MB992089). 6
CAUTION 8
When removing the valve spring retainer lock,
leave the piston of the cylinder in the TDC (Top 7
Dead Centre) position. The valve may fall into the
cylinder if the piston is not properly in the TDC AKA00416AC
position. Use a special tool to install the valve stem seal,

2. Install special tool MD998772 (with special tools obeying the following procedures:
MB992090 and MB992089 attached) to the 1. The special tool valve stem seal installer
cylinder head and compress the valve spring. adjustable (MB992677) is composed of the
Then, remove the valve spring retainer lock. components shown in the illustration.
1: Chuck
<<D>> VALVE STEM SEAL REMOVAL 2: Sleeve
3: Rock nut (small)
4: Outer pipe
MB992085
5: Rock nut (large)
6: Guide pin (5.9)
7: Guide pin (4.9)
8: Cap
Valve stem seal AK502782AB 2. Adjust the inside chuck diameter, obeying the
following procedures.
VALVE STEM SEAL
Outer Outer
circumference Sleeve
Chuck circumference
line of chuck line of chuck Outer pipe
Chuck
Shoulder of valve Rock nut (small) Mark

stem seal
AKA00417AC AKA00420AC
(1) Install the sleeve to the chuck as shown in the (1) The position, in which the end face of the outer
illustration. pipe is aligned with the outer circumference
(2) Install the shoulder of the valve stem seal to line of the chuck, is 0mm of the insertion
the chuck, aligning with the outer length. Insert the chuck and the sleeve into the
circumference line of the chuck as shown in outer pipe to fit the nut as shown in the
the illustration. illustration.
(3) Turn the sleeve to wring the chuck. (2) Turn the chuck to adjust the valve stem seal
(4) Stop the sleeve at the position where you can insertion length.
easily remove the valve stem seal by hand. NOTE: The insertion length can change by
(5) Use the (small) rock nut to fix the sleeve. 1mm per the chuck turn.
To easily know how many times the chuck is
Installation structure of valve stem seal
turned, put the mark at the position shown in
the illustration.
Checkpoint (L1) of insertion length
L
End End face of
face chuck threads
Chuck
AKB00029AB
Outer pipe
Reference: Insertion length (L) of valve stem
seal is the same as that of checkpoint (L1). Rock nut (large) Vernier caliper AKA00418AC
(3) Use a vernier caliper to measure the

checkpoint (L1) of the insertion length shown
in the illustration. Check the insertion length.
(4) Use the (large) rock nut to fix the sleeve.
L L1
Same length
AKA00541AF
Chuck
3. Adjust the stem seal insertion length, obeying the
following procedures.
Set the valve stem seal insertion length (L) of
14.4mm. Cap
AKA00419AE
4. Install the cap to the chuck.

5. Apply the engine oil to the valve stem seal to set
the chuck.
VALVE STEM SEAL
11A-35
6. Install the valve spring seat. >>C<< VALVE TAPPET INSTALLATION
1. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the valve
tappets.
CAUTION
• Do not use pliers or other tools to install the
valve tappets. Always install them by hand.
L • Be sure to install the valve tappets in the
same position as before.
Valve tappet
AKB00043AC
7. Use the plastic hammer to insert the valve stem

seal.
>>B<< VALVE SPRING RETAINER LOCK

INSTALLATION
AC509270AB
2. Install the valve tappet to the cylinder head by

MD998772 hand.
>>D<< CAMSHAFT BEARING CAP/FRONT

CAMSHAFT BEARING CAP INSTALLATION
Engine front
Bearing cap No.
MB992090 E4
MB992089 Identification of
Front mark inlet side and
exhaust side
AC205417 AB
1. The No.2 to No.5 bearing caps are equally

AC509271AB shaped for both the inlet and exhaust camshafts.
In the same manner as removal, use special tool Be sure to correctly install them by referring to the
valve spring compressor (MD998772) with special identification marks.
tool retainer holder attachment (MB992090) and spe- Identification mark (stamped on the front
cial tool retainer holder C (MB992089) attached to and No.2 to No.5 bearing caps)
compress the valve spring, and install the valve I: Inlet
spring retainer lock. E: Exhaust
VALVE STEM SEAL
20 ± 1 N⋅m (Front camshaft bearing cap mount-

Engine front ing bolts)
Front camshaft
bearing cap
MB991928
3
6 2 4 8
5 1 3 7 MB991527
1 MB991454
6 2 4 8
AC700024AB
5 1 3 7
2
MB991895
AC403719 AE
MB991527
MB991454
2. Tighten each camshaft bearing cap mounting AC700023AB
bolts to the specified torque in the order shown,
and then tighten the front camshaft bearing cap 3. Install special tool engine hanger (MB991928 or
mounting bolts as well. MB991895) which was installed for supporting the
Tightening torque: engine and transmission assembly when the
11 ± 1 N⋅m (Camshaft bearing cap mounting timing chain was removed (Refer to ).
bolts) 4. Remove the garage jack which supports the
engine and transmission assembly.
5. Remove the engine oil pan installed temporarily.
OIL PAN
11A-37
OIL PAN
M1112002803126

• Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room • Crankshaft Damper Pulley Installation (Refer to ).
Side Cover (RH) Removal (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under • Engine Oil Refilling (Refer to GROUP 12 − On-vehicle
Cover ). Service, Engine Oil Replacement ).
• Engine Oil Draining (Refer to GROUP 12 − On-vehicle • Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room
Service, Engine Oil Replacement ). Side Cover (RH) Installation (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under
• Crankshaft Damper Pulley Removal (Refer to ). Cover ).
1
N6
8.0 ± 2.0 N·m
N3 11 ± 3 N·m
2
11 ± 3 N·m
39 ± 5 N·m 4
ACA00281AC
Removal steps MD998727 MD998727

• Engine oil level gauge
1. Bell housing cover
2. Engine oil pan drain plug
3. Engine oil pan drain plug gasket
<<A>> >>A<< 4. Engine oil pan
5. Engine oil screen assembly
6. Gasket
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT

AC102324 AB
<<A>> ENGINE OIL PAN REMOVAL
1. Remove the engine oil pan mounting bolts. 2. Use special tool oil pan FIPG cutter (MD998727)
to remove the engine oil pan.

>>A<< ENGINE OIL PAN INSTALLATION
1. Remove sealant from the engine oil pan and
cylinder block surfaces.
OIL PAN
CAUTION 2. Apply a bead of the sealant to the cylinder block

As oil leak is likely to occur at both ends of the mating surface of the engine oil pan as shown.
rear side of the engine oil pan, be sure to apply Specified sealant: ThreBond 1217G or equiv-
the specified sealant as shown. alent
NOTE: Install the engine oil pan immediately after
Both engine oil pan rear side edge parts the application of sealant.
CAUTION
Engine oil pan time (one hour or more) elapses, do not apply the
3. Tighten the engine oil pan mounting bolts to the
specified torque.
INSPECTION
M1112002900889
• Check the engine oil pan for cracks.
• Check the engine oil pan sealant-coated surface
for damage and deformation.
5.5 mm 5.5 mm
2 mm 4 mm
AC403646AC
CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
11A-39
CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
M1112003104231
<Euro4-M/T> 100 ± 5 N·m
11 ± 3 N·m 2
N 11
100 ± 5 N·m
<Euro5-M/T> 3
4
(Engine oil)
5
6
N 1 7 100 ± 5 N·m
<A/T>
8
(Engine oil)
9
10
2, 4, 8
Seating surface: Engine oil

Thread: LOCTITE 2701 or equivalent
ACA00943AC
Crankshaft front oil seal removal Crankshaft rear oil seal removal
steps steps <Euro4-M/T> (Continued)
• Crankshaft damper pulley (Refer to <<A>> >>B<< 2. Flywheel bolt
) >>B<< 3. Flywheel assembly
>>C<< 1. Crankshaft front oil seal >>A<< 11. Crankshaft rear oil seal case
Crankshaft rear oil seal removal assembly
steps <Euro4-M/T> Crankshaft rear oil seal removal
• Transmission assembly (Refer to steps <Euro5-M/T>
GROUP 22A − Transmission • Transmission assembly (Refer to
Assembly ) GROUP 22A − Transmission
• Clutch cover and clutch disc (Refer Assembly )
to GROUP 21E − Clutch ) • Clutch cover and clutch disc (Refer
• Engine oil pan (Refer to ) to GROUP 21E − Clutch )
• Engine oil pan (Refer to )
CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
Crankshaft rear oil seal removal

steps <Euro5-M/T> (Continued) B
<<A>> >>B<< 4. Flywheel bolt
>>B<< 5. Adapter plate B
>>B<< 6. Flywheel assembly
>>B<< 7. Adapter plate
A A
>>A<< 11. Crankshaft rear oil seal case
assembly
Crankshaft rear oil seal removal
steps <A/T>
• Transmission assembly (Refer to
GROUP 23C − Transmission Cylinder block
Assembly )
Engine oil pan (Refer to ) Section A - A Section B - B
•
<<A>> >>B<< 8. Drive plate bolt 1 mm
>>B<< 9. Adapter plate
3.5 mm 2 mm
>>B<< 10. Drive plate assembly
>>A<< 11. Crankshaft rear oil seal case
assembly
2 mm
AC311772AD
<<A>> FLYWHEEL BOLT <M/T>/DRIVE PLATE
BOLT <A/T> REMOVAL 2. Apply a bead of specified sealant to the
crankshaft rear oil seal case assembly mating
surface of the cylinder block as shown.
Cylinder block
Specified sealant: ThreeBond 1217G or
equivalent
MD998781 NOTE: Install the crankshaft rear oil seal case
assembly immediately after applying sealant.
CAUTION
• Install the crankshaft rear oil seal case
Flywheel assembly or assembly not to damage the crankshaft rear
Drive plate assembly AK305392AF
oil seal.
1. Fix the flywheel assembly <M/T> or drive plate • After the installation, until a sufficient period
assembly <A/T> using special tool flywheel of time (one hour or more) elapses, do not
stopper (MD998781). apply the engine oil or water to the sealant
2. Remove the flywheel bolts <M/T> or drive plate application area or start the engine.
bolts <A/T>. 3. Install the crankshaft rear oil seal case assembly
to the cylinder block.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS 4. Tighten the crankshaft rear oil seal case assembly
>>A<< CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL CASE mounting bolts to the specified torque.
ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION Tightening torque: 11 ± 3 N⋅m
1. Remove sealant from the crankshaft rear oil seal
case assembly mounting surface of the cylinder >>B<< DRIVE PLATE ASSEMBLY <A/T>/
block, and degrease the surface where the ADAPTER PLATE <A/T>/DRIVE PLATE BOLT <A/
sealant is applied. T>/FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY <M/T>/FLYWHEEL
BOLT <M/T> INSTALLATION
1. Remove the sealant, engine oil, and other
adhering materials from the flywheel assembly
<M/T> or drive plate assembly <A/T> installation
face, adapter plate <A/T>, crankshaft screw hole,
and flywheel bolts <M/T> or drive plate bolts <A/
T>.
CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL
11A-41
2. Install the flywheel assembly <M/T> or drive plate
1
assembly <A/T> to the crankshaft.
3 6
Cylinder block
MD998781
5 4
2 AC701224 AB
Flywheel assembly or 6. Tighten the flywheel bolts <M/T> or drive plate

Drive plate assembly AK305392AF bolts <A/T> to the specified torque in two or three
3. Fix the flywheel assembly <M/T> or drive plate steps in the order shown in the illustration.
assembly <A/T> using special tool flywheel Tightening torque: 100 ± 5 N⋅m
stopper (MD998781) in the same manner as
removal. >>C<< CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL
INSTALLATION
Crankshaft
MB991993
(Engine oil)
AC609795AF
MB990699 Oil seal
AC311773AB
4. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the
installation face of the flywheel bolts <M/T> or 1. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the outer
drive plate bolts <A/T>. circumference of special tool crankshaft front oil
5. Apply specified sealant to the flywheel bolts <M/ seal guide (MB991993) and install it to the
T> or drive plate bolts <A/T> threads. crankshaft.
Specified sealant: LOCTITE 2701 or equiva- 2. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the entire
lent inner circumference of the oil seal lip.
CAUTION
When installing the crankshaft front oil seal, be
careful to avoid damage to the crankshaft front
oil seal.
3. Using special tool differential oil seal installer
(MB990699), drive the oil seal so that it is flush
with the timing chain case assembly.
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET

M1112004005111

• Fuel Line Pressure Reduction (Refer to GROUP 13A − • Timing Chain Installation (Refer to ).
On-vehicle Service, How to Reduce Pressurized Fuel • Exhaust Manifold Installation (Refer to GROUP 15 −
Lines ). Exhaust Manifold ).
• Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room • Battery and Battery Tray Installation (Refer to GROUP
Side Cover (RH) Removal (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under 54A − Battery ).
Cover ). • Air Cleaner Intake Hose and Air Cleaner Assembly Instal-
• Engine Oil Draining (Refer to GROUP 12 − On-vehicle lation (Refer to GROUP 15 − Air Cleaner ).
Service, Engine Oil Replacement ). • Engine Coolant Refilling (Refer to GROUP 14 − On-vehi-
• Engine Coolant Draining (Refer to GROUP 14 − On-vehicle Service, Engine Coolant Replacement ).
cle Service, Engine Coolant Replacement ). • Engine Oil Refilling (Refer to GROUP 12 − On-vehicle
• Air Cleaner Intake Hose and Air Cleaner Assembly Service, Engine Oil Replacement ).
Removal (Refer to GROUP 15 − Air Cleaner ). • Alternator and Others Belt Tension Check and Adjustment
• Battery and Battery Tray Removal (Refer to GROUP 54A (Refer to ).
− Battery ). • Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room
• Exhaust Manifold Removal (Refer to GROUP 15 − Side Cover (RH) Installation (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under
Exhaust Manifold ). Cover ).
• Timing Chain Removal (Refer to ). • Fuel Leak Check.
5 11 ± 4 N·m 4
11 ± 4 N·m
7
2
9
8N
3
AC701002AC

1. Control wiring harness connection 3. Brake booster vacuum hose
2. Purge solenoid hose connection connection
11A-43
Removal steps (Continued)
4. Brake booster vacuum hose
assembly
<<A>> >>E<< 5. Fuel high-pressure hose
connection
6. Water hose connection
7. Heater hose connection
<> >>D<< 8. Hose clip
<> >>D<< 9. Radiator upper hose connection
11 ± 1 N·m
11
20 ± 1 N·m
11 12
10
<Cold engine>
25 ± 1 N·m +180˚ to 184˚
15
13
16
17
14
N 18
19 ± 1 N·m
ACA00782 AB

<<C>> >>C<< 10. Front camshaft bearing cap 12. Camshaft and camshaft sprocket
<<C>> >>C<< 11. Camshaft bearing cap assembly (exhaust side)
Removal steps (Continued) <> HOSE CLIP/RADIATOR UPPER HOSE

13. Camshaft and V.V.T. sprocket DISCONNECTION
assembly (Inlet side)
14. Inlet manifold stay
<<D>> >>B<< 15. Cylinder head bolt
16. Cylinder head bolt washer
>>A<< 17. Cylinder head assembly
>>A<< 18. Cylinder head gasket
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS Mating marks

<<A>> FUEL HIGH-PRESSURE HOSE DISCON-
NECTION
AC606081AE
Fuel high-pressure
hose 1. Make mating marks on the radiator hose and
hose clamp as shown to install them in the original
position. Then, remove them.
Claw (Tip)
Stopper AC403077AB
Hose clip
1. Remove the stopper.
Fuel high-pressure
hose AC302615 AE
2. Break off the tip of hose clip claw and spread out
the hose clip.
NOTE: If there is a hose clip claw, the hose clip
cannot spread to capacity because the claw con-
tacts the hose clip.
Retainer 3. Disconnect the radiator hose.
AC403078 AB
2. Raise the retainer, and pull out the fuel high- <<C>> FRONT CAMSHAFT BEARING CAP/
pressure hose. CAMSHAFT BEARING CAP REMOVAL
NOTE: If the retainer comes off, install it securely 1. Install the engine oil pan removed together with
after pulling out the fuel high-pressure hose. the timing chain temporarily to the cylinder block.
CAUTION
When supporting the engine and transmission
assembly with a garage jack, be careful not to
deform the engine oil pan.
2. Place a garage jack against the temporarily-
installed engine oil pan to support the engine and
transmission assembly.
11A-45
MB991928 <<D>> CYLINDER HEAD BOLT REMOVAL

Timing chain side
8 4 2 5 9
MB991527
MB991454
10 6 1 3 7
AC700024AB
MB991895 AK305406AB
Loosen the cylinder head bolts in two or three steps

in the order of the numbers shown in the illustration.

>>A<< CYLINDER HEAD GASKET/CYLINDER
MB991527
HEAD ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
MB991454 CAUTION
AC700023AB
Do not allow any foreign materials get into the
3. Remove special tool engine hanger (MB991928 coolant passages, oil passages and cylinder.
or MB991895) which was installed for supporting
Top view of cylinder block
the engine and transmission assembly when the
valve timing chain was removed (Refer to ). Degrease
Engine front
Front camshaft
bearing cap

ACA00785AB
1
3 7 5 1
Bottom view of cylinder head
4 8 6 2
3 Degrease
3 7 5 1
4 8 6 2
2

ACA00788 AB
1. Wipe off the sealant and grease on the top

surface of the cylinder block and the bottom
AC403719 AH surface of the cylinder head, and degrease the
surface where the sealant is applied.
4. Loosen the front camshaft bearing cap mounting
bolts in the order shown, and then loosen each
camshaft bearing cap mounting bolts as well.
Remove the front camshaft bearing cap and each
camshaft bearing cap.
NOTE: Install the cylinder head assembly immedi-

Cylinder head gasket
ately after the application of sealant.
>>B<< CYLINDER HEAD BOLT INSTALLATION
A
B
Cylinder
block ACA00783AB 15 mm
Cylinder head gasket 29 mm
40 mm
AK401051AB
1. Inspect all reused cylinder head bolts according to

2 mm or 3 mm the following procedure.
Cylinder block
(1) Measure the outside diameter shown in the
illustration (arrow "A").
(2) Measure the smaller outside diameter shown
ACA00940 AB in the illustration (arrow "B").
2. Apply the sealant to the top surface of the cylinder (3) When the difference between the outside
block as shown. diameters (arrow "A" and "B") exceeds the
standard value, replace the cylinder head bolt.
Specified sealant: ThreBond 1217G or equiv-
alent Standard value: 0 − 0.15 mm
3. Install the cylinder head gasket to the cylinder 2. Install the cylinder head bolts and washers onto
block. the cylinder head.
NOTE: . Timing chain side
• Install the cylinder head gasket immediately
after the application of sealant.
• When the cylinder head gasket is installed to 8 4 2 5 9
the cylinder block, check that the sealant is
securely applied to the bead line of the cylin-
der head gasket. 10 6 1 3 7
4. Apply the sealant to the top surface of the cylinder
head gasket as shown.
Specified sealant: ThreeBond 1217G or AK305406AB
equivalent 3. Tighten the cylinder head bolts to the specified

CAUTION torque in the order shown in the figure in two or
After the installation, until a sufficient period of three steps.
time (one hour or more) elapses, do not apply the Tightening torque: 25 ± 1 N⋅m
5. Install the cylinder head assembly.
11A-47
CAUTION
Engine front
• When the tightening angle is smaller than the
Front camshaft
specified tightening angle, the appropriate bearing cap
tightening capacity cannot be secured.
• When the tightening angle is larger than the
specified tightening angle, remove the bolt to
start from the beginning again according to 3
the procedure. 6 2 4 8
5 1 3 7
Paint mark 1
6 2 4 8
180˚ to 184˚
5 1 3 7
2

Paint mark
AK304945 AB
4. Put a paint mark on the cylinder head bolt head

and cylinder head, tighten to 180° to184° in the AC403719 AE
order shown in the figure, and check that the paint
mark on the cylinder head bolt head aligns with 2. Tighten each camshaft bearing cap mounting
the paint mark on the cylinder head. bolts to the specified torque in the order shown,
and then tighten the front camshaft bearing cap
mounting bolts as well.
>>C<< CAMSHAFT BEARING CAP/FRONT
CAMSHAFT BEARING CAP INSTALLATION Tightening torque:
11 ± 1 N⋅m (Camshaft bearing cap mounting
bolts)
20 ± 1 N⋅m (Front camshaft bearing cap mount-
Engine front ing bolts)
Bearing cap No.
E4
MB991928
Identification of
Front mark inlet side and
exhaust side
AC205417 AB
1. The No.2 to No.5 bearing caps are equally MB991527

shaped for both the inlet and exhaust camshafts. MB991454
Be sure to correctly install them by referring to the
AC700024AB
identification marks.
Identification mark (stamped on the front
MB991895
and No.2 to No.5 bearing caps)
I: Inlet
E: Exhaust
MB991527
MB991454
AC700023AB
3. Install special tool engine hanger (MB991928 or 2. Insert the radiator hose until the protrusion of the
MB991895) which was installed for supporting the pipe.
engine and transmission assembly when the 3. Align the mating marks on the radiator hose and
valve timing chain was removed (Refer to ). hose clip.
4. Remove the garage jack which supports the 4. Remove the hose clip claw and shorten the hose
engine and transmission assembly. clip, then install the radiator hose.
5. Remove the engine oil pan installed temporarily.
>>E<< FUEL HIGH-PRESSURE HOSE
>>D<< RADIATOR UPPER HOSE/HOSE CLIP CONNECTION
INSTALLATION CAUTION
CAUTION
Fuel high-pressure
Never reuse the hose clip whose claw is broken hose
off to prevent the rusting.
1. Make mating mark on a new hose clip in the same
position as the remove one.
Protrusion
Stopper AC403077AB
After connecting the fuel high-pressure hose,

slightly pull it in the pull-out direction to check
Pipe, fitting, or etc. Mating marks that it is installed firmly. In addition, check that
there is approximately 1 mm play. After the
AC606082 AU check, install the stopper securely.
TIMING CHAIN
11A-49
TIMING CHAIN
M1112007201725

• Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room • Water Pump Pulley Installation (Refer to GROUP 14 −
Side Cover (RH) Removal (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under Water Pump ).
Cover ). • Engine Oil Pan Installation (Refer to ).
• Engine Coolant Draining (Refer to GROUP 14 − On-vehi- • Crankshaft Damper Pulley Installation (Refer to ).
cle Service, Engine Coolant Replacement ). • Cylinder Head Cover Assembly Installation (Refer to ).
• Engine Oil Draining (Refer to GROUP 12 − On-vehicle • Drive Belt Tension Check and Adjustment (Refer to ).
Service, Engine Oil Replacement ). • Engine Oil Refilling (Refer to GROUP 12 − On-vehicle
• Cylinder Head Cover Assembly Removal (Refer to ). Service, Engine Oil Replacement ).
• Crankshaft Damper Pulley Removal (Refer to ). • Engine Coolant Refilling (Refer to GROUP 14 − On-vehi-
• Engine Oil Pan Removal (Refer to ). cle Service, Engine Coolant Replacement ).
• Water Pump Pulley Removal (Refer to GROUP 14 − • Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room
Water Pump ). Side Cover (RH) Installation (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under
Cover ).
10
23 ± 6 N·m 12
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m

9
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m
6
9.0 ± 2.0 N·m 1
11
8
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m
2
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m 38 ± 5 N·m
7N
42 ± 16 N·m
42 ± 16 N·m
3N
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m

5N
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m 4
11 ± 3 N·m
ACA00817AB
TIMING CHAIN
Removal steps NOTE: Slide the slide bracket (HI) to adjust the
1. Earth cable connection engine hanger balance.
<<A>> • A/C compressor and clutch
assembly. MB991928
<> • Engine and transmission assembly
supporting
• Engine mounting bracket (Refer to
GROUP 32 − Engine Mounting )
2. Alternator brace
>>E<< 3. Crankshaft front oil seal
>>D<< 4. Water pump assembly MB991527
>>D<< MB991454
5. O-ring
>>C<< 6. Timing chain case assembly AC700024AB
>>C<< 7. O-ring
>>B<< 8. Timing chain tensioner cover (3) Install special tool engine hanger (MB991527)
<<C>> >>A<< 9. Timing chain tensioner and special tool engine hanger balancer
>>A<< 10. Tensioner lever assembly (MB991454) to the engine hanger, and set it to
>>A<< 11. Timing chain guide special tool MB991928 to support the engine
>>A<< 12. Timing chain and transmission assembly.
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS 2. <When special tool engine hanger (MB991895) is

<<A>> A/C COMPRESSOR AND CLUTCH used>
ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1. Remove the A/C compressor and clutch assembly
together with the hose from the bracket.
2. Tie the removed A/C compressor and clutch
assembly with a string at a position where it will
not interfere with the removal and installation of
timing chain case assembly.
<> ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY MB991895

HOLDING
AC611564AC
Install a special tool for holding the engine and trans-
mission assembly. (1) Set the foot of special tool engine hanger
1. <When special tool engine hanger (MB991928) is (MB991895) as shown in the figure.
used> NOTE: Slide the foot to adjust the engine
(1) Assemble special tool engine hanger hanger balance.
(MB991928) (Set the following parts on the
base hanger). MB991895
• Slide bracket (HI)
• Foot x 4 (standard) (MB991932)
• Joint x 2 (90) (MB991930)
MB991527
MB991454
AC700023AB
(2) Install special tool engine hanger (MB991527)

MB991932 and special tool engine hanger balancer
MB991930
(MB991454) to the engine hanger, and set it to
special tool MB991895 to support the engine
MB991932 AC611565AC and transmission assembly.
(2) Set the foot of the special tool as shown in the
figure.
TIMING CHAIN
11A-51
<<C>> TIMING CHAIN TENSIONER REMOVAL 2. Turn the crankshaft clockwise, and align the
timing mark of the camshaft sprocket and that of
Groove
the V.V.T. sprocket assembly (the groove of V.V.T.
Dowel pin
MB992000 sprocket assembly side face). Then set No.1
cylinder to the TDC.
Exhaust camshaft
Crankshaft pulley centre Crankshaft

bolt and washer AC312116AC
1. Set special tool crankshaft adapter (MB992000) to

the crankshaft, and install the crankshaft pulley Hexagon part of
centre bolt and washer. the inlet camshaft
Timing chain AC701343AB
CAUTION 3. While holding the inlet camshaft hexagonal area

Never turn the crankshaft anti-clockwise. with a wrench or a similar tool, slightly turn the
exhaust camshaft clockwise to tighten the timing
Timing mark
Timing mark chain at the timing chain tensioner side and
(Groove)
shorten the plunger of the timing chain tensioner.
Camshaft sprocket V.V.T. sprocket assembly

Pin
AC312118AB
4. With the plunger of the tensioner shortened, insert

a pin (3 mm or less in diameter) or a similar tool to
the hole shown in the illustration of the timing
chain tensioner.
Timing mark CAUTION
(Groove) ACA00277AC
ACA00277 Do not turn the crankshaft after removing the tim-
ing chain tensioner.
Timing mark Timing mark
(Slot portion) (Cylinder block 5. Remove the timing chain tensioner.
protrusion)
Crankshaft sprocket AC609338AB

TIMING CHAIN
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS 2. Turn the camshaft and crankshaft clockwise, and
>>A<< TIMING CHAIN/TIMING CHAIN GUIDE/ align the timing marks of the camshaft sprocket,
TENSIONER LEVER ASSEMBLY/TIMING CHAIN the V.V.T. sprocket assembly (the groove of V.V.T.
TENSIONER INSTALLATION sprocket assembly side face) and the crankshaft
sprocket. Then set No.1 cylinder to the top dead
Groove centre of compression.
Dowel pin
MB992000 Marked link plate (Blue)
Timing mark
Crankshaft pulley centre Crankshaft

bolt and washer AC312116AC
1. Set special tool crankshaft adapter (MB992000) to

the crankshaft, and install the crankshaft pulley Camshaft sprocket V.V.T. sprocket
centre bolt and washer. assembly
CAUTION
Never turn the crankshaft anti-clockwise.
Timing mark
Timing mark
(Groove) ACA00821AB
ACA0
Crankshaft sprocket Marked link

plate
(Blue)
Camshaft sprocket V.V.T. sprocket assembly
Timing mark
(Slot portion)
AC312122AB
3. Locate the marked link plate (blue-coloured area)

of the timing chain as shown in the illustration of
Timing mark each sprocket, and install the timing chain.
(Groove) ACA00819 AB
Timing mark Timing mark

(Slot portion) (Cylinder block
protrusion)
Crankshaft sprocket
AC701191AB
TIMING CHAIN
11A-53
Timing chain tensioner CAUTION

Plunger
time (one hour or more) elapses, do not apply the
Timing chain case
assembly
Cam
AC312123AB
2 mm
Plunger
3 mm
AC311269 AC
2. Apply a bead of the specified sealant to the

mating surface of the timing chain case assembly.
Then, install the timing chain tensioner cover to
Pin
the timing chain case assembly.
AC613339AB
Specified sealant: ThreBond 1217G or equiv-
alent
4. Install the timing chain guide, the tensioner lever
NOTE: Install the timing chain tensioner cover
assembly, and the timing chain tensioner.
immediately after applying sealant.
NOTE: When the plunger of the timing chain ten-
sioner is stretched, remove the pin or the similar
>>C<< O-RING/TIMING CHAIN CASE ASSEMBLY
tool. While pressing the cam in the lower area of
INSTALLATION
the timing chain tensioner, press and shorten the
1. Remove the sealant from the timing chain case
plunger to keep the status with the pin or the simi-
assembly and the installation face of the timing
lar tool.
chain case assembly on the cylinder block and
5. After installing the timing chain tensioner, confirm the cylinder head, and degrease the surface
that the timing marks of each sprocket are aligned where the sealant is applied.
with the cylinder No. 1 to the top dead centre of
compression, and the marked link plate (blue- Section A - A
coloured area) of the timing chain is aligned with O-ring
the specified position of each sprocket. Then pull O-ring
out the pin or a similar tool of the timing chain
tensioner, and apply tension to the timing chain. Groove A A
6. Remove special tool MB992000.
>>B<< TIMING CHAIN TENSIONER COVER

Timing chain
INSTALLATION case assembly AC312124AB
1. Remove the sealant from the installation face of
the timing chain tensioner cover and the timing 2. Securely fit the O-ring in the groove of timing
chain case assembly, and degrease the surface chain case assembly without causing any torsion
where the sealant is applied. and damage.
TIMING CHAIN
1 mm
6 mm
1 mm W Ø1.75 ± 0.5 mm
V S
W-W
W
V V-V
U
Ø2 ± 0.5 mm S
Q Ø2 ± 0.5 mm
6.1 mm
S
Q
P R-R
P
P-P A R
Q-Q R
22 mm 15 mm
G
D
H
S-S
A A
G D
G F
B F
3 ± 0.5 mm
Ø2 ± 0.5 mm H 3 ± 0.5 mm
Ø2 ± 0.5 mm
A-A B Ø2 ± 0.5 mm
Ø1.75 ± 0.5 mm B
B E F-F
U
3 ± 0.5 mm
E
Ø1.75 ± 0.5 mm
A R8.5 ± 0.5 mm
B-B
C
G C
Ø2 ± 0.5 mm D-D
4.5 ± 0.5 mm 5 ± 0.5 mm
Ø1.75 ± 0.5 mm
A R7 ± 0.5 mm
C-C E-E
ACA00941
ACA00941AB
3. Apply a bead of the sealant to the cylinder block CAUTION

and cylinder head mating surface of the timing • If the sealant contacts any other part during
chain case assembly as shown. installation of the timing chain case assembly,
Specified sealant: apply sealant again before installing the tim-
A: ThreBond 1217G or equivalent ing chain case assembly.
B: ThreBond 1217D or equivalent • After the installation, until a sufficient period
NOTE: Install the timing chain case assembly of time (one hour or more) elapses, do not
immediately after applying sealant. apply the engine oil or water to the sealant
application area or start the engine.
4. Taking care not to scrub the specified sealant
applied on the timing chain case assembly with
the cylinder block etc., install the timing chain
case assembly to the cylinder block.
TIMING CHAIN
11A-55
Timing chain case assembly O-ring groove
A B
Flange
A
A
B E
E
ACA00858AB
C D
C D
4. Securely fit the O-ring flange area into the
A installation groove of the water pump O-ring.
5. Reverse the water pump carefully and check that
A the O-ring does not fall down.
A
CAUTION
A B When installing the water pump, pay attention
not to let the O-ring fall down or be bitten. Other-
wise, a coolant leak may be caused.
ACA00823AC
6. Install the water pump to the timing chain case
5. Install the timing chain case assembly mounting assembly.
bolts to the position shown, and tighten the bolts
NOTE: The water pump assembly mounting bolts
to the specified torque.
are also used for the timing chain case assembly.
Bolt Diameter × length Tightening torque Thus install the water pump assembly together
(symbol) mm N⋅m with the timing chain case assembly, or else
A 6 × 25 9.5 ± 2.5 immediately after installing the timing chain case
assembly.
B 6 × 30 9.5 ± 2.5
C 6 × 45 9.5 ± 2.5 >>E<< CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL
D 10 × 50 42 ± 16 INSTALLATION
E 10 × 90 42 ± 16 Crankshaft
MB991993
>>D<< O-RING/WATER PUMP ASSEMBLY

INSTALLATION
1. Carefully remove the drying material and other
(Engine oil)
foreign materials on the installation groove for the
water pump O-ring.
2. Carefully remove the drying material and other
foreign materials on the water pump installation MB990699 Oil seal
AC311773AB
area of the timing chain case assembly.
3. Sufficiently apply water or coolant to the O-ring to 1. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the outer
prevent it from dropping using brushes. circumference of special tool crankshaft front oil
seal guide (MB991993) and install it to the
crankshaft.
2. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the entire
inner circumference of the oil seal lip.
CAUTION (MB990699), drive the oil seal so that it is flush
When installing the crankshaft front oil seal, be with the timing chain case assembly.
careful to avoid damage to the crankshaft front
oil seal.
3. Using special tool differential oil seal installer
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
M1112001006869
CAUTION
• When the engine assembly replacement is performed, use the M.U.T.-III to initialise the learning
value (Refer to GROUP 00 − Precautions Before Service, Initialisation Procedure for Learning
Value in MPI Engine ).
• Hood Removal (Refer to GROUP 42A − Hood ). • Alternator and Alternator Brace Installation (Refer to
• Fuel Line Pressure Reduction (Refer to GROUP 13A − GROUP 16 − Charging System, Alternator Assembly ).
On-vehicle Service, How to Reduce Pressurized Fuel • Drive Belt Installation (Refer to ).
Lines ). • Radiator Installation (Refer to GROUP 14 − Radiator ).
• Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room • Engine-ECU Installation (Refer to GROUP 13A − Engine-
Side Cover Removal (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under Cover ECU ).
). • Battery and Battery Tray Installation (Refer to GROUP
• Engine Coolant Draining (Refer to GROUP 14 − On-vehi- 54A − Battery ).
cle Service, Engine Coolant Replacement ). • Air Cleaner Intake Hose and Air Cleaner Assembly Instal-
• Engine Oil Draining (Refer to GROUP 12 − On-vehicle lation (Refer to GROUP 15 − Air Cleaner ).
Service, Engine Oil Replacement ). • Transmission Oil Refilling (Refer to GROUP 22A − On-
• Transmission Oil Draining (Refer to GROUP 22A − On- vehicle Service, Transmission Oil Change ) <M/T>.
vehicle Service, Transmission Oil Change ) <M/T>. • Automatic Transmission Fluid Refilling (Refer to GROUP
• Automatic Transmission Fluid Draining (Refer to GROUP 23C − On-vehicle Service, Automatic Transmission Fluid
23C − On-vehicle Service, Automatic Transmission Fluid Change ) <A/T>.
Change ) <A/T>. • Engine Oil Refilling (Refer to GROUP 12 − On-vehicle
• Engine Cover Removal (Refer to ). Service, Engine Oil Replacement ).
• Air Cleaner Intake Hose and Air Cleaner Assembly • Engine Coolant Refilling (Refer to GROUP 14 − On-vehi-
Removal (Refer to GROUP 15 − Air Cleaner ). cle Service, Engine Coolant Replacement ).
• Battery and Battery Tray Removal (Refer to GROUP 54A • Drive Belt Tension Check (Refer to ).
− Battery ). • Engine Cover Installation (Refer to ).
• Engine-ECU Removal (Refer to GROUP 13A − Engine- • Engine Room Under Cover Front B and Engine Room
ECU ). Side Cover Installation (Refer to GROUP 51 − Under
• Radiator Removal (Refer to GROUP 14 − Radiator ). Cover ).
• Drive Belt Removal (Refer to ). • Fuel Leak Check
• Alternator and Alternator Brace Removal (Refer to • Hood Installation (Refer to GROUP 42A − Hood ).
GROUP 16 − Charging System, Alternator Assembly ).
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
11A-57
1
3
4 2
AC700100 AB

1. Brake booster vacuum hose <<A>> >>C<< 3. Fuel high-pressure hose
connection connection
2. Purge solenoid hose connection 4. Heater hose connection
5. Water hose connection
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
8 9.0 ± 2.0 N·m
66 ± 7 N·m
100 ± 5 N·m 13 ± 2 N·m

9
10
66 ± 7 N·m
11
7
23 ± 6 N·m
AC700096AC
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
11A-59
Removal steps 2. Raise the retainer, and pull out the fuel high-
6. A/C compressor and clutch pressure hose.
assembly connector NOTE: If the retainer comes off, install it securely
<> 7. A/C compressor and clutch
after pulling out the fuel high-pressure hose.
assembly
8. Control wiring harness connection
<<C>> • Transmission assembly (Refer to <> A/C COMPRESSOR AND CLUTCH
GROUP 22A − Transmission ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
Assembly ) <M/T> 1. With the hose installed, remove the A/C
<<C>> • Transmission assembly (Refer to compressor and clutch assembly from the
GROUP 23C − Transmission bracket.
Assembly ) <A/T>
2. Secure the removed A/C compressor and clutch
• Exhaust manifold (Refer to GROUP
15 − Exhaust manifold ).
assembly with cord or rope at a position where
9. Earth combination they will not interfere with the removal of the
<<D>> >>B<< 10. Engine mounting bracket engine assembly.
<<E>> >>A<< 11. Engine assembly
<<C>> TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
<<A>> FUEL HIGH-PRESSURE HOSE DISCON-
NECTION
Fuel high-pressure
hose
AC609445AC
1. Install the headlamp support panel upper bolt to

Stopper the position as shown in the figure.
AC403077AB
2. Remove the transmission assembly (Refer to
1. Remove the stopper. GROUP 22A − Transmission Assembly ) <M/T>
or (Refer to GROUP 23C − Transmission
Fuel high-pressure Assembly ) <A/T>.
hose
<<D>> ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET REMOVAL

CAUTION
When supporting the engine assembly with a
garage jack, be careful not to deform the engine
oil pan.
Retainer
1. Place a garage jack against the engine oil pan
AC403078 AB
with a piece of wood in between to support the
engine assembly.
ENGINE ASSEMBLY

MB991928
>>A<< ENGINE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
MB991527
MB991527
MB991454
AC700024AB
MB991454
MB991895 AC700124AB
Install the engine assembly, being careful not to

pinch the cables, hoses, or wiring harness connec-
tors.
>>B<< ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET

INSTALLATION
MB991527
MB991454 CAUTION
AC700023AB
When supporting the engine assembly with a
2. Remove special tools engine hanger (MB991928 garage jack, be careful not to deform the engine
or MB991895) and engine hanger plate oil pan.
(MB992201) which was installed for supporting 1. Place a garage jack against the engine oil pan
the engine assembly when the transmission with a piece of wood in between, and install the
assembly was removed. engine mounting bracket while adjusting the
3. Operate a garage jack so that the engine weight is position of the engine.
not applied to the engine mounting insulator, and
remove the engine mounting bracket. MB991928
<<E>> ENGINE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
MB991527
MB991527
MB991454
AC700024AB
MB991895
MB991454
AC700124AB
1. Install the chain of special tool engine hanger

balancer (MB991454) and special tool engine
hanger (MB991527), and set the chain block.
2. After checking that all cables, hoses and wiring MB991527
harness connectors and so on are disconnected MB991454
from the engine, lift the engine assembly slowly AC700023AB
with the chain block to remove the engine

assembly upward from the engine compartment.
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
11A-61
2. Install special tool engine hanger (MB991928 or >>C<< FUEL HIGH-PRESSURE HOSE
MB991895) which is used during installation of CONNECTION
transmission assembly to hold the engine CAUTION
assembly (Refer to GROUP 22A − Transmission
Fuel high-pressure
Assembly ) <M/T> or (Refer to GROUP 23C −
hose
Transmission Assembly ) <A/T>.
Stopper AC403077AB
After connecting the fuel high-pressure hose,

slightly pull it in the pull-out direction to check
that it is installed firmly. In addition, check that
there is approximately 1 mm play. After the
check, install the stopper securely.
35C-1
GROUP 35C
ACTIVE STABILITY
CONTROL SYSTEM
(ASC)
CONTENTS
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . 35C-4 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-54

CODE NO. C1035: MUTUAL MONITORING OF RR
SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-5 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-56
CODE NO. C1041: ABNORMALITY IN PERIODICAL
SIGNAL FOR FL WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-58
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 35C-6
NOTES WITH REGARD TO DIAGNOSIS . 35C-6 SIGNAL FOR FR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
ABS WARNING LAMP INSPECTION. . . . . 35C-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-60
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-7 CODE NO. C1043: ABNORMALITY IN PERIODICAL
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-16 SIGNAL FOR RL WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-62
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . 35C-19
CODE NO. C100A: ABNORMALITY IN FL WHEEL
SIGNAL FOR RR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-19
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-64
CODE NO. C1015: ABNORMALITY IN FR WHEEL
CODE NO. C1046: FL WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
CONTROL PHASE TIME EXCEEDED . . . . 35C-67
CODE NO. C1020: ABNORMALITY IN RL WHEEL
CODE NO. C1047: FR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
CODE NO. C102B: ABNORMALITY IN RR WHEEL
CODE NO. C1048: RL WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
CODE NO. C1011: ABNORMALITY IN FL WHEEL
CODE NO. C1049: RR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-36
CODE NO. C101C: ABNORMALITY IN FR WHEEL
CODE NO. C104B: ABNORMALITY IN FL WHEEL
INLET VALVE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-82
CODE NO. C1027: ABNORMALITY IN RL WHEEL
CODE NO. C2104: FAULTY VALVE POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-83
CODE NO. C1032: ABNORMALITY IN RR WHEEL
CODE NO. C1073: FAULTY MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUIT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-87
CODE NO. C1014: MUTUAL MONITORING OF FL
CODE NO. C2116: ABNORMALITY IN POWER
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-50
SUPPLY VOLTAGE IN PUMP MOTOR . . . 35C-91
CODE NO. C101F: MUTUAL MONITORING OF FR
CODE NO. C121D: ABNORMALITY IN BRAKE FLUID
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-52
PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . 35C-94
CODE NO. C102A: MUTUAL MONITORING OF RL
CODE NO. C121E: ABNORMALITY IN BRAKE FLUID
35C-2
PRESSURE SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL . 35C-96 DETECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-135

CODE NO. C1000: ABNORMALITY IN STOP LAMP CODE NO. U0428: COMMUNICATION ERROR IN
SWITCH CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-98 STEERING WHEEL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . 35C-136
CODE NO. C123B: PROLONGED OPERATION OF CODE NO. U1003: G AND YAW RATE SENSOR BUS-
ASC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-102 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-137
CODE NO. C2200: ABNORMALITY IN ASC-ECU CODE NO. U1415: VARIANT CODING NOT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-104 COMPLETED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-139
CODE NO. C2101: ABNORMALITY IN BATTERY CODE NO. U1417: VARIANT CODING VALUE
VOLTAGE (HIGH VOLTAGE). . . . . . . . . . . 35C-104 INVALID (INCLUDES FAULTY INSTALLATION)
Code No. C1395: Brake fluid filling not completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-140
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-105 SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-141
CODE NO. C121C: TORQUE REQUEST SIGNAL SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-142
REJECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-106 THE SCAN TOOL CAN NOT COMMUNICATE WITH
CODE NO. C1290: CAN TIME-OUT ERROR TCL/ACTIVE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM-ECU
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-142
CODE NO. C2203: VIN NOT WRITTEN. . . 35C-108 ASC OFF INDICATOR LAMP FLASHES AT A RATE
CODE NO. C2206: RE-EXECUTION OF VARIANT OF 2HZ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-142
CODING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-109 BRAKE WARNING LAMP STAYS ON WITH THE
CODE NO. C123C: ABNORMALITY IN G AND YAW PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED. . . . 35C-144
RATE SENSOR (LATERAL G AND YAW RATE WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH IS TURNED TO THE
SENSOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-110 "ON" POSITION (ENGINE STOPPED), THE TCL OFF
CODE NO. C2204: INTERNAL ABNORMALITY IN G INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE.
AND YAW RATE SENSOR (LATERAL G AND YAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-147
RATE SENSOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-113 BRAKE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE
CODE NO. C2111: BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH IS TURNED TO ON
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (LOW INPUT) POSITION (ENGINE STOPPED). . . . . . . . . 35C-149
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-115 ABS WARNING LAMP STAYS ON AFTER THE
CODE NO. C2114: ABNORMALITY IN G AND YAW ENGINE IS STARTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-150
RATE SENSOR OPERATION VOLTAGE . 35C-116 ASC INDICATOR LAMP STAYS ON AFTER THE
CODE NO. C123A: ABNORMALITY IN SENSOR ENGINE IS STARTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-151
CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-119 ASC-OFF INDICATOR LAMP STAYS ON AFTER THE
CODE NO. C1219: ABNORMALITY IN STEERING ENGINE IS STARTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-152
WHEEL SENSOR SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-120 WHEN THE TCL SWITCH IS PUSHED, TCL SYSTEM
CODE NO. C121A: ABNORMALITY IN STEERING CANNOT BE DISABLED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-155
WHEEL SENSOR INITIALISATION . . . . . . 35C-122 FAULTY ABS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-157
CODE NO. C2205: INTERNAL MALFUNCTION OF ABNORMAL ACTIVE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM
STEERING WHEEL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . 35C-123 OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-158
CODE NO. C2002: VALVE CALIBRATION NOT TCL/ACTIVE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM-ECU
COMPLETED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-123 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT SYSTEM. . . . . 35C-159
CODE NO. C2003: CONTROL PARAMETER STEERING WHEEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
IMCOMPLETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-124 SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-167
CODE NO. C1608: IMPLAUSIBLE DIAGNOSIS DATA ABS/STABILITY CONTROL/TCL OPERATES TOO
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-126 FREQUENTLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-169
CODE NO. U0001: BUS-OFF . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-129 ESS INOPERATIVE OR IMPROPER OPERATIVE
CODE NO. U0404 AS SIGNAL MALFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-171
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-130 THE INITIAL CHECK SOUND OF HYDRAULIC UNIT
CODE NO. U0100: ENGINE TIME-OUT ERROR LOUD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-172
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-131 DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . . 35C-172
CODE NO. U1004 AS CAN TIME-OUT . . . 35C-132 ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE . . 35C-175
Code No. U0125: G and yaw rate sensor message CHECK AT ECU TERMINAL. . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-177
time-out error/message error . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-133
CODE NO. U0401: ENGINE MALFUNCTION ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-179
35C-3
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT CURRENT HYDRAULIC UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-185

MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-179 HYDRAULIC UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
HYDRAULIC UNIT CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-179 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-185
REMEDY FOR A DISCHARGED BATTERY
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-182 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . 35C-188
ALL SENSOR CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . 35C-182 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL AND
G AND YAW RATE SENSOR CALIBRATION INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-188
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-182 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION . . 35C-188
STEERING WHEEL SENSOR CALIBRATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-183
G AND YAW RATE SENSOR. . . . . . . 35C-189
BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR CALIBRATION
G AND YAW RATE SENSOR REMOVAL AND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-184
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-189
ASC OFF SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-184 STEERING WHEEL SENSOR . . . . . . 35C-190

ASC OFF SWITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
STEERING WHEEL SENSOR REMOVAL AND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-184
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-190
ASC OFF SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35C-185
35C-4 ACTIVE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM (ASC)
M1355008200089
Item Standard value

Wheel speed sensor current mA 5.9 − 8.4 or 11.8 − 16.8
Wheel speed sensor insulation resistance MΩ 5 or more
ACTIVE STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM (ASC)
SPECIAL TOOL
35C-5
SPECIAL TOOL
M1355005800349

MB991955 M.U.T.-III sub-assembly CAUTION
a
a. MB991824 a. Vehicle For vehicles with CAN
b. MB991827 Communication communication, use
c. MB991910 Interface (V.C.I.) M.U.T.-III main harness
d. MB991911 b. M.U.T.-III USB cable A to send the simulated
MB991824
e. MB991825 c. M.U.T.-III main vehicle speed. If you
b
f. MB991826 harness A (Vehicles connect M.U.T.-III main
with CAN harness B instead, CAN
communication communication does
system) not function correctly.
MB991827
d. M.U.T.-III main ASC check (Diagnosis
c harness B (Vehicles code display, data list
without CAN display and calibration by
communication M.U.T.-III)
system)
MB991910 e. M.U.T.-III
d
measurement adapter
f. M.U.T.-III trigger
DO NOT USE harness
MB991911
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
TROUBLESHOOTING

MB991997 ASC check harness Voltage inspection at
ASC-ECU terminals
MB991997
MB992006 Extra fine probe Continuity check and

voltage measurement at
wiring harness or
connector
MB992006
MB991709 Wiring harness set Output current measure

at the wheel speed
sensor
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS
M1355000900114 M1355009500168
Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/ 1. ASC controls brake pressure by the assistance of
Inspection Service Points . ECU. The symptoms described in the chart below
may occur during the normal ASC operation, and
they do not indicate any sign of malfunction.
Symptoms Description of symptoms
• When the ASC operates, the operating noise is generated These noises are generated when the
from the motor. (Squeak noise) system and brake pedal operate
• Noise is generated from the brake pedal together with the normally, and they do not indicate any
vibration. (Gride noise) sign of malfunction.
• When ABS operates, the system repeats the activation and
deactivation. At this time, the noise is generated from the
chassis components. (Clonk: Suspension, Squeaky: Tyres)
• A slight shock may be felt when depressing the brake pedal This noise is generated when the system
lightly during the low speed driving. operation check (startup check
• Small clicking noise may be heard from the engine performed at the vehicle speed which is a
compartment. few km/h higher than the predetermined
vehicle speed) is performed, and it does
not indicate malfunction.
2. On the snowy or gravelled roads, a vehicle with 3. The diagnosis code detection condition depends
ABS would have longer braking distance on each diagnosis code. When the trouble
compared to the one without ABS. Considering symptoms are rechecked, conditions described in
this characteristics, advise the customer to drive the description for the diagnosis code procedures
the vehicle safely at lower speed and not to put should be met.
too much confidence in the ABS system when
driving on the above-mentioned roads.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-7
ABS WARNING LAMP, ASC WARNING/ 1. When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
OPERATION LAMP AND BRAKE position, ABS and brake warning lamps, ASC
warning/operation lamp illuminate.
WARNING LAMP CHECK
M1352012001208 2. The ABS and brake warning lamps, ASC warning/
Check that ABS and brake warning lamps, ASC operation lamp illuminate for three seconds*1 and
warning/operation lamp illuminate as follows.
then turn OFF*2.
NOTE: The brake warning lamp is used as a warning
3. Otherwise, check the diagnosis code.
lamp for parking brake, brake fluid level, and EBD
control. NOTE: .
• *1: The ABS warning lamp may stay ON until the
ASC warning/ vehicle speed reaches 10 km/h. As far as ABS-
Brake warning lamp
operation lamp ECU stores any diagnosis code related to the
ABS warning lamp wheel speed sensor malfunction or the motor
malfunction as past trouble, ABS-ECU continues
illuminating the ABS warning lamp until it verifies
that the malfunction for that code is resolved
(startup check).
• *2: The brake warning lamp does not turn OFF
when the parking brake is applied or the brake
fluid level is lowered.
Approximately 3s
ABS warning
lamp, Brake Illuminated
warning lamp, Not
ASC warning/ illuminated
operation lamp
START
ON
Ignition switch ACC,
LOCK
AC700575AH
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
M1355001000846
ASC-ECU has the following functions for easier sys- • Actuator test (Refer to P.35C-175).
tem checks. • Freeze frame data output (Refer to ).
• Diagnosis code set (Refer to P.35C-16). All the above items can be diagnosed using M.U.T.-
• Service data output (Refer to P.35C-172). III.
CHECK OF FREEZE FRAME DATA
The freeze frame data can be checked by using the When detecting fault and storing the diagnosis code,
M.U.T.-III. the ECU connected to CAN bus line obtains the data
before the determination of the diagnosis code and
the data when the diagnosis code is determined, and
then stores the ECU status of that time. By analysing
each data from M.U.T.-III, the troubleshooting can be
performed more efficiently. The displayed items are
as the table below.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Display item list

Item No. Item name Data item Unit
1 Odometer Total driving distance after the diagnosis code is km
generated
2 Ignition cycle Number of times the ignition switch is turned "ON" or Number of
"LOCK (OFF)" after the past failure transition counts is
displayed.
4 Accumulated minute Cumulative time for current malfunction of diagnosis min
code
5 Power supply Voltage of power supply when the diagnosis code is V
voltage generated
8 Lateral G sensor Lateral G of G and yaw rate sensor when the G
diagnosis code is generated
9 G sensor Longitudinal G of G and yaw rate sensor when the G
10 Master cylinder Master cylinder pressure of Master cylinder pressure bar
pressure sensor when the diagnosis code is generated
11 Steering angle Steering angle of steering wheel sensor when the bar
12 Yaw rate sensor Yaw rate of G and yaw rate sensor when the G
13 Stop lamp switch Stop lamp switch condition when the diagnosis code −
is generated: OFF/ON
21 Pump motor Pump motor condition when the diagnosis code is −
generated: OFF/ON
28 ASC/TCL off switch ASC OFF switch condition when the diagnosis code −
is generated: OFF/ON
301 ABS control ABS control when the diagnosis code is generated: −
OFF/ON
302 Brake TCL control Traction control (brake control) when the diagnosis −
code is generated: OFF/ON
303 Engine TCL control Traction control (engine control) when the diagnosis −
code is generated: OFF/ON
304 ASC control ASC control when the diagnosis code is generated: −
OFF/ON
305 Brake TCL operation Traction control (brake control) operation when the −
diagnosis code is generated: Permission/Prohibition
401 FL wheel speed Wheel speed (FL) when the diagnosis code is km/h
sensor generated
402 FR wheel speed Wheel speed (FR) when the diagnosis code is km/h
sensor generated
403 RL wheel speed Wheel speed (RL) when the diagnosis code is km/h
sensor generated
404 RR wheel speed Wheel speed (RR) when the diagnosis code is km/h
sensor generated
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-9
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTIONS
ASC-ECU constantly monitors the input and output
signals. If an error is detected in the system, ASC-
ECU sends a fail signal and the corresponding indi-
cator lamp is illuminated or blinks. Various controls
are processed depending on the cause of malfunc-
tion as shown below.
Illumination condition of warning lamp and display in case of failure
Diagnosis Item Brake ABS warning ASC warning ASC OFF
code No. warning lamp, lamp, display
lamp, ABS warning ASC warning ASC OFF
brake display display lamp
warning
display
C100A Abnormality in FL wheel speed OFF*1 ON *2 ON ON
sensor circuit
C1015 Abnormality in FR wheel speed
sensor circuit
C1020 Abnormality in RL wheel speed
sensor circuit
C102B Abnormality in RR wheel speed
sensor circuit
C1011 Abnormality in FL wheel speed OFF*1 ON *2 ON ON
sensor signal
C101C Abnormality in FR wheel speed
sensor signal
sensor signal
C1032 Abnormality in RR wheel speed
sensor signal
C1014 Mutual monitoring of FL wheel OFF*1 ON *2 ON ON
speed sensor
C101F Mutual monitoring of FR wheel
speed sensor
C102A Mutual monitoring of RL wheel
speed sensor
C1035 Mutual monitoring of RR wheel
speed sensor
C1041 Abnormality in periodical signal OFF*1 ON *2 ON ON
for FL wheel speed sensor
C1042 Abnormality in periodical signal
for FR wheel speed sensor
for RL wheel speed sensor
for RR wheel speed sensor
TROUBLESHOOTING

warning
display
C1046 FL wheel speed sensor control OFF*1 ON *2 ON ON
phase time exceeded
C1047 FR wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C1048 RL wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C1049 RR wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C104B Abnormality in FL wheel inlet ON ON ON ON
valve system
C104F Abnormality in FR wheel inlet
valve system
C1053 Abnormality in RL wheel inlet
valve system
C1057 Abnormality in RR wheel inlet
valve system
C105F Abnormality in FL wheel outlet ON ON ON ON
valve system
C1063 Abnormality in FR wheel outlet
valve system
C1067 Abnormality in RL wheel outlet
valve system
C105B Abnormality in RR wheel outlet
valve system
C1200 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel cut ON ON ON ON
valve system
C1204 Abnormality in FR/RL wheel cut
valve system
C1208 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel
suction valve system
C120C Abnormality in FR/RL wheel
C2104 Faulty valve power supply ON ON ON ON
circuit
C1073 Faulty motor drive circuit OFF ON *2 ON ON
C2116 Low or high power supply OFF ON *2 ON ON
voltage in pump motor
C121D Abnormality in brake fluid OFF ON ON ON
pressure sensor circuit
C121E Abnormality in brake fluid OFF ON ON ON
pressure sensor output signal
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-11
warning
display
C1000 Abnormality in stop lamp switch OFF OFF ON ON
circuit
C123B Prolonged operation of ASC OFF OFF ON ON

C2200 Abnormality in ASC-ECU ON*3 ON*4 ON ON
C2101 Abnormality in 18.0 ± 1.0 V or ON ON ON ON
battery voltage more
(high voltage)
C1395 Brake fluid filling not completed OFF ABS warning OFF OFF
lamp:
Flashing (1
Hz)
ABS warning
display:
ON
C121C Torque request signal rejection OFF OFF ON ON
C1290 CAN time-out error OFF OFF ON ON
C2203 Chassis No. not programmed OFF ON OFF OFF
C2206 Re-execution of variant coding OFF ON ON ON
C123C Abnormality in Abnormality in OFF OFF ON ON
G & yaw rate lateral G and
sensor output yaw rate output
value value
C2204 Internal abnormality in G & yaw OFF OFF ON ON
rate sensor
C2111 Brake fluid Low input OFF ON ON ON
pressure
sensor power
supply circuit
C2112 Brake fluid High input OFF ON ON ON
pressure
sensor power
supply circuit
C2114*5 Abnormality in Low voltage OFF OFF ON ON
G & yaw rate (6.5 ± 0.5 V or
sensor less)
operation
voltage
C2115 Abnormality in High voltage OFF OFF ON ON
G & yaw rate (18.0 ± 1.0 V or
sensor more)
operation
voltage
TROUBLESHOOTING

warning
display
C123A Abnormality in sensor OFF OFF ON ON
calibration
C1219 Abnormality in steering wheel OFF OFF ON ON
sensor signal
C121A Abnormality in Steering wheel OFF ABS warning ON ON
steering wheel sensor neutral lamp:
sensor point not Flashing (2
calibration learned Hz)
ABS warning
display:
ON
C2205 Internal abnormality in steering OFF OFF ON ON
wheel sensor
C2002 Valve calibration error ON ON ON ON
C2003 Control parameter not OFF OFF ON ON
implement
C1608 Implausible diagnosis data OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0001 Bus-off OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0100 Engine time-out error OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0101 A/T or CVT time-out error OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0126 Steering wheel sensor time-out OFF OFF OFF OFF
error
U0141 ETACS time-out error OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0125 G & yaw rate sensor message OFF OFF ON ON
time-out error/message error
U0401 Engine signal malfunction OFF OFF ON ON
detected
U0404 Abnormality in AS&G signal OFF OFF OFF OFF
U0428 Steering wheel sensor CRC, OFF OFF ON ON
message error
U1003 G & yaw rate sensor bus-off OFF OFF ON ON
U1004 AS&G CAN time-out OFF OFF OFF OFF
U1415 Variant coding not implemented OFF ON ON ON
U1417 Variant coding value invalid OFF ON*4 ON ON
(includes faulty installation)
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-13
NOTE: .
• *1: Turns on when two or more wheels are faulty.
• *2: Stays on until the vehicle speed reaches 10 km/h when the ignition switch is turned to ON next time.
*3
• : Does not illuminate when there is no effect to the EBD function.
• *4: Does not illuminate when there is no effect to the ABS function.
*5
• : This diagnosis code is not set with the vehicle speed of 20 km/h or less.
Under EBD, ABS, stability control and TCL control in case of failure
Diagnosis Item EBD ABS Stability TCL ESS
code No. control
C100A Abnormality in FL wheel speed Enabled*3 Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
sensor circuit
C1015 Abnormality in FR wheel speed
sensor circuit
sensor circuit
C102B Abnormality in RR wheel speed
sensor circuit
C1011 Abnormality in FL wheel speed Enabled*3 Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
sensor signal
C101C Abnormality in FR wheel speed
sensor signal
sensor signal
C1032 Abnormality in RR wheel speed
sensor signal
C1014 Mutual monitoring of FL wheel Enabled*3 Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
speed sensor
C101F Mutual monitoring of FR wheel
speed sensor
C102A Mutual monitoring of RL wheel
speed sensor
C1035 Mutual monitoring of RR wheel
speed sensor
C1041 Abnormality in periodical signal Enabled*3 Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
for FL wheel speed sensor
for FR wheel speed sensor
for RL wheel speed sensor
for RR wheel speed sensor
TROUBLESHOOTING

code No. control
C1046 FL wheel speed sensor control Enabled*3 Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
phase time exceeded
C1047 FR wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C1048 RL wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C1049 RR wheel speed sensor control
phase time exceeded
C104B Abnormality in FL wheel inlet Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
valve system
C104F Abnormality in FR wheel inlet
valve system
C1053 Abnormality in RL wheel inlet
valve system
C1057 Abnormality in RR wheel inlet
valve system
C105F Abnormality in FL wheel outlet Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
valve system
C1063 Abnormality in FR wheel outlet
valve system
C1067 Abnormality in RL wheel outlet
valve system
C105B Abnormality in RR wheel outlet
valve system
C1200 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel cut Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
valve system
C1204 Abnormality in FR/RL wheel cut
valve system
C1208 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel
C120C Abnormality in FR/RL wheel
C2104 Faulty valve power supply Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
circuit
C1073 Faulty motor drive circuit Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
C2116 Low or high power supply Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
voltage in pump motor
C121D Abnormality in brake fluid Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
pressure sensor circuit
C121E Abnormality in brake fluid Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
pressure sensor output signal
C1000 Abnormality in stop lamp switch Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
circuit
C123B Prolonged operation of ASC Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-15
code No. control
C2200 Abnormality in ASC-ECU Prohibited* Prohibited* Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited*
2 1 1
C2101 Abnormality in 18.0 ± 1.0 V or Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited

battery voltage more
(high voltage)
C1395 Brake fluid filling not completed Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
C121C Torque request signal rejection Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
C1290 CAN time-out error Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
C2203 Chassis No. not programmed Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
C2206 Re-execution of variant coding Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
C123C Abnormality in Abnormality in Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
G & yaw rate lateral G and
sensor output yaw rate
value output value
C2204 Internal abnormality in G & yaw Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
rate sensor
C2111 Brake fluid Low input Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
pressure
sensor power
supply circuit
C2112 Brake fluid High input Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
pressure
sensor power
supply circuit
C2114*4 Abnormality in Low voltage Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
G & yaw rate (6.5 ± 0.5 V or
sensor less)
operation
voltage
C2115 Abnormality in High voltage Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
G & yaw rate (18.0 ± 1.0 V
sensor or more)
operation
voltage
C123A Abnormality in sensor Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
calibration
C1219 Abnormality in steering wheel Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
sensor signal
C121A Abnormality in Steering Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
steering wheel wheel sensor
sensor neutral point
calibration not learned
C2205 Internal abnormality in steering Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
wheel sensor
C2002 Valve calibration error Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
TROUBLESHOOTING

code No. control
C2003 Control parameter not Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
implement
C1608 Implausible diagnosis data Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
U0001 Bus-off Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
U0100 Engine time-out error Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
U0101 A/T or CVT time-out error Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
U0126 Steering wheel sensor time-out Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
error
U0141 ETACS time-out error Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Prohibited
U0125 G & yaw rate sensor message Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
U0401 Engine signal malfunction Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
detected
U0404 Abnormality in AS&G signal Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
U0428 Steering wheel sensor CRC, Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
message error
U1003 G & yaw rate sensor bus-off Enabled Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Enabled
U1004 AS&G CAN time-out Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
U1415 Variant coding not implemented Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited
U1417 Variant coding value invalid Enabled Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited*
(includes faulty installation) 1
NOTE: .
*1
• : When ABS warning lamp is turned on.
*2
• : When brake warning lamp is turned on.
*3
• : Prohibited when two or more wheels are faulty.
• *4: This diagnosis code is not set with the vehicle speed of 20 km/h or less.
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE

Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting
and Inspection Service Points . and Inspection Service Points .
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART

M1355001101318
CAUTION
During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated with other system may be set when the ignition switch
is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnosis
code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase them all.
Diagnosis code Item Reference page

No.
C100A Abnormality in FL wheel speed sensor circuit P.35C-19
C1015 Abnormality in FR wheel speed sensor circuit P.35C-23
C1020 Abnormality in RL wheel speed sensor circuit P.35C-27
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-17
No.
C102B Abnormality in RR wheel speed sensor circuit P.35C-31
C1011 Abnormality in FL wheel speed sensor signal P.35C-36
C101C Abnormality in FR wheel speed sensor signal P.35C-39
C1027 Abnormality in RL wheel speed sensor signal P.35C-43
C1032 Abnormality in RR wheel speed sensor signal P.35C-47
C1014 Mutual monitoring of FL wheel speed sensor P.35C-50
C101F Mutual monitoring of FR wheel speed sensor P.35C-52
C102A Mutual monitoring of RL wheel speed sensor P.35C-54
C1035 Mutual monitoring of RR wheel speed sensor P.35C-56
C1041 Abnormality in periodical signal for FL wheel speed sensor P.35C-58
C1042 Abnormality in periodical signal for FR wheel speed sensor P.35C-60
C1043 Abnormality in periodical signal for RL wheel speed sensor P.35C-62
C1044 Abnormality in periodical signal for RR wheel speed sensor P.35C-64
C1046 FL wheel speed sensor control phase time exceeded P.35C-67
C1047 FR wheel speed sensor control phase time exceeded P.35C-70
C1048 RL wheel speed sensor control phase time exceeded P.35C-74
C1049 RR wheel speed sensor control phase time exceeded P.35C-78
C104B Abnormality in FL wheel inlet valve system P.35C-82
C104F Abnormality in FR wheel inlet valve system
C1053 Abnormality in RL wheel inlet valve system
C1057 Abnormality in RR wheel inlet valve system
C105F Abnormality in FL wheel outlet valve system
C1063 Abnormality in FR wheel outlet valve system
C1067 Abnormality in RL wheel outlet valve system
C105B Abnormality in RR wheel outlet valve system
C1200 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel cut valve system
C1204 Abnormality in FR/RL wheel cut valve system
C1208 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel suction valve system
C120C Abnormality in FR/RL wheel suction valve system
C2104 Faulty valve power supply circuit P.35C-83
C1073 Faulty motor drive circuit P.35C-87
C2116 Low or high power supply voltage in pump motor P.35C-91
C121D Abnormality in brake fluid pressure sensor circuit P.35C-94
C121E Abnormality in brake fluid pressure sensor output signal P.35C-96
C1000 Abnormality in stop lamp switch circuit P.35C-98
C123B Prolonged operation of ASC P.35C-102
C2200 Abnormality in ASC-ECU P.35C-104
TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
C2101 Abnormality in battery 18.0 ± 1.0 V or more P.35C-104
voltage (high voltage)
C1395 Brake fluid filling not completed P.35C-105
C121C Torque request signal rejection P.35C-106
C1290 CAN time-out error P.35C-107
C2203 Chassis No. not programmed P.35C-108
C2206 Re-execution of variant coding P.35C-109
C123C Abnormality in G and yaw Abnormality in lateral G and P.35C-110
rate sensor output value yaw rate output value
C2204 Internal abnormality in G and yaw rate sensor P.35C-113
C2111 Brake fluid pressure sensor Low input P.35C-115
power supply circuit
C2112 Brake fluid pressure sensor High input
power supply circuit
C2114 Abnormality in G and yaw Low voltage (below 6.5 ± 0.5 V) P.35C-116
rate sensor operation voltage
C2115 Abnormality in G and yaw High voltage (18.0 ± 1.0 V or
rate sensor operation voltage more)
C123A Abnormality in sensor calibration P.35C-119
C1219 Abnormality in steering wheel sensor signal P.35C-120
C121A Abnormality in steering wheel Steering wheel sensor neutral P.35C-122
sensor calibration point not learned
C2205 Internal abnormality in steering wheel sensor P.35C-123
C2002 Valve calibration not completed P.35C-123
C2003 Control parameter not implement P.35C-124
C1608 Implausible diagnosis data P.35C-126
U0001 Bus-off P.35C-129
U0100 Engine time-out error P.35C-131
U0101 A/T or CVT time-out error
U0126 Steering wheel sensor time-out error
U0141 ETACS time-out error
U0125 G and yaw rate sensor message time-out error/message error P.35C-133
U0401 Engine signal malfunction detected P.35C-135
U0404 Abnormality in AS&G signal P.35C-130
U0428 Communication error in steering wheel sensor P.35C-136
U1003 G and yaw rate sensor bus-off P.35C-137
U1004 AS&G CAN time-out P.35C-132
U1415 Variant coding not implemented P.35C-139
U1417 Variant coding value invalid (includes faulty installation) P.35C-140
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-19
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES
Code No. C100A Abnormality in FL wheel speed sensor circuit
Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)
FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

Wire colour code
B : Black LG : Light green G : Green L : Blue W : White Y : Yellow SB : Sky blue
BR : Brown O : Orange GR : Grey R : Red P : Pink V : Violet PU : Purple SI : Silver
ACB02565
Connector: A-08 <LHD> Connectors: A-08, A-58 <RHD>

A-08 (B) A-58 (B)
A-08 (B)
AC612690AP AC701238 AE
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector: A-58 <LHD> DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS

ASC-ECU monitors the voltage fluctuation in each
wheel speed sensor circuit. If ASC-ECU detects the
A-58 (B) open or short circuit in the circuit, it will set a diagno-
sis code.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Current trouble
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors
AC701229AH • Noise interference
• Malfunction of wheel speed sensor
• Malfunction of ASC-ECU
CAUTION
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Past trouble
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior • Carry out diagnosis with particular emphasis on
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines wiring harness and connector failures between
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics ASC-ECU and the wheel speed sensor. For diag-
Table ). nosis procedures, refer to How to treat past trou-
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the ble (GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
CAN bus lines are normal. How to Treat Past Trouble ).
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC-
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
184).
Q: Is the check result normal?
OPERATION YES : Go to Step 3.
• The wheel speed sensor is a kind of a pulse gen- NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
erator. It consists of encoders (a plate on which 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
north and south pole sides of the magnets are completion, go to Step 2.
arranged alternately) for detecting the wheel
speed which rotates at the same speed of the
wheels and wheel speed sensors. This sensor STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting
outputs frequency pulse signals in proportion to CAN bus lines
the wheel speed. Q: Is diagnosis code No. C100A set?
• The pulse signals, which the wheel speed sensor YES : Go to Step 3.
creates, are sent to ASC-ECU. ASC-ECU uses NO : This diagnosis is complete.
the frequency of the pulse signals to determine
the wheel speed. STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
Check the following data list (Refer to P.35C-172).
• Item No.01: FL wheel speed sensor
YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Go to Step 4.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-21
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the A-58 ASC- STEP 5. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC-
ECU connector ECU connector
Check harness Check harness
MB991997 ASC-ECU MB991997 ASC-ECU
A-58 ASC-ECU A-58 ASC-ECU

harness connector AC606869CY
AC606869 harness connector AC606869CZ
(1) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect (1) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect
special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to
the harness-side connector, and then measure the harness-side connector, and then measure
the voltage at the special tool connector side. the resistance at the special tool connector side.
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool to ASC- NOTE: Do not connect the special tool to ASC-
ECU. ECU.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (2) Measure the resistance between the front wheel
(3) Measure the voltage between the front wheel speed sensor (LH) power supply terminal (signal
speed sensor (LH) power supply terminal (signal terminal) No.45 and the body earth and between
terminal) No.45 and the body earth and between the front wheel speed sensor (LH) earth terminal
the earth terminal No.46 and the body earth. No.46 and the body earth.
OK: 1 V or less OK: No continuity
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5. YES : Go to Step 8.
NO (Not normal at the terminal No.45 or 46) : Go to NO (Not normal at the terminal No.45 or 46) : Go to
Step 6. Step 6.
STEP 6. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU

connector, A-08 front wheel speed sensor <LH>
connector
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the defective connector. Then go to
Step 13.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 7. Wiring harness check between A-58 STEP 9. Wiring harness check between A-58
ASC-ECU connector terminal No.45 and A-08 ASC-ECU connector terminal No.45 and A-08
front wheel speed sensor <LH> connector front wheel speed sensor <LH> connector
terminal No.1 and between A-58 ASC-ECU terminal No.1 and between A-58 ASC-ECU
connector terminal No.46 and A-08 front wheel connector terminal No.46 and A-08 front wheel
speed sensor <LH> connector terminal No.2. speed sensor <LH> connector terminal No.2.
• Check for short circuit in front wheel speed sen- • Check for open circuit in front wheel speed sen-
sor <LH> circuit sor <LH> circuit.
YES : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FL> YES : Go to Step 10.
(Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to Step 13. NO : Repair the wiring harness. Then go to Step
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Then go to Step 13.
13.
STEP 10. Check for wheel speed sensor <FL> as
STEP 8. Voltage measurement at the A-58 ASC- a single unit
ECU connector Refer to P.35C-188.
NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FL>
(Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to Step 13.

connector, A-08 front wheel speed sensor <LH>
connector
Check harness Step 13.
MB991997 ASC-ECU STEP 12. Check whether the diagnosis code is

reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
A-58 ASC-ECU in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
harness connector AC606870BL or higher.
(1) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect Q: Is diagnosis code No. C100A set?
special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
the ASC-ECU-side connector and harness-side ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
connector, and then measure the voltage at the to Step 13 .
special tool connector side. NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
(3) Measure the voltage between the front wheel Malfunctions ).
speed sensor (LH) circuit power supply terminal
(signal terminal) No.45 and the body earth. STEP 13. Check whether the diagnosis code is
OK: Approximately system voltage reset.
Q: Is the check result normal? (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 9. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
NO : Go to Step 11. NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
or higher.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-23
Q: Is diagnosis code No. C100A set? YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : This diagnosis is complete.
Code No. C1015 Abnormality in FR wheel speed sensor circuit
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565
Connectors: A-03, A-58 <LHD> Connector: A-03 <RHD>
A-58 (B) A-03 (B)

A-03 (B)
AC612691AP AC701237AE
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector: A-58 <RHD>

DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS
A-58 (B)
open or short circuit in the circuit, it will set a diagno-
sis code.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Current trouble
AC701238 AF • Noise interference
CAUTION
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Past trouble
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior • Carry out diagnosis with particular emphasis on
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines wiring harness and connector failures between
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics ASC-ECU and the wheel speed sensor. For diag-
Table ). nosis procedures, refer to How to treat past trou-
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the ble (GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
CAN bus lines are normal. How to Treat Past Trouble ).
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
184).
• The wheel speed sensor is a kind of a pulse gen- NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
erator. It consists of encoders (a plate on which 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
north and south pole sides of the magnets are completion, go to Step 2.
wheels and wheel speed sensors. This sensor STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting
outputs frequency pulse signals in proportion to CAN bus lines
the wheel speed. Q: Is diagnosis code No. C1015 set?
• The pulse signals, which the wheel speed sensor YES : Go to Step 3.
creates, are sent to ASC-ECU. ASC-ECU uses NO : This diagnosis is complete.
the wheel speed. STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
• Item No.02: FR wheel speed sensor
NO : Go to Step 4.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-25

harness connector AC606869DA harness connector AC606869DB
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool to ASC- NOTE: Do not connect the special tool to ASC-
ECU. ECU.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (2) Measure the resistance between the front wheel
(3) Measure the voltage between the front wheel speed sensor <RH> power supply terminal
speed sensor <RH> power supply terminal (signal terminal) No.34 and the body earth and
(signal terminal) No.34 and the body earth and between the front wheel speed sensor <RH>
between the earth terminal No.33 and the body earth terminal No.33 and the body earth.
earth. OK: No continuity
OK: 1 V or less Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Go to Step 8.
YES : Go to Step 5. NO (Not normal at the terminal No.34 or 33) : Go to
NO (Not normal at the terminal No.34 or 33) : Go to Step 6.
Step 6.
connector, A-03 front wheel speed sensor <RH>
connector
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the defective connector.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ASC-ECU connector terminal No.34 and A-03 ASC-ECU connector terminal No.34 and A-03
front wheel speed sensor <RH> connector front wheel speed sensor <RH> connector
terminal No.1 and between A-58 ASC-ECU terminal No.1 and between A-58 ASC-ECU
connector terminal No.33 and A-03 front wheel connector terminal No.33 and A-03 front wheel
speed sensor <RH> connector terminal No.2. speed sensor <RH> connector terminal No.2.
• Check for short circuit in front wheel speed sen- • Check for the open circuit in front wheel speed
sor <RH> circuit sensor <RH> circuit.
YES : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FR> YES : Go to Step 10.
13.
STEP 10. Check for wheel speed sensor <FR> as
NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FR>

connector
Check harness Step 13.
MB991997 ASC-ECU STEP 12. Check whether the diagnosis code is

reset.
A-58 ASC-ECU in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
harness connector AC606870BM or higher.
(1) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect Q: Is diagnosis code No. C1015 set?
special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
the ASC-ECU-side connector and harness-side ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
connector, and then measure the voltage at the to Step 13.
special tool connector side. NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
(3) Measure the voltage between the front wheel Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
speed sensor <RH> circuit power supply terminal
(signal terminal) No.34 and the body earth. STEP 13. Check whether the diagnosis code is
OK: Approximately system voltage reset.
YES : Go to Step 9. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
NO : Go to Step 11. NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
or higher.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-27
Q: Is diagnosis code No. C1015 set? YES : Return to Step 1.
Code No. C1020 Abnormality in RL wheel speed sensor circuit
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565
Connector: A-58 <LHD> Connector: A-58 <RHD>

A-58 (B)
A-58 (B)
AC612691AO AC701238 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector: C-31 <LHD> CAUTION

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines,
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics
Table ).
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the
CAN bus lines are normal.
AC612705 AF ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra-
Connector: C-31 <RHD>
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen-
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C-
184).
OPERATION
• The wheel speed sensor is a kind of a pulse gen-
erator. It consists of encoders (a plate on which
north and south pole sides of the magnets are
AC701121 AM
wheels and wheel speed sensors. This sensor
Connector: D-17 outputs frequency pulse signals in proportion to
the wheel speed.
• The pulse signals, which the wheel speed sensor
creates, are sent to ASC-ECU. ASC-ECU uses
the wheel speed.

AC612723AU
Connector: F-24 <LANCER> sis code.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Current trouble
• Noise interference
(B)
Past trouble
AC612744 BH
• Carry out diagnosis with particular emphasis on
Connector: F-24 <LANCER SPORTBACK> wiring harness and connector failures between
ASC-ECU and the wheel speed sensor. For diag-
nosis procedures, refer to How to treat past trou-
ble (GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
How to Treat Past Trouble ).
(B)
AC801775BM
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-29
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE NOTE: Do not connect the special tool to ASC-
ECU.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis (3) Measure the voltage between the rear wheel
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. speed sensor <LH> power supply terminal (signal
Q: Is the check result normal? terminal) No.36 and the body earth, and between
YES : Go to Step 3. the rear wheel speed sensor <LH> earth terminal
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP No.37 and the body earth.
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On OK: 1 V or less
completion, go to Step 2.
YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting NO (Not normal at the terminal No.36 or No.37) :
CAN bus lines Go to Step 6.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C1020 set?
YES : Go to Step 3. STEP 5. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC-
NO : This diagnosis is complete. ECU connector
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list

• Item No.03: RL wheel speed sensor
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the A-58 ASC-

ECU connector
Check harness
MB991997 ASC-ECU
A-58 ASC-ECU
harness connector AC606869DD
(1) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect

Check harness special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to
the harness-side connector, and then measure
MB991997 ASC-ECU the resistance at the special tool connector side.
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool to ASC-
ECU.
(2) Measure the resistance between the rear wheel
speed sensor <LH> earth terminal No.36 and the
A-58 ASC-ECU body earth, and between the rear wheel speed
harness connector AC606869DC sensor <LH> earth terminal No.37 and the body
earth.
special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to OK: No continuity
the harness-side connector, and then measure Q: Is the check result normal?
the voltage at the special tool connector side.
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Go to Step 8. special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to

NO (Not normal at the terminal No.36 or No.37) : the ASC-ECU-side connector and harness-side
Go to Step 6. connector, and then measure the voltage at the
special tool connector side.
STEP 6. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
connector, C-31 intermediate connector, D-17 (3) Measure the voltage between the rear wheel
intermediate connector, F-24 rear wheel speed speed sensor <LH> circuit power supply terminal
sensor <LH> connector (signal terminal) No.36 and the body earth.
OK: Approximately system voltage
YES : Go to Step 7. Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Repair the defective connector. Then go to YES : Go to Step 9.
Step 13. NO : Go to Step 11.
ASC-ECU connector terminal No.36 and F-24 rear ASC-ECU connector terminal No.36 and F-24 rear
wheel speed sensor <LH> connector terminal wheel speed sensor <LH> connector terminal
No.1, and between A-58 ASC-ECU connector No.1, and between A-58 ASC-ECU connector
terminal No.37 and F-24 rear wheel speed sensor terminal No.37 and F-24 rear wheel speed sensor
<LH> connector terminal No.2. <LH> connector terminal No.2.
• Check for short circuit in rear wheel speed sensor • Check for open circuit in rear wheel speed sensor
<LH> circuit <LH> circuit
YES : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RL> YES : Go to Step 10.
13.
STEP 10. Check for wheel speed sensor <RL> as
NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RL>

connector, C-31 intermediate connector, D-17
intermediate connector, F-24 rear wheel speed
sensor <LH> connector
Check harness NO : Repair the defective connector. Then go to
Step 13.
MB991997 ASC-ECU
STEP 12. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
A-58 ASC-ECU NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
harness connector AC606870BN in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
or higher.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-31
YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
to Step 13. in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP or higher.
00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ). Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C1020 set?
YES : Return to Step 1.
reset.
Code No. C102B Abnormality in RR wheel speed sensor circuit
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector: A-58 <LHD> Connector: F-04 <LANCER>
A-58 (B)
(B)
AC612691AO AC612744 BI
Connector: A-58 <RHD> Connector: F-04 <LANCER SPORTBACK>

A-58 (B)
(B)
AC701238 AF AC801775BN
Connector: C-67 <LHD>

CAUTION
Table ).
ACB02572 AB • When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC-
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra-
184).
OPERATION
ACA00895AT
ACA00895
Connector: D-12 wheels and wheel speed sensors. This sensor
outputs frequency pulse signals in proportion to
the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.
AC612723AL
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-33
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the A-58 ASC-
ASC-ECU monitors the voltage fluctuation in each ECU connector
sis code.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Current trouble
• Noise interference
Past trouble
Check harness
wiring harness and connector failures between
ASC-ECU and the wheel speed sensor. For diag-
nosis procedures, refer to How to treat past trou- MB991997 ASC-ECU
ble (GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
A-58 ASC-ECU
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis harness connector AC606869DE
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. (1) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect
Q: Is the check result normal? special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to
YES : Go to Step 3. the harness-side connector, and then measure
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP the voltage at the special tool connector side.
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On NOTE: Do not connect the special tool to ASC-
completion, go to Step 2. ECU.
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting (3) Measure the voltage between the rear wheel
CAN bus lines speed sensor <RH> power supply terminal
(signal terminal) No.43 and the body earth, and
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C102B set? between the rear wheel speed sensor <RH>
YES : Go to Step 3.
earth terminal No.42 and the body earth.
OK: 1 V or less
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list Q: Is the check result normal?

YES : Go to Step 5.
NO (Not normal at the terminal No.43 or No.42) :
• Item No.04: RR wheel speed sensor
Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 4.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 5. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC- STEP 7. Wiring harness check between A-58
ECU connector ASC-ECU connector terminal No.43 and F-04 rear
wheel speed sensor <RH> connector terminal
No.1, and between A-58 ASC-ECU connector
terminal No.42 and F-04 rear wheel speed sensor
<RH> connector terminal No.2.
• Check for short circuit in rear wheel speed sensor
<RH> circuit
YES : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RR>
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Then go to Step
13.
Check harness
ECU connector
MB991997 ASC-ECU
A-58 ASC-ECU
harness connector AC606869DF

special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to
the resistance at the special tool connector side.
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool to ASC- Check harness
ECU.
(2) Measure the resistance between the rear wheel
speed sensor <RH> power supply terminal MB991997 ASC-ECU
(signal terminal) No.43 and the body earth, and
between the rear wheel speed sensor <RH>
earth terminal No.42 and the body earth.
OK: No continuity
A-58 ASC-ECU
harness connector AC606870BO
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO (Not normal at the terminal No.43 or No.42) : (1) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect
Go to Step 6. special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to
the ASC-ECU-side connector and harness-side
connector, and then measure the voltage at the
special tool connector side.
intermediate connector, F-04 rear wheel speed
(3) Measure the voltage between the rear wheel
sensor <RH> connector
speed sensor <RH> circuit power supply terminal
Q: Is the check result normal? (signal terminal) No.43 and the body earth.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Step 13. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 11.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-35
STEP 9. Wiring harness check between A-58
ASC-ECU connector terminal No.43 and F-04 rear
Step 13.
No.1, and between A-58 ASC-ECU connector
terminal No.42 and F-04 rear wheel speed sensor STEP 12. Check whether the diagnosis code is
<RH> connector terminal No.2. reset.
• Check for open circuit in rear wheel speed sensor (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
<RH> circuit (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
Q: Is the check result normal? NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
YES : Go to Step 10. in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Then go to Step or higher.
13. Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C102B set?
YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
STEP 10. Check for wheel speed sensor <RR> as ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
a single unit to Step 13.
Refer to P.35C-188. NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Q: Is the check result normal? Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RR>
(Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to Step 13. STEP 13. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
intermediate connector, F-04 rear wheel speed NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
sensor <RH> connector in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
or higher.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C102B set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. C1011 Abnormality in FL wheel speed sensor signal
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565

A-08 (B) A-58 (B)
A-08 (B)
AC612690AP AC701238 AE
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-37
Connector: A-58 <LHD>
• Adhesion of foreign materials on the wheel speed
sensor
A-58 (B) detection encoder
• Wheel bearing malfunction
• External noise interference
• Improper installation of the wheel speed sensor
• Deformation of the wheel speed detection
AC612691AO
encoder
• ASC-ECU malfunction
CAUTION • Disturbance of magnetisation pattern for wheel
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, speed detection encoder
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior • The number of poles on the Magnetic encoder for
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines wheel speed detection (N-pole and S-pole) is
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics changed
Table ).
Past trouble
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the • When diagnosis code No.C100A is also set, carry
CAN bus lines are normal. out diagnosis with particular emphasis on wiring
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- harness and connector failures between ASC-
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- ECU and the wheel speed sensor. For diagnosis
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and procedures, refer to How to treat past trouble
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- (GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- to Treat Past Trouble ).
184). • When diagnosis code No.C100A is not set, the
OPERATION following conditions may be present:
• The wheel speed sensor is a kind of a pulse gen- • Some wheels slip
erator. It consists of encoders (a plate on which • Unstable vehicle attitude
north and south pole sides of the magnets are • External noise interference
arranged alternately) for detecting the wheel • Vehicle ran with the parking brake applied
wheels and wheel speed sensors. This sensor DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
the wheel speed.
• The pulse signals, which the wheel speed sensor STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
creates, are sent to ASC-ECU. ASC-ECU uses Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
the frequency of the pulse signals to determine Q: Is the check result normal?
the wheel speed. YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
ASC-ECU monitors the signals from each wheel completion, go to Step 2.
speed sensor while the vehicle is being driven. If any
fault below is found in these sensor signals, ASC-
ECU will set the relevant diagnosis code. STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting
• Irregular change in the wheel speed sensor sig- CAN bus lines
nal Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1011 set?
• Wheel speed sensor signal continuously indi- YES : Go to Step 3.
cates high value. NO : This diagnosis is complete.
PROBABLE CAUSES
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Current trouble Check that diagnosis code No.C100A is also set.
• Excessive gap between the wheel speed sensor
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C100A also set?
and the wheel speed detection encoder
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Perform the diagnosis for diagnosis code YES : Go to Step 9.

No.C100A (Refer to P.35C-19). NO : Replace the wheel bearing <FL> (Refer to
NO : Go to Step 4. GROUP 26 − Front Axle Hub Assembly ).
Then go to Step 12.
connector, A-08 front wheel speed sensor <LH> STEP 9. Check of wheel speed detection encoder
connector
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the defective connector. Then go to Oil seal
Step 12. Magnetic
Wheel encoder
STEP 5. Wiring harness check between A-58 bearing
ASC-ECU connector terminal No.45 and A-08
front wheel speed sensor <LH> connector
terminal No.1 and between A-58 ASC-ECU AC504925 AC
connector terminal No.46 and A-08 front wheel Check the encoder for adhesion of foreign materials
speed sensor <LH> connector terminal No.2. or deformation.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Then go to Step NO (Adhesion of foreign materials) : Remove the
12. foreign materials and clean the encoder so
as not to disturb the magnetization pattern
STEP 6. Check for wheel speed sensor <FL> on it while taking care of the magnet,
installation magnetic substance, and magnetic
Check how the wheel speed sensor <FL> is installed attraction. Then go to Step 12.
NO (Deformation) : Replace the wheel bearing
(Disconnection of wheel speed sensor <FL>, loose
<FL> (Refer to GROUP 26 − Front Axle Hub
mounting bolt, etc.).
Assembly ). Then go to Step 12.
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <FL> STEP 10. Check whether the diagnosis code is
correctly (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to reset.
Step 7. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
STEP 7. Check for wheel speed sensor <FL>
output current
or higher.
Refer to P.35C-179.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1011 set?
YES : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FL>
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions).
STEP 8. Check for wheel bearing looseness
NOTE: Loose wheel bearing may increase the gap STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is
between the wheel speed sensor <FL> and the reset.
wheel speed detection magnet encoder. Check the (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
wheel bearing <FL> for looseness. (Refer to GROUP (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
26 − Wheel Bearing Axial Play Check .)
Q: Is the check result normal? in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
or higher.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-39
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1011 set? (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
to Step 12. or higher.
STEP 12. Check whether the diagnosis code is NO : This diagnosis is complete.
reset.
Code No. C101C Abnormality in FR wheel speed sensor signal
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connectors: A-03, A-58 <LHD> CAUTION

A-58 (B)
A-03 (B) (Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics
Table ).
AC612691AP ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra-
A-03 (B) 184).
OPERATION
AC701237AE
Connector: A-58 <RHD> outputs frequency pulse signals in proportion to
A-58 (B) the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.

ASC-ECU monitors the signals from each wheel
AC701238 AF
ECU will set the relevant diagnosis code.
• Irregular change in the wheel speed sensor sig-
nal
• Wheel speed sensor signal continuously indi-
cates high value.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Current trouble
sensor
detection encoder
encoder
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-41
• ASC-ECU malfunction YES : Go to Step 5.
• Disturbance of magnetisation pattern for wheel NO : Repair the defective connector. Then go to
speed detection encoder Step 12.
• The number of poles on the Magnetic encoder for
wheel speed detection (N-pole and S-pole) is STEP 5. Wiring harness check between A-58
changed ASC-ECU connector terminal No.34 and A-03
Past trouble front wheel speed sensor <RH> connector
• When diagnosis code No.C1015 is also set, carry terminal No.1 and between A-58 ASC-ECU
out diagnosis with particular emphasis on wiring connector terminal No.33 and A-03 front wheel
harness and connector failures between ASC- speed sensor <RH> connector terminal No.2.
ECU and the wheel speed sensor. For diagnosis Q: Is the check result normal?
procedures, refer to How to treat past trouble YES : Go to Step 6.
(GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How NO : Repair the wiring harness. Then go to Step
to Treat Past Trouble ). 12.
• When diagnosis code No.C1015 is not set, the
following conditions may be present:
STEP 6. Check for wheel speed sensor <FR>
• Some wheels slip
installation
• Unstable vehicle attitude
Check how the wheel speed sensor <FR> is installed
(Disconnection of wheel speed sensor <FR>, loose
• Vehicle ran with the parking brake applied
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <FR>
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis correctly (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 3. STEP 7. Check for wheel speed sensor <FR>
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP output current
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On Refer to P.35C-179.
YES : Go to Step 8.
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FR>
CAN bus lines (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to Step 11.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C101C set?
YES : Go to Step 3. STEP 8. Check for wheel bearing looseness
NOTE: Loose wheel bearing may increase the gap
between the wheel speed sensor <FR> and the
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code wheel speed detection magnet encoder. Check the
Check that diagnosis code No. C1015 is also set. wheel bearing <FR> for looseness. (Refer to
Q: Is diagnosis code No. C1015 also set? GROUP 26 − Wheel Bearing Axial Play Check .)
YES : Perform the diagnosis for diagnosis code Q: Is the check result normal?
No. C1015 (Refer to P.35C-23). YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 4. NO : Replace the wheel bearing <FR> (Refer to
GROUP 26 − Front Axle Hub Assembly ).
STEP 4. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU Then go to Step 12.
connector
TROUBLESHOOTING
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C101C set?

STEP 9. Check of wheel speed detection encoder
YES : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FR>
Oil seal Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions).
Magnetic
encoder
Wheel STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is
bearing
reset.
AC504925 AC
Check the encoder for adhesion of foreign materials in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
or deformation. or higher.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C101C set?
YES : Go to Step 10. YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
NO (Adhesion of foreign materials) : Remove the ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
foreign materials and clean the encoder so to Step 12.
as not to disturb the magnetization pattern NO : This diagnosis is complete.
on it while taking care of the magnet,
magnetic substance, and magnetic
attraction. Then go to Step 12. STEP 12. Check whether the diagnosis code is
NO (Deformation) : Replace the wheel bearing reset.
<FR> (Refer to GROUP 26 − Front Axle (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Hub Assembly ). Then go to Step 12. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
STEP 10. Check whether the diagnosis code is in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
reset. or higher.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C101C set?
(2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher. YES : Return to Step 1.
NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF NO : This diagnosis is complete.
or higher.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-43
Code No. C1027 Abnormality in RL wheel speed sensor signal
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565

A-58 (B)
A-58 (B)
AC612691AO AC701238 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING

Table ).
184).
OPERATION
AC701121 AM
the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.

AC612723AU
Connector: F-24 <LANCER> ECU will set the relevant diagnosis code.
nal
cates high value.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Current trouble
(B) • Excessive gap between the wheel speed sensor
AC612744 BH and the wheel speed detection encoder
Connector: F-24 <LANCER SPORTBACK> sensor
detection encoder
(B) • External noise interference
AC801775BM
encoder
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-45
changed ASC-ECU connector terminal No.36 and F-24 rear
Past trouble wheel speed sensor <LH> connector terminal
• When diagnosis code No.C1020 is also set, carry No.1, and between A-58 ASC-ECU connector
out diagnosis with particular emphasis on wiring terminal No.37 and F-24 rear wheel speed sensor
harness and connector failures between ASC- <LH> connector terminal No.2.
STEP 6. Check for wheel speed sensor <RL>
installation
Check how the wheel speed sensor <RL> is installed
(Disconnection of wheel speed sensor <RL>, loose
• Vehicle ran with the parking brake applied.
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <RL>
YES : Go to Step 3. STEP 7. Check for wheel speed sensor <RL>
YES : Go to Step 8.
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RL>
NOTE: .
• Loose wheel bearing may increase the gap
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code between the wheel speed sensor <RL> and the
Check that the diagnosis code No. C1020 is also set. wheel speed detection magnet encoder.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C1020 also set? • Check the Rear wheel hub assembly <RL>
YES : Perform the diagnosis for the diagnosis (Refer to GROUP 27 − Wheel Bearing Axial Play
code No. C1020 (Refer to P.35C-27). Check ).
NO : Go to Step 4. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 9.
STEP 4. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU NO : Replace the rear wheel hub assembly <RL>
connector, C-31 intermediate connector, D-17 (Refer to GROUP 27 − Rear axle hub
intermediate connector, F-24 rear wheel speed assembly ). Then go to Step 12.
sensor <LH> connector
TROUBLESHOOTING

YES : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RL>
Ball bearing (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to Step 11.
Magnetic
encoder
Rear hub STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Oil seal (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
AC700162AB
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1027 set?
NO (Deformation) : Replace the rear wheel hub reset.
assembly <RL> (Refer to GROUP 27 − (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Rear axle hub assembly ). Then go to Step (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
12. NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
STEP 10. Check whether the diagnosis code is or higher.
reset. Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1027 set?
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. YES : Return to Step 1.
(2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher. NO : This diagnosis is complete.
or higher.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-47
Code No. C1032 Abnormality in RR wheel speed sensor signal
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565

A-58 (B)
A-58 (B)
AC612691AO AC701238 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING

Table ).
ACB02572 AB ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra-
184).
OPERATION
ACA00895AT
ACA00895
the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.

AC612723AL
Connector: F-04 <LANCER> ECU will set the relevant diagnosis code.
nal
cates high value.
(B)
PROBABLE CAUSES
Current trouble
AC612744 BI and the wheel speed detection encoder
Connector: F-04 <LANCER SPORTBACK>
sensor
detection encoder
(B) • Damaged wiring harness and connectors
AC801775BN
encoder
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-49
changed ASC-ECU connector terminal No.43 and F-04 rear
Past trouble wheel speed sensor <RH> connector terminal
• When diagnosis code No.C102B is also set, carry No.1, and between A-58 ASC-ECU connector
out diagnosis with particular emphasis on wiring terminal No.42 and F-04 rear wheel speed sensor
harness and connector failures between ASC- <RH> connector terminal No.2.
• When diagnosis code No.C102B is not set, the
STEP 6. Check for wheel speed sensor <RR>
installation
Check how the wheel speed sensor <RR> is
installed (Disconnection of wheel speed sensor
• Vehicle ran with the parking brake applied.
<RR>, loose mounting bolt, etc.).
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <RR>
YES : Go to Step 3. STEP 7. Check for wheel speed sensor <RR>
YES : Go to Step 8.
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RR>
NOTE: .
• Loose wheel bearing may increase the gap
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code between the wheel speed sensor <RR> and the
Check that the diagnosis code No. C102B is also set. wheel speed detection magnet encoder.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C102B also set? • Check the Rear wheel hub assembly <RR>
YES : Perform the diagnosis for the diagnosis (Refer to GROUP 27 − Wheel Bearing Axial Play
code No. C102B (Refer to P.35C-31). Check ).
YES : Go to Step 9.
STEP 4. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU NO : Replace the rear wheel hub assembly <RR>
connector, C-67 intermediate connector, D-12 (Refer to GROUP 27 − Rear axle hub
intermediate connector, F-04 rear wheel speed assembly ). Then go to Step 12.
sensor <RH> connector
TROUBLESHOOTING

Magnetic
encoder
reset.
AC700162AB
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1032 set?
NO (Deformation) : Replace the rear wheel hub reset.
assembly <RR> (Refer to GROUP 27 − (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
reset. Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1032 set?
or higher.
Code No. C1014 Mutual monitoring of FL wheel speed sensor
CAUTION OPERATION
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, • The wheel speed sensor is a kind of a pulse gen-
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior erator. It consists of encoders (a plate on which
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines north and south pole sides of the magnets are
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics arranged alternately) for detecting the wheel
Table ). speed which rotates at the same speed of the
the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.
184).
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-51
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS YES : Go to Step 3.
ASC-ECU monitors the signals from each wheel NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
speed sensor while the vehicle is being driven. If any 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
fault below is found in these sensor signals, ASC- completion, go to Step 2.
• Missing wheel speed sensor signal STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting
• Wheel speed sensor signal continuously indi- CAN bus lines
cates low value.
PROBABLE CAUSES YES : Go to Step 3.
Current trouble
and the wheel speed detection encoder STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
• Wheel bearing malfunction Check that diagnosis code No.C100A is also set.
• Deformation of the wheel speed detection Q: Is diagnosis code No.C100A also set?
encoder YES : Perform the diagnosis for diagnosis code
• Adhesion of foreign materials on the wheel speed No.C100A (Refer to P.35C-19).
sensor NO : Go to Step 4.
detection encoder
installation
Check how the wheel speed sensor <FL> is installed
wheel speed detection (N-pole and S-pole) is
changed Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
Past trouble NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <FL>
• When diagnosis code No.C100A is also set, carry correctly (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to
out diagnosis with particular emphasis on wiring Step 5.
harness and connector failures between ASC-
ECU and the wheel speed sensor. For diagnosis
procedures, refer to How to treat past trouble STEP 5. Check for wheel speed sensor <FL>
(GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How output current
to Treat Past Trouble ). Refer to P.35C-179.
• When diagnosis code No.C100A is not set, the Q: Is the check result normal?
following conditions may be present: YES : Go to Step 6.
• Some wheels slip NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FL>
• Unstable vehicle attitude (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to Step 9.
• Vehicle ran with the parking brake applied. STEP 6. Check for wheel bearing looseness
• Rotate only two wheels with drum tester
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE between the wheel speed sensor <FL> and the
wheel speed detection magnet encoder. Check the
wheel bearing <FL> for looseness (Refer to GROUP
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis 26 − Wheel Bearing Axial Play Check ).
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
NO : Replace the wheel bearing <FL> (Refer to
Then go to Step 10.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Q: Is diagnosis code No. C1014 set?

Oil seal Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
Magnetic
encoder
bearing
reset.
AC504925 AC
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is diagnosis code No. C1014 set?
as not to disturb the magnetisation pattern NO : This diagnosis is complete.
<FL> (Refer to GROUP 26 − Front Axle Hub (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Assembly ). Then go to Step 10. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
reset. or higher.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. Q: Is diagnosis code No. C1014 set?
or higher.
Code No. C101F Mutual monitoring of FR wheel speed sensor
CAUTION • The wheel speed sensor is a kind of a pulse gen-

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, erator. It consists of encoders (a plate on which
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior north and south pole sides of the magnets are
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines arranged alternately) for detecting the wheel
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics speed which rotates at the same speed of the
Table ). wheels and wheel speed sensors. This sensor
the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.
184).
OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-53
cates low value.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C101F set?
Current trouble
• Wheel bearing malfunction Check that diagnosis code No.C1015 is also set.
• Deformation of the wheel speed detection Q: Is diagnosis code No.C1015 also set?
• Adhesion of foreign materials on the wheel speed No.C1015 (Refer to P.35C-23).
detection encoder
installation
Check how the wheel speed sensor <FR> is installed
YES : Go to Step 5.
Past trouble NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <FR>
• When diagnosis code No.C1015 is also set, carry correctly (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to
procedures, refer to How to treat past trouble STEP 5. Check for wheel speed sensor
(GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How <FR>output current
• When diagnosis code No.C1015 is not set, the Q: Is the check result normal?
• Some wheels slip NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FR>
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE between the wheel speed sensor <FR> and the
wheel bearing <FR> for looseness (Refer to GROUP
NO : Replace the wheel bearing <FR> (Refer to
Then go to Step 10.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Q: Is diagnosis code No. C101F set?

Magnetic
encoder
bearing
reset.
AC504925 AC
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is diagnosis code No. C101F set?
reset. or higher.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. Q: Is diagnosis code No. C101F set?
or higher.
Code No. C102A: Mutual monitoring of RL wheel speed sensor

the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.
184).
OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-55
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting
ASC-ECU monitors the signals from each wheel CAN bus lines
fault below is found in these sensor signals, ASC- Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C102A set?
ECU will set the relevant diagnosis code. YES : Go to Step 3.
• Missing wheel speed sensor signal NO : This diagnosis is complete.
cates low value. STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check that the diagnosis code No. C1020 is also set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C1020 also set?
Current trouble YES : Perform the diagnosis for the diagnosis
• Excessive gap between the wheel speed sensor code No. C1020 (Refer to P.35C-27).
and the wheel speed detection encoder NO : Go to Step 4.
sensor
installation
encoder
detection encoder
• Malfunction of wheel speed sensor Q: Is the check result normal?
• Improper installation of the wheel speed sensor YES : Go to Step 5.
• ASC-ECU malfunction NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <RL>
• The number of poles on the Magnetic encoder for correctly (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to
wheel speed detection (N-pole and S-pole) is Step 5.
changed
Past trouble STEP 5. Check for wheel speed sensor <RL>
• When diagnosis code No.C1020 is also set, carry output current
out diagnosis with particular emphasis on wiring Refer to P.35C-179.
harness and connector failures between ASC- Q: Is the check result normal?
ECU and the wheel speed sensor. For diagnosis YES : Go to Step 6.
procedures, refer to How to treat past trouble NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RL>
(GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to Step 9.
to Treat Past Trouble ).
• Some wheels slip NOTE: .
• Unstable vehicle attitude • Loose wheel bearing may increase the gap
• External noise interference between the wheel speed sensor <RL> and the
• Vehicle ran with the parking brake applied. wheel speed detection magnet encoder.
• Rotate only two wheels with drum tester • Check the Rear wheel hub assembly <RL>
(Refer to GROUP 27 − Wheel Bearing Axial Play
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Check ).
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
NO : Replace the rear wheel hub assembly <RL>
(Refer to GROUP 27 − Rear axle hub
Q: Is the check result normal? assembly ). Then go to Step 10.
YES : Go to Step 3.
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
TROUBLESHOOTING
Q: Is diagnosis code No. C102A set?

Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
Magnetic
encoder
reset.
AC700162AB
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is diagnosis code No. C102A set?
attraction. STEP 10. Check whether the diagnosis code is
NO <Deformation> : Replace the rear wheel hub reset.
reset. Q: Is diagnosis code No. C102A set?
or higher.
Code No. C1035 Mutual monitoring of RR wheel speed sensor
CAUTION OPERATION
the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.
184).
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-57
fault below is found in these sensor signals, ASC- Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1035 set?
Check that the diagnosis code No. C102B is also set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C102B also set?
• Excessive gap between the wheel speed sensor code No. C102B (Refer to P.35C-31).
sensor
installation
encoder
detection encoder
• ASC-ECU malfunction NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <RR>
changed
Past trouble STEP 5. Check for wheel speed sensor <RR>
• When diagnosis code No.C102B is also set, carry output current
procedures, refer to How to treat past trouble NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RR>
• External noise interference between the wheel speed sensor <RR> and the
• Rotate only two wheels with drum tester • Check the Rear wheel hub assembly <RR>
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the rear wheel hub assembly <RR>
YES : Go to Step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING

Magnetic
encoder
reset.
AC700162AB
reset. Q: Is diagnosis code No. C1035 set?
or higher.
Code No. C1041 Abnormality in periodical signal for FL wheel speed sensor
CAUTION OPERATION
the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.
184).
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-59
cates low value.
Current trouble
• Wheel bearing malfunction Check that diagnosis code No.C100A is also set.
• Deformation of the wheel speed detection Q: Is diagnosis code No.C100A also set?
• Adhesion of foreign materials on the wheel speed No.C100A (Refer to P.35C-19).
detection encoder
installation
Check how the wheel speed sensor <FL> is installed
YES : Go to Step 5.
Past trouble NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <FL>
• When diagnosis code No.C100A is also set, carry correctly (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to
procedures, refer to How to treat past trouble STEP 5. Check for wheel speed sensor output
(GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How <FL> current
• When diagnosis code No.C100A is not set, the Q: Is the check result normal?
• Some wheels slip NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FL>
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE between the wheel speed sensor <FL> and the
wheel bearing <FL> for looseness (Refer to GROUP
Then go to Step 10.
TROUBLESHOOTING

Magnetic
encoder
bearing
reset.
AC504925 AC
<FL> (Refer to GROUP 26 − Front Axle Hub (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Assembly ). Then go to Step 10. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
reset. or higher.
or higher.
Code No. C1042 Abnormality in periodical signal for FR wheel speed sensor
CAUTION ASC-ECU monitors the signals from each wheel

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, speed sensor while the vehicle is being driven. If any
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior fault below is found in these sensor signals, ASC-
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines ECU will set the relevant diagnosis code.
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics • Missing wheel speed sensor signal
Table ). • Wheel speed sensor signal continuously indi-
cates low value.
CAN bus lines are normal. PROBABLE CAUSES
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- Current trouble
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and • Excessive gap between the wheel speed sensor
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- and the wheel speed detection encoder
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- • Wheel bearing malfunction
184). • Deformation of the wheel speed detection
encoder
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-61
• Adhesion of foreign materials on the wheel speed STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting
sensor CAN bus lines
detection encoder Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1042 set?
• Malfunction of wheel speed sensor YES : Go to Step 3.
• Improper installation of the wheel speed sensor NO : This diagnosis is complete.
• The number of poles on the Magnetic encoder for STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
wheel speed detection (N-pole and S-pole) is Check that diagnosis code No.C1015 is also set.
changed
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C1015 also set?
Past trouble YES : Perform the diagnosis for diagnosis code
• When diagnosis code No.C1015 is also set, carry No.C1015 (Refer to P.35C-23).
out diagnosis with particular emphasis on wiring NO : Go to Step 4.
ECU and the wheel speed sensor. For diagnosis STEP 4. Check for wheel speed sensor <FR>
procedures, refer to How to treat past trouble installation
(GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How Check how the wheel speed sensor <FR> is installed
to Treat Past Trouble ). (Disconnection of wheel speed sensor <FR>, loose
• When diagnosis code No.C1015 is not set, the mounting bolt, etc.).
• Some wheels slip Q: Is the check result normal?
• Unstable vehicle attitude YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <FR>
• Vehicle ran with the parking brake applied. correctly (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to
• Rotate only two wheels with drum tester Step 5.
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 5. Check for wheel speed sensor <FR>

• Wheel bearing malfunction output current
• Deformation of the wheel speed detection Refer to P.35C-179.
encoder
• Missing teeth of the wheel speed detection Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
encoder
NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FR>
detection encoder
• The number of poles on the Magnetic encoder for STEP 6. Check for wheel bearing looseness
wheel speed detection (N-pole and S-pole) is NOTE: Loose wheel bearing may increase the gap
changed between the wheel speed sensor <FR> and the
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE wheel bearing <FR> for looseness (Refer to GROUP
26 − Wheel Bearing Axial Play Check ).
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis Q: Is the check result normal?
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. YES : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 3.
Then go to Step 10.
TROUBLESHOOTING

Magnetic
encoder
bearing
reset.
AC504925 AC
reset. or higher.
or higher.
Code No. C1043: Abnormality in periodical signal for RL wheel speed sensor

the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.
184).
OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-63
Check that the diagnosis code No. C1020 is also set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C1020 also set?
• Excessive gap between the wheel speed sensor code No. C1020 (Refer to P.35C-27).
sensor
installation
encoder
detection encoder
• ASC-ECU malfunction NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <RL>
changed
Past trouble STEP 5. Check for wheel speed sensor <RL>
• When diagnosis code No.C1020 is also set, carry output current
procedures, refer to How to treat past trouble NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RL>
• External noise interference between the wheel speed sensor <RL> and the
• Rotate only two wheels with drum tester • Check the Rear wheel hub assembly <RL>
YES : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING

YES : Replace the wheel speed sensor (Refer to
Ball bearing P.35C-188). Then go to Step 9.
Magnetic
encoder
reset.
AC700162AB
Check the encoder for adhesion of foreign materials
or deformation.
or higher.
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO (Adhesion of foreign materials) : Remove the
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
foreign materials and clean the encoder so
to Step 10.
as not to disturb the magnetisation pattern
or higher.
Code No. C1044 Abnormality in periodical signal for RR wheel speed sensor
CAUTION OPERATION
the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.
184).
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-65
Check that the diagnosis code No. C102B is also set.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C102B also set?
• Excessive gap between the wheel speed sensor code No. C102B (Refer to P.35C-31).
sensor
installation
encoder
detection encoder
• ASC-ECU malfunction NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <RR>
changed
Past trouble STEP 5. Check for wheel speed sensor <RR>
• When diagnosis code No.C102B is also set, carry output current
procedures, refer to How to treat past trouble NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RR>
• External noise interference between the wheel speed sensor <RR> and the
• Rotate only two wheels with drum tester • Check the Rear wheel hub assembly <RR>
YES : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING

Magnetic
encoder
reset.
AC700162AB
or higher.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-67
Code No. C1046 FL wheel speed sensor control phase time exceeded
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565

A-08 (B) A-58 (B)
A-08 (B)
AC612690AP AC701238 AE
TROUBLESHOOTING

and the magnetic encoder for wheel speed detec-
A-58 (B) tion
sensor
• Adhesion of foreign materials on the magnetic
encoder for wheel speed detection
AC612691AO
• Deformation of the magnetic encoder for wheel
speed detection
CAUTION • Disturbance of magnetization pattern for mag-
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, netic encoder for wheel speed detection
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior • Missing teeth of the magnetic encoder for wheel
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines speed detection
Table ). DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and Q: Is the check result normal?
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- YES : Go to Step 3.
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
184). 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
OPERATION
erator. It consists of encoders (a plate on which STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting
north and south pole sides of the magnets are CAN bus lines
arranged alternately) for detecting the wheel Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1046 set?
speed which rotates at the same speed of the YES : Go to Step 3.
wheels and wheel speed sensors. This sensor NO : This diagnosis is complete.
the wheel speed.
• The pulse signals, which the wheel speed sensor STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
creates, are sent to ASC-ECU. ASC-ECU uses Check that the diagnosis codes No.C100A, C1011,
the frequency of the pulse signals to determine C1014, and C1041 are also set.
the wheel speed. Q: Are the diagnosis codes No.C100A, C1011, C1014,
and C1041 also set?
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS YES : Carry out the diagnosis for the relevant
This diagnosis code is set if any malfunction below is diagnosis codes.
found: NO : Go to Step 4.
• When the brake fluid pressure is decreased for a
long time.
• When the brake fluid pressure is held for a long
time.
• Item No.01: FL wheel speed sensor
PROBABLE CAUSES Q: Is the check result normal?
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors YES : Go to Step 11.
• External noise interference NO : Go to Step 5.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-69
STEP 5. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU STEP 10. Check of wheel speed detection
connector, A-08 front wheel speed sensor <LH> encoder
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the defective connector. Then go to Oil seal
Step 13. Magnetic
Wheel encoder
STEP 6. Wiring harness check between A-58 bearing
front wheel speed sensor <LH> connector
terminal No.1 and between A-58 ASC-ECU AC504925 AC
connector terminal No.46 and A-08 front wheel Check the encoder for adhesion of foreign materials
speed sensor <LH> connector terminal No.2. or deformation.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Then go to Step NO (Adhesion of foreign materials) : Remove the
13. foreign materials and clean the encoder so
STEP 7. Check for wheel speed sensor <FL> on it while taking care of the magnet,
installation magnetic substance, and magnetic
Check how the wheel speed sensor <FL> is installed attraction. Then go to Step 13.
NO (Deformation) : Replace the wheel bearing
<FL> (Refer to GROUP 26 − Front Axle Hub
Assembly ). Then go to Step 13.
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <FL> STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is
correctly (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to reset.
Step 8. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
output current
or higher.
Refer to P.35C-179.
YES : Go to Step 9.
NOTE: Loose wheel bearing may increase the gap STEP 12. Check whether the diagnosis code is
between the wheel speed sensor <FL> and the reset.
wheel speed detection magnet encoder. Check the (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
wheel bearing <FL> for looseness. (Refer to GROUP (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
26 − Wheel Bearing Axial Play Check .)
YES : Go to Step 10. or higher.
GROUP 26 − Front Axle Hub Assembly ). Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1046 set?
Then go to Step 13.
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
to Step 13. in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
NO : This diagnosis is complete. or higher.
STEP 13. Check whether the diagnosis code is YES : Return to Step 1.
reset. NO : This diagnosis is complete.
Code No. C1047 FR wheel speed sensor control phase time exceeded
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-71
Connectors: A-03, A-58 <LHD> CAUTION
A-58 (B)
A-03 (B) (Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics
Table ).
AC612691AP ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra-
A-03 (B) 184).
OPERATION
AC701237AE
Connector: A-58 <RHD> outputs frequency pulse signals in proportion to
A-58 (B) the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.

This diagnosis code is set if any malfunction below is
AC701238 AF
found:
long time.
time.
PROBABLE CAUSES
and the magnetic encoder for wheel speed detec-
tion
sensor
• Adhesion of foreign materials on the magnetic
encoder for wheel speed detection
• Deformation of the magnetic encoder for wheel
speed detection
• Disturbance of magnetization pattern for mag-
netic encoder for wheel speed detection
TROUBLESHOOTING
• Missing teeth of the magnetic encoder for wheel YES : Go to Step 7.

speed detection NO : Repair the wiring harness. Then go to Step
13.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis installation
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Check how the wheel speed sensor <FR> is installed
Q: Is the check result normal? mounting bolt, etc.).
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP Q: Is the check result normal?
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On YES : Go to Step 8.
completion, go to Step 2. NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <FR>
correctly (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to
Step 8.
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting
CAN bus lines
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1047 set? output current
YES : Go to Step 3.
Refer to P.35C-179.
YES : Go to Step 9.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FR>
Check that the diagnosis codes No.C1015, C101C, (Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to Step 12.
C101F, and C1042 are also set.
Q: Are the diagnosis codes No.C1015, C101C, C101F, STEP 9. Check for wheel bearing looseness
and C1042 also set?
YES : Carry out the diagnosis for the relevant NOTE: Loose wheel bearing may increase the gap
diagnosis codes. between the wheel speed sensor <FR> and the
NO : Go to Step 4. wheel speed detection magnet encoder. Check the
wheel bearing <FR> for looseness. (Refer to
GROUP 26 − Wheel Bearing Axial Play Check .)
Check the following data list (Refer to P.35C-172). Q: Is the check result normal?
• Item No.02: FR wheel speed sensor YES : Go to Step 10.
Q: Is the check result normal? GROUP 26 − Front Axle Hub Assembly ).
YES : Go to Step 11. Then go to Step 13.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 10. Check of wheel speed detection

STEP 5. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU encoder
connector
YES : Go to Step 6. Oil seal
Magnetic
Step 13. encoder
Wheel
bearing
front wheel speed sensor <RH> connector AC504925 AC
terminal No.1 and between A-58 ASC-ECU Check the encoder for adhesion of foreign materials
connector terminal No.33 and A-03 front wheel or deformation.
speed sensor <RH> connector terminal No.2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-73
reset.
foreign materials and clean the encoder so
magnetic substance, and magnetic NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
attraction. Then go to Step 13. in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
NO (Deformation) : Replace the wheel bearing or higher.
<FR> (Refer to GROUP 26 − Front Axle Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1047 set?
Hub Assembly ). Then go to Step 13. YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is to Step 13.
reset. NO : This diagnosis is complete.
(2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher. STEP 13. Check whether the diagnosis code is
NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF reset.
in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
or higher. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1047 set? NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
YES : Replace the wheel speed sensor <FR> in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
(Refer to P.35C-188). Then go to Step 12. or higher.
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1047 set?
00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to YES : Return to Step 1.
Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions). NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. C1048 RL wheel speed sensor control phase time exceeded
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565

A-58 (B)
A-58 (B)
AC612691AO AC701238 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-75
Table ).
184).
OPERATION
AC701121 AM
the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.

found:
AC612723AU
Connector: F-24 <LANCER> long time.
time.
PROBABLE CAUSES
(B) • ASC-ECU malfunction
AC612744 BH
Connector: F-24 <LANCER SPORTBACK> • Adhesion of foreign materials on the wheel speed
sensor
detection encoder
(B)
encoder
• Disturbance of magnetisation pattern for wheel
AC801775BM speed detection encoder
TROUBLESHOOTING
• Missing teeth of the wheel speed detection STEP 6. Wiring harness check between A-58
encoder ASC-ECU connector terminal No.36 and F-24 rear
wheel speed sensor <LH> connector terminal
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE No.1, and between A-58 ASC-ECU connector
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis <LH> connector terminal No.2.
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3. NO : Repair the wiring harness. Then go to Step
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP 13.
completion, go to Step 2. STEP 7. Check for wheel speed sensor <RL>
installation
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting Check how the wheel speed sensor <RL> is installed
CAN bus lines (Disconnection of wheel speed sensor <RL>, loose
NO : This diagnosis is complete. YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <RL>
Step 8.
Check that the diagnosis codes No. C1020, C1027,
C102A, and C1043 are also set.
Q: Are the diagnosis codes No. C1020, C1027, C102A,
output current
and C1043 also set?
YES : Carry out the diagnosis for the relevant
Refer to P.35C-179.
diagnosis codes. Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Go to Step 4. YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RL>
• Item No.03: RL wheel speed sensor STEP 9. Check for wheel bearing looseness
Q: Is the check result normal? NOTE: .
YES : Go to Step 11. • Loose wheel bearing may increase the gap
NO : Go to Step 5. between the wheel speed sensor <RL> and the
wheel speed detection magnet encoder.
• Check the Rear wheel hub assembly <RL>
(Refer to GROUP 27 − On-vehicle Service ).
intermediate connector, F-24 rear wheel speed Q: Is the check result normal?
sensor <LH> connector YES : Go to Step 10.
Q: Is the check result normal? (Refer to GROUP 27 − Rear axle hub
YES : Go to Step 6.
assembly ). Then go to Step 13.
Step 13.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-77
STEP 10. Check of wheel speed detection NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
encoder in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
or higher.
Ball bearing
Magnetic
encoder
Rear hub Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions).

Oil seal AC700162AB reset.
or deformation.
or higher.
foreign materials and clean the encoder so Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1048 set?
as not to disturb the magnetization pattern YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
on it while taking care of the magnet, ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
magnetic substance, and magnetic to Step 13.
attraction. Then go to Step 13. NO : This diagnosis is complete.
NO <Deformation> : Replace the rear wheel hub
assembly <RL> (Refer to GROUP 27 − STEP 13. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Rear axle hub assembly ). Then go to Step reset.
13. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
reset. in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. or higher.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. C1049 RR wheel speed sensor control phase time exceeded
ASC-ECU
(LH) (RH) (LH) (RH)

Wire colour code
ACB02565

A-58 (B)
A-58 (B)
AC612691AO AC701238 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-79
Table ).
ACB02572 AB ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra-
184).
OPERATION
ACA00895AT
ACA00895
the wheel speed.
the wheel speed.

AC612723AL
found:
Connector: F-04 <LANCER> long time.
time.
PROBABLE CAUSES
(B)
AC612744 BI
Connector: F-04 <LANCER SPORTBACK> • Adhesion of foreign materials on the wheel speed
sensor
detection encoder
(B)
encoder
• Disturbance of magnetisation pattern for wheel
AC801775BN speed detection encoder
TROUBLESHOOTING
• Missing teeth of the wheel speed detection STEP 6. Wiring harness check between A-58
encoder ASC-ECU connector terminal No.43 and F-04 rear
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE No.1, and between A-58 ASC-ECU connector
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis <RH> connector terminal No.2.
YES : Go to Step 3. NO : Repair the wiring harness. Then go to Step
completion, go to Step 2. STEP 7. Check for wheel speed sensor <RR>
installation
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting Check how the wheel speed sensor <RR> is
CAN bus lines installed (Disconnection of wheel speed sensor
NO : This diagnosis is complete. YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Reinstall the wheel speed sensor <RR>
Step 8.
Check that the diagnosis codes No. C102B, C1032,
C1035, and C1044 are also set.
Q: Are the diagnosis codes No. C102B, C1032, C1035,
output current
and C1044 also set?
YES : Carry out the diagnosis for the relevant
Refer to P.35C-179.
diagnosis codes. Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Replace the wheel speed sensor <RR>
• Item No.04: RR wheel speed sensor STEP 9. Check for wheel bearing looseness
Q: Is the check result normal? NOTE: .
YES : Go to Step 11. • Loose wheel bearing may increase the gap
NO : Go to Step 5. between the wheel speed sensor <RR> and the
wheel speed detection magnet encoder.
• Check the Rear wheel hub assembly <RR>
(Refer to GROUP 27 − On-vehicle Service ).
intermediate connector, F-04 rear wheel speed Q: Is the check result normal?
sensor <RH> connector YES : Go to Step 10.
Q: Is the check result normal? (Refer to GROUP 27 − Rear axle hub
YES : Go to Step 6.
assembly ). Then go to Step 13.
Step 13.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-81
STEP 10. Check of wheel speed detection NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
encoder in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
or higher.
Ball bearing
Magnetic
encoder
Rear hub Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions).

Oil seal AC700162AB reset.
or deformation.
or higher.
foreign materials and clean the encoder so Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C1049 set?
as not to disturb the magnetization pattern YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
on it while taking care of the magnet, ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
magnetic substance, and magnetic to Step 13.
attraction. Then go to Step 13. NO : This diagnosis is complete.
NO <Deformation> : Replace the rear wheel hub
assembly <RR> (Refer to GROUP 27 − STEP 13. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Rear axle hub assembly ). Then go to Step reset.
13. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
reset. in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. or higher.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. C104B Abnormality in FL wheel inlet valve system

Code No. C104F Abnormality in FR wheel inlet valve system
Code No. C1053 Abnormality in RL wheel inlet valve system
Code No. C1057 Abnormality in RR wheel inlet valve system
Code No. C105F Abnormality in FL wheel outlet valve system
Code No. C1063 Abnormality in FR wheel outlet valve system
Code No. C1067 Abnormality in RL wheel outlet valve system
Code No. C105B Abnormality in RR wheel outlet valve system
Code No. C1200 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel cut valve system
Code No. C1204 Abnormality in FR/RL wheel cut valve system
Code No. C1208 Abnormality in FL/RR wheel suction valve system
Code No. C120C Abnormality in FR/RL wheel suction valve system
CAUTION PROBABLE CAUSES

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, • ASC-ECU malfunction
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Table ). STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- YES : Go to Step 3.
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- completion, go to Step 2.
184).
OPERATION CAN bus lines
• ASC-ECU contains the power supply circuit (ter-
minal No. 32) for the solenoid valve. The solenoid Q: Is the relevant diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
valve is energised by the valve relay, which is
incorporated in ASC-ECU.
• The valve relay, which is incorporated in ASC-
ECU, is always energising the solenoid valve STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
unless the initial check is in progress when the reset.
ignition switch is turned on, or the recurrent sys- Erase the diagnosis code.
tem check is in progress. Q: Is the relevant diagnosis code set?
• ASC-ECU activates the solenoid valve by turning YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
on its driving transistor. ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
to Step 4.
These diagnosis codes will be set under the cases
below:
• The solenoid valve is not energized even after
ASC-ECU has turned on the driving transistor
(Open circuit is present in the power supply cir- STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
cuit to the ASC-ECU solenoid valve, or the valve reset.
relay has failed). Erase the diagnosis code.
• After ASC-ECU has turned off the driving transis- Q: Is the relevant diagnosis code set?
tor, the solenoid valve still remains energized YES : Return to Step 1.
(short in the solenoid valve circuit). NO : This diagnosis is complete.
• When a solenoid valve failure is detected
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-83
Code No. C2104 Faulty valve power supply circuit
Solenoid Valve and Motor Power Source Circuit
HYDRAULIC UNIT
SOLENOID VALVE MOTOR
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE
LINK 27 LINK 26
SOLENOID SOLENOID MOTOR

VALVE VALVE POWER
POWER POWER SOURCE
SOURCE SOURCE
MOTOR POWER
SOURCE
ASC-ECU
Wire colour code

BR : Brown O : Orange GR : Grey R : Red P : Pink V : Violet PU : Purple SI : Silver ACB02566

A-58 (B)
A-58 (B)
AC612691AO AC701238 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING
CAUTION DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Table ). Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- completion, go to Step 2.
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- CAN bus lines
184). Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C2104 set?
• ASC-ECU contains the power supply circuit (ter- NO : This diagnosis is complete.
minal No.32) for the solenoid valve. The solenoid
valve is energised by the valve relay, which is STEP 3. Battery check
incorporated in ASC-ECU. Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test .
• The valve relay, which is incorporated in ASC-
ECU, is always energising the solenoid valve Q: Is the battery in good condition?
unless the initial check is in progress when the YES : Go to Step 4.
ignition switch is turned on, or the recurrent sys- NO : Replace the battery. Then go to Step 11.
tem check is in progress.
STEP 4. Charging system check
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Refer to GROUP 16 − On−vehicle Service/Alternator
This diagnosis code will be set when the solenoid Output Line Voltage Drop Test .
valve supply voltage is not within the standard value.
Q: Is the charging system in good condition?
NO : Repair or replace the charging system
Current trouble component(s). Then go to Step 11.
• Fusible link malfunction
• Abnormality in battery or alternator STEP 5. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU
• ASC-ECU malfunction connector
Past trouble Q: Is the check result normal?

YES : Go to Step 6.
wiring harness and connector failures between
Step 11.
the power supply circuit (terminal No.32) to ASC-
ECU solenoid valve or earth circuit (terminal
No.16 and 47). For diagnosis procedures, refer to STEP 6. Fusible link check: Check the fusible link
How to treat past trouble (GROUP 00 − How to No.27.
Use Troubleshooting/How to Treat Past Trouble ). Visually check for open circuit in the fusible link
No.27.
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-85
STEP 7. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC- STEP 8. Voltage measurement at the A-58 ASC-

harness connector AC606869FR harness connector AC606869DG
the resistance at the special tool connector side. the voltage at the special tool connector side.
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool ASC NOTE: Do not connect the special tool ASC
check harness (MB991997) to ASC-ECU. check harness (MB991997) to ASC-ECU.
(2) Disconnect the fusible link No.27. (2) Measure the voltage between the terminal No.32
(3) Measure the resistance between the terminal and the body earth.
No.32 and the body earth. OK: Approximately system voltage
OK: No continuity Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the fusible link No.36. Then go to NO : The open circuit may be present in the
Step 11. power supply circuit. Repair the wiring
NO : The short circuit may be present in the harness between the A-58 ASC-ECU
power supply circuit. Repair the wiring connector terminal No.32 and the fusible
harness between the A-58 ASC-ECU link No.27. Then go to Step 11.
connector terminal No.32 and the fusible
link No.27, and then replace the fusible link
No.27. Then go to Step 11.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 9. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC- No.16 and the body earth, and between the
ECU connector terminal No.47 and the body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
NO : An open circuit may be present in the earth
circuit. Repair the wiring harness between
the A-58 ASC-ECU connector terminal
No.16 and the body earth, and between the
A-58 ASC-ECU connector terminal No.47
and the body earth. Then go to Step 11.

Check harness
reset.
Erase the diagnosis code.
MB991997 ASC-ECU
to Step 11.
A-58 ASC-ECU Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
harness connector AC606869DH
(1) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect STEP 11. Check whether the diagnosis code is
special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to reset.
the harness-side connector, and then measure Erase the diagnosis code.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C2104 set?
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool ASC YES : Return to Step 1.
check harness (MB991997) to ASC-ECU. NO : This diagnosis is complete.
(2) Measure the resistance between the terminal
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-87
Code No. C1073 Faulty motor drive circuit
HYDRAULIC UNIT
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE
LINK 27 LINK 26

VALVE VALVE POWER
POWER POWER SOURCE
SOURCE SOURCE
MOTOR POWER
SOURCE
ASC-ECU
Wire colour code


A-58 (B)
A-58 (B)
AC612691AO AC701238 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING

YES : Go to Step 3.
minal No.1) for the pump motor. The pump motor
is energised by the motor switch, which is incor- STEP 3. Battery check
porated in ASC-ECU. Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test .
• The pump motor switch, which is incorporated in
ASC-ECU, is always off unless the motor sole- Q: Is the battery in good condition?
noid valve check is activated when the vehicle is YES : Go to Step 4.
started. NO : Replace the battery. Then go to Step 11.
• ASC-ECU activates the pump motor by turning
on the ECU built-in pump motor switch. STEP 4. Charging system check
Refer to GROUP 16 − On−vehicle Service/Alternator
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Output Line Voltage Drop Test .
If the pump motor switch voltage drop indicates high
value when the pump motor operates or after the Q: Is the charging system in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
operation, the pump motor operation is stopped and
this diagnosis code is set.
component(s). Then go to Step 11.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Current trouble STEP 5. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU
• Fusible link malfunction connector
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors Q: Is the check result normal?
• Abnormality in battery or alternator YES : Go to Step 6.
• ASC-ECU malfunction NO : Repair the defective connector. Then go to
Step 11.
Past trouble
wiring harness and connector failures between STEP 6. Fusible link check: Check the fusible link
the power supply circuit (A-58 ASC-ECU connec- No.26.
tor terminal No.1) to the ASC-ECU motor and the Visually check for open circuit in the fusible link
earth circuit (A-58 ASC-ECU connector terminal No.26.
No.16 and 47). For diagnosis procedures, refer to Q: Is the check result normal?
How to treat past trouble (GROUP 00 − How to YES : Go to Step 8.
Use Troubleshooting/How to Treat Past Trouble ). NO : Go to Step 7.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-89

harness connector AC606869FS harness connector AC606869DI
power supply circuit. Repair the wiring connector terminal No.1 and the fusible link
harness between the A-58 ASC-ECU No.26. Then go to Step 11.
connector terminal No.1 and the fusible link
No.26, and then replace the fusible link
TROUBLESHOOTING

STEP 9. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC-
ECU connector

reset.
Check harness or higher.
MB991997 ASC-ECU YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
to Step 11.
A-58 ASC-ECU
harness connector AC606869DJ
the harness-side connector, and then measure (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
the resistance at the special tool connector side. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool ASC NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
check harness (MB991997) to ASC-ECU. in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
(2) Measure the resistance between the terminal or higher.
No.16 and the body earth, and between the Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C1073 set?
terminal No.47 and the body earth. YES : Return to Step 1.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) NO : This diagnosis is complete.

TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-91
Code No. C2116 Low or high power supply voltage in pump motor
HYDRAULIC UNIT
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE
LINK 27 LINK 26

VALVE VALVE POWER
POWER POWER SOURCE
SOURCE SOURCE
MOTOR POWER
SOURCE
ASC-ECU
Wire colour code


A-58 (B)
A-58 (B)
AC612691AO AC701238 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING

YES : Go to Step 3.
is energised by the motor switch, which is incor- STEP 3. Battery check
porated in ASC-ECU. Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test .
• The pump motor switch, which is incorporated in
ASC-ECU, is always off unless the motor sole- Q: Is the battery in good condition?
noid valve check is activated when the vehicle is YES : Go to Step 4.
started. NO : Replace the battery. Then go to Step 11.
• ASC-ECU activates the pump motor by turning
on the ECU built-in pump motor switch. STEP 4. Charging system check
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Output Line Voltage Drop Test .
This diagnosis codes will be set under the cases
below: Q: Is the charging system in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
• When the power supply voltage of the pump
motor, which is not in operation, is abnormally low
component(s). Then go to Step 11.
for a prolonged period
• When the power supply voltage of the pump
motor, which is not in operation, is abnormally STEP 5. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU
high for a prolonged period connector
PROBABLE CAUSES
YES : Go to Step 6.
Current trouble NO : Repair the defective connector. Then go to
• Fusible link malfunction Step 11.
• Abnormality in battery or alternator STEP 6. Fusible link check: Check the fusible link
• ASC-ECU malfunction No.26.
Past trouble Visually check for open circuit in the fusible link
• Carry out diagnosis with particular emphasis on No.26.
wiring harness and connector failures between Q: Is the check result normal?
the power supply circuit (A-58 ASC-ECU connec- YES : Go to Step 8.
tor terminal No.1) to the ASC-ECU motor and the NO : Go to Step 7.
earth circuit (A-58 ASC-ECU connector terminal
No.16 and 47). For diagnosis procedures, refer to
How to treat past trouble (GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/How to Treat Past Trouble ).
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-93

harness connector AC606869FS harness connector AC606869DI
power supply circuit. Repair the wiring connector terminal No.1 and the fusible link
harness between the A-58 ASC-ECU No.26. Then go to Step 11.
No.26, and then replace the fusible link
TROUBLESHOOTING

ECU connector

reset.
Check harness or higher.
MB991997 ASC-ECU YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
to Step 11.
A-58 ASC-ECU
harness connector AC606869DJ
the harness-side connector, and then measure (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
the resistance at the special tool connector side. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool ASC NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
check harness (MB991997) to ASC-ECU. in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
(2) Measure the resistance between the terminal or higher.
No.16 and the body earth, and between the Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C2116 set?
terminal No.47 and the body earth. YES : Return to Step 1.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) NO : This diagnosis is complete.
Code No. C121D Abnormality in brake fluid pressure sensor circuit
CAUTION CAN bus lines are normal.

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, OPERATION
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior The hydraulic sensor is incorporated in the hydraulic
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines unit. When the brake pedal is depressed, the pres-
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics sure sensor detects the brake pressure applied from
Table ). the master cylinder, converts this pressure into the
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- voltage signal, and outputs it.
When the pressure sensor output signal is not within
the standard value range, ASC-ECU sets this diag-
nosis code.
184).
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-95
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 4. Check the installation condition of the
• Incorrect brake pedal height stop lamp switch.
• Incorrect adjustment of the stop lamp switch Refer to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/Brake
• Master cylinder malfunction Pedal Check and Adjustment .
• Brake booster malfunction
• ASC-ECU malfunction Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NO : Install the stop lamp switch correctly (Refer
to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/Brake
Pedal Check and Adjustment .), and then go
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics to Step 7.
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 5. Brake booster check
YES : Go to Step 3. Refer to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/Brake
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP Booster Operating Check .
completion, go to Step 2. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : After replacing the brake booster, go to Step
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting 7.
CAN bus lines
Q: Is diagnosis code No. C121D set? STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
YES : Go to Step 3. reset.
NO : This diagnosis is complete. Erase the diagnosis code.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C121D set?
STEP 3. Brake pedal check YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
Refer to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/Brake ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
Pedal Check and Adjustment . to Step 7.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
YES : Go to Step 4. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
NO : Go to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/ Use Troubleshooting/How to Cope with
Brake Pedal Check and Adjustment . Then Intermittent Malfunctions ).
go to Step 7.
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C121D set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. C121E Abnormality in brake fluid pressure sensor output signal

YES : Go to Step 3.
184). Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C121E set?
The hydraulic sensor is incorporated in the hydraulic NO : This diagnosis is complete.
unit. When the brake pedal is depressed, the pres-
sure sensor detects the brake pressure applied from STEP 3. Brake pedal check
the master cylinder, converts this pressure into the Refer to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/Brake
voltage signal, and outputs it. Pedal Check and Adjustment .
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Q: Is the check result normal?
This diagnosis codes will be set under the cases YES : Go to Step 4.
below: NO : Go to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/
• When the pressure sensor offset is not within the Brake Pedal Check and Adjustment . Then
standard value range go to Step 9.
• When the estimated pressure sensor tempera-
ture is not normal STEP 4. Check for stop lamp switch installation
Refer to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/Brake
PROBABLE CAUSES
Pedal Check and Adjustment .
• Incorrect adjustment of brake pedal height
• Master cylinder malfunction Q: Is the check result normal?
• Brake booster malfunction YES : Go to Step 5.
• Incorrect installation position of stop lamp switch NO : Install the stop lamp switch correctly (Refer
• Malfunction of the stop lamp switch to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/Brake
• Brake drag Pedal Check and Adjustment .), and then go
• ASC-ECU malfunction to Step 9.
STEP 5. Stop lamp switch continuity check

(1) Remove the stop lamp switch (Refer to GROUP
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-97
35A −Brake Pedal ). STEP 6. Brake drag check
Check the brake system for drag.
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the brake drag, and then go to Step
9.
STEP 7. Brake booster check

Booster Operation Check .
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Replace the brake booster (Refer to
No continuity Continuity
GROUP 35A − Master Cylinder Assembly
and Brake Booster <Except 4B11>,
<4B11>), and then go to Step 9.

4 mm reset.
ACX00671AE
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C121E set?
(2) Connect the circuit tester (Ω range) to the stop YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
lamp switch connector terminals No.1 and 2. ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
(3) When no continuity is detected with the plunger to Step 9.
pressed from the edge of the outer case by the NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
dimension shown in the figure and when malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
continuity is detected with the plunger released, Use Troubleshooting/How to Cope with
the stop lamp switch is in good condition. Intermittent Malfunctions ).
YES : Go to Step 6. STEP 9. Check whether the diagnosis code is
NO : Replace the stop lamp switch (Refer to reset.
GROUP 35A −Brake Pedal ), and then go to Erase the diagnosis code.
Step 9.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C121E set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. C1000 Abnormality in stop lamp switch circuit
Stop Lamp Switch Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
STOP LAMP
SWITCH
NOTE
: LANCER
: LANCER SPORTBACK
HIGH-MOUNTED REAR REAR

STOP LAMP COMBINATION COMBINATION
LAMP LAMP
(STOP: LH) (STOP: RH)
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-99
Connectors: C-24, C-31 <LHD> Connectors: D-12, D-17
D-12
C-31 D-17
C-24
AC612705 IX AC612723BU
Connector: C-24 <RHD> Connectors: F-08, F-11, F-23 <LANCER>
F-11(GR)
F-08
F-23
AC612711AD AC612744 BG
Connectors: C-31 <RHD> Connectors: F-08, F-11, F-23

<LANCER SPORTBACK>
F-11
F-08
F-23
AC612710EQ AC801775 BL
Connectors: C-304, C-312 <LHD>

CAUTION
C-304 an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior
Table ).
C-312 AC607219 AH OPERATION
ETACS-ECU sends the ON signal generated when
Connectors: C-304, C-312 <RHD>
the brake pedal is depressed and OFF signal gener-
ated when it is released to ASC-ECU via the CAN
bus lines.
C-304
This diagnosis code is set in the following case.
• When the vehicle has run for a long time with the
stop lamp switch turned ON.
• When the OFF status of the stop lamp switch
C-312 AC607229AH does not match the vehicle attitude
TROUBLESHOOTING

• Improper adjustment of stop lamp switch installa- NO : Install the stop lamp switch correctly. (Refer
tion position to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/Brake
• Stop lamp switch malfunction Pedal Check and Adjustment .) Then go to
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors Step 19.
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
• ASC-ECU malfunction STEP 6. Stop lamp switch continuity check
(1) Remove the stop lamp switch. (Refer to GROUP
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 35A − Brake Pedal .)
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics

YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table .) On

CAN bus lines
No continuity Continuity
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Battery check

Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test .
Q: Is the battery in good condition? 4 mm
YES : Go to Step 4.
ACX00671AE
NO : Charge or replace the battery, and go to
Step 15. (2) Connect the circuit tester (Ω range) to the stop
lamp switch connector terminals No. 1 and 2.
(3) When no continuity is detected with the plunger
STEP 4. Stop lamp operation check
pressed from the edge of the outer case by the
Check the stop lamp operation when the brake pedal
dimension shown in the figure and when
is depressed. Check that all the stop lamp illuminates
continuity is detected with the plunger released,
when the brake pedal is depressed and that it goes
the stop lamp switch is in good condition.
out when the brake pedal is released.
OK: Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
When the brake pedal is released: OFF
NO : Replace the stop lamp switch. (Refer to
When the brake pedal is depressed: Illumi-
GROUP 35A − Brake Pedal .) Then go to
nates
Step 19.
NO : Go to Step 5. STEP 7. ETACS-ECU fuse No.2 check
STEP 5. Check for stop lamp switch installation
NO : Go to Step 8.
Pedal Check and Adjustment .
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-101
STEP 8. Connector check: C-304 ETACS-ECU
NO : A short circuit may be present in the wiring
connector, C-312 ETACS-ECU connector, C-24
harness between C-304 ETACS-ECU
stop lamp switch connector, C-31 Intermediate
connector terminal No.1 and C-24 stop lamp
connector, D-12 Intermediate connector, D-17
switch connector terminal No.2. Repair the
Intermediate connector, F-28 Intermediate
wiring harness if necessary, and then
connector <LANCER>, F-39 Intermediate
replace fuse No.2. Then go to Step 19.
connector <LANCER SPORTBACK>, F-08 rear
combination lamp (stop: RH) connector, F-23 rear
combination lamp (stop: LH) connector, F-11 STEP 11. Connector check: C-304 ETACS-ECU
highmounted stop lamp connector connector
NO : Repair the damaged connector, and then NO : Repair the damaged connector.
replace fuse No.2. Then go to Step 19.
STEP 12. Measure the voltage at the C-304
STEP 9. Resistance measurement at C-24 stop ETACS-ECU connector.
lamp switch connector CAUTION
(1) Disconnect C-24 stop lamp switch connector, and Measure while the brake pedal is not depressed.
measure at the wiring harness side. Measure the voltage between terminal No. 1 and the
(2) Disconnect C-312 ETACS-ECU connector and C- body earth by backprobing.
30 joint connector.
No.1 and the body earth. Q: Is the check result normal?
OK: No continuity
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP
Q: Is the check result normal? 54A − ETACS-ECU ). Then go to Step 19.
NO : A short circuit may be present in the wiring
harness between C-24 stop lamp switch STEP 13. Connector check: C-24 Stop lamp
connector terminal No.1 and F-08 rear switch connector
combination lamp (stop: RH) connector Q: Is the check result normal?
terminal No.4 <LANCER>, No.1 <LANCER YES : Go to Step 14.
SPORTBACK>, F-23 rear combination lamp NO : Repair the damaged connector.
(stop: LH) connector terminal No.4
<LANCER>, No.1 <LANCER STEP 14. Measure the voltage at C-24 stop lamp
SPORTBACK>, F-11 highmounted stop switch connector.
lamp connector terminal No.1 <LANCER>, (1) Disconnect C-24 stop lamp switch connector, and
No.2 <LANCER SPORTBACK> or between measure the voltage at harness connector side.
C-312 ETACS-ECU connector terminal (2) Measure the voltage between the terminal No.2
No.16 and C-24 stop lamp switch connector and the body earth.
terminal No.1. Repair the wiring harness if
necessary, and then replace fuse No.2.
Then go to Step 19. Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : An open circuit may be present in the wiring
STEP 10. Resistance measurement at C-24 stop harness between C-304 ETACS-ECU
lamp switch connector connector terminal No. 1 and C-24 stop
(1) Disconnect C-24 stop lamp switch connector, and lamp switch connector terminal No. 2.
measure at the wiring harness side. Repair the wiring harness.
(2) Disconnect C-304 ETACS-ECU connector.
No.2 and the body earth. STEP 15. Connector check: C-312 ETACS-ECU
OK: No continuity connector
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Go to Step 16. YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.

NO : Repair the damaged connector. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 16. Measure the voltage at the C-312 STEP 18. Diagnosis code recheck
ETACS-ECU connector. Erase the diagnosis code.
(1) Measure by backprobing without disconnecting Q: Is diagnosis code No.C1000 set?
the connector. YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
(2) Measure the voltage between the terminal No.16 ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
and the body earth. to Step 19.
OK: NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
When the brake pedal is released: 0 V - 5V 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
(pulse) Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions .)
When the brake pedal is depressed:
Approximately system voltage
STEP 19. Diagnosis code recheck
Q: Is the check result normal? Erase the diagnosis code.
NO : Go to Step 17.
STEP 17. Check the wiring harness between C-
312 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.16 and C-
24 stop lamp switch connector terminal No.1
• Check the signal line for open circuit.
Code No.C123B: Prolonged operation of ASC
CAUTION DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, This diagnosis code is set when ASC operates for a
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior prolonged period.
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines NOTE: This diagnosis code may be set when the
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics vehicle runs on a slippery or rough road.
Table ).
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Steering wheel sensor malfunction
• G and yaw rate sensor malfunction
• Do not drop or shock the G and yaw rate sen-
• Improper installation of steering wheel sensor, or
sor.
G and yaw rate sensor
• When the G and yaw rate sensor is replaced, • ASC-ECU malfunction
always carry out calibration to make ASC- • Different steering wheel
ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C- • Wheel alignment not performed
182).
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- STEP 1. Using M.U.T.-III, diagnose the CAN bus
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- lines.
184). Using M.U.T.-III, diagnose the CAN bus lines.
OPERATION Q: Is the check result normal?
ASC-ECU controls ASC by calculating the data sent
from the wheel speed sensor, the steering wheel
sensor, and the G and yaw rate sensor.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-103
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 6. Check of steering wheel sensor
installation status
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). After
Check that the steering wheel sensor is installed cor-
repairing the CAN bus line, go to Step 2.
rectly.
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after repairing
YES : Go to Step 7.
the CAN bus line NO : Install the steering wheel sensor correctly
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C123B set? (Refer to P.35C-190). Then go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 7. Wheel alignment check
Refer to GROUP 33 − On-vehicles service/Front
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code Wheel Alignment Check and Adjustment .
Check that diagnosis codes No.C100A, C1015,
C1020, C102B, C1011, C101C, C1027, C1032,
YES : After checking the wheel alignment, perform
C1014, C101F, C102A, C1035, C1041, C1042,
the calibration of steering wheel sensor to
C1043, C1044, C1219, C2205, C123C, and C2204
make ASC-ECU relearn the neutral point
are also set.
Q: Are diagnosis codes No.C100A, C1015, C1020, NO : After adjusting the wheel alignment, perform
C102B, C1011, C101C, C1027, C1032, C1014, the calibration of steering wheel sensor to
C101F, C102A, C1035, C1041, C1042, C1043, C1044, make ASC-ECU relearn the neutral point
C1219, C2205, C123C, and C2204 also set? (Refer to P.35C-183). Then go to Step 8.
YES : Carry out the diagnosis for the diagnosis
code that is set (Refer to P.35C-16). Then
go to Step 10. STEP 8. M.U.T.-III service data
NO : Go to Step 4. Check the following data list (Refer to P.35C-172).
• Item 11: Steering angle
STEP 4. Check of G and yaw rate sensor Q: Is the check result normal?
installation status YES : Go to Step 9.
Check that the G and yaw rate sensor is installed NO : Replace the steering wheel sensor (Refer to
correctly. P.35C-190). Then go to Step 10.
YES : After checking the G and yaw rate sensor, STEP 9. Check whether the diagnosis code is
perform the calibration of the G and yaw reset.
rate sensor to make ASC-ECU relearn the (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
neutral point (Refer to P.35C-182). Then go (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
to Step 5. Q: Does ASC unnecessary activation occur or is the
NO : Reinstall the G and yaw rate sensor diagnosis code No. C123B set?
correctly (Refer to P.35C-189). Then go to YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
Step 10. ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
to Step 10.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III service data NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Check the following data list (Refer to P.35C-172). 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
• Item 08: Lateral G sensor Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
• Item 09: G sensor
• Item 12: Yaw rate sensor STEP 10. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Q: Is the check result normal? reset.
YES : Go to Step 6. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
NO : Replace the G and yaw rate sensor (Refer (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
to P.35C-189). Then go to Step 10. Q: Does ASC unnecessary activation occur or is the
diagnosis code No. C123B set?
NO : The procedure is complete.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. C2200 Abnormality in ASC-ECU

YES : Go to Step 2.
184). Erase the diagnosis code.
OPERATION Q: Is diagnosis code No.C2200 set?
ASC-ECU controls ASC by calculating the data sent YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
from the wheel speed sensor, the steering wheel ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
sensor, and the G and yaw rate sensor. to Step 3.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
This diagnosis code is set when ASC-ECU has mal- Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
function.
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 3. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting

ASC-ECU malfunction CAN bus lines
Code No. C2101 Abnormality in battery voltage (high voltage)
CAUTION plied from the ignition switch (IG1) to the IG1 relay in
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, ETACS-ECU, IG1 relay is turned on. At this time, the
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior valve power supply circuit (terminal No.2) energizes
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines the ASC-ECU.
Table ).
This diagnosis code is set when the ASC-ECU power
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the supply voltage is more than 18.0 ± 1.0 V.
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- PROBABLE CAUSES
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- • Battery failure
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and • ASC-ECU malfunction
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- • Charging system failed
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- • Battery terminal looseness
184).
OPERATION
The ASC-ECU is energized by the valve power sup-
ply circuit (terminal No.32). When the power is sup-
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-105
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 4. Charging system check
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis Output Line Voltage Drop Test .
YES : Go to Step 3. NO : Repair or replace the charging system
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP component(s).
completion, go to Step 2. STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting Erase the diagnosis code.
CAN bus lines Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C2101 set?
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C2101 set? YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
YES : Go to Step 3. ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
NO : This diagnosis is complete. to Step 6.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
STEP 3. Battery check Use Troubleshooting/How to Cope with
Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test . Intermittent Malfunctions ).
Q: Is the battery in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Charge or replace the battery. Then go to
reset.
Step 4.
Code No. C1395 Brake fluid filling not completed
CAUTION • ASC-ECU malfunction

an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
Table ). Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
YES : Go to Step 2.
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and completion, go to Step 2.
184). STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
This diagnosis code is set when the brake fluid is not
filled in the hydraulic unit. Q: Is the diagnosis code No. C1395 set?
PROBABLE CAUSES ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185).
• Different hydraulic unit (For delivery to factory) NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. C121C Torque request signal rejection
CAUTION STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, CAN bus lines
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C121C set?
YES : Go to Step 3.
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics NO : This diagnosis is complete.
Table ).
CAN bus lines are normal. STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Use M.U.T.-III to check that the diagnosis code is set
in the engine ECU.
sor.
• When the G and yaw rate sensor is replaced, Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
always carry out calibration to make ASC- YES : Troubleshoot the engine ECU (Refer to
ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C- GROUP 13A − Troubleshooting/Diagnosis
182). function <4A9>, GROUP 13B −
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- Troubleshooting/Diagnosis function <4B1>,
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- GROUP 13F − Troubleshooting/Diagnosis
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and function <4J1> or GROUP 13C −
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- Troubleshooting/Diagnosis function
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- <4N1>), and then go to Step 7.
184). NO : Go to Step 4.
OPERATION
ASC-ECU sends the signal to the engine ECU as STEP 4. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
necessary to decrease the engine output for the ASC Check that diagnosis code No.U1417 is set in ASC-
system operation. ECU.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.U1417 set?
YES : Troubleshoot for diagnosis code No.U1417
This diagnosis code is set when the request for the
decrease of output is rejected by the engine ECU. NO : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
PROBABLE CAUSES ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
• Wrong coding of engine ECU to Step 7.
• Engine ECU malfunction
• ASC-ECU malfunction STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
• External noise interference Check the following data list (Refer to P.35C-172).
• Item 68: Allow ESP torque request
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis NO : Replace the engine ECU (Refer to GROUP
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. 13A − engine ECU <4A9>, GROUP 13B −
engine ECU <4B1>, GROUP 13F − engine
Q: Is the check result normal? ECU <4J1> or GROUP 13C − engine ECU
YES : Go to Step 3.
<4N1>), and then go to Step 7.
completion, go to Step 2. STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C121C set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-107
to Step 7.
NO : If the trouble symptom is resolved, an Q: Is diagnosis code No.C121C set?
intermittent malfunction such as poorly YES : Return to Step 1.
engaged connector(s) or wiring harness is NO : This diagnosis is complete.
suspected (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunctions ).
Code No. C1290 CAN time-out error

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, ASC-ECU receives signals necessary for the opera-
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior tions of ABS, ASC, and TCL from the engine ECU,
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines CVT-ECU or A/T-ECU, AS&G-ECU, ETACS-ECU,
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics and steering wheel sensor via CAN bus lines. This
Table ). diagnosis code is stored when ASC-ECU cannot
receive the signals necessary for the operations of
• If the diagnosis code No.C1290 is set in ASC-
ABS, ASC, and TCL from the engine ECU, CVT-ECU
ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus line. If
or A/T-ECU, AS&G-ECU, ETACS-ECU, and steering
there is any fault in the CAN bus lines, an
wheel sensor.
incorrect diagnosis code may be set. In this
case, the set diagnosis code is not highly reli- PROBABLE CAUSES
able. • Engine ECU malfunction
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the • CVT-ECU or A/T-ECU malfunction
CAN bus lines are normal. • AS&G-ECU malfunction
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- • Steering wheel sensor malfunction
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- • Malfunction of the CAN bus
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and • ASC-ECU malfunction
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- • Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- • ETACS-ECUs have been interchanged between
184). two vehicles.
• When the diagnosis code No.C1290 is set in • Connector disconnected or improperly connected
ASC-ECU, the diagnosis code for another • Stretched or broken wires
system may also be set. When the diagnosis
code for another system is set, carry out diag- DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
nosis for that system first.
OPERATION STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
ASC-ECU receives signals necessary for the opera- Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
tions of ABS, ASC, and TCL from the engine ECU,
CVT-ECU or A/T-ECU, AS&G-ECU, ETACS-ECU, Q: Is the check result normal?
and the steering wheel sensor via the CAN bus lines. YES : Go to Step 2.

Check that the diagnosis codes U0100, U0101,
U0126, U0141 or U1004 are set in ASC-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Troubleshoot for the relevant diagnosis

code (Refer to P.35C-16). Then go to Step
reset.
6.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Using M.U.T.-III, check if the diagnosis codes are set
to Step 6.
from the engine ECU, CVT-ECU or A/T-ECU, AS&G- NO : If the trouble symptom is resolved, an
ECU, ETACS-ECU, and steering wheel sensor or intermittent malfunction such as poorly
not. engaged connector(s) or wiring harness is
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? suspected (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
YES : Troubleshoot the relevant diagnosis code, Use Troubleshooting/How to Cope with
and then go to Step 6. Intermittent Malfunctions ).
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. ETACS-ECU coding data check reset.
Refer to GROUP 00 − Precautions before Service/ Erase the diagnosis code.
Coding List .
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Return to Step 1.
YES : Go to Step 5. NO : This diagnosis is complete.
54A − ETACS-ECU ), and then go to Step 6.
Code No. C2203 VIN not recorded

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, • Malfunction of the CAN bus
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior • Engine ECU malfunction
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines • ASC-ECU malfunction
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics • When the ignition switch is turned to the "ON"
Table ). position for the first time after the ASC-ECU is
replaced.
• When other diagnosis code for ASC-ECU is
set, troubleshoot that diagnosis code first.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
184). 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
OPERATION completion, go to Step 2.
ASC-ECU receives vehicle information from the
engine ECU and stores it.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS CAN bus lines
This diagnosis code is set when ASC-ECU cannot Q: Is diagnosis code No.C2203 set?
receive the vehicle information from the engine ECU. YES : Go to Step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-109
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then
Check that the engine ECU sets a diagnosis code.
go to Step 5.
Q: Is any diagnosis code set? NO : If a trouble is solved, it is determined that
YES : Troubleshoot the engine ECU (Refer to there is an intermittent malfunction such as
GROUP 13A − Troubleshooting/Diagnosis poor engaged connector(s) or open circuit
function <4A9>, GROUP 13B − (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Diagnosis function <4B1>, Troubleshooting/How to Cope with
GROUP 13F − Troubleshooting/Diagnosis Intermittent Malfunctions ).
function <4J1> or GROUP 13C −
Troubleshooting/Diagnosis function
<4N1>), and then go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4. reset.
reset.
Code No.C2206 Re-execution of variant coding

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, ASC-ECU communicates with ETACS-ECU via CAN
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior bus lines. This diagnosis code is set if the vehicle
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines information-related stored in ETACS-ECU varies
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics from the one stored when the ignition switch was last
Table ). turned on.
• If diagnosis code No.C2206 is set in ASC- PROBABLE CAUSES
ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus line. If • ETACS-ECU or ASC-ECU which was equipped
there is any fault in the CAN bus lines, an with other vehicle is used.
incorrect diagnosis code may be set. In this • Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
case, the set diagnosis code is not highly reli- • ASC-ECU malfunction
able. • External noise interference
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the
communication circuit is normal. DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
• When diagnosis code No.C2206 is set in ASC-
ECU, the diagnosis code may also be set in
ETACS-ECU. When the diagnosis code is set STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
in ETACS-ECU, carry out the diagnosis of the Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
diagnosis code for ETACS-ECU first. Q: Is the check result normal?
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- YES : Go to Step 2.
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- completion, go to Step 6.
184). STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
OPERATION Check that diagnosis code U1415 or U1417 is set in
ASC-ECU receives the vehicle information stored in ASC-ECU.
the ETACS-ECU via CAN bus lines.
code (Refer to P.35C-16).
NO : Go to Step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code of other system
Use M.U.T.-III to check that the vehicles information-
related diagnosis code is set by the ETACS-ECU.
YES : Troubleshoot the relevant diagnosis code,
reset.
and then go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 6. Erase the diagnosis code.
STEP 4. ETACS-ECU coding data check
Q: Is the check result normal? to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 5.

STEP 5. ETACS-ECU variant coding reset.
Perform the variant coding to the ETACS-ECU. Erase the diagnosis code.
Q: Dose variant coding succeed? Q: Is diagnosis code No.C2206 set?
Code No. C123C Abnormality in G and yaw rate sensor output value (Abnormality in lateral G and yaw
rate output value)
G and Yaw Rate Sensor Circuit
G AND YAW RATE SENSOR
ASC-ECU
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-111
Connector: A-58 <LHD> CAUTION
A-58 (B)
Table ).
AC612691AO sor.
• When the G and yaw rate sensor is replaced,
always carry out calibration to make ASC-
A-58 (B)
ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C-
182).
AC701238 AF
184).
OPERATION
Connector: C-137 <LHD> ABS-ECU monitors if the output of G and yaw rate
sensor is normal or not.

found:
• The output value of lateral G and yaw rate is
C-137 (B)
abnormal.
• When abnormality is detected by comparing the
AC801697AO value output from the lateral G and yaw rate sen-
sor with the one from the steering wheel sensor
Connector: C-137 <RHD> and wheel speed sensor
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Improper installation of the G and yaw rate sen-
sor
C-137 (B) • Improperly installed steering wheel sensor
AC801699AK • ASC-ECU malfunction
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

YES : Go to Step 2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the connector, and then go to Step
Check that the diagnosis code U0125 is set in ASC-
13.
ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.U0125 set?
STEP 8. Check the harness wire between C-137 G
YES : Troubleshoot for the diagnosis code (Refer
and yaw rate sensor connector terminal No. 2, 3
to P.35C-133). Then go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 3. and A-58 ASC-ECU connector No. 18, 19.
• Check the communication lines for open circuit
and short circuit.
CAN bus lines
YES : Replace the G and yaw rate sensor.(Refer
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C123C set? to P.35C-189.) Then go to Step 12.
YES : Go to Step 4. NO : Repair the wiring harness, and then go to
NO : This diagnosis is complete. Step 13.
STEP 4. Check the wheel speed sensor-related or STEP 9. Steering wheel sensor installation check
steering wheel sensor-related diagnosis code. Check that the steering wheel sensor is installed cor-
Use M.U.T.-III to check whether the wheel speed rectly.
sensor-related or steering wheel sensor-related diag-
nosis code is set or not. Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : Reinstall the steering wheel sensor correctly
YES : Troubleshoot for the relevant diagnosis (Refer to P.35C-190), and then go to Step
code (Refer to P.35C-16). 10.
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 10. Wheel alignment check

STEP 5. G and yaw rate sensor installation check Refer to .
Check that the G and yaw rate sensor is installed
correctly.
YES : After checking the wheel alignment, carry
Q: Is the check result normal? out calibration of steering wheel sensor to
YES : After checking the G and yaw rate sensor, make ASC-ECU relearn the neutral point.
carry out calibration of the G and yaw rate (Refer to P.35C-183). Then go to Step 11.
sensor to make ASC-ECU relearn the NO : After adjusting the wheel alignment, carry
neutral point. (Refer to P.35C-182.) Then go out calibration of steering wheel sensor to
to Step 6. make ASC-ECU relearn the neutral point
NO : Reinstall the G and yaw rate sensor (Refer to P.35C-183). Then go to Step 11.
correctly (Refer to P.35C-189), and then go
to Step 12.
STEP 6. M.U.T.-III data list • Item 11: Steering angle sensor
• Item 08: Lateral G-sensor
• Item 12: Yaw rate sensor
NO : Replace the steering wheel sensor (Refer to
Q: Is the check result normal? P.35C-190), and then go to Step 12.
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 7.
reset.
STEP 7. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
connector, C-137 G and yaw rate sensor (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C123C set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-113
reset.
go to Step 13.
Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ). Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C123C set?
Code No. C2204 Internal abnormality in G and yaw rate sensor
ASC-ECU
Wire colour code

Connector: A-58 <LHD> Connector: C-137 <LHD>
A-58 (B)
C-137 (B)
AC612691AO AC801697AO
Connector: A-58 <RHD> Connector: C-137 <RHD>

A-58 (B)
C-137 (B)
AC701238 AF AC801699AK
TROUBLESHOOTING
CAUTION STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Check that the diagnosis code U0125 is set in ASC-
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.U0125 set?
YES : Troubleshoot for the diagnosis code (Refer
Table ).
to P.35C-133). Then go to Step 3.
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the NO : Go to Step 3.
sor.
CAN bus lines
always carry out calibration to make ASC- Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C2204 set?
ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C- YES : Go to Step 4.
182). NO : This diagnosis is complete.
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and Check the following data list under curb weight con-
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- dition or one occupant (driver) only in the vehicle, on
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- a flat road.(Refer to P.35C-172)
184). • Item 08: Lateral G-sensor
OPERATION • Item 12: Yaw rate sensor
ASC-ECU monitors if the output of G and yaw rate • Item 73: Lateral G sensor offset
sensor is normal or not. • Item 97: Yaw rate sensor offset
YES : Turn the ignition switch to the ON from OFF
position. Then go to Step 8.
found: NO : Go to Step 5.
• When abnormality is detected by the self-diagno-
sis of the lateral G and yaw rate
• When the output value of the lateral G and yaw STEP 5. G and yaw rate sensor installation check
rate is not within the standard value range Check that the G and yaw rate sensor is installed
correctly.
NOTE: This diagnosis code may be set when G and
yaw rate sensor is put on the turntable turning at high Q: Is the check result normal?
speed. YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Reinstall the G and yaw rate sensor
PROBABLE CAUSES correctly (Refer to P.35C-189), and then go
• Improper installation of the G and yaw rate sen- to Step 8.
sor
connector, C-137 G and yaw rate sensor
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector, and then go to Step 8.

Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. STEP 7. Check the harness wire between C-137 G
Q: Is the check result normal? and A-58 ASC-ECU connector No. 18, 19.
YES : Go to Step 2. • Check the communication lines for open circuit
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP and short circuit.
completion, go to Step 2. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8. Step 8.
NO : Repair the wiring harness, and then go to
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-115
reset.
go to Step 10.
(2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher. NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Q: Is the diagnosis code No.C2204 set? 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
YES : Replace the G and yaw rate sensor.(Refer Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
to P.35C-189), and then go to Step 9.
reset.
reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. NO : This diagnosis is complete.
Code No. C2111 Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Power Supply Circuit (Low input)
Code No. C2112 Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Power Supply Circuit (High input)

YES : Go to Step 3.
184). Q: Are the diagnosis codes C2111 or C2112 set?
When the brake pedal is depressed, the brake fluid NO : This diagnosis is complete.
pressure sensor integrated in the hydraulic unit
detects the brake fluid pressure applied from the STEP 3. Battery check
master cylinder, converts the pressure value into Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test .
voltage signal, and outputs it.
This diagnosis code is set when the voltage applied NO : Charge or replace the battery, and then go
to the pressure sensor is not within the standard to Step 6.
value range.
PROBABLE CAUSES
ASC-ECU malfunction
Output Line Voltage Drop Test .
YES : Go to Step 5. component(s), and then go to Step 6.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset. reset.
Erase the diagnosis code. Erase the diagnosis code.
Q: Are the diagnosis codes C2111 or C2112 set? Q: Are the diagnosis codes C2111 or C2112 set?
YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with YES : Return to Step 1.
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then NO : This diagnosis is complete.
go to Step 6.
Code No. C2114 Abnormality in G and yaw rate sensor operation voltage (Low voltage)
Code No. C2115 Abnormality in G and yaw rate sensor operation voltage (High voltage)
ASC-ECU
Wire colour code


A-58 (B)
A-58 (B)
AC612691AO AC701238 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-117
Code No. C2114
• When the power supply voltage applied from
ASC-ECU to the G and yaw rate sensor is not
within the standard value range <low voltage (6.5
± 0.5 V or less)>
Code No. C2115
• When the power supply voltage applied from
C-137 (B) ASC-ECU to the G and yaw rate sensor is not
within the standard value range <high voltage
AC612705 CG (18.0 ± 1.0 V or more)>
Connector: C-137 <RHD> PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

AC701122 BL Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
CAUTION YES : Go to Step 2.
Table ). STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the Check that the diagnosis code No.U0125 is set in
CAN bus lines are normal. ASC-ECU.
• Do not drop or shock the G and yaw rate sen- Q: Is the diagnosis code No.U0125 set?
sor. YES : Troubleshoot for the diagnosis code (Refer
• When the G and yaw rate sensor is replaced, to P.35C-133). Then go to Step 3.
always carry out calibration to make ASC- NO : Go to Step 3.
182). STEP 3. Diagnosis code recheck
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- Q: Are the diagnosis codes No. C2114 or C2115 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
184). STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
OPERATION Check the following data list (Refer to P.35C-172).
• ASC-ECU supplies power to the G and yaw rate • Item 08: Lateral G sensor
sensor at the terminal No.1. • Item 09: G sensor
• The G and yaw rate sensor outputs the signal to • Item 12: Yaw rate sensor
ASC-ECU via the special CAN bus lines. Q: Is the check result normal?
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS NO : Go to Step 5.
found:
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 5. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU (3) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Check the harness wire between C-137 G

and A-58 ASC-ECU connector No. 18, 19.
and short circuit.
Check harness
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the wiring harness, and then go to MB991997 ASC-ECU
Step 13.
STEP 7. G and yaw rate sensor installation check

Check that the G and yaw rate sensor is installed
correctly. A-58 ASC-ECU
harness connector AC606870BQ
YES : Go to Step 8. (4) Measure the voltage between the terminal No.22
NO : Reinstall the G and yaw rate sensor and the body earth.
correctly (Refer to P.35C-189), and then go OK: Approximately system voltage
to Step 13.
STEP 8. Voltage measurement at C-137 G and NO : Go to Step 10.
yaw rate sensor connector
(1) Disconnect the C-137 G and yaw rate sensor
connector.
ASC-ECU connector terminal No.22 and C-137 G
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
and yaw rate sensor connector terminal No.1.
(3) Measure the voltage between the terminal No.1
• Check the power supply circuit for short circuit.
and the body earth.
OK: Approximately system voltage Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Repair the wiring harness between A-58
YES : Go to Step 11. ASC-ECU connector terminal No.22 and C-
NO : Go to Step 9. 137 G and yaw rate sensor connector
terminal No.1.
STEP 9. Voltage measurement at A-58 ASC-ECU
connector STEP 11. Wiring harness check between A-58
(1) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect the ASC-ECU connector terminal No.29 and C-137 G
ASC check harness (Special tool: MB991997) to and yaw rate sensor connector terminal No.4.
the ASC-ECU-side connector and harness-side • Check the earth circuit for open circuit.
connector, and then measure at the special tool
connector side. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the G and yaw rate sensor (Refer
(2) Disconnect the C-137 G and yaw rate sensor
to P.35C-189) and then go to Step 12.
connector.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between A-58
ASC-ECU connector terminal No.29 and C-
137 G and yaw rate sensor connector
terminal No.4.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-119
reset. reset.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
Q: Are the diagnosis codes No.C2114 or C2115 set? Q: Are the diagnosis codes No.C2114 or C2115 set?
YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with YES : Return to Step 1.
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then NO : This diagnosis is complete.
go to Step 13.
Code No. C123A: Abnormality in sensor calibration
CAUTION • Abnormality in neutral position of the steering

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, wheel sensor
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior • Abnormality in neutral position of the brake fluid
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines pressure sensor
PROBABLE CAUSES
Table ).
• Improper installation of G and yaw rate sensor or
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the steering wheel sensor
CAN bus lines are normal. • ASC-ECU malfunction
• Do not drop or shock the G and yaw rate sen- • External noise interference
sor.
• When the steering wheel sensor is replaced, DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
183). STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
always carry out calibration to make ASC- Q: Is the check result normal?
ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C- YES : Go to Step 3.
182). NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- completion, go to Step 2.
184).
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C123A set?
ASC-ECU stores the calibrated value of the G and NO : This diagnosis is complete.
yaw rate sensor, steering wheel sensor, and brake
fluid pressure sensor.
STEP 3. Check other diagnosis code is set.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Check if the diagnosis code related to the G and yaw
This diagnosis code is set when the calibrated value rate sensor and the steering wheel sensor is set.
for each sensor stored in ASC-ECU is not within the Q: Is any diagnosis code set?
predetermined range. YES : Perform the diagnosis for the relevant
• Abnormality in neutral position of the G and yaw diagnosis code (Refer to P.35C-16.)
rate sensor NO : Go to Step 4.
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 4. G and yaw rate sensor calibration
NO : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
Perform the calibration of G and yaw rate sensor
(Refer to P.35C-182.)
go to Step 8.
Q: Has the calibration succeeded?
YES : Go to Step 5.
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then reset.
go to Step 8. Erase the diagnosis code.
STEP 5. Steering wheel sensor calibration
Perform the calibration of steering wheel sensor
go to Step 8.
(Refer to P.35C-183).
Q: Has the calibration succeeded? 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
YES : Go to Step 6. Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
go to Step 8. STEP 8. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
STEP 6. Brake fluid pressure sensor calibration
Perform the calibration of brake fluid pressure sensor
Q: Has the calibration succeeded?
Code No. C1219 Abnormality in steering wheel sensor signal
CAUTION OPERATION
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Steering wheel sensor outputs the signal to ASC-
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior ECU via the CAN bus lines.
Table ).
found:
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the • The tolerance of neutral position of steering
CAN bus lines are normal. wheel sensor exceeds the specified range.
• When the steering wheel sensor is replaced, • Abnormality in steering wheel sensor output
always carry out calibration to make ASC- value
ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C- • When abnormality is detected by comparing the
183). value output from the steering wheel sensor with
• Do not drop or shock the G and yaw rate sen- the one from the wheel speed sensor and the G
sor. and yaw rate sensor.
always carry out calibration to make ASC- PROBABLE CAUSES
ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C- • Improper installation of steering wheel sensor
182). • Wheel alignment not performed
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- • Steering wheel sensor malfunction
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- • Different steering wheel
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and • G and yaw rate sensor malfunction
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- • Malfunction of wheel speed sensor
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- • ASC-ECU malfunction
184). • External noise interference
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-121
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 6. Wheel alignment check
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics YES : After the wheel alignment check, perform
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. the steering wheel sensor calibration to
Q: Is the check result normal? make ASC-ECU learn the neutral point
YES : Go to Step 3. again (Refer to P.35C-183). Then go to Step
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On NO : After the adjustment of the wheel alignment,
completion, go to Step 2. perform the steering wheel sensor
calibration to make ASC-ECU learn the
neutral position again (Refer to P.35C-183).
STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting Then go to Step 7.
CAN bus lines
Q: Is diagnosis code No.C1219 set? STEP 7. M.U.T.-III data list
YES : Go to Step 3.
• Item 11: Steering angle
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code YES : Go to Step 8.
Check that the wheel speed sensor-related, G and NO : After the steering wheel sensor is replaced,
yaw rate sensor-related, or steering wheel sensor- perform the steering wheel sensor
related diagnosis code is set. calibration to make ASC-ECU learn the
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? neutral point again (Refer to P.35C-183).
YES : Troubleshoot the relevant diagnosis code, Then go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 4.
reset.
STEP 4. Check how steering wheel sensor is (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
installed. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
Check that the steering wheel sensor is installed cor-
rectly (Refer to P.35C-190). YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
Q: Is the check result normal? ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then
YES : Go to Step 5. go to Step 9.
NO : Install the steering wheel sensor correctly NO : This diagnosis is complete.
(Refer to P.35C-190), and then go to Step 5.
STEP 5. G and yaw rate sensor installation check reset.
Check that the G and yaw rate sensor is installed (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
correctly. (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is diagnosis code No.C1219 set?
YES : Go to Step 6. YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : Reinstall the G and yaw rate sensor NO : This diagnosis is complete.
correctly (Refer to P.35C-189), and then go
to Step 6.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. C121A Abnormality in steering wheel sensor calibration

an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines completion, go to Step 2.
Table ). STEP 2. Diagnosis code recheck after resetting
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the CAN bus lines
CAN bus lines are normal. Q: Is diagnosis code No.C121A set?
• When the steering wheel sensor is replaced, YES : Go to Step 3.
always carry out calibration to make ASC- NO : This diagnosis is complete.
183).
STEP 3. Steering wheel sensor calibration
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- Perform calibration of steering wheel sensor (Refer
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- to P.35C-183).
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- Q: Has the calibration succeeded?
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- YES : Go to Step 4.
184). NO : After the steering wheel sensor is replaced,
perform the steering wheel sensor
OPERATION
calibration to make ASC-ECU learn the
Steering wheel sensor stores the neutral position
neutral point again (Refer to P.35C-183).
learned by M.U.T.-III. When the neutral position has
Then go to Step 4.
not been stored in the steering wheel sensor yet, the
steering wheel sensor outputs the signal indicating
that it does not have neutral position. STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Erase the diagnosis code.
This diagnosis code is set when ASC-ECU detects
that the steering wheel sensor has not learned the
neutral position yet.
PROBABLE CAUSES go to Step 5.
• Neutral position of steering wheel sensor not NO : This diagnosis is complete.
learned
• Steering wheel sensor malfunction STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
• ASC-ECU malfunction reset.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Q: Is diagnosis code No.C121A set?
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-123
Code No. C2205: Internal malfunction of steering wheel sensor

an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
YES : Go to Step 2.
• When the steering wheel sensor is replaced, completion, go to Step 4.
183). STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- reset.
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- Q: Is diagnosis code No.C2205 set?
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and YES : Replace the steering wheel sensor (Refer to
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- P.35C-190), and then go to Step 3.
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- NO : This diagnosis is complete.
184).
OPERATION STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Steering wheel sensor sends its status signal to reset.
ASC-ECU. Erase the diagnosis code.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Q: Is diagnosis code No.C2205 set?
This diagnosis code is set when ASC-ECU detects YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
that the steering wheel sensor has malfunction. ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then
go to Step 4.
PROBABLE CAUSES NO : This diagnosis is complete.
reset.
Code No.C2002: Valve calibration not completed
CAUTION yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen-

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C-
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior 184).
OPERATION
Perform the master cylinder pressure sensor calibra-
Table ).
tion to store the calibrated value in the ASC-ECU. At
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the the same time, the calibrated value of cut valve and
CAN bus lines are normal. inlet valve are stored.
TROUBLESHOOTING
This diagnosis code is set when the calibrated values CAN bus lines
for cut valve and inlet valve stored in ASC-ECU are
not within the predetermined range. Q: Is diagnosis code No.C2002 set?
PROBABLE CAUSES ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
• ASC-ECU malfunction to Step 3.
• Noise interference NO : This diagnosis is complete.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is

reset.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Erase the diagnosis code.
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Q: Is diagnosis code No.C2002 set?
Code No.C2003: Control parameter not implement
CAUTION ASC-ECU receives the vehicle information stored in

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, the ETACS-ECU via CAN bus lines.
When received unset coding data from the ETACS-
ECU, this diagnosis code is set.
Table ).
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, PROBABLE CAUSES
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior • Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus • Engine ECU malfunction
lines. • ETACS-ECUs have been interchanged between
• If diagnosis code No.C2003 is set in ASC- two vehicles.
ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus line. If • ASC-ECU malfunction
there is any fault in the CAN bus lines, an • ASC-ECUs have been interchanged between two
incorrect diagnosis code may be set. In this vehicles.
case, the set diagnosis code is not highly reli- • ETACS-ECU or ASC-ECU installation error
able. • Malfunction of ETACS-ECU coding data
communication circuit is normal. DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
• When diagnosis code No.C2003 is set in ASC-
ECU, the diagnosis code may also be set in STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
ETACS-ECU. When the diagnosis code is set Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
in ETACS-ECU, carry out the diagnosis of the
diagnosis code for ETACS-ECU first. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
184).
OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-125
YES : Go to Step 6.
CAN bus lines
54A − ETACS-ECU ).
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 6. Check part number of ETACS-ECU
Check the part number of ETACS-ECU.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Use M.U.T.-III to check whether any coding-related
diagnosis code is set by ETACS-ECU.
54A − ETACS-ECU ).
code.
STEP 4. Check part number of ASC-ECU
Check the part number of ASC-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? to Step 8.
YES : Go to Step 5. NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
NO : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go Use Troubleshooting/How to Cope with
to Step 8. Intermittent Malfunctions ).
STEP 5. ETACS-ECU coding data check STEP 8. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Refer to GROUP 00 − Precautions before Service/ reset.
Coding List . Erase the diagnosis code.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is diagnosis code No.C2003 set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. C1608 Implausible diagnosis data
Solenoid Valve, Motor and ASC-ECU Power Source Circuit

FUSIBLE
LINK 34 <PETROL>
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSIBLE
LINK 27 LINK 26 LINK 44 <DIESEL>
IGNITION SWITCH
ETACS-
ECU
IG1
RELAY
ASC-ECU
SOLENOID MOTOR POWER POWER
VALVE POWER SOURCE SOURCE
POWER SOURCE
SOURCE
Wire colour code

B : Black LG : Light green G : Green
L : Blue W : White Y : Yellow
SB : Sky blue BR : Brown O : Orange
GR : Grey R : Red P : Pink
V : Violet PU : Purple SI : Silver
ACB02568
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-127
• This diagnosis code is set when the failure infor-
mation stored in the EEPROM is not reliable. The
A-58 (B) failure information stored in the past is not output,
and only this diagnosis code is set.
• This diagnosis code may occur when ASC-ECU
power supply shutdown or drop while ASC-ECU
is writing a data to the EEPROM.
PROBABLE CAUSES
AC612691AO
• Disconnection of the ASC-ECU connector or the
battery terminal when the ignition switch is ON
A-58 (B) • Loose battery terminal
• Abnormality in battery
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

AC701238 AF Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the CAN bus lines
YES : Go to Step 3.
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- STEP 3. Battery check
184). Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test .
OPERATION Q: Is the battery in good condition?
The ASC-ECU stores diagnosis codes and failure YES : Go to Step 5.
information in the EEPROM*. NO : Go to Step 4.
ASC-ECU (EEPROM*)contains the power supply cir-
cuit (terminal No.2). STEP 4. Charging system check
NOTE: *:EEPROM (Electrical Erasable and Pro- Refer to GROUP 16 − On−vehicle Service/Alternator
grammable ROM) Output Line Voltage Drop Test .
YES : Replace the battery. Then go to Step 9.
component(s).
TROUBLESHOOTING

harness connector AC606869 HT harness connector AC606869DJ
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. (2) Resistance between the terminal No.16 and the
(3) Measure the voltage between the terminal No.2 body earth, and between the terminal No.47 and
and the body earth. the body earth.
OK: Approximately system voltage OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
NO : Go to Step 6. NO : Go to Step 8.
STEP 6. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU STEP 8. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU
connector connector
YES : The open or short circuit may be present in YES : An open circuit may be present in the earth
the power supply circuit. Repair the wiring circuit. Repair the wiring harness between
harness between the A-58 ASC-ECU the A-58 ASC-ECU connector terminal
connector terminal No.2 and the fuse No.17. No.16 and the body earth, and between the
NO : Repair the defective connector. A-58 ASC-ECU connector terminal No.47
and the body earth.

reset.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-129
(2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher. Q: Is diagnosis code No. C1608 set?
NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : Go to step 11.
or higher.
STEP 11. Check the other diagnosis code.
YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go (2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher.
to step 10. NOTE: The ABS warning lamp does not turn OFF
NO : Go to step 11. in some cases unless the vehicle runs at 20 km/h
or higher.
STEP 10. Check whether the diagnosis code is Q: Is any diagnosis code set?
reset. YES : Carry out the applicable troubleshooting for
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. the diagnosis code (Refer to ).
(2) Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or higher. NO : The procedure is complete.
or higher.
Code No. U0001 Bus-off

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, • Other ECU malfunction
Table ). STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
• If diagnosis code U0001 is set in ASC-ECU, Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
always diagnose the CAN bus line. If there is
any fault in the CAN bus lines, an incorrect
YES : Go to Step 2.
diagnosis code may be set. In this case, the NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
set diagnosis code is not highly reliable.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the completion, go to Step 3.
communication circuit is normal.
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and reset.
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- Erase the diagnosis code.
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- Q: Is diagnosis code No. U0001 set?
184). YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then
This diagnosis code is set when ASC-ECU has go to Step 3.
ceased the CAN communication (bus off). NO : If the trouble symptom is resolved, an
intermittent malfunction such as poorly
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM engaged connector(s) or wiring harness is
Malfunction of wiring harness, connector (s), or ASC- suspected (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
ECU may be present. Use Troubleshooting/How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunctions ).
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Wiring harness or connector failure of CAN bus
line
TROUBLESHOOTING

reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. U0001 set?
Code No.U0404: Abnormality in AS&G signal

YES : Go to Step 3.
Table .).
CAN bus lines are normal. STEP 3. ETACS-ECU coding data check
Refer to GROUP 00 − Coding List .
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- Q: Is the check result normal?
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and YES : Go to Step 4.
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP
sor. 54A − ETACS-ECU .), and then go to Step
OPERATION 6.
AS&G-ECU outputs the signal to ASC-ECU via the
CAN bus lines. STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Use M.U.T.-III to check whether any diagnosis code
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITION related to vehicles information is set or not by the
This diagnosis code is set when abnormality in AS&G-ECU.
AS&G-ECU output value if any malfunction below is
found: Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
PROBABLE CAUSES code, and then go to Step 5.
• Wiring harness or connector failure of CAN bus NO : Go to Step 5.
line
• AS&G-ECU malfunction STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
• ASC-ECU malfunction reset.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185.), and then
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. go to Step 6.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table .). On reset.
completion, go to Step 2. Erase the diagnosis code.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-131
Code No. U0100 Engine time-out error

Code No. U0101 CVT or A/T time-out error
Code No. U0126 Steering wheel sensor time-out error
Code No. U0141 ETACS time-out error
CAUTION • CVT or A/T malfunction

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, • ASC-ECU malfunction
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior • Connector disconnected or improperly connected
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines • Stretched or broken wires
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Code No. U0126
Table ). • Wiring harness or connector failure of CAN bus
• If diagnosis codes U0100, U0101, U0126 and line
U0141 are set in ASC-ECU, always diagnose • Steering wheel sensor malfunction
the CAN bus line. If there is any fault in the • ASC-ECU malfunction
CAN bus lines, an incorrect diagnosis code • Connector disconnected or improperly connected
may be set. In this case, the set diagnosis • Stretched or broken wires
code is not highly reliable.
Code No. U0141
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the • Wiring harness or connector failure of CAN bus
communication circuit is normal. line
• When the steering wheel sensor is replaced, • Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
always carry out calibration to make ASC- • ASC-ECU malfunction
ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C- • Connector disconnected or improperly connected
183). • Stretched or broken wires
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
184). Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Q: Is the check result normal?
This diagnosis code is set if ASC-ECU cannot YES : Go to Step 2.
receive the signal sent from other ECU for a certain NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
period. 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
OPERATION
ASC-ECU communicates with the engine ECU, CVT
or A/T, the steering wheel sensor or ETACS-ECU via
reset.
the CAN bus lines.
Q: Are Code No. U0100, U0101, U0126 or U0141 set?
Code No. U0100
line STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
• Engine ECU malfunction Use M.U.T.-III to check that other diagnosis code is
• ASC-ECU malfunction set in the ECU corresponding to the relevant diagno-
• Connector disconnected or improperly connected sis.
• Stretched or broken wires Q: Is other diagnosis code set?
Code No. U0101 YES : Troubleshoot for the relevant diagnosis
• Wiring harness or connector failure of CAN bus code.
line NO : Go to Step 4.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Use M.U.T.-III to check if the same diagnosis code reset.
(time-out) is set in the other ECU (CAN-C). Erase the diagnosis code.
Q: Is any diagnosis code set? Q: Are Code No. U0100, U0101, U0126 or U0141 set?
YES (Code No. U0100 is set) : Replace the engine YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
ECU, and then go to Step 5. ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185).
YES (Code No. U0101 is set) : Replace the CVT or NO : The procedure is complete.
A/T, and then go to Step 5.
YES (Code No. U0126 is set) : Replace steering
wheel sensor, and then go to Step 5.
YES (Code No. U0141 is set) : Replace the
ETACS-ECU, and then go to Step 5.
NO (No diagnosis code is set.) : The procedure is
complete.
Code No. U1004 AS&G CAN time-out

Table .). Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
• If diagnosis codes U1004 are set in ASC-ECU,
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table .). On
diagnosis code may be set. In this case, the
set diagnosis code is not highly reliable.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the STEP 2. ETACS-ECU coding data check
communication circuit is normal. Refer to GROUP 00 − Coding List .
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- Q: Is the check result normal?
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- YES : Go to Step 3.
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- 54A − ETACS-ECU .), and then go to Step
sor. 6.
OPERATION
ASC-ECU communicates with the AS&G-ECU via STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
the CAN bus lines. Use M.U.T.-III to check that other diagnosis code is
set in the AS&G-ECU corresponding to the relevant
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITION
diagnosis.
This diagnosis code is set if ASC-ECU cannot
receive the signal sent from AS&G-ECU for a certain Q: Is other diagnosis code set?
period. YES : Troubleshoot for the relevant diagnosis
code, and then go to Step 4.
PROBABLE CAUSES NO : Go to Step 4.
line STEP 4. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
• AS&G-ECU malfunction Use M.U.T.-III to check if the same diagnosis code
• ASC-ECU malfunction (time-out) is set in the other ECU (CAN-C).
Q: Is any diagnosis code set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-133
YES : Troubleshoot for the relevant diagnosis YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
code, and then go to Step 5. ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185.), and then
NO : Go to Step 5. go to Step 6.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is 00 − How to Cope with Intermittent
reset. Malfunctions .).
Q: Is Code No. U1004 set?
reset.
Code No. U0125 G and yaw rate sensor message time-out error/message error
ASC-ECU
Wire colour code


A-58 (B)
A-58 (B)
AC612691AO AC701238 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING

PROBABLE CAUSES
• Wiring harness or connector failure for the spe-
cial CAN bus lines between ASC-ECU and the G
and yaw rate sensor
C-137 (B) • Connector disconnected or improperly connected
• Stretched or broken wires
AC612705 CG
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

YES : Go to Step 3.
AC701122 BL

CAUTION CAN bus lines
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Q: Is diagnosis code No. U0125 set?
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior YES : Go to Step 3.
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines NO : This diagnosis is complete.
Table ). STEP 3. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the connector, C-137 G and yaw rate sensor
CAN bus lines are normal. connector
sor.
YES : Go to Step 4.
• When the G and yaw rate sensor is replaced, NO : Repair the connector, and then go to Step 7.
182). STEP 4. Wiring harness check between A-58
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- ASC-ECU connector terminal No. 18 and C-137 G
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- and yaw rate sensor connector terminal No. 3 as
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and well as between A-58 ASC-ECU connector
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- terminal No. 19 and C-137 G and yaw rate sensor
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- connector terminal No. 2
184). • Check the communication circuit for open and
short circuit.
OPERATION
The G and yaw rate sensor outputs the signal to Q: Is the check result normal?
ASC-ECU via the special CAN bus lines. YES : Go to Step 5.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Step 7.
This diagnosis code is set when the ASC-ECU can-
not receive the signal from the G and yaw rate sen- STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
sor although there is no abnormality in ASC-ECU Erase the diagnosis code.
supply voltage.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-135
YES : Replace the G and yaw rate sensor (Refer YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
to P.35C-189). Then go to Step 6. ASC-ECU). (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP to Step 7.
00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to NO : This diagnosis is complete.
STEP 6. Diagnosis code recheck Erase the diagnosis code.
Erase the diagnosis code. Q: Is diagnosis code No. U0125 set?
Q: Is diagnosis code No. U0125 set? YES : Return to Step 1.
Code No. U0401 Engine signal malfunction detected

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Use M.U.T.-III to check that any diagnosis code other
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior than the code No.U0401 is set in ASC-ECU.
Table ).
• If diagnosis code No.U0401 is set in ASC- NO : Go to Step 3.
ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus line. If
incorrect diagnosis code may be set. In this STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
case, the set diagnosis code is not highly reli- Use M.U.T.-III to check that the diagnosis code is set
able. by the engine ECU.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
communication circuit is normal. YES : Troubleshoot the relevant diagnosis code,
OPERATION and then go to Step 5.
Engine-related signals are sent or received to and NO : Go to Step 4.
from between ASC-ECU and engine ECU via CAN
bus lines. STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS Erase the diagnosis code.
This diagnosis code is set when the engine ECU
malfunction has been detected. Q: Is diagnosis code No.U0401 set?
PROBABLE CAUSES ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then
• Malfunction of engine system go to Step 5.
• Malfunction of engine ECU NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
• Malfunction of ASC-ECU 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
• External noise interference Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is

reset.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis Erase the diagnosis code.
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Q: Is diagnosis code No.U0401 set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. U0428 Communication error in steering wheel sensor

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, • External noise interference
Table ). STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
• If diagnosis code U0428 is set in ASC-ECU, Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
YES : Replace the steering wheel sensor (Refer to
diagnosis code may be set. In this case, the
set diagnosis code is not highly reliable. P.35C-190). Then go to Step 2.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). On
communication circuit is normal. completion, go to Step 3.
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- reset.
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- Erase the diagnosis code.
184). Q: Is diagnosis code No.U0428 set?
OPERATION YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
The steering wheel sensor outputs the steering ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185).
wheel status to ASC-ECU via the CAN bus lines. NO : This diagnosis is complete.

This diagnosis code is set when ASC-ECU has
reset.
detected the communication error in the steering
wheel sensor.
PROBABLE CAUSES YES : Return to Step 1.
• Steering wheel sensor malfunction NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-137
Code No. U1003 G and yaw rate sensor bus-off
ASC-ECU
Wire colour code

Connector: A-58 <LHD> Connector: C-137 <LHD>
A-58 (B)
C-137 (B)
AC612691AO AC612705 CG
Connector: A-58 <RHD> Connector: C-137 <RHD>

A-58 (B)
AC701238 AF AC701122 BL
TROUBLESHOOTING

YES : Go to Step 3.
Table ).
CAN bus lines are normal. STEP 3. Connector check: A-58 ASC-ECU
connector
sor.
• When the G and yaw rate sensor is replaced, Q: Is the check result normal?
always carry out calibration to make ASC- YES : Go to Step 4.
ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C- NO : Repair the connector, and then go to Step 7.
182).
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- STEP 4. Wiring harness check between A-58
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- ASC-ECU connector terminal No. 18 and C-137 G
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and and yaw rate sensor connector terminal No. 3 as
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- well as between A-58 ASC-ECU connector
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- terminal No. 19 and C-137 G and yaw rate sensor
184). connector terminal No. 2
OPERATION • Check the communication circuit for open and
The G and yaw rate sensor outputs the signal to short circuit.
ASC-ECU via the special CAN bus lines. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS NO : Repair the wiring harness, and then go to
This diagnosis code is set when the communication Step 7.
error occurs in the exclusive CAN bus communica-
tion between the ASC-ECU and the G and yaw rate
sensor. STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
PROBABLE CAUSES YES : Replace the G and yaw rate sensor (Refer
• Wiring harness or connector failure for the spe- to P.35C-189). Then go to Step 6.
cial CAN bus lines between ASC-ECU and the G NO : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
and yaw rate sensor 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
• Malfunction of the G and yaw rate sensor Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
• Connector disconnected or improperly connected
• Stretched or broken wires STEP 6. Diagnosis code recheck
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Q: Is diagnosis code No. U1003 set?
to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 3.
completion, go to Step 2. Q: Is diagnosis code No. U1003 set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-139
Code No. U1415 Variant coding not implemented
CAUTION STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Use M.U.T.-III to check that the diagnosis code
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior No.B222C is set in the ETACS-ECU.
Table ).
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the NO : Go to Step 3.
• When the diagnosis code No.U1415 is set in
ASC-ECU, the diagnosis code may also be set
reset.
in ETACS-ECU. When the diagnosis code is
set in ETACS-ECU, carry out the diagnosis of
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "OFF" position.
the diagnosis code for ETACS-ECU first.
(4) Check that the ABS warning lamp goes out.
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and NOTE: If the diagnosis code No.U1415 is not
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- deleted, the ABS warning lamp keeps illuminat-
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- ing.
184). Q: Is the diagnosis code No.U1415 set?
OPERATION YES : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
ASC-ECU receives the vehicle information stored in ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then
the ETACS-ECU via CAN bus lines. go to Step 4.
DIAGNOSIS CODE SET CONDITIONS 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
This diagnosis code is set when the variant coding Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
for ETACS-ECU has not been implemented.
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is

• Variant coding for ETACS-ECU has not been reset.
implemented. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• ASC-ECU malfunction (2) Turn the ignition switch to the "OFF" position.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (4) Check that the ABS warning lamp goes out when
the ignition switch is turned to the "ON" position.
NOTE: If the diagnosis code No.U1415 is not
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis deleted, the ABS warning lamp keeps illuminat-
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. ing.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the diagnosis code No.U1415 set?
YES : Go to Step 2. YES : Return to Step 1.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP NO : This diagnosis is complete.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. U1417 Variant coding value invalid (includes faulty installation)

• If diagnosis code No.U1417 is set in ASC- CAN bus lines
ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines. If Q: Is diagnosis code No.U1417 set?
there is any fault in the CAN bus lines, an YES : Go to Step 3.
incorrect diagnosis code may be set. In this NO : This diagnosis is complete.
case, the set diagnosis code is not highly reli-
able.
Use M.U.T.-III to check whether the any diagnosis
code related to the vehicle information is set or not
• When diagnosis code No.U1417 is set in ASC- by ETACS-ECU or engine-ECU.
ECU, the diagnosis code may also be set in
ETACS-ECU. When the diagnosis code is set Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
in ETACS-ECU, carry out the diagnosis of the YES : Troubleshoot for the relevant diagnosis
diagnosis code for ETACS-ECU first. code.
NO : Go to Step 4.
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and STEP 4. ETACS-ECU coding data check
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- Refer to GROUP 00 − Precautions before Service/
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- Coding List .
184). Q: Is the check result normal?
ASC-ECU receives the vehicle information stored in NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP
the ETACS-ECU via CAN bus lines. 54A − ETACS-ECU ), and then go to Step 7.

ASC-ECU communicates with ETACS-ECU via CAN STEP 5. Engine ECU coding data check
bus lines. This diagnosis code is set when the vehi- Refer to GROUP 00 − Precautions before Service/
cle information received from the ETACS-ECU is Coding List .
invalid. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
PROBABLE CAUSES NO : Replace the engine ECU (Refer to GROUP
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU 13A − engine ECU <4A9>, GROUP 13B −
• Malfunction of engine ECU engine ECU <4B1>, GROUP 13F − engine
• ETACS-ECUs have been interchanged between ECU <4J1> or GROUP 13C − engine ECU
two vehicles. <4N1>), and then go to Step 7.
• ASC-ECUs have been interchanged between two STEP 6. Check the part number of ETACS-ECU
vehicles. Check the part number of ETACS-ECU.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-141
STEP 7. Check the part number of ASC-ECU
Check the part number of ASC-ECU.
go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with Use Troubleshooting/How to Cope with
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then Intermittent Malfunctions ).
go to Step 9.
STEP 8. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
reset. Erase the diagnosis code.
Q: Is diagnosis code No.U1417 set? YES : Return to Step 1.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART

M1355006900941
CAUTION
• ABS may operate in the following conditions without hard braking: Low mu road surface, high-
speed turn, and bumpy road surface. When asking the customers, confirm that they have/have not
encountered ABS operation in corresponding conditions.
• During ABS operation, the brake pedal is pulled forward gradually, and the noise occurs at the
same time. This is because the brake line pressure varies intermittently to prevent the wheel lock,
and not a system malfunction.
CAUTION
Trouble symptom Inspection Reference
procedure page
number
M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with − Refer to
the ABS/ASC system. all systems. GROUP 54C
−
Troubleshooti
ng .
M.U.T.-III cannot communicate only 1 P.35C-142
with ASC-ECU.
ASC OFF display or lamp flashes at a rate of 2Hz. 2 P.35C-142
Brake warning lamp stays ON with the parking brake lever released (ABS 3 P.35C-144
warning lamp is OFF).
ABS warning lamp does not illuminate when ignition switch is turned to the 4 P.35C-147
ON position (Engine stopped).
Brake warning lamp does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to 5 P.35C-149
ON position (Engine stopped).
ABS warning lamp stays ON after the engine is started. 6 P.35C-150
ASC warning display stays ON after the engine is started. 7 P.35C-151
ASC OFF display or lamp stays ON after the engine is started. 8 P.35C-152
TROUBLESHOOTING

procedure page
number
The stability control/TCL system cannot be disabled when ASC OFF switch is 9 P.35C-155
pressed for 3 seconds or more to turn the system OFF.
Abnormality in brake operation 10 P.35C-157
Stability control/TCL does not work. 11 P.35C-158
ASC-ECU power supply circuit system 12 P.35C-159
Steering wheel sensor power supply circuit system 13 P.35C-167
ABS/stability control/TCL operates too frequently. 14 P.35C-169
ESS inoperative or improper operative. 15 P.35C-171
The initial check sound of hydraulic unit is loud. 16 P.35C-172
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: M.U.T.-III communication with ABS/ASC system is impossible.

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, • Damaged wiring harness and connectors
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior • ASC-ECU malfunction
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines • Wrong routing of M.U.T.-III harness
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics • Abnormality in battery or alternator
Table ). • Abnormality in power supply voltage to ASC-ECU
• ECU malfunction of other system
• If the power is supplied with the earth circuit M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis
of CAN communication device open circuited, Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
an electric potential abnormality may occur to Q: Is the check result normal?
the CAN bus lines. YES : Check the power supply circuit, and repair if
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- necessary (Refer to P.35C-159).
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ).
184).
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the ABS/
ASC system, the CAN bus lines, ASC-ECU power
supply circuit system, earth, or ASC-ECU may be
faulty.
Inspection Procedure 2: ASC OFF display or lamp flashes at a rate of 2Hz.
OPERATION hibited.
When the ASC OFF display or lamp flashes at a rate
of 2 Hz, the TCL control (brake control only) is pro-
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-143
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM OFF display or lamp at a rate of 2 Hz to warn the
This operation is performed for the following reasons driver that the brake controllability by TCL is
and is not a malfunction. decreased by the reduced braking force. Conse-
• ASC-ECU calculates the estimated temperature quently, ASC-ECU prohibits the TCL control
of the brake pad. In general, as the brake pad (brake control only) until it determines that the
temperature increases, the coefficient of friction estimated temperature of the brake pad is nor-
for the brake pad becomes smaller, resulting in mal.
the reduced braking force. When the estimated
temperature of the brake pad reaches the speci- PROBABLE CAUSES
fied value or more, ASC-ECU flashes the ASC • Overheat of brake pad
TROUBLESHOOTING
Inspection Procedure 3: Brake warning lamp stays ON with the parking brake lever released (ABS
warning lamp is OFF).
Brake Warning Lamp Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
BRAKE
FLUID
LEVEL
SWITCH
CAN
TRANSCEIVER
LCD CIRCUIT
CPU
LED DRIVE INTERFACE INTERFACE

CIRCUIT CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
COMBINATION METER
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-145
Table ).
OPERATION
AC612705 BK • When the parking brake switch is turned ON, the
combination meter terminal No.4 is earthed, and
C-01 the brake warning lamp illuminates.
• When reduction of the brake fluid amount is
detected, the brake fluid level switch is turned
from ON to OFF. ETACS-ECU monitors the brake
fluid level switch, and instructs the combination
meter via the CAN bus line to illuminate the brake
warning lamp.
C-16 PROBABLE CAUSES

AC701122 BN • The brake pad thickness is at the limit value or
less.
• The brake fluid amount is at the "LOWER" level
or lower.
• Poor adjustment of the parking brake lever
• Parking brake switch malfunction
• Malfunction of brake fluid level switch
• Combination meter malfunction
AC612706AO
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

YES : Go to Step 2.
C-116 (B) 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ).
AC612707AH STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code

Use M.U.T.-III to check that the diagnosis code is set
in the combination meter and ETACS-ECU.
code.
NO : Go to Step 3.
C-116 (B)
AC701089 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 3. Brake fluid level check STEP 8. Measure the voltage at the C-312 ETACS-
Check that the brake fluid is filled up to the "MIN" ECU connector.
level or higher. CAUTION
Q: Is the check result normal? With the C-312 ETACS-ECU connector kept con-
YES : Go to Step 5. nected, disconnect the A-07 brake fluid level
NO : Go to Step 4. switch connector.
STEP 4. Brake pad check (2) Measure the voltage between terminal No. 1 and
Refer to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service, Brake the body earth by backprobing.
Pad Check . OK: Approximately system voltage
YES : Fill the brake fluid up to the "MAX" level. YES : Check the wiring harness between the C-
Then go to Step 17. 312 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 1
NO : Replace the brake pad (Refer to GROUP and the A-07 brake fluid level switch
35A − On-vehicle Service/Brake Pad connector terminal No. 1.
Replacement <Except 4B11>, <4B11>). NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to
Then go to Step 17. GROUP 54A − ETACS .) Then go to Step
17.
STEP 5. Brake fluid level switch check
Refer to GROUP 35A − On-vehicle Service/Brake STEP 9. Wiring harness check: between A-07
Fluid Level Switch Check . brake fluid level switch connector and body earth
Check for open circuit in the harness wire between
A-07 brake fluid level switch connector terminal No. 2
YES : Go to Step 6.
and body earth.
NO : Replace the reservoir tank assembly (Refer
to GROUP 35A − Master Cylinder Assembly Q: Is the check result normal?
and Brake Booster Assembly <Except YES : Go to Step 10.
4B11>, <4B11>). Then go to Step 17. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 6. Connector check: A-07 brake fluid level STEP 10. Parking brake lever stroke check
switch connector, C-312 ETACS-ECU connector Refer to GROUP 36 − On-vehicle Service/Parking
Brake Lever Stroke Check and Adjustment .
NO : Repair the damaged connector. YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : Adjust the parking brake lever stroke. (Refer
to GROUP 36 − On-vehicle Service/Parking
STEP 7. Measure the voltage at A-07 brake fluid
Brake Lever Stroke Check and Adjustment
level switch connector.
.) Then go to Step 17.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. STEP 11. Parking brake switch check
(3) Measure the voltage between the terminal No. 1 Refer to GROUP 36 − On-vehicle Service/Parking
and the body earth. Brake Switch Check .
OK: Approximately system voltage Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Replace the parking brake switch. (Refer to
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 8. GROUP 36 − Parking Brake Lever .) Then
go to Step 17.
STEP 12. Connector check: C-116 parking brake

switch connector
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-147
STEP 15. check the wiring harness between the
NO : Repair the damaged connector.
C-01 combination meter connector terminal No. 4
and the C-116 parking brake switch connector
STEP 13. Measure the voltage at C-116 parking terminal No. 1.
brake switch connector. • Check for short circuit.
YES : Go to Step 16
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(3) Measure the voltage between the terminal No. 1
and the body earth.
STEP 16. Retest the system.
Q: Does the brake warning lamp turn ON and OFF
normally according to the parking brake lever
operation?
NO : Go to Step 14.
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
STEP 14. Connector check: C-01 combination Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions .)
meter connector, C-16 intermediate connector NO : Replace the combination meter assembly.
(Refer to GROUP 54A − Combination Meter
YES : Go to Step 15. .) Then go to Step 17.
Q: Does the brake warning lamp turn ON and OFF
normally according to the parking brake lever
operation?
YES : This diagnosis is complete.
NO : Return to Step 1.
Inspection Procedure 4: ABS warning lamp does not illuminate when ignition switch is turned to the
ON position (engine stopped).
CAUTION • ASC-ECU illuminates the ABS warning lamp via

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, ETACS-ECU for approximately 3 seconds for
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior valve check with the ignition switch turned to the
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines ON position.
Table ).
This may be caused by faults in the CAN bus line,
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the ETACS-ECU, combination meter or ASC-ECU.
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- PROBABLE CAUSES
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- • Damaged wiring harness and connectors
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and • Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- • Combination meter malfunction
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- • ASC-ECU malfunction
184). • Malfunction of coding data for ETACS-ECU
OPERATION
• ASC-ECU sends the illumination request signal
of the ABS warning lamp to the combination
meter through ETACS-ECU via CAN communica-
tion.
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 5. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code for other

systems
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Using M.U.T.-III, check that the diagnosis code
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. No.U0141 is set by the combination meter system.
Q: Is the check result normal? Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 2. YES : Diagnose the combination meter. (Refer to
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP GROUP 54A − Combination Meter/
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table .) Troubleshooting .) Then go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 6.

Use M.U.T.-III to check the diagnosis code for the STEP 6. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code for other
ASC system. (Refer to P.35C-16.) systems
Using M.U.T.-III, check that the diagnosis code
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? No.U0121 is set by the ETACS system.
code. (Refer to P.35C-16.) Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
NO : Go to Step 3. YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 54A − ETACS/Troubleshooting ),
STEP 3. Actuator test NO : Go to Step 7.
Perform the actuator test No. 07 of the combination
meter system, and check if the ABS warning lamp
illuminates (Refer to GROUP 54A − Combination STEP 7. Retest the system.
Meter/Actuator Test Table ). Q: Does the ABS warning lamp turn ON and OFF
Q: Is the check result normal? normally?
YES : Go to Step 4. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
NO : Diagnose the combination meter. (Refer to 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
GROUP 54A − Combination Meter/Trouble Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions .)
Symptom Chart .) Then go to Step 8. NO : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
go to Step 8.
Use M.U.T.-III to check if coding data stored in
ETACS-ECU is normal. (Refer to GROUP 00 − Pre- STEP 8. Retest the system.
cautions before Service/Coding List .) Q: Does the ABS warning lamp turn ON and OFF
normally?
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP NO : Return to Step 1.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-149
Inspection Procedure 5: Brake warning lamp does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to
ON position (engine stopped).
CAUTION YES : Carry out the diagnosis for the diagnosis

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, code (Refer to P.35C-16).
NO : Go to Step 3.
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics STEP 3. Actuator test of combination meter
Table ). Perform the following actuator test by the combina-
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the tion meter system, and check if the brake warning
CAN bus lines are normal. lamp illuminates (Refer to GROUP 54A − Combina-
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- tion Meter/Actuator Test Table ).
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- • Item No.07: Indicator 1
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- NO : Diagnose the combination meter. (Refer to
184). GROUP 54A − Combination Meter/Trouble
OPERATION Symptom Chart .) Then go to Step 7.
of the break warning lamp to the combination STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
meter through ETACS-ECU via the CAN commu- Using M.U.T.-III, check that diagnosis code
nication. No.U0141 is set by the combination meter system.
• ASC-ECU illuminates brake warning lamp via
ETACS-ECU for approximately 3 seconds for Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
bulb check with the ignition switch turned to the YES : Diagnose the combination meter (Refer to
ON position. GROUP 54A − Combination Meter/
Diagnosis Code ). Then go to Step 7.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM NO : Go to Step 5.
ETACS-ECU, combination meter or ASC-ECU. STEP 5. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
Using M.U.T.-III, check that diagnosis code
PROBABLE CAUSES
No.U0121 is set by the ETACS system.
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• Malfunction of the combination meter YES : Perform troubleshooting on ETACS-ECU.
• ASC-ECU malfunction (Refer to GROUP 54A − ETACS/Diagnosis
Code .) Then go to Step 7.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics STEP 6. Retest the system.

Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Q: Does the brake warning lamp turn ON and OFF
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table .) Then
go to Step 7. ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then
go to Step 7.

Use M.U.T.-III to check the diagnosis code for the STEP 7. Retest the system.
ASC system. Q: Does the brake warning lamp turn ON and OFF
normally?
TROUBLESHOOTING

Inspection Procedure 6: ABS warning lamp stays ON after the engine is started.

an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). Then
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines go to Step 7.
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the Use M.U.T.-III to check the diagnosis code for the
CAN bus lines are normal. ASC system.
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- YES : Carry out the diagnosis for the diagnosis
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and code (Refer to P.35C-16).
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- NO : Go to Step 3.
184).
STEP 3. Check the ASC-ECU power supply
OPERATION circuit system.
• ASC-ECU sends the illumination request signal Refer to P.35C-159.
of the ABS warning lamp to the combination
meter through ETACS-ECU via CAN communica- Q: Is the check result normal?
tion. YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Diagnose the power supply circuit of the
• ASC-ECU illuminates the ABS warning lamp via
ETACS-ECU for approximately 3 seconds for ASC-ECU (Refer to P.35C-159).
valve check with the ignition switch turned to the
ON position. STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM No.U0141 is set by the combination meter system.
ETACS-ECU, combination meter or ASC-ECU. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Diagnose the combination meter (Refer to
PROBABLE CAUSES GROUP 54A − Combination Meter/
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors Diagnosis Code ). Then go to Step 7.
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU NO : Go to Step 5.
• ASC-ECU malfunction STEP 5. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
• Control stop due to the low voltage Using M.U.T.-III, check that diagnosis code
NOTE: Due to the abnormality in the supply voltage, No.U0121 is set by the ETACS system.
the diagnosis code may not be set even when the Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
ABS warning lamp is illuminated. YES : Perform troubleshooting on ETACS-ECU
(Refer to GROUP 54A − ETACS/Diagnosis
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Code ). Then go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. STEP 6. Retest the system.
Q: Does the ABS warning lamp turn ON and OFF
normally?
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-151
Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions .)
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185), and then Q: Does the ABS warning lamp turn ON and OFF
go to Step 7. normally?
Inspection Procedure 7: ASC warning display stays ON after the engine is started.

an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). Then
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines go to Step 7.
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the Use M.U.T.-III to check the diagnosis code for the
CAN bus lines are normal. ASC system.
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- YES : Carry out the diagnosis for the diagnosis
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and code. (Refer to P.35C-16.)
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- NO : Go to Step 3.
184).
OPERATION circuit system.
ASC-ECU sends the illumination request signal of Refer to P.35C-159.
the ASC warning display to the combination meter
through ETACS-ECU via the CAN communication. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM NO : Diagnose the power supply circuit of the
This may be caused by faults in the CAN bus line, ASC-ECU (Refer to P.35C-159).
ETACS-ECU, combination meter or ASC-ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSES
No.U0141 is set by the combination meter system.
• Combination meter malfunction Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• ASC-ECU malfunction YES : Diagnose the combination meter.(Refer to
• Control is disabled due to the low voltage GROUP 54A − Combination Meter/
NOTE: Due to the abnormality in the supply voltage,
NO : Go to Step 5.
the diagnosis code may not be set even when the
ASC warning display illuminates.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Using M.U.T.-III, check that diagnosis code
No.U0121 is set by the ETACS system.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnosis Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. YES : Perform troubleshooting on ETACS-ECU
(Refer to GROUP 54A − ETACS/Diagnosis
Q: Is the check result normal? Code ). Then go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 6. Retest the system. STEP 7. Retest the system.

Q: Does the ASC warning display turn ON and OFF Q: Does the ASC warning display turn ON and OFF
normally? normally?
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP YES : This diagnosis is complete.
00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to NO : Return to Step 1.
go to Step 7.
Inspection Procedure 8: ASC OFF display or ASC OFF lamp stays ON after the engine is started.
ASC OFF Switch Circuit
ETACS-ECU
ASC
OFF
SWITCH
<RHD>
Wire colour code

Connectors: C-27, C-135 <LHD> Connector: C-27 <RHD>
C-135
C-27 AC612705 JA AC612710EW

TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-153
Connector: C-135 <RHD> • By the operation of ASC OFF switch, the ASC
OFF display illuminates when the ASC function is
stopped.
• When the ASC OFF switch is pressed for 3 sec-
onds or more, the ASC system turns OFF.
• When the ASC OFF switch is pressed for 15 sec-
onds or more, the ASC is kept in ON state and
the system cannot be turned OFF until the igni-
tion switch is turned to the ON position next time.
AC701122 DA
Connector: C-313 <LHD> This may be caused by faults in the CAN bus line,
ETACS-ECU, combination meter or ASC-ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSES
C-313 (BR)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
AC607219 AI
Connector: C-313 <RHD> STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics

YES : Go to Step 2.
54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Table ). Then
C-313 (BR) go to Step 9.
AC607229AI STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code

Use M.U.T.-III to check the diagnosis code for the
ASC system.
CAUTION
• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior YES : Carry out the diagnosis for the diagnosis
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines code chart (Refer to P.35C-16).
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics NO : Go to Step 3.
Table ).
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the STEP 3. ASC OFF switch check
CAN bus lines are normal. Refer to P.35C-185.
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- Q: Is the check result normal?
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- YES : Go to Step 4.
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and NO : Replace ASC OFF switch (Refer to P.35C-
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- 184). Then go to Step 9.
184).
OPERATION
connector, C-27 intermediate connector, C-135
ASC OFF switch connector
of ASC OFF display to the combination meter
through ETACS-ECU via CAN communication. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 5. Wiring harness check between C-313 STEP 7. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code for other
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 15 and C-135 systems
ASC OFF switch connector terminal No. 1 Using M.U.T.-III, check that diagnosis code No.
• Check the signal circuit for short circuit. U0121 is set by the ETACS system.
YES : Go to Step 6. YES : Perform troubleshooting on ETACS-ECU
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-313 (Refer to GROUP 54A − ETACS/Diagnosis
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 15 and Code ). Then go to Step 8.
C-135 ASC OFF switch connector terminal NO : Go to Step 8.
No. 1.
STEP 6. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code for other Q: Does ASC OFF display turn ON and OFF normally?
systems YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Using M.U.T.-III, check that diagnosis code No. 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
U0141 is set by the combination meter system. Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions .)
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
YES : Diagnose the combination meter (Refer to ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
GROUP 54A − Combination Meter/ to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 7.
Q: Does ASC OFF display turn ON and OFF normally?
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-155
Inspection Procedure 9: The stability control/traction control function cannot be disabled when ASC
OFF switch is pressed for 3 seconds or more to turn the system OFF.
ASC OFF Switch Circuit
ETACS-ECU
ASC
OFF
SWITCH
<RHD>
Wire colour code

C-135
C-28
AC612705 IT AC701122 DA
Connector: C-28 <RHD> Connector: C-313 <LHD>
C-313 (BR)
AC612710EB AC607219 AI
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector: C-313 <RHD> STEP 2. Connector check: C-313 ETACS-ECU

ASC OFF switch connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
C-313 (BR)
STEP 3. Wiring harness check between C-313
AC607229AI
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 15 and C-135
ASC OFF switch connector terminal No. 1
• Check the signal circuit for open and short circuit.
CAUTION
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-313
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 15 and
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics C-135 ASC OFF switch connector terminal
Table ).
No. 1.
OPERATION
ASC OFF switch connector terminal No. 2 and
• ETACS-ECU terminal No. 15 is earthed by press-
the body earth
ing ASC OFF switch. The ON/OFF state of ASC
• Check the earth wires for open circuit.
OFF switch is transferred from ETACS-ECU to
ASC-ECU via CAN bus line. Q: Is the check result normal?
• When the ASC OFF switch is pressed for 3 sec- YES : Go to Step 5.
onds or more, the ASC system turns OFF. NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-135
• When the ASC OFF switch is pressed and held ASC OFF switch connector terminal No. 2
for 15 seconds or more, ASC turns ON. and the body earth.

This may be caused by the open circuit or short cir-
cuit in the ASC OFF switch circuit. Q: Does ASC turn ON and OFF normally using ASC
OFF switch?
PROBABLE CAUSES YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
• ASC OFF switch malfunction Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions .)
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to
GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU .) Then go to
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Step 6.
STEP 1. ASC OFF switch check STEP 6. Retest the system.

Refer to P.35C-185. Q: Does ASC turn ON and OFF normally using ASC
Q: Is the check result normal? OFF switch?
YES : Go to Step 2. YES : This diagnosis is complete.
NO : Replace ASC OFF switch (Refer to P.35C- NO : Return to Step 1.
184). Then go to Step 6.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-157
Inspection Procedure 10: Abnormality in brake operation
CAUTION STEP 2. Hydraulic unit (Integrated with ASC-

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, ECU) check
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior Check that the brake tube is installed to the hydraulic
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines unit (integrated with ASC-ECU) correctly (Refer to
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics P.35C-179).
Table ).
YES : Go to Step 3.
CAN bus lines are normal. NO : Connect the brake tubes correctly, repair the
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- external brake lines, or replace the hydraulic
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- unit (integrated with ASC-ECU) (Refer to
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and P.35C-185).
184). STEP 3. Brake operation check
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Perform the following checks.
Although the cause of the trouble cannot be clearly • Brake pedal check (Refer to GROUP 35A − On-
resolved since it depends on the running status and vehicle Service/Brake Pedal Check and Adjust-
road surface condition, the malfunction of the ment .)
hydraulic circuit may occur if any diagnosis code is • Brake booster check (Refer to GROUP 35A −
not detected. On-vehicle Service/Brake Booster Operating
Check .)
PROBABLE CAUSES • Check valve check (Refer to GROUP 35A − On-
• Hydraulic unit (Integrated with ASC-ECU) mal- vehicle Service/Check Valve Operation Check .)
function Q: Can any fault be found with the brake operation?
• Malfunction of hydraulic circuit YES : Check the brake-related parts, and repair if
• Malfunction of brake assembly necessary. Then, go to Step 4.
• Malfunction of brake booster NO : Go to Step 4.
• Malfunction of master cylinder assembly
STEP 4. Hydraulic unit check
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Perform the following actuator tests (Refer to P.35C-
175).
STEP 1. Diagnosis code check • Item No.01: FL wheel ABS drive
Use M.U.T.-III to check the diagnosis code for the • Item No.02: FR wheel ABS drive
ASC system. (Refer to P.35C-16.) • Item No.03: RL wheel ABS drive
• Item No.04: RR wheel ABS drive
YES : Go to Step 2. • Item No.05: FL wheel TCL drive
NO : Troubleshoot for the relevant diagnosis • Item No.06: FR wheel TCL drive
code (Refer to P.35C-16). • Item No.07: RL wheel TCL drive
• Item No.08: RR wheel TCL drive
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185).
TROUBLESHOOTING
Inspection Procedure 11: ASC does not operate or faulty ASC operate.
CAUTION STEP 2. Engine ECU coding data check

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Using M.U.T.-III, check if any abnormality is present
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior to the coding data below which are stored in the
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines engine-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − Precautions
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics before Service/Coding List ).
Table ). A.S.C.
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the OK: Available
YES : Go to Step 4.
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- NO : Go to Step 3.
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- STEP 3. Engine ECU coding data check
184). Perform the variant coding to the Engine ECU.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Q: Is the check result normal?
In case of this trouble symptom, the stability control/ YES : Go to Step 5.
TCL system operation may be disabled. Diagnosis NO : Replace the engine ECU (Refer to GROUP
code may be set by the stability control/TCL system 13A − Engine-ECU <4A9>, GROUP 13B −
using M.U.T.-III. Engine-ECU <4B1>, GROUP 13F −
Engine-ECU <4J1> or GROUP 13C −
PROBABLE CAUSES Engine-ECU <4N1>). Then go to Step 5.
• Low battery output
STEP 4. Hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC-
line
ECU) check
Check that the brake tube is correctly mounted to the
• Engine coding data problem
hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC-ECU). (Refer to
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE P.35C-179.)
STEP 1. Diagnosis code check
ASC-ECU).(Refer to P.35C-179.) Then go
to Step 5.
ASC system. (Refer to P.35C-16.) NO : Connect the brake tubes correctly, and
Q: Is the check result normal? repair or replace the external brake lines of
YES : Go to Step 2. the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC-
NO : Carry out the diagnosis for the diagnosis ECU).
code. (Refer to P.35C-16.)
STEP 5. Operation check
Q: Does stability control/TCL operate normally?
NO : Check the brake system related
components other than the stability control/
TCL system.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-159
Inspection Procedure 12: ASC-ECU power supply circuit system
Solenoid Valve, Motor and ASC-ECU Power Source Circuit

FUSIBLE
LINK 34 <PETROL>
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE FUSIBLE
LINK 27 LINK 26 LINK 44 <DIESEL>
IGNITION SWITCH
ETACS-
ECU
IG1
RELAY
ASC-ECU
SOLENOID MOTOR POWER POWER
VALVE POWER SOURCE SOURCE
POWER SOURCE
SOURCE
Wire colour code

B : Black LG : Light green G : Green
L : Blue W : White Y : Yellow
SB : Sky blue BR : Brown O : Orange
GR : Grey R : Red P : Pink
V : Violet PU : Purple SI : Silver
ACB02568
TROUBLESHOOTING

minal No.2) for ASC-ECU. The power is supplied
from the fusible link No.34 <PETROL> or fusible
A-58 (B) link No.44 <DIESEL> through the multi-purpose
fuse No.17.
minal No. 8) for ASC-ECU. When the ignition
switch (IG1) is turned ON, the voltage is applied
to the relay incorporated in ETACS-ECU to turn
ON the relay, and the power is supplied from the
AC612691AO
fusible link No. 34 <PETROL> or fusible link
Connector: A-58 <RHD> No.44 <DIESEL> through multi-purpose fuse No.
A-58 (B) 12.
is energised by the motor switch, which is incor-
porated in ASC-ECU.
• When malfunction occurs in ASC-ECU power
supply, the communication with M.U.T.-III
becomes unavailable.
AC701238 AF
PROBABLE CAUSES
CAUTION • Fuse and fusible link malfunction
• When the ASC-ECU power supply voltage • Improper tightening of battery terminal
becomes 9.7 ± 0.3 V or less, the ABS warning • Improper tightening of earth bolt
lamp, ASC warning display, and ASC OFF dis- • Battery failure
play illuminate, and the ABS, stability control, • Charging system failed
and TCL controls are prohibited. • ASC-ECU malfunction
• If the battery terminal is not tightened prop-
erly, a dump surge may occur and the power DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
supply voltage may become abnormally high
for a short time.
STEP 1. Battery check
Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test .
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines Q: Is the battery in good condition?
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics YES : Go to Step 3.
Table ). NO : Charge or replace the battery. Then go to
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the Step 2.
• When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC- STEP 2. Charging system check
ECU) is replaced, always carry out the calibra- Refer to GROUP 16 − On−vehicle Service/Alternator
tion of the steering wheel sensor, the G and Output Line Voltage Drop Test .
yaw rate sensor and brake fluid pressure sen- Q: Is the charging system in good condition?
sor (Refer to P.35C-182, P.35C-183 and P.35C- YES : Go to Step 3.
184). NO : Repair or replace the charging system
OPERATION component(s).
minal No.32) for the solenoid valve. The solenoid
valve is energised by the valve relay, which is
incorporated in ASC-ECU.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-161
YES : Replace the fusible link No.27. Then go to
Step 24.
NO : The short circuit may be present in the
ignition switch connector, C-309 ETACS-ECU
power supply circuit. Repair the wiring
harness between the A-58 ASC-ECU
ETACS-ECU connector
connector terminal No.32 and the fusible
Q: Is the check result normal? link No.27, and then replace the fusible link
YES : Go to Step 4. No.27. Then go to Step 24.

STEP 4. Fusible link check: Check the fusible link ECU connector
No.27.
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.

ECU connector
(1) Removal the fusible link No.27.
Check harness
MB991997 ASC-ECU
A-58 ASC-ECU
Check harness harness connector AC606869DG

MB991997 ASC-ECU special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool ASC
check harness (MB991997) to ASC-ECU.
A-58 ASC-ECU (2) Measure the voltage between terminal No.32 and
harness connector AC606869 HE body earth.
(2) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect OK: Approximately system voltage
special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to Q: Is the check result normal?
the harness-side connector, and then measure YES : Go to Step 7.
the resistance at the special tool connector side. NO : The open circuit may be present in the
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool ASC power supply circuit. Repair the wiring
check harness (MB991997) to ASC-ECU. harness between the A-58 ASC-ECU
(3) Measure the resistance between the terminal connector terminal No.32 and the fusible
No.32 and the body earth. link No.27. Then go to Step 24.
OK: No continuity
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 7. Check the fusible link No.26.
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 8.
ECU connector

ECU connector
(1) Removal the fusible link No.26.
Check harness
MB991997 ASC-ECU
Check harness
MB991997 ASC-ECU
A-58 ASC-ECU
harness connector AC606869LD

A-58 ASC-ECU
harness connector AC606869LC
(2) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect NOTE: Do not connect the special tool ASC
special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) to check harness (MB991997) to ASC-ECU.
the harness-side connector, and then measure (2) Measure the voltage between terminal No.1 and
the resistance at the special tool connector side. body earth.
NOTE: Do not connect the special tool ASC OK: Approximately system voltage
(3) Measure the resistance between the terminal Q: Is the check result normal?
No.1 and the body earth. YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : The open circuit may be present in the
OK: No continuity power supply circuit. Repair the wiring
Q: Is the check result normal? harness between the A-58 ASC-ECU
YES : Replace the fusible link No.26. Then go to connector terminal No.1 and the fusible link
Step 24. No.26. Then go to Step 24.
STEP 10. Check the fuse No.12.
Visually check for open circuit in fuse No.12.
No.26, and then replace the fusible link Q: Is the check result normal?
No.26. Then go to Step 24. YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Go to Step 11.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-163
STEP 11. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC- STEP 13. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC-
(1) Disconnect the C-317 ETACS-ECU connector. (1) Disconnect the C-315 ETACS-ECU connector.

harness connector AC606869HF harness connector AC606869 HH
the resistance at the special tool connector side. the resistance at the special tool connector side.
(3) Measure the resistance between the terminal (3) Measure the resistance between the terminal
No.8 and the body earth. No.2 and the body earth.
OK: No continuity OK: No continuity
YES : Replace the fuse No.12. Then go to Step YES : Replace the fuse No.17. Then go to Step
24. 24.
NO : The short circuit may be present in the NO : The short circuit may be present in the
power supply circuit. Repair the wiring power supply circuit. Repair the wiring
harness between the A-58 ASC-ECU harness between the A-58 ASC-ECU
connector terminal No.8 and the C-317 connector terminal No.2 and the C-315
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.5, and ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.4, and
then replace the fuse No.12. Then go to then replace the fuse No.17. Then go to
Step 24. Step 24.
STEP 12. Check the fuse No.17. STEP 14. Measure the voltage at the C-309
Visually check for open circuit in fuse No.17. ETACS-ECU connector.
YES : Go to Step 14. wiring harness-side connector.
NO : Go to Step 13. (2) Measure the voltage between the terminal No.1
TROUBLESHOOTING
and the body earth. YES : Go to Step 18.

OK: Approximately system voltage NO : The open circuit may be present in the
Q: Is the check result normal? harness between the fusible link No.34
YES : Go to Step 17. <PETROL> or No.44 <DIESEL> and C-309
NO : Go to Step 15.
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.1. Then
go to Step 24.
STEP 15. Fusible link check: Check the fusible
link No.34 <PETROL> or No.44 <DIESEL>. STEP 18. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC-
Q: Is the check result normal? ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 17. (1) Disconnect the C-317 ETACS-ECU connector.
NO : Go to Step 16.
STEP 16. Resistance measurement at C-309

ETACS-ECU connector
(1) Removal the fusible link No.34 <PETROL> or
No.44 <DIESEL>. Connector: C-317
(2) Disconnect the C-309 ETACS-ECU connector, (harness side)
and then measure the resistance at the
connector side.
No.1 and the body earth.
OK: No continuity Check harness
YES : Replace the fusible link No.34 <PETROL>
MB991997 ASC-ECU
or No.44 <DIESEL>. Then go to Step 24.
harness between the C-309 ETACS-ECU
No.34 <PETROL> or No.44 <DIESEL>, and A-58 ASC-ECU
then replace the fusible link No.34 harness connector AC606869 HG
<PETROL> or No.44 <DIESEL>. Then go to (2) Disconnect the A-58 ASC-ECU connector,
Step 24. connect special tool ASC check harness
(MB991997) to the harness-side connector, and
STEP 17. Resistance measurement at fusible link then measure the resistance at the special tool
No.34 <PETROL> or No.44 <DIESEL> and C-309 connector side.
ETACS-ECU connector NOTE: Do not connect the special tool ASC
(1) Disconnect the C-309 ETACS-ECU connector check harness (MB991997) to ASC-ECU.
and fusible link No.34 <PETROL> or No.44 (3) Measure the resistance between the A-58 ASC-
<DIESEL>, and then measure the resistance at ECU connector terminal No.8 and the C-317
the harness connector side. ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.5.
(2) Measure the resistance between the fusible link OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
No.34 <PETROL> or No.44 <DIESEL> and C-
309 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.1. Q: Is the check result normal?
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) NO : The open circuit may be present in the
Q: Is the check result normal? power supply circuit. Repair the wiring
connector terminal No.8 and the C-317
go to Step 24.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-165
STEP 19. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC- and the body earth.
ECU connector OK: Approximately battery voltage
(1) Disconnect the C-315 ETACS-ECU connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Go to Step 21.

ETACS-ECU connector and the C-212 ignition
switch connector
Connector: C-315 (1) Disconnect the C-317 ETACS-ECU connector
(harness side) and C-212 ignition switch connector, and then
measure the resistance at the harness connector
side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the C-317
Check harness
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.6 and C-212
ignition switch connector terminal No.2.
MB991997 ASC-ECU
YES : Diagnose the ignition switch (Refer to ).
harness between the C-317 ETACS-ECU
A-58 ASC-ECU connector terminal No.6 and C-212 ignition
harness connector AC606869HS
switch connector terminal No.2. Then go to
(2) Disconnect the A-58 ASC-ECU connector, Step 24.
connect special tool ASC check harness
(MB991997) to the harness-side connector, and STEP 22. Resistance measurement at A-58 ASC-
then measure the resistance at the special tool ECU connector
connector side.
(3) Measure the resistance between the A-58 ASC-
ECU connector terminal No.2 and the C-315
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.4.
Check harness
connector terminal No.2 and the C-315
go to Step 24. MB991997 ASC-ECU
STEP 20. Measure the voltage at the C-317

ETACS-ECU connector.
(1) Measure by backprobing without disconnecting
the connector. A-58 ASC-ECU
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. harness connector AC606869DJ
(3) Measure the voltage between the terminal No.6 (1) Disconnect the ASC-ECU connector, connect
TROUBLESHOOTING
the harness-side connector, and then measure STEP 23. Retest the system.
Q: Is the communication with M.U.T.-III possible?
terminal No.47 and the body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) to Step 24.
YES : Go to Step 23. STEP 24. Retest the system.
circuit. Repair the wiring harness between Q: Is the communication with M.U.T.-III possible?
the A-58 ASC-ECU connector terminal YES : This diagnosis is complete.
No.16 and the body earth, and between the NO : Return to Step 1.
and the body earth.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-167
Inspection Procedure 13: Steering wheel sensor power supply circuit system
Steering Wheel Sensor Power Source Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 34 <PETROL>
FUSIBLE
LINK 44 <DIESEL>
ETACS-
ECU
IG1
RELAY
STEERING WHEEL SENSOR
Wire colour code

Connectors: C-211 <RHD> Connectors: C-211 <LHD>
C-211 C-211
AC612716 BE AC612708 BB
TROUBLESHOOTING
CAUTION STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-211

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, steering wheel sensor connector terminal No.5
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior and the body earth.
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
Table ).
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
CAN bus lines are normal. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
• When the steering wheel sensor is replaced, Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
always carry out calibration to make ASC- Malfunction ).
ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C- NO : Repair the wiring harness.
183).
OPERATION STEP 4. Connector check: C-309 ETACS-ECU
• Steering wheel sensor contains the power supply connector, C-317 ETACS-ECU connector
circuit (terminal No.2) for Steering wheel sensor.
The power is supplied from the ETACS-ECU (ter- Q: Is the check result normal?
minal No.5). The power is supplied from the fusi- YES : Go to Step 5.
ble link No.34 <PETROL> or fusible link No.44 NO : Repair the damaged connector.
<DIESEL> through the multi-purpose fuse No.12.
• When malfunction occurs in Steering wheel sen- STEP 5. Voltage measurement at C-309 ETACS-
sor power supply, the communication with ECU connector
M.U.T.-III becomes unavailable. (1) Disconnect C-309 ETACS-ECU connector and
measure the voltage available at the wiring
PROBABLE CAUSES harness side of the connector.
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors (2) Measure the voltage between C-309 ETACS-
• Fuse and fusible link malfunction ECU connector terminal No.1 and body earth.
• Improper tightening of battery terminal
OK: System voltage
• Battery failure
• Charging system failed Q: Is the check result normal?
• Steering wheel sensor malfunction YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between
STEP 1. Connector check: C-211 steering wheel fusible link No. 34 <PETROL> or No. 44
sensor connector <DIESEL> and C-309 ETACS-ECU connector
terminal No.1.
Q: Is the check result normal? • Check the power supply lines (battery power sup-
YES : Go to Step 2. ply) for open circuit and short circuit.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at C-211 malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
steering wheel sensor connector. use Troubleshooting/How to Cope with
(1) Disconnect C-211 steering wheel sensor Intermittent Malfunctions ).
connector and measure the resistance available NO : Repair the wiring harness.
at the wiring harness side of the connector.
(2) Check the continuity between C-211 steering
wheel sensor connector terminal No.5 and body STEP 7. Measure the voltage at the C-211
earth. steering wheel sensor connector.
(1) Disconnect C-211 steering wheel sensor
connector and measure the voltage at the wiring
Q: Is the check result normal? harness side of the connector.
YES : Go to Step 4. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
NO : Go to Step 3. (3) Measure the voltage between the terminal No.2
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-169
and the body earth. YES : Go to Step 10.
OK: Approximately system voltage NO : Repair the wiring harness between the C-
211 steering wheel sensor connector
Q: Is the check result normal? terminal No.2 and the C-317 ETACS-ECU
YES : No action is necessary and testing is connector terminal No.5.
complete.
NO : Go to Step 8.
STEP 10. M.U.T.-III other system data list
Check the input signal of IG1 relay.
STEP 8. Check the fuse No.12. • Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Visually check for open circuit in fuse No.12.
Item No. Item name Normal
Q: Is the check result normal? condition
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : The short circuit may be present in the Item 254 IG voltage System voltage
power supply circuit. Check the wiring OK: Normal condition is displayed.
harness between the C-211 steering wheel
sensor connector terminal No.2 and the C-
YES : Replace the steering wheel sensor.
317 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.5,
NO : Refer to GROUP 54A - ETACS − Input
and repair if necessary. And then replace
Signal Procedures/Input Signal Procedure 2
the fuse No.12.
"The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not
received." .
STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-211
steering wheel sensor connector terminal No.2
and C-317 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.5.
• Check the power supply lines (battery power sup-
ply) for open circuit.
Inspection Procedure 14: ABS/stability control/TCL operates too frequently.
CAUTION • If a non-genuine braking device or non-genuine

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, impact reduction device is mounted, the ABS/sta-
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior bility control/TCL may be activated prematurely.
to this diagnosis, always diagnose the CAN
PROBABLE CAUSES
bus lines (Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus
• Mounting of wheels and tyres other than with
Diagnostics Table ).
genuine specified size
• Whenever ECU is replaced, ensure that the • Tyre pressure abnormality
CAN bus lines are normal. • Tyre wear and deterioration
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM • Mounting of non-genuine braking device or
• Although the cause of the trouble cannot be impact reduction device
clearly resolved since it depends on the running • Wheel alignment abnormality
status and road surface condition, the malfunc- • Malfunction of brake related parts
tion of the hydraulic circuit may occur if any diag- • Malfunction of the wheel speed sensor
nosis code is not detected. • Malfunction of the G and yaw rate sensor
• If wheels and tyres other than the ones with gen- • Steering wheel sensor malfunction
uine specified size are mounted, the ABS/stability • Malfunction of hydraulic unit (integrated with
control/TCL may be activated prematurely. ASC-ECU)
• Malfunction of hydraulic circuit
• External radio wave noise interference
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 4. Wheel alignment check

At the same time with the following checks, also
STEP 1. Check the wheels and the tyres. check that no parts other than the genuine parts are
Carry out the following check. mounted.
• Size check of wheels and tyres • Front wheel alignment check (Refer to GROUP
• Tyre wear and deterioration statuses 33 − On-vehicle Service/Front Wheel Alignment
• Check the tyre pressure. Check and Adjustment ).
• Rear wheel alignment check (Refer to GROUP
NOTE: For the tyre pressure, refer to the tyre pres-
34 − On-vehicle Service/Rear Wheel Alignment
sure label attached to the lower section of driver's
Check and Adjustment ).
side door striker.
YES : Go to Step 5.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair or replace the part(s) having damage
NO : Correct the wheels and tyres in good
or other problems. Then go to Step 9.
condition. Then go to Step 9.
STEP 5. Wheel speed sensor check

Check that no non-genuine electronic device or no
wiring harness of other than genuine electronic
ASC system (Refer to P.35C-16).
device is mounted near the wheel speed sensor (at
Q: Is the check result normal? wheel speed detection section and wiring harness
YES : Go to Step 3. section) (Refer to P.35C-188).
NO : Carry out the diagnosis for the diagnosis
code chart (Refer to P.35C-16). Then go to Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
Step 9.
NO : Remove the non-genuine electronic device
or the wiring harness of non-genuine
STEP 3. Check of brake system related electronic device. Then go to Step 9.
components other than hydraulic unit (integrated
with ABS-ECU)
At the same time with the following checks, also
check that no parts other than the genuine parts are
• Item 01: FL wheel speed sensor
mounted.
• Item 02: FR wheel speed sensor
• Brake pad check (Refer to GROUP 35A − On-
• Item 03: RL wheel speed sensor
vehicle Service/Brake Pad Check ).
• Item 04: RR wheel speed sensor
• Brake disc runout check (Refer to GROUP 35A −
• Item 08: Lateral G-sensor
On-vehicle Service/Brake Disc Check ).
• Item 11: Steering angle sensor
• Brake drag force check (Refer to GROUP 35A −
• Item 12: Yaw rate sensor
On-vehicle Service/Brake Drag Force Check ).
YES : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO (Abnormality with items 01 to 04) : Check the
NO : Repair or replace the part(s) having damage
installation status of corresponding wheel
or other problems. Then go to Step 9.
speed sensor (Refer to P.35C-188).
NO (Abnormality with items 08, 12) : Check the
installation status of G and yaw rate sensor
NO (Abnormality with item 11) : Check the
installation status of steering wheel sensor
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-171
STEP 7. Hydraulic unit check STEP 8. ABS/stability control/TCL operation
Carry out the following actuator tests, and check if check
they work normally (Refer to P.35C-175). Q: Is the check result normal?
• Item No. 01: FL wheel ABS YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
• Item No.02: FR wheel ABS 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/How to
• Item No.03: RL wheel ABS Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions ).
• Item No.04: RR wheel ABS NO : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
• Item No.05: FL wheel TCL ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
• Item No.06: FR wheel TCL to Step 9.
• Item No.07: RL wheel TCL
• Item No.08: RR wheel TCL
STEP 9. ABS/stability control/TCL operation
Q: Is the check result normal? check
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with Q: Is the check result normal?
ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go YES : This diagnosis is complete.
to Step 9. NO : Return to Step 1.
Inspection Procedure 15: ESS inoperative or improper operative

an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior STEP 1. Hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC-
to this diagnosis, diagnose the CAN bus lines ECU) check
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Diagnostics Check the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC-ECU)
Table ). part No.
CAN bus lines are normal. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM NO : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
In case of this trouble symptom, ESS operation may ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
be disabled. Diagnosis code may be set by the ASC to Step 2.
system using M.U.T.-III.
NOTE: Before carrying out the troubleshooting, ask
STEP 2. ETACS-ECU check
the user and confirm the driving conditions when the
Check the ETACS-ECU part No.
failure has occurred.
• Low battery voltage NO : Replace ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP
• Wiring harness or connector failure of CAN bus 54A − ETACS-ECU ). Then go to Step 3.
line
• The ASC-ECU is defective.
• Different ETACS-ECU, abnormal variant coding
information
ASC system and ETACS-ECU (Refer to P.35C-16
• Different ASC-ECU.
and GROUP 54A − ETACS/Diagnosis code chart ).
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Carry out the diagnosis for the diagnosis
code. (Refer to P.35C-16 or GROUP 54A −
ETACS/Diagnosis code chart ). Then go to
Step 4.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III actuator test STEP 7. M.U.T.-III actuator test

Perform the following actuator test, and check if the Perform the following actuator test, and check if the
ESS operation (Refer to P.35C-175). ESS operation (Refer to P.35C-175).
• Item No.10: ESS test mode • Item No.10: ESS test mode
YES : This diagnosis is complete. YES : This diagnosis is complete.
NO : Go to Step 5. NO : Replace ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP
54A − ETACS-ECU ). Then go to Step 8.
STEP 5. Check ETACS coding data
Refer to GROUP 00 − Precautions before Service/ STEP 8. M.U.T.-III actuator test
Coding List . Perform the following actuator test, and check if the
ESS ESS operation (Refer to P.35C-175).
OK: Present • Item No.10: ESS test mode
NO : Replace ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP NO : Replace the hydraulic unit (integrated with
54A − ETACS-ECU ). Then go to Step 9. ASC-ECU) (Refer to P.35C-185). Then go
to Step 9.
circuit. STEP 9. M.U.T.-III actuator test
Refer to P.35C-159. Perform the following actuator test, and check if the
ESS operation (Refer to P.35C-175).
Q: Is the check result normal? • Item No.10: ESS test mode
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Carry out the diagnosis of ASC-ECU power Q: Is the check result normal?
supply circuit system (Refer to P.35C-159). YES : This diagnosis is complete.
Then go to Step 9. NO : Return to Step 1.
Inspection procedure 16: The initial check sound of hydraulic unit is loud.

When installing brake tube, match the axial
centre of flare nut and brake tube with the centre DRIVING CHECK
of hole at the hydraulic unit side, and check that (1) Turn the ignition switch from the "LOCK" (OFF)
the fluid does not leak. position to the "ON" position.
COMMENT ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM (2) When vehicle speed reaches 10 km/h, check the
The operation sound may be decreased by reducing operating sound volume and compare it with that
the load at the rubber mount portion of the brake of the same model.
tube and hydraulic unit. OK: The operating sound is the same vol-
PROBABLE CAUSES ume or less by comparing with that of the
• Improper installation of the hydraulic unit same model.
• Improper installation of the brake tube Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Carry out adjustment for hydraulic unit
installation. (Refer to P.35C-179).
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE

M1355001500960
The following items of ECU input data can be read
using M.U.T.-III.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-173
The system is normal.
Item No. Check item Check condition Normal condition
01 FL wheel speed sensor Perform a test run of the vehicle. The speedometer display and
02 FR wheel speed sensor the M.U.T.-III display almost
agree with each other. (During
03 RL wheel speed sensor stop: approximately 0.7km/h)
04 RR wheel speed sensor
05 Power supply voltage System voltage (10 to 18 V
ASC operatable range)
07 Brake switch (input) The brake pedal is depressed. ON
The brake pedal is released. OFF
08 Lateral G sensor (+: left Vehicle stopped (level) -0.11 to 0.11 G
turn, -: right turn) Running -1 to 1 G
09 G sensor (+: Vehicle stopped (level) 0 G*1 (fixed value)
deceleration, -:
Vehicle stopped (level) Idle neutral -0.11 to 0.11 G
acceleration)
control
Running 0 G*1 (fixed value)
10 Master cylinder pressure The brake pedal is depressed. Increases by the amount of
(+: pressure increase, -: the brake pedal depression.
pressure decrease) The brake pedal is released. -3 to 3 bar
11 Steering angle (+: left Vehicle stopped (the steering wheel is -6 to 6 deg
turn, -: right turn) in the neutral position)
Running Nearly the same as the
steering wheel operation
angle <-720 to 720 deg (ASC-
ECU normal detection value)>
Nearly the same as the
steering wheel operation
angle <-850 to 850 deg
(Sensor normal value as a
single unit)>
12 Yaw rate sensor (+: left Vehicle stopped (level) -3.6 to 3.6 deg/s
turn, -: right turn) Running -100 to 100 deg/s
14 Brake switch The brake pedal is depressed. ON
15 Emission test mode Emission test mode: ON ON
Emission test mode: OFF OFF
26 Brake fluid pressure Brake fluid level is lower than the Low
switch "LOWER" marking.
Brake fluid level is higher than the Normal
"LOWER" marking.
TROUBLESHOOTING

28 ASC/TCL off switch When the ASC OFF switch is not ON
operated (when the ASC control is
available)
When the ASC OFF switch is operated OFF
(pressed and held for 3 seconds or
more)(when the ASC control is
prohibited)
When the ASC OFF switch is operated ON
(pressed and held for 15 seconds or
more)(when the ASC OFF control is
prohibited by fail-safe function)*2
45 SAS OK flag When the steering wheel sensor Comp
neutral point is learned
When the steering wheel sensor Not Comp
neutral point is not learned
When the steering wheel sensor is SAS fail
defective SAS fail&No Comp
65 Engine Speed When the accelerator pedal is The tachometer display and
depressed (engine started) the M.U.T.-III display almost
agree with each other.
66 Engine torque Displays the engine torque.
67 APS Displays the accelerator pedal
opening angle.
68 Allow ESP torque request Permitted
70 Target gear When the selector lever is operated Displays the selector lever
71 Actual gear position.
72 Master cylinder pressure The difference between the neutral -8 to 8 bar
Offset position that was input to the ASC-
ECU before the master cylinder
pressure sensor calibration and the
neutral position after the calibration.
73 Lateral G sensor offset The difference between the neutral -0.15 to 0.15 G
position that was input to the ASC-
ECU before the G and yaw rate sensor
calibration and the neutral position
after the calibration.
86 Ignition switch Ignition switch: ON ON
87 Ignition switch (input) Ignition switch: ON ON
88 Vehicle speed Perform a test run of the vehicle. The speedometer display and
the M.U.T.-III display almost
agree with each other.
91 Brake pressure sensor The brake pedal is depressed. ON
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-175
96 G sensor offset The difference between the neutral 0 G*1 (fixed value)
position that was input to ASC-ECU
before the G and yaw rate sensor
The difference between Idle neutral -0.15 to 0.15 G
the neutral position that control
was input to ASC-ECU
before the G and yaw
rate sensor calibration
and the neutral position
97 Yaw rate sensor offset The difference between the neutral -6.0 to 6.0 deg/s
position that was input to the ASC-
ECU before the G and yaw rate sensor
105 Power supply voltage (input) System voltage (10 to 18 V
ASC operatable range)
120 Parking brake switch When the parking brake lever is pulled ON
(Input) up:
When the parking brake lever is OFF
released:
128 A.S.C./TCL off switch The ASC OFF switch is pressed. ON
(input) The ASC OFF switch is not operated. OFF
138 ESS request ASC-ECU is demanding the ESS ON
operation of ETACS-ECU.
ASC-ECU is not demanding the ESS OFF
operation of ETACS-ECU.
NOTE: .
*1
• : The G and yaw rate sensor does not detect longitudinal acceleration of a vehicle, thus "0 G" is always
set.
*2
• : When the ASC OFF switch is pressed and held for 15 seconds, the ASC system returns to the ON sta-
tus.
System shutdown by ECU
While ASC-ECU is disabled by the diagnostic func-
tion, the M.U.T.-III displayed data is different from the
actual measurement.
ACTUATOR TEST TABLE

M1355001600343
Using M.U.T.-III, the following actuators can be forci-
bly operated:
TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTE: .
• ABS and ASC are operated by ASC-ECU.
• When ASC-ECU is disabled due to the fail-safe
function, the actuator test cannot be performed.
• The actuator test can be performed only when
the vehicle is stationary.
• While the actuator test is performed, the ABS
warning lamp flashes at a rate of 2 Hz.
• While the actuator test is performed, the ASC
warning display and ASC OFF display illuminate.
• After the actuator test has been performed, the
brake warning lamp, ABS warning lamp, ASC
operation display, and ASC OFF display illumi-
nate until the ignition switch is turned to ON again
or the communication between M.U.T.-III and
ASC-ECU is terminated.
Actuator test specifications
Item No. Check item Driven component
01 FL wheel ABS drive Solenoid valve for the corresponding
02 FR wheel ABS drive channel of the hydraulic unit and pump
motor (simplified inspection mode)
03 RL wheel ABS drive
04 RR wheel ABS drive
05 FL wheel TCL drive
06 FR wheel TCL drive
07 RL wheel TCL drive
08 RR wheel TCL drive
09 Engine TCL drive Outputs the engine torque control signal
(engine torque = 0 N⋅m) to the engine
ECU for three seconds.
10 ESS test mode ASC-ECU requires an ESS operation of
ETACS-ECU.
TROUBLESHOOTING
35C-177
Operation pattern of items 01 to 08
M.U.T.-III actuator test

(Item No.05, 06, 07, 08) start
Increase in pressure
Cut valve, End
Suction valve Steady pressure
(TCL/ASC)
Reduction in pressure

(Item No.01, 02, 03, 04) start End
Solenoid valve
(ABS) Steady pressure
Drive
Pump motor
Stop
Approx. 0.05 Approx. 0.01

second 1second 2 seconds second
AC400776 AH
CHECK AT ECU TERMINALS

M1355001700737
TERMINAL VOLTAGE CHECK
<LHD>
Lock lever
Check harness
<RHD>
MB991997 ASC-ECU
Lock lever
A-58 ASC-ECU
harness connector AC401192 AO
ACB01448AB 2. Connect the special tool ASC check harness

(MB991997) to measure the voltage between
1. Operate the lock lever to disconnect the ASC- each check connector terminal and the earth
ECU harness connector as shown in the figure. terminal (No. 16 or 47).
TROUBLESHOOTING
Terminal Check item Check condition Normal condition

No.
1 Motor power supply Ignition switch: ON (OFF) Approximately
system voltage
2 ASC-ECU power supply Ignition switch: ON Approximately
system voltage
Ignition switch: OFF Approximately
system voltage
8 Ignition switch signal for ASC- Ignition switch: ON Approximately
ECU activation system voltage
Ignition switch: OFF 1V or less
22 G and yaw rate sensor power Ignition switch: ON Approximately
supply system voltage
32 Solenoid valve power supply Ignition switch: ON (OFF) Approximately
system voltage
34 Wheel speed sensor (FR) power Ignition switch: ON Approximately
36 Wheel speed sensor (RL) power Ignition switch: ON Approximately
43 Wheel speed sensor (RR) power Ignition switch: ON Approximately
45 Wheel speed sensor (FL) power Ignition switch: ON Approximately
CONTINUITY CHECK AT WIRING HARNESS-SIDE 1. Operate the lock lever to disconnect the ASC-
CONNECTOR ECU harness connector as shown in the figure.
<LHD>
Lock lever
<RHD>
Lock lever Check harness
MB991997 ASC-ECU
ACB01448AB
A-58 ASC-ECU
harness connector AC400817 FA
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
35C-179
2. When performing the continuity check, turn the 3. Check the continuity between terminals shown in
ignition switch to LOCK (OFF) position, connect the chart below.
the special tool ASC check harness (MB991997) 4. Terminal layout is shown in the figure.
as shown in the figure, and disconnect the ASC-
ECU connector.
Terminal No. Signal Normal condition
16 − body earth Earth Continuity exists (2Ω or
47 − body earth Earth less)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT 4. When carrying out the actuator tests No.01 to 04,
CURRENT MEASUREMENT perform the actuator tests using M.U.T.-III while
M1355027300029 depressing the brake pedal. When carrying out
Refer to GROUP 35B − Wheel speed sensor output the actuator tests No.05 to 08, perform the
current measurement . actuator tests using M.U.T.-III without depressing
the brake pedal. When carrying out the actuator
HYDRAULIC UNIT (HU) CHECK tests, rotate the wheel by hands to confirm that
M1355006100202
1. Raise the vehicle using a jack and support the the braking force changes.
specified points with a rigid rack. NOTE: .
• While performing the actuator test, the ABS
CAUTION
warning lamp flashes at a rate of 2 Hz.
Before connecting or disconnecting M.U.T.-III,
• When ASC-ECU is disabled due to the fail-
always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
safe function, the M.U.T.-III actuator test can-
(OFF) position.
not be performed.
2. Before setting M.U.T.-III, turn the ignition key to • After the actuator test has been performed,
the LOCK (OFF) position. the ABS warning lamp, brake waning lamp,
3. Confirm that the selector lever is in the "N" ASC ON indicator lamp, and ASC OFF indica-
position, and then start the engine. tor lamp illuminate until the ignition switch is
turned to ON again or the communication
between M.U.T.-III and ASC-ECU is termi-
nated.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

(No.01, 02, 03, 04)
Depressed
Pedal operation
Released
(No.05, 06, 07, 08)

(No.01, 02, 03, 04) start
Approx.
2 seconds
Solenoid valve position Steady pressure
Approx.
1 second
(No.05, 06, 07, 08) start
Approx.
1 second
Cut valve, suction valve
Steady pressure
position Approx.
2 seconds

(No.01, 02, 03, 04)
Lock
Checking the brake force Approx.

3 seconds
Drag force when the pedal is free
(No.05, 06, 07, 08)
Those with a braking effort
Approx.
3 seconds
Checking the brake force
Those without a braking effort

AC400780AB
5. This is indicated as shown in the above. 6. When any malfunction has been found, take a
necessary action according to the "Judgment
Table."
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
35C-181
Judgment Table
Display on Operation Test result Judgme Cause Measure
M.U.T.-III nt
01 FL wheel • Depress the brake Braking force Normal − −
ABS drive pedal to lock the decreases for 3
02 FR wheel wheel. seconds from
ABS drive • Select the vehicle the lock status.
03 RL wheel to be inspected The wheel Error Clogged brake line Check and
ABS drive using M.U.T.-III, does not lock other than hydraulic clean the brake
04 RR wheel perform the even if the unit line.
ABS drive actuator test. brake pedal is
• Rotate the selected Clogged hydraulic Replace the
depressed. circuit in the hydraulic hydraulic unit
wheel by hands to
confirm the braking unit assembly.
force. Braking force Faulty routing of Route the
does not hydraulic unit brake brake tube
decrease. tube correctly.
Malfunction of Replace the
hydraulic unit solenoid hydraulic unit
valve operation assembly.
05 FL wheel • Select the vehicle Lock condition Normal − −
TCL drive to be inspected occurs for 3
06 FR wheel using M.U.T.-III, seconds from
TCL drive perform the the status
07 RL wheel actuator test. without braking
TCL drive • Rotate the selected force.
08 RR wheel wheel by hands to The wheel Error • Faulty routing of Check and
TCL drive confirm the braking does not lock. hydraulic unit brake clean the brake
force. tube line.
• Clogged brake line
other than hydraulic
unit
Clogged hydraulic Replace the
circuit in the hydraulic hydraulic unit
unit assembly.
7. After the inspection, turn the ignition switch to the 6. Shake hydraulic unit to all directions with both
LOCK (OFF) position, and then disconnect hands to make the hydraulic unit bracket insulator
M.U.T.-III. fit with the unit.
Hydraulic unit installation adjustment 7. Install the the hydraulic unit bracket with mounting
Refer to P.35C-185. bolt and nut not to load the brake tube.
1. Operate the pre-removal steps for the hydraulic 8. Install the protector.
unit. 9. Install all brake tubes securely.
2. Remove all brake tubes. NOTE: Install the flare nut taking care not to let
3. Remove the protector. the brake tube turn together.
4. Loosen the mounting bolt and nut of the hydraulic 10.Operate the post-installation steps of the
unit bracket. hydraulic unit.
5. Install all brake tubes temporarily.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
MEASURES FOR DISCHARGED 4. Select "ABS/ASC/ASTC."

BATTERY 5. Select "Special function."
M1355006200102
6. Select "Sensor calibration."
CAUTION
7. Select "all sensor calibration."
Because the vehicle posture when applying the
brakes becomes unstable, do not leave ABS/ASC 8. Before removing M.U.T.-III from the vehicle, turn
disabled (for example, ASC-ECU connector dis- the ignition key to the LOCK (OFF) position.
connection).
When starting the engine using a booster cable with
the battery fully discharged, if you begin driving the CALIBRATION
M1355009300313
vehicle before the battery is fully charged, the engine
misfire may occur and you cannot start the vehicle. CAUTION
This is because ABS/ASC consumes more electric Before performing calibration, check that the G
current to perform the self-check. In this case, and yaw rate sensor-related diagnosis code is
charge the battery fully. not set.
CAUTION
ALL SENSOR CALIBRATION (G AND YAW After the next operation has been completed,
RATE SENSOR, STEERING WHEEL carry out the calibration to make ASC-ECU learn
SENSOR, BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE the neutral point of the G and yaw rate sensor.
SENSOR) • G and yaw rate sensor replacement
M1357003900012 • ASC-ECU replacement
CAUTION Park the vehicle on a level surface.
Before carrying out the calibration, check that 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
the diagnosis code related to the steering wheel 2. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK (OFF) position.
sensor, G and yaw rate sensor, or brake fluid
pressure sensor is not set. CAUTION
CAUTION always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
When the next operation has been completed, (OFF) position.
carry out the calibration to make ASC-ECU learn
the neutral point of the steering wheel sensor, G 3. Check that the ignition key is in the LOCK (OFF)
and yaw rate sensor, and brake fluid pressure position, and then set M.U.T.-III.
sensor. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
• ASC-ECU replacement 5. On the Menu, select "System selection."
CAUTION 6. On the "System selection," select "ABS/ASC/
Carry out the calibration under the following con- ASTC/WSS" in the "System table," and then click
ditions. the "OK" button.
• The vehicle has one occupant (driver) only. 7. In the "ABS/ASC/ASTC/WSS" field, select
• Turn the steering wheel to set the wheels in "Special function".
the straight-ahead positions. 8. Among the selected items, select "Learn lateral G-
• The brake pedal is not depressed. (The stop sensor neutral position" and then press the "OK"
lamp switch is OFF.) button.
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface. 9. "Learn lateral G-sensor neutral position: Are you
sure to execute the selected item? Note: Check
CAUTION
the execution conditions." is displayed. Then,
press the "OK" button.
always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
(OFF) position. 10."Execute command: Executed" is displayed.
Then, press the "OK" button.
2. Before setting M.U.T.-III, turn the ignition key to
11.The neutral point is learned.
12.Turn the ignition key to the LOCK (OFF) position,
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
and remove M.U.T.-III from the vehicle.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
35C-183
STEERING WHEEL SENSOR 9. In "Learn neutral position of steering angle
CALIBRATION sensor," "Initialise neutral position of steering
M1355009200338 angle sensor" is selected, thus press the "OK"
CAUTION button.
After the next operation has been completed, NOTE: When the neutral position of steering
carry out the following two operations: angle sensor has been learned, "Initialise neutral
• Alignment adjustment <Front> position of steering angle sensor: Do you want to
• Steering wheel sensor (column switch assem- execute? Note: The diagnosis code will be
bly) replacement, removal, installation erased." is displayed. Then, press the "OK" but-
• ASC-ECU replacement ton.
1. Update the neutral position stored in the 10."Initialise neutral position of steering angle
steering wheel sensor. sensor: Completed" is displayed. Then, press the
2. Reset the calibrated value of the steering "OK" button.
angle stored in ASC-ECU. 11.Press the "OK" button.
CAUTION 12."Learn neutral position of steering angle sensor:
• Before performing the calibration, check if the Do you want to execute? Note: Execute after the
steering wheel sensor-related diagnosis code tyres and steering wheel are aligned in a straight
is set in ASC-ECU. ahead direction." is displayed. Then, press the
"OK" button.
• When the diagnosis code other than C121A is
set, carry out the inspection according to 13."Learn neutral position of steering angle sensor:
each troubleshooting procedure. Completed" is displayed. Then, press the "OK"
Park the vehicle on a level surface with tyres and button.
steering wheel positioned in a straight ahead 14.After turning the ignition switch to LOCK (OFF)
direction. position, turn it to the ON position again.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 15.On the Menu, select "System selection."
2. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK (OFF) position. 16.On the "System selection," select "ABS/ASC/
ASTC/WSS" in the "System table," and then click
CAUTION
the "OK" button.
always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK 17. In the "ABS/ASC/ASTC/WSS" field, select
(OFF) position. "Special function".
18.In the "Special function," select "Learn sensor
3. Check that the ignition key is in the LOCK (OFF)
neutral position."
position, and then set M.U.T.-III.
19.In "Learn sensor neutral position," select "Learn
neutral position of steering angle sensor," and
5. On the Menu, select "System selection." then press the "OK" button.
6. In "System table" of "System selection," select 20."Learn neutral position of steering angle sensor:
"Steering angle sensor," and then press the "OK" Are you sure to execute the selected item? Note:
button. Check the execution conditions." is displayed.
7. In "Steering angle sensor," select "Special Then, press the "OK" button.
function." 21."Execute command: Executed" is displayed.
8. In "Special function," select "Learn neutral Then, press the "OK" button.
position of steering angle sensor." 22.In the "ABS/ASC/ASTC/WSS" field, select "Self
NOTE: When the neutral position of steering diagnosis." If diagnosis code of "C2205 SAS
angle sensor has been learned, "Neutral position internal error (past failure)" is set, erase it.
learned already: in order to relearn the neutral 23.The neutral point is learned.
position, press the OK button to initialise the
24.Turn the ignition key to the LOCK (OFF) position,
steering angle sensor neutral position." is dis-
and remove M.U.T.-III from the vehicle.
played. If it is okay, press the "OK" button.
ASC OFF SWITCH
BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR CAUTION

CALIBRATION Before connecting or disconnecting M.U.T.-III,
M1355024100048 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
CAUTION (OFF) position.
Before performing calibration, check that the 2. Before setting M.U.T.-III, turn the ignition key to
brake fluid pressure sensor-related diagnosis the LOCK (OFF) position.
code is not set.
CAUTION
4. Select "ABS/ASC/ASTC."
After the next operation has been completed,
carry out the calibration to make ASC-ECU learn 5. Select "Special function."
the neutral position of the brake fluid pressure 6. Select "Sensor calibration."
sensor. 7. Select "M/C pressure sensor calibration."
• When the troubleshooting for code No. C123A 8. Before removing M.U.T.-III from the vehicle, turn
is carried out the ignition key to the LOCK (OFF) position.
• Brake fluid pressure sensor replacement
• ASC-ECU replacement
CAUTION
Always perform the calibration with the brake
pedal released (stop lamp switch is turned off).
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
ASC OFF SWITCH

M1355020100303
3
1
ACA01061 AB

1. Instrument panel lower (Refer to 2. ASC OFF switch <except AS&G>
GROUP 52A, Instrument panel 3. ASG OFF & ASC OFF switch
lower ). <AS&G>
HYDRAULIC UNIT
35C-185
INSPECTION 2. Check the continuity status when the ASC OFF
M1355020200258 switch is pressed and when the switch is
ASC OFF SWITCH CONTINUITY CHECK released.
Item When the ASC When the ASC
OFF switch is OFF switch is
released (Not pressed
being operated)
Continuity No continuity Continuity exists
between (2 Ω or less)
terminal No. 1
and No. 2
ACA01062AB Continuity Continuity exists Continuity exists
between
1. As shown in the figure, connect the circuit tester terminal No. 3
to the ASC OFF switch as a single unit. and No. 4
HYDRAULIC UNIT
M1355005600884
<LHD>
NOTE: ASC-ECU is located in the hydraulic unit.
HYDRAULIC UNIT
CAUTION
When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC-ECU) is replaced, after turning the ignition switch ON or
OFF (vehicle information from ETACS-ECU is registered), always carry out the calibration of all sen-
sors (steering wheel sensor, G and yaw rate sensor, and brake fluid pressure sensor) at one time.(
Refer to P.35C-182.)
• Brake fluid draining. • Brake fluid refilling and air bleeding (Refer to GROUP 35A
− On-vehicle Service, Brake Fluid Level Inspection and
Bleeding ).
• Hydraulic unit check (Refer to ).
4 4 4
4
1 16 ± 3 N·m
7 5
8
2 6
10 ± 2 N·m
13 ± 2 N·m
9
10
24 ± 4 N·m
3
11
AC611928AB

<<A>> 1. ASC-ECU harness connector 6. Hydraulic unit (ASC-ECU) and
2. Wheel speed sensor harness hydraulic unit bracket
connector connection <> 7. Hydraulic unit (ASC-ECU)
3. Wheel speed sensor harness clip 8. Hydraulic unit bracket insulator
connection 9. Hydraulic unit bracket B
>>A<< 4. Brake tube connection 10. Suction pipe, liquid pipe and clip
5. Brake tube clip and body connection
connection 11. Hydraulic unit bracket A
<RHD>
NOTE: ASC-ECU is located in the hydraulic unit.
HYDRAULIC UNIT
35C-187
CAUTION
When the hydraulic unit (integrated with ASC-ECU) is replaced, after turning the ignition switch ON or
OFF (vehicle information from ETACS-ECU is registered), always carry out the calibration of all sen-
sors (steering wheel sensor, G and yaw rate sensor, and brake fluid pressure sensor) at one time.(
Refer to P.35C-182.)
• Brake fluid draining • Air cleaner body assembly installation (Refer to GROUP
• Air cleaner body assembly removal (Refer to GROUP 15 15 − Air Cleaner <4A9>, <4J1>, <4N1>).
− Air Cleaner <4A9>, <4J1>, <4N1>). • Brake fluid refilling and air bleeding (Refer to GROUP 35A
− On-vehicle Service, Basic Brake System Bleeding ).
• Hydraulic unit check (Refer to ).
4 4
4
1 6
7 9 8 16 ± 3 N·m
13 ± 2 N·m
8
10 ± 2 N·m
2
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
3
5
24 ± 4 N·m AC707277AB

<<A>> 1. ASC-ECU harness connector 5. Protector
2. Front wheel speed sensor harness 6. Hydraulic unit (ASC-ECU) and
(LH) connector hydraulic unit bracket
3. Front wheel speed sensor harness <> 7. Hydraulic unit (ASC-ECU)
(LH) clip 4. Hydraulic unit bracket insulator
>>A<< 4. Brake tube connection 6. Hydraulic unit bracket
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT

<<A>> ASC-ECU HARNESS CONNECTOR DIS- >>A<< BRAKE TUBE CONNECTION
CONNECTION <LHD>
<LHD> 2 3 1 4
Lock lever 6 5
<RHD>
<RHD>
4 2
Lock lever
3
1
5
6
AC607914AB
ACB01448AB
Install the brake pipe to the hydraulic unit as shown
Operate the lock lever to disconnect the ASC-ECU in the figure.
harness connector as shown in the figure. 1. From master cylinder (primary) <Marking colour:
Blue>
<> HYDRAULIC UNIT (ASC-ECU) REMOVAL 2. To front brake (RH) <Marking colour: Orange>
CAUTION 3. To front brake (LH) <Marking colour: Red>
• Be careful when removing the hydraulic unit 4. From master cylinder (secondary) <Marking col-
because it is heavy. our: Yellow>
• Never loosen the nuts and the bolts because 5. To rear brake (LH) <Marking colour: Pink>
the hydraulic unit cannot be disassembled. 6. To rear brake (RH) <Marking colour: White>
• Do not drop or shock the hydraulic unit.
• Do not turn the hydraulic unit upside down or
lay down the unit because the inner air
becomes difficult to be bled.
W HEEL SPEED SENSOR

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION INSPECTION
M1355005300151 M1352008400761
Refer to GROUP 35B, Wheel speed sensor removal Refer to GROUP 35B, Wheel speed sensor inspec-
and installation . tion .
35C-189
M1355004500420
CAUTION
• Do not use impact wrench.
• Do not drop or shock the G and yaw rate sensor.
• When the G and yaw rate sensor is replaced or installed, always carry out calibration to make
ASC-ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C-182).
Pre-removal and post-installation steps
Instrument panel console cover removal and installation
(Refer to GROUP 52A − Instrument panel assembly ).
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m

2
10 ± 2 N·m
4
3
5
AC904848 AB

1. Oxygen sensor (front) connector 3. G and yaw rate sensor and G and
2. G and yaw rate sensor harness yaw rate sensor bracket
connector 4. G and yaw rate sensor
5. G and yaw rate sensor bracket

M1355005100704
CAUTION
• Be sure to remove the clock spring from the column switch and centre the clock spring to prevent
the damage of steering wheel sensor.
• If the centre of the clock spring is not correctly aligned, the steering wheel may not be turned fully
or the cable inside the clock spring may be broken, causing the SRS air bag to be inoperative or
operated incorrectly.
• Before removing the steering wheel/air bag module assembly, refer to GROUP 52B − Service Pre-
cautions and Driver’s Air Bag Module Clock Spring .
• When the steering wheel sensor is replaced or installed, always carry out calibration to make
ASC-ECU learn the neutral point (Refer to P.35C-183).
• Driver’s airbag module assembly and steering wheel • Driver’s airbag module assembly and steering wheel
assembly removal (Refer to GROUP 37A − Steering assembly installation (Refer to GROUP 37A − Steering
Wheel <hydraulic power steering> or GROUP 37B − Wheel <hydraulic power steering> or GROUP 37B −
Steering Wheel <electrical power steering>). Steering Wheel <electrical power steering>).
• Perform steering wheel calibration (Refer to P.35C-183).
ACA02951 AG
Removal steps REMOVAL SERVICE POINT

• Position the front wheels in a straight <<A>> STEERING WHEEL SENSOR REMOVAL
ahead direction.
1. Clock spring/column switch assembly CAUTION
(Refer to GROUP 54A − Column After removing the steering wheel sensor, do not
Switch ). rotate the sensor rotating part.
<<A>> 2. Steering wheel sensor
54-1
GROUP 54
CHASSIS
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A
LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C

54A-1
GROUP 54A
CHASSIS
ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
BATTERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-11 SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-31

SERVICE SPECIFICATION(S) . . . . . . . . . . 54A-11 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-33
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-11 STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-33
FLUID LEVEL AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-11 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-33
BATTERY CHARGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-12 DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-34
BATTERY TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-12 DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-35
BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CODE NO.B1200 ODOMETER FAILURE. . 54A-35
...................................... 54A-14 CODE NO.B1201 FUEL INFORMATION ERROR
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-35
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR CHECK <VEHICLES CODE No.B1209 TEST MODE . . . . . . . . . . 54A-37
FOR EUR (EXCEPT 4AT)> . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-16 CODE No.B2203 CHASSIS NO. NOT PROGRAMMED
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-37
IGNITION SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-17 CODE No.B2463 RHEOSTAT SWITCH SEIZURE
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-38
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-20 CODE No.B2464 METER INFORMATION SWITCH
SEIZURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-39
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
SHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-20 CODE No.B2465 IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL ERROR
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-40
SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-20
CODE No.U0019 BUS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-41
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-21
CODE No.U0100 TIME-OUT DURING CAN
IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LAMP
COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE-ECU . . 54A-41
DOES NOT ILLUMINATE/EXTINGUISH NORMALLY.
<VEHICLES WITH WCM> . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-21 CODE No.U0141 TIME-OUT DURING CAN
COMMUNICATION WITH ETACS-ECU . . . 54A-42
MALFUNCTION OF THE IGNITION SWITCH POWER
SUPPLY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-23 CODE No.U0151 TIME-OUT DURING CAN
COMMUNICATION WITH SRS-ECU . . . . . 54A-43
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-25
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-25
COMMUNICATION WITH A/C-ECU . . . . . . 54A-44
IGNITION SWITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-26
COMMUNICATION WITH WCM . . . . . . . . . 54A-45
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-28
IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . 54A-28 COMMUNICATION WITH AUDIO UNIT . . . 54A-46
KEY REMINDER SWITCH INSPECTION. . 54A-28 CODE No.U0245 TIME-OUT DURING CAN
COMMUNICATION WITH AUDIO VISUAL
COMBINATION METER . . . . . . . . . . 54A-29 NAVIGATION UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-47
SERVICE SPECIFICATION(S) . . . . . . . . . . 54A-29 CODE No.U1415 CODING DATA NOT WRITTEN
54A-2
...................................... 54A-48 BULB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-91

SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-49 CODE NO. B16A3 TURN-SIGNAL LAMP (LH) SHORT
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-50 CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-93
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-50 CODE NO. B16A4 BLOWN TURN-SIGNAL LAMP (RH)
BULB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-95
THE SPEEDOMETER DOES NOT WORK (BUT THE
OTHER METERS WORK). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-53 CODE NO. B16A5 TURN-SIGNAL LAMP (RH) SHORT
CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-96
TACHOMETER DOES NOT WORK (BUT THE OTHER
METERS WORK).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-54 Code No. L0432 RLS RS adaptation error . 54A-98
BUZZER DOES NOT WORK.. . . . . . . . . . . 54A-55 Code No. L0434 RLS Rain sensor error . . . 54A-98
THE COMBINATION METER LIGHT DOES NOT Code No. B2358 AFS OFF SW short circuit 54A-99
ILLUMINATE NORMALLY OR THE MULTI Code No. B2507 Steering wheel sensor error
INFORMATION DISPLAY IS NOT DISPLAYED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-99
NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-56 Code No. B2509 Steering wheel sensor not initialized
THE MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-100
CANNOT BE CHANGED WITH THE OPERATION OF Code No. B2511 ECU internal error (ROM) 54A-101
THE METER INFORMATION SWITCH. . . . 54A-58
Code No. B2512 ECU internal error (EEPROM)
FUEL GAUGE DOES NOT WORK (BUT THE OTHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-102
METERS WORK).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-59
Code No. U0001 Bus off (CAN-C) . . . . . . . . 54A-102
THE SEAT BELT INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT
Code No. U0100 Engine CAN time-out . . . . 54A-103
ILLUMINATE OR FLASH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-60
Code No. U0121 ABS/ASC CAN time-out. . 54A-104
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . 54A-61
Code No. U0126 Steering wheel sensor CAN time-out
ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE. . 54A-64
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-105
INSPECTION PROCEDURE FOR EACH MULTI
Code No. U0141 ETACS CAN time-out . . . 54A-106
INFORMATION DISPLAY SCREEN. . . . . . 54A-64
Code No. U1415 Coding not completed/failed
CHECK AT ECU TERMINAL . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-74
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-107
Code No. U1417 Coding data error . . . . . . . 54A-107
SPEEDOMETER CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-75
SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-108
TACHOMETER CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-75
FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-75
HEADLAMPS (LOW-BEAM) DO NOT ILLUMINATE.
METER INFORMATION SWITCH CHECK. 54A-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-109
SETTING SERVICE REMINDER FUNCTION HEADLAMPS (HIGH-BEAM) DO NOT ILLUMINATE.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-111
COMBINATION METER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-83 THE LOW-BEAM HEADLAMPS ILLUMINATE WHEN
COMBINATION METER REMOVAL AND THE LIGHTING SWITCH IS AT ANY POSITIONS
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-83 OTHER THAN OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-113
COMBINATION METER DISASSEMBLY AND HEADLAMPS DO NOT ILLUMINATE WHEN THE
REASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-84 PASSING SWITCH IS TURNED ON. . . . . . 54A-114
THE RIGHT OR LEFT HEADLAMP DOES NOT
HEADLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-84 ILLUMINATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-115
SERVICE SPECIFICATION(S) . . . . . . . . . . 54A-84 HIGH-BEAM INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT
ILLUMINATE NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-116
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-85
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC SHOUTDOWN FUNCTION
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS <VEHICLES WITH
DISCHARGE TYPE HEADLAMP> <vehicles with DOES NOT WORK NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . 54A-117
discharge type headlamp> . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-87 AUTOMATIC LIGHTING FUNCTION DOES NOT
WORK NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-118
ONE OF THE TAIL LAMP OR THE LICENCE PLATE
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-90
LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE. . . . . . . . . 54A-119
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-90
TURN-SIGNAL LAMPS DO NOT FLASH.. . 54A-121
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-90
THE COMFORT FLASHING FUNCTION DOES NOT
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . 54A-91 WORK NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-122
CODE NO. B16A2 BLOWN TURN-SIGNAL LAMP (LH) TURN-SIGNAL LAMP INDICATOR DOES NOT
54A-3
ILLUMINATE/GO OUT NORMALLY. . . . . . 54A-123 Code No. B2514 Height sensor power supply error
One of the bending lamps does not illuminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-148
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-123 Code No. B2516 Rear height sensor signal error
The bending lamp illumination timing by the steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-151
operation is failed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-126 SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-153
THE WELCOME LIGHT DOES NOT WORK SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-153
NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-127 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT IS FAILED. . . . 54A-153
THE COMING-HOME LIGHT DOES NOT WORK NEITHER RIGHT NOR LEFT AUTOMATIC
NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-128 LEVELLING OPERATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-154
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . 54A-128 EITHER AUTOMATIC LEVELLING DOES NOT
ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE. . 54A-130 OPERATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-155
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-130 DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . . 54A-157
HEADLAMP AIMING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-130 ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE . . 54A-159
LUMINOUS INTENSITY MEASUREMENT 54A-132 CHECK AT HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING-
REPLACEMENT OF REPLACEABLE BULB ECU TERMINAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-160
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-132 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-161
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC-SHUTDOWN FUNCTION HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING-ECU
CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-133 INITIALIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-161
HEADLAMP AUTO LAMP FUNCTION CHECK HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING OPERATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-133 CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-161
AFS OPERATION TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-133 HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING MOTOR
WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION CHECK. . . 54A-133 DRIVE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-162
COMING-HOME LIGHT FUNCTION CHECK HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING-ECU
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-133 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-162
ADJUSTMENT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-133 HEIGHT SENSOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-163
HEADLAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-135 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-164
HEADLAMP LEVELLING SWITCH REMOVAL AND HEIGHT SENSOR CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-164
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-137
LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR REMOVAL AND REAR COMBINATION LAMP . . . . . . 54A-165
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-138 SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-165
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-139 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-168
HEADLAMP RELAY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-139 DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-168
HEADLAMP LEVELLING SWITCH CHECK 54A-140 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-168
LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR CHECK. . 54A-140 DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-168
BRACKET REPAIR OF HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-168
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-140
CODE NO.B16A7 TAIL LAMP (RH) CIRCUIT SHORT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-168
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING CODE NO.B16A8 TAIL LAMP (LH) CIRCUIT SHORT
SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-143 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-170
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-143 SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-172
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-145 SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-172
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-145 TAIL LAMPS DO NOT ILLUMINATE. . . . . . 54A-172
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-145 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-173
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-145 REPLACEMENT OF REPLACEABLE BULB <LANCER
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . 54A-146 SPORTBACK> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-173
Code No. B2510 Auto-levelling not initialized REAR COMBINATION LAMP REMOVAL AND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-146 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-174
Code No. B2513 Levelling actuator output error TAILLAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-176
54A-4
FOG LAMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-177 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP REMOVAL AND

SERVICE SPECIFICATION(S) . . . . . . . . . . 54A-177 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-211
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-178

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP . . . . . 54A-213
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-213
SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-181
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-182 LICENCE PLATE LAMP. . . . . . . . . . . 54A-214
FRONT FOG LAMPS DO NOT ILLUMINATE
LICENCE PLATE LAMP REMOVAL AND
NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-182
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-214
THE RIGHT OR LEFT FOG LAMP DOES NOT
ILLUMINATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-186
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH 54A-216
FOG LAMP INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE/GO
OUT NORMALLY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-188 SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-216
REAR FOG LAMPS DO NOT ILLUMINATE TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-218

NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-189 DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-218
REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR DOES NOT DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-218
ILLUMINATE/GO OUT NORMALLY. . . . . . 54A-191 DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-218
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-192 DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-218
FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-192 CODE NO.B16A6 BLOWN HAZARD WARNING LAMP
REPLACEMENT OF REPLACEABLE BULB FUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-218
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-192 SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-219
FRONT FOG LAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-219
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-193 HAZARD WARNING LAMPS DO NOT FLASH.
REAR FOG LAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-219
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-195 THE ESS FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-196 NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-219
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY CHECK . . . . . 54A-196 HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-220
SIDE TURN-SIGNAL LAMP . . . . . . . 54A-197 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-220
SIDE TURN-SIGNAL LAMP REMOVAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH CHECK
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-220
INTERIOR LAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-199 HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-220

SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-199 HORN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . 54A-220
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-201 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-221
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-201 HORN RELAY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-221
SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-201
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-202 REVERSING SENSOR SYSTEM . . . . 54A-222
FRONT ROOM LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-222
NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-202 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-224
REAR ROOM LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-224
NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-205 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-224
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP DOES NOT DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-224
ILLUMINATE NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-206
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-225
THE ROOM LAMP AUTO-CUT FUNCTION DOES
NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY. . . . . . . . . . 54A-208 CODE No. B252E Sensor wire disconnection
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-225
CODE No. B252F Sensor error . . . . . . . . . . 54A-228
ADJUSTMENT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-209
CODE No. U0001 Bus off (CAN-C) . . . . . . . 54A-230
ROOM LAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-210 CODE No. U0100 ENGINE-ECU TIMEOUT 54A-231
54A-5
CODE No. U0121 ABS/ASC-ECU TIMEOUT DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-271

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-232 SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-271
CODE No. U0141 ETACS-ECU TIMEOUT. 54A-233 SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-272
SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-234 THE ACCESSORY SOCKET DOES NOT OPERATE.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-235 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-272
THE REVERSING SENSOR SYSTEM DOES NOT THE CIGARETTE LIGHTER DOES NOT OPERATE
OPERATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-235 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-275
SYSTEM CANNOT BE ACTIVATED OR ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
DEACTIVATED EVEN IF CORNER SENSOR SWITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-277
IS PRESSED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-237 INSPECTION <VEHICLES WITH CIGAR LIGHTER>
THE REVERSING SENSOR OFF INDICATOR LAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-279
DOES NOT ILLUMINATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-239
EITHER OF REVERSING SENSOR (CORNER COLUMN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-280
SENSOR AND BACK SENSOR) DOES NOT DETECT
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-280
THE OBSTACLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-240
OBSTACLE IS NOT DETECTED EVEN WHEN THE
SELECTOR LEVER IS SHIFTED TO "R"(REVERSE) DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-282
POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-241 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-282
CHECK AT CORNER SENSOR ECU TERMINAL DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-282
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-243 DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-282
CORNER SENSOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CODE NO.B2350 MALFUNCTION OF THE LIGHTING
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-245 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-282
CORNER SENSOR SWITCH REMOVAL AND COLUMN SWITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-283
CORNER SENSOR ECU REMOVAL AND INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-285
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-247
WIPER SWITCH CONTINUITY CHECK <LANCER>
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-248 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-285
CORNER SENSOR SWITCH INSPECTION WIPER SWITCH CONTINUITY CHECK <LANCER
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-248 SPORTBACK> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-285
COLUMN SWITCH (SWITCH BODY) CONTINUITY
REAR VIEW CAMERA. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-248 CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-286
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-248
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-250 RADIO AND CD PLAYER . . . . . . . . . 54A-287
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-252 SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-287
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-252 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-289
SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-252 AUDIO ERROR CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-289
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-253 TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY . . . . . . 54A-290
REAR VIEW CAMERA IMAGE IS NOT CORRECTLY DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-290
DISPLAYED. <VEHICLES WITH MMCS> . 54A-253 DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-291
REAR VIEW CAMERA IMAGE IS NOT CORRECTLY DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-291
DISPLAYED. <VEHICLES WITHOUT MMCS>
CODE No.U0019 BUS OFF (CAN-B) . . . . . 54A-291
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-260
CODE No.U0141 ETACS-ECU CAN TIMEOUT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-292
CAMERA SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-267
CODE No.U0151 SRS-ECU CAN TIMEOUT
REAR VIEW CAMERA REMOVAL AND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-293
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-267
CODE No.U0155 COMBINATION METER CAN
TIMEOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-294
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE CODE No.U0164 A/C-ECU CAN TIMEOUT 54A-295
LIGHTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-269 CODE No.U0168 WCM OR KOS-ECU CAN TIMEOUT
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-269 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-296
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-271 CODE NO.U1415 CODING NOT COMPLETED/DATA
54A-6
FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-297 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-347

CODE NO.B2420 MALFUNCTION OF THE POWER TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY . . . . . . 54A-347
SUPPLY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-298 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION <VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA>
CODE NO.B2421 MALFUNCTION OF THE RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-347
TUNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-298 PRECAUTIONS DURING MMCS SERVICE
CODE No.B2423 6CD PLAYER ERROR . . 54A-299 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-347
CODE No.B2424 CD PLAYER ERROR . . . 54A-300 ERROR MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-348
CODE NO.B2450 COMMUNICATION ERROR OF SERVICE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-352
THE SWITCH PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-300 DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART <VEHICLES FOR
CODE NO.B2451 PANEL TYPE ERROR. . 54A-301 RUSSIA> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-363
SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-302 DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES <VEHICLES FOR
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-303 RUSSIA> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-363
WHEN POWER SWITCH IS TURNED "ON," NO CODE No.B2226 NAVIGATION UNIT SERVICE DATA
POWER IS AVAILABLE <Vehicles without Auto Stop & . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-363
Go System> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-303 CODE No.B2240 COMMUNICATION ERROR
WHEN POWER SWITCH IS TURNED "ON," NO BETWEEN CAN BOX AND NAVIGATION UNIT
POWER IS AVAILABLE <Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-364
System> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-306 CODE No.B2477 VIN WRITING HAS NEVER BEEN
NO SOUND. <vehicles without audio amplifier> COMPLETED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-366
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-310 CODE No.U0019 BUS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-366
NO SOUND. <vehicles with audio amplifier> CODE No.U0141 TIME-OUT DURING CAN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-313 COMMUNICATION WITH ETACS-ECU . . . 54A-367
NO SOUND FROM ONE SPEAKER. <vehicles without CODE No.U0151 TIME-OUT DURING CAN
audio amplifier>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-319 COMMUNICATION WITH SRS-ECU . . . . . 54A-368
NO SOUND FROM ONE SPEAKER. <vehicles with CODE No.U0155 TIME-OUT DURING CAN
audio amplifier>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-322 COMMUNICATION WITH COMBINATION METER
THE AUDIO DOES NOT OPERATE NORMALLY BY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-369
OPERATING THE AUDIO CONTROL UNIT OF THE CODE No.U0164 TIME-OUT DURING CAN
CENTRE PANEL UNIT. <Vehicles without Auto Stop & COMMUNICATION WITH A/C-ECU . . . . . . 54A-370
Go (AS) System> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-327 CODE No.U0168 TIME-OUT DURING CAN
THE AUDIO DOES NOT OPERATE NORMALLY BY COMMUNICATION WITH WCM . . . . . . . . . 54A-371
OPERATING THE AUDIO CONTROL UNIT OF THE CODE No.U1415 CODING DATA NOT WRITTEN
CENTRE PANEL UNIT. <Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-372
(AS) System> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-331
CODE No.U1417 IMPLAUSIBLE CODING DATA
AUDIO ILLUMINATION DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-372
NORMALLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-335
SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-373
THE SOUND OF EXTERNAL INPUT IS NOT PLAYED.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-338
THE NAVIGATION SCREEN IS NOT DISPLAYED AT
TROUBLESHOOTING FOR NOISE . . . . . . 54A-340
ALL. <VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO STOP & GO
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-341 SYSTEM> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-374
ADJUSTMENT OF VOLUME AND SOUND QUALITY THE NAVIGATION SCREEN IS NOT DISPLAYED AT
AUTOMATIC CORRECTION FUNCTION <VEHICLES ALL. <VEHICLES WITH AUTO STOP & GO SYSTEM>
WITHOUT RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER>. . 54A-341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-377
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . 54A-342 NO SOUND IS HEARD. <vehicles without audio
RADIO WITH CD PLAYER REMOVAL AND amplifier> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-380
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-343 NO SOUND IS HEARD. <vehicles with audio amplifier>
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-383
AUDIO ADAPTER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . 54A-344 NO SOUND IS HEARD FROM ONE OF THE
SPEAKERS. <Except vehicles for RUSSIA (without
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION amplifier)> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-388
SYSTEM (MMCS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-345 NO SOUND IS HEARD FROM ONE OF THE
SPEAKERS. <Vehicles for RUSSIA (without amplifier)>
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-345
54A-7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-390 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-434
NO SOUND IS HEARD FROM ONE OF THE DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . . 54A-436
SPEAKERS. <Except vehicles for RUSSIA (with STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL
amplifier)> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-393 SWITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. 54A-436
NO SOUND IS HEARD FROM ONE OF THE STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL
SPEAKERS. <Vehicles for RUSSIA (with amplifier)> SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-437
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-397
THE MENU OPERATION IS POSSIBLE EVEN USB BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-438
DURING DRIVING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-401
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-438
THE SCREEN IS NOT NORMAL IN THE NAVIGATION
MODE. <EXCEPT VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA> TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-438
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-403 DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-438
THE SCREEN IS NOT NORMAL IN THE NAVIGATION DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH RADIO AND
MODE. <VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA> . . . . . 54A-405 CD PLAYER> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-438
POOR RECEPTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-408 DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH MMCS>
GPS CANNOT BE RECEIVED. <EXCEPT VEHICLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-440
FOR RUSSIA> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-409 CHECK CHART FOR TROUBLE SYMPTOMS
GPS CANNOT BE RECEIVED. <VEHICLES FOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-440
RUSSIA>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-410 SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-441
DVD (VIDEO DISK) CANNOT BE PLAYED. THE USB ADAPTER DATA CONNOT BE REPLAYED.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-411 <VEHICLES WITH RADIO AND CD PLAYER>
IMAGE OF A DVD (VIDEO DISK) IS PLAYED, BUT NO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-441
SOUND IS PLAYED.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-413 THE USB ADAPTER DATA CONNOT BE REPLAYED.
SOUND OF A DVD (VIDEO DISK) CAN BE PLAYED, <VEHICLES WITH MMCS> . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-443
BUT NO IMAGE IS PLAYED. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-414 USB ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
THE PICTURE AND SOUND OF EXTERNAL INPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-445
ARE NOT PLAYED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-415 USB BOX REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
CHECK THE CAN BOX UNIT POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-445
CIRCUIT. <VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA>. . . . 54A-416 USB ADAPTER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . 54A-445
ETACS CUSTOMISATION FUNCTION <VEHICLES
FOR RUSSIA> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-418 HANDS FREE ECU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-447
MAIN UNIT TERMINAL VOLTAGE. . . . . . . 54A-421 SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-447
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-449
(MMCS) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . 54A-423 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-449
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-425 STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC
AUDIO AND VIDEO ADAPTER . . . . . . . . . 54A-425 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-451
DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH RADIO AND
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CD PLAYER> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-451
CONTROL SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-426 DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH MMCS>
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-426 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-453
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-289 SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-456
TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY . . . . . . 54A-428 SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-457
SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-428 CHECK THE HANDS-FREE-ECU POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT. <VEHICLES WITH RADIO AND CD
PLAYER WITHOUT AS>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-457
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL
CHECK THE HANDS-FREE-ECU POWER SUPPLY
SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION. <VEHICELES WITH
CIRCUIT. <VEHICLES WITH MMCS> . . . . 54A-459
RADIO AND CD PLAYER>. . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-429
USB ADAPTER DATA CANNOT BE REPLAYED.
<VEHICLES WITH RADIO AND CD PLYER>
SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION. <VEHICLES WITH
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-461
MMCS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-432
USB ADAPTER DATA CANNOT BE REPLAYED.
<VEHICLES WITH MMCS> . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-462
SWITCH ILLUMINATION DOES NOT COME ON.
54A-8
WHEN THE SPEECH SWITCH IS PRESSED, THE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-490

VOICE INFORMATION IS OUTPUT, BUT THE VOICE SPEAKER TEST <Vehicles with MMCS> . . 54A-491
RECOGNITION IS NOT PERFORMED.. . . 54A-464
SPEAKER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
WHEN THE SPEECH SWITCH ISPRESSED, THE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-492
VOICE INFORMATION ISNOT OUTPUT. <VEHICLES
WITH RADIO AND CD PLAYER> . . . . . . . 54A-466
ANTENNA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-496
WHEN THE SPEECH SWITCH ISPRESSED, THE
VOICE INFORMATION ISNOT OUTPUT. <VEHICLES ANTENNA REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
WITH MMCS>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-469 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-496
DIAGNOSIS MODE CANNOT BE MADE AN ENTRY.
<VEHICLES WITH RADIO AND CD PLAYER> DC/DC CONVERTER <VEHICLES WITH AUTO
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-471 STOP & GO (AS&G) SYSTEM> . . . . . 54A-498
DIAGNOSIS MODE CANNOT BE MADE AN ENTRY. SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-498
<VEHICLES WITH MMCS> . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-473 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-500
STEERING WHEEL VOICE-CONTROL SWITCH DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-500
ILLUMINATION DOES NOT COME ON. . . 54A-475
SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-500
VOICE GUIDE "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. Please
try again or contact your dealer for service" IS SENT
FROM THE SPEAKER. <VEHICLES WITH RADIO CHECK THE DC/DC CONVERTER POWER SUPPLY
AND CD PLAYER> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-477 CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-500
VOICE GUIDE "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. Please AUDIO EQUIPMENT IS RESET OR SOUND JUMP
try again or contact your dealer for service" IS SENT OCCURS AT AUTO START.. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-502
FROM THE SPEAKER. <VEHICLES WITH MMCS> DC/DC CONVERTER REMOVAL AND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-478 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-503
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-478 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-503
PAIRING THE BLUETOOTH DEVICE . . . . 54A-478 DC/DC CONVERTER INSPECTION. . . . . . 54A-503
PAIRING THE BLUETOOTH DEVICE <VEHICLES
WITH MMCS AND EXCEPT VEHICLES FOR DEFOGGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-505
RUSSIA>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-480
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-505
PAIRING THE BLUETOOTH DEVICE <VEHICLES
WITH MMCS VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA> . . 54A-482
ERASE THE PASSWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-486
SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-507
HANDS FREE ECU REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-486 SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-508
MICROPHONE UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-486 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-508
STEERING WHEEL VOICE CONTROL SWITCH DEFOGGER SWITCH REMOVAL AND
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . 54A-487 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-513
USB ADAPTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-513
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-487 PRINTED-HEATER LINE CHECK. . . . . . . . 54A-513
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-488 DEFOGGER RELAY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-514
STEERING WHEEL VOICE CONTROL SWITCH
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-488 ETACS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-515
USB ADAPTER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . 54A-488 SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-515
AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-490 DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-517
AMPLIFIER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-517
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-490
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-520
SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-490
CODE No.U0019, U0001 BUS OFF . . . . . . 54A-520
CODE No.U0100 ENGINE-ECU TIMEOUT 54A-520
SPEAKER TEST <vehicles with radio and CD player>
CODE No.U0101 CVT-ECU TIMEOUT . . . . 54A-521
54A-9
CODE No.U0121 ABS/ASC-ECU TIMEOUT THE DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR SWITCH
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-522 SIGNAL IS NOT SENT TO THE ETACS-ECU. <RH
CODE No.U0126 SAS TIMEOUT . . . . . . . . 54A-523 DRIVE VEHICLES>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-558
CODE No.U0131 EPS-ECU TIMEOUT . . . 54A-524 THE FRONT DOOR SWITCH (LH) SIGNAL IS NOT
SENT TO THE ETACS-ECU. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-560
CODE No.U0151 SRS-ECU TIMEOUT . . . 54A-525
THE FRONT DOOR SWITCH (RH) SIGNAL IS NOT
CODE No.U0155 COMBINATION METER TIMEOUT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-526
THE REAR DOOR SWITCH (RH) SIGNAL IS NOT
CODE No.U0164 A/C-ECU TIMEOUT . . . . 54A-527
CODE No.U0168 WCM TIMEOUT . . . . . . . 54A-528
THE REAR DOOR SWITCH (LH) SIGNAL IS NOT
CODE No. U0181 HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC SENT TO THE ETACS-ECU. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-566
LEVELLING-ECU TIMEOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-529
THE TRUNK LID ACTUATOR AND SWITCH SIGNAL
CODE No.U0184 AUDIO UNIT TIMEOUT . 54A-530 IS NOT SENT TO THE ETACS-ECU. <LANCER>
CODE No.U0245 AUDIO VISUAL NAVIGATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-568
TIMEOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-531 THE TALE GATE LATCH SWITCH SIGNAL IS NOT
CODE NO.U0331 ECU INTERNAL ERROR SENT TO THE ETACS-ECU. <LANCER
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-532 SPORTBACK> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-570
CODE No. U1004 AS TIMEOUT. . . . . . . . . 54A-533 THE HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL IS
CODE No. U1005 CORNER SENEOR-ECU TIMEOUT NOT SENT TO THE ETACS-ECU. . . . . . . . 54A-572
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-534 THE COLUMN SWITCH SIGNAL IS NOT SENT TO
CODE No.U1108 ADDITIONAL CAN-B ECU THE ETACS-ECU.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-574
DETECTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-535 THE HOOD LATCH SWITCH SIGNAL IS NOT SENT
CODE No.U1120, U1121 BUS LINE (CAN-C) LOW OR TO THE ETACS-ECU.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-574
HIGH INPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-535 THE STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL IS NOT SENT TO
CODE NO.B1761 CHASSIS NO. NOT THE ETACS-ECU.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-576
PROGRAMMED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-536 CHECK AT ECU TERMINAL. . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-577
CODE No.B210A, B210B +B POWER SUPPLY (LOW), ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-583
(HIGH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-536 ADJUSTMENT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-583
CODE NO.B2206 CHASSIS NO. MISMATCH ETACS-ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-588
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-538
ETACS-ECU REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
CODE NO.B2215 ECU INTERNAL ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-588
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-539
CODE NO.B222C CODING NOT COMPLETED SECURITY ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-590
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-539
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-590
CODE No.B2353, B2354 IG1 POWER SUPPLY
(LOW), (HIGH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-540 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-593
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . 54A-541 DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 54A-593
SYMPTOM CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-548 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-593
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-548 DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-593
CHECK THE CIRCUIT (POWER SUPPLY LINE) DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . . 54A-593
FROM BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-548 DIAGNOSIS CODE NO.B120A Security alarm siren
INPUT SIGNAL CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-550 error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-593
INPUT SIGNAL PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . 54A-551 DIAGNOSIS CODE NO.B120B Security alarm sensor
error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-594
THE IGNITION SWITCH (ACC) SIGNAL IS NOT SENT
TO THE ETACS-ECU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-551 DIAGNOSIS CODE NO.B120C Security alarm siren
Flat Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-595
THE IGNITION SWTICH (IG1) SIGNAL IS NOT SENT
TO THE ETACS-ECU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-552 SYMPTOM CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-596
THE KEY REMINDER SWITCH SIGNAL IS NOT SENT SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-597
TO THE ETACS-ECU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-554 SECURITY-ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT ARMED
THE DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR SWITCH (SECURITY-ALARM INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT
SIGNAL IS NOT SENT TO THE ETACS-ECU. <LH ILLUMINATE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-597
DRIVE VEHICLES> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-556 THE INTERIOR ALARM DOES NOT WORK WHILE
54A-10
THE SECURITY-ALARM SYSTEM IS TRIGGERED. ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-607

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-600 ADJUSTMENT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-607
THE HAZARD WARNING LAMPS DO NOT FLASH LIN CUTOFF CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND
WHILE THE SECURITY-ALARM SYSTEM IS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-608
TRIGGERED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-601
SECURITY ALARM SENSOR REMOVAL AND
THE HORNS DO NOT SOUND WHEN THE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-609
SECURITY-ALARM SYSTEM IS TRIGGERED.
SECURITY ALARM SIREN REMOVAL AND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-602
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-610
THE ACTIVATED SECURITY ALARM SIREN
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-611
SOUNDS EVEN THOUGH NO FAULTY OPERATION
IS MADE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-605 LIN CUTOFF CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-611
SECURITY ALARM SIREN DOES NOT SOUND.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54A-607 THEFT ALARM INDICATOR INSPECTION 54A-611
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
BATTERY
54A-11
BATTERY
M1541000300919
Item Standard value

Battery electrolyte specific gravity 1.220 − 1.290 (electrolyte temperature 20°C)
Battery current sensor resistance Current sensor resistance value between terminal No.1 −
3: 3 − 10 kΩ
between terminal No.1 −
4: less than 0.5 kΩ
between terminal No.3 −
4: 3 − 10 kΩ
Temperature sensor resistance 4.5 − 7.2 kΩ (when 0 °C)
value 1.6 − 2.5 kΩ (when 25 °C)
0.96 − 1.40 kΩ (when 40
°C)
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FLUID LEVEL AND SPECIFIC GRAVITY
CHECK OK
M1541000900427
CAUTION
• If the battery is used with the electrolyte level
below the LOWER LEVEL indicator, there is
the danger that explosions may occur, so add Thermometer
water to the battery until the electrolyte level
is between the LOWER LEVEL and UPPER Specific
LEVEL indications. gravity meter
• If too much water is added to make the level
rise above the UPPER LEVEL indication, the
electrolyte may leak out, so adjust so that the
electrolyte level is between the LOWER
LEVEL and UPPER LEVEL indications.
AC102027AB
1. Check that the battery electrolyte level is between

the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL
indications.
2. Use a specific gravity meter and a thermometer to
measure the specific gravity.
Standard value: 1.220 − 1.290 (electrolyte
temperature 20°C)
54A-12 CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
BATTERY
The specific gravity of the battery electrolyte Determine when charging is finished.
changes according to the temperature, so the spe- When the specific gravity of the battery electrolyte is
cific gravity when the electrolyte is at a temperature constantly within 1.220 − 1.290 for a continuous
of 20°C can be calculated using the following for- period of one hour or more.
mula. Use the converted value to judge whether the
electrolyte is okay or not. BATTERY TEST
M1541001202256
D20 = (t − 20) × 0.0007 + Dt
TEST STEPS
D20: Specific gravity converted to a value for
electrolyte temperature of 20°C
STEP 1. Battery no-load voltage check
t: Electrolyte temperature at the time of (1) Illuminate the headlamp for 15 seconds.
measurement (2) Turn off the headlamp and then leave it for about
Dt: Actual specific gravity 2 minutes to stabilise the battery voltage.
(3) Remove the battery cable.
CHARGING (4) Measure the battery no-load voltage.
M1541001102130
OK: 12.4 V or more (Specific gravity
CAUTION 1.240)
• The battery plugs should be removed during
charging. Q: Does the measured voltage correspond with this
range?
• The battery electrolyte level may rise and
YES : Go to Step 3.
overflow from the battery during charging. NO : Go to Step 2.
• Explosions may occur if the battery is
brought close to naked flames during charg-
ing. STEP 2. Battery charging
• Be careful to avoid tasks that might produce Recharge the battery at 5A (constant-current charg-
sparks or other danger while the battery is ing). (Refer to Table 1.)
charging. Q: Is the battery no-load voltage normal value (12.4 V
• After charging is complete, reinstall the bat- or more)?
tery plugs, pour water over the battery to YES : Go to Step 3.
rinse away any sulphuric acid, and let the bat- NO : Replace the battery.
tery stand to dry.
• Charge the battery in a well-ventilated loca- STEP 3. Load test check
tion. (1) Connect the battery tester to battery.
• Do not let the battery electrolyte temperature (2) Feed a load current through the battery. (Refer to
rise above approximately 45°C (approximately Table 1).
55°C during rapid charging). (3) Measure the battery voltage after 15 seconds and
Remove the battery from the vehicle. then eliminate a load current.
1. The normal charging current is a value in (4) Compare the measured voltage to the specified
amperes which is 1/10th of the battery capacity. If lowest voltage. (Refer to Table 2).
the battery needs to be charged rapidly because Q: Is the measured voltage higher than the lowest
of reasons such as time limitations, the maximum voltage?
charging current for rapid charging is the battery YES : The battery is normal.
capacity expressed as an ampere value. NO : Replace the battery.
Battery Capacity (5- Normal Rapid
type hour rate) charging charging
current current
75D23L 53 Ah 5.3 A 53 A
55D23L 50 Ah 5.0 A 50 A
Q-85 55 Ah 5.5 A 55 A
T-105 73 Ah 7.3 A 73 A
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
BATTERY
54A-13
(TABLE 1)
Battery type Charging time when fully discharged Load current (A)
[5A constant current charging] (H)
55D23L 12 200
75D23L 13 270
Q-85 14 310
T-105 18 410
(TABLE 2)
Outside air 21 or 16 to 20 10 to 15 4 to 9 −1 to 3 −7 to −2 −12 to −8 −18 to −13
temperature (°C) more
Minimum voltage 9.6 9.5 9.4 9.3 9.1 8.9 8.7 8.5
(V)
BATTERY

M1541001301506
<1600, 1800-PETROL, 2000>

CAUTION
If the battery current sensor or engine-ECU is replaced, make the battery current sensor learn the
zero point. (Refer to GROUP 00, Precautions Before Service − Battery Current Sensor Calibration.)
<Low CO2 specification, FFV>
8.5 ± 1.5 N·m 4
5
4.0 ± 1.0 N·m
12 ± 2 N·m
6
9 <Low CO2 specification, FFV>
12 ± 2 N·m
8 1
7
6.0 ± 2.0 N·m
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
2
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
10 2
<Except Low CO2

specification, FFV>
11
12
ACB01849AB

1. Battery current sensor <Low CO2 5. Connection of the battery harness
specification, FFV> [positive battery terminal]
2. Connection of the battery harness 6. Connection of the fusible link box
[negative battery terminal] 7. Connection of the battery harness
3. Battery terminal assembly [negative [positive battery terminal]
battery terminal] <Low CO2 8. Battery terminal assembly [positive
battery terminal]
specification, FFV>
9. Battery holder
• Air cleaner intake duct (Refer to GROUP
10. Battery bolt
15 − Air Cleaner <1800-PETROL,
11. Battery
2000> or <1600>).
12. Battery tray
4. Fusible link box cover
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
BATTERY
54A-15
<DIESEL>
CAUTION
If the battery current sensor or engine-ECU is replaced, make the battery current sensor learn the
zero point. (Refer to GROUP 00, Precautions Before Service − Battery Current Sensor Calibration.)
12 ± 2 N·m
8.5 ± 1.5 N·m 6 4
4.0 ± 1.0 N·m
5
7
12 ± 2 N·m
10
1
9 8
6.0 ± 2.0 N·m
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m

2
11
13
12
14
ACB01840AB

1. Battery current sensor 7. Connection of fusible link box 6P
2. Connection of the battery harness assembly
[negative battery terminal] 8. Connection of the battery harness
3. Battery terminal assembly [negative [positive battery terminal]
battery terminal] 9. Battery terminal assembly [positive
• Air cleaner intake duct (Refer to GROUP battery terminal]
15 −). 10. Battery holder
4. Fusible link box cover 11. Battery bolt
5. Connection of the battery harness 12. Battery cover
[positive battery terminal] 13. Battery
6. Connection of fusible link box 1P 14. Battery tray
assembly
BATTERY
INSPECTION TEMPERATURE SENSOR RESISTANCE

VALUE
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR CHECK
<VEHICLES FOR EUR (EXCEPT 4AT)>
M1541002100405
CURRENT SENSOR RESISTANCE VALUE
AC808952AB
Using the circuit tester, measure the resistance value

between the battery current sensor connector termi-
nal No. 2 and No. 3.
AC808952AB
Standard value:
Use the circuit tester to measure the resistance value
between battery current sensor connector terminals. Temperature (°C) Resistance (kΩ)
Standard value: 0 4.5 − 7.2
Terminal No. (positive Resistance (kΩ) 25 1.6 − 2.5
terminal − negative 40 0.96 − 1.40
terminal)
1−3 3 − 10
1−4 Less than 0.5
3−4 3 − 10
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH
54A-17
IGNITION SWITCH
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1541200600163
IGNITION SWITCH

MB990784 Ornament Steering column cover removal
remover
MB990784
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH
54A-19
MB991955 M.U.T.-III sub- CAUTION
a assembly
a. MB991824 For vehicles with CAN
b. MB991827 a. Vehicle communication, use M.U.T.-III
c. MB991910 Communicati main harness A to send
d. MB991911 on Interface simulated vehicle speed. If you
MB991824
(V.C.I.) connect M.U.T.-III main harness B
e. MB991825
b b. M.U.T.-III instead, the CAN communication
f. MB991826
USB cable does not function correctly.
c. M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code, Data list and
Main harness Actuator test check
MB991827 A (Vehicles
c with CAN
communicatio
n system)
d. M.U.T.-III
MB991910 Main harness
B (Vehicles
d
without CAN
DO NOT USE communicatio
n system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
Measurement
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
Trigger
harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
MB991223 Harness set Making voltage and resistance

a
a. MB991219 a. Test harness measurements during
b. MB991220 b. LED harness troubleshooting
c. MB991221 c. LED harness a. For checking connector pin
d. MB991222 adapter contact pressure
b
d. Probe b. For checking power supply
circuit
c. For checking power supply
circuit
c d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
IGNITION SWITCH

MB992006 Extra fine probe Continuity check and voltage
measurement at harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART

M1541201100354
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC

TROUBLE SHOOTING
M1541201400140
Refer to Group 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
CAUTION
Trouble symptom Inspection Reference page

procedure
No.
The ignition key cylinder illumination lamp does not illuminate/ 1
extinguish normally. <vehicles with WCM>
Malfunction of the ignition switch power supply system 2
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH
54A-21
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Ignition key cylinder illumination lamp does not illuminate/extinguish
normally. <vehicles with WCM>
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the input and output signal circuits are normal.
Ignition Key Cylinder Illumination Lamp Circuit
ETACS-ECU
KEY
REMINDER <VEHICLES
WITHOUT KOS>
SWITCH
WHEN IGNITION KEY
REMOVING CYLINDER
ILLUMINATION
KEY: ON LAMP
Wire colour code

Connector: C-213 <LHD> Connector: C-213 <RHD>
AC612708 AU AC612716 AL
IGNITION SWITCH
Connector: C-315 <LHD> STEP 2. M.U.T.-III data list

ETACS-ECU Check the signal related to the operation of ignition
key cylinder illumination lamp.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) posi-
tion.
• Remove the ignition key from the ignition key cyl-
inder.
• Open the driver's door.
ACA00886AN
condition
Connector: C-315 <RHD> Item 228 Dr door unlock ON
ETACS-ECU
Item 254 IG voltage 0V
Item 256 Dr door ajar switch OPEN
Item 264 Handle lock switch Key in → Key
out
Item 270 Dr door lock switch Not lock
Item 271 Dr door unlock Unlock
switch
ACA00887AL
OK: Normal conditions are displayed for all
OPERATION the items.
The ETACS-ECU operates this function in accord-
ance with the input signals below. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Ignition switch (IG1) Normal conditions are displayed for all the items. :
• Key reminder switch Go to Step 3.
• Driver's door switch Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 228.
• Driver's door lock actuator : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 4 "The front door lock
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM actuator (driver’s side) signal is not
If this function does not work normally, these input received." <LH drive vehicles>, <RH drive
signal circuit(s), the ignition key cylinder illumination vehicles>.
lamp or the ETACS-ECU may be defective. Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 254.
: Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
PROBABLE CAUSES Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
• Malfunction of the key reminder switch (IG1) signal is not received." .
• Malfunction of the driver's door switch Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 256.
• Malfunction of the driver's door lock actuator : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
• Malfunction of the ignition key cylinder illumina- Inspection Procedure 5 "The front door
tion lamp bulb switch (driver’s side) signal is not received."
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU .
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 264.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Inspection Procedure 3 "The key reminder
switch signal is not received." .
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 270,
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code 271. : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU. Inspection Procedure 4 "The front door lock
actuator (driver’s side) signal is not
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to . received." <LH drive vehicles>, <RH drive
NO : Go to Step 2. vehicles>.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH
54A-23
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 3. Connector check: C-213 key reminder
NO : Replace the bulb of the ignition key cylinder
switch connector, C-315 ETACS-ECU connector
illumination lamp.
YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the C-213
key reminder switch connector terminal No. 7
and the body earth
key reminder switch connector terminal No. 5
YES : Go to Step 7.
and the C-315 ETACS-ECU connector terminal
NO : Repair the wiring harness.
No. 18
• Check the input/output line for open circuit.
STEP 7. Retest the system
Check that the ignition key cylinder illumination lamp
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. illuminates/extinguishes normally.
STEP 5. Check of ignition key cylinder
illumination lamp bulb
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Check that the ignition key cylinder illumination lamp
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
bulb is normal.
Malfunction ).
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 2: Malfunction of the ignition switch power supply system
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the
input and output signal circuits are normal.
Ignition Switch Power Source Circuit
ETACS-ECU
IGNITION
SWITCH
Wire colour code

IGNITION SWITCH
Connector: C-212 <LHD> DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Connector check: C-204 ignition switch

connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC612708 AG STEP 2. Voltage measurement at ignition switch

connector C-204 in order to check the battery
Connector: C-212 <RHD> circuit of power supply system to the ignition
switch.
(1) Disconnect the ignition connector C-204 and
measure the voltage at ignition switch connector
C-204 harness side.
(2) Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and
earth.
OK: System voltage
AC612716 AG Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
Connector: C-317 <LHD> NO : Go to Step 3.
ETACS-ECU
STEP 3. Check the fuse No.14.

YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the fuse No.14. (Check that there
is not a short to earth in the circuit of lower
reaches before replacing. If there are any
ACA00886AO
problems, replace the fuse after the circuit
of lower reaches is repaired.)
ETACS-ECU
connector
YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check the wiring harness from ignition

ACA00887AM switch connector C-204 (terminal No.1) and
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM ETACS-ECU connector C-316 (terminal No.3).
• Check the battery power supply line for open cir-
When the power supply system of ignition switch has
cuit.
a problem, none of the equipment and system con-
nected to the ignition switch works even if the ignition Q: Is the check result normal?
switch is operated. YES : Go to Step 7.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ignition switch
STEP 6. Check the ignition switch.
• Malfunction of the fuse No.14
Refer to .
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Q: Is the ignition switch in good condition?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH
54A-25
YES : Go to Step 7. ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
NO : Replace the ignition switch.
Keyless operation key return reminder
STEP 7. Retest the system. buzzer check <Vehicles with KOS>
M1541200700201
Q: Do the device and the system work normally when
1. Release the steering wheel lock with the driver's
the ignition switch is operated?
door closed, and turn the IG knob to the position
other than the LOCK (OFF) position.
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ). 2. Change the driver's door state from closed to
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU. open.
3. Check that the buzzer sounds normally.
4. If a malfunction is found, carry out the trouble-
shooting (Refer to ).
IGNITION SWITCH

M1541200300838
CAUTION
• Before removing the steering wheel and driver’s air bag module assembly, refer to GROUP 52B −
Service Precautions and Driver’s Air Bag Module and Clock Spring . <Vehicles with WCM>
• After the installation, perform a calibration for the ASC-ECU to learn the steering wheel sensor
neutral point (Refer to GROUP 35C, On-vehicle Service − Steering Wheel Sensor Calibration ).
<Vehicles with both WCM and ASC or vehicles with both WCM and AFS>
• Check of steering wheel straight-ahead position <Vehicles • Installation of steering wheel assembly (Refer to GROUP
with WCM> 37A − Steering Wheel <Power Steering> or GROUP 37B
• Removal of steering wheel assembly (Refer to GROUP − Steering Wheel <Electrical Power Steering>). <Vehicles
37A − Steering Wheel <Power Steering> or GROUP 37B with WCM>
− Steering Wheel <Electrical Power Steering>). <Vehicles • Check of steering wheel straight-ahead position <Vehicles
with WCM> with WCM>
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
IGNITION SWITCH
54A-27
<Vehicles with KOS>
4 Section A-A
B
B 4
C
C
3
Claw
11
Section B-B
5 4
A
1
A 3
6 Claw
3
2.0 ± 0.5 N·m
Section C-C
2 ACA03126
4
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m
<Vehicles with WCM> 4
B 3
B Claw
C
2.0 ± 0.5 N·m
9 C
NOTE:
Claw position is symmetrical
7.0 ± 3.0 N·m

5
10
A
A 2.0 ± 0.5 N·m
6
3 2
ACA03126
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m ACA03983 AB
Removal Steps Removal Steps (Continued)

1. IG knob cap <Vehicles with KOS> 9. Column switch assembly <Vehicles
2. Ignition key cover with WCM>
3. Steering column cover lower <<A>> 10. Steering lock cylinder <Vehicles
4. Steering column cover upper with WCM>
5. Ignition switch <> 11. IG knob <Vehicles with KOS>
>>A<< 6. WCM <Vehicles with WCM>/
receiver antenna module <Vehicles REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS
with KOS> <<A>> STEERING LOCK CYLINDER REMOVAL
7. Key illumination bulb <Vehicles with <VEHICLES WITH WCM>
WCM and paddle shift>
8. Paddle shift assembly <Vehicles 1. Insert the key into the steering lock cylinder, and
with WCM and paddle shift> turn the ignition key to the ACC position.
IGNITION SWITCH
INSPECTION
IGNITION SWITCH CONTINUITY CHECK
M1541200400170
Column switch
Lock pin
AC604821 AB
2. With using a cross-headed screw driver (small) or

similar items to press in the lock pin, remove the
ignition key, and then remove the steering lock AC506506AB
cylinder.
With the ignition switch mounted to the vehicle, dis-
<> IG KNOB REMOVAL <VEHICLES WITH connect and check the ignition switch connection
KOS> connector.
Ignition key Terminal Normal condition
position number
LOCK 1 − 2, 1 − 4, No continuity
1 − 5, 1 − 6
ACC 1−6 Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
IG knob ON 1 − 2 − 4 − 6 Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
ACA03127AD START 1−2−5 Continuity exists
Insert a flat-tipped screwdriver into the concave por- (2 Ω or less)
tion as shown to pull out the IG knob.
KEY REMINDER SWITCH INSPECTION
M1541200500166
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< WIRELESS CONTROL MODULE <VEHI- Column switch
CLES WITH WCM>/RECEIVER ANTENNA MOD-
ULE <VEHICLES WITH KOS> INSTALLATION
Check that the top claw of receiver antenna module
is fixed securely to the boss of steering lock and the
antenna is not floated on the key cylinder.
AC506506AC
With the key reminder switch mounted to the vehicle,

disconnect the key reminder switch connection con-
nector, and then perform the continuity check.
Key status Terminal Normal
number condition
Key removed 2−3 Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
Key inserted 2−3 No continuity
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-29
COMBINATION METER
M1540200200731

value
Speedometer km/h at 20 km/h 20.0 − 24.0 −
indication range at 40 km/h 40.0 − 44.0 −
at 80 km/h 80.5 − 85.5 −
at 120 km/h 121.5 − 127.5 −
at 160 km/h 162.5 − 169.5 −
at 200 km/h 203.5 − 211.5 −
at 240 km/h 244.5 − 254.5 −
mph at 10 mph 10.0 − 12.5 −
at 25 mph 25.0 − 27.5 −
at 50 mph 50.3 − 53.5 −
at 75 mph 76.0 − 80.0 −
at 100 mph 101.5 − 106.0 −
at 125 mph 127.2 − 132.2 −
at 150 mph 152.8 − 159.1 −
Speedometer needle fluctuation km/h (Vehicle speed: 35 km/h or more) − ±3
Tachometer indicating tolerance r/min Engine speed at 600 r/min ± 50 −
Items in ( ) indicates the reference value. (Engine speed at 2,000 r/min) (± 50) −
Engine speed at 3,000 r/min ± 50 −
(Engine speed at 4,000 r/min) (± 50) −
<petrol engine>
<petrol engine>
2WD Nominal resistance of the fuel Stopper position "F" 13.0 ± 1.0 −
gauge unit Ω Stopper position "E" 120.0 ± 1.0 −
Fuel gauge unit Petrol engine Stopper position "F" 181.5 ± 4.0 −
float height mm Stopper position "E" 26.7 ± 4.0 −
Diesel engine Stopper position "F" 185.1 −
Stopper position "E" 29.8 −
COMBINATION METER

value
4WD Nominal main Stopper position "F" 6.5 ± 1.0 −
resistance of the Stopper position "E" 41.9 ± 1.0 −
fuel gauge unit
Ω sub Stopper position "F" 6.5 ± 1.0 −
Stopper position "E" 78.1 ± 1.0 −
Fuel gauge unit main Stopper position "F" 140.9 ± 4.0 −
float height mm Stopper position "E" 39.1 ± 4.0 −
sub Stopper position "F" 14.2 ± 3.0 −
Stopper position "E" 179.3 ± 3.0 −
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-31
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540200300192
COMBINATION METER

a assembly
c. MB991910 Communication main harness A to send
d. MB991911 Interface (V.C.I.) simulated vehicle speed. If you
MB991824
e. MB991825 b. M.U.T.-III USB connect M.U.T.-III main harness
b cable B instead, the CAN
f. MB991826
c. M.U.T.-III main communication does not
harness A function correctly.
(Vehicles with CAN Combination meter check
MB991827
communication (Diagnosis code, service data,
c system) actuator test)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
MB991910 CAN
d communication
system)
DO NOT USE e. M.U.T.-III measure
adapter
MB991911 f. M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
e
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-33
MB991499 Measurement probe Measurements of voltage and
resistance value
NOTE: M.U.T.-II attached probe
(Commercial probes can also be
MB991499 used.)
MB991223 Harness set Continuity check and voltage

a
a. MB991219 a. Check harness measurement at harness wire or
b. MB991220 b. LED harness connector
b
circuit
circuit
c
d. For connecting a locally
sourced tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA

connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING CHECK OF FREEZE FRAME DATA

The freeze frame data can be checked by using the
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC M.U.T.-III.
TROUBLESHOOTING When detecting fault and storing the diagnosis code,
M1540203800204 the ECU connected to CAN bus line obtains the data
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting . before the determination of the diagnosis code and
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION then stores the ECU status of that time. By analysing
M1540200500129
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function . as the table below.
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
COMBINATION METER
Display item list

generated
displayed.
4 Current trouble Cumulative time for current malfunction of diagnosis min
accumulative time code

M1540200600535
CAUTION
• During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated with other system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for diag-
nosis code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase them all.
• If the combination meter needs to be replaced as a result of troubleshooting, the current driving
distance and elapsed days must be entered into the meter after the replacement in order to be
used for service reminder function. Therefore, read "Integrated mileage for reminder," "Integrated
days for reminder," "Mileage until Extra reminder," "Months until Extra reminder," and "Current
schedule" from the meter before the replacement using the special function of M.U.T.-III, and note
them. For the operation method of M.U.T.-III, refer to . If "Integrated mileage for reminder" or "Inte-
grated days for reminder" cannot be read from the meter using M.U.T.-III, use the following
method.
a. As for the driving distance for check warning, use the driving distance displayed on the multi
information display.
b. As for the elapsed days for check warning, calculate the number of elapsed days from the
delivery date to the customer (service reminder function start date) and current date.
Diagnosis code No. Diagnostic item Reference page

B1200 Malfunction of odometer
B1201 Fuel information error
B1209 Test mode
B2203 Chassis No. not programmed
B2463 Rheostat switch seizure
B2464 Meter information switch seizure
B2465 Ignition switch signal error
U0019 Bus off (CAN-B)
U0100 Engine ECU CAN timeout
U0141 ETACS-ECU CAN timeout
U0151 SRS-ECU CAN timeout
U0164 A/C/Heater control unit CAN timeout
U0168 KOS/WCM CAN timeout
U0184 Audio CAN timeout
U0245 Audio visual navigation unit CAN timeout
U1415 Coding not completed/Data fail
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-35
Code No.B1200 Malfunction of odometer
TROUBLE JUDGMENT Q: Is the diagnosis code set?

If the odometer information, which is stored in the YES : Replace the combination meter, and then
combination meter, is abnormal with the ignition go to Step 2.
switch at the ON position and the system voltage at NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
10 −16 V (data from ETACS-ECU), the diagnosis malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
code No. B1200 is stored. use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
PROBABLE CAUSES Malfunction ).
Malfunction of combination meter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE reset.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code meter.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
meter. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. position to "ON" position.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
position to "ON" position. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set. YES : Go to Step 1.
NO : The diagnosis is complete.
Code No.B1201: Fuel information error
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the communication circuit is normal.
ACA00891AD ACA00895AS
COMBINATION METER
YES : Go to Step 8.
Connector: D-19 <LANCER >
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Fuel pump and gauge unit and fuel

gauge unit check
Check the fuel pump and gauge unit and fuel gauge
unit. Refer to .
D-19 (GR) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
ACB02657AB NO : Replace the fuel pump and gauge unit and
fuel gauge unit.
Connector: D-19 <LANCER SPORTBACK>
STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the D-19 fuel

pump and gauge unit connector
(1) Disconnect the fuel pump and gauge unit
connector, the measure at the harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the D-19 fuel
D-19 (GR)
pump and gauge unit connector terminal No. 1
and the body earth.
ACB02662AB OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT Q: Is the check result normal?
With the ignition switch at the ON position and the YES : Go to Step 6.
system voltage at 10 −16 V (data from ETACS-ECU), NO : Go to Step 5.
if the combination meter detects the abnormal resist-
ance of fuel level sensor circuit for 64 seconds con- STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between the D-
tinuously, the diagnosis code No. B1201 is stored. 19 fuel pump and gauge unit connector terminal
No. 1 and the body earth.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Check the earth wires for open circuit.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of fuel pump and gauge assembly Q: Is the check result normal?
• Malfunction of combination meter YES : Go to Step 9.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Step 9.
STEP 1. Connector check: D-19 fuel pump and STEP 6. Connector check: C-01 combination
gauge unit connector meter connector

NO : Repair the connector, and then go to Step 9. NO : Repair the connector, and then go to Step 9.
STEP 2. Check of fuel pump and gauge unit STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between the C-
circuit 01 combination meter connector terminal No. 18
(1) Disconnect the D-19 fuel pump and gauge unit and the D-19 fuel pump and gauge unit connector
connector. terminal No. 2
(2) Use the special tool Check harness (MB991219) Check the output lines for open circuit.
to connect a test lamp (12 V - 3.4 W) between the NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
wiring harness connector terminals 1 and 2. intermediate connectors C-16 and D-09, and repair
(3) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. them if necessary.
(4) Check if the test lamp illuminates. Q: Is the check result normal?
OK: Illuminates
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-37
YES : Go to Step 8.
reset.
Step 9.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
nation meter.
STEP 8. M.U.T.-III actuator test (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Item 03: Fuel gauge (target value): 0 →100% (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
OK: The fuel gauge operates. position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
YES : Go to Step 9. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
NO : Replace the combination meter. YES : Replace the combination meter.
Code No.B1209 Test mode
TROUBLE JUDGMENT PROBABLE CAUSES

When the mode is changed to the meter test mode Malfunction of combination meter
(supplier mode), the combination meter stores the
diagnosis code No. B1209. DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Replace the combination meter.
Code No.B2203 Chassis No. not programmed
TROUBLE JUDGMENT YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to

With the ignition switch at the ON position, if the ETACS-ECU − Diagnosis code chart .
chassis number code is not written to the combina- NO : Go to Step 3.
tion meter, diagnosis code No. B2203 is stored.
PROBABLE CAUSES
reset.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line
nation meter.
• Malfunction of combination meter
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
position to "ON" position.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. YES : Replace the combination meter.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
54C − Troubleshooting ). Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
COMBINATION METER
Code No.B2463 Rheostat switch seizure
TROUBLE JUDGMENT STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code

If the combination meter detects the rheostat switch Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
pressed state for 60 seconds or more continuously, nation meter.
the diagnosis code No. B2463 is stored. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
PROBABLE CAUSES (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
• Malfunction of combination meter position to "ON" position.
• Malfunction of meter hood assembly (rheostat (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
switch knob) Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the combination meter, and then
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE go to Step 3.
STEP 1. Rheostat switch check

Check whether an abnormality is present to the com- STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
bination meter and the rheostat switch knob attached reset.
to the meter hood assembly. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
nation meter.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the combination meter or meter
hood assembly, and then go to Step 2.
YES : Go to Step 1.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-39
Code No.B2464 Meter information switch seizure
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the communication circuit is normal.
Meter Information Switch Circuit
COMBINATION
METER
CPU
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
METER
INFORMATION
SWITCH
Wire colour code

Connectors: C-01, C-37 <LHD> PROBABLE CAUSES

C-01 • Malfunction of meter information switch
C-37 • Malfunction of combination meter
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Connector check: C-37 meter

information switch connector
AC701093 BB
Connectors: C-01, C-37 <RHD> YES : Go to Step 2.
C-01 NO : Repair the connector.
C-37
STEP 2. Meter information switch check

Check the meter information switch. Refer to .
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the meter information switch.
AC701122 BQ
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the C-37
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT meter information switch connector
If the combination meter detects the meter informa- (1) Disconnect the meter information switch
tion switch pressed state for 60 seconds or more connector, and then measure at the wiring
continuously, the diagnosis code No. B2464 is harness side.
stored. (2) Measure the resistance from C-37 meter
COMBINATION METER
information switch connector terminal No. 4 to STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between the C-
body earth. 01 combination meter connector terminal No. 3
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) and the C-37 meter information switch terminal
Q: Is the check result normal? No. 1.
YES : Go to Step 5. Check the output lines for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between the C- NO : Repair the wiring harness.
37 meter information switch connector terminal
No. 4 and the body earth. STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Check the earth wires for open circuit. reset.
Q: Is the check result normal? Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
YES : Go to Step 7. nation meter.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
STEP 5. Connector check: C-01 combination
meter connector
YES : Go to Step 1.
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the connector.
Code No.B2465 Ignition switch signal error
TROUBLE JUDGMENT YES : Go to Step 3.

If 5 seconds or more elapses with the ignition switch NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
state and the data from the CAN communication con- 54C − Troubleshooting ).
tradicted, the combination meter stores the diagnosis
code No. B2465. STEP 3. Combination meter operation check
Check that the combination meter works normally.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of CAN bus line Q: Is the check result normal?
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU YES : Go to Step 4.
• Malfunction of combination meter NO : Check the power supply circuit of
combination meter. Refer to .
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
ETACS-ECU. nation meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to position to "ON" position.
ETACS-ECU − Diagnosis code chart . (3) Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
NO : Go to Step 2.
combination meter.
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-41
YES : Replace the combination meter.
use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Malfunction ).
Code No.U0019 Bus off (CAN-B)

• If diagnosis code No. U0019 is set, be sure to
diagnose the CAN bus line. STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
• When replacing the ECU, always check that Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
the communication circuit is normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION YES : Go to Step 2.
If the CAN-B circuit malfunction occurs, the combina- NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
tion meter sets the diagnosis code No. U0019. 54C − Troubleshooting ).
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
With the ignition switch at the ON position and the STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
system voltage at 10 − 16 V (data from ETACS- reset.
ECU), if the combination meter becomes unable to Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the KOS-
transmit data normally due to the CAN-B bus circuit ECU.
malfunction, the combination meter determines that (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
a problem has occurred. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
PROBABLE CAUSES (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
• Malfunction of the combination meter Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace combination meter.
• Malfunction of wiring harness or connector
Malfunction ).
Code No.U0100 Engine CAN timeout
CAUTION JUDGEMENT CRITERIA

• If the diagnosis code No. U0100 is set, be sure With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON
to diagnose the CAN bus line. position, system voltage is 10−16 V (data from
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the
• When replacing the ECU, always check that
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is
80.5 km or more, if the communication with engine
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ECU cannot be established for 600 ms or more, the
The combination meter sets diagnosis code combination meter determines that a problem has
No.U0100 when it cannot receive signals from the
occurred.
engine ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of engine ECU
COMBINATION METER
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck

STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics nation meter.
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
Q: Is the check result normal? position to the ON position.
YES : Go to Step 2.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting ). Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
Check if diagnosis code is set to the engine-ECU. between the combination meter and the
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? engine-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
YES : Troubleshoot the engine (Refer to GROUP Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
13A − Troubleshooting <1600> or GROUP Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
13B − Troubleshooting <1800-Petrol- Malfunction .)
DOHC, 2000> or GROUP 13C −
Troubleshooting <1800-Diesel> or GROUP
13F − Troubleshooting <1800-Petrol-
SOHC>).
nation meter.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for position to the ON position.
other systems (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0100 is set to
ETACS-ECU. YES : Replace the combination meter.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
YES : Go to Step 4. intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
NO : Go to Step 5. between the combination meter and the
engine-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction .)
Code No.U0141 ETACS-ECU CAN timeout
CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA

to diagnose the CAN bus line. position, system voltage is 10 − 16 V (data from
80.5 km or more, if the communication with ETACS-
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
ECU cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more,
If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received, the combination meter determines that a problem
the combination meter sets the diagnosis code No.
has occurred.
U0141.
PROBABLE CAUSES
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-43
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
position to the ON position.
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP between the combination meter and the
54C − Troubleshooting .) ETACS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How
to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code for other Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
systems Malfunction .)
ETACS-ECU. STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to nation meter.
GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU − (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Troubleshooting .) (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
NO : Go to Step 3. position to the ON position.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
other systems YES : Replace the combination meter.
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0141 is set to NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
SRS-ECU. intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the combination meter and the
YES : Go to Step 4.
ETACS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How
NO : Go to Step 5. to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Malfunction .)
nation meter.
Code No.U0151 SRS-ECU CAN timeout

80.5 km or more, if the communication with SRS-
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ECU cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more,
If the signal from SRS-ECU cannot be received, the the combination meter determines that a problem
combination meter sets the diagnosis code No.
has occurred.
U0151.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
COMBINATION METER
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace SRS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP between the combination meter and SRS-
54C − Troubleshooting ). ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points -
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the SRS-
ECU. STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
YES : Troubleshoot the SRS-ECU (Refer to nation meter.
GROUP 52B − Troubleshooting ). (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
NO : Go to Step 3. (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
other systems Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0151 is set to YES : Replace the combination meter.
ETACS-ECU. NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
YES : Go to Step 4. between the combination meter and SRS-
NO : Go to Step 5. ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
nation meter.
Code No.U0164 A/C/Heater control unit CAN timeout

80.5 km or more, if the communication with A/C-ECU
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, the
If the signal from A/C-ECU cannot be received, the
combination meter determines that a problem has
combination meter sets the diagnosis code No. occurred.
U0164.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-45
YES : Replace the A/C-ECU.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP between the combination meter and A/C-
54C − Troubleshooting ). ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
Check if diagnosis code is set to the A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
YES : Troubleshoot the A/C-ECU (Refer to Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
GROUP 55A − Troubleshooting ). nation meter.
NO : Go to Step 3. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0164 is set to Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5. between the combination meter and A/C-
ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
nation meter.
Code No.U0168 KOS/WCM CAN timeout

• If diagnosis code No. U0168 is set, be sure to With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON
diagnose the CAN bus line. position, system voltage is 10 − 16 V (data from
80.5 km or more, if the communication with KOS-
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ECU or WCM cannot be established for 2,500 ms or
If the signal from KOS-ECU or WCM cannot be more, the combination meter determines that a prob-
received, the combination meter sets the diagnosis
lem has occurred.
code No. U0168.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the KOS-ECU
• Malfunction of the WCM
COMBINATION METER
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck

STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics nation meter.
Q: Is the check result normal? position to the ON position.
YES : Go to Step 2.
YES : Replace KOS-ECU or WCM.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the KOS- between the combination meter and KOS-
ECU <vehicles with KOS> or WCM <vehicles with ECU or WCM. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How
WCM>. to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Set to the KOS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the KOS. Malfunction .)
Refer to GROUP 42B − Diagnosis Code
Chart .
Set to the WCM. : Troubleshoot the WCM. Refer to
GROUP 42C − Diagnosis Code Chart .
nation meter.
The diagnosis code is not set. : Go to Step 3.
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0168 is set to
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
NO : Go to Step 5. between the combination meter and KOS-
ECU or WCM. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How
Malfunction .)
Code No.U0184 Audio CAN timeout

80.5 km or more, if the communications with radio
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
and CD player cannot be established for 2,500 ms or
When the signals from radio and CD player cannot more, the combination meter determines that a prob-
be received, the combination meter sets the diagno-
lem has occurred.
sis code No. U0184.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunctions of radio and CD player
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-47
YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP between the combination meter and radio
54C − Troubleshooting ). and CD player. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio Malfunction .)
and CD player.
YES : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player. Refer Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
to . nation meter.
NO : Go to Step 5. between the combination meter and radio
and CD player. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi- Malfunction .)
nation meter.
Code No.U0245 Audio visual navigation unit CAN timeout

80.5 km or more, if the communications with CAN
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION box unit cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more,
When the signals from CAN box unit cannot be
the combination meter determines that a problem
received, the combination meter sets the diagnosis has occurred.
code No. U0245.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunctions of CAN box unit
COMBINATION METER
YES : Replace the CAN box unit.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP between the combination meter and the
54C − Troubleshooting ). CAN box unit. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN Malfunction .)
box unit.
YES : Perform the diagnosis code troubleshooting Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
to the CAN box unit. Refer to . nation meter.
NO : Go to Step 5. between the combination meter and the
CAN box unit. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How
STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi- Malfunction .)
nation meter.
Code No.U1415 Coding not completed/Data fail
CAUTION • Malfunction of combination meter

• If the diagnosis code No. U1415 is set, diag- • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
nose the CAN bus lines.
• When replacing the ECU, always check that DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
If the vehicle information data is not registered to the Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
combination meter, the combination meter sets the Q: Is the check result normal?
diagnosis code No. U1415. YES : Go to Step 2.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
54C − Troubleshooting ).
With the global coding counter value "0," if all the glo-
bal coding data (vehicle information) are not stored,
the combination meter determines that a problem STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
has occurred. Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSES
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-49
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to . (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
reset. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi- use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
nation meter. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. Malfunction ).
position to "ON" position. TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1540200800692
CAUTION
• During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated with other system may be set when the ignition
switch is turned on with connector(s) disconnected. On completion, confirm all systems for diag-
• If the combination meter needs to be replaced as a result of troubleshooting, the current driving
distance and elapsed days must be entered into the meter after the replacement in order to be
used for service reminder function. Therefore, read "Integrated mileage for reminder," "Integrated
days for reminder," "Mileage until Extra reminder," "Months until Extra reminder," and "Current
schedule" from the meter before the replacement using the special function of M.U.T.-III, and note
them. For the operation method of M.U.T.-III, refer to . If "Integrated mileage for reminder" or "Inte-
grated days for reminder" cannot be read from the meter using M.U.T.-III, use the following
method.
a. As for the driving distance for check warning, use the driving distance displayed on the multi
b. As for the elapsed days for check warning, calculate the number of elapsed days from the
delivery date to the customer (service reminder function start date) and current date.
Procedure page
No.
Power supply circuit check 1
The odometer and the trip meter are not displayed. 2
No needle meters work. 3
If the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the indicator and warning 4
lamps do not illuminate normally.
The speedometer does not work (the other meters work). 5
The tachometer does not work (the other meters work). 6
Buzzers do not sound normally. 7
The combination meter warning display does not illuminate normally or the multi 8
information display is not displayed normally.
The multi information display screen cannot be changed with the operation of 9
the meter information switch.
Fuel gauge does not work (other meters work) 10
Seat belt reminder function does not work normally. 11
COMBINATION METER
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Power supply circuit check

Inspection Procedure 2: The odometer and the trip meter are not displayed.
Inspection Procedure 3: No needle meters work.
Inspection Procedure 4: If the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the indicator and warning
lamps do not illuminate normally.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-51
Combination Meter Power Source Circuit
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE IGNITION

LINK 36 38 LINK 34 44 SWITCH (IG1)
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
ETACS-
ECU
IG1
RELAY
NOTE
: EXCEPT 1800-DIESEL
: 1800-DIESEL
: LHD
: RHD
COMBINATION
METER
CPU
LCD
LED DRIVE ODO/TRIP
CIRCUIT T/GA F/GA
Wire colour code

COMBINATION METER

meter.
YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
to .
NO : Go to Step 2.
ACA00891AD
Connector: C-01 <RHD> STEP 2. Connector check: C-01 combination

meter connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Voltage measurement at the C-01

combination meter connector
ACA00895AS (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
Connectors: C-307, C-309, C-317 <LHD> (2) Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF)
ETACS-ECU
position.
C-317 (3) Measure the voltage between the C-01
combination meter connector terminal No. 1 and
C-307 (B) the body earth.
OK: System voltage
C-309 (B) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
ACA00886BD
NO : Go to Step 4.
Connectors: C-307, C-309, C-317 <RHD>

ETACS-ECU
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between the
fusible link No. (36) <Except 1800-Diesel> or (38)
C-317 <1800-Diesel> and the C-01 combination meter
connector terminal No. 1.
Check the power supply line for open circuit.
C-307 (B)
NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
C-309 (B)
ETACS-ECU connectors C-307 and C-317, and
repair them if necessary.
ACA00887BE Q: Is the check result normal?
If the odometer and trip meter is not displayed or no
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
needle meters work, power supply to the combina-
tion meter, or the combination meter itself may have
a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES combination meter connector
• Damaged harness wires and connectors (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
• Malfunction of combination meter wiring harness side.
(3) Measure the voltage between the C-01
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-53
combination meter connector terminal No. 2 and STEP 8. Resistance measurement at the C-01
the body earth. combination meter connector
OK: System voltage (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
Q: Is the check result normal? wiring harness side.
YES : Go to Step 8. (2) Measure the resistance between the C-01
NO : Go to Step 6. combination meter connector terminal No. 13 and
the body earth.
STEP 6. M.U.T.-III other system service data OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
Check the input signal from the ignition switch (IG1) Q: Is the check result normal?
in the ETACS-ECU. YES : Go to Step 10.
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. NO : Go to Step 9.
condition STEP 9. Wiring harness check between the C-01
Item 254 IG voltage System voltage combination meter connector terminal No. 13
and the body earth
OK: Normal condition is displayed. Check the earth wires for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 7. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
(IG1) signal is not received." . Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between the NO : Repair the wiring harness.
fusible link No. (34) <Except 1800-Diesel> or (44)
<1800-Diesel> and the C-01 combination meter STEP 10. Retest the system
Check the power supply line for open circuit. Q: Is the check result normal?
ETACS-ECU connectors C-309, C-317 and joint con-
nector C-150, and repair them if necessary.
Q: Is the check result normal? Malfunction ).
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent NO : Replace the combination meter.
Malfunction ).
Inspection Procedure 5: The speedometer does not work (the other meters work).
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

If only the speedometer does not operate, the ABS
<vehicles with ABS> or ASC <vehicles with ASC>
system and combination meter may have a problem. STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
• Malfunction of ABS-ECU <vehicles with ABS> YES : Go to Step 2.
• Malfunction of ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC> NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
• Malfunction of combination meter 54C − Troubleshooting ). Complete the CAN
troubleshooting, and then go to Step 6.
COMBINATION METER
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list

Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination • Item 80: Speedometer (Refer to ).
meter. Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? YES : Go to Step 5.
YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
to . Complete the combination meter to Step 6.
troubleshooting, then go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III actuator test
• Item 1: Speedometer (Refer to ).
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code OK: The speedometer operates up to the set
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ABS <vehicles position.
with ABS> or ASC <vehicles with ASC>.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set to the any of the above? YES : Go to Step 6.
Set to the ABS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ABS. NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting . to Step 6.
Set to the ASC-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ASC.
Refer to GROUP 35C − Troubleshooting .
The diagnosis code is not set. : Go to Step 4. STEP 6. Retest the system
Check that the speedometer works normally.
YES : The procedure is complete.
NO : Go to Step 1.
Inspection Procedure 6: The tachometer does not work (the other meters work).
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer

If only the tachometer does not operate, the ignition to . Complete the combination meter
signal from the engine-ECU may not be received or troubleshooting, then go to Step 6.
the combination meter may have a problem. NO : Go to Step 3.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Check if diagnosis code is set to the engine-ECU.
• Malfunction of engine-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE YES : Troubleshoot the engine (Refer to GROUP
13A − Troubleshooting <1600> or GROUP
13B − Troubleshooting <1800-Petrol-
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics DOHC, 2000> or GROUP 13C −
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Troubleshooting <1800-Diesel> or GROUP
Q: Is the check result normal? 13F − Troubleshooting <1800-Petrol-
YES : Go to Step 2. SOHC>). Complete the engine
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP troubleshooting, and then go to Step 6.
54C − Troubleshooting ). Complete the CAN NO : Go to Step 4.
troubleshooting, and then go to Step 6.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code • Item 87: Tachometer (Refer to ).
Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination Q: Is the check result normal?
meter. YES : Go to Step 5.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
to Step 6.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-55
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III actuator test STEP 6. Retest the system
• Item 2: Tachometer (Refer to ). Check that the tachometer works normally.
OK: The tachometer operates up to the set Q: Is the check result normal?
position. YES : The procedure is complete.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Go to Step 1.
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace the combination meter, and then go
to Step 6.
Inspection Procedure 7: Buzzers do not sound normally.
CAUTION Turn-signal lamp buzzer function

Before replacing the combination meter, be sure • Turn-signal lamp switch ON signal
to check that the power supply circuit, earth cir- A/T shift cancel buzzer, paddle shift cancel prohi-
cuit, and communication circuit are normal. bition buzzer, rest reminder buzzer, ETACS-
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM ECU function customise buzzer, sunroof
When the following signals are received via the CAN buzzer function, A/C operation buzzer, audio
communication or signal line, the combination meter operation buzzer
sounds the incorporated buzzer according to the • Sounding request signal from the ETACS-ECU
each pattern. If the buzzer does not sound normally, the connec-
tor(s) and wiring harness in the CAN bus lines, or the
Seat belt reminder function
ETACS-ECU or the combination meter may have a
• Ignition switch ON signal
problem.
• Driver’s seat belt switch signal
• Passenger’s seat belt switch signal PROBABLE CAUSES
• Vehicles speed signal • Malfunction of combination meter
Lamp reminder buzzer function • Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Ignition switch OFF signal
• Lighting switch ON signal DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
• Driver's door switch ON signal
Door-ajar warning buzzer function STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
• Ignition switch ON signal Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
• Any door switch or tailgate switch ON signal Q: Is the check result normal?
• Vehicles speed signal YES : Go to Step 2.
Freeze warning buzzer function NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
• Ignition switch ON signal 54C − Troubleshooting ).
• Ambient temperature signal
Parking brake reminder buzzer function STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
• Ignition switch ON signal Check if diagnosis code is set to the combination
• Parking brake switch meter.
• Vehicles speed signal Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Refer to .
Multi information display interrupt display buzzer
NO : Go to Step 3.
• Display condition signal of information display
from each warning (When there is a fixed buzzer
sounding pattern for each warning, that pattern STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
has the priority.) Check if diagnosis code is set to the engine-ECU,
CVT-ECU, A/T-ECU, ABS-ECU, ASC-ECU, audio,
Meter information switch operation buzzer
ETACS-ECU or A/C-ECU or heater control unit.
• ON signal for meter information switch
Q: Is the diagnosis code set to the any of the above?
COMBINATION METER
Set to the engine-ECU. : Troubleshoot the engine

STEP 4. Check by M.U.T.-III "Special Function"
(Refer to GROUP 13A − Troubleshooting
Using M.U.T.-III, select "Test" from the special func-
<1600> or GROUP 13B − Troubleshooting
tion of the combination meter. Execute the following
<1800-Petrol-DOHC, 2000> or GROUP
item to check the buzzer.
13C − Troubleshooting <1800-Diesel> or
• Item 3: Buzzer(AUTO)
GROUP 13F − Troubleshooting <1800-
Petrol-SOHC>). Q: Is the check result normal?
Set to the CVT-ECU. : Troubleshoot the CVT. Refer YES : Go to Step 5.
to GROUP 23A − Diagnosis code chart . NO : Replace the combination meter.
Set to the A/T-ECU. : Troubleshoot the A/T. Refer
to GROUP 23C − Diagnosis code chart . STEP 5. Retest the system
Set to the ABS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ABS. Check that the buzzers sound normally.
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting .
Set to the ASC-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ASC. Q: Is the check result normal?
Refer to GROUP 35C − Troubleshooting . YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Set to the audio. : Troubleshoot the audio. Refer malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
to . use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
Set to the ETACS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ETACS. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Refer to . Malfunction ).
Set to the A/C-ECU/Heater control unit. : NO : Replace the combination meter.
Troubleshoot the A/C-ECU/Heater control
unit. Refer to GROUP 55A −
Troubleshooting .
Inspection Procedure 8: The combination meter warning display does not illuminate normally or the
multi information display is not displayed normally.

Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth cir- STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
cuit, and communication circuit are normal. Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
When the signal from each ECU is received via the
YES : Go to Step 2.
CAN communication, the combination meter illumi-
nates the corresponding display lamp or warning
lamp, or has the multi information display to display
corresponding information.
If the lamps do not illuminate or the multi information STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
display does not display normally, the wiring harness Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi-
and connector(s) in the CAN bus lines, or the nation meter.
ETACS-ECU or the combination meter may have a Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
problem. YES : Refer to .
NO : Go to Step 3.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
engine-ECU, CVT-ECU, A/T-ECU, ABS-ECU, ASC-
ECU, EPS-ECU, KOS-ECU, SRS-ECU, headlamp
automatic levelling-ECU, ETACS-ECU and A/C-ECU
or heater control unit.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-57
Set to the engine-ECU. : Troubleshoot the engine
(Refer to GROUP 13A − Troubleshooting
Perform the actuator test, and check that warning
<1600> or GROUP 13B − Troubleshooting
lamps are illuminated normally.
<1800-Petrol-DOHC, 2000> or GROUP
• Item 7: Indicator1
13C − Troubleshooting <1800-Diesel> or
GROUP 13F − Troubleshooting <1800-
Petrol-SOHC>).
Set to the CVT-ECU. : Troubleshoot the CVT. Refer
to GROUP 23A − Diagnosis code chart . Q: Is the check result normal?
Set to the A/T-ECU. : Troubleshoot the A/T. Refer YES : Go to Step 5.
to GROUP 23C − Diagnosis code chart . NO : Replace the combination meter.
Set to the ABS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ABS.
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting . STEP 5. Check by M.U.T.-III "Special Function"
Set to the ASC-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ASC. Using M.U.T.-III, select "Test" from the special func-
Refer to GROUP 35C − Troubleshooting . tion of the combination meter. Execute the following
Set to the EPS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the EPS.
item to check the liquid crystal display.
Refer to GROUP 37B − Troubleshooting . • Item 2: LCD(AUTO)
Set to the KOS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the KOS.
Refer to GROUP 42B − Troubleshooting . Q: Is the check result normal?
Set to the SRS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the SRS. YES : Go to Step 6.
Refer to GROUP 52B − Troubleshooting . NO : Replace the combination meter.
Set to the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU. :
Troubleshoot the AFS. Refer to . STEP 6. Retest the system
Set to the ETACS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ETACS. Check that display lamps or warning lamps are illu-
Refer to . minated normally, or multi information display is dis-
Set to the A/C-ECU/Heater control unit. :
played normally.
Troubleshoot the A/C-ECU/Heater control
unit. Refer to GROUP 55A − Q: Is the check result normal?
Troubleshooting . YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
The diagnosis code is not set. : Go to Step 4. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the combination meter.
COMBINATION METER
Inspection Procedure 9: The multi information display screen cannot be changed with the operation
of the meter information switch.
CAUTION
Before replacing the combination meter, be sure
to check that the power supply circuit, earth cir-
cuit, and communication circuit are normal.
Meter Information Switch Circuit
COMBINATION
METER
CPU
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
METER
INFORMATION
SWITCH
Wire colour code

Connectors: C-01, C-37 <LHD> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

When the signal from the meter information switch is
C-01 received, the combination meter switches the multi
C-37 information display screen. If the multi information
display screen does not switch normally, the meter
information switch, wiring harness, connector(s), or
combination meter may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of meter information switch
AC701093 BB
Connectors: C-01, C-37 <RHD> • Damaged harness wires and connectors
C-01
C-37
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

meter.
YES : Refer to .
AC701122 BQ
NO : Go to Step 2.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-59
YES : Go to Step 8.
STEP 2. Connector check: C-37 meter
information switch connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
meter connector
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 3. Meter information switch check
Check the meter information switch. Refer to .
STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between the C-
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the meter information switch. 01 combination meter connector terminal No. 3
and the C-37 meter information switch terminal
No. 1.
STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the C-37 Check the output lines for open circuit and short cir-
meter information switch connector cuit.
(1) Disconnect the meter information switch
connector, and then measure at the wiring Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance from C-37 meter
information switch connector terminal No. 4 to
body earth. STEP 8. Retest the system
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) Check that the multi information display screen
switches normally when the meter information switch
Q: Is the check result normal? is operated.
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between the C- use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
37 meter information switch connector terminal Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
No. 4 and the body earth. Malfunction ).
Check the earth wires for open circuit. NO : Replace the combination meter.
Inspection Procedure 10: Fuel Gauge does not work (other meters work).
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM YES : Perform the troubleshooting of when the

If only the fuel gauge does not operate, the fuel diagnosis code is set (Refer to ).
pump and gauge assembly, the fuel gauge unit (sub) NO : Go to Step 2.
or the combination meter may be defective.
STEP 2. fuel pump and gauge assembly and fuel
PROBABLE CAUSES
gauge unit check
• Malfunction of fuel pump and gauge assembly
Check the fuel pump and gauge assembly and fuel
• Malfunction of the fuel gauge unit (sub)
gauge unit. Refer to .
NO : Replace the fuel pump and gauge assembly
and fuel gauge unit.
STEP 1. Check the diagnosis code.
Check if diagnosis code No. B1201 is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code No. B1201 set?
COMBINATION METER
YES : The procedure is complete.

Check that the fuel gauge works normally.
Inspection Procedure 11: Seat belt reminder function does not work normally.
CAUTION Connector: C-10 <RHD>

input and output signal circuits are normal.
ACA00895AD
Connectors: D-29, D-33 <LHD>
ACA00891AD
Connector: C-01 <RHD> D-33
D-29
ACB02656 AB
Connectors: D-29, D-33 <RHD>
ACA00895AS
Connector: C-10 <LHD> D-29
D-33
ACB02658 AB
C-10 COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

If the seat belt reminder function does not work nor-
ACA00892AC mally, the seat belt switch input circuit, the combina-
tion meter or centre panel unit may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the seat belt switch (driver’s side)
• Malfunction of the seat belt switch (passenger’s
side)
• Malfunction of the combination meter
• Malfunction of the centre panel unit
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-61
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 6. Check the wiring harness from C-01
combination meter connector terminal No.5
STEP 1. Connector check: D-29 seat belt switch <driver’s side> or 16 <passenger’s side> to D-29
(driver’s side) connector, D-33 seat belt switch seat belt switch (driver’s side) connector, D-33
(passenger’s side) connector seat belt switch (passenger’s side) connector
terminal No. 1.
YES : Go to Step 2. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
NO : Repair the defective connector. intermediate connector C-27, and repair if necessary.
• Check the input line for open and short circuit.
STEP 2. Check the seat belt switch. Q: Is the check result normal?
Refer to GROUP 52A − Front Seat Belt . YES : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the seat belt switch. STEP 7. Connector check: C-10 centre panel unit
connector
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the D-29 Q: Is the check result normal?

seat belt switch (driver’s side) connector, D-33 YES : Go to Step 8.
seat belt switch (passenger’s side) connector
wiring harness side. STEP 8. Check the wiring harness from C-10
(2) Measure the resistance between the seat belt centre panel unit connector terminal No.3 to C-01
switch connector terminal No. 2 and the body combination meter connector terminal No.19.
earth. • Check the input line for open and short circuit.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Wiring harness check from D-29 seat The seat belt reminder function should work nor-
belt switch (driver’s side) connector, D-33 seat mally.
belt switch (passenger’s side) connector terminal Q: Is the check result normal?
No. 2 to body earth. YES <The seat belt reminder function works
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check normally.> : The trouble can be an intermittent
joint connector D-47, and repair if necessary. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Malfunction ).
NO <Buzzers do not sound.> : Replace the
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to combination meter.
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service NO <The indicator (driver’s side) does not
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent illuminate.> : Replace the combination meter.
Malfunction ). NO <The indicator (passenger’s side) does not
NO : Repair the wiring harness. illuminate.> : Replace the centre panel unit.
STEP 5. Connector check: C-01 combination SERVICE DATA

M1540201000871
meter connector
NOTE: Some items are not displayed on M.U.T.-III
Q: Is the check result normal? according to the information in the ECU.
YES : Go to Step 6.
COMBINATION METER
Item No. Check item Check condition Normal

condition
01 Illumination Tail lamp: Illuminates ON
Tail lamp: OFF OFF
80 Speed meter Speedometer displayed value and M.U.T.-III
displayed value agree with each other.
87 Tachometer Tachometer displayed value and M.U.T.-III displayed
value agree with each other.
89 Fuel gauge Fuel gauge unit resistance value and M.U.T.-III
displayed value agree with each other. (Tolerance is
±2 Ω)
8A Fuel gauge(Target) Fuel gauge and M.U.T.-III displayed values agree
with each other.
90 Odometer Odometer displayed value and M.U.T.-III displayed
value agree with each other.
91 Rheostat Lighting change by rheostat switch operation and
M.U.T.-III displayed change agree with each other.
92 Trip meter A Tripmeter displayed value and M.U.T.-III displayed
93 Trip meter B value agree with each other.
94 Power source voltage Always 5 − 20 V
A1 SRS indicator Indicator illuminates ON
Indicator is extinguished OFF
A2 ABS indicator Indicator illuminates ON
A4 Charge indicator Indicator illuminates ON
A5 Check Engine indicator Indicator illuminates ON
A7 Brake indicator Indicator illuminates ON
A8 Driver seatbelt indicator Indicator illuminates ON
AA ASC/TCL Operation indicator Indicator illuminates ON
AB ASC/TCL OFF indicator Indicator illuminates <Vehicles without ON
colour liquid crystal display>
Indicator is extinguished <Vehicles OFF
without colour liquid crystal display>
Always <Vehicles with colour liquid OFF
crystal display>
AD ECO indicator Indicator illuminates ON
B1 Turn signal indicator(Right) Turn-signal lamp (RH): Illuminates ON
Turn-signal lamp (RH): OFF OFF
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-63
Item No. Check item Check condition Normal
condition
B2 Turn signal indicator(Left) Turn-signal lamp (LH): Illuminates ON
Turn-signal lamp (LH): OFF OFF
B3 Front fog lamp indicator 1. Tail lamp: Illuminates ON
2. Fog lamp switch: ON
Fog lamp is not illuminated OFF
B4 High beam indicator Dimmer switch: ON ON
BA Positionlamp indicator Tail lamp switch: ON ON
Tail lamp switch: OFF OFF
D6 Head lamp auto levelling warning Indicator illuminates ON
E1 Tyre Pressure indicator Always OFF
F2 FL corner sensor indicator Always OFF
F3 FR corner sensor indicator Always OFF
F4 RL corner sensor indicator Indicator illuminates ON
F5 RR corner sensor indicator Indicator illuminates ON
F6 Back corner sensor Indicator illuminates ON
F7 Cruise control indicator Indicator illuminates ON
F8 Rear fog lamp indicator 1. Front fog lamp: Illuminates ON
2. Fog lamp switch: ON
F10 Diesel GLOW indicator Indicator illuminates ON
F17 AFS OFF indicator Always OFF
F27 Passenger seatbelt indicator Always OFF
F29 Inter cooler spray indicator Always OFF
F30 AS&G indicator Indicator illuminates ON
F31 AS&G OFF indicator Indicator illuminates ON
COMBINATION METER
ACTUATOR TEST TABLE

M1540201100834
ACTUATOR TEST
Item No. Item name Test item Driven content
1* Speedometer Pointer setting (−) Value that is set
with M.U.T.-III is
2 Tachometer Pointer setting (r/min)
shown on the
3 Fuel gauge Status setting (ohm) combination meter.
5 Meter illumination Status setting (%)
7 Indicator1 By turning ON/OFF the item values, indicators ON (illuminated)/
8 Indicator2 can be illuminated/extinguished and buzzers OFF
can be sounded. (extinguished)
9 Indicator3
10 Indicator4
NOTE: *: Depending on the main scale of the speed- TEST (SPECIAL FUNCTION)
ometer, the unit that can be tested changes. Unit is
displayed as "−" on the M.U.T.-III MB991958 screen.
Item No. Item name Test content
2 LCD(AUTO) The multi information display screen changes by looping in the
following order.
<Vehicles with colour liquid crystal display>
1. A black full screen is displayed.
2. The version information is displayed.
3. A white full screen is displayed.
4. A screen with black and white gradation is displayed.
<Vehicles without colour liquid crystal display>
1. All display items are turned off.
2. All display items are turned on.
3. The check pattern is displayed.
4. The check pattern (reversed) is displayed.
3 Buzzer(AUTO) The buzzer sounds.
CHECK PROCEDURE FOR EACH MULTI ures according to the action procedure.
INFORMATION DISPLAY SCREEN
M1540201901219
CAUTION
When there are TV towers, substations, or broad-
casting stations which emit strong radio waves
in proximity, on rare occasions, a warning is dis-
played on the multi information screen for a few
seconds. This is caused by the reception of
strong radio waves, and there is no functional
problem.
WARNING SCREEN
When malfunctions occur to the vehicle, the following
warning screens are displayed. If these screens are
not displayed normally or if they continue to be dis-
played even after the factor is eliminated, take meas-
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-65
Display content Factor Action procedure

Vehicles without colour Vehicles with colour liquid crystal
liquid crystal display display
TURN OFF Displayed with If the lighting monitor
LIGHTS the sounding of warning buzzer is
buzzer when not being sounded,
TURN OFF
the driver's door perform the
LIGHTS is opened with troubleshooting for
AC509826 AC809612
the ignition the lighting monitor
switch at the warning buzzer.
LOCK (OFF) or Refer to .
ACC position
and the lighting
switch at the tail
or head
position.
ALARM Displayed while If the warning screen
ACTIVATIN the security is not displayed
G alarm is in normally or if the
operation. screen continues to
be displayed, carry
AC505679 AC505679
out the
troubleshooting for
the security alarm
(Refer to ).
COMBINATION METER

− Displayed when If the warning screen
the following is not displayed
operations are normally or if the
carried out with screen continues to
the ignition be displayed,
ACA00967 AC900961
switch at perform the
positions other troubleshooting for
than the LOCK the KOS. Refer to
(PUSH OFF) GROUP 42B −
position after Diagnosis code
the engine is chart .
stopped.
• When the
driver's door
is opened
• When the
doors are
closed and
locked
KEY Displayed when
BATTERY the KOS key
LOW battery is
running low.
ACA00968 AC809614
KEY NOT Displayed if

DETECTED carrying a KOS
key with
different ID
AC809615
code or the
ACA00969
KOS key is
outside the
operative
range.
KEY STILL Displayed when
IN VEHICLE the KOS key
take-out
monitoring
AC809615
function or KOS
ACA00970
key
confinement
prevention
function is in
operation.
CHECK Displayed when
DOORS the door ajar
prevention
function is in
AC809615
operation.
ACA00971
KEYLESS Displayed when

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-67
POWER Displayed when If the warning screen
STEERING there is a is not displayed
SERVICE malfunction to normally or if the
SERVICE REQUIRED the EPS. screen continues to
REQUIRED
be displayed,
AC613203 AC809616
perform the
troubleshooting for
the EPS. Refer to
GROUP 37B −
Trouble symptom
chart .
BRAKE Displayed when If the warning screen
SYSTEM the brake fluid is not displayed
SERVICE amount is normally or if the
REQUIRED insufficient or a screen continues to
CHECK
malfunction be displayed, check
AC509829 AC809617
occurs to the the brake fluid or
brake device. brake device. Refer
to GROUP 35A −
On-vehicle Service .
RELEASE Displayed if If the warning screen
PARKING vehicle is driven is not displayed
BRAKE with the parking normally or if the
RELEASE
brake engaged. screen continues to
PARKING BRAKE be displayed, check
AC509830 AC809617
the parking brake.
Refer to GROUP 36
− On-vehicle Service
.
ABS Displayed when If the warning screen
SERVICE a malfunction is not displayed
REQUIRED occurs to the normally or if the
SERVICE
anti-skid screen continues to
REQUIRED braking system be displayed,
AC509831 AC809618
(ABS). perform the
troubleshooting for
the ABS or ASC.
Refer to GROUP
35B − Trouble
Symptom Chart
<ABS> or GROUP
35C − Trouble
Symptom Chart
<ASC>.
COMBINATION METER

− If any of the If the door ajar
doors or tailgate warning buzzer does
is not closed not sound, perform
completely, the the troubleshooting
location of the for the door ajar
AC505684AB AC900086
ajar door is warning buzzer.
displayed with Refer to .
the sounding of
buzzer.
CLOSE Displayed when If the warning screen
HOOD the hood is is not displayed
open. normally or if the
CLOSE HOOD
screen continues to
be displayed, check
AC905322 AC809641
the hood latch
switch input signal.
Refer to .
ENGINE Displayed when If the warning screen
OVERHEATI overheated. is not displayed
NG STOP normally or if the
CHECK
SAFELY screen continues to
be displayed,
AC509834 AC809619
perform the
troubleshooting for
the engine. Refer to
GROUP 13A −
Trouble Symptom
Chart <1600> or
GROUP 13B −
Trouble Symptom
Chart <1800-Petrol-
DOHC, 2000> or
GROUP 13C −
Trouble Symptom
Chart <1800-
Diesel> or GROUP
13F − Trouble
Symptom Chart
<1800-Petrol-
SOHC>.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-69
TRANSMIS Displayed when If the warning screen
SION the is not displayed
OVERHEATI transmission oilnormally or if the
SLOW DOWN
NG SLOW temperature screen continues to
DOWN becomes high. be displayed, check
AC509835 AC809620
the CVT or A/T
TRANSMIS Displayed when diagnosis code.
SION there is a Refer to GROUP
SERVICE malfunction to 23A − Diagnosis
SERVICE
REQUIRED the CVT or A/T. Code Chart <CVT>
REQUIRED or GROUP 23C −
AC509836 AC809621 Diagnosis Code
Chart <A/T>.
FASTEN Displayed when If the warning screen
SEAT BELT the ignition is not displayed
switch is turned normally or if the
FASTEN
ON without the screen continues to
SEAT BELT driver's seat be displayed,
AC509837 AC809622
belt fastened. perform the
troubleshooting for
the seat belt
reminder warning
lamp. Refer to .
FUEL Displayed when If the warning screen
SYSTEM there is a is not displayed
SERVICE
REQUIRED the fuel system. screen continues to
REQUIRED be displayed, check
AC509838 AC809623
the combination
meter diagnosis
code. Refer to .
REFUEL Displayed when If the warning screen
the remaining is not displayed
fuel amount is normally or if the
small. screen continues to
REFUEL
be displayed, refuel
AC509839 AC809623
immediately.
COMBINATION METER

LOW OIL Displayed when If the warning screen
PRESSURE there is a is not displayed
malfunction to normally or if the
CHECK
the engine oil screen continues to
circulation be displayed, check
AC509840 AC809624
system. the oil pressure.
(Refer to GROUP 12
− On-vehicle Service
.) Then if the oil
pressure is normal,
perform the
troubleshooting for
the engine. (Refer to
GROUP 13A −
Trouble Symptom
Chart <1600> or
GROUP 13B −
Trouble Symptom
Chart <1800-Petrol-
DOHC, 2000> or
GROUP 13C −
Trouble Symptom
Chart <1800-
Diesel> or GROUP
13F − Trouble
Symptom Chart
<1800-Petrol-
SOHC>.)
CHARGING Displayed when If the warning screen
SERVICE
REQUIRED the charging screen continues to
REQUIRED system. be displayed, check
AC509841 AC809625
the charging system.
Refer to GROUP 16
− On-vehicle service
− Output current test
and Regulated
voltage test .
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-71
AIRBAG Displayed when If the warning screen
SERVICE
REQUIRED the SRS air bag screen continues to
REQUIRED or to the pre- be displayed,
AC509842 AC809626
tensioner perform the
mechanism. troubleshooting for
the SRS air bag/pre-
tensioner
mechanism warning
lamp. Refer to
GROUP 52B −
Trouble symptom
chart .
HEADLAMP Displayed when If the warning screen
LEVELLING there is a is not displayed
SERVICE
REQUIRED the headlamp screen continues to
REQUIRED automatic be displayed,
AC509843 AC809628
levelling perform the
function. troubleshooting for
the headlamp
automatic levelling
function. Refer to .
ADAPTIVE Displayed when If the warning screen
FRONT there is a is not displayed
LIGHTING malfunction to normally or if the
SERVICE SERVICE the AFS. screen continues to
REQUIRED
REQUIRED be displayed,
AC613202 AC809629
perform the
troubleshooting for
the AFS. Refer to .
ASC Displayed when If the warning screen
SERVICE
REQUIRED the ASC. screen continues to
REQUIRED be displayed,
AC509844 AC809630
perform the
troubleshooting for
the ASC. Refer to
GROUP 35C −
Trouble symptom
chart .
COMBINATION METER

4WD Displayed when
If the warning screen
SERVICE malfunction to
normally or if the
SERVICE
REQUIRED the screen continues to
REQUIRED electronically-
be displayed,
AC509845 AC809631
controlled 4WD
perform the
system. troubleshooting for
4WD Displayed when the electronically-
SYSTEM there is a controlled 4WD
OVERHEATI malfunction to system. Refer to
NG SLOW the GROUP 27C −
SLOW DOWN
DOWN electronically- Trouble symptom
AC509846 AC809642
controlled 4WD chart .
differential
temperature is
high.
POSSIBLE Displayed with If the warning buzzer
ICY ROADS the sounding of does not sound
buzzer when when the
POSSIBLE
the ambient combination meter
ICY ROADS temperature is 3 displays 3 °C,
AC509848 AC809632
°C or less. perform the
troubleshooting for
the freeze warning
buzzer. Refer to .
CHECK DPF Displayed when If the warning screen
SYSTEM the excessive is not displayed
diesel normally or if the
CHECK
particulates are screen continues to
accumulated. be displayed, check
AC612476 AC809633
the diesel particulate
filter system (DPF).
CHECK Displayed when If the warning screen
ENGINE OIL the engine oil is not displayed
LEVEL level has normally or if the
CHECK ENGINE increased screen continues to
OIL LEVEL excessively. be displayed, check
AC612468 AC809639
<1800-diesel> the diesel engine
diagnosis code.
Refer to GROUP
13C − Diagnosis
Code Chart .
OTHER SCREENS according to the action procedure.

The screen displays the operation state of each sys-
tem, periodic checkup timing, or timing for taking a
rest during driving. If the screen display differs from
the actual system operation state or if the screen is
not displayed at the set timing, take measures
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-73
Display content System Action procedure

Vehicles without colour Vehicles with colour liquid crystal operation state
a a − Displayed in If the 4WD selector
accordance switch position and
with operation screen do not agree
state of the with each other,
4WD selector perform the
switch. troubleshooting for
AC505707 AC809644
a. "2WD" mode the 4WD. Refer to
b b 4WD AUTO is selected. GROUP 27C −
b. "4WD" mode Trouble symptom
is selected. chart .
c. "4WD
LOCK" mode
AC505708
is selected.
AC809645
c c 4WD LOCK
AC505709 AC809646
− Displayed when If the warning screen

the ASC is in is not displayed
operation. normally or if the
screen continues to
be displayed,
AC809636 AC809636
perform the
troubleshooting for
the ASC. Refer to
GROUP 35C −
Trouble symptom
chart .
ROUTINE Displayed when −
MAINTENA the set period
NCE elapses.
PERIODIC REQUIRED
INSPECTION
AC509849 AC809637
REST Displayed when −

REMINDER the set time
elapses.
REST REMINDER
AC613245 AC809638
COMBINATION METER
CHECK AT ECU TERMINALS

M1540201200336
Connector: C-01
AC606907AE
Termina Check item Check condition Normal condition

l No.
1 ECU power supply (battery) Always System voltage
2 ECU power supply (Ignition Ignition switch: ON System voltage
switch: IG1) Ignition switch: OFF 1 V or less
3 Multi information meter Multi information meter switch: ON 1 V or less
switch input Multi information meter switch: OFF System voltage
4 Parking brake switch input Parking brake switch: ON 1 V or less
Parking brake switch: OFF System voltage
5 Seat belt switch (driver’s Seat belt switch (driver’s side): ON 1 V or less
side) input Seat belt switch (driver’s side): OFF System voltage
6 Headlamp levelling During headlamp levelling warning display 1.2 V or less
Without headlamp levelling warning display System voltage
7 to 12 − − −
13 Earth (sensor) Always 1 V or less
14, 15 − − −
16 Seat belt switch Seat belt switch (passenger’s side): ON 1 V or less
(passenger’s side) input Seat belt switch (passenger’s side): OFF System voltage
17 − − −
18 Input of fuel gauge Fuel: FULL Approximately 2 V
Fuel: EMPTY Approximately 8 V
19 − − −
20 Vehicle speed signal output Vehicle speed: Approximately 40 km/h Approximately 28 Hz
Vehicle speed change In accordance with
the vehicle speed, a
pulse is generated.
21 Earth (ECU) Always 1 V or less
22 Illumination (−) output Lighting switch: OFF 1 V or less
Lighting switch: TAIL position In accordance with
the rheostat switch
operation, a pulse is
generated.
23 Illumination (+) output Lighting switch: TAIL position System voltage
24 Illumination (power supply) Always System voltage
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-75
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 6. Check that the speedometer indicating range is
within the standard value and the needle
SPEEDOMETER CHECK fluctuation is within the limit value.
M1540201400460
Standard value:
CAUTION
• If the speedometer is checked using the Standard Allowance range km/h (mph)
speedometer tester, the diagnosis code may indicator km/h
be stored in the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU. (mph)
Therefore, after the check is finished, erase 20 (10) 20.0 − 24.0 (10.0 − 12.5)
the diagnosis code stored in the ABS-ECU or
40 (25) 40.0 − 44.0 (25.0 − 27.5)
ASC-ECU.
• Do not accelerate or decelerate suddenly dur- 80 (50) 80.5 − 85.5 (50.3 − 53.5)
ing servicing work. 120 (75) 121.5 − 127.5 (76.0 − 80.0)
1. Check that the current tyre inflation pressures 160 (100) 162.5 − 169.5 (101.5 − 106.0)
meet the inflation pressure label.
200 (125) 203.5 − 211.5 (127.2 − 132.2)
2. <Vehicles with ASC> Press the ASC OFF switch
for 3 seconds or more to stop the ASC operation. 240 (150) 244.5 − 254.5 (152.8 − 159.1)
Limit: Indicator deflection (vehicle speed is
35 km/h or more) ±3 km/h
TACHOMETER CHECK
M1540201500326
When the actuator tests (item No. 2) are performed
using M.U.T.-III, check that the tachometer indication
tolerance is within the standard value.
NOTE: Values in ( ) indicates the reference value.
Free roller
AC106044 AK
Standard value:
Engine speed (r/min) Tachometer indicating
3. Set the vehicle on the speedometer tester. tolerance (r/min)
NOTE: Set to the 2WD state.
600 ± 50
Tension bar (2,000) (± 50)
3,000 ± 50
(4,000) (± 50)
Front 5,000 ± 50
6,000 ± 50
(7,000) <petrol (± 50)
Anchor plate engine>
AC001288AC
(8,000) <petrol (± 50)
4. For prevention of front wheel lateral runout, install engine>
extension fittings on front towing eye and tie down
hook, and install both ends of anchor plate. FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK
M1540201600884
5. For prevention of vehicle from starting out, install
NOMINAL RESISTANCE OF THE FUEL GAUGE
chain or wire (the other end of which is tightly
UNIT
fixed on rear towing eye) on the vehicle.
1. Remove the fuel tank pump and gauge assembly
(Refer to GROUP 13D − On-vehicle service
<1600, 1800-petrol, 2000> or <1800-diesel>).
COMBINATION METER
<2WD, 4WD(Main)> <4WD(Sub)> <2WD, 4WD(Main)> <4WD(Sub)>
Fuel gauge unit Fuel gauge unit F stopper point F stopper point
Earth Earth A
B
A B
F stopper position E stopper point

AC506709AE
2. When float is moved to contact the float arm on

the stopper, ensure that stopper positions "F" and
"E" are within the standard value.
Standard value <2WD-Petrol engine>:
Float position Float height (mm)
Stopper position "F" 181.5 ± 4.0
(height A)
E stopper position AC506153AD Stopper position "E" 26.7 ± 4.0
2. When float of the fuel gauge unit is in stopper (height B)
positions F and E, ensure that resistance between Standard value <2WD-Diesel engine>:
the fuel gauge unit terminal and earth terminal is
within the standard value. Float position Float height (mm)
Standard value <2WD>: Stopper position "F" 185.1
(height A)
Float position Gauge resistance value (Ω)
Stopper position "E" 29.8
Stopper position "F" 13.0 ± 1.0 (height B)
Stopper position "E" 120.0 ± 1.0 Standard value <4WD>:
Standard value <4WD>:
Float position Float height (mm)
Float position Gauge resistance value (Ω) Main Sub
Main Sub Stopper position "F" 140.9 ± 4.0 14.2 ± 3.0
Stopper position 6.5 ± 1.0 6.5 ± 1.0 (height A)
"F" Stopper position "E" 39.1 ± 4.0 179.3 ± 3.0
Stopper position 41.9 ± 1.0 78.1 ± 1.0 (height B)
"E"
METER INFORMATION SWITCH CHECK
3. When the float is moved slowly between stopper M1540202000108
positions "F" and "E", ensure that the resistance is
smoothly changing.
FUEL GAUGE UNIT FLOAT HEIGHT

1. Remove the fuel tank pump and gauge assembly
(Refer to GROUP 13D − On-vehicle service
<1600, 1800-petrol, 2000> or <1800-diesel>).
AC505421AC
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-77
Check Terminal Normal condition 7. Optional INT schedule setting
condition number HOW TO OPERATE M.U.T.-III
s CAUTION
OFF 1−4 No continuity Before setting, if the combination meter does not
ON Continuity exists (2 Ω or start measuring the elapsed time, turn the igni-
tion switch to the ON position while pressing the
less)
meter information switch to start a measurement.
SERVICE REMINDER FUNCTION SET 1. Connect M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector (16
M1540208200694 pin).
HOW TO SET BY OPERATING M.U.T.-III 2. Start the M.U.T.-III system on the PC and turn the
ignition switch to the "ON" position.
CAUTION
• If the combination meter needs to be 3. Select "Meter" on the "System Select" screen,
replaced, the current driving distance and and press the "OK" button.
elapsed days must be entered into the meter 4. Select "Special Function" on the next screen.
after the replacement in order to be used for 5. Select "Service Reminder" on the "Special
service reminder function. Therefore, read function" screen.
"Integrated mileage for reminder," "Integrated
days for reminder," "Mileage until Extra DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 401430898
Meter Special Function Service Reminder
reminder," "Months until Extra reminder," and No.

Function List
Name No.
Data List
Name Value
"Current schedule" from the meter before the 1

2
Reminder reset (Indicator off)
Next schedule reminder cancel

1 Mileage until reminder 15000 km
replacement using the special function of 3 Extra reminder setting

2 Months until reminder 12 month
M.U.T.-III, and note them. If "Integrated mile-

Mileage until Extra
4 Extra reminder cancel 4 reminder
5 Periodic reminder schedule set Months until Extra
age for reminder" or "Integrated days for

5 reminder
6 Integrated value adjustment
7 Current Schedule EU 1
reminder" cannot be read from the meter

7 Optional INT schedule setting
Click the name of item to execute, and press Integrated mileage

8 for reminder 26 km
using M.U.T.-III, use the following method.

the OK button.
a. As for the driving distance for check warn-

AC602555AJ
ing, use the driving distance displayed on
the multi information display. 6. Select the function to be executed from "Function
b. As for the elapsed days for check warning, List."
calculate the number of elapsed days from • 1 Reminder reset (Indicator off) (Refer to .)
the delivery date to the customer (service • 2 Next schedule reminder cancel (Refer to .)
reminder function start date) and current • 3 Extra reminder setting (Refer to .)
date. • 4 Extra reminder cancel (Refer to .)
• After the service reminder function has • 5 Periodic reminder schedule set (Refer to .)
started, when the elapsed days for check • 6 Integrated value adjustment (Refer to .)
warning is reset for the vehicle whose battery • 7 Optional INT schedule setting (Refer to .)
is removed for a long period (15 days or
more), calculate the elapsed days from the 1. REMINDER RESET (INDICATOR OFF)
delivery date to the customer (service CAUTION
reminder function start date) and the current • Be careful not to execute "1 Reminder reset
date, and then input it. (Indicator off)" again after erasing the service
Using M.U.T.-III, the following service reminder func- reminder warning indicator which is currently
tions can be set. Before setting, check the current output, because the next warning period will
status (schedule, elapsed distance and elapsed be cancelled.
days). • If the next warning period is cancelled by mis-
1. Reminder reset (Indicator off) take, the cancelled warning period can be
2. Next schedule reminder cancel restored by executing "5 Periodic reminder
3. Extra reminder setting schedule set" to set a schedule different from
4. Extra reminder cancel the current one once, and then returning it to
5. Periodic reminder schedule set the previous schedule.
The service reminder warning indicator which is cur-
6. Integrated value adjustment
rently output can be cancelled.
COMBINATION METER
NOTE: In addition to the operation of M.U.T.-III, the

service reminder warning indicator can be cancelled
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A6
by operating the meter information switch on the

Selected Next schedule Data List
2
Item reminder cancel
No. Name Value
combination meter. Refer to . 1 Mileage until reminder 1000 km
Mileage until Extra

DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A6 4 reminder
Months until Extra
5 reminder
Selected Reminder reset Data List
1
Item (Indicator off)
No. Name Value

Press the OK button to execute.
Mileage until Extra

4 reminder
Months until Extra
5 reminder AC602558AM
Press the OK button to execute. 1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "2 Next
schedule reminder cancel."
AC602558AK NOTE: The screen indicates that the warning
period (Nos. 1 and 2 in the data list) is "1000 km"
1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "1 and "1 month."
Reminder reset (Indicator off)." 2. Press the "OK" button.
NOTE: The screen indicates that the warning
period (Nos. 1 and 2 in the data list) is "0 km" and DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A6
"0 month." Selected

Item
2
Next schedule
reminder cancel
No.
Data List
Name Value
2. Press the "OK" button. 1 Mileage until reminder 16000 km
Mileage until Extra

DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A6 4 reminder
Months until Extra
5 reminder
Selected Reminder reset Data List
1
Item (Indicator off)
No. Name Value

Check the result.
Mileage until Extra

4 reminder
Months until Extra
5 reminder AC602558BR
Check the result. 3. The next warning period is reset, and its following
warning period is set.
AC602558BQ NOTE: The screen indicates that the warning
period (Nos. 1 and 2 in the data list) is changed to
3. The current warning indicator is cancelled, and "16000 km" and "13 month."
the next warning period is displayed.
NOTE: The screen indicates that the warning 3. EXTRA REMINDER SETTING
period (Nos. 1 and 2 in the data list) is "15000 km" In addition to the current warning period, the tempo-
and "12 month." rary service reminder warning period can be set.
2. NEXT SCHEDULE REMINDER CANCEL

Selected Data List
3 Extra reminder setting
Item
CAUTION Set value
No. Name Value
• If the next warning period is cancelled by mis-

Name Value
Distance to
setting point -Input the value- 2 Months until reminder 12 month
take, the cancelled warning period can be Months to

setting point -Input the value-
4
Mileage until Extra
reminder
restored by executing "5 Periodic reminder 5

Months until Extra
reminder
schedule set" to set a schedule different from

the current one once, and then returning it to Input the value for the item that you want to
set up, and press the OK button.
the previous schedule.

• Only the next schedule can be deleted by exe- AC602556 BF
cuting "2. Next schedule reminder cancel".
Schedules cannot be deleted one after 1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "3 Extra
another. reminder setting."
The next warning period is cancelled, and its follow- NOTE: The screen indicates that the temporary
ing warning period can be set. warning period (Nos. 4 and 5 in the data list) has
not been set.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-79

2. Press the "OK" button.
Selected
3 Extra reminder setting DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A6
Item
Set value
Selected Data List
Name Value 4 Extra reminder cancel
Item No. Name Value
Distance to
-Input the value-
setting point
7 8 9 1 Mileage until reminder 15000 km
Months to
setting point 2
4 5 2 Months until reminder 12 month

6 Tab
Mileage until Extra
Back 4 reminder
1 2 3
Space
Months until Extra
5 reminder
Input the value for the item that you want to 0 Clear
Range: 0-254, Unit: month,
Check the result.
AC602557 AI
AC602558BU
2. Set the temporary warning period (distance or
month) of the "Set value." 3. The temporary warning period is cancelled.
NOTE: Either input of distance or month can exe- NOTE: The screen indicates that the temporary
cute the setting. warning period (Nos. 4 and 5 in the data list) has
3. Press the "OK" button. been cancelled.
5. PERIODIC REMINDER SCHEDULE SET
Selected
Item
3 Extra reminder setting
No.
Data List
Name Value
The service reminder schedule can be changed.
NOTE: In addition to the operation of M.U.T.-III, the
2 Months until reminder
Mileage until Extra

12 month
schedule can be changed by operating the meter
information switch on the combination meter. Refer
4 reminder
Months until Extra
5 2 month
to .
reminder
Check the result.

Selected Periodic reminder Data List
5
Item schedule set
No. Name Value
AC602558BS Set value
Name Value
Schedule Spec. -Input the value- 2 Months until reminder 12 month
4. The temporary warning period is set. 4

Mileage until Extra
reminder
NOTE: The screen indicates that "2 month" has 5

Months until Extra
reminder
been added to the temporary warning period (No. 7 Current Schedule EU 1
5 in the data list). (The distance of No. 4 in the Select the value and press the OK button.
data list has not been set.)

AC602556 BG
4. EXTRA REMINDER CANCEL
The temporary service reminder warning period 1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "5
which has been set can be cancelled. Periodic reminder schedule set."
NOTE: The screen indicates that the current
Meter
Selected
Special Function Service Reminder
Data List
schedule (No. 7 in the data list) has been set to
"EU 1."
4 Extra reminder cancel
Item No. Name Value

Mileage until Extra Meter Special Function Service Reminder
4 reminder
3000 km
5
Months until Extra Item schedule set
5 2 month No. Name Value
reminder
Set value
Name Value
Schedule Spec. EU 2 2 Months until reminder 12 month
Press the OK button to execute.
Mileage until Extra
4 reminder
Months until Extra
5 reminder
AC602558BT 7 Current Schedule EU 1
Select the value and press the OK button.
1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "4 Extra

reminder cancel."
AC602556 BH
NOTE: The screen indicates that "3000 km" and
"2 month" have been set to the temporary warning 2. Set the schedule to be changed from "Set value."
period (Nos. 4 and 5 in the data list). 3. Press the "OK" button.
COMBINATION METER
3. Press the "OK" button.

5 DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A4
Item schedule set
No. Name Value Meter Special Function Service Reminder
1 Mileage until reminder 20000 km Selected Integrated value Data List
6
Item adjustment
No. Name Value
Mileage until Extra
4 reminder 2 Months until reminder 11 month
Months until Extra
5 reminder Mileage until Extra
4 reminder
7 Current Schedule EU 2 Months until Extra
5 reminder
Check the result. Integrated mileage for
8 reminder
100 km
Integrated days for

Check the result. 9 30 day
reminder
AC602558 BV
AC602558BW
4. The schedule is changed.
NOTE: The screen indicates that the current 4. The mileage and elapsed days are changed. The
schedule (No. 7 in the data list) has been changed combination meter automatically recalculates the
to "EU 2." distance and days to the nearest next check from
the settings of mileage and elapsed days for
6. INTEGRATED VALUE ADJUSTMENT check warning, and then displays them in "Data
At the combination meter replacement or for the List."
vehicle with its battery being removed for a long NOTE: .
period (15 days or more), this adjustment is used to • The screen indicates that the current mileage
reset the mileage and elapsed days for check warn- and elapsed days (Nos. 8 and 9 in the data
ing. list) have been changed to "100 km" and "30
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A4 day."
• Set the elapsed days for check warning to "0
Selected Integrated value Data List
6
adjustment
day" by the above resetting method, thereby

Item No. Name Value
Set value
the timer is reset indirectly.

Name Value
Running Distance -Input the value- 2 Months until reminder 12 month
Elapsed Days -Input the value- Mileage until Extra

4 reminder
5
Months until Extra
reminder
7. OPTIONAL INT SCHEDULE SETTING
Integrated mileage for
8 reminder
Integrated days for
26 km
CAUTION
If the current schedule is set to the "Optional
Input the value to both items, and press the 9 0 day
OK button. reminder
INT" by executing "5. Periodic reminder schedule

AC602556 BI set," the "set value" cannot be input. Therefore,
set it to the schedule other than the "Optional
1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "6 INT" once, and then execute "7. Optional INT
Integrated value adjustment." schedule setting."
NOTE: The screen indicates that the current mile- In addition to the existing schedule, the optional serv-
age and elapsed days (Nos. 8 and 9 in the data ice reminder schedule can be set.
list) are "26 km" and "0 day."
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A5 Selected Optional INT schedule Data List
7
Meter Special Function Service Reminder Item setting
No. Name Value
Selected Integrated value Set value
6 1 Mileage until reminder 15000 km
Item adjustment Name Value
Set value Optional INT.
-Input the value- 2 Months until reminder 12 month
for mileage
Name Value Optional INT.
-Input the value- Integrated mileage for
100 for month 8 26 km
Running Distance reminder
7 8 9
Elapsed Days 30 Integrated days for
9 0 day
reminder
4 5 6 Tab
Optional interval for
12 mileage
Back
1 2 3 Input the value for the item that you want to Optional interval for
Space 13 month
Input the value to both items, and press the 0 Clear

OK button.
Range: 0-32767, Unit: day,
AC602556 BJ
AC602557 AJ
1. On the "Service Reminder" screen, select "7
2. To "Set value," input the mileage and elapsed Optional INT schedule setting."
days to be reset. NOTE: The screen indicates that the optional
NOTE: Always input both the mileage and schedule (Nos. 12 and 13 in the data list) has not
elapsed days. been set.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-81
DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A5 DBA-CW5WXTHHZ1 2006MY - Service Reminder - 4014308A4
Meter Special Function Service Reminder Meter Special Function Service Reminder
Selected Optional INT schedule Selected Optional INT schedule Data List
7 7
Item setting Item setting
No. Name Value
Set value
1 Mileage until reminder
Name Value
Optional INT.
for mileage
-Input the value- 2 Months until reminder 2 month
7 8 9
Optional INT.
2 Integrated mileage for
for month 8 26 km
reminder
4 5 6 Tab
Integrated days for
9 0 day
reminder
Back Check the result.
1 2 3 Optional interval for
Space Please set up "Optional INT" in "Periodic 12 mileage
inspection schedule set" function.
When you start the service reminder at this Optional interval for
Input the value for the item that you want to 0 Clear interval setting. 13 2 month
set up, and press the OK button. month
Range: 0-255, Unit: month,
AC602557 AK AC604401AC
2. Set the optional schedule (distance or month) of 4. The optional schedule is set. The set schedule
the "Set value." becomes effective by executing "5 Periodic
NOTE: Either input of distance or month can exe- reminder schedule set" and setting the schedule
cute the setting. to "Optional INT."
3. Press the "OK" button. NOTE: The screen indicates that "2 month" has
been added to the optional schedule (No. 13 in
the data list). (The distance of No. 12 in the data
list has not been set.)
Relationship between the elapsed months and the elapsed days which are used by the service
reminder function
Numb Number of days Numb Number of days Numb Number of days Numb Number of days
er of er of er of er of
month month month month
s s s s
1 30 − 60 13 396 − 425 25 761 − 790 37 1 126 − 1 156
2 61 − 90 14 426 − 456 26 791 − 821 38 1 157 − 1 186
3 91 − 121 15 457 − 486 27 822 − 851 39 1 187 − 1 217
4 122 − 151 16 487 − 516 28 852 − 882 40 1 218 − 1 247
5 152 − 182 17 517 − 547 29 883 − 912 41 1 248 − 1 277
6 183 − 212 18 548 − 577 30 913 − 943 42 1 278 − 1 308
7 213 − 243 19 578 − 608 31 944 − 973 43 1 309 − 1 338
8 244 − 273 20 609 − 638 32 974 − 1 003 44 1 339 − 1 369
9 274 − 303 21 639 − 669 33 1 004 − 1 034 45 1 370 − 1 399
10 304 − 334 22 670 − 699 34 1 035 − 1 064 46 1 400 − 1 430
11 335 − 364 23 700 − 730 35 1 065 − 1 095 47 1 431 − 1 460
12 365 − 395 24 731 − 760 36 1 096 − 1 125 48 1 461 − 1 491
NOTE: . HOW TO SET BY SPECIAL OPERATION
• When the number of elapsed days is 0 to 29, the OF SWITCH
number of elapsed months is 0.
By operating the meter information switch of the
• The combination meter performs calculation
combination meter, the service reminder warning
using 365.25 days for one year and 30.4375 days
cancellation and the schedule setting can be per-
for one month.
formed.
COMBINATION METER
HOW TO CANCEL THE SERVICE REMINDER HOW TO SET THE SCHEDULE

WARNING 1. Turn the ignition switch to the "OFF" position.
CAUTION 2. By operating the meter information switch, the
• Be careful not to execute the service reminder warning period is displayed on the odometer.
warning cancellation by operating the switch 3. Press the meter information switch once for 1.2
again after erasing the service reminder warn- seconds or longer.
ing indicator which is currently output, 4. The service reminder indicator flashes.
because the next warning period will be can-
5. While the service reminder indicator flashes,
celled.
press the meter information switch for 1.2
• If the next warning period is cancelled by mis-
seconds or longer and 3 times consecutively.
take, the cancelled warning period can be
restored by setting a schedule different from 6. The service reminder indicator is turned ON, and
the current one once, and then returning it to the current schedule is displayed on the odometer
the previous schedule. display.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the "OFF" position. 7. While the current schedule is displayed, press the
meter information switch for less than 1.2 seconds
2. By operating the meter information switch, the
and 3 times consecutively.
warning period is displayed on the odometer.
8. The odometer display is shifted to the schedule
3. Press the meter information switch once for 1.2
selection mode.
seconds or longer.
9. When the meter information switch is pressed for
4. The service reminder indicator flashes.
less than 1.2 seconds, the schedule is shifted,
5. While the service reminder indicator flashes, and when the switch is pressed for 1.2 seconds or
press the meter information switch once for less longer, the displayed schedule is set.
than 1.2 seconds.
NOTE: For schedule, "JPN", "NAS", "GCC (GCC/
6. The service reminder indicator is turned ON, and EXP)" and "AUS (MMAL)" can also be selected.
"CLEAR" is displayed on the odometer display for However, the using shall be for "EU" only.
3 seconds.
10.The schedule set in Step 9 is displayed for 3
7. After "CLEAR" is displayed for 3 seconds, the seconds, and the warning period to the next time
warning period to the next time is displayed. is displayed.
SCHEDULE TABLE
Schedule Warning type Warning criteria
EU 1 (initial condition) Elapsed time (month) Every 12 elapsed month
Driving distance (miles) Every 9,000 miles of driving distance
Driving distance (km) Every 15,000 km of driving distance
EU 2 Elapsed time (month) Every 12 elapsed month
Driving distance (miles) Every 12,500 miles of driving distance
Driving distance (km) Every 20,000 km of driving distance
OFF Display Without function. "OFF" is displayed on the odometer/tripmeter.
Function OFF Without function (Only M.U.T.-III can be set.)
NOTE: . HOW TO INACTIVATE THE SERVICE
• For schedule, "JPN", "NAS", "GCC (GCC/EXP)" REMINDER FUNCTION
and "AUS (MMAL)" can also be selected. How-
By setting to "OFF Display" or "Function OFF" when
ever, the using shall be for "EU" only.
the schedule is set, the service reminder function can
• *: The optional schedule can be set. (Only
be inactivated.
M.U.T.-III can be set.)
When "OFF Display" is selected
• Even if the service reminder screen is displayed
by operating the meter information switch, "OFF"
is displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COMBINATION METER
54A-83
When "Function OFF" is selected COMBINATION METER
• Even when the check warning period is reached,
the service reminder display is not displayed. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
• Even with the meter information switch operation, M1540201700319
the service reminder screen is not displayed.
CAUTION
If the combination meter needs to be replaced, the current driving distance and elapsed days must be
entered into the meter after the replacement in order to be used for service reminder function. There-
fore, read "Integrated mileage for reminder," "Integrated days for reminder," "Mileage until Extra
reminder," "Months until Extra reminder," and "Current schedule" from the meter before the replace-
ment using the special function of M.U.T.-III, and note them. For the operation method of M.U.T.-III,
refer to On-vehicle service . If "Integrated mileage for reminder" or "Integrated days for reminder"
cannot be read from the meter using M.U.T.-III, use the following method.
• As for the driving distance for check warning, use the driving distance displayed on the multi
• As for the elapsed days for check warning, calculate the number of elapsed days from the delivery
date to the customer (service reminder function start date) and current date.
Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation
² Glove box side panel (Refer to GROUP 52A, Glove box ).
² Instrument centre panel (Refer to GROUP 52A, Instru-
ment Centre Panel ).
² Instrument panel air outlet garnish lower (LH) <LH drive
vehicles> or (RH) <RH drive vehicles> (Refer to GROUP
52A, Instrument lower Panel ).
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m

1
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m
4 3
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m
AC609711AD
HEADLAMP
Removal Steps DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

1. Combination meter bezel M1540201800167
2. Instrument meter cluster panel

3. Combination meter assembly
4. Meter information switch
1
AC506448AB
Disassembly steps
1. Combination meter glass
2. Combination meter
HEADLAMP
M1540100200273

Headlamp aiming Low-beam Vertical 36 mm (0.69°) ±15 mm (±0.29°)
direction below horizontal from the horizontal
(H) cut-off line
Horizontal Elbow point ± 26 mm (± 0.5°)
direction intersects the from the vertical
vertical line (V) line (V)
Headlamp luminous intensity measurement cd − 30,000 cd or more
(When a screen is set 25 m ahead of the vehicle)
PRECAUTIONS ON HOW TO USE THE HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
Be careful with the following items as resin lenses • Don't tape the outer lens.
are used in the headlamp assembly. • Don't scratch the outer lens surface with a sharp
• Don't illuminate the headlamp for three minutes edged special tool.
or more when the headlamp is covered with • Use the specified genuine bulb.
scratch protector.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-85
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540104400194
HEADLAMP

a assembly
MB991824
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
c. M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code, service data and
main harness actuator test check.
c with CAN
communicatio
n system)
d. M.U.T.-III
MB991910 main harness
B (Vehicles
d
without CAN
n system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger
harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
a. MB991219 a. Check measurement at harness wire or
b. MB991220 harness connector
c. MB991221 b. LED harness a. For checking connector pin
d. MB991222 c. LED harness contact pressure
b
adapter b. For checking power supply
d. Probe circuit
circuit
tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-87
connector
MB992006
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS <DISCHARGE

HEADLAMP>
M1540100300151
Before checking the discharge headlamp related
parts, be sure to read the following warnings and pre-
cautions carefully, and then perform necessary oper-
ations.
HEADLAMP
DANGER
• Do not touch the socket and the connec-
tor while the headlamps are on. High volt-
age is applied to the bulb socket and
connector during headlamp operation.
The operator may be burnt or dead due to
an electric shock by high voltage.
• Do not attempt to use a tester to check
them. If the bulb socket and connectors
should be inspected using a tester, the
operator may be burnt or dead due to an
electric shock by high voltage.
• Do not turn ON the headlamps while the
controller or the bulb is removed. If the
headlamps are turned ON with the con-
troller or bulb removed, the operator may
get burned by the bulb of a high tempera-
ture. The operator may be burnt or dead
due to an electric shock by high voltage.
• Before service work, turn the lighting
switch OFF and disconnect the battery
terminal and the controller connector in a
dry place. Do not touch the components
with wet hands. If you work on the compo-
nents with wet hands or in wet conditions,
the operator may be burnt or dead due to
an electric shock by high voltage.
WARNING
Do not illuminate the bare headlamp bulb.
(Do not illuminate the headlamp using other
than the vehicle power supply.) If the head-
lamp bulb illuminates without fitting it in the
headlamp unit, it may burst due to rise in its
internal pressure.
CAUTION
When reusing the controller with the discharge
headlamp damaged, observe the inspection pro-
cedures for the related parts of the discharge
headlamp before determining the reusability of
the controller. If you fail to observe "How to
check discharge headlamp components," the
vehicle may be damaged.
1. CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR DISCHARGE HEADLAMP RELATED PARTS

(INSPECTION PROCEDURE WHEN REUSING THE CONTROLLER)
1 − 1 VISUAL CHECK OF CONTROLLER (CASE)
If any of the check items below are found, replace
the controller.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-89
Items to be checked Why the controller should be replaced

Obvious deformation (warping, twisting, dents, nicks, The printed circuit board or the element(s) may be
chipped edges) of controller case cracked
Damaged connector (chipped or cracked plastics, or The damaged part(s) may cause poor connection or
deformed terminal) short circuit.
1 − 2 CHECK OF WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN CONTROLLER AND BULB

If any of the check items below are found, replace DANGER
the wiring harness between the controller and the If the wiring harness between the controller
bulb. and the bulb is damaged, always replace it.
Attempting to repair the wiring harness may
cause a melted harness wire, or may result in
a burn or death due to an electric shock by
high voltage.
Items to be checked Why the controller should be replaced
Wiring harness shield damaged Abnormal noise may cause.
Damaged connector (chipped or cracked plastics, or The damaged part(s) may cause poor connection or
deformed terminal) short circuit.
1 − 3 CHECK OF CONTROLLER OPERATION

If any of the abnormalities below are found, replace NOTE: Ensure that the headlamp control system and
the controller. its circuit (power supply control at engine start and
during steady illumination, high-voltage generating
circuit, etc.) are working normally. Then, check
whether any internal breakage has occurred in the
controller. However, some internal breakage may not
be found.
Check item (Check of illumination operation)
With the headlamp bulb in the cold state (with the lamp turned off for 10 minutes or more) and in warm state
(after the lamp is illuminated for 15 minutes or more, it is turned off for 1 minute), turn ON and OFF the
headlamp several times, and then check that the headlamp illuminates without fail.
Observe the headlamps until they illuminate steadily (approximately 5 minutes after switching on them).
Check that the headlamps do not flash or flicker.
Turn on the headlamps for 30 minutes. Check that the brightness is the same between right and left lamps.
Turn on the headlamps for 30 minutes. Check that the headlamps do not flash or flicker for 30 minutes.
2. Troubleshooting procedure for discharge headlamp (diagnostic procedure for mal-

functions)
1. Check that the connectors are connected 3. The components should be checked with their
securely and the fuse has not been blown. connectors disconnected.
2. Before troubleshooting, read through the "Symp-
tom chart" to understand what and how you
should do. Follow all the procedures carefully.
HEADLAMP
SYMPTOM CHART
Item to be checked Trouble symptom
The headlamps do not The headlamps flicker. The headlamps are dim.
illuminate.
Fuse 1 − −
Wiring harness and 2 1 −
connector
Column switch 3 − −
Bulb 4 2 1
Controller 5 3 2
ETACS-ECU 6 4 −
NOTE: . AFS WARNING LAMP AND AFS WARN-
1. The numbers indicate the sequence in which the ING DISPLAY
component is checked.
2. For the troubleshooting of other than the above,
refer to Trouble Symptom Chart .
3. If ETACS-ECU fails, only the low-beam head-
lamps will illuminate as a fail-safe measure. AFS warning
lamp
SERVICE
TROUBLESHOOTING AFS warning REQUIRED
display

TROUBLESHOOTING AC809280AC
M1540104200305
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting .
Parts name Functional description
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION Combination When an AFS abnormality
M1540104300380 meter (AFS occurs, the AFS warning lamp
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE warning lamp) flashes to inform the driver of the
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function . AFS abnormality.
Combination When an AFS abnormality
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE meter (AFS occurs, indicates the warnings
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function . warning display) on the multi-information display
of combination meter to inform
the driver of the AFS
abnormality.

M1540101400548
CAUTION
On troubleshooting, if the ignition switch is turned ON while disconnecting connector(s), diagnosis
code(s) associated with other system may be set. On completion, confirm all systems for diagnosis
ETACS-ECU
B16A2 Blown turn-signal lamp (LH) bulb
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-91
B16A3 Turn-signal lamp (LH) short circuit
B16A4 Blown turn-signal lamp (RH) bulb
B16A5 Turn-signal lamp (RH) short circuit
LIN <VEHICLES WITH LIGHTING CONTROL SEN-
SOR>
L0432 RLS* RS adaptation error
L0434 RLS* light sensor error
L0436 RLS* rain sensor error
NOTE: *: Rain light sensor (Lighting control sensor) HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING-ECU
B2358 AFS OFF SW short circuit
B2507 Steering wheel sensor error
B2509 Steering wheel sensor not initialized
B2511 ECU internal error (ROM)
B2512 ECU internal error (EEPROM)
U0001 Bus-off (CAN-C)
U0100 Engine CAN time-out
U0121 ASC/ABS CAN time-out
U0126 Steering wheel sensor CAN time-out
U0141 ETACS CAN time-out
U1415 Coding not completed/failed
U1417 Abnormality in coding data
Code No.B16A2 Blown turn-signal lamp (LH) bulb
CAUTION Connectors: C-304, C-311 <LHD>

Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power ETACS-ECU
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communi- C-304
cation circuit are normal.
Connectors: A-09, A-35
A-09 (B)
C-311
ACA00886BC
A-35 (B)
ACA00916 AH
HEADLAMP
Connectors: C-304, C-311 <RHD> • Damaged harness wires and connectors

ETACS-ECU • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
C-304 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Bulb check

Check whether the bulb of turn-signal lamp which
does not illuminate is normal.
C-311
ACA00887BD
YES : Go to Step 2.
Connector: F-23 <LANCER> NO : Replace the bulb of turn-signal lamp which
does not illuminate.
STEP 2. Connector check: A-35 headlamp

assembly (LH) connector, A-09 side turn-signal
lamp (LH) connector and F-23 <LANCER> or F-49
<LANCER SPORTBACK> rear turn-signal lamp
(LH) connector
AC612744 BJ
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the A-35

front combination lamp (LH) connector, A-09 side
turn-signal lamp (LH) connector and F-23
<LANCER> or F-49 <LANCER SPORTBACK> rear
turn-signal lamp (LH) connector
AC801775BQ (2) Measure the resistance between the connector
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION terminal of lamp which does not illuminate and
When the left bulb of turn-signal lamp is blown, the the body earth.
ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No. B16A2. • Measure the resistance between the A-35
headlamp assembly (LH) connector terminal
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA No. 6 and the body earth.
The ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No. B16A2 • Measure the resistance between the A-09
under the following conditions. side turn-signal lamp (LH) connector terminal
i. With the diagnosis code not set, if there is a mal- No. 1 and the body earth.
function to the left turn-signal lamp bulb, the • Measure the resistance between the F-23
blown left bulb counter counts once when the illu- <LANCER> or F-49 <LANCER SPORT-
mination of hazard or turn-signal lamp (left side) BACK> rear turn-signal lamp (LH) connector
is attempted. terminal No. 1 and the body earth.
ii. If the blown left bulb counter reaches "3," diagno- OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
sis code No. B16A2 is set. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
• Malfunction of turn-signal lamp bulb (left)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-93
STEP 4. Wiring harness check between A-35 STEP 6. Wiring harnesses check between A-35
headlamp assembly (LH) connector terminal No. headlamp assembly (LH) connector terminal No.
6, A-09 side turn-signal lamp (LH) connector 3, A-09 side turn-signal lamp (LH) connector
terminal No. 1 or F-23 <LANCER> or F-49 terminal No. 2 or F-23 <LANCER> or F-49
<LANCER SPORTBACK> rear turn-signal lamp <LANCER SPORTBACK> rear turn-signal lamp
(LH) connector terminal No. 1 and the body earth (LH) connector terminal No. 2 and C-304 ETACS-
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. ECU connector terminal No. 9 or C-311 ETACS-
ECU connector terminal No. 18
YES : Go to Step 7. NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
NO : Repair the wiring harness. intermittent connector D-16, and then repair that if
necessary.
• Check the output lines for open circuit.
STEP 5. Connector check: C-304 and C-311
ETACS-ECU connectors Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 6.
reset.
Malfunction ).
Code No.B16A3 Turn-signal lamp (LH) short circuit

Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power ETACS-ECU
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communi- C-304
A-09 (B)
C-311
ACA00886BC
A-35 (B)
ACA00916 AH
HEADLAMP
Connectors: C-304, C-311 <RHD> DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

ETACS-ECU
C-304 STEP 1. Connector check: A-35 headlamp

assembly (LH) connector, A-09 side turn-signal
lamp (LH) connector and F-23 <LANCER> or F-49
(LH) connector
C-311
YES : Go to Step 2.
ACA00887BD
Connector: F-23 <LANCER>
ETACS-ECU connectors
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Wiring harnesses check between A-35

AC612744 BJ headlamp assembly (LH) connector terminal No.
3, A-09 side turn-signal lamp (LH) connector
Connector: F-49 <LANCER SPORTBACK> terminal No. 2 or F-23 <LANCER> or F-49
(LH) connector terminal No. 2 and C-304 ETACS-
ECU connector terminal No. 9 or C-311 ETACS-
intermittent connector D-16, and then repair that if
necessary.
• Check the output lines for short circuit.
AC801775BQ
When the left wiring harness of turn-signal lamp is NO : Repair the wiring harness.
short circuited, the ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code
No. B16A3.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA reset.
With the diagnosis code not set, when the short cir- (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
cuit is detected three times consecutively, the (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B16A3. position to "ON" position.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged harness wires and connectors YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-95
Code No.B16A4 Blown turn-signal lamp (RH) bulb
CAUTION Connector: F-45 <LANCER SPORTBACK>

Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communi-
A-02 (B)
AC801775BR
A-53 (B) DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

When the right bulb of turn-signal lamp is blown, the
ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No. B16A4.
ACA00916 AI
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
Connectors: C-304, C-311 <LHD> The ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No. B16A4
ETACS-ECU
under the following conditions.
C-304 i. With the diagnosis code not set, if there is a mal-
function to the right turn-signal lamp bulb, the
blown right bulb counter counts once when the
illumination of hazard or turn-signal lamp (right
side) is attempted.
ii. If the blown right bulb counter reaches "3," the
C-311 diagnosis code No. B16A4 is set.
ACA00886BC
PROBABLE CAUSES
ETACS-ECU
• Malfunction of turn-signal lamp bulb (right side)
C-304 • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Bulb check

C-311 Check whether the bulb of turn-signal lamp which
ACA00887BD does not illuminate is normal.
Connector: F-08 <LANCER> Q: Is the check result normal?

YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Replace the bulb of turn-signal lamp which
does not illuminate.

assembly (RH) connector, A-02 side turn-signal
lamp (RH) connector and F-08 <LANCER> or F-45
AC612744 BK (RH) connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
HEADLAMP
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the A-53 STEP 5. Connector check: C-304 and C-311
headlamp assembly (RH) connector, A-02 side ETACS-ECU connectors
turn-signal lamp (RH) connector and F-08 Q: Is the check result normal?
<LANCER> or F-45 <LANCER SPORTBACK> rear YES : Go to Step 6.
turn-signal lamp (RH) connector NO : Repair the defective connector.
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between A-53
terminal of lamp which does not illuminate and headlamp assembly (RH) connector terminal No.
the body earth. 3, A-02 side turn-signal lamp (RH) connector
• Measure the resistance between the A-53 terminal No. 2 or F-08 <LANCER> or F-45
headlamp assembly (RH) connector terminal <LANCER SPORTBACK> rear turn-signal lamp
No. 6 and the body earth. (RH) connector terminal No. 2 and C-304 ETACS-
• Measure the resistance between the A-02 ECU connector terminal No. 16 or C-311 ETACS-
side turn-signal lamp (RH) connector terminal ECU connector terminal No. 19.
No. 1 and the body earth. NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
• Measure the resistance between the F-08 intermittent connector D-12, and repair them if nec-
<LANCER> or F-45 <LANCER SPORT- essary.
BACK> rear turn-signal lamp (RH) connector • Check the output lines for open circuit.
terminal No. 1 and the body earth. Q: Is the check result normal?
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) YES : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4. STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between A-53 (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
headlamp assembly (RH) connector terminal No. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
6, A-02 side turn-signal lamp (RH) connector position to "ON" position.
terminal No. 1 or F-08 <LANCER> or F-45 (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
<LANCER SPORTBACK> rear turn-signal lamp Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
(RH) connector terminal No. 1 and the body YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
earth. NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
YES : Go to Step 7. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Malfunction ).
Code No.B16A5 Turn-signal lamp (RH) short circuit
CAUTION Connectors: A-02, A-53

Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power A-02 (B)
A-53 (B)
ACA00916 AI
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-97
ETACS-ECU • Damaged harness wires and connectors
C-304
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

assembly (RH) connector, A-02 side turn-signal
C-311 lamp (RH) connector and F-08 <LANCER> or F-45
ACA00886BC <LANCER SPORTBACK> rear turn-signal lamp
(RH) connector
ETACS-ECU Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
C-304

ETACS-ECU connectors
C-311 YES : Go to Step 3.
ACA00887BD
STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between A-53
headlamp assembly (RH) connector terminal No.
3, A-02 side turn-signal lamp (RH) connector
terminal No. 2 or F-08 <LANCER> or F-45
(RH) connector terminal No. 2 and C-304 ETACS-
ECU connector terminal No. 16 or C-311 ETACS-
ECU connector terminal No. 19.
AC612744 BK NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
intermittent connector D-12, and repair them if nec-
essary.
• Check the output lines for short circuit.
YES : Go to Step 4.

reset.
AC801775BR
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
When the right wiring harness of turn-signal lamp is position to "ON" position.
short circuited, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
code No. B16A5. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
With the diagnosis code not set, when the short cir- malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
cuit is detected three times consecutively, the use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B16A5. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
HEADLAMP
Code No.L0432 RLS RS adaptation error

When the lighting control sensor is installed with the NO : The lighting control sensor is installed with
wrong procedure, code No. L0432 is stored by LIN. the wrong procedure.

STEP 2. Lighting control sensor installation
The lighting control sensor may have been installed
surface check
with the wrong procedure.
Visually check the presence of scratches or air bub-
• Incorrect installation procedure: Connect the con-
bles (diameter of 5 mm or more) on the windshield to
nector before mounting the lighting control sensor
which the lighting control sensor is installed. In addi-
onto the optical coupler of the windshield.
tion, visually check that the optical coupler is not bro-
• Correct installation procedure: Mount the lighting
ken and that the lighting control sensor can be
control sensor onto the optical coupler of the
installed.
windshield. Wipe the windshield surface thor-
oughly, and check that the surface is dry. Then, Q: Is the check result normal?
connect the connector. YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the windshield (Refer to GROUP
PROBABLE CAUSES 42A − Windshield )
• Lighting control sensor improperly installed
• Lighting control sensor (rain sensor) abnormal
operation
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to LIN.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (1) Wipe the windshield surface of the lighting control
sensor section thoroughly, and check that the
STEP 1. Check whether the diagnosis code is surface is dry. Then, perform the lighting control
reset. sensor (rain sensor) adaptation. <Refer to
Disconnect the connector from the lighting control GROUP 51 − Lighting Control Sensor (Rain
sensor, and connect the connector to the lighting Sensor) Adaptation >.
control sensor again. Then, check again if the diag- (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
nosis code is set to LIN. position to "ON" position.
(1) Disconnect the connector of lighting control (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
sensor, and connect it again. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
NOTE: When connecting the connector, follow YES : Replace the lighting control sensor.
the correct installation procedure. NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
position to "ON" position. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Code No.L0434 RLS light sensor error

Code No.L0436 RLS rain sensor error
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

If a trouble occurs in the lighting control sensor, code
Nos. L0434 and L0436 are stored to LIN.
Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
PROBABLE CAUSE Check again if the diagnosis code is set to LIN.
Malfunction of the lighting control sensor (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-99
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set. YES : Replace the lighting control sensor.
Malfunction ).
Code No. B2358 AFS OFF SW short circuit

supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communi- Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
cation circuit are normal. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to headlamp
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION automatic levelling-ECU.
If a trouble occurs in headlamp automatic levelling- (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
ECU, AFS warnings are displayed on the multi infor- (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
mation display and code No. B2358 is stored. position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set after 60 seconds.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU detects an Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
internal circuit error. YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSE NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
ECU use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Malfunction ).
Code No. B2507 Steering wheel sensor error
CAUTION • Steering wheel sensor neutral position not

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, learned
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior • Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling-
to this diagnosis, always diagnose the CAN ECU.
bus lines.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
communication circuit are normal. STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
If a trouble of the steering wheel sensor occurs or the Q: Is the check result normal?
neutral position is not learned, AFS warnings are dis- YES (vehicles with ASC) : Go to Step 2.
played on the multi information display and the code YES (vehicles without ASC) : Go to Step 3.
No. B2507 is stored. NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The internal error or the neutral position not learned
signal is received from the steering wheel sensor for STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
2 seconds continuously. Check if diagnosis code is set to the steering wheel
sensor.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the steering wheel sensor
HEADLAMP
YES : Troubleshoot the steering wheel sensor.

Turn the steering wheel.
NO : Go to Step 5.
condition
reset. Item 5 Steering angle The display on
When the steering wheel sensor neutral position has (CAN input) M.U.T.-III
been learned, check if the diagnosis code is set to changes
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU. together with
(1) When the steering wheel sensor neutral position the steering
has been initialised, make the sensor learn the wheel
neutral point. Refer to GROUP 35C − On-vehicle operation.
service . Item 7 SAS status Normal
(2) Erase the diagnosis code. (CAN input)
OK: Normal condition is displayed.
(4) Check if diagnosis code is set. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : Replace the steering wheel sensor.
YES : Go to Step 4.
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to headlamp
automatic levelling-ECU.
YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU.
Malfunction ).
Code No. B2509 Steering wheel sensor not initialized
CAUTION No. B2509 is stored. When the neutral position of the

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, steering wheel sensor is learned, the code No.
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior B2509 is cleared automatically.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
bus lines.
The neutral position not learned signal is received
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the from the steering wheel sensor for 2 seconds contin-
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the uously.
communication circuit are normal.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION PROBABLE CAUSES
If a trouble of the steering wheel sensor occurs or the • Malfunction of the steering wheel sensor
neutral position is not learned, AFS warnings are dis- • Steering wheel sensor neutral position not
played on the multi information display and the code learned
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-101
• Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list
ECU Turn the steering wheel.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Item No. Item name Normal
condition
Item 7 SAS status Normal
(CAN input)
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP YES : Go to Step 4.
54C − Troubleshooting ). NO : Replace the steering wheel sensor.
reset. reset.
When the steering wheel sensor neutral position has Check again if the diagnosis code is set to headlamp
been learned, check if the diagnosis code is set to automatic levelling-ECU.
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU. (1) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
(1) When the steering wheel sensor neutral position position to "ON" position.
has been initialised, make the sensor learn the (2) Check if diagnosis code is set.
neutral point. Refer to GROUP 35C − On-vehicle Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
service . YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
(2) Erase the diagnosis code. ECU.
(3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
position to "ON" position. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
(4) Check if diagnosis code is set. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
YES : Go to Step 3. Malfunction ).
Code No. B2511 ECU internal error (ROM)

ECU, AFS or headlamp automatic levelling system (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
warnings are displayed on the multi information dis- position to "ON" position.
play and code No. B2511 is stored. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU detects a YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
ROM data error. ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSE malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
ECU Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
HEADLAMP
Code No. B2512 ECU internal error (EEPROM)

ECU, AFS or headlamp automatic levelling system (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
warnings are displayed on the multi information dis- position to "ON" position.
play and code No. B2512 is stored. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU detects the YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
data error at EEPROM reading or writing. ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSE malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
ECU Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Code No.U0001 Bus off (CAN-C)

to this diagnosis, always diagnose the CAN Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
bus lines.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When headlamp automatic levelling-ECU is returned
from the bus-off state or when the bus-off error is STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
indicated to the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU reset.
state, AFS warnings are displayed on the multi infor- Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the head-
mation display and code No. U0001 (CAN-C) is lamp automatic levelling-ECU.
stored. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA position to "ON" position.
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU judges the (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
bus-off error. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
PROBABLE CAUSES
ECU.
• Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-103
Code No. U0100 Engine CAN time-out
CAUTION STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for

• If the diagnosis code No. U0100 is set, be sure other systems
to diagnose the CAN bus line. Check if the diagnosis code No. U0100 is set to
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the ETACS-ECU.
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
communication circuit are normal. YES : Go to Step 4.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION NO : Go to Step 5.
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU sets diagno-
sis code No.U0100 when it cannot receive signals
from the engine ECU.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the head-
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA lamp automatic levelling-ECU.
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU cannot (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
receive the signal from the engine-ECU via the CAN (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
bus line. position to the ON position.
PROBABLE CAUSES Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• Malfunction of CAN bus line YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
• Malfunction of engine-ECU NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
• Malfunction of headlamp automatic levelling-ECU intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the headlamp automatic levelling-
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ECU and the engine-ECU. (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. with Intermittent Malfunction .)

YES : Go to Step 2. STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the head-
54C − Troubleshooting ). lamp automatic levelling-ECU.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the engine-ECU. (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
YES : Troubleshoot the engine (Refer to GROUP
13A − Troubleshooting).
ECU.
NO : Go to Step 3.
ECU and the engine-ECU. (Refer to
Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
with Intermittent Malfunction .)
HEADLAMP
Code No.U0121 ASC/ABS CAN time-out

from the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU. In addition, the
AFS or headlamp automatic levelling system warning
lamp automatic levelling-ECU.
is displayed on the multi information display.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU cannot position to the ON position.
receive the signal from the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
via the CAN bus line. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSES NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
• Malfunction of CAN bus line intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
• Malfunction of ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU between the headlamp automatic levelling-
• Malfunction of headlamp automatic levelling-ECU ECU and the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points -
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
Q: Is the check result normal? Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the head-
YES : Go to Step 2. lamp automatic levelling-ECU.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
54C − Troubleshooting ). (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ABS-ECU or Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
ASC-ECU. YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set to the any of the above? NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
Set to the ABS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the ABS. intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting . between the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU and the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 3.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-105
Code No. U0126 Steering wheel sensor CAN time-out

sis code No. U0126 when it cannot receive signals
from the steering wheel sensor. In addition, the AFS
warning is displayed on the multi information display.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU cannot (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
receive the signal from the steering wheel sensor via position to the ON position.
the CAN bus line. (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
PROBABLE CAUSES YES : Replace the steering wheel sensor.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
• Malfunction of steering wheel sensor intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
• Malfunction of headlamp automatic levelling-ECU between the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU and the steering wheel sensor. (Refer
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE to GROUP 00 − How to Use
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
YES : Go to Step 2. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the head-
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP lamp automatic levelling-ECU.
54C − Troubleshooting ). (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the steering wheel
sensor. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? ECU.
YES : Troubleshoot the steering wheel sensor. NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
Refer to GROUP 35C − Troubleshooting . intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
NO : Go to Step 3.
ECU and the steering wheel sensor. (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Use
HEADLAMP
Code No. U0141 ETACS CAN Time-out

• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the engine-ECU.
from the ETACS-ECU.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA lamp automatic levelling-ECU.
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU cannot (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
receive the signal from the ETACS-ECU via the CAN (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
bus line. position to the ON position.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
• Malfunction of headlamp automatic levelling-ECU intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ECU and the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to

NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the head-
54C − Troubleshooting ). lamp automatic levelling-ECU.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to
ECU.
GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU − NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
Troubleshooting .) intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
NO : Go to Step 3.
ECU and the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-107
Code No. U1415 Coding not completed/failed

an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior 54C − Troubleshooting ).
bus lines. STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the Check if the diagnosis code relating to the coding
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the error is set to the ETACS-ECU.
communication circuit are normal. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS (Refer to ).
When the variant coding for ETACS-ECU has not NO : Go to Step 3.
been implemented, AFS or headlamp automatic lev-
elling system warnings are displayed on the multi
information display and code No. U1415 is stored. reset.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA Check again if the diagnosis code is set to headlamp
The ETACS-ECU variant coding is not completed. automatic levelling-ECU.
• Variant coding for ETACS-ECU has not been position to "ON" position.
implemented. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU ECU.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Malfunction ).
Code No. U1417 Abnormality in coding data

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, The vehicle information received from ETACS-ECU
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior at coding is not valid.
PROBABLE CAUSES
bus lines.
• Coding information input mistake
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the • ETACS-ECU failure or improper assembly
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the • Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling-
communication circuit are normal. ECU
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
Headlamp automatic levelling-ECU communicates DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
with ETACS-ECU via CAN bus lines. When the vehi-
cle information received from ETACS-ECU is invalid,
AFS or headlamp automatic levelling system warn- STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
ings are displayed on the multi information display Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
and code No. U1417 is stored. Q: Is the check result normal?
HEADLAMP
YES : Go to Step 2. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP position to "ON" position.
54C − Troubleshooting ). (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
Check if the diagnosis code relating to the coding ECU.
error is set to the ETACS-ECU. NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS (Refer to ). use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
NO : Go to Step 3. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART

reset. M1540102101082
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to headlamp

Procedure No. page
Headlamp and tail lamp None of the low-beam headlamps 1
illuminate.
None of the high-beam headlamps 2
illuminate.
The headlamps (low-beam) illuminate 3
regardless of the lighting switch positions.
(High-beam does not illuminate)
The headlamps do not illuminate when the 4
passing switch is turned ON.
One of the headlamp(s) does not 5
illuminate.
The high-beam indicator lamp does not 6
illuminate.
The headlamp automatic shutdown 7
function does not work normally.
The auto lamp function does not work 8
normally.
One of the position lamps, the licence plate 9
lamps or the tail lamps does not illuminate.
Turn-signal lamp None of the turn-signal lamps illuminate. 10
The comfort flashing function does not 11
work normally.
The turn-signal indicator lamps do not 12
illuminate.
AFS One of the bending lamps does not 13
illuminate.
The bending lamp illumination timing by 14
the steering operation is failed.
The welcome light function does not work normally. 15
The coming home light function does not work normally. 16
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-109
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: None of the low-beam headlamps illuminate.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the commu-
nication circuit are normal.
Headlamp Relay (Low-Beam) Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 36
FUSIBLE
LINK 38
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
HEADLAMP
RELAY (LO)
NOTE
: 1800-DIESEL
ETACS-ECU
Wire colour code

Connector: A-28X AC612144 Connector: C-312 <LHD>

ETACS-ECU
AC801941AF ACA00886AJ
HEADLAMP
Connector: C-312 <RHD> STEP 4. Headlamp relay (LO) check

ETACS-ECU Refer to .
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the headlamp relay (LO).
STEP 5. Voltage measurement at the A-28X

headlamp relay (LO) connector
ACA00887AJ
(1) Remove the headlamp relay (LO), and measure
at the relay box side.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM (2) Measure the voltage between headlamp relay
If both headlamps (low-beam) do not illuminate nor- (LO) connector terminal No. 2/4 and the body
mally, the headlamp switch input circuit, headlamp earth.
relay (LO), or ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
OK: System voltage
• Malfunction of column switch YES : Go to Step 6.
• Malfunction of headlamp relay (LO) NO : Go to Step 8.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors STEP 6. Connector check: C-312 ETACS-ECU
connector
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code NO : Repair the defective connector.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? STEP 7. Wiring harness check between the A-28X
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to . headlamp relay (LO) connector terminal No. 1
NO : Go to Step 2. and the C-312 ETACS-ECU connector terminal
No. 6
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III data list • Check the output lines for open circuit or short
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the sig- circuit.
nal related to the operation of headlamp function. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Headlamp switch to ON. YES : Go to Step 9.
Item No. Item name Normal NO : Repair the wiring harness.
condition
Item 341 Head lamp switch ON STEP 8. Wiring harness check between the A-28X
headlamp relay (LO) connector terminal No. 2/4
and the fusible link (36) <Except 1800-DIESEL>
Q: Is the check result normal? or (38) <1800-DIESEL>
YES : Go to Step 3. • Check the output lines for open circuit or short
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to circuit.
Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
switch signal is not received" .
YES : Go to Step 9.
STEP 3. Connector check: A-28X Headlamp relay
(LO) connector
Q: Is the check result normal? Check that the headlamps (low-beam) illuminate nor-
YES : Go to Step 4. mally.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-111
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 2: None of the high-beam headlamps illuminate.
CAUTION
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the power source circuit, the earth circuit and the commu-
Headlamp Relay (High-Beam) Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 36
FUSIBLE
LINK 38
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
HEADLAMP
RELAY (HI)
NOTE
:EXCEPT 1800-DIESEL
:1800-DIESEL
ETACS-ECU
Wire colour code

HEADLAMP
Connector: A-19X AC612144

YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to .
NO : Go to Step 2.

Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the sig-
nal related to the operation of headlamp function.
• Headlamp switch to ON.
condition
AC801941AG
Item 341 Head lamp switch ON
ETACS-ECU
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
STEP 3. Connector check: A-19X headlamp relay

ACA00886AJ (HI) connector
Connector: C-312 <RHD> Q: Is the check result normal?

ETACS-ECU YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Headlamp relay (HI) check

Refer to .
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the headlamp relay (HI).
ACA00887AJ
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 5. Voltage measurement at the A-19X

If both headlamps (high-beam) do not illuminate nor- headlamp relay (HI) connector
mally, the headlamp switch input circuit, headlamp (1) Remove the headlamp relay (HI), and measure at
relay (HI), or ETACS-ECU may have a problem. the relay box side.
(2) Measure the voltage between headlamp relay
PROBABLE CAUSES (HI) connector terminal No. 2/4 and the body
• Malfunction of column switch earth.
• Malfunction of headlamp relay (HI)
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU OK: System voltage
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code STEP 6. Connector check: C-312 ETACS-ECU

Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU. connector
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Q: Is the check result normal?

YES : Go to Step 7.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-113
YES : Go to Step 9.
STEP 7. Wiring harness check between the A-19X
headlamp relay (HI) connector terminal No. 1 and
the C-312 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 13
• Check the output lines for open circuit or short STEP 9. Retest the system
circuit. Check that the headlamps (high-beam) illuminate
normally.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
headlamp relay (HI) connector terminal No. 2/4
Malfunction ).
and the fusible link (36) <Except 1800-DIESEL>
or (38) <1800-DIESEL>
• Check the power source line for open circuit or
short circuit.
Inspection Procedure 3: The headlamps (low-beam) illuminate regardless of the lighting switch
positions. (High-beam does not illuminate)
CAUTION STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list

Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the sig-
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the nals related to the operation of auto lamp function.
communication circuit are normal. • Headlamp switch to ON.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Item No. Item name Normal
If the headlamps illuminate only at low-beam regard- condition
less of the lighting switch position, the headlamp fail-
safe function may be active. Item 341 Head lamp switch ON
• Turn the lighting switch to the "AUTO" position
PROBABLE CAUSES <Vehicles with auto lamp function>.
• Malfunction of column switch Item No. Item name Normal
• Malfunction of the lighting control sensor <Vehi- condition
cles with auto lamp function>
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU Item 348 Head lamp switch ON
• Damaged harness wires and connectors (auto)
YES <Vehicles without auto lamp function> : Go to
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code Step 5.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU. YES <Vehicles with auto lamp function> : Go to
Step 4.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
NO : Go to Step 2.

STEP 4. Check that the auto lamp function.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the LIN.
Check that the auto lamp function normally (Refer to
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? ).
YES : Refer to diagnosis code chart .
NO : Go to Step 3.
HEADLAMP

NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 8 "The auto malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
lamp function does not work normally." . use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
STEP 5. Retest the system Malfunction ).
Check that the headlamps illuminate normally.
Inspection Procedure 4: The headlamps do not illuminate when the passing switch is turned ON.

NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 1 "None of
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the the low-beam headlamps illuminate." and
communication circuit are normal. Inspection Procedure 2 "None of the high-
beam headlamps illuminate." .
If both headlamps (low-beam and high-beam) do not
illuminate, the passing switch input circuit or ETACS- STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
ECU may have a problem. Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSES YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to .
• Malfunction of column switch NO : Go to Step 3.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Check that the headlamps (low-beam and high-
beam) illuminates normally when turning ON the
passing switch.
STEP 1. Check the operation of the headlamps.
Check that the low-beam and high-beam headlamps
illuminate normally.
Q: Is the check result normal? use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-115
Inspection Procedure 5: One of the headlamp(s) does not illuminate.
CAUTION
If the discharge type headlamps do not illuminate, fully understand the precautions in "Service pre-
cautions for discharge headlamp" before proceeding with the troubleshooting. Refer to .
Connectors: A-19X, A-28X AC612144
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the lamp that does
not illuminate.

A-28X (LH) and A-53 (RH) headlamp assembly
A-19X connector
AC801941AH wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector of
Connectors: A-35, A-53 lamp which does not illuminate and the body
earth.
• Measure the resistance between the A-35
(LH), A-53 (RH) headlamp assembly connec-
tor terminal No. 6 <Vehicles without discharge
headlamp> or terminal No. 5 <Vehicles with
A-35 (B)
A-53 (B) discharge headlamp> and the body earth.
ACA00916 AJ
YES : Go to Step 5.
When one of the headlamps does not illuminate, the
wiring harness, connector(s), or the bulb may have a
STEP 4. Wiring harnesses check between the A-
problem, or the fuse may be burned out.
35 (LH) and A-53 (RH) headlamp assembly
PROBABLE CAUSES connector terminal No. 6 <Vehicles without
• Malfunction of the headlamp bulbs discharge headlamp> or terminal No. 5 <Vehicles
• Malfunction of the headlamp assembly with discharge headlamp> and the body earth
• Damaged harness wires and connectors • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 1. Connector check: A-35 (LH) and A-53
(RH) headlamp assembly connector
Malfunction ).
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : Go to Step 2.
STEP 5. Wiring harnesses check between A-35
(LH) and A-53 (RH) headlamp assembly
STEP 2. Bulb check connector terminal No. 2 <Vehicles without
Check the bulb(s) of headlamp that does not illumi- discharge headlamp LO> / terminal No. 12
nate. <Vehicles with discharge headlamp LO>, or
NOTE: If discharge-type low-beam headlamps do terminal No. 1 <HI> and the A-28X <LO> or A-19X
not illuminate, their bulbs cannot be inspected. In this <HI> headlamp relay connector terminal No. 3
case, assume the bulbs to be normal and proceed • Check the power supply line for open circuit.
with steps. Q: Is the check result normal?
HEADLAMP
YES : Replace the headlamp assembly that does

not illuminate.
Inspection Procedure 6: The high-beam indicator lamp does not illuminate.
CAUTION
High-Beam Indicator Lamp Circuit
CAN COMMUNICATION LINE COMBINATION

(CAN_H LINE) METER
ETACS-ECU CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
(CAN_L LINE)
INPUT SIGNAL
DIMMER SWITCH
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics

If the high-beam indicator does not illuminate nor- Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
mally, the harness in the CAN bus lines, connec-
tor(s), ETACS-ECU, or combination meter may have Q: Is the check result normal?
a problem. YES : Go to Step 3.
PROBABLE CAUSES 54C − Troubleshooting ).
• Malfunction of combination meter STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 1. Headlamp (high-beam) check
Check that the headlamps (high-beam) illuminate/
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system actuator test
extinguish normally when the lighting switch is oper-
Perform the actuator test for the combination meter,
ated.
and check that the high beam indicator illuminates
Q: Is the check result normal? (Refer to Combination Meter ).
YES : Go to Step 2.
the high-beam headlamps illuminate." .
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-117
Inspection Procedure 7: The headlamp automatic shutdown function does not work normally.

Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the sig-
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the nals related to the operation of headlamp automatic
communication circuit are normal. shutdown function.
OPERATION • Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) posi-
The ETACS-ECU operates this function in accord- tion.
ance with the input signals from column switch (light- • Turn the lighting switch to the "TAIL" position.
ing switch), ignition switch (IG1), and driver's door Item No. Item name Normal
switch. condition
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Item 254 IG voltage 1 V or less
If the headlamp automatic shutdown function does Item 340 Head lamp switch ON
not work normally, the above described input circuits (tail)
or ETACS-ECU may have a problem. Also, it may be • Turn the lighting switch to the "HEAD" position.
possible that the headlamp automatic shutdown
function is set to "Disable" through customisation. Item No. Item name Normal
condition
PROBABLE CAUSES Item 341 Head lamp switch ON
• Malfunction of driver's door switch • Open the driver's door.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Item No. Item name Normal
condition
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Item 256 Dr door ajar switch Open
STEP 1. Customise function check the items.
Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to check Q: Is the check result normal?
that the "Head lamp auto cut customize" is set to "B- Normal conditions are displayed for all the items. :
spec." Go to Step 4.
Q: Is the check result normal? Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 254.
YES : Go to Step 2. : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
NO : Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
set the "Head lamp auto cut customize" to (IG1) signal is not received" .
"B-spec." (Refer to ). Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 340
or 341. : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code switch signal is not received" .
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU. Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 256.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to . Inspection Procedure 5 "The front door
NO : Go to Step 3. switch (driver’s side) signal is not received" .

Check that the headlamp automatic shutdown func-
tion works normally.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Malfunction ).
HEADLAMP
Inspection Procedure 8: The auto lamp function does not work normally.
CAUTION YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU (Refer to ).

NO : Go to Step 4.
communication circuit are normal. STEP 4. Check that the headlamps operate.
OPERATION Check that the headlamps (low-beam) illuminate nor-
The ETACS-ECU operates this function in accord- mally.
ance with the input signals from driving distance, Q: Is the check result normal?
lighting control sensor, and column switch (auto lamp YES : Go to Step 5.
switch). Also, when the column switch (lighting NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 1 "None of
switch) is in the "AUTO" position, and when an the low-beam headlamps illuminate." .
abnormality is present to the auto lamp circuit, the
fail-safe function is activated and the low beam is
turned ON at all times regardless of the brightness
around the vehicle.
nals related to the operation of auto lamp function.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM • Turn the lighting switch to the "AUTO" position.
If the auto lamp function does not work normally, the Item No. Item name Normal
above input signal circuit(s) or the ETACS-ECU may condition
have a problem.
Item 348 Headlamp ON
PROBABLE CAUSES switch (auto)
• Malfunction of the lighting control sensor OK: Normal condition is displayed.
• Malfunction of the column switch
• Damaged harness wires and connectors NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE switch signal is not received" .
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics STEP 6. Lighting control sensor check
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Check the lighting control sensor. Refer to .
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP NO : Replace the lighting control sensor.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code Check that the auto lamp function works normally.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the LIN.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
YES : Refer to diagnosis code chart . malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
NO : Go to Step 3. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code Malfunction ).
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU. NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-119
Inspection Procedure 9: One of the position lamps, the licence plate lamps or the tail lamps does not
illuminate.
Connectors: A-35, A-53 Connectors: F-08, F-13, F-15, F-23

<LANCER SPORTBACK>
F-08
A-35 (B) F-13
A-53 (B) F-23 F-15
ACA00916 AJ AC801775BS
Connectors: C-304, C-311 <LHD> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

ETACS-ECU If one of the position lamps, the licence plate lamps
or tail lamps does not illuminate normally, the har-
C-304
ness, connector(s), or bulb(s) may have a problem,
or the fuse may be burned out.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of bulbs
C-311
ACA00886BC
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
ETACS-ECU
STEP 1. Connector check: A-35 (position lamp
C-304 LH) or A-53 (position lamp RH) headlamp
assembly connector, F-23 (LH) or F-08 (RH) rear
combination lamp connector, F-22 (LH) or F-09
(RH) tail lamp <LANCER> connector and F-15
(LH) or F-13 (RH) licence plate lamp connector
C-311
ACA00887BD
YES : Go to Step 2.
Connectors: F-08, F-09, F-13, F-15, F-22,
F-23 <LANCER>
F-08 STEP 2. Bulb check
Check the bulb(s) of the lamp that does not illumi-
F-23 nate.
F-09 (GR) Q: Is the check result normal?

YES <LANCER> : Go to Step 3.
F-22 (GR) YES <LANCER SPORTBACK> : Go to Step 8.
F-13 (GR)
F-15 (GR)
ACA00901AC
not illuminate.
HEADLAMP
YES : Go to Step 6.
(position lamp LH) or A-53 (position lamp RH)
headlamp assembly connector, F-23 (LH) or F-08
(RH) rear combination lamp connector, F-22 (LH) STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the A-35
or F-09 (RH) tail lamp <LANCER> connector and (position lamp LH) or A-53 (position lamp RH)
F-15 (LH) or F-13 (RH) licence plate lamp headlamp assembly connector terminal No. 4
connector and C-304 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 3
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the (LH) or terminal No. 7 (RH) and between F-23 (LH)
wiring harness side. or F-08 (RH) rear combination lamp connector
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector of terminal No. 3, F-22 (LH) or F-09 (RH) tail lamp
lamp which does not illuminate and the body <LANCER> connector terminal No. 2 or F-15 (LH)
earth. or F-13 (RH) licence lamp connector terminal No.
• Measure the resistance between the A-35 2 and C-311 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.
(LH), A-53 (RH) headlamp assembly connec- 10 (tail lamp LH or licence plate lamp) or terminal
tor terminal No. 6 and the body earth. <Posi- No. 13 (tail lamp RH)
tion lamp> NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
• Measure the resistance between the F-23 intermittent connector D-12, D-16, F-19 and F-28,
(LH) and F-08 (RH) rear combination lamp and repair that if necessary.
connector terminal No. 1 and the body earth. • Check the output lines for open circuit.
• Measure the resistance between the F-22
(LH), F-09 (RH) tail lamp <LANCER> connec-
YES : Go to Step 7.
tor terminal No. 1 and the body earth. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• Measure the resistance between the F-15
(LH), F-13 (RH) licence plate lamp connector
terminal No. 1 and the body earth. STEP 7. Retest the system
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) Check that the position lamp and licence plate lamp
NO : Go to Step 4. The lamps illuminate normally at both high and low
beams. : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 4. Wiring harness check between the A-35 use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
(position lamp LH) or A-53 (position lamp RH) Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
headlamp assembly connector terminal No. 6, F- Malfunction ).
23 (LH) or F-08 (RH) rear combination lamp When the position lamps do not illuminate :
connector terminal No. 1, F-22 (LH) or F-09 (RH) Replace the position lamp socket.
tail lamp <LANCER> connector terminal No. 1 or When the tail lamps do not illuminate : Replace
F-15 (LH) or F-13 (RH) licence plate lamp the rear combination lamp socket or the tail
connector terminal No. 1 and the body earth lamp socket.
NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the When the licence plate lamps do not illuminate :
intermittent connector F-28 or F-19, and repair that if Replace the licence plate lamp socket.
necessary.
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. STEP 8. Resistance measurement at the A-35
Q: Is the check result normal? (position lamp LH) or A-53 (position lamp RH)
YES : Go to Step 7. headlamp assembly connector, F-23 (LH) or F-08
NO : Repair the wiring harness. (RH) rear combination lamp connector, and F-15
(LH) or F-13 (RH) licence plate lamp connector
STEP 5. Connector check: C-304 (position lamp),
C-311 (tail lamp or licence plate lamp) ETACS-
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector of
ECU connector
lamp which does not illuminate and the body
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-121
earth. STEP 11. Wiring harness check between the A-35
• Measure the resistance between the A-35 (position lamp LH) or A-53 (position lamp RH)
(LH), A-53 (RH) headlamp assembly connec- headlamp assembly connector terminal No. 4
tor terminal No. 6 and the body earth. <Posi- and C-304 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 3
tion lamp> (LH) or terminal No. 7 (RH), F-23 (LH) or F-08 (RH)
• Measure the resistance between the F-23 rear combination lamp connector terminal No. 2
(LH) and F-08 (RH) rear combination lamp or F-15 (LH) or F-13 (RH) licence plate lamp
connector terminal No. 3 and the body earth. connector terminal No. 2 and C-311 ETACS-ECU
• Measure the resistance between the F-15 connector terminal No. 10 (tail lamp LH or licence
(LH), F-13 (RH) licence plate lamp connector plate lamp) or terminal No. 13 (tail lamp RH)
terminal No. 1 and the body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) intermittent connector D-12, D-16 and F-39, and
Q: Is the check result normal? repair that if necessary.
YES : Go to Step 10. • Check the output lines for open circuit.
NO : Go to Step 9.
STEP 9. Wiring harness check between the A-35 NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(position lamp LH) or A-53 (position lamp RH)
headlamp assembly connector terminal No. 6, F- STEP 12. Retest the system
23 (LH) or F-08 (RH) rear combination lamp Check that the position lamp and licence plate lamp
connector terminal No. 3 or F-15 (LH) or F-13 illuminate normally.
(RH) licence plate lamp connector terminal No. 1
and the body earth Q: Is the check result normal?
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. The lamps illuminate normally at both high and low
beams. : The trouble can be an intermittent
Q: Is the check result normal? malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
YES : Go to Step 12. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
STEP 10. Connector check: C-304 (position When the position lamps do not illuminate :
lamp), C-311 (tail lamp or licence plate lamp) Replace the position lamp socket.
ETACS-ECU connector When the tail lamps do not illuminate : Replace
the rear combination lamp socket or the tail
lamp socket.
When the licence plate lamps do not illuminate :
Replace the licence plate lamp socket.
Inspection Procedure 10: None of the turn-signal lamps illuminate.
CAUTION • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU

Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the • Damaged harness wires and connectors
communication circuit are normal. DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
If all the turn-signal lamps do not illuminate, the igni- STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
tion switch (IG1), the turn-signal lamp switch input Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
circuit or the ETACS-ECU may have a problem.
NO : Go to Step 2.
• Malfunction of column switch
HEADLAMP
Normal conditions are displayed for all the items. :

Go to Step 3.
Using the ETACS-ECU service data, check the sig-
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 254.
nals related to the illumination of turn-signal lamp. : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
• Turn the turn-signal lamp switch to the left posi- (IG1) signal is not received" .
tion. Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 343
Item No. Item name Normal or 344. : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
condition Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
Item 254 IG voltage System voltage
Item 343 Turn switch left ON
• Turn the turn-signal lamp switch to the right posi-
Check that the turn-signal lamps illuminate.
tion.
condition
Item 344 Turn switch ON use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
right Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
OK: Normal conditions are displayed for all Malfunction ).
the items. NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 11: The comfort flashing function does not work normally.

Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
If the comfort flashing function does not work nor-
mally, the turn-signal lamp switch input circuit(s) and
ETACS-ECU may have a problem. STEP 3. Check that the turn-signal lamps
operate.
PROBABLE CAUSES Check that the turn-signal lamps work normally when
• Malfunction of column switch the ignition switch is in the ON position.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU Q: Is the check result normal?
• Damaged harness wires and connectors YES : Go to Step 4.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE the turn-signal lamps illuminate" .
STEP 1. ETACS-ECU customise function check STEP 4. Retest the system

Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to check Check that the comfort flashing function works nor-
that the "Comfort flasher" is set to "Enable." mally.
NO : Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
set the "Comfort flasher" to "Enable" (Refer use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
to ). Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-123
Inspection Procedure 12: The turn-signal indicator lamps do not illuminate.
CAUTION STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics

Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
YES : Go to Step 3.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
If the turn-signal lamp indicator does not illuminate 54C − Troubleshooting ).
normally, the harness in the CAN bus lines, connec-
tor(s), ETACS-ECU, or combination meter may have
a problem. STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to .
• Malfunction of combination meter NO : Go to Step 4.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
and check that the turn-signal lamp indicator illumi-
STEP 1. Turn-signal lamp check nates (Refer to Combination meter ).
Check that the turn-signal lamp flashes normally Q: Is the check result normal?
when the turn-signal switch is operated. YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the combination meter.
YES : Go to Step 2.
the turn-signal lamps illuminate" .
Inspection Procedure 13: One of the bending lamps does not illuminate.
CAUTION Connectors: A-35, A-53

A-35 (B)
A-53 (B)
ACA00916 AJ
AC801941AF
ACA00892AS
HEADLAMP
Connector: C-14 <RHD> STEP 5. Voltage measurement at C-14 headlamp

automatic levelling-ECU connector
(3) Turn the lighting switch to the HEAD position.
(4) Turn the steering wheel anticlockwise for 104° or
more.
(5) Measure the voltage between C-14 headlamp
ACA00895AR automatic levelling-ECU connector terminal No. 3
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM and the body earth.
When one of the bending lamps is not turned ON, the OK: System voltage
harness, connector, bulb, or headlamp automatic lev- Q: Is the check result normal?
elling-ECU may be defective. YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 6.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the bending lamp bulbs
• Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- STEP 6. Connector check: A-28X headlamp relay
ECU (LO) connector
YES : Go to Step 7.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 1. Check a trouble spot. STEP 7. Wiring harness check between C-14
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU connector
Q: Which bending lamp does not illuminate?
terminal No. 10 and A-28X headlamp relay (LO)
The LH-side does not illuminate. : Go to Step 2
The RH-side does not illuminate. : Go to Step 11
• Check the power supply line for open circuit and
short circuit.
assembly (LH) connector
NO : Repair the defective connector. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
STEP 3. Bulb check NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Check the bulb(s) of headlamp that does not illumi-
nate. STEP 8. Resistance measurement at A-35
Q: Is the check result normal? headlamp assembly (LH) connector
YES : Go to Step 4. (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the lamp that does wiring harness side.
not illuminate. (2) Measure the resistance between A-35 headlamp
assembly (LH) connector terminal No. 8 and the
body earth.
STEP 4. Connector check: C-14 headlamp
automatic levelling-ECU connector OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
NO : Repair the defective connector. NO : Go to Step 9.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-125
STEP 9. Wiring harness check between A-35 (5) Measure the voltage between C-14 headlamp
headlamp assembly (LH) connector terminal No. automatic levelling-ECU connector terminal No. 1
8 and body earth and the body earth.
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. OK: System voltage
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent YES : Go to Step 17.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to NO : Go to Step 15.
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent STEP 15. Connector check: A-28X headlamp
Malfunction ). relay (LO) connector
STEP 10. Wiring harness check between C-14 NO : Repair the defective connector.
terminal No. 3 and A-35 headlamp assembly (LH)
• Check the signal line for open circuit and short
terminal No. 11 and A-28X headlamp relay (LO)
circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal? • Check the power supply line for open circuit and
YES : Go to Step 20. short circuit.
STEP 11. Connector check: A-53 headlamp malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
assembly (RH) connector use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Q: Is the check result normal? Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
NO : Repair the defective connector. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 12. Bulb check STEP 17. Resistance measurement at A-53

Check the bulb(s) of headlamp that does not illumi- headlamp assembly (RH) connector
nate. (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
(2) Measure the resistance between A-53 headlamp
assembly (RH) connector terminal No. 8 and the
body earth.
not illuminate.
STEP 13. Connector check: C-14 headlamp Q: Is the check result normal?
automatic levelling-ECU connector YES : Go to Step 19.
NO : Go to Step 18.
NO : Repair the defective connector. STEP 18. Wiring harness check between A-53
headlamp assembly (RH) connector terminal No.
8 and body earth
STEP 14. Voltage measurement at C-14 headlamp • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the Q: Is the check result normal?
wiring harness side. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
(3) Turn the lighting switch to the HEAD position. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
(4) Turn the steering wheel clockwise for 104° or Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
more. Malfunction ).
HEADLAMP
STEP 19. Wiring harness check between C-14 more.

headlamp automatic levelling-ECU connector Item No. Item name Normal
terminal No. 1 and A-53 headlamp assembly (RH) condition
connector terminal No. 7. Item 51 Bending lamp System voltage
• Check the signal line for open circuit and short RH (CAN
circuit. output)
Q: Is the check result normal? OK: Normal conditions is displayed.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
STEP 20. M.U.T.-III data list ECU.
Check the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU serv-
ice data.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. STEP 21. Retest the system
(2) Turn the lighting switch to the HEAD position. Check that the AFS works normally.
(3) Turn the steering wheel anticlockwise for 104° or Q: Is the check result normal?
more. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Item No. Item name Normal malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
condition use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Item 50 Bending lamp System voltage Malfunction ).
LH (CAN NO : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
output) ECU.
(4) Turn the steering wheel clockwise for 104° or
Inspection Procedure 14: The bending lamp illumination timing by the steering operation is failed.

supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communi- STEP 1. M.U.T.-III data list
cation circuit are normal. Check the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU serv-
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM ice data below.
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU turns ON the • Turn the steering wheel.
bending lamp when the rotation angle of the steering
wheel for the speed exceeds the angle indicated in
condition
the Table 1. If it is not turned ON with the normal tim-
ing, the input signal system for the rotation angle of Item 10 SAS (Steering The display on
the steering wheel or the headlamp automatic level- angle) (CAN M.U.T.-III
ling-ECU may be defective. input) changes
together with
TABLE 1
the steering
Vehicle Rotation angle from neutral wheel
speed (km/h) position of steering wheel (°) operation.
0 104 Item 12 SAS status Normal
(CAN input)
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the steering wheel sensor OK: Normal condition is displayed.
• Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- Q: Is the check result normal?
ECU YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-127
STEP 2. Steering wheel sensor check STEP 3. Retest the system
Perform the steering wheel sensor neutral position Check that the bending lamps illuminate and go out
learning (Refer to GROUP 35C − Steering Wheel normally.
Sensor Calibration ), and then check the trouble Q: Is the check result normal?
symptom again. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
YES : The diagnosis is complete. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
NO : Replace the steering wheel sensor, and Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
then go to Step 3. Malfunction ).
ECU.
Inspection Procedure 15: The welcome light function does not work normally.
CAUTION YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to .

NO : Go to Step 3.
communication circuit are normal. STEP 3. Check the keyless entry system
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM operation
When the welcome light function does not operate Check that the keyless entry system operation nor-
normally, the keyless entry system or the ETACS- mally.
ECU may have a problem. Or, the welcome light Q: Is the check result normal?
function may have been set to disabled using the YES : Go to Step 4.
customisation function. NO : Troubleshoot the keyless entry system.
Refer to GROUP 42B − Troubleshooting
PROBABLE CAUSES <KOS> or GROUP 42C − Troubleshooting
• Malfunction of the keyless entry system <WCM>.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 4. Check the tail lamps and headlamps.

When the lighting switch is operated, check that the
tail lamps and headlamps illuminate/go off normally.
STEP 1. ETACS-ECU customise function check.
Check that any one of the followings other than "Dis-
YES : Go to Step 5.
abled" is set for "Welcome light" with a customisation
NO : Troubleshoot the tail lamps and headlamps.
function.
Refer to trouble symptom chart .
• Small lamp
• Head lamp
Q: Is it set to other than "Disabled"?
The welcome light should work normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Set "Welcome light" to any one other than Q: Is the check result normal?
"Disabled" with a customise function (Refer YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
to ). malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Malfunction ).
HEADLAMP
Inspection Procedure 16: The coming home light function does not work normally.

Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the Using the ETACS-ECU service data, check the igni-
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the tion switch signal.
communication circuit are normal. • Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) posi-
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM tion.
When the coming home light function does not oper- Item No. Item name Normal
ate normally, the keyless entry system or the condition
ETACS-ECU may have a problem. Or, the coming
home light function may have been set to disabled Item 254 IG voltage 1 V or less
using the customisation function. OK: Normal condition is displayed.

YES : Go to Step 4.
• Malfunction of the keyless entry system
Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
(IG1) signal is not received" .
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 4. Check the headlamps.
STEP 1. ETACS-ECU customise function check. When the lighting switch is operated, check that the
Check that any one of the followings other than "Dis- headlamps illuminate/go off normally.
abled" is set for "Coming home light" with a customi-
sation function. Q: Is the check result normal?
• 15 sec YES : Go to Step 5.
• 30 sec NO : Troubleshoot the headlamps. Refer to
• 60 sec trouble symptom chart .
• 180 sec
Q: Is it set to other than "Disabled"? STEP 5. Retest the system.
YES : Go to Step 2. The coming home light function should work nor-
NO : Set "Coming home light" to any one other mally.
than "Disabled" with a customise function Q: Is the check result normal?
(Refer to ). YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 3. DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE
M1540103800401
AFS <HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVEL-

LING-ECU>
Refer to Headlamp automatic levelling system .
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-129
LIN <LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR (LAMP SENSOR)>
Item No. M.U.T.-III display Condition Normal condition
7001 RLS IG1 When the ignition switch is turned to the OFF
LOCK or ACC position.
When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
ON or START position.
7002 RLS Lamp sensor When the customise value of the lighting Level 1 bright
sensitivity control sensor sensitivity is set to level 1
(quick).
When the customise value of the lighting Level 2 bright
control sensor sensitivity is set to level 2
(slightly quick).
When the customise value of the lighting Level 3
(normal).
When the customise value of the lighting Level 4 dark
(slightly slow).
When the customise value of the lighting Level 5 dark
(slow).
7004 RLS Radio ACC When the ignition switch is turned to the OFF
LOCK or START position.
When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
ACC or ON position.
7007 RLS Vehicle speed Perform a test run of the vehicle. The values displayed
on the speedometer
and M.U.T.-III are
almost the same.
7009 RLS Low beam "ON" When the area around the lighting control OFF
request sensor is bright.
When the area around the lighting control ON
sensor is dark.
7010 RLS Judgement When the area around the lighting control The value displayed on
illuminance output sensor has become bright from dark the M.U.T.-III becomes
large.
When the area around the lighting control The value displayed on
sensor has become dark from bright. the M.U.T.-III becomes
small.
7011 RLS Tail lamp "ON" request When the area around the lighting control OFF
sensor is bright.
sensor is dark.
7012 RLS Tunnel detect output When the area around the lighting control OFF
sensor is bright.
sensor is dark.
HEADLAMP

7014 RLS Specification − EU
7015 RLS ECU Diagnostic − −
version
7016 RLS ECU Hardware − −
version
7017 RLS ECU Software version − −
7018 RLS ECU Part number − 8634A052
7019 RLS ECU Serial number − −
ACTUATOR TEST TABLE

M1540103900066
AFS
1 Bending lamp LH Bending lamp LH The LH-side bending lamp illuminates for 10
seconds.
2 Bending lamp RH Bending lamp RH The RH-side bending lamp illuminates for
10 seconds.
4 Simulated speed Bending lamp LH/RH The simulated vehicle speed of 30 km/h is
input to the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU, and the bending lamp to which the
steering wheel is turned illuminates. The
bending lamp illumination duration can be
selected from 1 minute, 5 minutes or 10
minutes.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE <USING A SCREEN> (LOW-BEAM)

PRE-AIMING INSTRUCTION
HEADLAMP AIMING 1. Inspect for badly rusted or faulty headlamp
M1540100500337
assemblies.
<USING A BEAM SETTING EQUIPMENT>
2. These conditions must be corrected before a
satisfactory adjustment can be made.
3. Inspect tyre inflation, and adjust if it is necessary.
4. If the fuel tank is not filled up, put weight in the
luggage compartment to make up for the fuel
shortage so that the weight will become 90% of
full-state weight or heavier. (0.8 kg per litter)
5. There should be no other load in the vehicle other
than driver or substituted weight of approximately
AC102583
75 kg placed in driver's position.
6. Turn the headlamp levelling switch to the switch
1. The headlamps should be aimed with the proper position "0." <Vehicles with headlamp manual
beam setting equipment, and in accordance with levelling system>
the equipment manufacture’s instructions. 7. Change the vehicle posture, and then operate the
2. Alternately turn the adjusting screw to adjust the actuator of headlamp levelling unit once.
headlamp aiming. <Vehicles with headlamp automatic levelling
system>
8. Thoroughly clean the headlamp lenses.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-131
(1) HEADLAMP ADJUSTMENT
Screen Headlamp centre line CAUTION
(2) (3) • Do not cover a headlamp for more than three
Vehicle centre line
minutes to prevent the plastic headlamp lens
deformation.
(3)
• Be sure to adjust the aiming adjustment
screw in the tightening direction.
3m
1. The low-beam headlamp should project on the
screen upper edge of the beam (cut-off).
2.
AC505906 AB
Phillips screwdriver
AC609593
Bulb centre position

Vertical direction
Horizontal direction adjustment screw
adjustment screw
AC700075AB
AC611357AB If not the case, turn the adjusting screws to achieve
the specified low-beam cut-off location on the
9. Place the vehicle on a level floor, perpendicular to aiming screen.
a flat screen 3 m away from the bulb centre
Vehicles without discharge headlamp
position of the low-beam.
(V)
10.Rock vehicle sideways to allow vehicle to assume Distance of Bulb centre position
its normal position. vertical direction
11.To correct for distortion of the suspension, rock (H)
15˚
the bumpers on the front/rear side of the vehicle
up and down three times alternately.
Elbow point
12.Run the engine at a speed of 2,000 r/min to
High intensity zone
charge the battery.
AC700002AC
13.Four lines of adhesive tape (or equivalent
markings) are required on screen or wall:
Vehicles with discharge headlamp
(1) Position a vertical tape or mark so that it is (V)
aligned with the vehicle centre line. Bulb centre position
Distance of
(2) Measure the distance from the bulb centre vertical direction 45˚
position to the floor. Transfer the
measurement to the screen. Horizontal tape or (H)
mark on the screen is for reference of vertical
adjustment. Elbow point
NOTE: Height from the floor to the centre of High intensity zone
the headlamps (Reference value): 680 mm AC700005 AB
(3) Measure the distance from the centre line of
Standard value:
the vehicle to the centre of each headlamp.
Vertical direction; 36 mm (0.69°) below hori-
Transfer the measurement to the screen.
zontal (H)
Vertical tape or mark on the screen with
Horizontal direction; Elbow point intersects
reference to the centre line of each headlamp
the vertical line (V)
bulb.
Limit:
Vertical direction; ±15 mm (±0.29°) from the
horizontal cut-off line
Horizontal direction; ± 26 mm (± 0.5°) from the vertical line (V)
HEADLAMP
LUMINOUS INTENSITY MEASUREMENT HEADLAMP BULB (HIGH-BEAM)

M1540100600163
Using a photometer, and following its manufacture’s REPLACEMENT <VEHICLES WITHOUT
instruction manual, measure the headlamp intensity DISCHARGE HEADLAMP> OR BENDING
and check to be sure that the limit value is satisfied. LAMP BULB REPLACEMENT<VEHICLES
Limit: 30,000 cd or more (When a screen is WITH DISCHARGE HEADLAMP>
set 25m ahead of the vehicle)
CAUTION
NOTE: . Do not touch the bulb surface with bare hands or
1. When measuring the intensity, maintain an dirty gloves. If the bulb surface (glass part) gets
engine speed of 2,000 r/min, with the battery in dirty, immediately clean it with alcohol or thinner.
the charging condition. After drying completely, install the bulb.
2. There may be special local regulations pertaining 1.
to headlamp intensity, be sure to make any

adjustments necessary to satisfy such regula-
tions.
3. Check that the headlamp intensity of the high-
beam satisfies the limit value.
4. If an illuminometer is used to make the measure-
ments, convert its values to photometer values by
using the following formula. Socket cover
I = Er2: AC613473AC
I=intensity (cd) Twist the socket cover to remove.
E=illumination (lux)
2. Disconnect the connector, and twist the bulb to
r=distance (m) from headlamps to illuminome-
remove.
ter
REPLACE THE BULB POSITION LAMP BULB REPLACEMENT

M1540100700212
HEADLAMP BULB (LOW-BEAM)

REPLACEMENT <VEHICLES WITHOUT
DISCHARGE HEADLAMP>
CAUTION
Do not touch the bulb surface with bare hands or
dirty gloves. If the bulb surface (glass part) gets Position lamp
dirty, immediately clean it with alcohol or thinner.
After drying completely, install the bulb.
AC613473AD
Disconnect the connector, and twist the position

lamp socket to remove it.
FRONT TURN-SIGNAL LAMP BULB

REPLACEMENT
Headlamp bulb (Low-beam)
AC613473AB
Disconnect the connector, and twist the headlamp

bulb (low-beam) to remove.
Front turn-signal lamp
AC613473AE
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-133
Disconnect the connector, and twist the front turn- OPERATION TEST
signal lamp socket to remove it. 1. When the steering wheel is turned toward either
right or left to 45° or more from the neutral posi-
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN tion, check if the bending lamp of the relevant
FUNCTION CHECK side is turned ON.
M1540100800145
Confirm that the headlamps turn OFF in one second 2. When the rotation angle of steering wheel from
if the ignition key is pulled out and the driver's door is the neutral position is returned to 25° or less,
opened when the ignition switch is ON and the light- check that the bending lamp is turned OFF.
ing switch is ON (HEAD position). If there is a mal-
function, perform the troubleshooting (Refer to ). PROHIBITION CONDITIONS OF OPERA-
TION TEST
HEADLAMP AUTO LAMP FUNCTION If any of the conditions below are satisfied, AFS
CHECK operation test will be prohibited.
M1540100900186
• After the ignition switch is turned ON from OFF,
Verify that the headlamps will illuminate when plac-
15 minutes or more has been elapsed.
ing a hand over the light receiver of the lighting con-
• The vehicle is running.
trol sensor under direct sunlight with the ignition
• Set the shift lever <M/T> or selector lever <A/T
switch in the "ON" position and the lighting switch in
and CVT> to the reverse position.
the "AUTO" position. If there is a malfunction, per-
• A trouble occurs in AFS.
form the troubleshooting (Refer to ).
NOTE: When covering the lighting control sensor WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION CHECK
receiver, be careful not to touch the windshield sur- M1540112700015
face (where the lighting control sensor receiver is When the lighting switch is in the OFF or AUTO posi-
mounted). (The lighting control sensor receiver has tion, unlock the door by the keyless entry system and
limited resistance to oil.) check that the tail lamps or headlamps turn on. If
there is a malfunction, perform the troubleshooting
AFS OPERATION TEST (Refer to ).
M1540108700302
NOTE: As for the vehicles with lighting control sen-
PRECONDITIONS BEFORE THE OPERA- sor, carry out the inspection in the dark place.
TION TEST
When all the conditions below are satisfied, AFS COMING HOME LIGHT FUNCTION
operation test can be performed. CHECK
• Stop the vehicle. M1540112800012
After turning the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF)
• Pull the parking brake lever. (The parking brake
position, check that passing operation lights up the
switch is in the ON state.)
headlamps. If there is a malfunction, perform the
• Set the shift lever <M/T> or selector lever <A/T
troubleshooting (Refer to ).
and CVT> to the position other than the reverse
position. CUSTOMISE FUNCTION
• Perform the operation test within 15 minutes after M1540103701203
turning the ignition switch from OFF to ON. By operating the M.U.T.-III ETACS system or MMCS
• Turn the lighting switch to the HEAD or AUTO <Vehicles for Russia>, the following functions can be
position. (The headlamp relay LO is ON.) customised. The programmed information is held
• The rotation angle of the steering wheel is 25° or even when the battery is disconnected.
less from the neutral position.
Adjustment Adjustment item Adjusting content Adjusting content
item (M.U.T.-III (M.U.T.-III display)
display)
Turn power Adjustment of turn- ACC or IG1 Operable with ACC or ON position
source signal lamp IG1 Operable with ON position (initial
operation condition condition)
HEADLAMP

display)
Comfort flasher With/without Disable No function
comfort flasher Enable With function (initial condition)
function
Comfort flasher Switch operation Normal 0.4 second (initial condition)
switch time time to activate the Long 0.8 second
comfort flasher
function
Hazard answer Adjustment of the Lock:1, Unlock:2 LOCK: Flashes once, UNLOCK: Flashes
back number of keyless twice (initial condition)
hazard warning Lock:1, Unlock:0 LOCK: Flashes once, UNLOCK: No flash
lamp answer back
flashes Lock:0, Unlock:2 LOCK: No flash, UNLOCK: Flash twice
Lock:2, Unlock:1 LOCK: Flash twice, UNLOCK: Flash once
Lock:2, Unlock:0 LOCK: Flash twice, UNLOCK: No flash
Lock:0, Unlock:1 LOCK: No flash, UNLOCK: Flash once
Lock:0, Unlock:0 No function
Sensitivity for Lighting control Level 1 bright High-high ambient brightness
auto lamp sensor sensitivity Level 2 bright High ambient brightness
(illumination
intensity) <vehicles Level 3 Standard ambient brightness (initial
with auto lamp> condition)
Level 4 dark Low ambient brightness
Level 5 dark Low-low ambient brightness
Head lamp auto Adjustment of Disable No function
cut customise headlamp Enable (B-spec.) With function (initial condition)
automatic shutdown
function
Coming home Disabling or Disabled No function
light enabling coming 15 sec The headlamps illuminate for 15 seconds.
home light function
30sec The headlamps illuminate for 30 seconds.
(initial condition)
60 sec The headlamps illuminate for 60 seconds.
Welcome light Disabling or Disabled No function <Initial condition (vehicles for
enabling welcome RUSSIA)>
light function Small The tail lamp illuminates. <Initial condition
(except vehicles for RUSSIA)>
Head The headlamps illuminate.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-135
HEADLAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540101000506
Post-installation operation
Check the beam direction of the headlamp (Refer to
Headlamp Aiming ).
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m 6 1.5 ± 0.3 N·m

7 5
4
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m 2
8 3
A
1 9
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m

Section A - A
1 Grommet
AC613544AB
Removal Steps REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS

• Front bumper and radiator grille <<A>> HEADLAMP CONTROL UNIT (HARNESS)
assembly (Refer to GROUP 51 - REMOVAL <VEHICLES WITH DISCHARGE HEAD-
Front Bumper Assembly and
LAMP>
Radiator Grille ).
1. Headlamp assembly
2. Headlamp bulb socket cover
<Vehicles with discharge
headlamp> Commercial tool
<<A>> >>A<< 3. Headlamp control unit <Vehicles
with discharge headlamp>
<> 4. Headlamp bulb <Vehicles with
discharge headlamp>
5. Headlamp bulb (low-beam)
<Vehicles without discharge
headlamp>
AC712425AC
6. Headlamp bulb (high-beam)
<Vehicles without discharge
1. As shown in the figure, use the commercial tool to
headlamp> or bending lamp
<Vehicles with discharge
remove it.
headlamp>
7. Front turn-signal lamp bulb
8. Position lamp bulb
9. Grommet
HEADLAMP
Headlamp
<> HEADLAMP BULB REMOVAL <VEHICLES
control unit WITH DISCHARGE HEADLAMP>
connector
Igniter
Earth
Commercial connector
tool AC712430AC Socket cover
2. To insert the tool available in the market into the AC613475AB

headlamp assembly from the opening at the
igniter side, firstly remove the headlamp control CAUTION
unit, the socket cover, the igniter and the earth Do not touch the bulb surface with bare hands or
connector. dirty gloves. If the bulb surface (glass part) gets
dirty, immediately clean it with alcohol or thinner.
Headlamp control unit connector After drying completely, install the bulb.
1. Twist the socket cover to remove.
Resin washer
AC609658
ZC501539
Igniter
AC701335AB
Resin washer 2. Disconnect the igniter.

Harness
Spring AC609659
Commercial tool
Rib
AC802237AB
3. Using the commercial tool, make the resin washer

sag to push up the harness above the resin
washer. AC701336AB
4. Pull out the harness from the headlamp assembly.
3. Release the bulb securing spring, and remove the
bulb.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-137
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT 1. As shown in the figure, doubly wrap the portion in
>>A<< HEADLAMP CONTROL UNIT INSTALLA- the vinyl tape, from the headlamp control unit
TION <VEHICLES WITH DISCHARGE HEAD- connector root to the point where the harness
LAMP> separation is hidden.
Headlamp control
unit connector
Plastic tape
AC712428 AC AC712429
2. Install the harness to the headlamp assembly. At

that time, fitting the harness into the resin washer
is unnecessary.
HEADLAMP LEVELLING SWITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1540105200148
2
1
AC709853AB
Removal Steps
1. Instrument lower panel (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument Lower
Panel ).
2. Headlamp levelling switch
HEADLAMP
LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1540108500148
Section A - A
Optical coupler Lighting control
Claw Claw
sensor bracket
3 2
A
Optical coupler
3 A B
1
B
C
C
D
D
Note
: Claw positions
Section B - B Section C - C Section D - D
Lighting control Lighting control Lighting control
sensor bracket sensor bracket sensor bracket
Claw Claw
1 1 Claw
1
AC709856AB
Removal Steps REMOVAL SERVICE POINT

1. Lighting control sensor cover <<A>> LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR REMOVAL
2. Connector
<<A>> >>A<< 3. Lighting control sensor Lighting Screwdriver (-)
control
sensor
Claw
Clamp
Push
Push AC700066AD
While pushing the clamp to the windshield side, pry using the screwdriver (−), and then remove the light-
up the clamp to disengage the right and left claws ing control sensor.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-139
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT Battery voltage Terminal Normal
>>A<< LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR INSTALLA- number condition
TION At no energisation 3−4 No
CAUTION continuity
After executing the lighting control sensor (rain With current supply Continuity
sensor) adaptation, do not touch the lighting [terminal 2 (+), terminal 1 exists (2 Ω
control sensor (or do not move it from the fixed (−)] or less)
position).
• Mount the lighting control sensor onto the optical
HEADLAMP RELAY (HI) CHECK
coupler, and then connect the connector.
• When reusing the lighting control sensor or when
the lighting control sensor is pushed to check the
installation condition, install the connector and
the lighting control sensor cover and wipe the
windshield thoroughly. When the windshield is
dry, execute the lighting control sensor (rain sen-
sor) adaptation. <Refer to GROUP 51 − Lighting
Control Sensor (Rain Sensor) Adaptation >.
NOTE: Be careful not to touch the lighting control
sensor receiver. (The lighting control sensor receiver Headlamp relay (HI)
has limited resistance to oil.)
INSPECTION
4
HEADLAMP RELAY CHECK
M1540104000185 3
HEADLAMP RELAY (LO) CHECK 2 1
AC700034 AC
Battery voltage Terminal Normal

number condition
At no energisation 3−4 No
continuity
Headlamp relay (LO) With current supply Continuity
[terminal 2 (+), terminal 1 exists (2 Ω
(−)] or less)
4
3
2 1
AC700034 AB
HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELLING SWITCH CHECK BRACKET REPAIR OF HEADLAMP

<VEHICLES WITH HEADLAMP MANUAL ASSEMBLY
M1540104500102
LEVELLING SYSTEM>
M1540101300187 CAUTION
• If damage is present to locations other than
the repairable bracket, replace the assembly.
• Apply a tape to the area around the damaged
bracket to prevent damage.
• During repair work, be careful not to damage
the repair bracket installation bosses.
Bracket A
Bracket B
AC700633AB
Bracket C
Measured Switch Resistance value
terminals position Ω
4−6 0 750
1 1,110
AC802176AB
2 1,470
When brackets A, B and C shown in the figure are
3 1,830
damaged, a low-cost repair can be performed by
4 2,190 mounting a repair bracket.
5−6 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 2,810 OPERATIONS BEFORE REPAIRING
BRACKET
LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR (LAMP Remove the headlamp assembly.
SENSOR) CHECK
M1540109000146
Use M.U.T.-III to check the LIN data list as follows. REPAIR PROCEDURE OF BRACKET A
1. Under the direct sunlight, turn the ignition switch
to the ON position, and turn the lighting switch to
the auto lamp position.
2. When the lighting control sensor receiver is
covered to be darkened, it is judged normal if the Damage bracket A
items of No. 7009: RLS Low beam "ON" request
and 7011: RLS Taillamp "ON" request change
from OFF to ON.
NOTE: .
• When covering the lighting control sensor AC802177AB
receiver, be careful not to touch the windshield
;;;;
surface (where the lighting control sensor 5.0 mm or more
receiver is mounted). (The lighting control sensor 13.5 mm or more
;;;;
receiver has limited resistance to oil.)
• Before checking the data list by using M.U.T.-III,
wipe the windshield thoroughly and visually
check if there are foreign materials on the wind-
shield to which the lighting control sensor is
installed.
AC802178AB
1. Cut the damaged bracket A so that it has the

larger dimension than the dimension shown in the
figure from the mounting boss seating face.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP
54A-141
2. Smoothen the bracket cut surface using the 3. Fix the repair bracket B to the headlamp assembly
sandpaper. using the tapping screw.
Repair bracket A Tapping
screw
REPAIR PROCEDURE OF BRACKET C
AC802179AB
Damage bracket C
3. Fix the repair bracket A to the headlamp assembly AC802183AB
using the tapping screw.
;;;
12 mm or less
REPAIR PROCEDURE OF BRACKET B 42 mm or more
;;;
AC802184AB
Damage bracket B
1. Cut the damaged bracket C so that it has the
AC802180AB
dimension shown in the figure.
1. Cut off the damaged bracket B. 2. Smoothen the bracket cut surface using the
sandpaper.
;;
Tapping Repair bracket C
screw
;;
;;
;;;
AC802181
AC802185AB
2. Remove the remaining bracket cut surface using
the sandpaper. 3. Fix the repair bracket C to the headlamp
assembly using the tapping screw.
Tapping
screw OPERATIONS AFTER REPAIRING
BRACKET
1. Mount the headlamp assembly to the vehicle.
2. Check that the headlamp assembly does not
vibrate during driving.
3. Check whether each lamp built in the headlamp
Repair bracket B assembly and the headlamp levelling system are
AC802182AB properly operated.
HEADLAMP
4. Perform the headlamp aiming adjustment and REPAIR BRACKET PART NUMBER
light intensity measurement.
Part name Part number
Headlamp (LH) bracket kit 8301B173
Headlamp (RH) bracket kit 8301B174
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING SYSTEM
54A-143
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540300200147

a assembly
MB991824
f. MB991826
(Vehicles with CAN Diagnosis code check.
MB991827
communication
c system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
MB991910 CAN
d communication
system)
adapter
harness
e
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
circuit
circuit
c
sourced tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-145
connector
MB992006
MB991529 Diagnosis code check Levelling motor drive test

harness
MB991529
MB991658 Test harness Height sensor check
MB991658
TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

M1540300400282
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE

TROUBLESHOOTING Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
M1540302800101
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of Troubleshooting . HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE

M1540300500386
CAUTION
• On troubleshooting, if the ignition switch is turned ON while disconnecting connector(s), diagno-
sis code(s) associated with other system may be set. On completion, confirm all systems for diag-
• Before or after the troubleshooting, check the operation of the headlamp automatic levelling sys-
tem. Refer to .
Diagnosis Diagnostic item Reference page

code No.
B2510 Auto levelling initialization not completed
B2511 ECU internal error (ROM)
B2512 ECU internal error (EEPROM)
B2513 Levelling actuator output error
B2514 Height sensor power supply error
B2516 Rear height sensor signal error
U0001 Bus-off (CAN-C)
U0100 Engine CAN time-out
U0121 ASC/ABS CAN time-out

code No.
U0141 ETACS CAN time-out
U1415 Coding not completed/failed
U1417 Abnormality in coding data
Code No. B2510 Auto levelling initialization not completed

bus lines.
YES : Go to Step 2.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
When the headlamp automatic levelling system ini-
tialization * is not implemented, the headlamp auto-
Check if the height sensor related diagnosis code
matic levelling system warning is displayed on the
(B2514 or B2516) or the headlamp automatic level-
multi information display and the code No. B2510 is
ling-ECU related diagnosis code (B2511 or B2512) is
stored. When the headlamp automatic levelling sys-
set.
tem initialization is completed, the code No. B2510 is
cleared automatically. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
NOTE: *: When the height sensor related diagnosis YES : Perform the troubleshooting of the
code (B2514 or B2516) or headlamp automatic level- diagnosis code that has been set previously.
NO : Go to Step 3.
ling-ECU related diagnosis code (B2511 or B2512) is
set, initialization of the headlamp automatic levelling
system is impossible, therefore perform the trouble- STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
shooting for the diagnosis code that has been set reset.
previously. Initialize the headlamp automatic levelling system
and check the diagnosis code of the headlamp auto-
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA matic levelling-ECU.
Initialization of the headlamp automatic levelling sys- (1) Initialize the headlamp automatic levelling
tem is not completed. system. Refer to .
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Headlamp automatic levelling system initializa-
tion not completed
• Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
ECU YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU.
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-147
Code No. B2513 Levelling actuator output error
CAUTION
Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communica-
tion circuit are normal.
Connectors: A-36, A-52 • Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

A-36 (B) assembly (LH) connector, C-14 headlamp
A-52 (B) automatic levelling-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
ACA00916AC
STEP 2. Wiring harness check between the A-36
headlamp assembly (LH) connector terminal No.
6 and the C-14 headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
connector terminal No. 14
• Check the signal lines for short circuit.
YES : Go to Step 3.
ACA00892AS
Connector: C-14 <RHD> STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is

reset.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. B2513 set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
Points − How to cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
ACA00895AR
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION STEP 4. Connector check: A-52 headlamp

If a trouble occurs in headlamp assembly (headlamp assembly (RH) connector
levelling unit), headlamp automatic levelling system
warnings are displayed on the multi information dis- Q: Is the check result normal?
play and code No. B2513 is stored. YES : Go to Step 5.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU detects the STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the A-52
short-circuit of the signal line to the headlamp level- headlamp assembly (RH) connector terminal No.
ling unit for 1 second or longer continuously. 6 and the C-14 headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
connector terminal No. 13
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of headlamp assembly (headlamp
levelling unit) Q: Is the check result normal?
• Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- YES : Go to Step 6.
ECU NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is STEP 8. Check the headlamp assembly (LH).
reset. Check the headlamp assembly (LH) for internal fail-
ure.
YES : Go to Step 7. (1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (RH)
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent connector.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service position to "ON" position.
Points − How to cope with Intermittent (3) Perform the drive test using the M.U.T.-III. Refer
Malfunction ). to .
STEP 7. M.U.T.-III data list YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the headlamp assembly (LH).
(1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (LH) and
(RH) connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) STEP 9. Check the headlamp assembly (RH).
position to "ON" position. Check the headlamp assembly (RH) for internal fail-
Item No. Item name Normal ure.
condition (1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (LH)
connector.
Item 68 A/L actuator Indicates the (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
output voltage voltage value of position to "ON" position.
system voltage (3) Perform the drive test using the M.U.T.-III. Refer
within the range to .
of 20 to 80%.
OK: Normal condition is displayed. YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling
Q: Is the check result normal? ECU.
YES : Go to Step 8. NO : Replace the headlamp assembly (RH).
ECU.
Code No. B2514 Height sensor power supply error
CAUTION
Connector: A-01 Connector: C-14 <LHD>
A-01 (GR)
ACB01925 AB ACA00892AS
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-149
Connector: C-14 <RHD> DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Connector check: A-01 connector

assembly connector, C-14 headlamp automatic
levelling-ECU connector
ACA00895AR
A-01
Connector assembly
AC801775BU
ACB01884AB
AB

YES : Go to Step 2.
ACA00901AD
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION STEP 2. Voltage measurement at the A-01

If a trouble occurs in height sensor, headlamp auto- connector assembly connector.
matic levelling system warnings are displayed on the (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
multi information display and code No. B2514 is wiring harness-side connector.
stored. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(3) Voltage between the A-01 connector assembly
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA connector terminal No. 2 and the body earth
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU detects the
OK: 5 V
power supply error of the height sensor (less than
4.2 V, or 5.8 V or more) for 1 second or longer contin- Q: Is the check result normal?
uously. YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the rear height sensor STEP 3. Wiring harness check between the A-01
• Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- connector assembly connector terminal No. 2
ECU and the C-14 headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors connector terminal No. 21.
• Check the power supply lines for short circuit.
YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is STEP 9. M.U.T.-III data list
reset. Disconnect the front and rear height sensor connec-
tor, and check the power supply voltage to the height
YES : Go to Step 5. sensor.
NO : The trouble can be an intermittent Item No. Item name Normal
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to condition
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service Item 3 HS power 5V
Points − How to cope with Intermittent supply voltage
Malfunctions ).
STEP 5. Connector check: F-02 rear height Q: Is the check result normal?
sensor connector, C-14 headlamp automatic YES : Go to Step 10.
levelling-ECU connector NO : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU.
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the defective connector. STEP 10. Rear height sensor check
Check the rear height sensor for the internal failure.
STEP 6. Voltage measurement at the F-02 rear
height sensor connector.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the Harness
wiring harness-side connector. side Sensor side
(3) Voltage between the F-02 rear height sensor
connector terminal No. 1 and the body earth
OK: 5 V
MB991658
Q: Is the check result normal? AC900275AB
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 7.
(1) Disconnect the rear height sensor connector and
connect the special tool test harness (MB991658)
as shown.
STEP 7. Wiring harness check between the F-02 (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
rear height sensor connector terminal No. 1 and (3) Measure the voltage of sensor connector terminal
the C-14 headlamp automatic levelling-ECU No. 1.
connector terminal No. 20. OK: 5 V
intermediate connectors C-67, D-12 and F-03, and
then repair that if necessary.
NO : Replace the rear height sensor.
• Check the power supply lines for short circuit.
YES : Go to Step 8.
reset.
ECU.
reset.
YES : Go to Step 9.
Malfunctions ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-151
Code No. B2516 Rear height sensor signal error
CAUTION
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU detects the
error of the signal voltage from the rear height sensor
(less than 0.7 V, or 4.2 V or more) or 1 second or
longer continuously.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the rear height sensor
• Malfunction of the rear height sensor installation
ACA00892AS
ECU
Connector: C-14 <RHD> • Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

Check if diagnosis code No. B2514 is set.
YES : Perform the troubleshooting of the
diagnosis code No. B2514.
ACA00895AR
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Rear height sensor installation status
check
Check that the rear height sensor is installed prop-
erly.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Install the rear height sensor properly.
AC801775BU
STEP 3. Connector check: F-02 rear height
Connector: F-02 <LANCER> sensor connector, C-14 headlamp automatic
levelling-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the F-02 rear

height sensor connector.
ACA00901AD (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
wiring harness-side connector.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
If a trouble occurs in rear height sensor, headlamp
(3) Voltage between the F-02 rear height sensor
automatic levelling system warnings are displayed
on the multi information display and code No. B2516
is stored.
terminal No. 1 and the body earth YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
OK: 5 V ECU
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5. STEP 8. Wiring harness check between the F-02
rear height sensor connector terminal No. 2 and
the C-14 headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the F-02 connector terminal No. 17.
the C-14 headlamp automatic levelling-ECU NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
connector terminal No. 20. intermediate connectors C-31, D-12 and F-03, and
repair that if necessary.
NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the • Check the signal lines for open or short circuit.
intermediate connectors C-67, D-12 and F-03, and
repair that if necessary. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Check the power supply line for open circuit. YES : Go to Step 9.
ECU STEP 9. rear height sensor check
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Check that the rear height sensor is normal (Refer to
).
STEP 6. Resistance measurement at the F-02 rear Q: Is the check result normal?
height sensor connector. YES : Go to Step 10.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the NO : Replace the rear height sensor.
(2) Measure the resistance between the F-02 rear STEP 10. M.U.T.-III data list
height sensor connector terminal No. 3 and the Check the rear height sensor for the signal voltage.
body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) condition
Q: Is the check result normal? Item 5 Rear HS signal 0.7 V − 4.1 V
YES : Go to Step 8. voltage
NO : Go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Wiring harness check between the F-02 Q: Is the check result normal?
the C-14 headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the Malfunctions ).
intermediate connectors C-31, D-12 and F-03, and NO : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
repair that if necessary. ECU.
• Check the earth line for open circuit.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-153
M1540301200300
CAUTION
Before or after the troubleshooting, check the operation of the headlamp automatic levelling system.
Refer to .

Procedure No. page
Malfunction of the power supply circuit system of headlamp automatic 1
levelling-ECU
The both headlamp automatic levelling systems (right and left) do not 2
work normally.
One of the automatic levellings does not work. 3
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Malfunction of the power supply circuit system of headlamp automatic
levelling-ECU

Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the • Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling-
power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the ECU
communication circuit are normal. • Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

YES : Go to Step 2.
ACA00892AS
Connector: C-14 <RHD> headlamp automatic levelling-ECU connector
terminal No. 2 and the body earth.
YES : Go to Step 4.
ACA00895AR
NO : Go to Step 3.
If the headlamp automatic levelling system or AFS STEP 3. Wiring harness check from C-14
functions do not work at all, the headlamp automatic headlamp automatic levelling-ECU connector
levelling-ECU power supply system, earth system, or terminal No. 2 to body earth
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU may have a prob- Check the earth wires for open circuit.
lem.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent YES : Go to Step 6.

malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent (IG1) signal is not received" .
Malfunction ).
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the C-14 terminal No. 12 and the fusible link (34) <except
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU connector 1800-diesel> or (44) <1800-diesel>
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
wiring harness side. ETACS-ECU connectors C-309, C-317, joint connec-
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. tor C-150 and intermediate connector C-128, and
(3) Measure the voltage between the C-14 headlamp repair if necessary.
automatic levelling-ECU connector terminal No.
12 and the body earth. Q: Is the check result normal?
OK: System voltage malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
NO : Go to Step 5. Malfunction ).
Check the ETACS-ECU service data. STEP 7. Retest the system
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Check that the headlamp automatic levelling system
Item No. Item name Normal or AFS functions works normally.
condition Q: Is the check result normal?
Item 254 IG voltage System voltage YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
OK: Normal conditions is displayed. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Malfunction ).
ECU.
Inspection Procedure 2: The both headlamp automatic levelling systems (right and left) do not work
normally.

Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power • Malfunction of headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communi- initialization
cation circuit are normal. • Rear height sensor improperly installed
• Malfunction of rear height sensor
• Malfunction of headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
If the both headlamp automatic levelling systems
• Connector assembly improperly installed
(right and left) do not work normally, automatic level-
• Damaged connectors
ling-ECU initialization, each rear height sensor, con-
nector assembly or automatic levelling-ECU may be
defective.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-155
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 2. Connector check: A-01 connector
assembly connector, C-14 headlamp automatic
STEP 1. Connector assembly installation status levelling-ECU connector
check Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Rear height sensor installation status

check
Check that the rear height sensor is installed prop-
erly.
A-01 YES : Go to Step 4.
Connector assembly
NO : Install the rear height sensor properly.
STEP 4. Rear height sensor check

Check that the rear height sensor is normal (Refer to
).
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the rear height sensor.

ACB01884AB
AB
Check that the automatic levelling operates normally.
Check that the connector assembly is installed prop- Q: Is the check result normal?
erly. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
NO : Install the connector assembly properly. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
ECU.
Inspection Procedure 3: One of the automatic levellings does not work.
CAUTION
Connectors: A-36, A-52 Connector: C-14 <LHD>
A-36 (B)
A-52 (B)
ACA00916AC ACA00892AS
Connector: C-14 <RHD> STEP 3. Wiring harness check between the C-14
terminal No. 7/14/26 and the A-36 headlamp
assembly (LH) connector terminal No. 3/6/2
• Check the power supply lines, earth lines and sig-
nal lines for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 4.
ACA00895AR
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list

When one of the automatic levellings does not work, (1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (LH) and
the wiring harness and connector(s) between the (RH) connector.
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU and the head- (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
lamp levelling unit, or the headlamp assembly (head- position to "ON" position.
lamp levelling unit) may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES condition
• Malfunction of headlamp assembly (headlamp Item 68 A/L actuator Indicates the
levelling unit) output voltage voltage value of
• Malfunction of headlamp automatic levelling-ECU system voltage
• Damaged harness wires and connectors within the range
of 20 to 80%.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Headlamp levelling unit check YES : Go to Step 5.
Perform a levelling motor drive test of the headlamp NO : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
levelling unit to check that the motor is driven. Refer ECU.
to .
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 5. Check the headlamp assembly (LH).
Check the headlamp assembly (LH) for internal fail-
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to ure.
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service (1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (RH)
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent connector.
Malfunctions ). (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
NO (The left levelling motor is not driven.) : Go to
Step 2.
(3) Perform the drive test using the M.U.T.-III. Refer
NO (The right levelling motor is not driven.) : Go to
to .
Step 6.
STEP 2. Connector check: C-14 Headlamp NO : Replace the headlamp assembly (LH).
automatic levelling-ECU connector, A-36
headlamp assembly (LH) connector
STEP 6. Connector check: C-14 Headlamp
Q: Is the check result normal? automatic levelling-ECU connector, A-52
YES : Go to Step 3.
headlamp assembly (RH) connector
YES : Go to Step 7.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-157
STEP 7. Wiring harness check between the C-14 STEP 9. Check the headlamp assembly (RH).
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU connector Check the headlamp assembly (RH) for internal fail-
terminal No. 6/13/25 and the A-52 headlamp ure.
assembly (RH) connector terminal No. 3/6/2 (1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (LH)
• Check the power supply lines, earth lines and sig- connector.
nal lines for open circuit. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
YES : Go to Step 8. (3) Perform the drive test using the M.U.T.-III. Refer
NO : Repair the wiring harness. to .
STEP 8. M.U.T.-III data list YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Replace the headlamp assembly (RH).
(1) Disconnect the headlamp assembly (LH) and
(RH) connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) STEP 10. Retest the system
position to "ON" position. Check that the automatic levelling of the right head-
Item No. Item name Normal lamp operates normally.
condition Q: Is the check result normal?
Item 68 A/L actuator Indicates the YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
output voltage voltage value of malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
system voltage Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
within the range Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
of 20 to 80%. Malfunction ).
OK: Normal condition is displayed. ECU.
YES : Go to Step 9. DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE
M1540305200272
ECU.
1 AFS/ACL:AFS OFF SW − OFF (Not present)
2 ECU power supply voltage Ignition switch: ON position System voltage
3 A/L:HS power supply Ignition switch: ON position 4.2 − 5.7 V
voltage
5 A/L:Rear HS signal voltage Ignition switch: ON position 0.7 − 4.1 V
7 A/L:Rear HS initial position Ignition switch: ON position 4.2 − 5.7 V
8 A/L:HS initialization status The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU Not run
initialisation is not implemented.
The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU Completed
initialisation is completed.
9 AFS/ACL:Vehicle Perform a test run of the vehicle. The values displayed
speed(CAN input) on the speedometer
and M.U.T.-III are
almost the same.

10 AFS/ACL:SAS(CAN input) Turn the steering wheel anticlockwise. Displays nearly the
same value as the
steering wheel
operation angle (0° to
720°).
Turn the steering wheel clockwise. Displays nearly the
same value as the
steering wheel
operation angle (0° to −
720°).
11 A/L:Hazard lamp SW (CAN Hazard warning lamp switch: OFF OFF
input) Hazard warning lamp switch: ON ON
12 AFS/ACL:SAS status (CAN When the steering wheel neutral position Normal
input) is learned by the steering wheel sensor.
When the steering wheel neutral position No initialize
is not learned by the steering wheel
sensor.
When the steering wheel sensor is Fail
defective. No ini. and Fail
22 A/L:Headlamp switch Lighting switch: High beam position OFF
(Dimmer) Other than above ON
24 AFS/ACL:Reverse gear When the shift lever or the selector lever is OFF
(CAN input) in the position other than the reverse
position.
When the shift lever or the selector lever is ON
in the reverse position.
25 Headlamp SW When the column switch (lighting switch) OFF
position(CAN input) is in the OFF position.
When the column switch (lighting switch) Position lamp
is in the position lamp position.
When the column switch (lighting switch) ON
is in the headlamp position.
When the column switch (lighting switch) AUTO
is in the auto lamp position.
26 AFS/ACL:Turn SW LH(CAN When the turn-signal lamp switch (LH) is OFF
input) in the OFF position.
When the turn-signal lamp switch (LH) is ON
in the ON position.
27 AFS/ACL:Turn SW When the turn-signal lamp switch (RH) is OFF
RH(CAN input) in the OFF position.
When the turn-signal lamp switch (RH) is ON
in the ON position.
28 Head lamp LO (CAN input) When the low-beam headlamps are OFF. OFF
When the low-beam headlamps are ON. ON
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-159
29 AFS/ACL:Head lamp HI When the high-beam headlamps are OFF. OFF
(CAN input When the high-beam headlamps are ON. ON
30 A/L:H/L levelling system − Type 1
31 A/L:H/L levelling type − Static type (CAN)
32 AFS/ACL:AFS/ACL type − Fix bending lamp
(CAN input)
33 AFS/ACL:Parking brake When the parking brake lever is released. OFF
SW(CAN in) (parking brake switch: OFF)
When the parking brake lever is pulled up. ON
(parking brake switch: ON)
34 AFS/ACL:AFS OFF SW − OFF (Not present)
(CAN output)
35 AFS/ACL:Indicator (CAN When the AFS warning is not displayed. OFF
output) When the AFS warning is displayed. ON
50 AFS/ACL:Bending lamp When the bending lamp (LH) is OFF. OFF
LH(CAN out) When the bending lamp (LH) is ON. ON
51 AFS/ACL:Bending lamp When the bending lamp (RH) is OFF. OFF
RH(CAN out) When the bending lamp (RH) is ON. ON
52 A/L:Fail indicator (CAN When the headlamp automatic levelling OFF
output) warning is not displayed.
When the headlamp automatic levelling ON
warning is displayed.
56 A/L:Actuator output fail flag When the output voltage to the headlamp OFF
automatic levelling motor is normal.
When the output voltage to the headlamp ON
automatic levelling motor is abnormal.
57 A/L:HS power fail flag When the output voltage to the height OFF
sensor is normal.
When the output voltage to the height ON
sensor is abnormal.
59 A/L:Rear HS signal fail flag When the signal voltage from the rear OFF
height sensor is normal.
When the signal voltage from the rear ON
height sensor is abnormal.
67 A/L:Actuator line voltage Ignition switch: ON position System voltage
68 A/L:Actuator output voltage Ignition switch: ON position 20% to 80% of system
voltage
69 A/L:Indicating voltage ratio Ignition switch: ON position 0 − 100 %
ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE

M1540305300105

5 A/L:Actuator Headlamp automatic The headlamp automatic levelling motor
levelling motor activates.
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING-ECU TERMINAL VOLTAGE

M1540301900677
Connector No. C-14
AC900372 AI
Terminal Check items Check condition Normal condition

No.
1 Bending lamp (RH) input Headlamp switch: ON System voltage
Headlamp switch: OFF 1 V or less
2 Earth Always 1 V or less
3 Bending lamp (LH) input Headlamp switch: ON System voltage
Headlamp switch: OFF 1 V or less
4, 5 − − −
6 Headlamp levelling unit (RH) earth Always 1 V or less
7 Headlamp levelling unit (LH) earth Always 1 V or less
8, 9 − − −
10 Headlamp relay (LO) ON signal Headlamp: ON System voltage
(LH)
11 Headlamp relay (LO) ON signal Headlamp: ON System voltage
(RH)
12 ECU power supply (Ignition switch: Ignition switch: ON System voltage
IG1) Ignition switch: OFF 1 V or less
13 Output to the headlamp levelling Ignition switch: ON When the 1 V or less
unit (RH) levelling motor
is stopped
When the 16% to 84% of
levelling motor system voltage
is operating
14 Output to the headlamp levelling Ignition switch: ON When the 1 V or less
unit (LH) levelling motor
is stopped
When the 16% to 84% of
levelling motor system voltage
is operating
15 − − −
16 Rear height sensor earth Always 1 V or less
17 Input from the rear height sensor Ignition switch: ON 0.5 to 4.5 V
18, 19 − − −
20 Rear height sensor power supply Ignition switch: ON 5V
21 − Ignition switch: ON 5V
22 CAN_L − −
23 CAN_H − −
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-161
Terminal Check items Check condition Normal condition
No.
24 − − −
25 Headlamp levelling unit (RH) power Ignition switch: ON System voltage
supply
26 Headlamp levelling unit (LH) power Ignition switch: ON System voltage
supply
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
INITIALISATION OF HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING-ECU

M1540303300176
After the operation below is completed, initialise the 4. Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU. (For how to connect the M.U.T.-III, refer to
• The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU is GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function ).
replaced. 5. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position. (Do not
• The rear height sensor is replaced or removed/ start up the engine.)
installed.
6. Select the M.U.T.-III screen menu as follows.
• The suspension related components are replaced
or removed/installed. (1) Select "AFS" displayed on the "System
selection" screen.
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE (2) Select "Special function."
Before the initialisation operation, check that the
(3) Select "HS initial position clear."
diagnosis code No. B2511, B2512, B2514, B2516 is
not set to the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU. If it 7. The headlamp automatic levelling warning is
is set, perform the troubleshooting before the initiali- displayed on the multi information display in the
sation. (Refer to .) combination meter.
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface. 8. Select the M.U.T.-III screen menu as follows.
2. If the fuel tank is not filled up, put weight in the (1) Select "AFS" displayed on the "System
luggage compartment to make up for the fuel selection" screen.
shortage so that the weight will become 90% of (2) Select "Special function."
full-state weight or heavier. (0.8 kg per litter) (3) Select "HS initial position learning."
3. There should be no other load in the vehicle other 9. The headlamp automatic levelling warning on the
than driver or substituted weight of approximately multi information display in the combination meter
75 kg placed in driver's position. is not displayed.
NOTE: Remove any load from the vehicle (Vehi- 10.The headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
cle tool kit and spare wheel should not be initialisation is completed.
removed). 11.Perform the headlamp aiming (Refer to Headlamp
Aiming .)
OPERATION CHECK OF HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING

M1540303400010
With this inspection, it is simply checked that the 4. Turn ON the headlamp switch.
headlamp automatic levelling motor incorporated in 5. When the front wheels are raised, the upward
the headlamp assembly moves in accordance with headlamp beam is controlled with the control
the vehicle posture. value applicable to the present vehicle posture,
INSPECTION PROCEDURE and the headlamp beam moves downward.
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface. 6. When the rear wheels are raised, the downward
2. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position. (Do not headlamp beam is controlled with the control
start up the engine.) value applicable to the present vehicle posture,
3. At the front or rear jack up point, raise the front and the headlamp beam moves upward.
wheels or rear wheels off the earth.
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING MOTOR DRIVE TEST

M1540302100306
With this inspection, the headlamp automatic level- DRIVE TEST PROCEDURE (WHEN THE
ling motor incorporated in the headlamp assembly is M.U.T.-III IS NOT USED)
forcibly activated and checking the motor for normal
1. Turn the hazard warning lamp switch to the ON
operation is possible.
position.
DRIVE TEST PROCEDURE (WHEN THE
2. Within 10 seconds after turning the ignition switch
M.U.T.-III IS USED) from OFF to the ON position (do not start up the
1. Connect the M.U.T.-III to the diagnosis connector engine), turn the headlamp switch from OFF to
(For how to connect the M.U.T.-III, refer to ON 5 times repeatedly. When the operation is
GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function ). successfully completed, the headlamp automatic
2. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position. (Do not levelling warning is displayed on the multi
start up the engine.) information display in the combination meter. If
3. Turn ON the headlamp switch. not displayed, turn the ignition switch OFF and
perform the operation again.
4. Select the M.U.T.-III screen menu as follows.
3. Within 30 seconds after the headlamp automatic
(1) Select "AFS" displayed on the "System
levelling warning is displayed, turn the hazard
selection" screen.
warning lamp switch OFF.
(2) Select "Actuator test."
4. The headlamp beam moves downward for
(3) Select "Levelling actuator."
approximately 3 seconds and upward for 3
(4) The headlamp beam moves downward if seconds. Then the beam returns to the position
"20%" is set for the "Vehicle select" and applicable to the present vehicle posture.
upward if "80%" is set for the "Vehicle select".
5. The drive test is completed. (The headlamp
5. The drive test is completed. automatic levelling warning is not displayed.)
HEADLAMP AUTOMATIC LEVELLING-ECU REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1540302300236
<L. H. drive vehicles>

4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
<R. H. drive vehicles>

4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
AC701271AC
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-163
Removal Steps
• Glove box (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Glove Box ) <L. H. drive vehicles>
or Instrument lower panel (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument Lower
Panel ) <R. H. drive vehicles>
1. Headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
HEIGHT SENSOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1540302700416
<LANCER>
• Initialisation of headlamp automatic levelling-ECU (Refer
to .)
• Check the beam direction of the headlamp (Refer to
Headlamp Aiming ).
8.0 ± 2.0 N·m

1
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m

ACB01896AB
Removal
1. Rear height sensor
<LANCER SPORTBACK>
• Initialisation of headlamp automatic levelling-ECU (Refer
to .)
• Check the beam direction of the headlamp (Refer to
Headlamp Aiming ).
8.0 ± 2.0 N·m 1
9.5 ± 2.5 N·m

ACB01897AB
Removal
1. Rear height sensor
INSPECTION
(-) angle
HEIGHT SENSOR CHECK

M1540302600312 Base point line
of sensor
REAR HEIGHT SENSOR CHECK (0 degree point)
(+) angle
Harness Voltage (V)

side Sensor side
4.5
2.5
MB991658
AC809168 AB
0.5
1. Disconnect the sensor connector and connect the –60 –45 –30 –15 0 15 30 45 60
special tool test harness (MB991658) as shown. Operation angle of sensor (degree)
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. AC611525 AC
3. Measure the voltage of sensor connector terminal 4. Check that voltages show the values described in
No. 2. the graph according to the sensor operation
angle.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR COMBINATION LAMP
54A-165
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1541400100269

MB990784 Ornament Removal of rear combination lamp
remover assembly and tail lamp assembly
MB990784
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-167
a assembly
c. MB991910 Communicatio main harness A to send simulated
d. MB991911 n Interface vehicle speed. If you connect
MB991824
(V.C.I.) M.U.T.-III main harness B instead,
e. MB991825
b b. M.U.T.-III USB the CAN communication does not
f. MB991826
cable function correctly.
c. M.U.T.-III main Diagnosis code, service data and
harness A actuator test check.
MB991827 (Vehicles with
c CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
MB991910 harness B
(Vehicles
d
without CAN
DO NOT USE communication
system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
d. Probe b. For checking power supply circuit
c. For checking power supply circuit
d. For connecting a locally sourced
tester
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA

connector
MB992006

M1541400900083

M1541402500133
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting . HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE

M1541400200192
CAUTION

B16A7 Tail lamp (RH) circuit short <Short circuit in the
position lamp (RH) circuit or the tail lamp (RH)
circuit>
B16A8 Tail lamp (LH) circuit short <Short circuit in the
position lamp (LH) circuit, tail lamp (LH) circuit or the
licence plate lamp circuit>
Code No.B16A7 Tail lamp (RH) circuit short <Short circuit in the position lamp (RH) circuit or the tail
lamp (RH) circuit>
Connector: A-53 Connectors: C-304, C-311 <LHD>

ETACS-ECU
C-304
A-53 (B)
C-311
ACA00916 AE ACA00886BC
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-169
Connectors: C-304, C-311 <RHD> PROBABLE CAUSES
ETACS-ECU • Malfunction of bulbs
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Bulb check

C-311 Check the bulb(s) of the lamp that does not illumi-
ACA00887BD nate.
Connectors: F-08, F-09 <LANCER> Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
F-08 NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the lamp that does
not illuminate.
F-09 (GR) STEP 2. Connector check: A-53 headlamp

assembly (RH) connector, F-08 rear combination
lamp (RH) connector and F-09 tail lamp (RH)
<LANCER> connector
ACA00901AE
Connector: F-08 <LANCER SPOTBACK> YES : Go to Step 3.

headlamp assembly (RH) connector, F-08 rear
combination lamp (RH) connector and F-09 tail
lamp (RH) <LANCER> connector
AC801775BV (2) Measure the resistance between the connector
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION terminal of lamp which does not illuminate and
When a short circuit is detected in the position lamp the body earth.
circuit or the tail lamp circuit, the ETACS-ECU sets • Measure the resistance between the A-53
the diagnosis code No. B16A7. headlamp assembly (RH) connector terminal
No. 6 and the body earth.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA • Measure the resistance between the F-08
The problem detection of tail lamp is made based on rear combination lamp (RH) connector termi-
the digital feed back signal (input signal to ETACS- nal No. 1 and the body earth.
ECU) which operates the tail lamp. When the ignition • Measure the resistance between the F-09 tail
switch is ON, the ETACS-ECU determines the tail lamp (RH) connector terminal No. 1 and the
lamp circuit state from the load placed on the line. body earth. <LANCER>
After 100 ms has elapsed since the start of the OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
check, the ETACS-ECU performs a sampling with
each 10 ms. If an abnormality is detected, it YES : Go to Step 5.
increases the counter by 2, and when no abnormality NO : Go to Step 4.
is detected, it decreases the counter by 1. Once the
counter reaches "10," the ETACS-ECU sets the diag-
nosis code No. B16A7 if no load is detected.
STEP 4. Wiring harness check between the A-53 STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the A-53
headlamp assembly (RH) connector terminal No. headlamp assembly (RH) connector terminal No.
6, F-08 rear combination lamp (RH) connector 4, F-08 rear combination lamp (RH) connector
terminal No. 1 or F-09 tail lamp (RH) <LANCER> terminal No. 3 or F-09 tail lamp (RH) <LANCER>
connector terminal No. 1 and the body earth connector terminal No. 2 and C-304 ETACS-ECU
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check connector terminal No. 7 or C-311 ETACS-ECU
intermediate connector F-28, and repair if necessary. connector terminal No. 13
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connector D-12, D-16 and F-28, and
YES : Go to Step 7. repair if necessary.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. • Check the power supply lines for open circuit and
short circuit.
STEP 5. Connector check: C-304 and C-311 Q: Is the check result normal?
ETACS-ECU connector YES : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Repair the defective connector. STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
Code No.B16A8 Tail lamp (LH) circuit short <Short circuit in the position lamp (LH) circuit, tail lamp
(LH) circuit or the licence plate lamp circuit>
Connector: A-35 Connectors: C-304, C-311 <RHD>

ETACS-ECU
C-304
A-35 (B)
C-311
ACA00916 AF ACA00887BD
Connectors: C-304, C-311 <LHD> Connectors: F-13, F-15, F-22, F-23 <LANCER>
ETACS-ECU
C-304
F-23
F-22 (GR)
F-13 (GR)
C-311 F-15 (GR)
ACA00886BC ACA00901AF
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-171
YES : Go to Step 3.
Connectors: F-13, F-15, F-23
<LANCER SPORTBACK> NO : Repair the defective connector.

headlamp assembly (LH) connector, F-23 rear
combination lamp (LH) connector, F-22
F-13
<LANCER> tail lamp (LH) connector, F-15 licence
F-15
F-23 plate lamp (LH) connector and F-13 licence plate
lamp (RH) connector
AC801775BW (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector
When a short circuit is detected in the position lamp
terminal of lamp which does not illuminate and
circuit, the tail lamp circuit or the licence plate lamp
the body earth.
circuit, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No.
B16A8.
headlamp assembly (LH) connector terminal
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA No. 6 and the body earth.
The problem detection of tail lamp is made based on • Measure the resistance between the F-23
the digital feed back signal (input signal to ETACS- rear combination lamp (LH) connector termi-
ECU) which operates the tail lamp. When the ignition nal No. 1 and the body earth.
switch is ON, the ETACS-ECU determines the tail • Measure the resistance between the F-22 tail
lamp circuit state from the load placed on the line. lamp (LH) connector terminal No. 1 and the
After 100 ms has elapsed since the start of the body earth. <LANCER>
check, the ETACS-ECU performs a sampling with • Measure the resistance between the F-15
each 10 ms. If an abnormality is detected, it licence plate lamp (LH) connector terminal
increases the counter by 2, and when no abnormality No. 1 and the body earth.
is detected, it decreases the counter by 1. Once the • Measure the resistance between the F-13
counter reaches "10," the ETACS-ECU sets the diag- licence plate lamp (RH) connector terminal
nosis code No. B16A8 if no load is detected. No. 1 and the body earth.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of bulbs
YES : Go to Step 5.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors NO : Go to Step 4.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 4. Wiring harness check between the A-35

headlamp assembly (LH) connector terminal No.
6, F-23 rear combination lamp (LH) connector
STEP 1. Bulb check terminal No. 1, F-22 tail lamp (LH) <LANCER>
Check the bulb(s) of the lamp that does not illumi- connector terminal No. 1, F-15 licence plate lamp
nate. (LH) connector terminal No. 1 or F-13 licence
Q: Is the check result normal? plate lamp (RH) connector terminal No. 1 and the
YES : Go to Step 2. body earth
NO : Replace the bulb(s) of the lamp that does NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
not illuminate. intermediate connector F-19 and F-28, and repair if
necessary.
STEP 2. Connector check: A-35 headlamp • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
assembly (LH) connector, F-23 rear combination Q: Is the check result normal?
lamp (LH) connector, F-22 tail lamp (LH) YES : Go to Step 7.
<LANCER> connector, F-15 licence plate lamp NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(LH) connector and F-13 licence plate lamp (RH)
connector
YES : Go to Step 7.
ETACS-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
reset.
STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the A-35 position to "ON" position.
headlamp assembly (LH) connector terminal No. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
4, F-23 rear combination lamp (LH) connector
terminal No. 3, F-22 tail lamp (LH) <LANCER> Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
connector terminal No. 2, F-15 licence plate lamp
(LH) connector terminal No. 2 or F-13 licence
plate lamp (RH) connector terminal No. 2 and C- TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
304 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 3 or C- M1541401000254
311 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 10
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connector D-16, F-19, F-28 and F-39,
and repair if necessary.
• Check the power supply lines for open circuit and
short circuit.
Procedure No.
None of the tail lamps illuminate. 1
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: None of the tail lamps illuminate.
CAUTION YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to .

NO : Go to Step 2.
cation circuit are normal. STEP 2. M.U.T.-III data list
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the sig-
If all the tail lamps do not illuminate normally, the tail nals related to the tail lamp illumination.
lamp switch input circuit or ETACS-ECU may have a • Turn the lighting switch to the "TAIL" position.
problem. Item No. Item name Normal
condition
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of column switch Item 340 Head lamp ON
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU switch (tail)
• Damaged harness wires and connectors OK: Normal condition is displayed.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code Inspection Procedure 11 "The column
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU. switch signal is not received" .
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-173
2.

Check that the tail lamp illuminates normally.
Malfunction ). Rear turn-signal lamp connector
AC802163AC
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE Remove the connector. Turn and remove the rear
turn-signal lamp connector.
REPLACE THE BULB <LANCER 3. Remove the bulb from the rear turn-signal lamp
SPORTBACK> connector.
M1541402100050
STOP/TAIL LAMP BULB REPLACEMENT BACK-UP LAMP BULB REPLACEMENT

1. Remove the rear combination lamp lid. 1. Remove the tailgate lower trim lid. (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Tailgate Trim .)
2.
2.
Stop/tail lamp connector Back-up lamp

connector
AC802163AB
Remove the connector. Turn and remove the stop/tail AC802162AB
lamp connector. Remove the connector. Turn and remove the back-
3. Remove the bulb from the stop/tail lamp connec- up lamp connector.
tor. 3. Remove the bulb from the back-up lamp connec-
tor.
REAR TURN-SIGNAL LAMP BULB
REPLACEMENT
1. Remove the rear combination lamp lid.
REAR COMBINATION LAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1541402200433
<LANCER>
Section A - A
Grommet
2 6
1.2 ± 0.7 N·m
Section B - B
Grommet A
A
B
B
5 4 3
2
2 1
AC612948AB

1. Rear combination lamp assembly 4. Rear turn-signal lamp bulb
2. Rear combination lamp unit 5. Socket
3. Stop/tail lamp bulb 6. Grommet
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-175
<LANCER SPORTBACK>
1 4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
7
8
3
2 4
A
A
A
A
Section A - A
11
2
Rear
10 bumper
assembly
10
1.2 ± 0.7 N·m

AC802344AB
Rear combination lamp removal Rear combination lamp removal

steps steps (Continued)
1. Rear combination lamp lid 8. Gasket
• Stop/tail lamp connector and rear 9. Rear combination lamp unit
turn-signal lamp connector Rear combination lamp bracket
connection removal steps
<<A>> 2. Rear combination lamp assembly • Rear bumper assembly (Refer to
3. Socket (stop/tail lamp) GROUP 51, Rear bumper
4. Bulb (stop/tail lamp) assembly ).
5. Socket (rear turn-signal lamp) >>A<< 10. Rear combination lamp bracket
6. Bulb (rear turn-signal lamp) 11. Grommet
7. Gasket
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT Remove the rear combination lamp assembly by

<<A>> REAR COMBINATION LAMP ASSEMBLY pulling it toward a diagonal rear direction.
REMOVAL
Rear combination lamp assembly
>>A<< REAR COMBINATION LAMP BRACKET
INSTALLATION
1. Temporarily fix the rear combination lamp bracket.
2. Install the rear combination lamp assembly to the
specified torque.
3. Install the rear combination lamp bracket to the
specified torque.
Rear combination lamp bracket
AC802152 AB
TAIL LAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1541402600226
<LANCER>
Section A - A
Grommet 2
Section B - B
Grommet A
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
2 A
B B
7 6 5 4 3 2
AC610486AB

• Trunk lid trim 4. Socket
1. Tail lamp assembly 5. Tail lamp bulb
2. Tail lamp unit 6. Socket
3. Back-up lamp bulb (Passenger’s 7. Gasket
side tail lamp assembly) or rear fog 8. Grommet
lamp (Driver’s side tail lamp
assembly)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-177
<LANCER SPORTBACK>
3
2
4
5
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
AC904107AC

1. Tailgate lower trim lid (Refer to 4. Socket
GROUP 52A, Tailgate Trim ). 5. Gasket
2. Tail lamp assembly 6. Tail lamp unit
3. Bulb (back-up lamp)
FOG LAMP
SERVICE SPECIFICATION
M1540400900176

Front fog lamp aiming Vertical 60 mm (1.15°) below horizontal (H) 39 mm (0.75°) to 89 mm (1.7°)
direction below the horizontal (H)
FOG LAMP
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540401800172
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-179
MB990784 Ornament Removal of front fog lamp bezel
remover
MB990784
FOG LAMP

a assembly
MB991824
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
c CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
MB991910 harness B
(Vehicles
d
without CAN
system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
tester
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-181
connector
MB992006

M1540401000239

TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540401700142
Procedure No.
The front fog lamps do not illuminate normally. 1
One of the front fog lamps does not illuminate. 2
The front fog lamp indicator does not illuminate normally. 3
The rear fog lamp do not illuminate normally. 4
The rear fog lamp indicator does not illuminate normally. 5
FOG LAMP
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The front fog lamps do not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-183
Front Fog Lamp And ETACS-ECU Communication Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 36
FUSIBLE
LINK 38
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FRONT
FOG LAMP
RELAY
ETACS-ECU
FRONT FOG
LAMP
(LH) (RH)
NOTE
:EXCEPT 1800-DIESEL
:1800-DIESEL
Wire colour code

FOG LAMP
Connector: A-12X AC612144 COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

When the front fog lamps do not illuminate normally,
the mentioned input signal circuit(s) or ETACS-ECU
may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
AC801941AI
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
(1) Operate the M.U.T.-III to read the ETACS-ECU
option coding information (Refer to GROUP 00 −
Coding Table ).
(2) Check that the "Front fog lamp" is set to
A-39 (B)
"Present."
A-49 (B) YES : Go to Step 2.
ACA00916 AG
NO : Operate the M.U.T.-III to set the option
Connector: C-312 <LHD> coding "Front fog lamp" to "Present," and
ETACS-ECU check the trouble symptom.
STEP 2. Check the operation of the position

lamps and the headlamps.
Check that the position lamps and the headlamps
YES : Go to Step 3.
ACA00886AJ
NO : Check the position lamps and the
Connector: C-312 <RHD> headlamps (Refer to trouble symptom chart
ETACS-ECU ).

NO : Go to Step 4.
ACA00887AJ
CIRCUIT OPERATION Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the sig-
If the front fog lamps do not illuminate normally, the nal related to the operation of front fog lamp function.
input signal circuit(s) below or the ETACS-ECU may • Turn the fog lamp switch to ON.
be defective.
• Tail lamp switch Item No. Item name Normal
• Headlamp switch condition
• Fog lamp switch Item 345 Fog lamp ON ON
• Option coding information
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-185
YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 10. Wiring harness check between the A-
12X front fog lamp relay connector terminal No. 1
No. 4
STEP 5. Connector check: A-12X front fog lamp
relay connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
12X front fog lamp relay connector terminal No. 3
STEP 6. Check the front fog lamp relay and the A-39 front fog lamp (LH) or A-49 front fog
Refer to . lamp (RH) connector terminal No. 2
Q: Is the check result normal? NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
YES : Go to Step 7. intermediate connector A-44, and then repair that if
NO : Replace the front fog lamp relay. necessary.
STEP 7. Voltage measurement at the A-12X front Q: Is the check result normal?
fog lamp relay connector YES : Go to Step 12.
(1) Remove the front fog lamp relay, and measure at NO : Repair the wiring harness.
the relay box side.
(2) Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and the STEP 12. Wiring harness check between the A-39
body earth, and between terminal 4 and body front fog lamp (LH) or A-49 front fog lamp (RH)
earth. connector terminal No. 1 and the body earth
OK: System voltage NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
Q: Is the check result normal? intermediate connector A-44, and then repair that if
YES : Go to Step 9. necessary.
NO : Go to Step 8. • Check the earth lines for open circuit.
STEP 8. Wiring harness check between the A-12X YES : Go to Step 13.
front fog lamp relay connector terminal No. 2/4 NO : Repair the wiring harness.
and the fusible link (36) <except 1800-DIESEL> or
(38) <1800-DIESEL> STEP 13. Retest the system
• Check the output lines for open circuit. Check that the front fog lamps illuminate normally.
STEP 9. Connector check: C-312 ETACS-ECU Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
connector Malfunction ).
FOG LAMP
Inspection Procedure 2: One of the front fog lamps does not illuminate.
Front Fog Lamp Circuit
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FRONT FOG
LAMP RELAY
FRONT
FOG LAMP
(LH) (RH)
Wire colour code

Connector: A-12X AC612144 Connector: A-39
A-39 (B)
AC801941AI AC612690BF
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-187
YES : Go to Step 5.
Connector: A-49
NO : Go to Step 4.

(LH) or A-49 (RH) front fog lamp connector
terminal No. 1 and body earth
intermediate connector A-44, and then repair that if
A-49 (B) necessary.
AC612691AL • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
When one of the front fog lamps does not illuminate, YES : Go to Step 7.
the wiring harness, connector(s), or bulb(s) may NO : Repair the wiring harness.
have a problem, or the fuse may be burned out.
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 5. Connector check: A-12X front fog lamp

• Malfunction of bulbs relay connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 1. Connector check: A-39 (LH) or A-49 (RH) STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the A-12X
front fog lamp connector front fog lamp relay connector terminal No. 3 and
the A-39 front fog lamp (LH) or A-49 front fog
Q: Is the check result normal? lamp (RH) connector terminal No. 2
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the defective connector. NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
intermediate connector A-44, and then repair that if
necessary.
STEP 2. Bulb check • Check the output lines for open circuit.
Check the bulb(s) of the lamp that does not illumi-
nate. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 3.
not illuminate. STEP 7. Retest the system
Check that the front fog lamps illuminate normally.
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the A-39 Q: Is the check result normal?

(LH) or A-49 (RH) front fog lamp connector
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
wiring harness side. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
(2) Measure the resistance between the connector of Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
lamp which does not illuminate and the body Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 1.
earth.
(LH) front fog lamp connector terminal No. 1
and the body earth.
(RH) front fog lamp connector terminal No. 1
and the body earth.
FOG LAMP
Inspection Procedure 3: The front fog lamp indicator does not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
Front Fog Lamp Indicator Lamp Circuit

(CAN_H LINE) METER
(CAN_L LINE)
INPUT SIGNAL
FRONT FOG LAMP
SWITCH

If the front fog lamp indicator does not illuminate nor- Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
mally, connector(s), wiring harness in the CAN bus
lines, the ETACS-ECU or the combination meter may Q: Is the check result normal?
be defective. YES : Go to Step 3.
• Malfunction of the combination meter STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code

NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 1. Check the front fog lamps
When the front fog lamp switch is operated, check
that the front fog lamps illuminate/go off normally.
Q: Is the check result normal? and check that the front fog lamp indicator illumi-
YES : Go to Step 2. nates (Refer to Combination Meter ).
NO : First, repair the front fog lamps (Refer to
trouble symptom chart ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-189
Inspection Procedure 4: The rear fog lamp do not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
• Tail lamp switch
ETACS-ECU
• Headlamp switch
• Fog lamp switch
• Option coding information

When the rear fog lamps do not illuminate normally,
the mentioned input signal circuit(s) or ETACS-ECU
may be defective.
ACA00886AX PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

ACA00887AW Coding List ).
(2) Check that the "Rear fog lamp" is set to
Connectors: F-21, F-35 <LANCER>
"Present."
YES : Go to Step 2.
coding "Rear fog lamp" to "Present," and
F-35 (GR)
check the trouble symptom.
F-21 (GR)
STEP 2. Check the operation of the position
ACA00901AG lamps and the headlamps.
Check that the position lamps and the headlamps
Connector: F-21 <LANCER SPORTBACK> illuminate normally.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Check the position lamps and the
headlamps (Refer to trouble symptom chart
).

AC801775BX Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
CIRCUIT OPERATION Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
If the rear fog lamps do not illuminate normally, the YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to .
input signal circuit(s) below or the ETACS-ECU may NO : Go to Step 4.
be defective.
FOG LAMP
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list STEP 8. Wiring harness check between the F-21
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the sig- <except LANCER (RHD)> or F-35 <LANCER
nal related to the operation of rear fog lamp function. (RHD)> rear fog lamp connector terminal No. 2
• Turn the fog lamp switch to ON. and the body earth
Item No. Item name Normal NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
condition intermediate connector F-28 <LANCER> or F-19
<LANCER SPORTBACK>, and then repair that if
Item 345 Fog lamp ON ON
necessary.
OK: Normal condition is displayed. • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to NO : Repair the wiring harness.
connector
STEP 5. Connector check: F-21 <except LANCER
(RHD)> or F-35 <LANCER (RHD)> rear fog lamp
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 10. Wiring harness check between the F-21
<except LANCER (RHD)> or F-35 <LANCER
(RHD)> rear fog lamp connector terminal No. 3
STEP 6. Check the bulb of the rear fog lamp and the C-311 ETACS-ECU connector terminal
Check the bulb of the defective lamp. No. 14
Q: Is the check result normal? NOTE: Before the wiring harness check, check the
YES : Go to Step 7. intermediate connector F-28 <LANCER> or F-19
NO : Replace the bulb of the defective lamp. <LANCER SPORTBACK> and D-16, and then repair
that if necessary.
STEP 7. Resistance measurement at the F-21 • Check the output lines for open circuit.
<except LANCER (RHD)> or F-35 <LANCER Q: Is the check result normal?
(RHD)> rear fog lamp connector YES : Go to Step 11.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(2) Check the resistance between the lamp STEP 11. Retest the system
connector and body earth. Check that the rear fog lamp illuminate normally.
• Resistance between F-21 <except LANCER
(RHD)> or F-35 <LANCER (RHD)> rear fog Q: Is the check result normal?
lamp connector terminal No. 2 and body earth YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
NO : Go to Step 8. NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-191
Inspection Procedure 5: The rear fog lamp indicator does not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
Rear Fog Lamp Indicator Lamp Circuit

(CAN_H LINE) METER
(CAN_L LINE)
INPUT SIGNAL
REAR FOG LAMP
SWITCH

If the rear fog lamp indicator does not illuminate nor- Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
mally, connector(s), wiring harness in the CAN bus
lines, the ETACS-ECU or the combination meter may Q: Is the check result normal?
be defective. YES : Go to Step 3.
• Malfunction of the combination meter STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code

NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 1. Check the rear fog lamp
When the rear fog lamp switch is operated, check
that the rear fog lamps illuminate/go off normally.
Q: Is the check result normal? and check that the rear fog lamp indicator illuminates
YES : Go to Step 2. (Refer to Combination Meter ).
NO : First, repair the rear fog lamp (Refer to
trouble symptom chart ).
FOG LAMP
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE <Vehicles with front bumper (type 1)>

FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING (Vertical direction adjustment)
M1540400300776
CAUTION
When marking the aiming adjustment, be sure to
mask those lamps which are not being adjusted.
<Vehicles with front bumper (type 1)>
AC609596AK

Front fog lamp (Vertical direction adjustment)
centre
AC609594AL
AC800352 AJ
Lamp centre V
H
Front fog lamp Cut off line
centre Vertical direction
AC800353AK
High intensity zone

Fog lamp centre
Screen
AC312871AB
Vehicle centre line
5. Adjust the cut off line (boundary between light and
dark) position to the standard value with the
3m adjusting screw.
Standard value:
Vertical direction; 60 mm (1.15°) below hori-
AC804645AB zontal (H)
Limit:
1. Set the distance between the screen and the Vertical direction; 39 mm (0.75°) to 89 mm
centre of the front fog lamps as shown in the (1.7°) below the horizontal (H)
illustration.
NOTE: The horizontal direction is non-adjustable.
2. Inflate the tyres to the specified pressures and
there should be no other load in the vehicles other REPLACE THE FRONT FOG LAMP BULB
than driver or substituted weight of approximately M1540400400762
75 kg placed in the driver’s position. CAUTION
3. With the engine running at 2,000 r/min, aim the Don't touch the bulb surface with bare hands or
front fog lamp. dirty gloves. If the bulb surface (glass part) gets
4. Insert a Phillips screwdriver into the service hole dirty, clean it with alcohol or thinner immediately
and place it on the adjusting screw. and dry well, and then install it.
1. Remove the front fog lamp bezel and the front fog
lamp assembly. (Refer to .)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-193
<Vehicles with front bumper (type 1)> 2. Disconnect the connector and withdraw the bulb.
3. After replacing the bulb, securely connect the
connector, and install the front fog lamp assembly
and the front fog lamp bezel.
Front fog lamp bulb

AC609657AM
Front fog lamp bulb
AC800370AJ
FRONT FOG LAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1540402600513
<VEHICLES WITH FRONT BUMPER (TYPE 1)>

Check the beam direction of the front fog lamp (Refer to
Front Fog Lamp Aiming ).
Front bumper face

1 3
1.2 ± 0.7 N·m 2
4 AC609818AD
FOG LAMP
Section A - A
Section C - C
Claw
Front bumper
1 face
C Front
A A bumper
1 Claw
A face
A AC801795
1
C Section B - B
B Front
B Claw
B 1 bumper
B
face AC801796
AC801793
Front
bumper
face
Claw
AC801794
AC801863 AB

1. Fog lamp bezel 3. Bulb
2. Fog lamp assembly 4. Fog lamp unit
<VEHICLES WITH FRONT BUMPER (TYPE 2)>

Check the beam direction of the front fog lamp (Refer to
Front Fog Lamp Aiming ).
Front bumper face
3
2
4
1 0.9 ± 0.1 N·m
AC800354AC
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
FOG LAMP
54A-195
Section A - A Section B - B Section C - C

Claw
Claw Front
bumper
Front face
1 bumper
face
B 1 Rib
1
B
AC800376 1 AC800375 AC800378
C
C
A A Section E - E
D Section D - D Front Claw
A
A D 1 bumper
E E face
AC800374
1
AC800377
Claw
Front bumper face
AC800571AD

1. Fog lamp bezel 3. Bulb
2. Fog lamp assembly 4. Fog lamp unit
REAR FOG LAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1542600300248
<LANCER> <LANCER SPORTBACK>

Refer to tail lamp removal and installation .
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m

5
2
1
3
AC802121AB

1. Rear fog lamp assembly 3. Socket
2. Bulb
FOG LAMP
Removal steps (Continued) Battery voltage Terminal Normal

4. Rear fog lamp unit
number condition
5. Spring nut
INSPECTION continuity
With current supply Continuity
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY CHECK [terminal 2 (+), terminal 1 exists (2 Ω
M1540402800108
(−)] or less)
Front fog lamp relay
4
3
2 1
AC700034 AD
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SIDE TURN-SIGNAL LAMP
54A-197
M1541800200457
<LANCER>
AC609819 AB
Removal step
<<A>> >>A<< 1. Side turn-signal lamp assembly
<LANCER SPORTBACK>
AC802267 AB
Removal step REMOVAL SERVICE POINT

<<A>> >>A<< 1. Side turn-signal lamp assembly <<A>> SIDE TURN-SIGNAL LAMP REMOVAL
Side turn-signal lamp
Push
Forward of vehicle
AC506856 AC
Push the side turn-signal lamp toward the vehicle

rear to bend the hook, and then remove by disengag-
ing the tab from the fender panel.
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT Engage the claw to the fender panel to install the
>>A<< SIDE TURN-SIGNAL LAMP INSTALLATION side turn signal lamp.
Hook
Claw
Fender
panel
Forward of vehicle AC506857AC
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LAMP
54A-199
INTERIOR LAMP
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1541301600185
INTERIOR LAMP

a assembly
MB991824
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
c with CAN
communicatio
n system)
d. M.U.T.-III
B (Vehicles
d
without CAN
n system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger
harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
d. Probe circuit
circuit
tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LAMP
54A-201
connector
MB992006

M1541300200258

TROUBLESHOOTING
M1541301500166
Procedure No.
The front room lamp does not illuminate normally. 1
The rear room lamp does not illuminate normally. 2
The luggage compartment lamp does not illuminate normally. 3
The interior lamp automatic shutoff function does not work normally. 4
INTERIOR LAMP
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The front room lamp does not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
Front Room Lamp Circuit
ETACS-ECU
FRONT
ROOM
LAMP
Wire colour code


ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU
AC612709AJ AC612717AJ
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LAMP
54A-203
YES : Go to Step 4.
Connector: D-03
NO : Go to Step 2.

NO : Go to Step 3.
AC612722 AF
OPERATION Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the sig-
The ETACS-ECU illuminates and extinguishes the nals related to the operation of front room lamp.
front room lamp in accordance with the input signals • Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) posi-
below. tion.
• Ignition switch (IG1) • Remove the ignition key from the ignition key cyl-
• Key reminder switch inder.
• Door switches • Open each door.
• Front door lock actuator (driver’s side)
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM condition
If this does not work normally, the above switch input Item 228 Dr door unlock ON
circuit(s), front room lamp, or ETACS-ECU may have Item 254 IG voltage 1 V or less
a problem.
Item 256 Dr door ajar switch Open
PROBABLE CAUSES Item 257 As door ajar switch Open
• Malfunction of the key reminder switch
Item 258 RR door ajar switch Open
• Malfunction of door switch
• Malfunction of the front door lock actuator Item 259 RL door ajar switch Open
(driver’s side) Item 264 Handle lock switch Key in → Key
• Malfunction of front room lamp out
the items.
STEP 1. Rear room lamp operation check

Check that the rear room lamp illuminates and extin-
guishes normally.
INTERIOR LAMP

Replace the ETACS-ECU.
connector
: Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to Q: Is the check result normal?
Inspection Procedure 4 "The front door lock YES : Go to Step 7.
actuator (driver’s side) signal is not NO : Repair the defective connector.
received" <L.H. drive vehicles> or <R.H.
drive vehicles>. STEP 7. Wiring harness check between the D-03
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 254. front room lamp connector terminal No. 2/3 and
the C-316 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 6/5
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 256. Q: Is the check result normal?
: Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to YES : Go to Step 8.
Inspection Procedure 5 "The front door NO : Repair the wiring harness.
switch (driver’s side) signal is not received" .
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 257. STEP 8. Connector check: D-03 front room lamp
: Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to connector
Inspection Procedure 6 "The front door
switch (passenger’s side) signal is not Q: Is the check result normal?
received" . YES : Go to Step 9.
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 258. NO : Repair the defective connector.
Inspection Procedure 7 "The rear door STEP 9. Wiring harness check between the D-03
switch (RH) signal is not received" . front room lamp connector terminal No. 1 and the
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 259. body earth
: Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to • Check the output lines for open circuit.
Inspection Procedure 8 "The rear door
switch (LH) signal is not received" . Q: Is the check result normal?
Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 264. YES : Replace the front room lamp, and then go to
: Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to Step 10.
Inspection Procedure 3 "Key reminder NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 4. Connector check: D-03 front room lamp Check that the front room lamp illuminates/extin-
connector guishes normally.
NO : Repair the defective connector. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
STEP 5. Front room lamp bulb check Malfunction ).
Check that the front room lamp bulb is normal. NO : Replace the front room lamp.
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace the front room lamp bulb.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LAMP
54A-205
Inspection Procedure 2: The rear room lamp does not illuminate normally.
CAUTION
Rear Room Lamp Circuit
ETACS-ECU
REAR
ROOM
LAMP
Wire colour code

Connector: C-316 <LHD> Connector: D-07

ETACS-ECU
D-07 (GR)
AC612709AJ AC801769AH
Connector: C-316 <RHD> OPERATION

ETACS-ECU The ETACS-ECU illuminates and extinguishes the
rear room lamp in accordance with the input signals
below.
• Ignition switch (IG1)
• Key reminder switch
• Door switches
• Front door lock actuator (driver’s side)

AC612717AJ
If this does not work normally, the above switch input
circuit(s), rear room lamp, or ETACS-ECU may have
a problem.
INTERIOR LAMP

• Malfunction of the key reminder switch NO : Replace the rear room lamp bulb.
• Malfunction of door switch
• Malfunction of the front door lock actuator STEP 4. Connector check: C-316 ETACS-ECU
(driver’s side) connector
• Malfunction of rear room lamp
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the D-07
rear room lamp connector terminal No. 1/2 and
STEP 1. Front room lamp operation check
the C-316 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 6/5
Check that the front room lamp illuminates and extin-
guishes normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 1 "The front
room lamp does not illuminate normally." .
Check that the rear room lamp illuminates/extin-
STEP 2. Connector check: D-07 rear room lamp
guishes normally.
connector
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Rear room lamp bulb check Malfunction ).
Check that the rear room lamp bulb is normal. NO : Replace the rear room lamp.
Inspection Procedure 3: The luggage compartment lamp does not illuminate normally.
CAUTION

ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU
ACA00886AX ACA00887AW
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LAMP
54A-207
Connector: F-01 <LANCER> STEP 2. M.U.T.-III data list
nals related to the operation of luggage compartment
lamp.
• Open the trunk lid.
condition
Item 260 Trunk/gate trunk ajar Open
ACA00901AH switch
YES : Go to Step 3.
Inspection Procedure 9 "The trunk lid latch
signal is not received" .
STEP 3. Connector check: F-01 luggage

compartment lamp connector
AC801775BY
The ETACS-ECU illuminates and extinguishes the NO : Repair the defective connector.
luggage compartment lamp in accordance with the
input signals from trunk lid latch <LANCER> or tail- STEP 4. Luggage compartment lamp bulb check
gate switch <LANCER SPORTBACK>. Check that the luggage compartment lamp bulb is
normal.
If this does not work normally, the trunk lid latch Q: Is the check result normal?
<LANCER> or tailgate switch <LANCER SPORT- YES : Go to Step 5.
BACK> input circuit, luggage compartment lamp, or NO : Replace the luggage compartment lamp
ETACS-ECU may have a problem. bulb.
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 5. Connector check: C-311 ETACS-ECU

• Malfunction of trunk lid latch <LANCER> or tail- connector
gate switch <LANCER SPORTBACK>
• Malfunction of luggage compartment lamp Q: Is the check result normal?
• Damaged harness wires and connectors NO : Repair the defective connector.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the F-01

luggage compartment lamp connector terminal
No. 1/2 and the C-311 ETACS-ECU connector
terminal No. 17/3
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? intermittent connector D-17, and repair that if neces-
sary.
NO <LANCER> : Go to Step 2.
NO <LANCER SPORTBACK> : Go to Step 7.
INTERIOR LAMP
STEP 7. M.U.T.-III data list STEP 10. Connector check: C-311 ETACS-ECU
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the sig- connector
nals related to the operation of luggage compartment Q: Is the check result normal?
lamp. YES : Go to Step 11.
• Open the tailgate. NO : Repair the defective connector.
condition STEP 11. Wiring harness check between the F-01
Item 260 Trunk/gate trunk ajar Open luggage compartment lamp connector terminal
switch No. 1/3 and the C-311 ETACS-ECU connector
OK: Normal condition is displayed. terminal No. 3/17
intermittent connector D-12, and repair that if neces-
YES : Go to Step 8.
sary.
Inspection Procedure 9 "The tailgate switch
signal is not received" . Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 8. Connector check: F-01 luggage
compartment lamp connector
Check that the luggage compartment lamp illumi-
YES : Go to Step 9.
nates and extinguishes normally.
STEP 9. Luggage compartment lamp bulb check
Check that the luggage compartment lamp bulb is
normal.
YES : Go to Step 10. NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Replace the luggage compartment lamp
bulb.
Inspection Procedure 4: The interior lamp automatic shutoff function does not work normally.

The ETACS-ECU operates the interior lamp auto-
matic shutoff function in accordance with the input
signals below. STEP 1. Customise function check
• Ignition switch (ACC) Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to check to
• Ignition switch (IG1) see which of the followings other than "Disable" the
• Door switches "Interior lamp auto cut timer" is set.
If this function does not work normally, these input • 3 minutes
signal circuit(s) or the ETACS-ECU may have a prob- • 30 minutes
lem. Also, "Interior lamp auto cut timer" may be set to • 60 minutes
"Disable" through customisation. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
PROBABLE CAUSES NO : Use the ETACS-ECU customise function to
• Malfunction of door switch set the "Interior lamp auto cut timer" to other
• Malfunction of the room lamp than "Disable" (Refer to ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LAMP
54A-209
Go to Step 4.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to . Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
NO : Go to Step 3. (IG1) signal is not received" .
(ACC) signal is not received" .
nals related to the interior lamp automatic shutoff
function.
• Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) posi-
Inspection Procedure 5 "The front door
tion.
switch (driver’s side) signal is not received" .
• Open each door. Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 257.
Item No. Item name Normal : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
condition Inspection Procedure 6 "The front door
Item 254 IG voltage 1 V or less switch (passenger’s side) signal is not
received" .
Item 288 ACC switch OFF Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 258.
Item 256 Dr door ajar switch Open : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Item 257 As door ajar switch Open
switch (RH) signal is not received" .
Item 258 RR door ajar switch Open Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 259.
Item 259 RL door ajar switch Open : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
switch (LH) signal is not received" .
the items.
Check that the interior lamp automatic shutoff func-
tion works normally.
Malfunction ).
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
CUSTOMISE FUNCTION
M1541301200552
By operating the M.U.T.-III ETACS system or MMCS
<Vehicles for Russia>, the following functions can be
customised. The programmed information is held
even when the battery is disconnected.
INTERIOR LAMP

display)
Room lamp Adjustment of 0 sec 0 second (no delay shutdown time)
delay timer with interior lamp delay 7.5 sec 7.5 seconds
door shutdown time
15 sec 15 seconds (initial condition)
30 sec 30 seconds
60 sec 60 seconds
120 sec 120 seconds
180 sec 180 seconds
Interior lamp Adjustment of Disable No function
auto cut timer interior lamp 3 min 3 minutes
automatic shutdown
function operation 30 min 30 minutes (initial condition)
time 60 min 60 minutes
ROOM LAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1541302700196
A 9
A 3
A
8
6
2
5 7
4
Section A - A
3 Clip
1
Note
: Clip positions
AC610643AB

1. Front room lamp lens 6. Sunroof switch <Vehicles with
2. Room lamp bulb sunroof>
<<A>> 3. Front room lamp 7. Rear room lamp lens
4. Front room lamp cover 8. Room lamp bulb
5. Microphone unit <Vehicles with 9. Rear room lamp
hands free ECU>
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LAMP
54A-211
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT While pressing the front room lamp toward the rear
<<A>> FRONT ROOM LAMP REMOVAL of the vehicle, slide the front side of the front room
lamp downward, and remove the front room lamp.
Front room lamp
A
A
A
A
Section A – A
Bracket
Forward of vehicle
Claw Clip
Headlining
Front room lamp

AC705372 AB
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1541302600166
<LANCER>
Section A - A
2
1
1
A
A
AC610327AB
Removal Steps
1. Luggage compartment lamp lens
2. Luggage compartment lamp bulb
INTERIOR LAMP
<LANCER SPORTBACK>
AC802120AB

1. Cargo room lamp lens (luggage 4. Cargo room lamp (luggage
compartment lamp lens) compartment lamp)
2. Cargo room lamp bulb (luggage 5. Cargo room lamp bracket (luggage
compartment lamp bulb) compartment lamp bracket)
3. Quarter trim (Refer to GROUP 52A,
Interior Trim).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
54A-213
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP
M1541700200502
<LANCER>
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
1
2
AC609978AB
Removal Steps <LANCER SPORTBACK>

• Trunk lid trim
1. High-mounted stop lamp assembly
2. Gasket
5
1
3
4.5 ± 1.5 N·m
AC802360AB

• Tailgate lower trim (Refer to 3. Gasket
GROUP 52A, Tailgate Trim ). 4. Gasket
1. High-mounted stop lamp assembly 5. Grommet
2. Gasket
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
LICENCE PLATE LAMP

M1541900200432
<LANCER>
4 1
1.2 ± 0.7 N·m AC610326AB

1. Licence plate lamp assembly 5. Bulb
2. Lens 6. Socket
3. Gasket
4. Body <LANCER SPORTBACK>
4
1
3
AC802268AB

<<A>> 1. Licence plate lamp assembly 3. Bulb
2. Lens 4. Socket
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
LICENCE PLATE LAMP
54A-215
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT Push the licence plate lamp to the left to bend the
<<A>> LICENCE PLATE LAMP REMOVAL hook, and then remove by disengaging the tab from
the tailgate.
A Push
Section A – A
Hook Claw
Tailgate
Push
AC802269AB
HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH

SPECIAL TOOLS
M1541500100170
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-217
a assembly
MB991824
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
c CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
MB991910 harness B
(Vehicles
d
without CAN
system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
tester
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA

connector
MB992006

M1541500600090

M1541501400141
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting . HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE

M1541500200081
CAUTION

B16A6 Hazard warning lamp blown fuse
Code No.B16A6 Hazard warning lamp blown fuse
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

When the hazard warning lamp fuse is blown, the
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B16A6.
STEP 1. Fuse check
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA Check if the turn-signal lamp fuse is normal.
With the diagnosis code not set, when the blown fuse Q: Is the check result normal?
of hazard warning lamp is detected three times con- YES : Go to Step 2.
secutively, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code NO : Replace the turn-signal lamp fuse.
No. B16A3.

• Damaged harness wires and connectors reset.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-219
M1541500700268

Procedure No.
The hazard warning lamps do not illuminate. 1
The ESS (Emergency Stop signal System) function does not work 2
normally.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The hazard warning lamps do not illuminate.

Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power Using the ETACS-ECU service data, check the haz-
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communi- ard warning lamp signal.
cation circuit are normal. • Turn ON the hazard lamp switch.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Item No. Item name Normal
If the hazard warning lamps do not illuminate, the condition
hazard warning lamp switch input circuit in centre
panel unit or the ETACS-ECU may have a problem. Item 265 Hazard switch ON
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of centre panel unit Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
Inspection Procedure 10 "The hazard
warning lamp switch signal is not received" .
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check that the turn-signal lamps Check that the hazard warning lamps illuminate nor-
operate. mally.
Check that the turn-signal lamps illuminate normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Diagnose the headlamps. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 10 "The turn-signal
lamps do not illuminate" .
Malfunction ).
Inspection Procedure 2: The ESS (Emergency Stop signal System) function does not work normally.
CAUTION work when the hazard warning lamps illuminate.

PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ABS-ECU
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM • Malfunction of the ASC-ECU
If the ESS (Emergency Stop signal System) function
does not work normally, ETACS-ECU, ABS-ECU or
ASC-ECU may be defective. Also, the ESS does not
HORN

NO : Replace the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
STEP 1. Check the hazard warning lamps.

Check that the hazard warning lamps illuminate STEP 4. Retest the system
when the hazard warning lamp switch is turned ON. Check that the ESS function works normally.

NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 1 "The malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
hazard warning lamps do not illuminate" . use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Malfunction ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code NO : Go to Step 1.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ABS-ECU or
ASC-ECU. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1541501000198
Q: Is the diagnosis code set to the any of the above? Refer to GROUP 52A − Instrument Centre Panel .
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting . INSPECTION
Refer to GROUP 35C − Troubleshooting . HAZARD WARNING LAMP SWITCH
CHECK
M1541501100247
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system actuator test Using the M.U.T.-III, check the data list of ETACS. It
is judged normal if the display turns ON when the
ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU hazard warning lamp switch is pressed, or OFF when
• Item 10: ESS test mode (Refer to <ABS> or not pressed for the item No. 265: Hazard switch.
<ASC>).
OK: The ESS function operates.
HORN
M1542100201119
2
18 ± 7 N·m
18 ± 7 N·m
AC801676 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HORN
54A-221
Removal Steps INSPECTION
• Front bumper and radiator grille
assembly (Refer to GROUP 51 − HORN RELAY CHECK
Front Bumper Assembly and M1542100400693
Radiator Grille ).
>>A<< 1. Horn (HIGH)
>>A<< 2. Horn (LOW)

>>A<< HORN (LOW)/HORN (HIGH) INSTALLA-
TION Horn relay
AC805322
Use the earth bolts as the mounting bolts for horn

(LOW) and horn (HIGH). The earth bolts have "E"
mark on the bolt heads.
ACB01899AB

number condition
continuity
[terminal 1 (+), terminal 2 exists (2
(−)] ohms or
less)
REVERSING SENSOR SYSTEM

SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540701900147
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-223
a assembly
c. MB991910 communication main harness A to send the
d. MB991911 interface simulated vehicle speed. If you
MB991824
e. MB991825
b b. M.U.T.-III USB instead, CAN communication
f. MB991826
cable does not function correctly.
c. M.U.T.-III main M.U.T.-III diagnosis code display
harness A (for
MB991827 vehicles with
c CAN
communication
)
d. M.U.T.-III main
MB991910 harness B (for
vehicles
d
without CAN
)
MB991911
e. Measuring
adapter
e harness
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
tester
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA

connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING 3. When an abnormality occurs in the sensor, the

reversing sensor indicator keeps flashing with
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC 0.8-second interval until the system returns to the
TROUBLESHOOTING normal condition. However, if the system is
M1540700600079 turned OFF by using the switch, the indicator
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting . stops its flashing.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART

M1540700500038 M1544300700014
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION CAUTION

1. When the ultrasonic noise is received, the bass During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associated
toned buzzer sound continuously. When the ultra- with other system may be set when the ignition
sonic noise stops, the normal operation will be switch is turned on with connector(s) discon-
resumed immediately. nected. On completion, confirm all systems for
2. When the abnormality such as the open circuit of
erase them all.
a sensor occurs, the sensor turns OFF and the
high toned buzzer sounds for 5 seconds. When
the normal signal is received, the normal state
will be resumed.
Diagnosis code No. Diagnosis item Reference page
B252E Rear corner sensor (RH) wire disconnection
B2530 Rear corner sensor (LH) wire disconnection
B2532 Back sensor (RH) wire disconnection
B2534 Back sensor (LH) wire disconnection
B252F Rear corner sensor (RH) error
B2531 Rear corner sensor (LH) error
B2533 Back sensor (RH) error
B2535 Back sensor (LH) error
U0001 Bus off (CAN-C)
U0100* Engine-ECU CAN timeout
U0121* ASC/ABS-ECU CAN timeout
U0141* ETACS-ECU CAN timeout

NOTE: With the troubleshooting indicated with "*",
the ON/OFF switch indicator or buzzer sound will not
be activated.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-225
Code No. B252E Rear corner sensor (RH) wire disconnection

Code No. B2530 Rear corner sensor (LH) wire disconnection
Code No. B2532 Back sensor (RH) wire disconnection
Code No. B2534 Back sensor (LH) wire disconnection
CAUTION
Before replacing the ECU or sensor, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
Corner Sensor/Back Sensor Circuit
CORNER SENSOR/
BACK SENSOR-ECU
INTERFACE CIRCUIT
REAR CORNER BACK SENSOR BACK SENSOR REAR CORNER

SENSOR (LH) (LH) (RH) SENSOR (RH)
Wire colour code

Connector: C-40 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the following connectors.

Check the following connectors:
• F-31 Rear corner sensor (RH) connector
• F-34 Rear corner sensor (LH) connector
• F-32 Back sensor (RH) connector
• F-33 Back sensor (LH) connector
• C-40 corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
ACB02645AQ
Q: Are all the connectors in good condition?
Connectors: F-31, F-32, F-33, F-34 <LANCER> YES : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the following wiring harness.

F-32 (B) Check the wiring harness for open circuit between
the following connectors:
• Wiring harness from F-31 Rear corner sensor
F-34 (B) F-31 (B) (RH) connector terminal No. 1, 2 to C-40 corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU connector terminal No.
F-33 (B) ACB02748AC
6, 23.
Connectors: F-31, F-32, F-33, F-34
<LANCER SPORTBACK> (LH) connector terminal No. 1, 2 to C-40 corner
5, 22.
• Wiring harness from F-32 Back sensor (RH) con-
F-31 (B) nector terminal No. 1, 2 to C-40 corner sensor/
F-32 (B) back sensor-ECU connector terminal No. 8, 12.
• Wiring harness from F-33 Back sensor (LH) con-
F-34 (B)
nector terminal No. 1, 2 to C-40 corner sensor/
F-33 (B)
ACB02749AC
back sensor-ECU connector terminal No. 7, 21.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION intermediate connectors C-27, D-17, F-18, and repair
• During the transmission/reception operation of if necessary.
each sensor, when the corner sensor/back sen-
sor-ECU detects an open circuit abnormality Q: Are all the wiring harness wires in good condition?
between the sensor and corner sensor/back sen- YES : Go to Step 3.
sor-ECU, the ECU sets one of the diagnosis NO : Repair the wiring harness.
codes No. B252E, No. B2530, No. B2532, and
No. 2534. STEP 3. Confirm which reversing sensor (corner
sensor/back sensor) does not detect the
TROUBLESHOOTING HINT obstacle.
• Sensor malfunction Q: Which reversing sensor (corner sensor/back
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU sensor) does not detect the obstacle?
Rear corner sensor (RH) : Go to Step 4.
Rear corner sensor (LH) : Go to Step 5.
Back sensor (RH) : Go to Step 6.
Back sensor (LH) : Go to Step 7.

Temporarily replace the rear corner sensor (RH), and
then check if the diagnosis code No. B252E is set.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-227
YES : Replace the corner sensor/back sensor-
ECU.
Temporarily replace the back sensor (RH), and then
NO : Replace the rear corner sensor (RH).
check if the diagnosis code No. B2532 is set.
Temporarily replace the rear corner sensor (LH), and
ECU.
then check if the diagnosis code No. B2530 is set. NO : Replace the back sensor (RH).
ECU.
Temporarily replace the back sensor (LH), and then
NO : Replace the rear corner sensor (LH).
ECU.
NO : Replace the back sensor (LH).
Code No. B252F Rear corner sensor (RH) error

Code No. B2531 Rear corner sensor (LH) error
Code No. B2533 Back sensor (RH) error
Code No. B2535 Back sensor (LH) error
CAUTION
Corner Sensor/Back Sensor Circuit
CORNER SENSOR/
BACK SENSOR-ECU
INTERFACE CIRCUIT
REAR CORNER BACK SENSOR BACK SENSOR REAR CORNER

SENSOR (LH) (LH) (RH) SENSOR (RH)
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-229

Check the following connectors:
• F-31 Rear corner sensor (RH) connector
• F-34 Rear corner sensor (LH) connector
• F-32 Back sensor (RH) connector
• F-33 Back sensor (LH) connector
• C-40 corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
ACB02645AQ
Connectors: F-31, F-32, F-33, F-34 <LANCER> YES : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the following wiring harness.

F-32 (B) Check the wiring harness for short circuit between
the following connectors:
F-34 (B) F-31 (B) (RH) connector terminal No. 1, 2 to C-40 corner
F-33 (B) ACB02748AC
6, 23.
Connectors: F-31, F-32, F-33, F-34
<LANCER SPORTBACK> (LH) connector terminal No. 1, 2 to C-40 corner
5, 22.
• Wiring harness from F-32 Back sensor (RH) con-
F-31 (B) nector terminal No. 1, 2 to C-40 corner sensor/
F-32 (B) back sensor-ECU connector terminal No. 8, 12.
• Wiring harness from F-33 Back sensor (LH) con-
F-34 (B)
nector terminal No. 1, 2 to C-40 corner sensor/
F-33 (B)
ACB02749AC
back sensor-ECU connector terminal No. 7, 21.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION intermediate connectors C-27, D-17, F-18, and repair
• If any of the sensors has a malfunction, if there is if necessary.
a short circuit between the sensor and corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU, or if there is an error Q: Are all the wiring harness wires in good condition?
with the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU internal YES : Go to Step 3.
monitor, the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU sets NO : Repair the wiring harness.
one of the diagnosis codes No. B252F, No.
B2531, No. B2533, and No. 2535. STEP 3. Confirm which reversing sensor (corner
sensor/back sensor) does not detect the
TROUBLESHOOTING HINT obstacle.
• Sensor malfunction Q: Which reversing sensor (corner sensor/back
• Internal monitor error of corner sensor/back sen- sensor) does not detect the obstacle?
Rear corner sensor (RH) : Go to Step 4.
sor-ECU
Rear corner sensor (LH) : Go to Step 5.
Back sensor (RH) : Go to Step 6.
Back sensor (LH) : Go to Step 7.

Temporarily replace the rear corner sensor (RH), and
then check if the diagnosis code No. B252F is set.

ECU.
Temporarily replace the back sensor (RH), and then
NO : Replace the rear corner sensor (RH).
Temporarily replace the rear corner sensor (LH), and
ECU.
then check if the diagnosis code No. B2531 is set. NO : Replace the back sensor (RH).
ECU.
Temporarily replace the back sensor (LH), and then
NO : Replace the rear corner sensor (LH).
ECU.
NO : Replace the back sensor (LH).
Code No.U0001 Bus off (CAN-C)

bus lines.
YES : Go to Step 2.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
This diagnosis code is set when corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU has ceased the CAN communication STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
(bus off). reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the corner
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA sensor/back sensor-ECU.
The corner sensor/back sensor-ECU judges the bus- (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
off error. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
• Malfunction of the corner sensor/back sensor-
ECU Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace corner sensor/back sensor-ECU.
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-231
Code No. U0100 Engine-ECU CAN timeout

The corner sensor/back sensor-ECU sets diagnosis
code No.U0100 when it cannot receive signals from
the engine ECU.
The corner sensor/back sensor-ECU cannot receive (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
the signal from the engine-ECU via the CAN bus line. (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
PROBABLE CAUSES (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• Malfunction of engine-ECU YES : Replace the engine-ECU.
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE between the corner sensor/back sensor-
ECU and the engine-ECU. (Refer to
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP STEP 5. Diagnosis code recheck
54C − Troubleshooting ). Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the head-
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
YES : Troubleshoot the engine (Refer to GROUP
13A − Diagnosis Code Chart <1600>,
GROUP 13B − Diagnosis Code Chart
ECU.
<1800-PETROL-DOHC, 2000>, GROUP NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
13C − Diagnosis Code Chart <DIESEL> or intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
GROUP 13F − Diagnosis Code Chart between the corner sensor/back sensor-
<1800-SOHC>). ECU and the engine-ECU. (Refer to
NO : Go to Step 3.
Code No.U0121 ASC/ABS-ECU CAN timeout

the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
the signal from the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU via the (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
CAN bus line. position to the ON position.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line YES : Replace the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
• Malfunction of ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the corner sensor/back sensor-
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ECU and the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points -
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)

NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the corner
54C − Troubleshooting ). sensor/back sensor-ECU.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ABS-ECU or (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
ASC-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set to the any of the above? YES : Replace the corner sensor/back sensor-
ECU.
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting . NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
NO : Go to Step 3.
ECU and the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-233
Code No. U0141 ETACS-ECU CAN timeout

• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the engine-ECU.
the ETACS-ECU.
the signal from the ETACS-ECU via the CAN bus (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
line. position to the ON position.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ECU and the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to

NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the corner
54C − Troubleshooting ). sensor/back sensor-ECU.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to
ECU.
GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU − NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
Troubleshooting .) intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
NO : Go to Step 3.
ECU and the ETACS-ECU. (Refer to

M1547001501133

procedure page
number
The reversing sensor system does not operate. 1
The reversing sensor indicator does not illuminate. 2
The system cannot be activated or deactivated even when the sonar switch is 3
pressed.
One or more of the reversing sensor (corner sensor/back sensor) does not 4
detect the obstacle.
The reversing sensor indicator keeps flashing. 5
Obstacle is not detected even when the selector or shift lever is shifted to "R" 6
(Reverse) position.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-235
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The reversing sensor system does not operate.
CAUTION
• Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the input signal circuit is normal.
• When the illuminated licence plate is installed, the sensors may not operate because of noise from
the plate. (When the ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned buzzer sound continuously.
When the ultrasonic noise stops, the normal operation will be resumed immediately.)
Reversing Sensor System Power Source Circuit
ETACS-ECU
CORNER SENSOR/
BACK SENSOR-ECU
POWER
SOURCE
Wire colour code

Connector: C-40 Connector: C-317

ETACS-ECU
C-40 (B)
AC612705 DQ ACA00886AL
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 4. Wiring harness check between the C-317
If the Reversing sensor system does not work at all ETACS-ECU connector (terminal No. 5) and the
even when the ignition switch is turned "ON", the C-40 corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
power supply system, corner sensor/back sensor- (terminal No. 13)
ECU or ETACS-ECU may have a problem. • Check the power supply line for open circuit or
PROBABLE CAUSES short circuit.
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU joint connector C-150, and repair if necessary.
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
STEP 1. Connector check: C-40 corner sensor/
back sensor-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 2. corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
NO : Repair the defective connector. (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
(2) Measure the resistance between the C-40 corner
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at the C-40 corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector (terminal No.
sensor/back sensor-ECU connector 24) and the body earth.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. Q: Is the check result normal?
(3) Measure the voltage between the C-40 corner YES : Go to Step 7.
sensor/back sensor-ECU connector (terminal No. NO : Go to Step 6.
13) and the body earth.
OK: System voltage STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the C-40
corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 5. (terminal No. 24) and the body earth
NO : Go to Step 3. • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
STEP 3. Connector check: C-317 ETACS-ECU YES : Retest the system.
connector
YES : Go to Step 4. STEP 7. Replace the corner sensor/back sensor-
NO : Repair the defective connector. ECU temporarily, and then check the trouble
symptom.
Replace the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU tempo-
rarily, then check if the corner sensors operate.
ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-237
Inspection Procedure 2: The reversing sensor indicator does not illuminate.
CAUTION
Sonar Switch Indicator Circuit
ETACS-ECU
SONAR SWITCH
CORNER SENSOR/
BACK SENSOR-ECU
Wire colour code

Connector: C-40 Connector: C-43
C-43 (L)
C-40 (B)
AC612705 DQ AC801266AJ
Connector: C-317 wiring harness side.

ETACS-ECU (2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Measure the voltage between the C-43 sonar
switch connector (terminal No. 5) and the body
earth.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
ACA00886AL
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 5. Wiring harness check from C-317

If the reversing indicator does not illuminate, the wir- ETACS-ECU connector (terminal No.5) to C-43
ing harness, connectors, corner sensor/back sensor- sonar switch connector (terminal No. 5)
ECU, or ETACS-ECU may be defective. • Check the communication line for open circuit or
short circuit.
PROBABLE CAUSES
NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect
joint connector C-150, and repair if necessary.
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Inspection Procedure 2 "The ignition switch
STEP 1. Connector check: C-43 sonar switch
connector
STEP 6. Connector check: C-40 corner sensor/
Q: Is the check result normal? back sensor-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the defective connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 2. Sonar switch check
Check the indicator. (Refer to )
STEP 7. Wiring harness check from C-43 sonar
Q: Is the check result normal? switch connector (terminal No. 6) to C-40 corner
YES : Go to Step 3. sensor/back sensor-ECU connector (terminal No.
NO : Replace the sonar switch. 11).
• Check the communication line for open circuit or
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code short circuit.
Check if the diagnosis code is set to the ETACS- Q: Is the check result normal?
ECU. YES : Go to Step 8.
ETACS-ECU − Troubleshooting . STEP 8. Retest the system
NO : Go to Step 4.
YES : The diagnosis is complete.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the C-43 sonar NO : Replace the corner sensor/back sensor-
switch connector ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-239
Inspection Procedure 3: The system cannot be activated or deactivated even when the sonar switch
is pressed.
CAUTION
Sonar Switch Circuit
CORNER SENSOR/
BACK SENSOR-ECU
SONAR SWITCH
Wire colour code

Connector: C-40
If the reversing sensor system ON/OFF cannot be
switched even when the sonar switch is pressed, the
harness, connector(s), sonar switch, or corner sen-
sor/back sensor-ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
C-40 (B) • Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of sonar switch
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
AC612705 DQ
STEP 1. Connector check: C-43 sonar switch

connector
C-43 (L)
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC801266AJ
STEP 2. sonar switch check STEP 4. Wiring harness check between the C-43
Inspect the corner sensor switch for normal opera- sonar switch connector (terminal No. 2) and the
tion. (Refer to ) body earth
NO : Replace the sonar switch. YES : Retest the system.
sonar switch connector STEP 5. Connector check: C-40 corner sensor/
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the back sensor-ECU connector
wiring harness side. Q: Is the check result normal?
(2) Measure the resistance between the C-43 sonar YES : Go to Step 6.
switch connector (terminal No. 2) and the body NO : Repair the defective connector.
earth.
Q: Is the check result normal? sonar switch connector (terminal No. 1) and the
YES : Go to Step 5. C-40 corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
NO : Go to Step 4. (terminal No. 2)
short circuit.
ECU.
Inspection Procedure 4: One or more of the reversing sensor (corner sensor/back sensor) does not
detect the obstacle.
Inspection Procedure 5: The reversing sensor indicator keeps flashing.
CAUTION NOTE: .
• Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that • If the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU detects an
the input signal circuit is normal. abnormality (open circuit, malfunction, etc.) with
one or more of the sensors, it turns off the rele-
• When the illuminated licence plate is
installed, the sensors may not operate vant sensor and sounds the high toned buzzer for
5 seconds. The reversing sensor indicator illumi-
because of noise from the plate. (When the
nates while the system is being operated until the
ultrasonic noise is received, the bass toned
relevant sensor returns to normal.
buzzer sound continuously. When the ultra-
sonic noise stops, the normal operation will
• If ultrasonic noise is received with one or more of
the sensor, the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
be resumed immediately.)
sounds the low toned buzzer continuously. When
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM the ultrasonic noise is stopped, the sensor
If one or more of the reversing sensors (corner sen- returns to normal. (The reversing sensor indicator
sor/back sensor) cannot detect obstacles, the wires
does not flash.)
and connectors, reversing sensors (corner sensor/
back sensor), or the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU PROBABLE CAUSES
may have abnormalities. Also, if one or more of the • Damaged harness wires and connectors
sensors has an abnormality (open circuit, malfunc- • Malfunction of reversing sensor (corner sensor/
tion, etc.), the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU back sensor)
informs the abnormality by making the reversing sen- • Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
sor indicator flash.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-241
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Check if diagnosis code is set to the reversing sen-
STEP 1. Check the reversing sensor (corner sor (corner sensor/back sensor).
sensor/back sensor) for interference. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Are there anything that interferes with the YES : Refer to .
communication (things that generate radio waves NO : Go to Step 3.
such as magnets and an air-cleaning device that
has a power plug) near the reversing sensor STEP 3. Trouble symptom recheck
(corner sensor/back sensor)?
YES : Move away or remove things that interfere Q: Is the check result normal?
with the communication (things that YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
generate radio waves such as magnets and malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
a air-cleaning device that has a power plug) use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
near the reversing sensor (corner sensor/ Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
back sensor). Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 2 NO : Replace the corner sensor/back sensor-
ECU.
Inspection Procedure 6: Obstacle is not detected even when the selector or shift lever is shifted to
"R" (Reverse) position.
CAUTION
Connectors: B-109, B-110 Connectors: B-109, B-110
<1600> <1800-petrol-DOHC, 2000>
B-110 (B)
B-110 (B)
B-109 (B)
B-109 (B)
Connectors: B-109, B-110 Connector: B-110 <DIESEL>

<1800-petrol-SOHC>
B-110 (B)
B-109 (B)
B-110 (B)
ACB02651AB AC809223AC
Connectors: C-304, C-309, C-313

has a power plug) near the reversing sensor
(corner sensor/back sensor)?
ETACS-ECU
YES : Move away or remove things that interfere
with the communication (things that
C-304
generate radio waves such as magnets and
a air-cleaning device that has a power plug)
near the reversing sensor (corner sensor/
back sensor).
C-309 (B)
NO : Go to Step 4.
C-313 (BR)
ACA00886BN
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM connector and B-109 inhibitor switch connector
If obstacle is not detected even when the selector or <CVT, A/T> or B-110 back-up lamp switch
shift lever is shifted to "R" (reverse) position, the wir- connector <M/T>.
ing harness, connectors, inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T>,
back-up lamp switch <M/T>, or corner sensor/back Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5
sensor-ECU may be defective. In addition, obstacle
is not detected when the ultrasonic noise is received.
NOTE: If ultrasonic noise is received with the sensor,
the corner sensor/bock sensor sounds the low toned STEP 5. Voltage measurement at C-304 ETACS-
buzzer continuously and turns off the system. When ECU connector.
the ultrasonic noise is stopped, the sensor returns to (1) Disconnect C-304 ETACS-ECU connector, and
normal. measure at the wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position, and
PROBABLE CAUSES move the selector lever <CVT, A/T> or the shift
• Damaged harness wires and connectors lever <M/T> to the "R" position.
• Malfunction of the inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T> or (3) Measure the voltage between terminal No. 2 and
back-up lamp switch <M/T> earth.
• Malfunction of corner sensor/back sensor-ECU OK: System voltage
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 11
NO : Go to Step 6
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between B-109
Q: Is the check result normal? inhibitor switch connector terminal (No. 7 <1600>
YES : Go to Step 2. or 9 <1800, 2000>) <CVT, A/T> or B-110 back-up
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP lamp switch connector terminal No. 1 <M/T> and
54C − Troubleshooting ). C-304 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code short circuit.
Check if the diagnosis code is set to the ETACS- NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect
ECU. the intermediate connectors A-11 <PETROL> and A-
60 <DIESEL>, and repair if necessary.
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to Q: Is the check result normal?
ETACS-ECU − Troubleshooting . YES : Go to Step 7
NO : Go to Step 3. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 3. Check the reversing sensor (corner STEP 7. Voltage measurement at B-109 inhibitor
sensor/back sensor) for interference. switch connector <CVT, A/T> or B-110 back-up
lamp switch connector <M/T>.
Q: Is there anything that interferes with the
(1) Disconnect B-109 inhibitor switch connector
communication (things that generate radio waves
such as magnets and an air-cleaning device that
<CVT, A/T> or B-110 back-up lamp switch
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-243
connector <M/T>, and measure at the wiring Q: Is the check result normal?
harness side. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
(3) Measure the voltage between or B-109 inhibitor use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
switch connector <CVT, A/T> terminal (No. 8 Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
<1600> or 3 (1800, 200)> or B-110 back-up lamp Malfunction ).
switch connector <M/T> terminal No. 2 and earth. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
OK: System voltage
STEP 10. Check the inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T>
YES : Go to Step 10 or back-up lamp switch <M/T>.
NO : Go to Step 8 Check the continuity of the inhibitor switch <A/T,
CVT> or the back-up lamp switch <M/T>.(GROUP
23C − On-vehicle Service, Inhibitor Switch Continuity
STEP 8. M.U.T.-III other system service data Check <A/T>, GROUP 23A − On-vehicle Service,
Check the input signal from the ignition switch (IG1) Inhibitor Switch Continuity Check <CVT>, GROUP
in the ETACS-ECU. 22C − Transmission, Transmission Inspection <M/
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. T>)
Item No. Item name Normal Q: Is the check result normal?
condition YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Item 254 IG voltage System voltage malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
YES : Go to Step 9. NO : Replace the inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T> or
NO : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to back-up lamp switch <M/T>.
(IG1) signal is not received." .
Check if an obstacle is detected when the selector or
STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between B-109 shift lever is shifted to the "R" (Reverse) position.
inhibitor switch connector terminal (No. 8 <1600>
or 3 <1800, 2000>) <CVT, A/T> or B-110 back-up Q: Is the check result normal?
lamp switch connector <M/T> terminal No. 2 and
fusible link 34 <PETROL> or 44 <DIESEL>.
short circuit.
Malfunction ).
NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect NO : Replace the corner sensor/back sensor-
the intermediate connectors A-11 <PETROL> or A- ECU.
60 <DIESEL> and C-31, and ETACS-ECU connec-
tors C-313 and C-309, and repair if necessary. CHECK AT ECU TERMINALS
M1540701400443
C-40
AC900564 AE
Terminal Check item Check conditions Normal conditions

No.
2 Sonar switch (System ON/OFF • Ignition switch: "ON" position System voltage
switch) • Sonar switch input: "OFF"
• Ignition switch: "ON" position 1 V or less
• Sonar switch input: "ON"
5 Corner sensor (rear: LH) • Ignition switch to "ON" position 0V − Approximately 8V
• Sonar switch: ON (40 kHz pulse signal,
emitted approx. every
125 ms)
6 Corner sensor (rear: RH) • Ignition switch to "ON" position 0V − Approximately 8V
125ms)
7 Back sensor (LH) • Ignition switch to "ON" position 0V − Approximately 8V
• Sonar switch: ON (40kHz pulse signal,
125 ms)
8 Back sensor (RH) • Ignition switch to "ON" position 0V − Approximately 8V
125 ms)
11 Corner sensor OFF indicator lamp • Ignition switch: "ON" position System voltage
output (System ON/OFF indicator) • Sonar switch input: "OFF"
• Ignition switch: "ON" position 1 V or less
• Sonar switch input: "ON"
12 Sensor earth 1 Always 1 V or less
13 Power supply to the ignition switch Ignition switch: "ON" position System voltage
(IG2)
19 CAN-H − −
20 CAN-L − −
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-245
M1540701600395
CORNER SENSOR
<LANCER>
Section A – A
Claw
Claw
A A
1 A A
1
<LANCER SPORTBACK>
A A
A A
1 1
ACA00260AB
Removal Step
<<A>> >>A<< 1. Corner sensor
BACK SENSOR
<LANCER> Section A – A Section B – B

Claw Claw
Claw Claw
Section C – C
Claw
A A
1
A
1
<LANCER SPORTBACK>
C
B
1 C
ACA00248 AB
Removal Step INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS

<<A>> >>B<<
or
>>A<< 1. Back sensor >>A<< CORNER SENSOR <LANCER/LANCER
SPORTBACK>/BACK SENSOR <LANCER>
INSTALLATION
<<A>> CORNER SENSOR/BACK SENSOR
Corner sensor/Back sensor
REMOVAL
• First disconnect the connector joint, and then
remove the sensor.
Connector side mark
ground
AC700063AH
Install the sensor so that the sensor connector

becomes horizontal to the earth (the connector side
mark is in lateral direction).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-247
>>B<< BACK SENSOR <LANCER SPORTBACK> Install the back sensor so that the UP mark faces the
Back sensor
top surface.
UP mark
ACA00060AB

M1540701700068

• Removal of floor console switch panel (Refer to GROUP • Installation of floor console switch panel (Refer to GROUP
52A − Floor Console Assembly ) 52A − Floor Console Assembly )
Floor console switch panel
AC802068
Removal Step REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

1. Sonar switch M1540701500064
Steering column shaft assembly
1 3
ACB01853AB

1. Control unit bracket/Corner sensor/ 2. Control unit bracket
back sensor-ECU 3. Corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
REAR VIEW CAMERA
INSPECTION Switch position Terminal Normal

number condition
SONAR SWITCH CHECK
M1540701800225 ON (switch pushed) 1−2 Continuity
SWITCH ON/OFF CHECK exists (2 Ω
or less)
OFF (switch released) No
continuity
REVERSING SENSOR INDICATOR

CHECK
Corner sensor switch (Sonar switch)
SONAR
Reversing sensor Indicator

AC507373AL
Apply the battery voltage of sonar switch connector

terminal No. 5 and 6, and check if the reversing sen-
AC507372 sor indicator illuminates.
REAR VIEW CAMERA

GENERAL INFORMATION <VEHICLES WITHOUT MMCS>
M1540905600487
<VEHICLES WITH MMCS>

The rear view camera displays the rear view image Inside rear view mirror
of the vehicle on the multivision display for easy con-
firmation of safety when driving backward.
Monitor
ACA04006AB
Since the monitor that displays the rear view camera

image has been incorporated in the inside rear view
mirror.
OPERATION
• When the shift lever <M/T> or selector lever <A/T,
CVT> is moved to the R (Reverse) position with
the ignition switch ON, the rear view monitor
(integrated in inside-rear view mirror) displays the
rear view via the rear-view camera automatically.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR VIEW CAMERA
54A-249
• The indicator illuminates green when the rear
view monitor (integrated in inside-rear view mir-
ror) displays the rear view.
Switch • Functions can be changed over each time the
switch is pressed.
Indicator
ACA03941AC
SWITCH OPERATION AND SYSTEM OPERATION

Time for the switch to
Operation
be pressed (second)
Monitor on and off.
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the monitor will be switched on
0−6
automatically. If the switch is pressed to switch the monitor off, the indicator
illuminates orange.
Language selection for warning text on the monitor.
6 − 12 Languages is changed over each time the switch is pressed. An applicable
language will be memorized in five seconds after it is selected.
Setting the monitor to be always off.
The indicator illuminates orange. When the ignition switch is turned ON at the
12 − 15
next time, this monitor-OFF setting is memorized. If the switch is pressed, the
monitor will be restored.
REAR VIEW CAMERA
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540902100074
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR VIEW CAMERA
54A-251
a assembly
MB991824
f. MB991826
(Vehicles with CAN CAN bus diagnostics or service
MB991827
communication data check.
c system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
MB991910 CAN
d communication
system)
adapter
harness
e
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
circuit
circuit
c
sourced tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
REAR VIEW CAMERA

connector
MB992006

M1540900300458

TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540902300067
Trouble symptom Reference
page
Rear view camera image is not correctly displayed. <Vehicles with MMCS>
<Vehicles without MMCS>
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR VIEW CAMERA
54A-253
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Rear view camera image is not correctly displayed. <Vehicles with MMCS>
CAUTION
Before replacing the multivision display, ensure
that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit,
and the communication circuit are normal.
(Check that the voltage is 10 V or more.)
REAR VIEW CAMERA
Rear View Camera Circuit
FUSIBLE IGNITION
LINK 44 34 SWITCH (IG1)
ETACS-ECU
IG1
RELAY
<A/T, CVT> <M/T>
INHIBITOR BACK-UP
SWITCH LAMP MULTIVISION
SWITCH DISPLAY
NOTE
: 1800-DIESEL
: 1600
: 1800-PETROL-SOHC
: 1800-PETROL-DOHC, 2000
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR VIEW CAMERA
54A-255
MULTIVISION DISPLAY
NOTE
: LANCER
: LANCER SPORTBACK
REAR VIEW CAMERA
Wire colour code

REAR VIEW CAMERA
Connector: B-110 <1800-DIESEL> Connectors: C-143, C-152 <RHD>
C-152 (GR)
C-143 (GR)
B-110 (B)
AC809223AB ACB02648AK
Connectors: B-109, B-110 Connectors: C-304, C-311, C-313 <LHD>

<1600> ETACS-ECU
C-304
C-311
B-110 (B)
B-109 (B)
ACB02649AB C-313 (BR) ACA00886 BL
Connectors: B-109, B-110 Connectors: C-304, C-311, C-313 <RHD>

<1800-petrol-SOHC> ETACS-ECU
C-304
B-110 (B) C-311
B-109 (B)
ACB02651AB C-313 (BR) ACA00887BX
Connectors: B-109, B-110 Connector: F-51 <LANCER>

<1800-petrol-DOHC, 2000>
B-110 (B)
B-109 (B)
ACB02653AB ACB02748 AB
Connectors: C-143, C-152 <LHD> Connector: F-51 <LANCER SPORTBACK>
C-152 (GR) C-143 (GR)
ACB02646AJ ACB02749 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR VIEW CAMERA
54A-257
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM YES : Go to step 10.
When the screen of rear view camera is not shown NO : Go to step 4.
even if the shift lever <M/T> or selector lever <CVT,
A/T> is "R" (Reverse) position, the rear view camera, STEP 4. Connector check: C-313 ETACS-ECU
the wiring harness, connectors, back-up lamp switch connector and B-110 back-up lamp switch
or multivision display may be defective. connector <M/T> or B-109 inhibitor switch
connector <CVT, A/T>.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the back-up lamp switch <M/T> YES : Go to Step 5.
• Malfunction of the inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T> NO : Repair the defective connector.
• Malfunction of the rear view camera
• Malfunction of the multivision display STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between C-313
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 4 and B-08
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE back-up lamp switch connector terminal No. 2
<M/T> or B-121 inhibitor switch connector
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code terminal No. 3 <CVT, A/T>.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the • Check the communication lines for open circuit
ETACS-ECU. and short circuit.
NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect
the A-11 <4A9, 4J1, 4B1>, A-60 <4N1> and C-31
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
intermediate connectors, and repair if necessary.
GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU −
Troubleshooting ). Q: Is the check result normal?
Check if ETACS-ECU related signal is set. STEP 6. Connector check: C-304 ETACS-ECU
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. connector .
condition YES : Go to Step 7.
254 IG voltage System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal? ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 2 and B-110
YES : Go to Step 3. back-up lamp switch <M/T> connector terminal
NO : Refer to ETACS − Inspection Procedure 2 No. 1 or B-109 inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T>
"The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not connector terminal No. 9 <4J1, 4B1> or 7 <4A9>.
received" . • Check the communication lines for open circuit
and short circuit.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III data list NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect
Check if ETACS-ECU related signal is set. the A-11 <4A9, 4J1, 4B1> or A-60 <4N1> intermedi-
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. ate connectors, and repair if necessary.
• selector lever<CVT, A/T> or shift lever <M/T> is
"R" (Reverse) position YES <CVT, A/T> : Go to Step 8.
Item No. Item name Normal YES <M/T> : Go to Step 9.
condition NO : Repair the wiring harness.
289 Backup lamp or ON
shift reveres
SW
REAR VIEW CAMERA
STEP 8. Check the inhibitor switch and the STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between C-
control cable. 311 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 2 and C-
Check that the inhibitor switch and the control cable 143 multivision display connector terminal No.
are adjusted correctly. (GROUP 23A− On-vehicle 24.
Service, inhibitor switch and control cable adjustment • Check the communication lines for open circuit
<M/T> or GROUP 23C− On-vehicle Service, inhibitor and short circuit.
switch and control cable adjustment <CVT, A/T>) NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect
Q: Is the check result normal? the C-28 and C-133 intermediate connector ,and
NO : Adjust the inhibitor switch and the control Q: Is the check result normal?
cable. YES : Go to step 13.
STEP 9. Check the back-up lamp switch <M/T> or
inhibitor switch <CVT>. STEP 13. Confirmation in MMCS service mode
• Check the continuity of the back-up lamp switch. Perform "Network/Connect Line Check" in the
<M/T> (Refer to GROUP 22B − Transmission, MMCS service mode to check that the communica-
Transmission inspection ) tion and wire connection with the rear view camera
• Check the continuity of the inhibitor switch. <CVT, are OK (Refer to ).
A/T> (Refer to GROUP 23A − On-vehicle service,
NOTE: The rear view camera is shown as "rear cam-
Inhibitor switch continuity check )
era" on the "Network/Connect Line Check" in the
Q: Is the check result normal? service mode of MMCS.
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service NO : Go to Step 14.
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the back-up lamp switch <M/T> or STEP 14. Connector check: F-51 rear view
inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T> camera connector and C-152 multivision display
connector.
STEP 10. Confirmation in MMCS service mode. Q: Is the check result normal?
(1) Display the VEHICLE SIGNAL CHECK screen. YES : Go to Step 15.
(Refer to .) NO : Repair the defective connector.
(2) Move the selector lever <CVT, A/T> or shift lever
<M/T> to the R position and check whether "ON" STEP 15. Check the wiring harness between F-51
is displayed. rear view camera connector terminal No. 6, 2, 5, 4
Q: Is the check result normal? and C-152 multivision display connector terminal
YES : Go to Step 13. No. 3, 1, 2, 6.
NO : Go to Step 11. • Check the communication lines for open circuit
and short circuit.
STEP 11. Connector check: C-143 multivision NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect
display connector and C-311 ETACS-ECU the C-27, C-133, D-39, F-27 <LANCER> and F-40
connector. <LANCER SPORTBACK> intermediate connectors,
NO : Repair the defective connector. YES : Go to Step 16.
STEP 16. Confirmation in MMCS service mode.

(1) Display the VEHICLE SIGNAL CHECK screen.
(Refer to .)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR VIEW CAMERA
54A-259
<M/T> to the R position and check whether "ON" YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
is displayed. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
NO : Replace the multivision display. Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the rear view camera temporarily
and go to Step 18.
STEP 17. Trouble symptom recheck
Check that the display of rear view camera is shown
normally. STEP 18. Trouble symptom recheck
Q: Is the check result normal? normally.
YES : Replace the rear view camera.
NO : Replace the multivision display.
REAR VIEW CAMERA
Rear view camera image is not correctly displayed. <Vehicles without MMCS>
CAUTION
Before replacing the rear view camera or inside
rear view mirror assembly, ensure that the power
supply circuit, the earth circuit, and the commu-
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR VIEW CAMERA
54A-261
FUSIBLE IGNITION FUSIBLE

LINK 44 34 SWITCH (IG1) LINK 42 37
ETACS-ECU
IG1 ACC
RELAY RELAY2
<A/T, CVT> <M/T>
INHIBITOR BACK-UP INSIDE

SWITCH LAMP REAR
SWITCH CPU
VIEW
MIRROR
ON/OFF ASSEMBLY
REAR VIEW SWITCH
MONITOR
IND
NOTE
: 1800-DIESEL
: 1600
: 1800-PETROL-SOHC
: 1800-PETROL-DOHC, 2000
Wire colour code

REAR VIEW CAMERA
REAR VIEW CAMERA
NOTE
: LANCER
: LANCER SPORTBACK
INSIDE
REAR
VIEW
CPU MIRROR
ASSEMBLY
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR VIEW CAMERA
54A-263
Connector: B-110 <1800-DIESEL> Connectors: C-304, C-311, C-313,
C-315 <RHD>
C-304
C-315
C-311
ETACS-ECU
B-110 (B) C-313 (BR)
AC809223AB ACA00887BY
Connectors: B-109, B-110 Connector: F-51 <LANCER>

<1600>
B-110 (B)
B-109 (B)
Connectors: B-109, B-110 Connector: F-51 <LANCER SPORTBACK>

<1800-petrol-SOHC>
B-110 (B)
B-109 (B)
Connectors: B-109, B-110

<1800-petrol-DOHC, 2000> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM
When the screen of rear view camera is not shown
even if the selector lever <CVT, A/T> or shift lever
B-110 (B) <M/T> is "R" (Reverse) position, the rear view cam-
era, the inside rear view mirror assembly, the wiring
harness, connectors, back-up lamp switch <M/T> or
B-109 (B) inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T> may be defective.
NOTE: If the indicator on the inside rear view mirror
ACB02653AB assembly is illuminated in orange but the monitor is
not displayed, this is not a malfunction as the monitor
Connectors: C-304, C-311, C-313, has been set to always stay OFF.
C-315 <LHD>
C-304 PROBABLE CAUSES
C-315
• Malfunction of the back-up lamp switch <M/T>
• Malfunction of the inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T>
C-311 • Malfunction of the rear view camera
• Malfunction of the inside rear view mirror assem-
ETACS-ECU bly
C-313 (BR) ACA00886BM
REAR VIEW CAMERA
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 5. M.U.T.-III other system data list

Check the input signal of ACC relay.
STEP 1. Check the inside rear view mirror • Turn the ignition switch to the "ACC" position.
assembly. Item No. Item name Normal
Check the illumination condition of the indicator. condition
Item 288 ACC switch ON
<M/T> to the "R" (Reverse) position. OK: Normal condition is displayed.
(3) Check that the indicator of the inside rear view Q: Is the check result normal?
mirror assembly illuminates. YES : Go to Step 6.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Refer to ETACS − Input Signal Procedure 1
YES : Go to Step 2. "The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not sent
NO : Go to Step 4. to the ETACS-ECU" .
STEP 2. Check the inside rear view mirror STEP 6. M.U.T.-III data list
assembly. Check if ETACS-ECU related signal is set.
Check the illumination condition of the indicator. • Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. Item No. Item name Normal
(2) Move the selector lever <CVT, A/T> or shift lever condition
<M/T> to the "R" (Reverse) position.
254 IG voltage System voltage
(3) Check that the indicator of the inside rear view
mirror assembly illuminates in green. OK: Normal condition is displayed.
NO : Go to Step 3. NO : Refer to ETACS − Inspection Procedure 2
"The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not
received" .
STEP 3. Check the inside rear view mirror
assembly.
Check that the rear view screen is displayed on the STEP 7. M.U.T.-III data list
monitor of the inside rear view mirror assembly. Check if ETACS-ECU related signal is set.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. • Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
(2) Move the selector lever <CVT, A/T> or shift lever • selector lever <CVT, A/T> or shift lever <M/T> is
<M/T> to the "R" (Reverse) position. "R" (Reverse) position
(3) Press the switch of the inside rear view mirror Item No. Item name Normal
assembly and check that the rear view screen is condition
displayed.
289 Backup lamp or ON
NOTE: The illumination colour of the indicator of shift reveres
the inside rear view mirror assembly changes SW
from orange to green.
NO : Go to Step 14.

Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the STEP 8. Connector check: D-46 inside rear view
ETACS-ECU. mirror assembly connector.
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to YES : Go to Step 9.
GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU − NO : Repair the defective connector.
Troubleshooting ).
NO : Go to Step 5.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR VIEW CAMERA
54A-265
STEP 9. Voltage measurement at D-46 inside rear
view mirror assembly connector.
Malfunction ).
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ACC" position.
(3) Voltage between D-46 inside rear view mirror
assembly connector terminal No. 1 and the body
earth STEP 13. Voltage measurement at D-46 inside
OK: System voltage rear view mirror assembly connector.
Q: Is the check result normal? wiring harness-side connector.
YES : Go to Step 11. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
NO : Go to Step 10.
<M/T> to the "R" (Reverse) position.
STEP 10. Check the wiring harness between D-46 (4) Voltage between D-46 inside rear view mirror
inside rear view mirror assembly connector assembly connector terminal No. 2 and the body
terminal No. 1 and C-315 ETACS-ECU connector earth
terminal No. 9 OK: System voltage
ply) for open circuit and short circuit. Q: Is the check result normal?
NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect NO : Go to Step 20.
the C-130 intermediate connector, and repair if nec-
essary.
Q: Is the check result normal? connector and B-110 back-up lamp switch
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent connector <M/T> or B-109 inhibitor switch
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to connector <CVT, A/T>.
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent Q: Is the check result normal?
Malfunction ). YES : Go to Step 15.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 11. Resistance measurement at D-46 inside STEP 15. Check the wiring harness between C-
rear view mirror assembly connector. 313 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 4 and B-
(1) Disconnect D-46 inside rear view mirror 110 back-up lamp switch <M/T> connector
assembly connector, and measure the resistance terminal No. 2 or B-109 inhibitor switch <CVT, A/
available at the wiring harness side of the T> connector terminal No. 3 <4J1, 4B1> or 8
connector. <4A9>.
(2) Check the continuity between terminal No. 4 and • Check the communication lines for open circuit
body earth. and short circuit.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect
the A-11 <4A9, 4J1, 4B1>, A-60 <4N1> and C-31
Q: Is the check result normal? intermediate connectors, and repair if necessary.
STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between D-46
inside rear view mirror assembly connector
terminal No. 4 and body earth. STEP 16. Connector check: C-304 ETACS-ECU
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. connector .

REAR VIEW CAMERA

304 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 2 and B-
110 back-up lamp switch <M/T> connector
terminal No. 1 or B-109 inhibitor switch <CVT, A/ STEP 21. Check the wiring harness between C-
T> connector terminal No. 9 <4J1, 4B1> or 7 311 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 2 and D-
<4A9>. 46 inside rear view mirror assembly connector
• Check the communication lines for open circuit terminal No. 2.
and short circuit. • Check the communication lines for open circuit
NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect and short circuit.
the A-11 <4A9, 4J1, 4B1> or A-60 <4N1> intermedi- NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect
ate connectors, and repair if necessary. the C-28, C-130 intermediate connectors, and repair
if necessary.
YES <CVT, A/T> : Go to Step 18. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES <M/T> : Go to Step 19. YES : Go to Step 22.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 18. Check the inhibitor switch and the STEP 22. Connector check: F-51 rear view
control cable. camera connector and D-46 inside rear view
Check that the inhibitor switch and the control cable mirror assembly connector.
are adjusted correctly. (GROUP 23A− On-vehicle Q: Is the check result normal?
Service, inhibitor switch and control cable adjustment YES : Go to Step 23.
<M/T> or GROUP 23C− On-vehicle Service, inhibitor NO : Repair the defective connector.
switch and control cable adjustment <CVT, A/T>)
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 23. Check the wiring harness between F-51
YES : Go to Step 19. rear view camera connector terminal No. 2, 3, 5, 6
NO : Adjust the inhibitor switch and the control and D-46 inside rear view mirror assembly
cable. connector terminal No. 12, 6, 11, 5.
STEP 19. Check the back-up lamp switch <M/T> and short circuit.
or inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T>. NOTE: Before the wiring harness inspection, inspect
• Check the continuity of the back-up lamp switch. the C-27 <LANCER>, C-36 <LANCER SPORT-
<M/T> (Refer to GROUP 22B − Transmission, BACK>, C-130, C-154, C-155, D-39, F-27
Transmission inspection ). <LANCER> and F-40 <LANCER SPORTBACK>
• Check the continuity of the inhibitor switch. <CVT, intermediate connectors, and repair if necessary.
A/T> (Refer to GROUP 23A − On-vehicle service,
Inhibitor switch continuity check ).
STEP 24. Trouble symptom recheck
normally.
Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the back-up lamp switch <M/T> or Q: Is the check result normal?
inhibitor switch <CVT, A/T> YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
connector.
Malfunction ).
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the rear view camera temporarily
and go to Step 25.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
REAR VIEW CAMERA
54A-267
STEP 25. Trouble symptom recheck ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
normally. CAMERA SETTING
M1540905700086
Q: Is the check result normal? Refer to MMCS − service mode .
YES : Replace the rear view camera.
NO : Replace the inside rear view mirror REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1540901800144
assembly.
<LANCER>
• Removal of trunk lid trim (Refer to GROUP 52A − Interior • Installation of trunk lid trim (Refer to GROUP 52A − Inte-
trim ) rior trim )
1
AC705028AD
Removal Steps
1. Rear view camera
2. Rear view camera cover
REAR VIEW CAMERA
<LANCER SPORTBACK>
• Removal of tailgate lower trim (Refer to GROUP 52A − • Installation of tailgate lower trim (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Tailgate trim ) Tailgate trim )
Section A - A
1
AC807685
AC806135 AC

<<A>> 1. Rear view camera <<A>>REAR VIEW CAMERA REMOVAL
Licence plate lamp

ACB01888AB
Wrap cloth or adhesive tape around a flat-tipped

screwdriver. Then use the screwdriver to press the
rear view camera to the left to remove it.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ACCESSORY SOCKET AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER
54A-269
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1542300700029

a assembly
c. MB991910 communication main harness A to send the
d. MB991911 interface (V.C.I.) simulated vehicle speed. If you
MB991824
b cable B instead, CAN communication
f. MB991826
c. M.U.T.-III main does not function correctly.
harness A (for M.U.T.-III diagnosis code display,
vehicles with CAN service data display
MB991827
communication)
c d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B (for
vehicles without
CAN
MB991910 communication)
d e. Measuring adapter
harness
DO NOT USE f. M.U.T.-III trigger
harness
MB991911
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
MB991223 Wiring harness set Continuity check and voltage

a
a. MB991219 a. Check harness measurement at wiring harness or
b
circuit
circuit
c
sourced tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-271
measurement at wiring harness or
connector
MB992006

M1542300800093

TROUBLESHOOTING
M1542301100020
Procedure No. page
The accessory socket does not work. <Vehicles with accessory 1
socket>
The cigar lighter does not work.<Vehicles with cigar lighter> 2
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The accessory socket does not work. <Vehicles with accessory socket>
CAUTION
Accessory Socket Circuit
IGNITION FUSIBLE
SWITCH (ACC) LINK 37 42
ETACS-ECU
ACC
RELAY 2
ACCESSORY ACCESSORY
SOCKET SOCKET
REAR FLOOR FRONT FLOOR
CONSOLE CONSOLE
NOTE
: PETROL
: DIESEL
: VEHICLES WITH ACCESSORY SOCKET
(REAR FLOOR CONSOLE)
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-273
C-51
• Malfunctions of accessory socket (front floor con-
sole)
• Malfunctions of accessory socket (rear floor con-
sole) <vehicles with accessory socket (rear floor
console)>
ACA00921AB
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-51 Check if the diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-
ECU.
ETACS-ECU − Troubleshooting .
NO : Go to Step 2.
C-18 ACA00923AB STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system data list

Check the input signal of ACC relay. (ETACS-ECU)
ETACS-ECU
• Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
condition
YES : Go to Step 3.
ACA00886AN NO : Refer to ETACS − Input Signal Procedure 1
"The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not sent
Connector: C-315 <RHD> to the ETACS-ECU" .
ETACS-ECU

connector, C-51 accessory socket (front floor
console) connector, C-18 accessory socket (rear
floor console) connector <vehicles with
accessory socket (rear console)>
ACA00887AL YES : Go to Step 4.
OPERATION
When the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC posi-
tion, the accessory socket can be used. STEP 4. Voltage measurement at C-51 accessory
socket (front floor console) connector and C-18
NOTE: The maximum load of accessory socket is
accessory socket (rear floor console) connector
120 W.
<vehicles with accessory socket (rear floor
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM console)>.
If the accessory socket cannot be used even when (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position, wiring harness-side connector.
ETACS-ECU, accessory socket itself, or accessory (2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ACC" or "ON"
socket power supply circuit may have a problem. position.
(3) Voltage between C-51 accessory socket (front the connector.

floor console) connector terminal No.2 and the (2) Check the continuity between C-51 accessory
body earth socket (front floor console) connector terminal
OK: System voltage No.1 and the body earth.
(4) Voltage between C-18 accessory socket (rear OK: Continuity exists (2 ohms or less)
floor console) connector terminal No.2 and the (3) Check the continuity between C-18 accessory
body earth <vehicles with accessory socket (rear socket (rear floor console) connector terminal
floor console)> No.1 and the body earth. <vehicles with
OK: System voltage accessory socket (rear floor console)>
OK: Continuity exists (2 ohms or less)
NO <accessory socket (front floor console) side> : YES : Go to Step 10.
Go to Step 5. NO <accessory socket (front floor console) side> :
NO <accessory socket (rear floor console) side> : Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 6. NO <accessory socket (rear floor console) side> :
Go to Step 9.
accessory socket (front floor console) connector STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-51
terminal No.2 and C-315 ETACS-ECU connector accessory socket (front floor console) connector
terminal No.3. terminal No.1 and body earth.
• Check the power supply lines (battery power sup- • Check the body earth wires for open circuit.
ply) for open circuit and short circuit. Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-18 accessory socket (rear floor console) connector
accessory socket (rear floor console) connector terminal No.1 and body earth.
terminal No.2 and C-315 ETACS-ECU connector • Check the body earth wires for open circuit.
terminal No.11. NOTE: Check C-19 intermediate connector, and
• Check the power supply lines (battery power sup- repair if necessary.
ply) for open circuit and short circuit.
NOTE: Check C-19 intermediate connector, and YES : Go to Step 10.
repair if necessary. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : Go to Step 7. STEP 10. Retest the system
Check if the accessory socket power is turned ON.
STEP 7. Resistance measurement at C-51 YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
accessory socket (front floor console) connector malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
and C-18 accessory socket (rear floor console) Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
connector <vehicles with accessory socket (rear Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
floor console)>. Malfunction ).
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure the NO : Replace the accessory socket.
resistance available at the wiring harness side of
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-275
Inspection Procedure 2: The cigarette lighter does not work.<Vehicles with cigarette lighter>
CAUTION
Cigarette Lighter Circuit
IGNITION FUSIBLE
SWITCH (ACC) LINK 37 42
ETACS-ECU
ACC
RELAY 2
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
NOTE
: PETROL
: DIESEL
Wire colour code

ACA00921AC ACA00923AC
Connector: C-315 <LHD> STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system data list

ETACS-ECU Check the input signal of ACC relay. (ETACS-ECU)
condition
ACA00886AN
YES : Go to Step 3.
Connector: C-315 <RHD> NO : Refer to ETACS − Input Signal Procedure 1
ETACS-ECU "The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not sent
to the ETACS-ECU" .
STEP 3. Cigarette lighter check

Refer to .
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the cigarette lighter. Go to Step 4.
ACA00887AL
OPERATION STEP 4. Connector check: C-315 ETACS-ECU

When the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC posi- connector, C-21 cigarette lighter connector
tion, the cigarette lighter can be used.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM YES : Go to Step 5.
If the cigarette lighter cannot be used even when the NO : Repair the defective connector.
ignition switch is in the ON or ACC position, ETACS-
ECU, cigarette lighter itself, or cigarette lighter power STEP 5. Voltage measurement at C-21 cigarette
supply circuit may have a problem. lighter connector.
PROBABLE CAUSES wiring harness-side connector.
• Malfunctions of cigarette lighter (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU (3) Voltage between C-21 cigarette lighter connector
• Damaged harness wires and connectors terminal No.2 and the body earth
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code NO : Go to Step 6.
Check if the diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-
ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? cigarette lighter connector terminal No.2 and C-
315 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.3.
ETACS-ECU − Troubleshooting .
NO : Go to Step 2.
ply) for open circuit and short circuit.
YES : Go to Step 7.

cigarette lighter connector.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure the
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-277
resistance available at the wiring harness side of YES : Go to Step 9.
the connector. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(2) Check the continuity between terminal No.1 and
body earth. STEP 9. Retest the system
OK: Continuity exists (2 ohms or less) Check that the cigarette lighter operates normally.
NO : Go to Step 8. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-21 Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
cigarette lighter connector terminal No.1 and Malfunction ).
body earth. NO : Replace the cigarette lighter.
• Check the body earth wires for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal? M1542301400195
CIGAR LIGHTER <FLOOR CONSOLE PANEL ASSEMBLY>

• Removal of floor console panel assembly (Refer to • Installation of floor console panel assembly (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Floor Console Assembly ) GROUP 52A − Floor Console Assembly )
1 AC705689
AC707557AB
Removal Steps
1. Cigar lighter
CIGAR LIGHTER <INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTRE LOWER ASSEMBLY>

• Removal of Instrument panel centre lower (Refer to • Installation of Instrument panel centre lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument centre panel ) GROUP 52A − Instrument centre panel )
1
4
3 2
AC802457

1. Bulb/Harness (For illumination) 3. Harness (For illumination)
2. Bulb 4. Cigar lighter
ACCESSORY SOCKET <FLOOR CONSOLE PANEL ASSEMBLY>

• Removal of floor console panel assembly (Refer to • Installation of floor console panel assembly (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Floor Console Assembly ) GROUP 52A − Floor Console Assembly )
1 2
AC706787AB
Removal Steps
1. Accessory socket
2. Accessory socket cap
ACCESSORY SOCKET <INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTRE LOWER ASSEMBLY>

• Removal of Instrument panel centre lower (Refer to • Installation of Instrument panel centre lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument centre panel ) GROUP 52A − Instrument centre panel )
AC802078AB
Removal Steps
1. Accessory socket
2. Accessory socket cap
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-279
ACCESSORY SOCKET <FLOOR CONSOLE ASSEMBLY>
• Removal of Floor console assembly (Refer to GROUP • Installation of Floor console assembly (Refer to GROUP
52A − Floor Console Assembly ). 52A − Floor Console Assembly ).
4
2
AC608778 AC801717AB
Removal steps • Check if cigarette butts or foreign materials are

<<A>> 1. Accessory socket (positive terminal deposited to the element.
assembly)
•
2. Accessory socket (negative

Element
terminal assembly)
Plug
3. Accessory socket (socket)
4. Accessory socket (cover)

<<A>> REMOVAL OF ACCESSORY SOCKET
<FLOOR CONSOLE ASSEMBLY>
Disassemble, and remove. Spot
AC102585AE
INSPECTION <VEHICLES WITH CIGAR Using an ohmmeter, check that the element resist-
LIGHTER> ance value is 1.7 Ω.
M1542200200094
• Remove the plug and check the spot wear.
COLUMN SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1543100200261
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COLUMN SWITCH
54A-281
a assembly
MB991824
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
c with CAN
communicatio
n system)
d. M.U.T.-III
B (Vehicles
d
without CAN
n system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger
harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
d. Probe circuit
circuit
tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
COLUMN SWITCH

connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE

GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .
TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE
M1543100300291
M1543101200145
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting . NOTE: The ETACS-ECU sets a diagnosis code.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1543101300120

B2350 Lighting switch malfunction
B2351 Wiper/washer switch malfunction
Code No.B2350 Lighting switch malfunction

Code No.B2351 Wiper/washer switch malfunction
TROUBLE JUDGMENT DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

The ETACS-ECU receives the signals related to
lighting and wiper/washer from the column switch. If
the fail information data is included in the signal from STEP 1. Check whether the diagnosis code is
column switch, the diagnosis code No. B2350 (light- reset.
ing switch) or B2351 (wiper/washer switch) is stored. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
The lighting switch, wiper/washer switch or the (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
ETACS-ECU may have a problem. position to "ON" position.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code No. B2350 or B2351
PROBABLE CAUSES is set.
• Malfunction of lighting switch (with built-in col-
umn-ECU)
Code No. B2351 is set. : Go to Step 2.
• Malfunction of wiper/washer switch Code No. B2350 is set. : Go to Step 3.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU No diagnosis code is set. : The trouble can be an
intermittent malfunction (GROUP 00 − How
to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COLUMN SWITCH
54A-283
reset. reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU. ETACS-ECU.
(1) Replace the wiper/washer switch. (1) Replace the lighting switch (with built-in column-
(2) Erase the diagnosis code. ECU).
(3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
position to "ON" position. (3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
(4) Check if diagnosis code is set. position to "ON" position.
NO : The diagnosis is complete. YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.

M1543100700727
LIGHTING SWITCH AND WIPER/WASHER

SWITCH
2 1
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m
AC802153AD

1. Ignition key cover (Refer to 4. Wiper/washer switch
GROUP 54A − Ignition switch ). 5. Lighting switch (with built-in
2. Steering column cover lower, column-ECU)
Steering column cover upper (Refer
to GROUP 54A − Ignition switch ).
3. Steering column upper cover (Refer
to GROUP 54A − Ignition switch ).
COLUMN SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCH BODY

CAUTION
• To remove the driver airbag module, refer to GROUP 52B − Service Precautions and Driver’s Air
Bag Module and Clock Spring .
• After the installation, perform a calibration for the ASC-ECU to learn the steering wheel sensor
neutral point. (Refer to GROUP 35C, On-vehicle Service − Steering Wheel Sensor Calibration ).
<Vehicles with ASC or AFS>
• Check of steering wheel straight-ahead position • Installation of Clock spring (Refer to GROUP 52B -
• Removal of steering wheel assembly (Refer to GROUP Driver’s Air Bag Module and Clock Spring ).
52B - Driver’s Air Bag Module and Clock Spring .) • Installation of steering column lower cover, steering col-
• Removal of ignition key cover, steering column lower umn upper cover (Refer to GROUP 54A − Ignition switch )
cover, steering column upper cover (Refer to GROUP 54A • Installation of steering wheel assembly (Refer to GROUP
− Ignition switch ) 52B - Driver’s Air Bag Module and Clock Spring .)
• Removal of Clock spring (Refer to GROUP 52B - Driver’s • Check of steering wheel straight-ahead position
Air Bag Module and Clock Spring ).
Lighting switch
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m

Wiper/washer switch
AC605523AB
Removal Steps
1. Column switch body
2. Steering wheel sensor (Refer to
GROUP 35C - Steering wheel
sensor ). <Vehicles with ASC or
AFS>
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
COLUMN SWITCH
54A-285
INSPECTION
WIPER/WASHER SWITCH CONTINUITY CHECK

M1543101700225
<VEHICLES WITHOUT LIGHTING CON- <VEHICLES WITH LIGHTING CONTROL

TROL SENSOR> SENSOR>
AC609144
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
AC609144AE AC612670AG
Switch position Tester Specified Switch position Tester Specified

connectio condition connectio condition
n n
OFF − Open circuit OFF − Open circuit
Windshield 6−3 Operating the Windshield rain 6−3 Operating the
intermittent wiper adjusting knob sensitive wiper adjusting knob
interval adjusting changes the function adjusting changes the
knob resistance. knob resistance.
Windshield washer 6−7 Continuity exists Windshield washer 6−7 Continuity exists
switch (2 Ω or less) switch (2 Ω or less)
Windshield Hi 6−8 Continuity exists Windshield Hi 6−8 Continuity exists
wiper switch (2 Ω or less) wiper switch (2 Ω or less)
Lo 6−9 Continuity exists Lo 6−9 Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less) (2 Ω or less)
Int 6 − 10 Continuity exists Auto 6 − 10 Continuity exists
Mist 6 − 11 Continuity exists Mist 6 − 11 Continuity exists
WIPER/WASHER SWITCH CONTINUITY CHECK

M1543101700214
<VEHICLES WITHOUT LIGHTING CON-

1
TROL SENSOR> 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
AC605524AC
COLUMN SWITCH
Switch position Tester Normal Switch position Tester Normal

connectio condition connectio condition
n n
OFF − Open circuit Rear washer switch 6−5 Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less)
Windshield 6−3 Operating the
intermittent wiper adjusting knob Windshield washer 6−7 Continuity exists
interval adjusting changes the switch (2 Ω or less)
knob resistance. Windshield Hi 6−8 Continuity exists
Rear wiper switch 6−4 Continuity exists wiper switch (2 Ω or less)
(2 Ω or less) Lo 6−9 Continuity exists
Rear washer switch 6−5 Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(2 Ω or less) Auto 6 − 10 Continuity exists
Windshield washer 6−7 Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
switch (2 Ω or less) Mist 6 − 11 Continuity exists
Windshield Hi 6−8 Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
wiper switch (2 Ω or less)
COLUMN SWITCH (SWITCH BODY PART)
Lo 6−9 Continuity exists
(2 Ω or less) CONTINUITY CHECK
M1543101000334
Int 6 − 10 Continuity exists 1. Remove the lighting switch and wiper/washer
(2 Ω or less) switch.
Mist 6 − 11 Continuity exists 2. Check that the continuity is present for the same
(2 Ω or less) terminal numbers (No. 3−11) of the column switch
body connectors that remain on the steering col-
<VEHICLES WITH LIGHTING CONTROL umn.
SENSOR> Lighting Wiper/washer
switch side switch side
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3
3 4 4
4 5 5
5 6 6
6 7 7
7 8 8
9 9
8 10 10
9 11 11
10 AC502901AG
11
AC702391AB Column switch Terminal Normal
body number condition
Switch position Tester Normal
connectio condition Lighting switch 3−3 Continuity
n side connector 4−4 exists (2 Ω or
Wiper/washer 5−5 less)
OFF − Open circuit switch side 6−6
Windshield rain 6−3 Operating the connector 7−7
sensitive wiper adjusting knob 8−8
function adjusting changes the 9−9
knob resistance. 10 − 10
Rear wiper switch 6−4 Continuity exists 11 − 11
(2 Ω or less)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-287
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1542000602704
RADIO AND CD PLAYER

a assembly
MB991824
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
c. M.U.T.-III main Diagnosis code and service data
harness A check.
c CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
MB991910 harness B
(Vehicles
d
without CAN
system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
tester
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-289
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
AUDIO ERROR CODES

M1544018900238
If the radio and CD player detects any malfunction in
itself or the inserted CD, the error codes below will
be shown on the display.
Error code Cause Cause of trouble and its solution
ERROR Power supply error This error code will be shown if there is any problem in the
power supply system of the radio and CD player. Check the
connectors and wiring harness of the power supply system, and
check that the battery voltage is normal. Check that the same
error does not appear.
ERROR 01 Focus error These error codes will be shown if there is any problem with the
ERROR 02 Abnormal disc CD or there is excessive vibration on the vehicle. If the error
codes are not displayed when the vehicle is stopped and
another CD is inserted, there is a problem with the CD. Check if
there is any of the following problems with the CD.
• Contamination, scratch, or deformation
• Formation of moisture or grease
Repair the CD and insert it again. Then, check that no error
appears.
ERROR 03 Mechanical error This error codes will be shown if there is any internal
mechanical or electrical problem in the radio and CD player.
Replace the radio and CD player check that no error codes are
shown.
ERROR HOT Protection against high If the internal temperature is extremely high, this error code will
temperature be shown. Turn off the radio and CD player and wait until they
cool down. Wait for a while, and then turn on the unit again.
Check that the same error does not appear.
ERROR DC Detection abnormal output This error code will be shown if the radio and CD player or the
to the speaker audio amplifier has an internal error or is contaminated with the
foreign material, and there is a problem with output to the
speaker. If it is contaminated with the foreign material, turn OFF
the power. Dry the foreign material if it is liquid, and remove it if
it is solid. Then, check if the error code is displayed. If the error
code is displayed, replace the radio and CD player or the audio
amplifier.
i NO SONG No playable music file is No playable music file is stored in the iPod. Store music files to
found. the iPod.
i VER iPod cannot be recognised iPod itself or software is not supported. Use the supported iPod.
ERROR
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Error code Cause Cause of trouble and its solution

i CONNECT iPod cannot be iPod is not authenticated. Reconnect. If the error code is not
i RETRY authenticated. erased after that, the USB box communication may have a
problem. Carry out the troubleshooting of "The USB adapter
data cannot be replayed". (Refer to <Vehicles without Auto
Stop & Go (AS&G) System> or <Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go
(AS&G) System>.)
U NO SONG No playable music file is No playable music file is stored in the USB memory. Store
found. music files to the USB memory.
U FILE Playback of unplayable file Displayed when the playback of unplayable file such as a
ERROR (copyright protected file, copyright protected file is attempted. The error code is
etc.) is attempted. displayed approximately for 3 seconds, and then a next
playable file is played automatically.
UNSUPPOR Unsupported device The USB memory is not supported by the USB box. Use the
TED DEVICE supported USB memory.
UNSUPPOR Unsupported format
TED
FORMAT
USB BUS Overcurrent abnormality There is a communication error with the USB box. Carry out the
PWR troubleshooting of "The USB adapter data cannot be replayed".
(Refer to <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System>
or <Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System>.)
U CONNECT USB memory cannot be The USB memory is not authenticated. Reconnect. If the error
U RETRY authenticated. code is not erased after that, the USB box communication may
have a problem. Carry out the troubleshooting of "The USB
adapter data cannot be replayed". (Refer to <Vehicles without
Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System> or <Vehicles with Auto Stop
& Go (AS&G) System>.)
U LSI USB box internal error This error code will be shown when there is a problem in the
ERROR USB box. Replace the USB box.
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC CHECK OF FREEZE FRAME DATA

TROUBLESHOOTING The freeze frame data can be checked by using
M1544004800528 M.U.T.-III.
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting . When detecting fault and storing the diagnosis code,
the ECU connected to CAN bus line obtains the data
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION before the determination of the diagnosis code and
M1544013200267
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE the data when the diagnosis code is determined, and
then stores the ECU status of that time. By analysing
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE as the table below.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-291
Display item list
generated
displayed.
code

M1544012900478
CAUTION
On troubleshooting, if the ignition switch is
turned ON while disconnecting connector(s),
diagnosis code(s) associated with other system
may be set. On completion, confirm all systems
for diagnosis code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are
set, erase them all.
code No.
U0141 ETACS-ECU CAN timeout
U0151 SRS-ABG CAN timeout
U0155 Meter CAN timeout
U0164 A/C-ECU CAN timeout
U0168 WCM/KOS CAN timeout
B2420 Power integrated circuit
B2421 Radio tuner
B2423 6-disc CD player error
B2424 CD player error
B2450 Switch panel communication
B2451 Audio panel type error
CAUTION earth circuit, and communication circuit are

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, normal.
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior TROUBLE JUDGMENT
to this diagnosis, always diagnose the CAN When the radio and CD player is returned from the
bus lines. bus off state, or when the bus error is indicated to the
• Before replacing the radio and CD player, be radio and CD player state, the diagnosis code U0019
sure to check that the power supply circuit, (CAN-B) is set.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER

The radio and CD player, power supply for the radio NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
and CD player, earth circuit, or CAN bus line may 54C − Troubleshooting ).
have a problem.
STEP 2. Check whether the M.U.T.-III can
PROBABLE CAUSES
communicate with the radio and CD player.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line wiring harness and Q: Is the check result normal?
connector YES : Erase the diagnosis code. This diagnosis is
complete.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NO : Check the power supply circuit of the radio
and CD player, and repair if necessary.

Code No.U0141 ETACS-ECU CAN timeout

• If the diagnosis code No. U0141 is set, be sure
to diagnose the CAN bus line. 54C − Troubleshooting ).
• When replacing the radio and CD player,
always check that the communication circuit STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
is normal. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ETACS-ECU.
If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received, Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
the radio and CD player sets the diagnosis code No. YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
U0141. GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU −
Troubleshooting ).
JUDGMENT CRITERIA NO : Go to Step 3.
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON
position, system voltage is 10 − 16 V (data from
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is other systems
80.5 km or more, if the communication with ETACS- Check if the diagnosis code No. U0141 is set to com-
ECU cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, bination meter.
the radio and CD player determines that a problem Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
has occurred. YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of radio and CD player
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
and CD player.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-293
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other position to "ON" position.
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
between the radio and CD player and the
to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
Points - How to Cope with Intermittent intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
Malfunction .) between the radio and CD player and the
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
reset. Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio Malfunction .)
and CD player.
Code No.U0151 SRS-ABG CAN timeout

• If the diagnosis code No. U0151 is set, be sure Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the SRS-
to diagnose the CAN bus line. ECU.
• When replacing the radio and CD player, Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
always check that the communication circuit YES : Troubleshoot the SRS-ECU (Refer to
is normal. GROUP 52B − Troubleshooting ).
If the signal from SRS-ECU cannot be received, the
radio and CD player sets the diagnosis code No.
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
U0151.
other systems
JUDGMENT CRITERIA Check if the diagnosis code No. U0151 is set to com-
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON bination meter.
position, system voltage is 10−16 V (data from Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the YES : Go to Step 4.
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is NO : Go to Step 5.
80.5 km or more, if the communication with SRS-
ECU cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more,
the radio and CD player determines that a problem
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
has occurred.
and CD player.
PROBABLE CAUSES (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU position to the ON position.
• Malfunction of radio and CD player (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics between the radio and CD player and the
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. SRS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Q: Is the check result normal? Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
YES : Go to Step 2. Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP Malfunction .)
RADIO AND CD PLAYER

reset. NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
and CD player. between the radio and CD player and the
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. SRS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service
position to "ON" position. Points - How to Cope with Intermittent
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set. Malfunction .)
Code No.U0155 Meter CAN timeout
CAUTION YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter (Refer

• If the diagnosis code No. U0155 is set, be sure to ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• When replacing the radio and CD player,
always check that the communication circuit STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
is normal. other systems
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION Check if the diagnosis code No. U0155 is set to
If the signal from combination meter cannot be ETACS-ECU.
received, the radio and CD player sets the diagnosis Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
code No. U0155. YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON
position, system voltage is 10−16 V (data from STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is and CD player.
80.5 km or more, if the communication with combina- (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
tion meter cannot be established for 2,500 ms or (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
more, the radio and CD player determines that a position to the ON position.
problem has occurred. (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
PROBABLE CAUSES YES : Replace the combination meter.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
• Malfunction of the combination meter intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
• Malfunction of radio and CD player between the radio and CD player and the
combination meter. (Refer to GROUP 00 −
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points - How to Cope with
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Intermittent Malfunction .)
YES : Go to Step 2. reset.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
54C − Troubleshooting ). and CD player.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code position to "ON" position.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi- (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
nation meter.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-295
combination meter. (Refer to GROUP 00 −
How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
Service Points - How to Cope with
Intermittent Malfunction .)
Code No.U0164 A/C-ECU CAN timeout

• If the diagnosis code No. U0164 is set, be sure Check if diagnosis code is set to the A/C-ECU <vehi-
to diagnose the CAN bus line. cle with A/C> or heater control unit <vehicle without
• When replacing the radio and CD player, A/C>.
always check that the communication circuit Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
is normal. YES : Troubleshoot the A/C-ECU <vehicle with A/
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION C> or heater control unit <vehicle without A/
If the signal from A/C-ECU <vehicle with A/C> or C> (Refer to GROUP 55A −
heater control unit <vehicle without A/C> cannot be Troubleshooting ).
received, the radio and CD player sets the diagnosis NO : Go to Step 3.
code No. U0164.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for

With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON other systems
position, system voltage is 10−16 V (data from Check if the diagnosis code No. U0164 is set to
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the ETACS-ECU.
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
80.5 km or more, if the communication with A/C-ECU YES : Go to Step 4.
<vehicle with A/C> or heater control unit <vehicle NO : Go to Step 5.
without A/C> cannot be established for 2,500 ms or
more, the radio and CD player determines that a
problem has occurred.
PROBABLE CAUSES and CD player.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU <vehicle with A/C> (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
or heater control unit <vehicle without A/C> position to the ON position.
• Malfunction of radio and CD player (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE YES : Replace the A/C-ECU <vehicle with A/C> or
heater control unit <vehicle without A/C>.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. between the radio and CD player and the A/
Q: Is the check result normal? C-ECU <vehicle with A/C> or heater control
YES : Go to Step 2. unit <vehicle without A/C>. (Refer to
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
54C − Troubleshooting ). Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
RADIO AND CD PLAYER

reset.
between the radio and CD player and the A/
and CD player.
C-ECU <vehicle with A/C> or heater control
unit <vehicle without A/C>. (Refer to
Code No.U0168 WCM/KOS CAN timeout

• If diagnosis code No. U0168 is set, be sure to Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the WCM
diagnose the CAN bus line. or KOS-ECU.
• When replacing the radio and CD player, Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
always check that the communication circuit YES : Troubleshoot the WCM or KOS-ECU (Refer
is normal. to GROUP 42C − Diagnosis Code Chart
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION <Vehicles with WCM> or GROUP 42B −
If the signal from WCM or KOS-ECU cannot be Diagnosis Code Chart <Vehicles with
received, the radio and CD player sets the diagnosis KOS>).
code No. U0168. NO : Go to Step 3.
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for
position, system voltage is 10 − 16 V (data from other systems
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the Check if the diagnosis code No. U0168 is set to com-
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is bination meter.
80.5 km or more, if the communication with WCM or Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
KOS-ECU cannot be established for 2,500 ms or YES : Go to Step 4.
more, the radio and CD player determines that a NO : Go to Step 5.
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 4. Diagnosis code recheck

• Malfunction of CAN bus line Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
• Malfunction of the WCM <Vehicles with WCM> and CD player.
• Malfunction of the KOS <Vehicles with KOS- (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
ECU> (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
• Malfunction of radio and CD player position to the ON position.
YES : Replace the WCM <Vehicles with WCM> or
KOS <Vehicles with KOS-ECU>.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
Q: Is the check result normal? between the radio and CD player and the
YES : Go to Step 2. WCM <Vehicles with WCM> or KOS
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP <Vehicles with KOS-ECU>. (Refer to
54C − Troubleshooting ). GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-297
reset.
and CD player.
WCM <Vehicles with WCM> or KOS
<Vehicles with KOS-ECU>. (Refer to

an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior 54C, Troubleshooting ).
• Before replacing the radio and CD player, be Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
sure to check that the power supply circuit, Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
earth circuit, and communication circuit are YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
normal. ETACS − Troubleshooting ).
TROUBLE JUDGMENT NO : Go to Step 3.
When the vehicle information data is not registered
to the radio and CD player sets the diagnosis code
No.U1415. reset.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
The radio and CD player, ETACS-ECU, or CAN bus and CD player.
line may have a problem. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
PROBABLE CAUSES position to "ON" position.
• Malfunctions of radio and CD player (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• Malfunction of CAN bus line wiring harness and YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
connector NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Malfunction ).
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Code No.B2420 Power integrated circuit

bus lines.
• Before replacing the radio and CD player, be Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
sure to check that the power supply circuit,
earth circuit, and communication circuit are
normal.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
If the radio and CD player continuously apply the STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
voltage of 2 V or more to the speakers for 1 minute or reset.
more, it is determined that the offset voltage is Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
exceeded, and then the diagnosis code is set. and CD player.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
The radio and CD player or CAN bus line may have a position to "ON" position.
problem. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.

• Malfunction of CAN bus line wiring harness and
connector
Malfunction ).
Code No.B2421 Radio tuner
CAUTION • Malfunction of CAN bus line wiring harness and

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, connector
to this diagnosis, always diagnose the CAN DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
bus lines.
• Before replacing the radio and CD player, be STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
sure to check that the power supply circuit, Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
earth circuit, and communication circuit are
normal.
YES : Go to Step 2.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
If the communication cannot be established consec- 54C − Troubleshooting ).
utively for 10 times between the incorporated tuner of
radio and CD player and the microcomputer, the
diagnosis code is set. STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
The radio and CD player or CAN bus line may have a and CD player.
problem. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Malfunctions of radio and CD player (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-299
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
Malfunction ).
Code No.B2423 6-disc CD player error
CAUTION STEP 2. CD check

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Playback a clean and unscratched CD for 1 minute,
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior and recheck if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
to this diagnosis, always diagnose the CAN and CD player.
bus lines. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Before replacing the radio and CD player, be (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
sure to check that the power supply circuit, position to "ON" position.
earth circuit, and communication circuit are (3) Playback the clean, unscratched CD for 1 minute.
normal. (4) Check if diagnosis code is set.
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
During the use of the 6-disc CD changer of radio and YES : Go to Step 3.
CD player, if any of the ERROR, ERROR01, NO : Clean the CD, use a CD without scratches
ERROR02, ERROR03, ERROR DC or ERROR HOT and burrs, or remove the CD burrs, and then
continues for 1 minute, the diagnosis code is set. reinsert the CD.
The radio and CD player or CAN bus line may have a STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
problem. reset.
• Malfunctions of radio and CD player (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line wiring harness and (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
connector position to "ON" position.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Code No.B2424 CD player error
CAUTION STEP 2. CD check

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, Playback a clean and unscratched CD for 1 minute,
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior and recheck if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
to this diagnosis, always diagnose the CAN and CD player.
bus lines. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Before replacing the radio and CD player, be (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
sure to check that the power supply circuit, position to "ON" position.
earth circuit, and communication circuit are (3) Playback the clean, unscratched CD for 1 minute.
normal. (4) Check if diagnosis code is set.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
During the use of the CD player of radio and CD YES : Go to Step 3.
player, if any of the ERROR, ERROR01, ERROR02, NO : Clean the CD, use a CD without scratches
ERROR03, ERROR DC or ERROR HOT continues and burrs, or remove the CD burrs, and then
for 1 minute, the diagnosis code is set. reinsert the CD.
The radio and CD player or CAN bus line may have a STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
problem. reset.
• Malfunctions of radio and CD player (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line wiring harness and (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
connector position to "ON" position.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Code No.B2450 Switch panel communication
CAUTION COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, The radio and CD player, centre panel assembly, or
an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior CAN bus line may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
bus lines.
• Before replacing the radio and CD player, be • Malfunction of centre panel assembly
sure to check that the power supply circuit, • Malfunction of CAN bus line wiring harness and
earth circuit, and communication circuit are connector
normal.
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
If the radio and CD player cannot establish the com-
munication with centre panel assembly for 1 minute
or more, the diagnosis code is set.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-301
reset.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. and CD player.
Q: Is the check result normal? (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
YES : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Connection status check of radio and CD NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
player with centre panel assembly malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Check that the radio and CD player are connected to use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
the centre panel assembly without any problem. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Q: Is the connection established? Malfunction ).
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Securely connect the radio and CD player
with the centre panel assembly.
Code No.B2451 Audio panel type error
CAUTION STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is

If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, an reset.
incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior to this Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
diagnosis, always diagnose the CAN bus lines. and CD player.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
If the radio and CD player consecutively receive the (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
display trouble signal from the centre panel assem- position to "ON" position.
bly for 1 minute, the diagnosis code is set. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
YES : Go to Step 3.
The centre panel assembly or CAN bus line may
have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
• Malfunction of centre panel assembly Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
• Malfunction of radio and CD player Malfunction ).
• Malfunction of CAN bus line wiring harness and
connector STEP 3. Replace the centre panel assembly
temporarily, and check whether the diagnosis
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE code is set.
and CD player.
Q: Is the check result normal? position to "ON" position.
YES : Go to Step 2. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
NO : Replace the centre panel assembly.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER

M1544004902684

Procedure No. page
Power of the radio and CD player does <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go 1
not turn ON when the ignition switch is (AS&G) System>
in the "ACC" position or "ON" position. <Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go
(AS&G) System>
No sound is heard. <Vehicles without audio amplifier> 2
<Vehicles with audio amplifier>
No sound is heard from one of the <Vehicles without audio amplifier> 3
speakers. <Vehicles with audio amplifier>
The radio and CD player does not <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go 4
operate normally by operating the (AS&G) System>
audio control unit of the centre panel <Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go
unit. (AS&G) System>
Audio illumination does not work normally. 5
The sound of audio adapter’s input are not played. 6
Troubleshooting for Noise. 7
The sound volume decreases temporarily. The sound disappears at auto start 8
by Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System. <Vehicles with audio amplifier>
NOTE: .
• If the radio and CD player is reset or sound jump
occurs at the auto restart by Auto Stop & Go
(AS&G) System, carry out the DC/DC converter
troubleshooting of "Audio equipment reset or
sound jump occurs at auto start".(Refer to
.)<Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) Sys-
tem>
• For the troubleshooting of the USB box, refer to
.<Vehicles with USB box>
• For the troubleshooting of the hands free ECU,
refer to .<Vehicles with hands free ECU>
• For the troubleshooting of the steering wheel
audio remote control switch, refer to .<Vehicles
with steering wheel audio remote control switch>
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-303
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Power of the radio and CD player does not turn ON when the ignition switch
is in the "ACC" position or "ON" position. <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System>
CAUTION
Before replacing the radio and CD player, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and
the communication circuit are normal.
Radio and CD Player Power Source Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 36
FUSIBLE
LINK 38
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
NOTE
COMPARTMENT
: PETROL
: DIESEL
ETACS-
ECU
CAN
ETACS-ECU COMMUNICATION LINE RADIO AND CD PLAYER
INPUT SIGNAL
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
Wire colour code

RADIO AND CD PLAYER

Provided that the audio diagnosis code is not set, if
the power for radio and CD player cannot be turned
ON, the radio and CD player, or power supply circuit
for radio and CD player may have a problem, or the
option coding information may be inconsistent.
PROBABLE CAUSES
AC701094AJ
• Option coding information inconsistency
Connectors: C-103 <RHD> • Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

Coding Table ).
(2) Check that the "AUDIO" is set to "Present."
AC701122 DC
Connectors: C-307, C-311 <LHD> YES : Go to Step 2.
ETACS-ECU NO : Operate the M.U.T.-III to set the option
coding "AUDIO" to "Present," and check the
trouble symptom.
C-307

ECU.
C-311
ACA00886AS
Connectors: C-307, C-311 <RHD> ETACS-ECU − Troubleshooting .
ETACS-ECU NO : Go to Step 3.

C-311
C-307
condition
ACA00887AS Item 288 ACC switch ON
OPERATION OK: Normal condition is displayed.
When the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC posi- Q: Is the check result normal?
tion, the radio and CD player power can be turned YES : Go to Step 4.
ON. With the radio and CD player power ON, when NO : Refer to ETACS − Input Signal Procedure 1
the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, the "The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not sent
power for radio and CD player is also turned OFF. to the ETACS-ECU" .
STEP 4. Connector check: C-103 radio and CD

player connector
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-305
STEP 5. Voltage measurement at C-103 radio and
CD player connector. STEP 7. Check that the radio and CD player is
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the correctly earthed the radio and CD player should
wiring harness-side connector. be connected to the earth with an assembly
(2) Voltage between C-103 radio and CD player screw.
connector terminal No.30 and the body earth Q: Is the radio and CD player correctly grounded?
OK: System voltage YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Securely install and earth the radio and CD
YES : Go to Step 7. player.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-103 Check if the radio and CD player power is turned ON.
radio and CD player connector terminal No.30 Q: Is the check result normal?
and fusible link (36) <Petrol> or (38) <Diesel> YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
• Check the power supply line (battery power sup- malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
ply) for open circuit. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
intermediate connector C-31, C-128, ETACS-ECU Malfunction ).
connector C-307 and C-311, and repair if necessary. NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Inspection Procedure 1: Power of the radio and CD player does not turn ON when the ignition switch
is in the "ACC" position or "ON" position. <Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System>
CAUTION
Radio and CD Player Power Source Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 36
FUSIBLE
LINK 38
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
NOTE
COMPARTMENT
: PETROL
: DIESEL
ETACS-
DC/DC CONVERTER ECU
CAN
ETACS-ECU COMMUNICATION LINE RADIO AND CD PLAYER
INPUT SIGNAL
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-307
Provided that the audio diagnosis code is not set, if
the power for radio and CD player cannot be turned
C-103 ON, the radio and CD player, or power supply circuit
for radio and CD player may have a problem, or the
C-65 (GR) option coding information may be inconsistent.
NOTE: From the fusible link to C-128 intermediate
connector, the Radio and CD player uses the same
power supply circuit as that of AUDIO display (centre
ACA00892AE panel unit). Therefore, check first if the AUDIO dis-
play (centre panel unit) is displayed. If the AUDIO
Connector: C-65, C-103 <RHD> display (centre panel unit) is not displayed, carry out
in advance the troubleshooting of "The radio and CD
player does not operate normally by operating the
audio control unit of the centre panel unit". (Refer to
C-65 (GR)
C-103
.)
PROBABLE CAUSES
ACA00895AF • Malfunction of the DC/DC converter
Connectors: C-307, C-311 <LHD> • Damaged harness wires and connectors
ETACS-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-307

C-311 Coding Table ).
ACA00886AS
(2) Check that the "AUDIO" is set to "Present."
YES : Go to Step 2.
ETACS-ECU
coding "AUDIO" to "Present," and check the
trouble symptom.
C-311
C-307 STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
ECU.
ACA00887AS Q: Is the check result normal?
OPERATION
When the ignition switch is in the ON or ACC posi- ETACS-ECU − Troubleshooting .
NO : Go to Step 3.
tion, the radio and CD player power can be turned
ON. With the radio and CD player power ON, when
the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, the
power for radio and CD player is also turned OFF.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system data list STEP 8. Check the DC/DC converter.
Check the input signal of ACC relay. Check the continuity of the DC/DC converter (Refer
• Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position. to ).
condition YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Replace the DC/DC converter.
Q: Is the check result normal? DC/DC converter connector terminal No.1 and C-
YES : Go to Step 4. 103 radio and CD player connector terminal No.
NO : Refer to ETACS − Input Signal Procedure 1 30.
"The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not sent • Check the power supply line for open circuit and
to the ETACS-ECU" . short circuit.
STEP 4. Connector check: C-103 radio and CD intermediate C-128 connector, and repair if neces-
player connector sary.
YES : Go to Step 5. YES : Go to Step 11
STEP 5. Voltage measurement at C-103 radio and STEP 10. Check the wiring harness between C-65
CD player connector. DC/DC converter terminal No.9 and fusible link
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the (36) <Petrol> or (38) <Diesel>.
wiring harness-side connector. • Check the power supply line for open circuit and
(2) Voltage between C-103 radio and CD player short circuit.
connector terminal No.30 and the body earth
OK: System voltage YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Q: Is the check result normal? malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
NO : Go to Step 6. Points, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
STEP 6. Connector check: C-65 DC/DC converter
connector
YES : Go to Step 7.
103 radio and CD player connector terminal
NO : Repair the defective connector. No.30 and fusible link (36) <Petrol> or (38)
<Diesel>
• Check the power supply line (battery power sup-
STEP 7. Voltage measurement at C-65 DC/DC ply) for open circuit and short circuit.
converter connector.
(1) Disconnect C-65 DC/DC converter connector,
intermediate C-31, C-128 connector and ETACS-
and measure at the wiring harness side.
ECU connector C-307 and C-311, and repair if nec-
(2) Measure the voltage between terminal No.9 and
essary.
body earth.
OK: System voltage Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 10.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-309
STEP 12. Check that the radio and CD player is STEP 13. Retest the system
correctly earthed the radio and CD player should Check if the radio and CD player power is turned ON.
be connected to the earth with an assembly Q: Is the check result normal?
screw. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Q: Is the radio and CD player correctly grounded? malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
NO : Securely install and earth the radio and CD Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
player. Malfunction ).
NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Inspection Procedure 2: No sound is heard. <Vehicles without audio amplifier>
CAUTION
Speaker System Circuit
<VEHICLES WITH 6 SPEAKER> <VEHICLES WITH 6 SPEAKER>

FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR
TWEETER (LH) SPEAKER (LH) SPEAKER (RH) TWEETER (RH)
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
REAR DOOR REAR DOOR

SPEAKER (LH) SPEAKER (RH)
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-311
Connector: C-103 <LHD> Connector: E-21
AC701094AJ AC612733 AB
Connectors: C-103 <RHD> Connector: E-22
AC701122 DC AC612732 AB
Connectors: E-02, E-12 COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

If the audio sound is not output, the radio and CD
player may have a problem. In addition, if any of the
E-02 (B) speakers is short-circuited, the protection circuit
inside the radio and CD player disables all the
speakers to sound. Therefore, if all the speakers do
not output sound, the speaker circuit may be shorted
or the speaker may be defective. Also, the option
coding information may be inconsistent.
E-12 AC612730 AD
PROBABLE CAUSES
Connectors: E-04, E-10 • Malfunctions of radio and CD player
• Malfunction of speaker or tweeter
E-04 (B) • Option coding information inconsistency
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

E-10 (1) Operate the M.U.T.-III to read the ETACS-ECU
AC612731AD
Coding List ).
(2) Check that the result matches with the number of
speakers ("6 speakers" or "4 speakers") specified
by "Number of speaker."
YES : Go to Step 2.
coding "Number of speaker" to "6 speakers"
or "4 speakers", and check the trouble
symptom.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
STEP 2. Check the following connectors. STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between the
Check the following connectors: speaker or tweeter connector terminal and the
• E-12 front door speaker (LH) connector radio and CD player connector terminal.
• E-10 front door speaker (RH) connector Check the communication lines for short circuit.
• E-22 rear door speaker (LH) connector • <Front door speaker (LH), tweeter (LH)> Check
• E-21 rear door speaker (RH) connector the wiring harness between E-12 front door
• E-02 tweeter (LH) connector <vehicles with 6- speaker (LH) connector terminal No.1, 2 or E-02
speaker> tweeter (LH) connector terminal No.2, 1 and C-
• E-04 tweeter (RH) connector <vehicles with 6- 103 radio and CD player connector terminal
speaker> No.28, 38.
Q: Are all the connectors in good condition? NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
YES : Go to Step 3. intermediate connector C-126, and repair if nec-
NO : Repair the defective connector. essary.
• <Front door speaker (RH), tweeter (RH)> Check
the wiring harness between E-10 front door
STEP 3. Check the speaker or tweeter.
speaker (RH) connector terminal No.1, 2 or E-04
(1) Remove the speaker or tweeter. Refer to .
tweeter (RH) connector terminal No.2, 1 and C-
(2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the
103 radio and CD player connector terminal
noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the
No.26, 36.
speaker or tweeter connector terminal.
Q: Do the speaker or tweeter output the noise? intermediate connector C-112, and repair if nec-
YES : Go to Step 4.
essary.
NO : Replace the speaker or tweeter.
• <Rear door speaker (LH)> Check the wiring har-
ness between E-22 rear door speaker (LH) con-
STEP 4. Connector check: C-103 radio and CD nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-103 radio and CD
player connector player connector terminal No.27, 37.
Q: Is the check result normal? NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
YES : Go to Step 5. intermediate connectors C-28 and D-21, and
NO : Repair the defective connector. repair if necessary.
• <Rear door speaker (RH)> Check the wiring har-
ness between E-21 rear door speaker (RH) con-
nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-103 radio and CD
player connector terminal No.25, 35.
intermediate connectors C-16 and D-01, and
repair if necessary.
YES : Go to Step 6.

Check if the sound is output from all the speakers.
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-313
Inspection Procedure 2: No sound is heard. <Vehicles with audio amplifier>
CAUTION
Audio System Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 36
FUSIBLE
LINK 38
RELAY BOX NOTE

: PETROL
ENGINE : DIESEL
COMPARTMENT
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Wire colour code

RADIO AND CD PLAYER

SPEAKER (LH) SPEAKER (RH) SUB WOOFER
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
TWEETER TWEETER REAR DOOR REAR DOOR

(LH) (RH) SPEAKER SPEAKER
(LH) (RH)
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-315
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Wire colour code

Connector: C-105 <LHD> Connectors: D-26, D-27
D-27
D-26
AC701094BG AC612722 AH
Connector: C-105 <RHD> Connectors: E-02, E-12
E-02 (B)
AC701122 CH E-12 AC612730 AD

RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Connectors: E-04, E-10

If the audio sound is not output, the radio and CD
E-04 (B)
player, audio amplifier, or power supply circuit of
audio amplifier may have a problem. In addition, if
any of the speakers is short-circuited, the protection
circuit inside the radio and CD player disables all the
speakers to sound. Therefore, if all the speakers do
not output sound, the speaker circuit may be shorted
or the speaker may be defective. Also, the option
E-10 coding information may be inconsistent.
AC612731AD
Connector: E-21 PROBABLE CAUSES

• Malfunction of radio and CD player
• Malfunction of audio amplifier
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
AC612733 AB STEP 1. ETACS-ECU coding data check

Connector: E-22
Coding List ).
(2) Check that the "Number of speaker" is set to
"Premium."
YES : Go to Step 2.
coding "Number of speaker" to "Number of
AC612732 AB
speaker," and check the trouble symptom.

STEP 2. Connector check: D-26, D-27 audio
amplifier connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
F-25 (B) NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at D-26 audio

amplifier connector
AC801775 BJ (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
(2) Measure the resistance between D-26 audio
amplifier connector terminal No.24 and the body
earth.
F-25 (B) earth.
AC701264 AR (4) Measure the resistance between D-26 audio
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-317
earth. STEP 7. Connector check: C-103, C-105 radio and
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) CD player connector
NO : Go to Step 4. NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between the D- STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-105
26 audio amplifier connector terminal No.24, 31, radio and CD player connector terminal No.7, 17
32 and the body earth and D-26 audio amplifier connector No.34 or D-27
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. audio amplifier connector No.3.
Q: Is the check result normal? • Check the communication line for open circuit
YES : Go to Step 5. and short circuit.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connector C-17, and repair if necessary.
STEP 5. Voltage measurement at D-26 audio Q: Is the check result normal?
amplifier connector YES : Go to Step 9.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(2) Voltage between D-26 audio amplifier connector STEP 9. Check the following connectors.
terminal No.25 and the body earth Check the following connectors:
OK: System voltage • E-12 front door speaker (LH) connector
(3) Voltage between D-26 audio amplifier connector • E-10 front door speaker (RH) connector
terminal No.35 and the body earth • E-22 rear door speaker (LH) connector
OK: System voltage • E-21 rear door speaker (RH) connector
• E-02 tweeter (LH) connector
(4) Voltage between D-26 audio amplifier connector
• E-04 tweeter (RH) connector
terminal No.36 and the body earth
• F-25 sub woofer connector
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 7. NO : Repair the defective connector.
NO : Go to Step 6.
STEP 10. Check the speaker, tweeter or

STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between D-26 subwoofer.
audio amplifier connector terminal No.25, 35, 36 (1) Remove the speaker, tweeter or subwoofer.
and fusible link No.36 <petrol> or 38 <diesel>. Refer to .
• Check the power supply lines for open circuit and (2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the
short circuit. noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check speaker or tweeter connector terminal. <speaker
intermediate connector C-31, and repair if necessary. or tweeter>
Q: Is the check result normal? (3) Check that the subwoofer outputs the noise when
YES : Go to Step 7. the voltage of 5 V is applied to the subwoofer
NO : Repair the wiring harness. connector terminal. <subwoofer>
Q: Do the speaker, tweeter or subwoofer output the
noise?
NO : Replace the speaker, tweeter or subwoofer.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
STEP 11. Check the wiring harness between the intermediate connector D-17, and repair if neces-
speaker, tweeter or subwoofer connector sary.
terminal and the audio amplifier connector Q: Is the check result normal?
terminal. YES : Go to Step 12.
Check the communication lines for short circuit. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• <Front door speaker (LH)> Check the wiring har-
ness between E-12 front door speaker (LH) con- STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between C-
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-26 audio amplifier 103 radio and CD player connector terminal
connector terminal No.28, 38. No.26, 28, 36, 38 and D-27 audio amplifier
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check connector No.10, 4, 11, 12.
intermediate connectors C-17 and C-126, and • Check the communication lines for short circuit.
repair if necessary. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
• <Front door speaker (RH)> Check the wiring har- intermediate connector C-17, and repair if necessary.
ness between E-10 front door speaker (RH) con-
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-26 audio amplifier Q: Is the check result normal?
connector terminal No.27, 37.
intermediate connectors C-17 and C-112, and
repair if necessary. STEP 13. Retest the system
• <Rear door speaker (LH)> Check the wiring har- Check if the sound is output from all the speakers.
ness between E-22 rear door speaker (LH) con- Q: Is the check result normal?
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-27 audio amplifier YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
connector terminal No.1, 7. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
intermediate connector D-21, and repair if neces- Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
sary. Malfunction ).
• <Rear door speaker (RH)> Check the wiring har- NO : Go to Step 14.
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-27 audio amplifier STEP 14. Replace the audio amplifier temporarily,
connector terminal No.2, 8. and check the trouble symptom.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check Replace the audio amplifier temporarily, and check
intermediate connector D-01, and repair if neces- that the sound is output from all the speakers.
sary. Q: Is the check result normal?
• <Tweeter (LH)> Check the wiring harness YES : Replace the audio amplifier.
between E-02 tweeter (LH) connector terminal NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
No.1, 2 and D-27 audio amplifier connector termi-
nal No.14, 6.
• <Tweeter (RH)> Check the wiring harness
between E-04 tweeter (RH) connector terminal
nal No.5, 13.
• Check the wiring harness between
E-25 subwoofer connector terminal No.1, 2, 3, 4
and D-26 audio amplifier connector terminal
No.30, 22, 29, 21.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-319
Inspection Procedure 3: No sound is heard from one of the speakers. <Vehicles without audio
amplifier>
CAUTION
<VEHICLES WITH 6 SPEAKER> <VEHICLES WITH 6 SPEAKER>

TWEETER (LH) SPEAKER (LH) SPEAKER (RH) TWEETER (RH)
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
REAR DOOR REAR DOOR

SPEAKER (LH) SPEAKER (RH)
Wire colour code

RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Connector: C-103 <LHD> Connector: E-22
AC701094AJ AC612732 AB
Connectors: C-103 <RHD> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

If the sound is not output from one of the speakers,
the speaker, radio and CD player, communication
line from the radio and CD player to the speakers
may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of speaker
AC701122 DC
Connectors: E-02, E-12 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
E-02 (B) STEP 1. ETACS-ECU coding data check

Coding List ).
(2) Check that the result matches with the number of
speakers ("6 speakers" or "4 speakers") specified
E-12
AC612730 AD
Connectors: E-04, E-10 YES : Go to Step 2.
E-04 (B) coding "Number of speaker" to "6 speakers"
symptom.
STEP 2. Checking with audio speaker check

Perform the audio speaker check, and check which
E-10 speaker does not output the sound. Refer to .
AC612731AD
NOTE: In the following procedure, check the speaker
Connector: E-21 or tweeter that is abnormal.
AC612733 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-321
YES (normal for all) : The trouble can be an
STEP 6. Check the wire harness between the
intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
speaker or tweeter connector terminal and the
00 − How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
radio and CD player connector terminal.
Service Points − How to Cope with
Check the communication lines for open circuit or
Intermittent Malfunction ).
short circuit.
NO (abnormal for all) : Check the radio and CD
• <Front door speaker (LH)> Check the wire har-
player power supply and earth circuit, and
ness between E-12 front door speaker (LH) con-
repair if necessary. If the radio and CD
player power supply and earth circuit is
normal, replace the radio and CD player.
NO (Either a speaker is abnormal) : Go to Step 3. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connector C-126, and repair if nec-
essary.
STEP 3. Connector check: E-12 <front-LH>, E-10 • <Front door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har-
<front-RH>, E-22 <rear-LH> or E-21 <rear-RH> ness between E-10 front door speaker (RH) con-
door speaker connector, E-02 <LH>, E-04 <RH> nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-103 radio and CD
tweeter connector player connector terminal No.26, 36.
Q: Is the check result normal? NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
YES : Go to Step 4. intermediate connector C-112, and repair if nec-
NO : Repair the defective connector. essary.
• <Rear door speaker (LH)> Check the wire har-
STEP 4. Check the speaker or tweeter. ness between E-22 rear door speaker (LH) con-
(1) Remove the speaker or tweeter. Refer to . nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-103 radio and CD
(2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the player connector terminal No.27, 37.
noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
speaker or tweeter connector terminal. intermediate connectors C-28 and D-21, and
Q: Is the check result normal? repair if necessary.
YES : Go to Step 5. • <Rear door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har-
NO : Replace the speaker or tweeter. ness between E-21 rear door speaker (RH) con-
player connector. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connectors C-16 and D-01, and
Q: Is the check result normal? repair if necessary.
YES : Go to Step 6. • <Tweeter (LH)> Check the wire harness between
E-02 tweeter (LH) connector terminal No.1, 2 and
C-103 radio and CD player connector terminal
No.38, 28.
essary.
• <Tweeter (RH)> Check the wire harness between
E-04 tweeter (RH) connector terminal No.1, 2
and C-103 radio and CD player connector termi-
nal No.36, 26.
essary.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Inspection Procedure 3: No sound is heard from one of the speakers. <Vehicles with audio amplifier>
CAUTION

SPEAKER (LH) SPEAKER (RH) SUB WOOFER
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
TWEETER TWEETER REAR DOOR REAR DOOR

(LH) (RH) SPEAKER SPEAKER
(LH) (RH)
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-323
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Wire colour code

Connector: C-103 <LHD> Connectors: D-26, D-27
D-27
D-26
AC701094AJ AC612722 AH
Connectors: C-103 <RHD> Connectors: E-02, E-12
E-02 (B)
AC701122 DC E-12 AC612730 AD

RADIO AND CD PLAYER

If the sound is not heard from one of the speakers,
E-04 (B)
the speaker, radio and CD player, audio amplifier,
communication line from the radio and CD player to
the audio amplifier, or communication line from the
audio amplifier to the speaker may have a problem.
Also, the option coding information may be inconsist-
ent.
E-10 PROBABLE CAUSES

AC612731AD
• Malfunction of speaker
Connector: E-21 • Malfunctions of radio and CD player
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

AC612733 AB option coding information (Refer to GROUP 00 −
Coding List ).
Connector: E-22
"Premium."
YES : Go to Step 2.
coding "Number of speaker" to "Number of
speaker," and check the trouble symptom.
AC612732 AB STEP 2. Checking with audio speaker check

speaker does not output the sound. Refer to .
or tweeter that is abnormal.
F-25 (B) YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
AC801775 BJ Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Connector check: E-12 <front-LH>, E-10

<front-RH>, E-22 <rear-LH> or E-21 <rear-RH>
door speaker connector, E-02 <LH>, E-04 <RH>
tweeter connector, F-25 subwoofer connector
F-25 (B) YES : Go to Step 4.
AC701264 AR
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-325
YES : Go to Step 5.
subwoofer. NO : Replace the speaker, tweeter or subwoofer.
(1) Remove the speaker, tweeter or subwoofer.
Refer to .
(2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the STEP 5. Connector check: D-26 <front door
noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the speaker or sub woofer>, D-27 <tweeter or rear
speaker or tweeter connector terminal. <speaker door speaker> audio amplifier connector
or tweeter> Q: Is the check result normal?
(3) Check that the subwoofer outputs the noise when YES : Go to Step 6.
the voltage of 5 V is applied to the subwoofer NO : Repair the defective connector.
connector terminal. <subwoofer>
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
STEP 6. Check the wire harness between the essary.

speaker or tweeter connector terminal and the Q: Is the check result normal?
audio amplifier connector terminal. YES : Go to Step 7.
Check the communication lines for open circuit or NO : Repair the wiring harness.
short circuit.
• <Front door speaker (LH)> Check the wire har- STEP 7. Connector check: C-103 radio and CD
ness between E-12 front door speaker (LH) con- player connector
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-26 audio amplifier
connector terminal No.28, 38. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check NO : Repair the defective connector.
• <Front door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har- STEP 8. Check the harness wire between C-103
ness between E-10 front door speaker (RH) con- radio and CD player connector terminal No.26,
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-26 audio amplifier 28, 36, 38 and D-27 audio amplifier connector
connector terminal No.27, 37. No.10, 4, 11, 12.
• Check the communication lines for open circuit.
intermediate connectors C-17 and C-112, and NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
repair if necessary. intermediate connector C-17, and repair if necessary.
• <Rear door speaker (LH)> Check the wire har- Q: Is the check result normal?
ness between E-22 rear door speaker (LH) con- YES : Go to Step 9.
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-27 audio amplifier NO : Repair the wiring harness.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check STEP 9. Replace the audio amplifier temporarily,
intermediate connector D-21, and repair if neces- and check the trouble symptom.
sary. Replace the audio amplifier temporarily, and check
• <Rear door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har- that the sound is output from the speaker.
YES : Replace the audio amplifier.
intermediate connectors D-01, and repair if nec-
essary.
• <Tweeter (LH)> Check the wire harness between
D-27 audio amplifier connector terminal No.14, 6.
No.13, 5.
• <Subwoofer> Check the wire harness between F-
25 subwoofer connector terminal No.1, 2, 3, 4
No.30, 22, 29, 21.
intermediate connectors D-17, and repair if nec-
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-327
Inspection Procedure 4: The radio and CD player does not operate normally by operating the audio
control unit of the centre panel unit. <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System>
CAUTION
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Centre Panel Unit Power Source Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 36
FUSIBLE
LINK 38
RELAY BOX NOTE

:PETROL
ENGINE :DIESEL
COMPARTMENT
CENTRE PANEL
UNIT
LCD PANEL (AUDIO, CLOCK)
AUDIO SWITCH PANEL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-329
Connectors: C-10, C-105 <LHD> DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-105
STEP 1. Connector check: C-10 centre panel unit
connector
C-10
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC701094AN STEP 2. Resistance measurement at C-10 centre

panel unit connector
Connectors: C-10, C-105 <RHD> (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
C-105 wiring harness-side connector.
(2) Check the continuity between C-10 centre panel
unit connector terminal No.9 and body earth.
C-10 OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
AC701122 AZ

ETACS-ECU
centre panel unit connector terminal No.9 and
body earth.
• Check the earth wire for open circuit.
C-307
C-311 Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
ACA00886AS Malfunction ).
ETACS-ECU
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at C-10 centre
panel unit connector.
C-311
C-307 (2) Measure the voltage between C-10 centre panel
OK: System voltage
ACA00887AS Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
When the audio does not operate normally by oper-
ating the audio control unit of the centre panel unit,
the radio and CD player, centre panel unit, or the STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between C-10
power supply circuit system of centre panel unit may centre panel unit connector terminal No.7 and
be faulty. fusible link (36) <Petrol> or (38) <Diesel>
PROBABLE CAUSES short circuit.
• Malfunction of radio and CD player NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
• Malfunction of centre panel unit intermediate connector C-31, C-128, ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors connector C-307 and C-311, and repair if necessary.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER

STEP 8. Replace the centre panel unit
STEP 6. Connector check: C-105 radio and CD temporarily, and check the trouble symptom.
player connector Replace the centre panel unit temporarily, and check
Q: Is the check result normal? that the audio works normally.
NO : Repair the defective connector. YES : Replace the centre panel unit.
radio and CD player connector terminal No.8, 18
and C-10 centre panel unit connector terminal
No.1, 2.
and short circuit.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-331
Inspection Procedure 4: The radio and CD player does not operate normally by operating the audio
control unit of the centre panel unit. <Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System>
CAUTION
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Centre Panel Unit Power Source Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 36
FUSIBLE
LINK 38
RELAY BOX NOTE

:PETROL
ENGINE :DIESEL
COMPARTMENT
DC/DC CONVERTER
CENTRE PANEL
UNIT
AUDIO SWITCH PANEL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-333
Connectors: C-10, C-65, C-105 <LHD>
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-105

C-65 (GR)
C-10 connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
ACA00892AF
Connector: C-10, C-65, C-105 <RHD> STEP 2. Resistance measurement at C-10 centre
C-105 panel unit connector
C-10
C-65 (GR)
(2) Check the continuity between C-10 centre panel
ACA00895AG
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
ETACS-ECU
centre panel unit connector terminal No.9 and
C-307 body earth.
C-311 malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
ACA00886AS
Connectors: C-307, C-311 <RHD> Malfunction ).
ETACS-ECU NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at C-10 centre

panel unit connector.
C-311 (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
C-307
(2) Measure the voltage between C-10 centre panel
ACA00887AS
OK: System voltage
When the radio and CD player does not operate nor-
mally by operating the audio control unit of the centre NO : Go to Step 5.
panel unit, the radio and CD player, centre panel unit,
or the power supply circuit system of centre panel
unit may be faulty. STEP 5. Connector check: C-65 DC/DC converter
connector
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of radio and CD player YES : Go to Step 6.
• Malfunction of centre panel unit NO : Repair the defective connector.
• Malfunction of DC/DC converter
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
STEP 6. Voltage measurement at C-65 DC/DC STEP 10. Check the wiring harness between C-10
converter connector. centre panel unit connector terminal No.7 and
(1) Disconnect C-65 DC/DC converter connector, fusible link (36) <Petrol> or (38) <Diesel>
and measure at the wiring harness side. • Check the power supply line (battery power sup-
(2) Measure the voltage between terminal No.9 and ply) for open circuit and short circuit.
body earth. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
OK: System voltage intermediate C-31, C-128 connector and ETACS-
ECU connector C-307 and C-311, and repair if nec-
YES : Go to Step 7. essary.
STEP 7. Check the DC/DC converter. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Check the continuity of the DC/DC converter (Refer use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
to ). Points, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
YES : Go to Step 8.
player connector
DC/DC converter connector terminal No.7 and C- Q: Is the check result normal?
10 centre panel unit connector terminal No. 7. YES : Go to Step 12.
short circuit.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between C-
intermediate C-128 connector, and repair if neces- 105 radio and CD player connector terminal No.8,
sary. 18 and C-10 centre panel unit connector terminal
No.1, 2.
Q: Is the check result normal? • Check the communication lines for open circuit
and short circuit.
STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-65 NO : Repair the wiring harness.
DC/DC converter terminal No.9 and fusible link
(36) <Petrol> or (38) <Diesel>.
• Check the power supply line for open circuit and STEP 13. Replace the centre panel unit
short circuit. temporarily, and check the trouble symptom.
Replace the centre panel unit temporarily, and check
Q: Is the check result normal? that the audio works normally.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to Q: Is the check result normal?
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service YES : Replace the centre panel unit.
Points, How to Cope with Intermittent NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-335
Inspection Procedure 5: Audio illuminations does not work normally.
CAUTION
Centre Panel Unit Communication Circuit
COMBINATION METER
A/C
CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
CPU
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
CENTRE PANEL
UNIT
AUDIO SWITCH PANEL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Wire colour code

RADIO AND CD PLAYER
STEP 1. Operation check of the centre panel unit

Operate the audio control switch of the centre panel
unit, and check if the audio operates normally.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 4 "The audio
does not operate normally by operating the
AC701093 AU
audio control unit of the centre panel unit." .
Connectors: C-01, C-10, C-105, C-119 <RHD>
C-01
STEP 2. Check the combination meter.
Check whether the combination meter works nor-
C-105
mally.
C-10
NO : Diagnose the combination meter (Refer to ).
AC701122 CI STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code

Connectors: C-10, C-105, C-119 <LHD> meter.
C-105 YES : Diagnose the combination meter (Refer to ).
NO : Go to Step 4.
C-10
meter connector, C-10 centre panel unit
C-119 connector
AC701094BA
• When the position lamp is illuminated, the audio NO : Repair the connector concerned.
illumination is switched to the nighttime illumina-
tion. STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between C-01
• When the brightness is adjusted using the combi- combination meter connector terminal No.23 and
nation meter rheostat switch, the audio illumina- C-10 centre panel unit connector terminal No.16.
tion brightness is also adjusted. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM A/C control panel connector C-119, and repair if nec-
The centre panel unit, radio and CD player, combina- essary.
tion meter, or communication line from the centre • Check the communication lines for open circuit
panel unit to the radio and CD player or to the combi- and short circuit.
nation meter may have a problem. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
PROBABLE CAUSES NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• Malfunctions of centre panel unit
STEP 6. Connector check: C-119 A/C control
panel connector
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the connector concerned.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-337
STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-01 STEP 10. Check the wiring harness between C-
combination meter connector terminal No. 22 105 radio and CD player connector terminal No.9
and C-119 A/C control panel connector terminal and C-10 centre panel unit connector terminal
No.8. No.4.
• Check the communication lines for open circuit • Check the communication line for open circuit
and short circuit. and short circuit.
STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-10 STEP 11. Replace the A/C control panel
centre panel unit connector terminal No.10 and connector temporarily, and check the trouble
C-119 A/C control panel connector terminal symptom.
No.10. Replace the A/C control panel connector temporarily,
• Check the communication lines for open circuit and check that the audio illumination works normally.
and short circuit. Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Replace the A/C control panel connector.
YES : Go to Step 9. NO : Go to Step 12.
STEP 12. Replace the centre panel unit
STEP 9. Connector check: C-105 radio and CD temporarily, and check the trouble symptom.
player connector Replace the centre panel unit temporarily, and check
that the audio illumination works normally.
NO : Repair the connector concerned. YES : Replace the centre panel unit.
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Inspection Procedure 6: The sound of audio adapter’s input are not played.
CAUTION
Before replacing the radio and CD layer, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
Audio Adapter Communication Circuit
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
AUDIO ADAPTER
Wire colour code


If the audio adapter’s input sound is not output, the
radio and CD player, the audio communication lines
C-105 from the radio and CD player or audio adapter may
have a problem.
NOTE: If there is an error with the input from USB
adapter, troubleshoot the USB box or hands free-
ECU. (Refer to <Vehicles with USB box> or <Vehi-
cles with hands free-ECU>.)
C-120 AC701094BB
PROBABLE CAUSES
Connectors: C-105, C-120 <RHD> • The audio adapter may be defective.
• The radio and CD player may be defective.
C-105 DIAGNOSIS
C-120 STEP 1. Check the radio and CD player

operation.
Check if the radio and CD player work normally and
AC701122 BW
the sound is output.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-339
NO : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player NO : Repair the defective connector.
(Refer to ).
Step 2. Check the external sounds input mode. audio adapter connector terminal No. 5, 4, 6 and
Check if the radio and CD player is switched to the C-105 radio and CD player connector terminal
external sounds input mode. No. 14, 13, 4.
• Check the communication lines for open circuit or
YES : Go to Step 3. short circuit.
NO : Switch to the external sounds input mode. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the audio adapter, then go to Step
STEP 3. Check the audio adapter. 6.
Check if the audio adapter works normally.(Refer to )
YES : Go to Step 4. STEP 6. Check of the troubles
NO : Replace the Audio adapter. Check that the external input is normal.
STEP 4. Connector check: C-120 audio adapter YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
connector and C-105 radio and CD player malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
connector use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
Inspection Procedure 7: Troubleshooting for noise.

Inspection Procedure 8: The sound volume decreases temporarily. The sound disappears at auto
start by Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System.<Vehicles with audio amplifier>
CAUTION
• Check that no noise of external origin is present. Because the signal reception becomes poor
indoors, check in the open air. If this check is neglected, the source of noise cannot be deter-
mined, resulting in a false recognition. Therefore, be sure to perform this check.
• When implementing the noise prevention, start the prevention from the object causing the strong-
est noise.
• Check the assembling condition and the connector connection of the radio and CD player.
• Check that the antenna and the radio and CD player are connected.
• Check the antenna and the antenna cable for damage.
Noise types Situation Cause Countermeasure

( ) indicates the
sound type.
Ignition noise: • When the engine speed • Radiation noise caused Check the earth cable, and
(Crack, tapping, is increased, the mainly by the spark plug replace if necessary.
rattle, plash) scratch noise becomes • Noise wraparound
faster and the sound
volume decreases.
• When the ignition
switch is turned to
ACC, the noise
disappears.
Wiper motor noise: Synchronised with the Noise generated by the Check the wiper motor
(hum, distorted wiper movement, and also wiper motor operation (Refer to GROUP 51 −
hum) becomes faster when Windshield Wiper,
wiper movement is sped Inspection .), and replace if
up. When the wiper is necessary.
stopped, the noise also
stops.
Electric mirror The noise is generated Noise generated by the Check the electric mirror
noise: when the electric mirror is electric mirror motor motor (Refer to GROUP 51
(hum, distorted operated. operation − Door Mirror, Inspection .),
hum) and replace if necessary.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-341
Noise types Situation Cause Countermeasure
( ) indicates the
sound type.
Static electricity • No noise is generated The parts or wiring move for Return the parts and wiring
(cracking, popping) when the vehicle some reason, and cause the to the normal positions.
comes to a complete noise by contacting against
stop. the body metal parts.
• Louder noise is
generated when the
clutch is disengaged.
Various types of noise are Caused by the looseness Securely tighten the
generated in various parts between the body and the mounting bolts of each part.
of the body. hood, trunk lid, bumper,
exhaust pipe and muffler,
suspension, or others.
Noise from other − The noise may be generated Repair or replace the
electrical when the electrical electrical equipment.
equipment equipment become old.
No noise is • The sound volume The battery voltage is low. Diagnose the battery of the
generated, but the decreases at auto start. AS&G system, and replace
sound volume The sound disappears. the battery if necessary.
decreases • There is no abnormality (Refer to GROUP 17 − Auto
temporarily at auto at other than the auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System −
start by Auto Stop & start. Troubleshooting <Petrol> or
Go (AS&G) NOTE: If the radio and CD <Diesel>.)
System. The sound player is not reset at the
disappears.<Vehicl auto start, the radio and
es with audio CD player and the audio
amplifier> amplifier are not defective.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ADJUSTMENT OF VOLUME AND SOUND
QUALITY AUTOMATIC CORRECTION
FUNCTION
M1544014200248
Sound adjustment switch

AC711790AB
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
When the following operations are performed with 3. SCV ON (when the automatic correction function
the audio power ON, the sound volume during driv- is ON) or SCV OFF (when the automatic correc-
ing and the ON/OFF of sound quality automatic cor- tion function is OFF) is displayed.
rection function are switched. 4. Turn the sound adjustment switch knob to switch
1. Press and hold (approximately 2 seconds) the between SCV ON and OFF.
sound adjustment switch. 5. Press the sound adjustment switch or leave as it
2. Press the sound adjustment switch once (approx- is for 10 seconds or more.
imately 1.5 seconds or less) to switch to the SCV 6. Go back to the audio normal screen.
setting screen.
SERVICE DATA
M1544014100252
Item No. Check item (M.U.T.-III Check condition Normal condition

display)
1 RADIO remoto SW (SEEK-) When the steering wheel audio remote ON
control switch’s "CH down" switch is
pushed
2 RADIO remoto SW (SEEK+) When the steering wheel audio remote ON
control switch’s "CH up" switch is
pushed
3 RADIO remoto SW (MODE) When the steering wheel audio remote ON
control switch’s "Mode" switch is pushed
4 RADIO remoto SW (VOL-) When the steering wheel audio remote ON
control switch’s "VOL down" switch is
pushed
5 RADIO remoto SW (VOL+) When the steering wheel audio remote ON
control switch’s "VOL up" switch is
pushed
10 VR switch When the steering wheel voice control ON
switch’s "Speech switch" switch is
pushed
11 On hook switch When the steering wheel voice control ON
switch’s "Hang-up switch" switch is
pushed
13 Off hook switch When the steering wheel voice control ON
switch’s "Pick-up switch" is pushed
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
54A-343
M1544010900621
RADIO AND CD PLAYER

NOTE: When the radio and CD player are replaced,
always turn the ignition switch to the ON position
once and then carry out the operation check.
• Removal of instrument centre panel (Refer to GROUP • Installation of instrument centre panel (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Centre Panel assembly ). 52A − Instrument Centre Panel assembly ).
Instrument centre panel
1.0 ± 0.5 N·m 1.0 ± 0.5 N·m

4
5
4
3
2
1
AC801901AB

1. Radio and CD player/Audio equip 3. Connector connection to radio and
bracket CD player
2. Connector connection to radio and 4. Audio equip bracket
CD player (Antenna feeder) 5. Radio and CD player
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
AUDIO ADAPTER
• Removal of instrument console box (Refer to GROUP • Installation of instrument console box (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Centre Panel assembly ). 52A − Instrument Centre Panel assembly ).
<Vehicles with instrument panel console box> <Vehicles without instrument panel console box>
Section A – A
A Claw
1 1
A
1
A
A Claw
Note
: Claw positions
AC608893AT
Removal Step
1. Audio adapter
INSPECTION
AUDIO ADAPTER INSPECTION
M1544019000012
Pin Jack
1. Remove the audio adapter.(Refer to )
2. Check that the continuity exists between the pin
jack of audio adapter and terminals.
AUDIO AUDIO
L (MONO) R
White Red
Pin Jack
2 4
1 3
AC707486AB
The connection position Terminal Measurem

of pin jack side circuit number ent value
tester
1 5 Continuity
2 4 exists (2 Ω
or less)
3 5
4 6
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
MITSUBISHI MULTI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (MMCS)
54A-345
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1540200300374

a assembly
MB991824
f. MB991826
(Vehicles with CAN CAN bus diagnostics or service
MB991827
communication data check.
c system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
MB991910 CAN
d communication
system)
adapter
harness
e
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
circuit
circuit
c
sourced tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-347
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE

M1544004800595 The freeze frame data can be checked by using
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting . M.U.T.-III.
When detecting fault and storing the diagnosis code,
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION <VEHICLES FOR
RUSSIA> before the determination of the diagnosis code and
M1546001600554
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE then stores the ECU status of that time. By analysing
GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function . each data from M.U.T.-III, the troubleshooting can be
as the table below.
Display item list
generated
displayed.
code
PRECAUTIONS ON SERVICING MMCS DIAGNOSIS TIPS CONCERNING THE

M1546003000127
ENTIRE SYSTEM
PRIOR TO DISCONNECTING THE VEHI-
1. If at least two system functions are defective at
CLE BATTERY the same time, it is possible that communication
The MMCS stores a lot of information which your between the system components is abnormal.
customer registers in its memory. All of this informa- Check the system using the communication and
tion will be cleared when the battery terminals are wire connection check in the service mode.
disconnected. Therefore, the preset channels must 2. If an error is displayed, check that relevant wiring
be stored before the vehicle battery is disconnected. harness connectors are engaged correctly. If a
Vehicle's current position and destinations must be failure is found, repair the connectors and check
stored if the vehicle battery remains disconnected for the trouble symptom again.
long periods.
3. If the wiring harness connectors are engaged
correctly, check the wiring harness. If the wiring
harness is in good condition, replace relevant
component(s). Now the error code and the serv-
ice mode data must be stored.
NOTE: If a system communication related failure is
suspected, diagnose the system.
DIAGNOSIS TIPS CONCERNING THE 2. If the system is not OK, diagnose the system
NAVIGATION FUNCTION according to the trouble symptom chart.
1. The precision of the GPS positioning is limited ERROR MESSAGE
due to its operation principles. So, some of cus- M1546023500287
tomer reports do not mean that the system is When the multivision display detects its own uninten-
defective. tional operation or malfunction in the loaded disc, it
Prior to troubleshooting, interrogate your customer displays the following error messages.
about how the navigation system is used and
where he/she drives. If you determine that the
system is OK, explain to your customer about
how the system works and how the customer
should operate it.
ERROR MESSAGE SAMPLE
<English> <Russian>
The unit too hot. Please wait...
AC804184AB
Error contents Cause Action

Malfunction of The inside temperature of the Wait until the temperature drops to the operable
multivision display multivision display is 75°C or temperature. After the temperature drops, the
by high temperature more. error message display is terminated, and then
returns to the screen before the error message
display.
<English> <Russian>
The unit too cold Please wait...
AC804184 AC

Malfunction of The inside temperature of the Wait until the temperature rises to the operable
multivision display multivision display is −20°C or temperature by working the air conditioner. After
by low temperature less. the temperature rises, the error message display
is terminated, and the screen returns to the status
before displaying the error message.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-349
<English> <Russian>
It is difficult to read the hard disk. Wait

for a while unit the hard disk is restored.
After HDD was checked automatically. After HDD was checked automatically.
(1)
It is difficult to read the hard disk. Wait

for a while unit the hard disk is restored.
Soon,Restart...
AC804210AC

Malfunction of HDD Severe vibration is applied to the When the multivision display confirms the HDD
by vibration multivision display, and the data reading availability, it restarts automatically.
reading of the HDD data is Check if the multivision display is securely
prohibited. installed to the vehicle body.
HDD Partition Error System malfunction occurs to the The multivision display checks HDD
HDD inside the multivision display. automatically. (1) is displayed after the
completion of the check. Select (1) to restart the
multivision display. If it does not restart, turn the
ignition switch to the OFF position to turn off the
power supply, and then turn the ignition switch to
the ON position to restart. After the restart, check
that the OK is displayed for the HDD Drive in the
"Network/Connect Line Check" of the MMCS
service mode. If not, replace the multivision
display.
<English> <Russian>
Please check the disk.
AC804184 AK

Disc type error The specification of the disc used The disc used may have a problem. Check the
has a problem. disc for scratches or dirt. Also, perform the
Inspection procedure 8 "CD/DVD cannot be
Played" of the troubleshooting.
<English> <Russian>
Play is impossible due to focus error.
Please eject the disk.
AC804184AG

Focus error The disc used has scratches and The disc used may have a problem. Check the
dirt, and the data cannot be read. disc for scratches or dirt. Also, perform the
Inspection procedure 8 "CD/DVD cannot be
Played" of the troubleshooting.
<English> <Russian>
Play is impossible.
Please eject the disk.
AC804184AE

Disc error The data of the disc used has a The disc used may have a problem. Check the
Seek error malfunction, and the data cannot disc for scratches or dirt. Also, perform the
be read. Inspection procedure 8 "CD/DVD cannot be
Servo startup error Played" of the troubleshooting.
TOC read error
DVD-Video Disc
info error (Disc
information cannot
be read.)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-351
<English> <Russian>
Play is impossible due to a

Mechanism error.
AC804184AJ

Power-on error The DVD drive inside the Perform the Inspection procedure 8 "CD/DVD
Pickup operation multivision display has a cannot be Played" of the troubleshooting.
error malfunction.
Mecha stack error
Loading/eject error
<English> <Russian>
The region code is incorrect.

(The region code is incorrect.
Please eject the disk. Please eject the disk.)
AC804184 AI

DVD-Video region The region code of the DVD does Replace with the DVD that matches the
code error not match the specification of the specification of the multivision display.
multivision display.
<English> <Russian>
The monitor panel is too hot.

Screen display has stopped to
protect the liquid crystal panel.
Wait unit the monitor panel has cooled down.
AC804184 AH

Monitor high The inside temperature of the The monitor turns OFF 5 seconds after the error
temperature error monitor is 95°C or more for 60 message appears. Wait until the temperature of
seconds or more. the monitor drops. The temperature drops, and
then the multivision display returns automatically.
NOTE: "Environment" is not displayed on the "INFO"
<Except vehicles for Russia>
screen. Ambient temperature is not displayed on the
environment screen. If atmospheric pressure or alti- Service 1/2
tude is not displayed on the environment display, the Vehicle Signal Check Car Type Setting
CAN box unit may have a problem in the CAN com- Monitor Check Versions Indication
Camera Setting
munication with A/C-ECU or engine-ECU. Check if a Sensor Check
Network/Connect Line Check Hands Free Module/USB BOX
diagnosis code is set in the CAN box unit. <Vehicles Speaker Check Handle Setting
for RUSSIA>
Previous Next Back
SERVICE MODE ACB01837AB

M1546016601003
HOW TO INITIATE THE SERVICE MODE
<Except vehicles for Russia>
Service 2/2
Memory Initialization
NAVI button TMC Sensitivity
Versions Log Information
Touch Switch Confirmation

SET button
Previous Next Back
ACB00873 AB
AC904594AB
<Vehicles for Russia>
1. With the navigation system active, press and hold
Service
both the "NAVI" and "SET" buttons for 3.5 1/2
seconds. Vehicle Signal Check Versions lndication
Monitor Check Sensor Check

Camera Setting Hands Free Module/USB BOX
Network/Connect Line Check CAN Communication Confirmation

Speaker Check Memory Initialization
Previous Next Back
ACA00159 AD

Service 2/2
TMC Sensitivity

Previous Next Back
AC903642 AC
2. The service mode will be initiated. Then "Service"

screen will be displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-353
HOW TO TERMINATE THE SERVICE MODE
If the operations below are done, the service mode
will be terminated. Vehicle Signal Check
• If "Back" button is selected on "Service" screen, Speed : OFF
the service mode will terminate and then return to ILL : ON
the previous screen. Shift Position R : OFF
• If "NAVI" button is pressed with the service mode

active, the service mode will terminate and
change to the navigation screen. Back
AC612651AB
SERVICE MODE ITEM
The following items can be checked or set in the 2. The check results will be displayed for the items
service mode. below.
• Vehicle Signal Check • "Speed": "ON" when the vehicle speed is 6 km/h
• Monitor Check or more, and "OFF" when the vehicle speed is 4
• Camera Setting km/h or less.
• Network/Connect Line Check • "ILL": "ON" when the lighting switch is on (head-
• Speaker Check lamp position), and "OFF" when they are off
• Car Type Setting <Except vehicles for Russia> (except headlamp position).
• Versions Indication • "Shift Position R": "ON" when the selector lever is
• Sensor Check at R position, and "OFF" when it is at the other
• Hands Free Module <Vehicles with hands free- position.
ECU>
• USB BOX <Vehicles with USB box> MONITOR CHECK
• Handle Setting <Except vehicles for Russia>
• CAN communication Confirmation <Vehicles for
Russia> Service 1/2
• Memory Initialisation Vehicle Signal Check Versions Indication
• TMC Sensitivity Monitor Check Sensor Check
• Version Log Information Camera Setting Hands Free Module
• Touch Switch Confirmation Network/Connect Line Check CAN Communication Confirmation

VEHICLE SIGNAL CHECK
Previous Next Back
AC903640AB
Service 1/2
Vehicle Signal Check Versions Indication 1. Select "Monitor Check" on "Service" screen.
Camera Setting Hands Free Module
Previous Next Back
AC903640AB
1. Select "Vehicle Signal Check" on "Service"

screen.
AC611390AD
2. Eight colour bars will be displayed.

AC606321 AC611393AB
3. When "Enter" is pressed on the navigation unit 6. When "Enter" is pressed on the navigation unit
joystick while the eight colour bars are shown, joystick while the screen is white, it will turn black.
grey scale will be displayed with a 16-step
gradation.
AC606322
AC611391AB 7. When "Enter" is pressed on the navigation unit

joystick while the screen is black, the screen will
4. When "Enter" is pressed while the grey scale is turn red.
shown with a 16-step gradation, a crosshatch
pattern will be displayed (Each cell should be
square).
AC606323
8. When "Enter" is pressed on the navigation unit

AC611392AB joystick while the screen is red, it will turn green.

joystick while the crosshatch pattern is shown, the
screen will turn white.
AC606324

joystick while the screen is green, it will turn blue.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-355
10.When "Enter" is pressed on the navigation unit NETWORK/CONNECT LINE CHECK
joystick while the screen is green, it will return to
the "Service" screen.
Service 1/2
Vehicle Signal Check Versions Indication

CAMERA SETTING
Service 1/2
Previous Next Back
AC903640AB
1. Select "Network/Connect Line Check" on
Previous Next Back
"Service" screen.
AC903640AB
1. Select "Camera Setting" on "Service" screen. Network/Connect Line Check
Now checking the connection of the line.

Please wait.
AC606325
2. A network and connect line check will be initiated.

The "Network/Connect Line Check" screen will
AC612226AB
display how the check is in progress.
3.0 m
0.5m
Network/Connect Line Result
0.2m
DVD Drive NG Premium Audio N/A
HDD Drive OK Rear Seat Display N/A
SDRAM OK CAN BOX OK
Rear Camera N/A Video Input N/A
Base line
GPS Receiver OK TMC Antenna OK
NG Code Back
0.2m
AC904941AD AC606326
2. Draw base lines 0.5 m behind the vehicle and 3. When the network and connect line check is
width +0.4 m (+0.2 m each for right and left) and finished, the screen will change to "Network/
align the guide line over the base lines. Connect Line Result" to show the check results.
NOTE:
CAR TYPE SETTING <EXCEPT VEHICLES FOR
NG Code Indication RUSSIA>
DVD Driver 0103
Service 1/2
Vehicle Signal Check Car Type Setting
Monitor Check Versions Indication

Camera Setting Sensor Check
Back
Network/Connect Line Check Hands Free Module/USB BOX
Speaker Check Handle Setting

AC606327
Previous Next Back
If there is "NG" or "N/A" as the check results,
select "NG Code" on the "Network/Connect Line ACB01837
Result" screen. Then "NG code Indication" screen
will show the NG code. 1. Select "Car Type Setting" on "Service" screen.
4. If "Back" is selected on "Network/Connect Line
Result", the screen will return to "Service" screen.
SPEAKER CHECK
Service 1/2

ACB01850
2. Check that it is set to "3H41" <LANCER> or
Previous Next Back
"3H44S" <LANCER SPORTBACK>. If not, select
"3H41" <LANCER> or "3H44S" <LANCER
AC903640AB
SPORTBACK>, and then choose "Set".
1. Select "Speaker Check" on "Service" screen.
VERSIONS INDICATION
Displays versions indication (Loader, Application,
Speaker Check Audio Microcomputer, Navi Sub Microcomputer, Map
Data, Monitor, and CAN BOX <vehicles for Russia>).
FL FR
RL RW RR Service 1/2
Back Monitor Check Sensor Check

AC611716AC Network/Connect Line Check CAN Communication Confirmation

2. Select a speaker to be checked, and play test Previous Next Back
tone through the speaker.
NOTE: . AC903640AB
• [FTWL] front tweeter (LH), [FTWR] front

tweeter (RH) and [RW] subwoofer are not dis- 1. Select "Versions Indication" on "Service" screen.
played for vehicles with 6 speakers.
• By operating the volume key, the volume can
be changed.
• During the test, only the selected speaker
sounds. If "Back" is selected during the test,
the test tone will disappear.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-357
Version Information Sensor Check

Loader
Application
Navi Sub Microcomputer
You can check the sensors.
Audio Microcomputer
Please don't move your car until after 5 seconds. After this you
can move your car by changing the directions. lf you are ready.
Map Data
please push Start
Monitor
CAN BOX
Back Start Back
AC610673AC AC606311
2. Versions indication is displayed.
Sensor Check
SENSOR CHECK
The speed sensor and gyro sensor will be checked,
depending on the vehicle conditions such as driving Please don't move your car.
condition, stationary condition and travel direction
change.
Service 1/2 AC606332

Monitor Check Sensor Check 2. The sensor check with the vehicle stationary will
Camera Setting Hands Free Module be executed in accordance with the screen.
Previous Next Back Sensor Check
AC903640AB
Please move more than 10m
1. Select "Sensor Check" on "Service" screen. while changing direction of the car.
AC606334
3. The sensor check with the vehicle in motion will

be executed in accordance with the screen.
Sensor Check
Speed Sensor OK
Gyro Sensor NG
NG Code Back
AC606335
4. When the sensor checks are complete, the screen

will display the check results.
NOTE: USB BOX <VEHICLES WITH USB BOX>

<Vehicles with USB box>
NG Code Indication
Service 1/2

Gyro Sensor 5 Monitor Check Sensor Check
Camera Setting USB BOX
Back
Previous Next Back
AC606336
AC904700AB
If there is "NG" or "N/A" as the check results,
select "NG Code" on the "Sensor Check" screen. 1. Select "USB BOX" on "Service" screen.
Then "NG code Indication" screen will show the NOTE: For item "USB BOX", refer or USB Box −
NG code. Diagnosis Mode .)
NG CODE REFERENCE TABLE FOR SENSOR
CHECK HANDLE SETTING
Sensor NG Error items
classific Code
Service 1/2
ation No.
Vehicle Signal Check Car Type Setting
Gyro 1 Offset error while the vehicle is Monitor Check Versions Indication
sensor stationary (lower limit error) Camera Setting Sensor Check
2 Offset error while the vehicle is Network/Connect Line Check Hands Free Module/USB BOX
Speaker Check Handle Setting

stationary (upper limit error)
Previous Next Back
5 Output error during driving
Speed 6 Output error while the vehicle is ACB01837
sensor stationary
1. Select "Handle Setting" on "Service" screen.
HANDS FREE MODULE <VEHICLES WITH

HANDS FREE ECU> Handle Setting
<Vehicles with hands free ECU>

Service 1/2 LHD RHD

Set Back
AC7070627AB
Previous Next Back
2. Select the currently-set handle to display.

AC903640AD
3. To change the handle setting, select the handle to
1. Select "Hands Free Module" on "Service" screen. be changed to, and then select "Set."
NOTE: Even when the handle is selected, the
NOTE: For item "Hands Free Module", refer or
Hands Free ECU − Diagnosis Mode .) selected handle will not be set if "Back" is
selected.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-359
CAN COMMUNICATION CONFIRMATION Screen indication Equipment
<VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA>
ORC SRS-ECU
CCN Combination meter
Service 1/2
WCM Wireless control module

Version Indication
Hardware : 1.2 Software : 01.02.03
CAN MATRIX : 05.25 CAN DRIVER : 73.00
Previous Next Back
NM : 43.24 KWP2000 : 49.10
TPMC : 33.11 DBKOM : 49.17
AC903640AB
DIAG : 00h
1. Select "CAN Communication Confirmation" on Back
"Service" screen.
AC606342
3. If "Version Indication" is selected on "CAN

CAN Communication Confirmation Communication Confirmation" screen, the version
List Of Connection Equipment for each item is displayed.
Version Indication
CAN BOX Memory Data Indication
CAN BOX Memory Data Indication

Various Data
Back
Coding Data
AC606340 VIN
Tell-Tale Stack
Chrono Stack
Back
CAN List Of Connection Equipment
HVAC CCN AC606343
ORC WCM
FCM 4. If "CAN BOX Memory Data Indication" is selected
on "CAN Communication Confirmation" screen,
"CAN BOX Memory Data Indication" will be
Back displayed.
5. If any item is selected on "CAN BOX Memory
AC904730
Data Indication" screen, its relevant information is
2. If "List Of Connection Equipment" is selected on displayed.
•
"CAN Communication Confirmation" screen, the

system will determine which equipment is
installed according to the connected equipment Various Data
reference table. Then the equipment which are Origin : 04h Supplier : 85h
connected to the CAN box unit will be displayed. System ID : 08h Variation ID : 10h
Serial ID : 0000h
CAN BOX UNIT-CONNECTED EQUIPMENT REF- ECU Part Number : 008750A90
ERENCE TABLE ECU Serial Number : 01234567890123
Screen indication Equipment Back
HVAC A/C-ECU AC601530

FCM ETACS-ECU Various Data
MEMORY INITIALIZATION
•
Coding Data
Service 1/2
Coding Data : 4000h

Back
Previous Next Back
AC606345
Coding Data AC903640AB

•
1. Select "Memory Initialization" on "Service" screen.
VIN
current VIN Memory Initialization

0123456 0123456 012
Original VIN
0123456 0123456 012 You can erase all of the back up data.
After erasing the data, the system will reboot.
If you push Start, the data will be deleted.
Back
AC606346 Start Back
VIN AC606338AB
•
Tell-Tale Stack 2/8

ln Early Period Of Memory
Historical
DTC : C197h
Odometer : 0132h
Interrogation Please do not switch off until rebooting is completed.
DTC Read Counter : 04h
Odometer : 01a5h
Previ Next Back
AC606347
AC606339AB
Tell-Tale Stack
•
2. If you select "Start" on "Memory Initialization"
screen, the settings such as registered locations
Chrono Stack 2/8
and music server will be erased (initialised) from
the memory.
DTC Value : 0197h
DTC Status : A0h NOTE: If the ignition switch is turned to "LOCK"
Odometer Mileage : 1B27h (OFF) position during the initialisation, the initiali-
Accumulation Timer : 06C4h
IG Counter : 15h
sation will be suspended. If the ignition switch is
turned to "ACC" or "ON" position, the initialisation
Previ Next Back
will be resumed.
AC606348 3. After the memory initialisation is complete, the
navigation system will restart automatically.
Chrono Stack
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-361
TMC SENSITIVITY
Service 2/2
TMC Sensitivity

Previous Next Back

AC611549AB
AC903642AB
5. Select "TMC Manual Search" on the "TMC
1. Select "TMC sensitivity" on "Service" screen. information" screen to set the frequency by "<" or
">" switch.
6. Update the received TMC station by "Set" switch
and return to the "TMC information" screen. The
information of selected TMC station is displayed
on the TMC information screen.
VERSIONS LOG INFORMATION

Displays logs for drive and HDD.
Service Data Log
AC611547AC
2. The information of TMC station is displayed.

Service 2/2
NOTE: When the now-received information is TMC Sensitivity
from selected TMC station, "TMC_station" is dis- Versions Log Information
played on the upper right of the screen. "−" is dis- Touch Switch Confirmation
played when the information is not received.
Previous Next Back
AC903642AB
1. Select "Versions Log Information" on "Service"

screen.
AC611548AB Service Data Log
Time Adjustment Log

3. Select "TMC Search" on the "TMC information"
screen to search the TMC station that can be
received, and update and display the contents of
"Found station list".
4. Select "TMC station" displayed on the "Found
AC611719AC
station list" and press "decision" switch to update
the received TMC station and return to the "TMC 2. Select "Service Data Log" on the "Versions Log
information" screen. The information of selected Information" screen.
TMC station is displayed on the TMC information
screen.
NOTE: *1: The log is displayed when the number of

Service Data Log
speakers is unexpected.
Time Item Factor
*2: The log is displayed when the vehicle model is
unexpected.
Time Adjustment Log

Delete Time Adjustment Information
After Factor Before

AC611721AC CT
CT
3. The logs are displayed from the latest one. CT

CT
4. The log data is erased by pressing "Delete." CT
CT
EACH LOG INFORMATION: FACTOR CODE
TABLE
Item Factor Produced log AC611720AC
number
Drive 20 Log concerning focus 5. Select "Time Adjustment Log" on the "Versions
Log Information" screen.
21 Log concerning disc type
6. The time adjustment logs are displayed.
22 Log concerning disc As for Factor, the following two types are displayed.
25 Log concerning SEEK CT: Automatic adjustment
26 Log concerning servo MAN: Manual adjustment
start-up
27 Log concerning power-On
TOUCH SWITCH CONFIRMATION
28 Log concerning loading /
eject operation
29 Log concerning pick-up Service 2/2
operation TMC Sensitivity

30 Log concerning state of Touch Switch Confirmation
mechanism
52 Log concerning TOC
reading Previous Next Back
HDD 1 Log concerning high AC903642AB

temperature
2 Log concerning low 1. Select "Touch Switch Confirmation" on "Service"
temperature screen.
Monitor 1 Log concerning high
temperature
AMP 0 Log concerning
connection
15 Log concerning
communication
SP*1 1,2,4,8 Log concerning number of
speakers unexpected
CAR*2 0 -12, Log concerning vehicle
128 -131, model unexpected
133,160,
192,255
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-363
2. If you touch the screen, the colour of the dotted
coordinate at the touched area will be changed.
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART <VEHICLES

If you complete the touch switch confirmation.
please push [MENU] FOR RUSSIA>
M1546001700498
CAUTION
On troubleshooting, if the ignition switch is
turned ON while disconnecting connector(s),
AC606337 diagnosis code(s) associated with other system
may be set. On completion, confirm all systems
for diagnosis code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are
set, erase them all.
AC505342
Diagnosis Description Reference

code No. page
B2226 AND [Audio Visual Navigation (HDD) unit] error
B2240 Communication error with CAN Box (Communication error between CAN box
unit and multivision display)
B2477 Chassis No. Not Programmed
U0141 ETACS CAN timeout
U0151 SRS-ABG CAN timeout
U0164 A/C-ECU CAN timeout
U0168 WCM/KOS CAN timeout
U1417 Implausible coding data

Code No.B2226: AND [Audio visual navigation (HDD) unit] error
CAUTION abnormality (service data) occurs to the multivision

Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the display, the CAN box unit sets diagnosis code
power supply circuit and the earthing circuit are B2226.
normal. (Check that the voltage is 10 V or more.)
PROBABLE CAUSES
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT • The multivision display may be defective
When the CAN box unit receives the signal that an • The CAN box unit may be defective
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
YES : Replace the CAN box unit temporarily and
Q: Is the check result normal? go to Step 4.
YES : Go to Step 2. NO : The diagnosis is complete.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line.

STEP 2.Check that the multivision display reset.
operate. After temporary replacement of the multivision dis-
Check that the multivision display work normally. play, check if diagnosis code is set to the CAN box
NOTE: Check that there is no writing of service data unit.
log on the "Versions Log Information" for the MMCS (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
service mode.(Refer to .) (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
NO : Diagnose the multivision display (Refer to (4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
Trouble symptom chart ). position.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is YES : Replace the multivision display.
reset. NO : Replace the CAN box unit.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN
box unit.
Code No.B2240 Communication error with CAN box (Communication error between CAN box unit and
multivision display)
CAUTION
• If the diagnosis code No. B2240 is set, be sure to diagnose the CAN bus line.
• Before replacing the CAN box unit, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit, and the
communication circuit are normal. (Check that the voltage is 10 V or more.)
CAN Box Unit Communication Circuit
CAN BOX UNIT
MULTIVISION DISPLAY
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-365
Connectors: C-54, C-142 <LHD> STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
C-142 (GR)
C-54 Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Connector check: C-142 multivision

AC701094AO
display connector and C-54 CAN box unit
C-142 (GR) YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Repair or replace the damaged
component(s).
C-54 STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-142

multivision display connector terminal No.43, 59,
58 and C-54 CAN box unit connector terminal
No.5, 4, 6.
AC701122 BA
Check the communication lines for open circuit or
short circuit.
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
When the abnormality occurs in the transmission/ Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
reception data between the CAN box unit and multiv-
ision display, the CAN box unit sets diagnosis code
B2240.
PROBABLE CAUSES reset.
• Malfunction of multivision display Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN
• Malfunction of CAN box unit malfunction box unit.
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE position to "ON" position.
STEP 1. Confirmation in MMCS service mode Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Perform "Network/Connect Line Check" of the YES : Replace the CAN box unit temporarily and
MMCS service mode, and check that the communi- go to Step 6.
cation between the CAN box unit and the multivision NO : The diagnosis is complete.
display is normal. (Refer to .)
NOTE: When the communication between the CAN STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
box unit and the multivision display is normal, "CAN reset.
BOX" is displayed on the check result screen. How- Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN
ever, if the communication is not possible, "CAN box unit.
BOX" is not displayed. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
YES : Go to Step 2. position to "ON" position.
NO : Go to Step 3. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
YES : Replace the multivision display.
NO : Replace the CAN box unit.
Code No.B2477: Chassis No. not programmed

• If the diagnosis code No. B2477 is set, be sure Check if the diagnosis code relating to the coding
to diagnose the CAN bus line. error is set to the ETACS-ECU.
• When replacing the CAN box unit, always Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
check that the communication circuit is nor- YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
mal. (Check that the voltage is 10 V or more.) GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU −
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT Troubleshooting ).
With the ignition switch at the ON position, if the NO : Go to Step 3.
Chassis No. is not written to the CAN box unit, diag-
nosis code B2477 is stored.
STEP 3. Recheck for diagnosis code.
PROBABLE CAUSES Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN
• Malfunction of the CAN bus line. box unit.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Malfunction of the CAN box unit. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP Malfunction ).
CAUTION • Malfunction of CAN bus line wiring harness and

• If there is any problem in the CAN bus lines, connector
to this diagnosis, always diagnose the CAN DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
bus lines.
• Before replacing the CAN box unit, be sure to STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
check that the power supply circuit, earth cir- Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
cuit, and communication circuit are normal.
(Check that the voltage is 10 V or more.)
YES : Go to Step 2.
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
When the CAN box unit is returned from the bus off 54C − Troubleshooting ).
state, or when the bus error is indicated to the CAN
box unit state, the diagnosis code U0019 (CAN-B) is
set. STEP 2. Check whether the M.U.T.-III can
communicate with the CAN box unit.
The CAN box unit, power supply for the CAN box YES : Erase the diagnosis code. This diagnosis is
unit, earth circuit, or CAN bus line may have a prob- complete.
lem. NO : Check the power supply circuit of the CAN
box unit, and repair if necessary.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunctions of CAN box unit
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-367
Code No.U0141 ETACS CAN timeout

to diagnose the CAN bus line. Check if the diagnosis code No. U0141 is set to com-
• When replacing the CAN box unit, always bination meter.
check that the communication circuit is nor- Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
mal. (Check that the voltage is 10 V or more.) YES : Go to Step 4.
If the signal from ETACS-ECU cannot be received,
the CAN box unit sets the diagnosis code No.
U0141.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA box unit.
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
position, system voltage is 10 − 16 V (data from (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the position to the ON position.
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
80.5 km or more, if the communication with ETACS- Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
ECU cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
the CAN box unit determines that a problem has NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
occurred. intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the CAN box unit and the ETACS-
PROBABLE CAUSES ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
• Malfunction of CAN bus line Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points -
• Malfunction of CAN box unit How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)

reset.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics box unit.
YES : Go to Step 2. position to "ON" position.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
ETACS-ECU. between the CAN box unit and the ETACS-
ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points -
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
Troubleshooting ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
Code No.U0151 SRS-ABG CAN timeout

If the signal from SRS-ECU cannot be received, the
CAN box unit sets the diagnosis code No. U0151.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON box unit.
position, system voltage is 10−16 V (data from (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is position to the ON position.
80.5 km or more, if the communication with SRS- (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
ECU cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
the CAN box unit determines that a problem has YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
occurred. NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
PROBABLE CAUSES between the CAN box unit and the SRS-
• Malfunction of CAN bus line ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points -
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
reset.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. box unit.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code YES : Replace the CAN box unit.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the SRS- NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
ECU. intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the CAN box unit and the SRS-
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
YES : Troubleshoot the SRS-ECU (Refer to Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points -
GROUP 52B − Troubleshooting ). How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
NO : Go to Step 3.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-369

• When replacing the CAN box unit, always ETACS-ECU.
If the signal from combination meter cannot be
received, the CAN box unit sets the diagnosis code
No. U0155.
position, system voltage is 10−16 V (data from (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
80.5 km or more, if the communication with combina- Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
tion meter cannot be established for 2,500 ms or YES : Replace the combination meter.
more, the CAN box unit determines that a problem NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
has occurred. intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the CAN box unit and the
PROBABLE CAUSES combination meter. (Refer to GROUP 00 −
• Malfunction of CAN bus line How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
• Malfunction of the combination meter Service Points - How to Cope with
• Malfunction of CAN box unit Intermittent Malfunction .)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
reset.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the combi- NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
nation meter. intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the CAN box unit and the
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? combination meter. (Refer to GROUP 00 −
YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter (Refer How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
to ). Service Points - How to Cope with
NO : Go to Step 3.
Code No.U0164 A/C-ECU CAN timeout

If the signal from A/C-ECU cannot be received, the
CAN box unit sets the diagnosis code No. U0164.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN
With the statuses that the ignition switch is at ON box unit.
position, system voltage is 10−16 V (data from (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
ETACS-ECU), and there is no malfunction to the (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
power supply fuse (IOD fuse), or odometer value is position to the ON position.
80.5 km or more, if the communication with A/C-ECU (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, the Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
CAN box unit determines that a problem has YES : Replace the A/C-ECU.
occurred. NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
PROBABLE CAUSES between the CAN box unit and the A/C-
• Malfunction of CAN bus line ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points -
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
reset.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the A/C-ECU . NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? between the CAN box unit and the A/C-
YES : Troubleshoot the A/C-ECU (Refer to ECU. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
GROUP 55A − Troubleshooting ), and then Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points -
go to Step 3. How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction .)
NO : Go to Step 3.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-371
Code No.U0168 WCM/KOS CAN timeout

• If diagnosis code No. U0168 is set, be sure to other systems
diagnose the CAN bus line. Check if the diagnosis code No. U0168 is set to com-
If the signal from KOS-ECU or WCM cannot be
received, the CAN box unit sets the diagnosis code
No. U0168.
position, system voltage is 10 − 16 V (data from (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
80.5 km or more, if the communication with KOS- Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
ECU or WCM cannot be established for 2,500 ms or YES : Replace the KOS <Vehicles with KOS-
more, the CAN box unit determines that a problem ECU> or WCM <Vehicles with WCM>.
has occurred. NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
PROBABLE CAUSES between the CAN box unit and the KOS
• Malfunction of CAN bus line <Vehicles with KOS-ECU> or WCM
• Malfunction of the KOS-ECU <Vehicles with WCM>. (Refer to GROUP 00
• Malfunction of the WCM − How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
• Malfunction of CAN box unit Service Points - How to Cope with
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics reset.
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN
Q: Is the check result normal? box unit.
YES : Go to Step 2. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
54C − Troubleshooting ). position to "ON" position.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the KOS- YES : Replace the CAN box unit.
ECU or WCM. NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
between the CAN box unit and the KOS
YES : Troubleshoot the KOS or WCM (Refer to
<Vehicles with KOS-ECU> or WCM
GROUP 42B − Diagnosis Code Chart
<Vehicles with WCM>. (Refer to GROUP 00
<KOS> or GROUP 42C − Diagnosis Code
Chart <WCM>). − How to Use Troubleshooting/Inspection
NO : Go to Step 3. Service Points - How to Cope with

an incorrect diagnosis code may be set. Prior 54C − Troubleshooting ).
• Before replacing the CAN box unit, be sure to Check if the diagnosis code relating to the coding
check that the power supply circuit, earth cir- error is set to the ETACS-ECU.
cuit, and communication circuit are normal. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
(Check that the voltage is 10 V or more.) YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT ETACS − Troubleshooting ).
When the vehicle information data is not registered NO : Go to Step 3.
to the CAN box unit, the CAN box unit sets the diag-
nosis code No.U1415. STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM reset.
The can box unit, ETACS-ECU, or CAN bus line may Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN
have a problem. box unit.
• Malfunctions of CAN box unit position to "ON" position.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
• Malfunction of CAN bus line wiring harness and Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
connector YES : Replace the CAN box unit.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Malfunction ).
Code No.U1417 Implausible coding data
CAUTION CAN box unit receives the vehicle information stored

• If diagnosis code U1417 is set in CAN box in the ETACS-ECU via CAN bus lines.
unit, always diagnose the CAN bus lines. If
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
CAN box unit communicates with ETACS-ECU via
incorrect diagnosis code may be set. In this
CAN bus lines. This diagnosis code is set when the
case, the set diagnosis code is not highly reli-
vehicle information received from the ETACS-ECU is
able.
invalid.
communication circuit is normal. (Check that PROBABLE CAUSES
the voltage is 10 V or more.) • Malfunction of ETACS-ECU
• When the diagnosis code U1417 is set in CAN • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECUs have been inter-
box unit, the diagnosis code may also be set changed between two vehicles.
in ETACS-ECU. When the diagnosis code is • Malfunction of the CAN box unit
set in ETACS-ECU, carry out the diagnosis of • External noise interference
the diagnosis code for ETACS-ECU first.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-373
reset.
YES : Go to Step 2.
YES : Replace CAN box unit.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
Check if the diagnosis code relating to the coding malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
error is set to the ETACS-ECU. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
YES : Troubleshoot the ETACS (Refer to ETACS, Malfunction ).
Diagnosis ).
NO : Go to Step 3. TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART
M1546001801830
Inspection Trouble symptom Reference

procedure page
No.
1 No navigation screen is displayed. <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go
(AS&G) System>
<Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go
(AS&G) System>
2 No sound is heard. <Vehicles without audio amplifier>
<Vehicles with audio amplifier>
3 Not sound is heard from one of the <Except vehicles for RUSSIA
speakers. (vehicles without audio amplifier)>
<Vehicles for RUSSIA (vehicles
without audio amplifier)>
<Except vehicles for RUSSIA
(vehicles with audio amplifier)>
<Vehicles for RUSSIA (vehicles
with audio amplifier)>
4 The navigation system can be operated while the vehicle is driven.
5 The screen is not normal in the navigation <Except vehicles for RUSSIA>
mode. (The own vehicle mark is dislocated.) <Vehicles for RUSSIA>
6 The FM/MW/LM radio broadcasting can not be received.
7 GPS signal can not be received. <Except vehicles for RUSSIA>
<Vehicles for RUSSIA>
8 CD/DVD cannot be Played.
9 Image of a DVD is played, but no sound is played.
10 Sound of a DVD can be played, but no image is played.
11 The picture and sound of audio and video adapter’s input are not played.
12 Check the CAN box unit power supply circuit. <Vehicles for RUSSIA>
NOTE: . SYMPTOM PROCEDURES

• If the multivision display is reset or sound jump
occurs at the auto restart by Auto Stop & Go
(AS&G) System, carry out the DC/DC converter
troubleshooting of "Audio equipment reset or
sound jump occurs at auto start". (Refer to .)
<Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System>
• For the troubleshooting of the USB box, refer to
.<Vehicles with USB box>
• For the troubleshooting of the hands free ECU,
refer to .<Vehicles with hands free ECU>
• For the troubleshooting of the steering wheel
audio remote control switch, refer to .<Vehicles
with steering wheel audio remote control switch>
Inspection Procedure 1: No navigation screen is displayed. <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go (AS&G)
System>
CAUTION
Before replacing the multivision display, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit, and
the communication circuit are normal. (Check that the voltage is 10 V or more.)
Connectors: C-142, C-143, C-144 <LHD> Connectors: C-307, C-309, C-311, C-313
<RHD>
C-143 (GR) C-144 (GR) ETACS-ECU
C-142 C-307 (B)
C-311
C-309 (B)
C-313 (BR)
AC701094BH ACA00887AT
Connectors: C-142, C-143, C-144 <RHD> Connectors: C-307, C-309, C-311, C-313
C-143 (GR) <LHD>
C-144 (GR) ETACS-ECU
C-142 C-307 (B)
C-311 C-309 (B)
C-313 (BR)
AC701122 DB ACA00886AT

When the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or ON
position, if the screen is not displayed at all, the
power supply circuit or multivision display may have
a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of power supply circuit
• Malfunction of multivision display
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-375
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 5. Connector check: C-142, C-143, C-144
multivision display connector
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III other system data list Q: Is the check result normal?
Check the input signal of ACC relay. YES : Go to Step 6.
• Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position. NO : Repair or replace the damaged
Item No. Item name Normal component(s).
condition
Item 288 ACC switch ON STEP 6. Resistance measurement at C-142, C-
143, C-144 multivision display connector.
OK: Normal condition is displayed. (1) Disconnect C-144 multivision display connector,
Q: Is the check result normal? and measure the resistance available at the
YES : Go to Step 2. wiring harness side of the connector.
NO : Refer to ETACS − Input Signal Procedure 1 (2) Check the continuity between terminal No.9 and
"The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not sent body earth.
to the ETACS-ECU" . OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(3) Disconnect C-143 multivision display connector,
STEP 2. Connector check: C-144 multivision and measure the resistance available at the
display and C-313 ETACS-ECU connector wiring harness side of the connector.
Q: Is the check result normal? (4) Check the continuity between terminal No.25 and
YES : Go to Step 3. body earth.
NO : Repair the defective connector. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
STEP 3. Voltage measurement at C-144 and measure the resistance available at the
multivision display connector. wiring harness side of the connector.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the (6) Check the continuity between terminal No. 65
wiring harness-side connector. and body earth.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(3) Voltage between C-144 multivision display
connector terminal No.14 and the body earth
YES : Go to Step 8.
OK: System voltage NO : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 5. STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-144
NO : Go to Step 4. multivision display connector terminal No.9 or C-
143 multivision display connector terminal No.25
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-144 or C-142 multivision display connector terminal
multivision display connector terminal No.14 and No.65 and body earth.
C-313 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.1 NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
• Check the power supply lines (battery power sup- intermediate connector C-133 and C-139, and repair
ply) for open circuit and short circuit. if necessary.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
intermediate connector C-139, C-128 and C-31, and Q: Is the check result normal?
repair if necessary. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service Malfunction ).
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Malfunction ).

STEP 8. Voltage measurement at C-144
NO : Go to Step 11.
multivision display connector.
wiring harness-side connector. STEP 11. Connector check: C-128 intermediate
(2) Voltage between C-144 multivision display connector
connector terminal No.17 and the body earth Q: Is the check result normal?
OK: System voltage YES : Go to Step 12.
NO : Repair or replace the damaged
component(s).
NO : Go to Step 9.
STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-144 143 multivision display connector terminal No. 21
multivision display connector terminal No.17 and and C-128 intermediate connector terminal No.9
fusible link (38) <Diesel> or (36) <Petrol> • Check the power supply lines (battery supply) for
• Check the power supply lines (battery supply) for open circuit and short circuit.
open circuit and short circuit. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check intermediate connector C-133, and repair if neces-
intermediate connector C-139, C-128 and C-31, sary.
ETACS-ECU connector C-311 and 307, and repair if Q: Is the check result normal?
necessary. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service Malfunction ).
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Malfunction ).
NO : Repair the wiring harness. STEP 13. Retest the system
Check if the multivision display power is turned ON.
STEP 10. Voltage measurement at C-143 Q: Is the check result normal?
multivision display connector. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
wiring harness-side connector. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
(2) Voltage between C-143 multivision display Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
connector terminal No.21 and the body earth Malfunction ).
OK: System voltage NO : Replace the multivision display.

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-377
Inspection Procedure 1: No navigation screen is displayed. <Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go (AS&G)
System>
CAUTION
Connectors: C-65, C-142, C-143, C-144 <LHD>
When the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or ON
C-143 (GR) position, if the screen is not displayed at all, the
C-144 (GR) power supply circuit, DC/DC converter or multivision
display may have a problem.
C-142 (GR) C-65 (GR)
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of DC/DC converter
• Malfunction of power supply circuit
ACA00892AR
Connector: C-65, C-142, C-143, C-144 <RHD> DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

C-143 (GR)
C-144 (GR)
C-142 (GR)
C-65 (GR)
condition
ACA00895AH OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Connectors: C-307, C-309, C-311, C-313 Q: Is the check result normal?
<RHD> YES : Go to Step 2.
ETACS-ECU
NO : Refer to ETACS − Input Signal Procedure 1
C-307 (B) "The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not sent
to the ETACS-ECU" .
C-311

C-309 (B)
display and C-313 ETACS-ECU connector
C-313 (BR)
ACA00887AT
YES : Go to Step 3.
Connectors: C-307, C-309, C-311, C-313 NO : Repair the defective connector.
<LHD>
ETACS-ECU
C-307 (B) multivision display connector.
C-309 (B)
C-311 wiring harness-side connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
C-313 (BR) connector terminal No.14 and the body earth
ACA00886AT
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-144 and measure the resistance available at the
multivision display connector terminal No.14 and wiring harness side of the connector.
C-313 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.1 (6) Check the continuity between terminal No.65 and
• Check the power supply lines (battery power sup- body earth.
ply) for open circuit and short circuit. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check Q: Is the check result normal?
intermediate connector C-31, C-128 and C-139, and YES : Go to Step 10.
repair if necessary. NO : Go to Step 9.

YES : Go to Step 5. STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-144
NO : Repair the wiring harness. multivision display connector terminal No.9 or C-
143 multivision display connector terminal No.25
STEP 5. Connector check: C-65 DC/DC converter or C-142 multivision display connector terminal
connector No.65 and body earth.
intermediate connector C-133 and C-139, and repair
YES : Go to Step 6.
if necessary.
DC/DC converter connector terminal No.8 and C-
128 intermediate connector terminal No.1.

STEP 7. Connector check: C-142, C-143 multivision display connector.
multivision display connector (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
Q: Is the check result normal? wiring harness-side connector.
YES : Go to Step 8. (2) Voltage between C-144 multivision display
NO : Repair or replace the damaged connector terminal No.17 and the body earth
component(s). OK: System voltage
STEP 8. Resistance measurement at C-142, C- YES : Go to Step 17.
143, C-144 multivision display connector. NO : Go to Step 11.
and measure the resistance available at the STEP 11. Check the wiring harness between C-
wiring harness side of the connector. 144 multivision display connector terminal No.17
(2) Check the continuity between terminal No.9 and and fusible link (38) <Diesel> or (36) <Petrol>
body earth. • Check the power supply lines (battery supply) for
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) open circuit and short circuit.
(3) Disconnect C-143 multivision display connector, NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
and measure the resistance available at the intermediate connector C-128, C-31 and C-139,
wiring harness side of the connector. ETACS-ECU connector C-311 and C-307, and repair
(4) Check the continuity between terminal No.25 and if necessary.
body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) YES : Go to Step 12.
(5) Disconnect C-142 multivision display connector, NO : Repair the wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-379
STEP 12. Voltage measurement at C-65 DC/DC
Malfunction ).
body earth.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal? multivision display connector.
YES : Go to Step 13. (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
NO : Go to Step 16. wiring harness-side connector.
STEP 13. Check the DC/DC converter. connector terminal No.21 and the body earth
Check the continuity of the DC/DC converter (Refer OK: System voltage
to ).

STEP 14. Connector check: C-128 intermediate 143 multivision display connector terminal No. 21
connector and C-128 intermediate connector terminal No.9
Q: Is the check result normal? • Check the power supply lines (battery supply) for
YES : Go to Step 15. open circuit or short circuit.
NO : Repair the defective connector. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connector C-133, and repair if neces-
STEP 15. Check the wiring harness between C- sary.
128 intermediate connector terminal No.9 and C- Q: Is the check result normal?
65 DC/DC converter terminal No.7. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
• Check the power supply lines (battery supply) for malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
open circuit and short circuit. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent Malfunction ).
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent STEP 19. Retest the system
Malfunction ). Check if the multivision display power is turned ON.
STEP 16. Check the wiring harness between DC/ malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
DC converter connector terminal No.9 and use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
fusible link (38) <Diesel> or (36) <Petrol> Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
• Check the power supply lines (battery supply) for Malfunction ).
open circuit and short circuit. NO : Replace the multivision display.
Inspection Procedure 2: No sound is heard. <Vehicles without audio amplifier>
CAUTION Connector: E-21

Whenever the multivision display is replaced,
ensure that the power supply circuit and the
earthing circuit are normal. (Check that the volt-
age is 10 V or more.)
C-144 (GR)
AC612733 AB
Connector: E-22
AC701094BJ
AC612732 AB
C-144 (GR)
If the sound is not output, the multivision display may
have a problem. In addition, if any of the speakers is
short-circuited, the protection circuit inside the multi-
vision display disables all the speakers to sound.
AC701122 CL Therefore, if all the speakers do not output sound,
the speaker circuit may be shorted or the speaker
may be defective. In some cases, the sound is output
depending on sources, thus use the music server,
E-02 (B) radio, CD/DVD, and others to check if the sound is
output. Also, the option coding information may be
inconsistent.
PROBABLE CAUSES
E-12 AC612730 AD
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
E-04 (B)
STEP 1. Check the multivision display operation.

Q: Check the sources from which the sound is not
output.
E-10
AC612731AD
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-381
No sound only from radio : Perform Inspection YES : Go to Step 4.
Procedure 6 "The FM/MW/LM radio NO : Go to Step 5.
broadcasting can not be received."(Refer to
.) STEP 4. Check the service data log for the MMCS
No sound only when the CD is played : Perform
service mode.
Inspection Procedure 8 "CD/DVD cannot be Display the service data log for the MMCS service
played." (Refer to .) mode and check if the service data log for the SP
No sound only when the DVD is played : Perform
(speaker) is displayed. (Refer to )
Inspection Procedure 8 "CD/DVD cannot be
Played." (Refer to .) Or, perform Inspection Q: Is the service data log for the SP (speaker)
Procedure 9 "Image of a DVD is Played, but displayed?
no Sound is Played."(Refer to .) YES : Go to Step 5.
Only the sound that is relevant to the hands free NO : Go to Step 8.
function and USB adapter function is not output.
<Vehicles with hands free ECU> : Diagnose the STEP 5. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
hands free ECU. (Refer to .) Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Only the sound relevant to USB adapter is not
output. <Vehicles with USB box> : Troubleshoot Q: Is the check result normal?
the USB box. (Refer to .) YES : Go to Step 6.
No sound only when the music server is used : Go NO : Repair the CAN bus line.
to Step 8.
No sound from any of the sources <except STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is set.
vehicles for RUSSIA> : Go to Step 8. Check if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN box
No sound from any of the sources <vehicles for unit.
RUSSIA> : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. ETACS-ECU coding data check (2) Check if diagnosis code is set.
(1) Operate the M.U.T.-III to read the ETACS-ECU Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
option coding information (Refer to GROUP 00 − YES : Troubleshoot the MMCS (Refer to ).
Coding Table ). NO : Go to Step 7.
(2) Check that the "Number of speaker" is set to "6
speakers or 4 speakers".
Q: Is the check result normal? Check if the diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-
YES : Go to Step 3. ECU.
coding "Number of speaker" to "6 Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
speakers", and check the trouble symptom. YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
Troubleshooting ).
STEP 3. Check the MMCS service mode, CAN NO : Go to Step 8.
communication confirmation and coding data
(1) Display the CAN communication confirmation
and coding data for the MMCS service mode. STEP 8. Check the service data log for the MMCS
(Refer to ) service mode.
(2) Check if "6SPEAKER(2TWEETER) or (1) Display the service data log for the MMCS
4SPEAKER" is displayed as the number of service mode. (Refer to )
installed speakers. (2) Check if the service data log for drive and HDD is
displayed.
Q: Is the service data log displayed?
YES (The service data log for drive is displayed.) : YES : Go to Step 13.
Perform Inspection Procedure 8 "CD/DVD NO : Repair the defective connector.
cannot be Played." (Refer to .) Or, perform
Inspection Procedure 9 "Image of a DVD is STEP 13. Check the wiring harness between the
Played, but no Sound is Played."(Refer to .) speaker or tweeter connector terminal and the
Go to Step 9. multivision display connector terminal.
YES (The service data log for HDD is displayed.) :
Check the communication lines for short circuit.
Abnormalities relating to high or low
• <Front door speaker (LH), tweeter (LH)> Check
temperature may be present. Check if the
the wiring harness between E-12 front door
multivision display can output the sound at
speaker (LH) connector terminal No.1, 2 or E-02
the operable temperature. If it cannot output
tweeter (LH) connector terminal No.2, 1 and C-
the sound, go to Step 9.
144 multivision display connector terminal No.12,
NO : Go to Step 9.
3.
STEP 9. Perform "Network/Connect Line Check" intermediate connectors C-126 and C-139, and
in the MMCS service mode. repair if necessary.
(1) Display "Network/Connect Line Check" in the • <Front door speaker (RH), tweeter (RH)> Check
MMCS service mode. (Refer to ) the wiring harness between E-10 front door
(2) Check if "DVD Drive OK" is displayed. speaker (RH) connector terminal No.1, 2 or E-04
(3) Check if "HDD Drive OK" is displayed. tweeter (RH) connector terminal No.2, 1 and C-
Q: Is the check result normal? 144 multivision display connector terminal No.15,
YES : Go to Step 10. 7.
NO : Go to Step 14. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
STEP 10. Check the following connectors. repair if necessary.
Check the following connectors: • <Rear door speaker (LH)> Check the wiring har-
• E-12 front door speaker (LH) connector ness between E-22 rear door speaker (LH) con-
• E-10 front door speaker (RH) connector nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-144 multivision
• E-22 rear door speaker (LH) connector display connector terminal No.11, 2.
• E-21 rear door speaker (RH) connector NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
• E-02 tweeter (LH) connector <vehicles with 6- intermediate connectors C-28, C-139 and D-21,
speaker> and repair if necessary.
• E-04 tweeter (RH) connector <vehicles with 6- • <Rear door speaker (RH)> Check the wiring har-
speaker> ness between E-21 rear door speaker (RH) con-
Q: Are all the connectors in good condition? nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-144 multivision
YES : Go to Step 11. display connector terminal No.16, 8.
NO : Repair the defective connector. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connectors C-16, C-139 and D-01,
STEP 11. Check the speaker or tweeter. and repair if necessary.
(1) Remove the speaker or tweeter. Refer to . Q: Is the check result normal?
(2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the YES : Go to Step 14.
noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the NO : Repair the wiring harness.
speaker or tweeter connector terminal.
Q: Do the speaker or tweeter output the noise? STEP 14. Retest the system
YES : Go to Step 12. Check if the sound is output from all the speakers.
STEP 12. Connector check: C-144 multivision malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
display connector use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-383
Inspection Procedure 2: No sound is heard. <Vehicles with audio amplifier>
CAUTION Connectors: E-04, E-10

ensure that the power supply circuit and the E-04 (B)
C-144 (GR)
E-10
C-141 AC612731AD
Connector: E-21
AC701094BI

C-144 (GR)
C-141
AC612733 AB
Connector: E-22
AC701122 CK
Connectors: D-26, D-27
AC612732 AB

D-27
D-26
AC612722 BI
Connectors: E-02, E-12 F-25 (B)
E-02 (B)
AC801775 BJ
E-12 AC612730 AD
No sound only from radio : Perform Inspection

Procedure 6 "The FM/MW/LM radio
broadcasting can not be received."(Refer to
.)
No sound only when the CD is played : Perform
played." (Refer to .)
F-25 (B)
No sound only when the DVD is played : Perform
Played." (Refer to .) Or, perform Inspection
AC701264 AR
Procedure 9 "Image of a DVD is Played, but
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM no Sound is Played."(Refer to .)
If the audio sound is not output, the multivision dis- Only the sound that is relevant to the hands free
play, audio amplifier, or power supply circuit of audio function and USB adapter function is not output.
amplifier may have a problem. In addition, if any of <Vehicles with hands free ECU> : Diagnose the
the speakers is short-circuited, the protection circuit hands free ECU. (Refer to .)
inside the multivision display disables all the speak- Only the sound relevant to USB adapter is not
ers to sound. Therefore, if all the speakers do not output. <Vehicles with USB box> : Troubleshoot
output sound, the speaker circuit may be shorted or the USB box. (Refer to .)
No sound only when the music server is used : Go
the speaker may be defective. In some cases, the
sound is output depending on sources, thus use the to Step 8.
No sound from any of the sources <except
music server, radio, CD/DVD, and others to check if
vehicles for RUSSIA> : Go to Step 8.
the sound is output. Also, the option coding informa- No sound from any of the sources <vehicles for
tion may be inconsistent. RUSSIA> : Go to Step 2.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunctions of multivision display
• Malfunction of audio amplifier STEP 2. ETACS-ECU coding data check
• Malfunction of speaker or tweeter (1) Operate the M.U.T.-III to read the ETACS-ECU
• Option coding information inconsistency option coding information (Refer to GROUP 00 −
• Damaged wiring harness and connectors Coding Table ).
"Premium".
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 1. Check the multivision display operation. NO : Operate the M.U.T.-III to set the option
Q: Check the sources from which the sound is not coding "Number of speaker" to "Premium",
output. and check the trouble symptom.
STEP 3. Check the MMCS service mode, CAN

and coding data for the MMCS service mode.
(Refer to )
(2) Check if "PREMIUM" is displayed as the number
of installed speakers.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-385
YES (The service data log for drive is displayed.) :
STEP 4. Check the service data log for the MMCS
Perform Inspection Procedure 8 "CD/DVD
service mode.
cannot be Played." (Refer to .) Or, perform
Display the service data log for the MMCS service
Inspection Procedure 9 "Image of a DVD is
mode and check if the service data log for the SP
Played, but no Sound is Played."(Refer to .)
(speaker) is displayed. (Refer to )
Go to Step 9.
Q: Is the service data log for the SP (speaker) YES (The service data log for HDD is displayed.) :
displayed? Abnormalities relating to high or low
YES : Go to Step 5. temperature may be present. Check if the
NO : Go to Step 8. multivision display can output the sound at
the operable temperature. If it cannot output
STEP 5. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics the sound, go to Step 9.
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. YES (The service data log for AMP is displayed.) :
Go to Step 9.
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 9. Perform "Network/Connect Line Check"
in the MMCS service mode.
STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is set. (1) Display "Network/Connect Line Check" in the
Check if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN box MMCS service mode. (Refer to )
unit. (2) Check if "DVD Drive OK" is displayed.
(1) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) (3) Check if "HDD Drive OK" is displayed.
position to "ON" position. (4) Check if "Premium Audio OK" is displayed.
YES : Troubleshoot the MMCS (Refer to ). NO : Go to Step 21.
NO : Go to Step 7.
STEP 10. Connector check: D-26, D-27 audio

STEP 7. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code amplifier connector
ECU. Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : Repair the defective connector.
Troubleshooting ). STEP 11. Resistance measurement at D-26 audio
NO : Go to Step 8. amplifier connector
STEP 8. Check the service data log for the MMCS (2) Measure the resistance between D-26 audio
service mode. amplifier connector terminal No.24 and the body
(1) Display the service data log for the MMCS earth.
service mode. (Refer to )
(2) Check if the service data log for drive and HDD is OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
displayed. (3) Measure the resistance between D-26 audio
Q: Is the service data log displayed?
earth.
earth.

NO : Go to Step 12. NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between the STEP 16. Check the wiring harness between C-
D-26 audio amplifier connector terminal No.24, 144 multivision display connector terminal No.6
31, 32 and the body earth or C-141 multivision display connector terminal
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. No.82 and D-26 audio amplifier connector No.34
or D-27 audio amplifier connector No.3.
YES : Go to Step 13. • Check the communication line for open circuit
NO : Repair the wiring harness. and short circuit.
intermediate connectors C-17 and C-140, and repair
STEP 13. Voltage measurement at D-26 audio
if necessary.
amplifier connector
wiring harness side. YES : Go to Step 17.
(2) Voltage between D-26 audio amplifier connector NO : Repair the wiring harness.
terminal No.25 and the body earth
OK: System voltage STEP 17. Check the following connectors.
(3) Voltage between D-26 audio amplifier connector Check the following connectors:
terminal No.35 and the body earth • E-12 front door speaker (LH) connector
• E-10 front door speaker (RH) connector
OK: System voltage
• E-22 rear door speaker (LH) connector
(4) Voltage between D-26 audio amplifier connector • E-21 rear door speaker (RH) connector
terminal No.36 and the body earth • E-02 tweeter (LH) connector
OK: System voltage • E-04 tweeter (RH) connector
Q: Is the check result normal? • F-25 sub woofer connector
YES : Go to Step 15. Q: Are all the connectors in good condition?
STEP 14. Check the wiring harness between D-26
audio amplifier connector terminal No.25, 35, 36 STEP 18. Check the speaker, tweeter or
and fusible link No.36 <petrol> or 38 <diesel>. subwoofer.
• Check the power supply lines for open circuit and (1) Remove the speaker, tweeter or subwoofer.
short circuit. Refer to .
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check (2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the
intermediate connector C-31, and repair if necessary. noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the
speaker or tweeter connector terminal. <speaker
or tweeter>
(3) Check that the subwoofer outputs the noise when
the voltage of 5 V is applied to the subwoofer
connector terminal. <subwoofer>
STEP 15. Connector check: C-141, C-144
Q: Do the speaker, tweeter or subwoofer output the
noise?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-387
STEP 19. Check the wiring harness between the intermediate connector D-17, and repair if neces-
speaker, tweeter or subwoofer connector sary.
terminal and the audio amplifier connector Q: Is the check result normal?
terminal. YES : Go to Step 20.
Check the communication lines for short circuit. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• <Front door speaker (LH)> Check the wiring har-
ness between E-12 front door speaker (LH) con- STEP 20. Check the wiring harness between C-
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-26 audio amplifier 144 multivision display connector terminal No.3,
connector terminal No.28, 38. 7, 12, 15 and D-27 audio amplifier connector
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check No.12, 11, 4, 10.
intermediate connectors C-17 and C-126, and • Check the communication lines for short circuit.
repair if necessary. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
• <Front door speaker (RH)> Check the wiring har- intermediate connectors C-17 and C-139, and repair
ness between E-10 front door speaker (RH) con- if necessary.
connector terminal No.27, 37. Q: Is the check result normal?
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• <Rear door speaker (LH)> Check the wiring har- STEP 21. Retest the system
ness between E-22 rear door speaker (LH) con- Check if the sound is output from all the speakers.
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-27 audio amplifier Q: Is the check result normal?
connector terminal No.1, 7. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
intermediate connector D-21, and repair if neces- use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
sary. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
• <Rear door speaker (RH)> Check the wiring har- Malfunction ).
ness between E-21 rear door speaker (RH) con- NO : Go to Step 22.
connector terminal No.2, 8. STEP 22. Replace the audio amplifier temporarily,
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check and check the trouble symptom.
intermediate connector D-01, and repair if neces- Replace the audio amplifier temporarily, and check
sary. that the sound is output from all the speakers.
• <Tweeter (LH)> Check the wiring harness Q: Is the check result normal?
between E-02 tweeter (LH) connector terminal YES : Replace the audio amplifier.
No.1, 2 and D-27 audio amplifier connector termi- NO : Replace the multivision display.
nal No.14, 6.
• <Tweeter (RH)> Check the wiring harness
between E-04 tweeter (RH) connector terminal
nal No.5, 13.
• Check the wiring harness between
E-25 subwoofer connector terminal No.1, 2, 3, 4
No.30, 22, 29, 21.
Inspection Procedure 3: Not sound is heard from one of the speakers. <Except vehicles for RUSSIA
(vehicles without audio amplifier)>
CAUTION Connector: E-21

C-144 (GR)
AC612733 AB
Connector: E-22
AC701094BJ
AC612732 AB
C-144 (GR)
If the sound is not heard from one of the speakers or
tweeters, the speaker, tweeter, multivision display or
communication line from the multivision display to
the speaker may have a problem.
AC701122 CL
PROBABLE CAUSES
E-02 (B) • Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

E-12 AC612730 AD speaker does not output the sound. Refer to .
E-04 (B) Q: Is the check result normal?
Malfunction ).
NO (Either a speaker is abnormal) : Go to Step 2.
E-10
AC612731AD
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-389
STEP 2. Check the following connectors. STEP 5. Check the wire harness between the
• E-12 front door speaker (LH) connector multivision display connector terminal.
• E-10 front door speaker (RH) connector Check the communication lines for open circuit or
• E-22 rear door speaker (LH) connector short circuit.
• E-21 rear door speaker (RH) connector • <Front door speaker (LH)> Check the wire har-
• E-02 tweeter (LH) connector <vehicles with 6- ness between E-12 front door speaker (LH) con-
speaker> nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-144 multivision
• E-04 tweeter (RH) connector <vehicles with 6- display connector terminal No.12, 3.
speaker> NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
Q: Are all the connectors in good condition? intermediate connectors C-126 and C-139, and
NO : Repair the defective connector. • <Front door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har-
nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-144 multivision
display connector terminal No.15, 7.
(1) Remove the speaker or tweeter (Refer to ).
(2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the intermediate connectors C-112 and C-139, and
speaker or tweeter connector terminal. repair if necessary.
Q: Is the check result normal? ness between E-22 rear door speaker (LH) con-
YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Connector check: C-144 multivision intermediate connectors C-139, C-28, D-21, and
display connector. repair if necessary.
Q: Is the check result normal? • <Rear door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har-
YES : Go to Step 5. ness between E-21 rear door speaker (RH) con-
NO : Repair the defective connector. nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-144 multivision
intermediate connectors C-139, C-16, D-01, and
C-144 multivision display connector terminal
No.12, 3.
and C-144 multivision display connector terminal
No.15, 7.
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Check of the troubles STEP 7. Check of the troubles

Check if the sound is output from all the speakers Temporarily replace the multivision display, and
normally. check if the sound is output.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent YES : Replace the multivision display.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to NO : Replace the faulty speaker or tweeter.
Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 7.
Inspection Procedure 3: Not sound is heard from one of the speakers. <Vehicles for RUSSIA (vehicles
without audio amplifier)>

earthing circuit are normal. (Check that the volt- E-02 (B)
C-144 (GR)
E-12 AC612730 AD
E-04 (B)
AC701094BJ
E-10
AC612731AD
C-144 (GR)
Connector: E-21
AC701122 CL
AC612733 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-391
Connector: E-22 STEP 3. Check the service data log for the MMCS
service mode.
(speaker) is displayed. (Refer to .)
Q: Is the service data log for the SP (speaker)
displayed?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 7.
AC612732 AB

If the sound is not heard from one of the speakers or Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
tweeters, the speaker, tweeter, multivision display or
communication line from the multivision display to
YES : Go to Step 5.
the speaker may have a problem. Also, the option
coding information may be inconsistent.
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is set.

• Malfunction of speaker or tweeter Check if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN box
• Malfunction of multivision display unit.
• Option coding information inconsistency (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
STEP 1. ETACS-ECU coding data check YES : Troubleshoot the MMCS (Refer to ).
(1) Operate the M.U.T.-III to read the ETACS-ECU NO : Go to Step 6.
Coding List ). STEP 6. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
(2) Check that the result matches with the number of Check if the diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-
speakers ("6 speakers" or "4 speakers") specified ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
YES : Go to Step 2. GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU −
NO : Operate the M.U.T.-III to set the option Troubleshooting ).
coding "Number of speaker" to "6 speakers" NO : Go to Step 7.
symptom.
STEP 2. Check the MMCS service mode, CAN speaker does not output the sound. Refer to .
(Refer to .) Q: Is the check result normal?
(2) Check if "6SPEAKER(2TWEETER) or YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
4SPEAKER" is displayed as the number of malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
installed speakers. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
YES : Go to Step 3. NO (Either a speaker is abnormal) : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 8. Check the following connectors. STEP 11. Check the wire harness between the
• E-12 front door speaker (LH) connector multivision display connector terminal.
• E-10 front door speaker (RH) connector Check the communication lines for open circuit or
• E-22 rear door speaker (LH) connector short circuit.
• E-21 rear door speaker (RH) connector • <Front door speaker (LH)> Check the wire har-
• E-02 tweeter (LH) connector <vehicles with 6- ness between E-12 front door speaker (LH) con-
speaker> nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-144 multivision
• E-04 tweeter (RH) connector <vehicles with 6- display connector terminal No.12, 3.
speaker> NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
Q: Are all the connectors in good condition? intermediate connectors C-126 and C-139, and
NO : Repair the defective connector. • <Front door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har-
(1) Remove the speaker or tweeter (Refer to ).
(2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the intermediate connectors C-112 and C-139, and
speaker or tweeter connector terminal. repair if necessary.
Q: Is the check result normal? ness between E-22 rear door speaker (LH) con-
STEP 10. Connector check: C-144 multivision intermediate connectors C-139, C-28, D-21, and
display connector. repair if necessary.
Q: Is the check result normal? • <Rear door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har-
YES : Go to Step 11. ness between E-21 rear door speaker (RH) con-
NO : Repair the defective connector. nector terminal No.1, 2 and C-144 multivision
intermediate connectors C-139, C-16, D-01, and
No.12, 3.
and C-144 multivision display connector terminal
No.15, 7.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-393
STEP 12. Check of the troubles STEP 13. Check of the troubles
Check if the sound is output from all the speakers Temporarily replace the multivision display, and
normally. check if the sound is output.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent YES : Replace the multivision display.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to NO : Replace the faulty speaker or tweeter.
Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 13.
Inspection Procedure 3: Not sound is heard from one of the speakers. <Except vehicles for RUSSIA
(vehicles with audio amplifier)>
CAUTION Connectors: D-26, D-27

Connector: C-144 <LHD> D-27
C-144 (GR) D-26

AC612722 BI
E-02 (B)
AC701094BJ
E-12 AC612730 AD
C-144 (GR)
E-04 (B)
AC701122 CL
E-10
AC612731AD
Connector: E-21 • Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

speaker does not output the sound (Refer to ).
NOTE: In the following procedure, check the
speaker, tweeter or subwoofer that is abnormal.
AC612733 AB
Connector: E-22 YES (normal for all) : The trouble can be an
00 − How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
NO (Either a speaker, a tweeter or a subwoofer is
abnormal) : Go to Step 2.

AC612732 AB Check the following connectors:
• E-12 front door speaker (LH) connector
• E-10 front door speaker (RH) connector
• E-22 rear door speaker (LH) connector
• E-21 rear door speaker (RH) connector
• E-02 tweeter (LH) connector
F-25 (B)
• E-04 tweeter (RH) connector
• F-25 sub woofer connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
AC801775 BJ NO : Repair the defective connector.

subwoofer.
(1) Remove the speaker, tweeter or subwoofer.
Refer to .
(2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the
noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the
F-25 (B) speaker or tweeter connector terminal. <speaker
or tweeter>
(3) Check that the subwoofer outputs the noise when
AC701264 AR
the voltage of 5 V is applied to the subwoofer
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM connector terminal. <subwoofer>
If the sound is not heard from one of the speakers,
the speaker, multivision display, audio amplifier, com- YES : Go to Step 4.
munication line from the multivision display to the NO : Replace the speaker, tweeter or subwoofer.
audio amplifier, or communication line from the audio
amplifier to the speaker may have a problem.
STEP 4. Connector check: D-26 <front door
PROBABLE CAUSES speaker or sub woofer>, D-27 <tweeter or rear
• Malfunction of speaker door speaker> audio amplifier connector
• Malfunctions of multivision display Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-395
YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 5. Check the wire harness between the sary.

audio amplifier connector terminal. YES <front door speaker> : Go to Step 6.
Check the communication lines for open circuit or YES <except front door speaker> : Go to Step 8.
short circuit. NO (harness wire is abnormal) : Repair the wiring
• <Front door speaker (LH)> Check the wire har- harness.
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-26 audio amplifier STEP 6. Connector check: C-144 multivision
connector terminal No.28, 38. display connector
intermediate connectors C-17 and C-126, and YES : Go to Step 7.
repair if necessary. NO : Repair the defective connector.
• <Front door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har-
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-26 audio amplifier STEP 7. Check the harness wire between C-144
connector terminal No.27, 37. multivision display connector terminal No.3, 7,
12, 15 and D-27 audio amplifier connector No.12,
11, 4, 10.
short circuit.
ness between E-22 rear door speaker (LH) con- NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-27 audio amplifier intermediate connectors C-139 and C-17, and repair
connector terminal No.1, 7. if necessary.
intermediate connector D-21, and repair if neces- YES : Check the trouble symptom, go to Step 8.
sary. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• <Rear door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har-
ness between E-21 rear door speaker (RH) con- STEP 8. Replace the multivision display
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-27 audio amplifier temporarily, and check the trouble symptom.
connector terminal No.2, 8. Replace the multivision display temporarily, and
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check check that the sound is output from the speaker.
intermediate connector D-01, and repair if neces- Q: Is the check result normal?
sary. YES : Replace the multivision display.
• <Tweeter (LH)> Check the wire harness between NO : Replace the audio amplifier..
No.13, 5.
No.30, 22, 29, 21.
intermediate connector D-17, and repair if neces-
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-397
Inspection Procedure 3: Not sound is heard from one of the speakers. <Vehicles for RUSSIA (vehicles
with audio amplifier)>

ensure that the power supply circuit and the E-04 (B)
C-144 (GR)
E-10
AC612731AD
Connector: E-21
AC701094BJ
AC612733 AB
C-144 (GR)
Connector: E-22
AC701122 CL
Connectors: D-26, D-27
AC612732 AB
D-27
D-26
AC612722 BI
F-25 (B)
E-02 (B) AC801775 BJ
E-12 AC612730 AD
Connector: F-25 <LANCER> STEP 3. Check the service data log for the MMCS
service mode.
(speaker) is displayed. (Refer to .)
Q: Is the service data log for the SP (speaker)
displayed?
F-25 (B)
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 7.
AC701264 AR

If the sound is not heard from one of the speakers, Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
the speaker, multivision display, audio amplifier, com-
munication line from the multivision display to the
YES : Go to Step 5.
audio amplifier, or communication line from the audio
amplifier to the speaker may have a problem. Also,
the option coding information may be inconsistent.
STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is set.
PROBABLE CAUSES Check if the diagnosis code is set to the CAN box
• Malfunction of speaker unit.
• Malfunctions of multivision display (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Malfunction of audio amplifier (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
• Option coding information inconsistency position to "ON" position.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE YES : Troubleshoot the MMCS (Refer to ).
NO : Go to Step 6.
(1) Operate the M.U.T.-III to read the ETACS-ECU STEP 6. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
option coding information (Refer to GROUP 00 − Check if the diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-
Coding Table ). ECU.
"Premium."
Q: Is the check result normal? GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU −
YES : Go to Step 2. Troubleshooting ).
NO : Operate the M.U.T.-III to set the option NO : Go to Step 7.
coding "Number of speaker" to "Premium,"
and check the trouble symptom.
STEP 2. Check the MMCS service mode, CAN speaker does not output the sound (Refer to ).
NOTE: In the following procedure, check the
speaker, tweeter or subwoofer that is abnormal.
(Refer to ) Q: Is the check result normal?
(2) Check if "PREMIUM" is displayed. YES (normal for all) : The trouble can be an
Q: Is the check result normal? 00 − How to use Troubleshooting/inspection
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 4.
NO (Either a speaker, a tweeter or a subwoofer is
abnormal) : Go to Step 8.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-399
STEP 8. Check the following connectors. (2) Check that the speaker or tweeter outputs the
Check the following connectors: noise when the voltage of 5 V is applied to the
• E-12 front door speaker (LH) connector speaker or tweeter connector terminal. <speaker
• E-10 front door speaker (RH) connector or tweeter>
• E-22 rear door speaker (LH) connector (3) Check that the subwoofer outputs the noise when
• E-21 rear door speaker (RH) connector the voltage of 5 V is applied to the subwoofer
• E-02 tweeter (LH) connector connector terminal. <subwoofer>
• E-04 tweeter (RH) connector Q: Is the check result normal?
• F-25 sub woofer connector YES : Go to Step 10.
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the defective connector. STEP 10. Connector check: D-26 <front door
speaker or sub woofer>, D-27 <tweeter or rear
STEP 9. Check the speaker, tweeter or door speaker> audio amplifier connector
subwoofer. Q: Is the check result normal?
(1) Remove the speaker, tweeter or subwoofer. YES : Go to Step 11.
Refer to . NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 11. Check the wire harness between the sary.

audio amplifier connector terminal. YES <front door speaker> : Go to Step 12.
Check the communication lines for open circuit or YES <except front door speaker> : Go to Step 14.
short circuit. NO (harness wire is abnormal) : Repair the wiring
• <Front door speaker (LH)> Check the wire har- harness.
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-26 audio amplifier STEP 12. Connector check: C-144 multivision
connector terminal No.28, 38. display connector
intermediate connectors C-17 and C-126, and YES : Go to Step 13.
repair if necessary. NO : Repair the defective connector.
• <Front door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har-
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-26 audio amplifier STEP 13. Check the harness wire between C-144
connector terminal No.27, 37. multivision display connector terminal No.3, 7,
12, 15 and D-27 audio amplifier connector No.12,
11, 4, 10.
short circuit.
ness between E-22 rear door speaker (LH) con- NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-27 audio amplifier intermediate connectors C-139 and C-17, and repair
connector terminal No.1, 7. if necessary.
intermediate connector D-21, and repair if neces- YES : Check the trouble symptom, go to Step 14.
sary. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• <Rear door speaker (RH)> Check the wire har-
ness between E-21 rear door speaker (RH) con- STEP 14. Replace the multivision display
nector terminal No.1, 2 and D-27 audio amplifier temporarily, and check the trouble symptom.
connector terminal No.2, 8. Replace the multivision display temporarily, and
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check check that the sound is output from the speaker.
intermediate connector D-01, and repair if neces- Q: Is the check result normal?
sary. YES : Replace the multivision display.
• <Tweeter (LH)> Check the wire harness between NO : Replace the audio amplifier..
No.13, 5.
No.30, 22, 29, 21.
intermediate connector D-17, and repair if neces-
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-401
Inspection Procedure 4: The navigation system can be operated while the vehicle is driven.
CAUTION
Multivision Display Communication Circuit
COMBINATION
METER
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
MULTIVISION
DISPLAY
Wire colour code

Connector: C-01 <LHD> Connector: C-144 <LHD>
C-144 (GR)
AC701093 BM AC701094BJ
Connectors: C-01, C-144 <RHD> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

There is a failure in the wiring harness between the
combination meter and the multivision display, the
respective connector(s), the combination meter or
C-144 (GR) C-01 the multivision display.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunctions of combination meter
AC701122 CM

STEP 1. Perform "Vehicle Signal Check" in the

MMCS service mode. STEP 4. Check the wire harness between C-01
Perform "Vehicle Signal Check" in the MMCS service combination meter connector terminal No.20 and
mode to check whether vehicle speed signal is nor- C-144 multivision display connector terminal
mal (Refer to ). No.13.
Q: Is the vehicle speed signal transmitted normally? short circuit.
sary.
STEP 2. Check the speedometer.
Check whether the speedometer works normally.
YES : Go to Step 5.
Q: Does the speedometer work normally? NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Diagnose the combination meter (Refer to
Combination meter − Troubleshooting ). STEP 5. Substitute a known good multivision
display, and check the trouble symptom.
Check that no menus are active during driving.
meter connector, C-144 multivision display
connector
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-403
Inspection Procedure 5: The screen is not normal in the navigation mode. (The own vehicle mark is
dislocated.) <Except vehicles for RUSSIA>
CAUTION
COMBINATION
METER
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
MULTIVISION
DISPLAY
Wire colour code

C-144 (GR)
AC701093 BM AC701094BJ
Connectors: C-01, C-144 <RHD> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

GPS antenna, the respective connector(s), the com-
C-144 (GR) C-01 bination meter or the multivision display.
NOTE: If the vehicle speed signal has a problem, the
speedometer of combination meter will be affected.
Confirm if the speedometer of combination meter
works normally at the abnormal state to customers.
AC701122 CM
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunctions of GPS antenna
• Malfunctions of combination meter STEP 3. Check the speed meter.

• Malfunctions of multivision display Check whether the speed meter works normally.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors (Refer to .)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Q: Does the speedometer work normally?
YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 1. Confirmation in MMCS service mode Combination meter − Troubleshooting ).
Check the items below in the MMCS service mode
(Refer to ).
• Perform "Network/Connect Line Check" in the
meter connector, C-144 multivision display
MMCS service mode to check that the communi-
connector
cation and wire connection with the GPS are in
good condition. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Perform "Vehicle Signal Check", and then check YES : Go to Step 5.
the status of the vehicle speed signal. NO : Repair the defective connector.
• Perform "Sensor Check", and then check the
status of the vehicle speed sensor and the gyro STEP 5. Check the harness wire between C-01
sensor. combination meter connector terminal No.20 and
Q: Is the check result normal? C-144 multivision display connector terminal
YES (OK for all) : Go to Step 6. No.13.
NO <GPS is not OK> : Go to Step 2. • Check the signal line for open circuit or short cir-
NO <The vehicle speed sensor is not OK, or vehicle cuit.
speed pulse does not increase after starting from a NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
standstill> : Go to Step 3.
NO <Gyro sensor is not OK> : Go to Step 6.
sary.
STEP 2. GPS reception check YES : Go to Step 6.
(1) Start the multivision display. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(2) Press the [INFO] button.
(3) Select [Vehicle Position].
(4) Check if the GPS signals are received. STEP 6. Check of the troubles
Drive the vehicle for some time with the GPS signals
Q: Is the check result normal? being received, and check if the own vehicle mark is
YES : Go to Step 6. dislocated.
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 7 "GPS
signal cannot be received" (Refer to .), and Q: Is the check result normal?
then go to Step 6. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-405
Inspection Procedure 5: The screen is not normal in the navigation mode. (The own vehicle mark is
dislocated.) <Vehicles for RUSSIA>
CAUTION
COMBINATION
METER
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
MULTIVISION
DISPLAY
Wire colour code

Connector: C-01 <LHD> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

GPS antenna, the respective connector(s), the com-
bination meter or the multivision display.
NOTE: If the vehicle speed signal has a problem, the
speedometer of combination meter will be affected.
Confirm if the speedometer of combination meter
works normally at the abnormal state to customers.
AC701093 BM
PROBABLE CAUSES
Connector: C-144 <LHD> • Malfunctions of GPS antenna
C-144 (GR)
AC701094BJ
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 2. GPS reception check

(1) Start the multivision display.
STEP 1. Confirmation in MMCS service mode
Check the items below in the MMCS service mode (1)
(Refer to ).
• Perform "Network/Connect Line Check" in the
MMCS service mode to check that the communi-
cation and wire connection with the GPS are in
good condition.
• Perform "Vehicle Signal Check", and then check
the status of the vehicle speed signal.
• Perform "Sensor Check", and then check the AC804201AB
status of the vehicle speed sensor and the gyro
(2) Press the (1).
sensor.
Q: Is the check result normal? (2)
YES (OK for all) : Go to Step 6.
NO <GPS is not OK> : Go to Step 2.
NO <The vehicle speed sensor is not OK, or vehicle
speed pulse does not increase after starting from a
standstill> : Go to Step 3.
NO <Gyro sensor is not OK> : Go to Step 6.
AC803907AB
(3) Select (2).
AC803908
(4) Wait for 5 minutes, and then check whether GPS

signal can be received.
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 7 "GPS
signal cannot be received" (Refer to .), and
then go to Step 6.
STEP 3. Check the speedometer.

Check whether the speedometer works normally.
(Refer to .)
Q: Does the speedometer work normally?
YES : Go to Step 4.
Combination meter − Troubleshooting ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-407
YES : Go to Step 6.
meter connector, C-144 multivision display NO : Repair the wiring harness.
connector
STEP 6. Check of the troubles
YES : Go to Step 5.
Drive the vehicle for some time with the GPS signals
being received, and check if the own vehicle mark is
dislocated.
STEP 5. Check the harness wire between C-01
combination meter connector terminal No.20 and
No.13.
• Check the signal line for open and short circuit.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check Malfunction ).
intermediate connector C-139, and repair if neces- NO : Replace the multivision display.
sary.
Inspection Procedure 6: The FM/MW/LM radio broadcasting can not be received.
CAUTION
Antenna Circuit
ROOF ANTENNA
ANTENNA AMPLIFIER
FEEDER CABLE
ANTENNA
MULTIVISION DISPLAY
Wire colour code

Connectors: C-09, C-141 <LHD> Connectors: C-09, C-141 <RHD>
C-141
C-141
C-09 C-09
AC801696 AG AC801699AH

In case of FM/MW/LW radio broadcasting can not be
received., the roof antenna (antenna rod, antenna
base), antenna fender or multivision display may
have a problem.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-409
NOTE: The radio wave may not be received if the YES : Go to Step 5.
vehicle is placed in the area which is exposed to a NO : Replace antenna rod or antenna base.
special electric field. Thus, check that the radio
broadcasting can be received using the radio of STEP 5. Check the connection of the antenna
another vehicle before carrying out diagnosis. plug and multivision display.
• Malfunction of roof antenna (antenna rod, YES : Go to Step 6.
antenna base) NO : Thoroughly connect the antenna plug and
• Antenna feeder malfunction the multivision display.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE display connector, C-09 antenna amplifier
(antenna base) connector
STEP 1. Check the state of the roof antenna. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
Q: Is the roof antenna assembled?
YES : Go to Step 2. NO : Repair or replace the damaged connector.
NO : Assemble the antenna.
STEP 7. Check the antenna feeder between C-141
STEP 2. Check to see if inspections are taking multivision display connector terminal No.81 and
place is an area exposed to special electric C-09 antenna amplifier (antenna base) connector
fields. terminal No.2.
Q: Is the reception area exposed to special electric circuit.
fields?
YES : Go to Step 3. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, inter-
NO : Go to Step 4. mediate connector C-139, and repair if necessary.
YES : Go to Step 8.
STEP 3. Move the vehicle and check the radio.
NO : Repair the antenna feeder.
Move the vehicle to a good reception area that is not
exposed to special electric fields.
STEP 8. Substitute a known good multivision
YES : Diagnosis complete. display, and check the trouble symptom.
NO : Either repair or replace the roof antenna
STEP 4. Check damage in the roof antenna (the
assembly.
antenna rod, the antenna base).
Inspection Procedure 7: GPS signal can not be received. <Except vehicles for RUSSIA>

Whenever the multivision display is replaced, • Malfunctions of GPS antenna
ensure that the power supply circuit and the • Malfunctions of multivision display
The GPS antenna or the multivision display may be
defective.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (2) Press the [INFO] button.

(3) Select [Vehicle Position].
STEP 1. Confirmation in MMCS service mode signal can be received.
Perform "Network/Connect Line Check" in the
MMCS service mode to check that the communica- Q: Can GPS signal be received?
tion and wire connection with the GPS Receiver are YES : The diagnosis is complete. (There is no
OK. (Refer to .) failure)
NO : Go to Step 4.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 2. STEP 4. Substitute a known good multivision
(1) Temporarily replace the multivision display.
STEP 2. Check for the vehicle's current position. (2) Start the multivision display.
Check that the vehicle is parked at the place without (3) Press the [INFO] button.
the shield. (4) Select [Vehicle Position].
Q: Is the vehicle parked on a well-ventilated place? (5) Check if the GPS signals are being received after
YES : Go to Step 3. 5 minutes have elapsed.
NO : Move the vehicle to the place without the
shield. YES : Replace the multivision display.
NO : Replace the GPS antenna.
STEP 3. Confirming GPS signal reception
(1) Start the multivision display.
Inspection Procedure 7: GPS signal can not be received. <Vehicles for RUSSIA>

ensure that the power supply circuit and the STEP 1. Confirmation in MMCS service mode
earthing circuit are normal. (Check that the volt- Perform "Network/Connect Line Check" in the
age is 10 V or more.) MMCS service mode to check that the communica-
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM tion and wire connection with the GPS antenna are
The GPS antenna or the multivision display may be OK. (Refer to .)
defective.
• Malfunctions of GPS antenna NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 2. Check for the vehicle's current position.
Check that the vehicle is parked on a well-ventilated
place.
Q: Is the vehicle parked on a well-ventilated place?
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Move the vehicle to a well-ventilated area.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-411
STEP 3. Confirming GPS signal reception STEP 4. Substitute a known good multivision
(1) Start the multivision display. display, and check the trouble symptom.
(1) Temporarily replace the multivision display.
(1) (2) Start the multivision display.
(1)
AC804201AB
(2) Press the (1).

AC804201AB
(2)
(3) Press the (1).
(2)
AC803907AB
(3) Select (2).

AC803907AB
(4) Select (2).
AC803908

signal can be received. AC803908
Q: Can GPS signal be received?

YES : The diagnosis is complete. (There is no signal can be received.
failure) Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Go to Step 4. YES : Replace the multivision display.
NO : Replace the GPS antenna.
Inspection Procedure 8: CD/DVD cannot be played.

Whenever the multivision display is replaced, The CD/DVD or the multivision display may be
ensure that the power supply circuit and the defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Defective CD/DVD
• Malfunctions of multivision display YES : Replace the used CD/DVD.

NO : Go to Step 6.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check if the error message is displayed service mode.
on the monitor. (1) Display the service data log for the MMCS
(Refer to .) service mode. (Refer to .)
(2) Check if the service data log for drive and HDD is
Q: Is the error message displayed on the monitor? displayed.
YES : Refer to error massage (refer to ), take
necessary steps. If the CD or DVD is still not Q: Is the service data log displayed?
be played, go to Step 2. YES (The service data log for drive is displayed.) :
NO : Go to Step 2. Check for foreign materials or condensation.
Repair if there is an abnormality, and then
go to Step 7.
STEP 2. Check the CD/DVD insertion surface. YES (The service data log for HDD is displayed.) :
Check that the CD/DVD is inserted with the correct Abnormalities relating to high or low
surface facing up. temperature may be present. Check that the
Q: Is the check result normal? multivision display can play the disc at the
YES : Go to Step 3. operable temperature. If it cannot be played
NO : Check the disc insertion surface, and normally, go to Step 7.
reinsert the disc. (In case of a single-sided NO : Go to Step 7.
disc, insert it with its label facing upward.)
STEP 7. Perform "Network/Connect Line Check"
STEP 3. Check the CD/DVD. in the MMCS service mode.
• Check that the DVD has the correct region code. (1) Display "Network/Connect Line Check" in the
• Check that the CD conforms to multivision dis- MMCS service mode. (Refer to .)
play standards . (2) Check if "DVD Drive OK" is displayed.
(3) Check if "HDD Drive OK" is displayed.
NO : Use a DVD with a correct region code. Or, YES : Go to Step 8.
use a CD conforming to multivision display NO : Replace the multivision display.
standards.
STEP 8. Check of the troubles
STEP 4. Check the CD/DVD. Check that the new CD/DVD is played normally
Check that the CD /DVD is free of dirt or scratch. when it is inserted.
YES : Go to Step 5. YES : The diagnosis is complete.
NO : Clean the disc, use a disc without scratches NO : Go to Step 9.
and burrs, or remove the burrs from the
disc, and then reinsert the disc. STEP 9. Temporarily replace the multivision
STEP 5. Temporarily replace the CD/DVD with After temporary replacement of the multivision dis-
another CD or DVD, and check the trouble play, check that the new CD/DVD is played normally
symptom. when it is inserted.
Check that the new CD/DVD is played normally Q: Is the check result normal?
when it is inserted. YES : Replace the multivision display.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the CD/DVD.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-413
Inspection Procedure 9: Image of a DVD is played, but no sound is played.

NO : Clean the disc, use a disc without scratches
ensure that the power supply circuit and the and burrs, or remove the burrs from the
earthing circuit are normal. (Check that the volt- disc, and then reinsert the disc.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 5. Temporarily replace the DVD with
The DVD or the multivision display may be defective. another DVD, and check the trouble symptom.
Check if the DVD is played normally when it is
PROBABLE CAUSES inserted.
• Defective DVD
• Malfunctions of multivision display YES : Replace the used DVD.
NO : Go to Step 6.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check if the error message is displayed service mode.
on the monitor. (1) Display the service data log for the MMCS
(Refer to .) service mode. (Refer to .)
Q: Is the error message displayed on the monitor? (2) Check if the service data log for drive and HDD is
YES : Refer to error massage (refer to ), take displayed.
necessary steps. If the CD or DVD is still not Q: Is the service data log displayed?
be played, go to Step 2. YES (The service data log for drive is displayed.) :
NO : Go to Step 2. Check for foreign materials or condensation.
Repair if there is an abnormality, and then
STEP 2. Check whether other sounds are go to Step 7.
emitted. YES (The service data log for HDD is displayed.) :
Check whether sound other than DVD is emitted. Abnormalities relating to high or low
(1) Check if the sound is output when the music temperature may be present. Check that the
server is used. multivision display can play the disc at the
(2) Check if the sound is output when the radio is operable temperature. If it cannot be played
used. normally, go to Step 7.
(3) Check if the sound is output when the CD is NO : Go to Step 7.
used.
Q: Is sound other than DVD emitted? STEP 7. Perform "Network/Connect Line Check"
YES : Go to Step 3. in the MMCS service mode.
NO : Troubleshoot the MMCS. (Refer to .) (1) Display "Network/Connect Line Check" in the
MMCS service mode. (Refer to .)
(2) Check if "DVD Drive OK" is displayed.
STEP 3. Check a DVD to be inserted. (3) Check if "HDD Drive OK" is displayed.
Check if the sound is recorded in the DVD, using
other DVD players. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
Q: Is sound data recorded in the DVD? NO : Replace the multivision display.
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Use a DVD containing sound data.
STEP 8. Check of playing method
Check whether the disc was played normally and not
STEP 4. Check the DVD. with special playback (fast rewind, fast forward, slow,
Check that the DVD is free of dirt or scratch. pause). Also, check whether the mute mode was
Q: Is the check result normal? selected. After that, check if the DVD is played nor-
mally when it is inserted.

STEP 9. Temporarily replace the multivision
NO : Go to Step 9.
After temporary replacement of the multivision dis-
play, check that the new DVD is played normally
when it is inserted.
NO : Replace the DVD.
Inspection Procedure 10: Sound of a DVD can be played, but no image is played.
CAUTION YES : Replace the used DVD.

NO : Go to Step 4.
earthing circuit are normal. (Check that the volt- STEP 4. Check the service data log for the MMCS
age is 10 V or more.) service mode.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM (1) Display the service data log for the MMCS
The DVD or the multivision display may be defective. service mode. (Refer to .)
(2) Check that the service data log for drive is
PROBABLE CAUSES displayed.
• Defective DVD (3) Check that the service data log for monitor is
• Malfunctions of multivision display displayed.
(4) Check that the service data log for HDD is
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE displayed.
Q: Is the error log displayed?
STEP 1. Check if the error message is displayed YES (The service data log for drive is displayed.) :
on the monitor. Check for foreign materials or condensation.
(Refer to .) Repair if there is an abnormality, and then
go to Step 5.
Q: Is the error message displayed on the monitor? YES (The service data log for monitor or HDD is
YES : Refer to error massage (refer to ), take displayed.) : Abnormalities relating to high or low
necessary steps. If the DVD is still not be temperature may be present. Check if the
played, go to Step 2. DVD image is displayed on the monitor
NO : Go to Step 2.
within the temperature range where the
navigation and menu screens can be
STEP 2. Check the DVD. displayed. If the image is not displayed, go
Check that the DVD is free of dirt or scratch. to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 5.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Clean the disc, use a disc without scratches STEP 5. Perform "Network/Connect Line Check"
and burrs, or remove the burrs from the in the MMCS service mode.
disc, and then reinsert the disc. (1) Display "Network/Connect Line Check" in the
MMCS service mode. (Refer to .)
STEP 3. Temporarily replace the DVD with (2) Check if "DVD Drive OK" is displayed.
another DVD, and check the trouble symptom. (3) Check if "HDD Drive OK" is displayed.
Check if another DVD is played normally when it is Q: Is the check result normal?
inserted. YES : Go to Step 6.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-415
NO : Replace the DVD.
After temporary replacement of the multivision dis-
play, check if the DVD image is displayed.
Inspection Procedure 11: The picture and sound of audio and video adapter’s input are not played.
CAUTION
Whenever the multivision display is replaced, ensure that the power supply circuit and the earthing
circuit are normal. (Check that the voltage is 10 V or more.)
STEP 1. Check of DVD picture

Check that the DVD picture is displayed normally.
C-142 (GR) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Perform the troubleshooting related to the
MMCS (Refer to ).
C-120 AC701094BK
STEP 2. Check the audio and video adapter.
Connectors: C-120, C-142 <RHD> Check the audio and video adapter.(Refer to )
YES : Go to Step 3.
C-142 (GR) NO : Replace the audio and video adapter.

C-120 display connector, C-120 audio and video
adaptor connector
AC701122 CN
The wiring harness between the audio and video NO : Repair the connector concerned.
adapter and the multivision display, the audio and
video adapter or the multivision display may have a STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-142
problem. multivision display connector terminal No. 47, 63,
NOTE: The connected equipment side or the con- 48, 64, 49 and C-120 audio and video adaptor
nection from the audio and video adapter to the connector terminal No. 1, 2, 6, 4, 5.
equipment may have a problem. Therefore, check • Check the communication lines for open circuit or
that the operation status and the connecting method short circuit.
of the equipment connected to the multivision display NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
and audio and video adapter before performing the intermediate connector C-133, C-140, and repair if
diagnosis. necessary.
• The multivision display may be defective YES : Go to Step 5.
• The audio and video adaptor may be defective NO : Repair the wiring harness.

NO : Replace the audio and video adapter.
Check that the external input is normal.
Inspection Procedure 12: Check the CAN box unit power supply circuit. <Vehicles for RUSSIA>
CAUTION
Before replacing the CAN box unit, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit, and the
communication circuit are normal. (Check that the voltage is 10 V or more.)
Connectors: C-54, C-65 <LHD> Connectors: C-307, C-309, C-311, C-313
<LHD>
ETACS-ECU
C-54
C-307 (B)
C-65 (GR) C-311 C-309 (B)
C-313 (BR)
ACA00892AH ACA00886AT
Connector: C-54, C-65 <RHD> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

If the CAN box unit functions do not work at all, the
CAN box unit power supply system, body earth sys-
C-54
tem, or CAN box unit may have a problem.
C-65 (GR)
NOTE: From the fusible link to C-139 intermediate
connector, the CAN box unit uses the same power
supply circuit as that of multivision display. There-
fore, check first if the multivision display operates
normally. If the multivision display does not operate
ACA00895AG normally, carry out in advance the troubleshooting of
"No navigation screen is displayed". (Refer to <Vehi-
Connectors: C-307, C-309, C-311, C-313
cles without Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System).
<RHD>
ETACS-ECU
PROBABLE CAUSES
C-307 (B) • Damaged harness wires and connectors
• Malfunction of CAN box unit
C-311 • Malfunction of DC/DC converter
C-309 (B) DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

C-313 (BR)
ACA00887AT
STEP 1. Check the multivision display
Check if the multivision display power is turned ON.
YES : Go to Step 2
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 1 "No
navigation screen is displayed."(Refer to
<Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go (AS&G)
System>.)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-417
STEP 2. Connector check: C-54 CAN box unit STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-54
connector and C-139 intermediate connector CAN box unit connector terminal No.2 and C-139
intermediate connector terminal No.10.
YES : Go to Step 3 • Check the power supply lines (battery power sup-
NO : Repair or replace the damaged ply) for open circuit and short circuit.
component(s). Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at C-54 CAN malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
box unit connector. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
(1) Disconnect C-54 CAN box unit connector and Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
measure the resistance available at the wiring Malfunction ).
harness side of the connector.
(2) Check the continuity between C-54 CAN box unit
connector terminal No.1 and body earth. STEP 7. Voltage measurement at C-54 CAN box
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) unit connector
(1) Disconnect C-54 CAN box unit connector and
Q: Is the check result normal? measure the voltage available at the wiring
YES : Go to Step 5
harness side of the connector.
NO : Go to Step 4
(2) Ignition switch "ACC".
(3) Measure the voltage between C-54 CAN box unit
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-54 connector terminal No.10 and body earth.
CAN box unit connector terminal No.1 and body OK: System voltage
earth.
• Check the earth wires for open circuit. Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Go to Step 8
YES : No action is necessary and testing is
complete.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-54
CAN box unit connector terminal No.10 and C-
STEP 5. Voltage measurement at C-54 CAN box • Check the power supply lines (battery power sup-
unit connector ply) for open circuit and short circuit.
(1) Disconnect C-54 CAN box unit connector and
measure the voltage available at the wiring Q: Is the check result normal?
harness side of the connector. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
(2) Measure the voltage between C-54 CAN box unit malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
connector terminal No.2 and body earth. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
OK: System voltage Malfunction ).
YES : Go to Step 7
NO : Go to Step 6
ETACS CUSTOMISATION FUNCTION

M1546023000776
ACB01877
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-419
ACB01878
ACB01879
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-421
MAIN UNIT TERMINAL VOLTAGE
M1546003300946
MULTIVISION DISPLAY
C-142
C-143
C-152
C-144
C-141
AC611894AR
C-141
Terminal Signal symbol Check condition Terminal voltage
No.
81 ANTENNA POWER ON Ignition switch: ACC position System voltage (DC)
82 AMP POWER ON Ignition switch: ACC position 1 V or less
83 IE-BUS (+) Ignition switch: ACC position More than 120mV
84 IE-BUS (-) Ignition switch: ACC position More than 120mV
C-142
No.
43 CAN-BOX DATA RX <Vehicles for Ignition switch: ACC position 2 - System voltage(DC)
RUSSIA>
45 HFM SIGNAL (+) When the hands free ECU or 1.2 Vrms (AC)
USB box operation
46 HFM SIGNAL (−) When the hands free ECU or 1 V or less
USB box operation
47 VIDEO2-IN When the image is input 1Vp-p (AC)
48 VIDEO2-R When the sound is input 1.2Vrms (AC)
49 SEIELD (VIDEO2-L/R) Always 1 V or less
53 AUDIO REMOTE Ignition switch: ACC position 3.3V (DC)
58 CAN-BOX DATA CLK <Vehicles Ignition switch: ACC position 1 - 5V (DC)
for RUSSIA>
59 CAN-BOX DATA TX <Vehicles for Ignition switch: ACC position 5V (DC)
RUSSIA>
61 HFM SIGNAL (+)-L When the hands free ECU or 1.2 Vrms (AC)
USB box operation
63 SEIELD (VIDEO2-IN) Always 1 V or less
64 VIDEO2-L When the sound is input 1.2Vrms (AC)
65 VIDEO2 DETECT Always 1 V or less
69 SEIELD (STEERING REMO) Always 1 V or less
C-143
No.
21 BATTERY (+) Always System voltage
24 PS-R Sift lever <M/T> or selector Hi : 5Mid : OpenLo : 1 V or
lever < A/T, CVT>: R position less
Ignition switch: ON position
25 GND Always 1 V or less
C-144
No.
2 SPEAKER RL (−) When the sound is output 0 - System voltage (AC)
3 SPEAKER FL (−) When the sound is output 0 - System voltage (AC)
6 AMP DATA Ignition switch: ON 0 - System voltage (DC)
7 SPEAKER FR (−) When the sound is output 0 - System voltage (AC)
8 SPEAKER RR (−) When the sound is output 0 - System voltage (AC)
9 MAIN GND Always 1 V or less
10 ILLUMINATION (+) Tail lamp switch: ON System voltage (DC)
11 SPEAKER RL (+) When the sound is output 0 - System voltage (AC)
12 SPEAKER FL (+) When the sound is output 0 - System voltage (AC)
13 VSS Ignition switch: ON 0 - System voltage (pulse)
14 ACCESSORY (+) Ignition switch: ACC position System voltage (DC)
15 SPEAKER FR (+) When the sound is output 0 - System voltage (AC)
16 SPEAKER RR (+) When the sound is output 0 - System voltage (AC)
17 BATTERY (+) Always System voltage (DC)
C-152
No.
1 VCC (RC 6.5v) • Ignition switch: ACC position 5.8 - 7.0V (DC)
• Sift lever <M/T> or selector
lever <CVT>: R position
3 CAMERA SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ACC position 1Vp-p (AC)
5 SEIELD (CAMERA) Always 1 V or less
6 CAMERA DETECT • Ignition switch: ACC position 5V (DC)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-423
CAN BOX UNIT <VEHICLES FOR RUS-
SIA>
C-54
AC611333
C-54
No.
2 BATTERY (+) Always System voltage (DC)
4 TX (AND) Ignition switch: ACC position 0 - 5V (DC)
5 RX (AND) Ignition switch: ACC position 2 - System voltage (DC)
6 CAN-BOX DATA CLK Ignition switch: ACC position 1 - 5V (DC)
8 CAN-H − −
9 CAN-L − −
10 ACCESSORY (+) Ignition switch: ACC position System voltage (DC)

M1546001000897
MULTIVISION DISPLAY
• Removal of Instrument centre panel (Refer to GROUP • Installation of Instrument centre panel (Refer to GROUP
52A − Instrument Centre Panel assembly ) 52A − Instrument Centre Panel assembly )
3.0 ± 1.0 N·m 8

6
1
1.5 ± 0.5 N·m
1.5 ± 0.5 N·m

3.0 ± 1.0 N·m
3.0 ± 1.0 N·m

5 4
3
7
AC709965AB

1. Multivision display assembly 6. Bracket (LH/RH)
>>A<< 2. Multivision display 7. Navigation harness
3. CAN box unit assembly <Vehicles 8. TMC cable
for RUSSIA>
4. CAN box unit <Vehicles for INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
RUSSIA> >>A<< MULTIVISION DISPLAY
5. CAN box unit bracket <Vehicles for
RUSSIA>
No connection Connector: C-142

Connector: C-143
TMC cable
No connection
TMC cable
Connector: C-144 Radio antenna

GPS antenna
Connector: C-141
AC802116 AI
The connectors, antenna and cables connected to

the multivision display are shown in the figure.
GPS antenna
• Removal of multivision display assembly • Installation of multivision display assembly
1.5 ± 0.5 N·m
AC709281
Removal Step
1. GPS antenna
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-425
Audio and video adaptor
• Removal of instrument panel centre lower (Refer to • Installation of instrument panel centre lower (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument Centre Panel assembly ) GROUP 52A − Instrument Centre Panel assembly )
<Vehicles with instrument <Vehicles without instrument

panel console box> panel console box>
Note
: Claw positions
A Section A – A
Claw
1
A
1
1 A Claw
AC800095AB
Removal Step The connection position Terminal Measurem

1. Audio and video adaptor of pin jack side circuit number ent value
INSPECTION tester
1 2 Continuity
AUDIO AND VIDEO ADAPTER 2 1 exists (2 Ω
INSPECTION or less)
3 5
M1546312900011
1. Remove the audio and video adapter.(Refer to .) 4 4
2. Check that continuity exists between the terminal 5 5
and the pin jack of audio and video adapter. 6 6
Pin Jack
VIDEO AUDIO AUDIO

IN L (MONO) R
Yellow White Red
Pin Jack
2 4 6
1 3 5
AC707484 AB
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

SPECIAL TOOLS
M1544000600663
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-427
a assembly
MB991824
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
c. M.U.T.-III main Diagnosis code and service data
harness A check.
c CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
MB991910 harness B
(Vehicles
d
without CAN
system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
tester
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA

connector
MB992006

M1544004901346

TROUBLESHOOTING
M1544004800614
Procedure No. page
1 Steering wheel audio remote control switch does not <Vehicles with radio
function and CD player>
<Vehicles with
MMCS>
2 Steering wheel audio remote control switch illumination does not come on.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-429
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Steering wheel audio remote control switch does not function. <Vehicles
with radio and CD player>
Steering Wheel Audio Remote Control Switch Circuit
STEERING
WHEEL
AUDIO
REMOTE
CONTROL
SWITCH
Wire colour code

B : Black CLOCK
LG : Light green SPRING
G : Green
L: Blue
W : White
Y: Yellow
SB : Sky blue
BR : Brown
O : Orange
GR : Grey
R : Red
P : Pink RADIO AND CD PLAYER
V : Violet
PU: Purple
SI : Silver

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

Check whether the service data below are normal.
(Refer to .)
(1) Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
(2) Operate each switch of the steering remote
AC701094AJ control. Check whether the normal conditions
listed below are displayed.
C-103 Item Item name Normal
No. condition
C-105 Item 1 RADIO remote SW (SEEK-) ON
Item 2 RADIO remote SW (SEEK+) ON
Item 3 RADIO remote SW (MODE) ON
Item 4 RADIO remote SW (VOL-) ON
Item 5 RADIO remote SW (VOL+) ON
AC701122 AV
YES : Replace the audio unit.
NO : Go to Step 2.
C-202 (R)
STEP 2. Check the steering wheel audio remote
control switch.
C-204 Check the continuity of the steering wheel audio
C-205 remote control switch (Refer to ).
AC612708 AQ Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 3.
Connectors: C-202, C-204, C-205 <RHD> NO : Replace the remote controlled radio switch.
STEP 3. Connector check: C-204 and C-205 clock

spring connector
C-202 (R)
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-204
C-205
AC612716 AD
STEP 4. Check the clock spring.
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT) Check whether the clock spring is in good condition.
The power supply circuit to the steering wheel audio Refer to GROUP 52B − Driver’s Air bag module and
remote control switch, the steering wheel audio clock spring .
remote control switch, the radio and CD player, or Q: Is the check result normal?
the clock spring may be defective. YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the clock spring.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
• Malfunction of steering wheel audio remote con-
trol switch STEP 5. Connector check: C-103 radio and CD
• Malfunctions of radio and CD player player connector
• Malfunction of the clock spring Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-431
YES : Go to Step 6.
steering wheel audio remote control switch
connector terminal No.2, 4 and C-204 clock
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-103 spring connector terminal No.5, 4.
radio and CD player connector terminal No.22, 32 • Check the communication lines for open circuit or
and C-205 clock spring connector terminal No.2, short circuit.
3.
YES : Go to Step 9.
short circuit. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : Go to Step 7.
Check whether you can operate the radio and CD
player by using the steering wheel audio remote con-
STEP 7. Connector check: C-202 steering wheel trol switch.
audio remote control switch connector
NO : Repair the defective connector. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Malfunction ).
Inspection Procedure 1: Steering wheel audio remote control switch does not function. <Vehicles
with MMCS>
Steering Wheel Audio Remote Control Switch Circuit
STEERING
WHEEL
AUDIO
REMOTE
CONTROL
SWITCH
CLOCK
Wire colour code SPRING
B : Black
LG : Light green
G : Green
L: Blue
W : White
Y: Yellow
SB : Sky blue
BR : Brown
O : Orange
GR : Grey
R : Red
P : Pink
V : Violet MULTIVISION DISPLAY
PU: Purple
SI : Silver
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-433
C-142 (GR) DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

control switch.
Check the continuity of the steering wheel audio
remote control switch (Refer to ).
AC701094BM
YES : Go to Step 2.
Connector: C-142 <RHD> NO : Replace the remote controlled radio switch.
STEP 2. Connector check: C-202 steering wheel

C-142 (GR)
YES : Go to Step 3.
AC701122 CP STEP 3. Connector check: C-205 and C-204 clock

spring connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-202 (R)
Check whether the clock spring is in good condition
C-204 (Refer to GROUP 52B − Driver’s Air bag module and
C-205 clock spring ).
AC612708 AQ Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.

display connector
C-202 (R) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
C-204
C-205
AC612716 AD
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT) multivision display connector terminal No.53, 69
The power supply circuit to the steering wheel audio and C-205 clock spring connector terminal No.2,
remote control switch, the steering wheel audio 3.
remote control switch, the multivision display, or the NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
clock spring may be defective. intermediate connector C-139, and repair if neces-
sary.
short circuit.
trol switch
• Malfunctions of multivision display Q: Is the check result normal?
• Malfunction of the clock spring YES : Go to Step 7.
YES : Go to Step 9.
YES : Go to Step 8.
Check whether you can operate the multivision dis-
play by using the steering wheel audio remote con-
trol switch.
connector terminal No.2, 4 and C-202 clock
spring connector terminal No.5, 4.
short circuit.
Malfunction ).
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the multivision display.
Inspection Procedure 2: Steering wheel audio remote control switch illumination does not come on.
Steering Wheel Audio Remote Control Switch Illumination Circuit
STEERING
WHEEL
AUDIO
REMOTE
CONTROL
SWITCH
Wire colour code
B : Black LG : Light green
G : Green L : Blue
W : White Y : Yellow
SB : Sky blue BR : Brown
O : Orange GR : Grey
R : Red P : Pink
V : Violet PU : Purple
SI : Silver
COMBINATION
METER
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT CLOCK
SPRING
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-435
Connector: C-01 <LHD> • Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

YES : Go to Step 2.
AC701093 AU
Connector: C-01 <RHD> STEP 2. Voltage measurement at C-202 steering

wheel audio remote control switch connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ACC" position, and
turn the tail lamp switch to the "ON" position.
body earth.
OK: System voltage
AC701122 BH
Connectors: C-202, C-204, C-205 <LHD> YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 5.
C-202 (R) STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-202

connector terminal No.5 and body earth.
C-204
AC612708 AQ
YES : Go to Step 4.
control switch.
Illumination check. (Refer to .)
C-202 (R) YES : Go to Step 11.
NO : Replace the steering wheel voice control
C-204 switch.
C-205
AC612716 AD
STEP 5. Connector check: C-204 and C-205 clock
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT)
The power supply circuit to the steering wheel audio spring connectors
remote control switch, the steering wheel audio Q: Is the check result normal?
remote control switch, the combination meter, or the YES : Go to Step 6.
clock spring may be defective. NO : Repair the defective connector.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Check whether the clock spring is in good condition
trol switch
(Refer to GROUP 52B − Driver’s Air bag module and
clock spring ).
• Malfunction of the clock spring
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 10. Check the audio illumination.
Check whether the illumination of the audio control
panel comes on normally.
connector terminal No.1 and C-204 clock spring NO : Refer to radio and CD player Inspection
connector terminal No.1. Procedure 5 "Audio illuminations does not
• Check the power supply line open or short circuit. work normally." . and then go to Step 11.
YES : Go to Step 8.
Check whether the illumination of the steering wheel
audio remote control switch comes on normally.
meter connector
NO : Repair the defective connector. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-01 NO : Replace the steering wheel audio remote
combination meter connector terminal No.23 and control switch.
C-205 clock spring connector terminal No.6.
• Check the power supply line open or short circuit.
SERVICE DATA
M1544014100111
Q: Is the check result normal? Refer to Radio and CD player .

NO : Repair the wiring harness. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
M1544015600294
WARNING
• Before removing the air bag module, refer to GROUP 52B, Service Precautions and
Driver’s, Front Passenger's Air Bag Module and Clock Spring .
• When removing and installing the steering wheel, do not let it bump against the air bag
module.
• Removal of driver’s air bag module (Refer to GROUP • Installation of driver’s air bag module (Refer to GROUP
52B, Driver’s, Front Passenger's Air Bag Module and 52B, Driver’s, Front Passenger's Air Bag Module and
Clock Spring ). Clock Spring ).
1
Driver`s air bag module
AC605239AD
Removal Step
1. Steering wheel audio remote
control switch
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-437
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO REMOTE Switch Position Tester Measurement
CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION Connection Value
M1544015700398
No push 2−3 Approximately
3.1 kΩ
2−4 Approximately
SWITCH CHECK
71 kΩ
"Mode" switch Approximately
“VOL up” switch
“CH up” 270 Ω
switch
"CH up" switch Approximately
“VOL down” “CH down” 740 Ω
switch switch "CH down" switch Approximately
1.3 kΩ
“Mode” switch
"VOL up" switch Approximately
2.1 kΩ
AC605242AC
"VOL down" switch Approximately
3.1 kΩ
ILLUMINATION CHECK
AC600711AC
Use an ohmmeter to measure the resistance value

between the terminal.
AC800648AB
Apply the battery voltage of steering wheel audio

remote control switch connector terminal No. 1 and
5, and check if the steering wheel audio remote con-
trol switch illuminates.
NOTE: Make sure that polarity is correct.
USB BOX
USB BOX
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1549100300062

a
b adapter b. For checking power supply
d. Probe circuit
circuit
tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA

connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING

M1549100400069
DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH RADIO AND CD PLAYER>

M1549101600044
Enter the diagnosis mode according to the following 1. Turn the Ignition switch to the "ACC" or "ON"
steps: position and switch off the radio and CD player.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
USB BOX
54A-439
NOTE: When the "Power" button of the radio and CD
player is pressed during the diagnosis mode, the
[CH3]
diagnosis mode will be cancelled, thus switching off
[CH4] the radio and CD player.
3. "USB - BOX DIAG" is displayed.
Power
Fast-forward
Rewind
AC711790AF
2. Press the following buttons in that order within

sixty seconds from step (1).
(1) [CH1] button.
(2) Rewind button.
(3) Fast-forward button.
(4) [CH4] button.
Radio and CD player OFF
CH1
Rewind
Fast-forward
CH4
USB - BOX DIAG
CH4 CH3
H/W Ver.
CH4 CH3
S/W Ver.
AC905418AB
USB BOX
Description in the Actual display Condition

illustrations
USB - BOX DIAG USB - BOX DIAG Displayed when the diagnosis mode is being entered.
H/W Ver. H/W XX Two-digit hardware version is displayed.
S/W Ver. S/W XXXXXXX Seven-digit software version is displayed.
DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH MMCS>

M1549101600022
HOW TO INITIATE THE SERVICE MODE
Refer to MMCS - Service mode .
USB BOX
HOW TO TERMINATE THE SERVICE MODE
Refer to MMCS - Service mode . H/W version XX
S/W version XX. YY. ZZZ

<Vehicles with USB box>
Service 1/2

Camera Setting USB BOX AC904707AB
Speaker Check Memory Initialization 2. Displays the version information of the USB box.
Previous Next Back NOTE: .
• H/W version: The hardware version informa-
AC904700AB tion of the USB box is displayed in 2 digits.
• S/W version: The software version information
1. Select "USB BOX" on "Service" screen. of the USB box is displayed in 7 digits.

M1549100500118
Trouble symptom Reference page

The USB adapter data cannot be replayed. <Vehicles with radio and CD player>
<Vehicles with MMCS>
NOTE: If the radio and CD player or multivision dis-
play is reset or sound jump occurs at the auto start
by Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System, refer to .<Vehi-
cles with Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System>
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
USB BOX
54A-441
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
The USB adapter data cannot be replayed. <Vehicles with radio and CD player>
CAUTION
Before replacing the USB box, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the commu-
NOTE: .
• "LSI ERROR" is displayed on the audio display
when the USB box has an internal error. In this
C-105 case, the USB box has an internal error.
C-66 • The ACC signal is received C-66 USB box con-
nector terminal No.15 from C-105 radio and CD
player connector terminal No.17.
• From the fusible link to C-128 intermediate con-
nector, the USB box uses the same power supply
circuit as that of AUDIO display (centre panel
ACA00892AW
ACA00892
unit) as well as that of radio and CD player.
Connector: C-66 <RHD> Therefore, check first if the AUDIO display (cen-
tre panel unit) is displayed. If the AUDIO display
(centre panel unit) is not displayed, carry out in
advance the troubleshooting of "The radio and
CD player does not operate normally by operat-
ing the audio control unit of the centre panel unit".
(Refer to <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go
(AS&G) System> or <Vehicles with Auto Stop &
Go (AS&G) System>..)
ACA00896AF
PROBABLE CAUSES
Connector: C-105 <RHD> • The radio and CD player may be defective.
• The USB box may be defective.
• The USB adapter may be defective.
• The USB cable may be defective.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the radio and CD player

ACA00895AU
operation.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Check if the radio and CD player work normally and
If the sound replay is impossible with the USB mode, the sound is output.
the USB adapter, USB cable, USB box, or radio and
CD player may be defective, or a communication YES : Go to Step 2.
error between the radio and CD player and USB box NO : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player
may have occurred. (Refer to ).
STEP 2. Check the external sounds input mode.

Check if the radio and CD player is switched to the
"USB mode".
USB BOX

NO : Switch to the "USB mode". YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 3. Check the audio display
Check if the audio display is displayed the "LSI
Malfunction ).
ERROR".
NO : Go to Step 4. STEP 9. Resistance measurement at C-66 USB
box connector.
(1) Disconnect C-66 USB box connector, and
STEP 4. Check the USB adapter. measure the resistance available at the wiring
Check if the USB adapter works normally.(Refer to ) harness side of the connector.
Q: Is the check result normal? (2) Check the continuity between terminal No.17 and
YES : Go to Step 5. body earth.
NO : Replace the USB adapter. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
STEP 5. Check the USB cable. YES : Go to Step 11.
Check that the USB cable is connected to the USB NO : Go to Step 10.
adapter or USB box normally. Or check the USB
cable for damage such as bend.
Q: Is the check result normal? USB box connector terminal No.17 and body
YES : Go to Step 6. earth.
NO : Replace or repair the USB cable. • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
STEP 6. Connector check: C-66 USB box the joint connector C-231, and repair if neces-
connector, C-128 intermediate connector sary.
NO : Repair the defective connector. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
STEP 7. Voltage measurement at C-66 USB box Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
connector. Malfunction ).
(2) Voltage between C-66 USB box connector STEP 11. Connector check: C-105 radio and CD
terminal No.1 and the body earth player connector
NO : Go to Step 8.
STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-66 105 radio and CD player connector terminal No.
USB box connector terminal No.1 and C-128 12, 3, 1, 10, 17 and C-66 USB box connector
intermediate connector terminal No.9. terminal No. 8, 22, 2, 16, 15.
• Check the power supply lines (battery power sup- • Check the communication line for open circuit
ply) for open circuit and short circuit. and short circuit.
the intermediate connector C-31, C-128, and repair if YES : Go to Step 13.
necessary. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
USB BOX
54A-443
YES : Replace the USB box.
STEP 13. Replace the USB box temporarily, and
check the trouble symptom.
Replace the USB box temporarily, and check that the
sound is output from the speaker.
The USB adapter data cannot be replayed. <Vehicles with MMCS>
CAUTION
Before replacing the USB box, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the commu-
NOTE: .
• The ACC signal is received C-66 USB box con-
C-66 nector terminal No.15 from C-141 multivision dis-
C-141 C-142 (GR) play connector terminal No.17.
nector, the USB box uses the same power supply
circuit as that of multivision display. Therefore,
check first if the multivision display operates nor-
mally. If the multivision display does not operate
normally, carry out in advance the troubleshoot-
ACB02646AG
ing of "No navigation screen is displayed". (Refer
Connector: C-66 <RHD> to <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go (AS&G)
System> or <Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go
(AS&G) System>.)
PROBABLE CAUSES
• The multivision display may be defective.
• The USB box may be defective.
ACA00896AF
C-141 STEP 1. Check the multivision display operation.

C-142 (GR) Check if the multivision display work normally and
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Troubleshoot the MMCS. (Refer to .)
ACB02648AH
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 2. Check the multivision display operation.

If the sound replay is impossible with the USB/iPod Display the A/V Mode screen, and check that the
mode, the USB adapter, USB cable, USB box, or "USB/iPod" item is displayed.
multivision display may be defective, or a communi- Q: Is the check result normal?
cation error between the multivision display and USB YES : Go to Step 3.
box may have occurred. NO : Go to Step 5.
USB BOX
STEP 3. Check the USB adapter. measure the resistance available at the wiring
Check that the continuity exists between the front harness side of the connector.
side terminals of USB adapter and rear side termi- (2) Check the continuity between terminal No.17 and
nals of USB adapter.(Refer to ) body earth.
NO : Replace the USB adapter. YES : Go to Step 10.
NO : Go to Step 9.
STEP 4. Check the USB cable.

Check that the USB cable is connected to the USB STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-66
adapter or USB box normally. Or check the USB USB box connector terminal No.17 and body
cable for damage such as bend. earth.
NO : Replace or repair the USB cable. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 5. Connector check: C-66 USB box
connector, C-128 intermediate connector
Malfunction ).
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 10. Connector check: C-141, C-142
STEP 6. Voltage measurement at C-66 USB box
connector.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the NO : Repair the defective connector.
(2) Voltage between C-66 USB box connector
terminal No.1 and the body earth STEP 11. Check the wiring harness between C-
OK: System voltage 141 multivision display connector terminal No 61,
45 and C-66 USB box connector terminal No 8,
Q: Is the check result normal? 22.
YES : Go to Step 8. • Check the communication line for open circuit
NO : Go to Step 7. and short circuit.
STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-66 intermediate connectors C-140, and repair if neces-
USB box connector terminal No.1 and C-128 sary.
ply) for open circuit and short circuit. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
141 multivision display connector terminal No 83,
84, 82 and C-66 USB box connector terminal No
2, 16, 15.
Malfunction ).
• Check the communication line for open circuit
and short circuit.
STEP 8. Resistance measurement at C-66 USB intermediate connectors C-140, and repair if neces-
box connector. sary.
(1) Disconnect C-66 USB box connector, and
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
USB BOX
54A-445
YES : Go to Step 13. YES : Replace the USB box.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. NO : Replace the multivision display.
USB ADAPTER REMOVAL AND

STEP 13. Replace the USB box temporarily, and
check the trouble symptom. INSTALLATION
M1549100800216
Replace the USB box temporarily, and check that the
sound is output from the speaker.
• Removal of glove box cover (Refer to GROUP 52A − • Installation of glove box cover (Refer to GROUP 52A −
glove box ) glove box )
Glove box
cover
USB adapter
ACA00808 AB
USB BOX REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1549100900105

ACA00184AB
Removal Steps
1. USB cable
2. USB box
USB ADAPTER INSPECTION

M1549101100135
1. Remove the USB adapter. (Refer to )
USB BOX
2. Check that the continuity exists between the front Front side Rear side Measurement
side terminals of USB adapter and rear side ter- terminal terminal value
minals of USB adapter.
1 1 Continuity
Front side Rear side 2 2 exists (2 Ω or
less)
3 2
1 3 3
4
2 3 4 4
1 4
AC900440AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-447
HANDS FREE ECU
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1544403500168
HANDS FREE ECU

a assembly
MB991824
f. MB991826
(Vehicles with CAN CAN bus diagnostics, diagnosis
MB991827
communication code or service data check.
c system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
MB991910 CAN
d communication
system)
adapter
harness
e
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
circuit
circuit
c
sourced tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-449
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSIS
M1544404500105
Prior to the troubleshooting, check if the causes below can be the case. If any, take actions according to the
solution method.
Pairing of the Bluetooth®device (mobile phone or music player) and hands free ECU cannot be made.
The hands free ECU does not recognize the Bluetooth®device (mobile phone or music player)
Cause SOLUTION
The power of the With the power of the bluetooth®device turned on, check the trouble
bluetooth®device is off. symptom again.
In addition to the • With the voice operation, select the device to be connected.
bluetooth®device to be • Select the device to be connected on the multivision display. <Vehicles
recognized, two or more with MMCS>
bluetooth®device exist in the
vehicle.
Power supply abnormality in Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position and check if iPod connected to
the hands free ECU, or the USB adapter or USB device can be played. If the music cannot be
communication error played, the power supply of hands free ECU or the communication between
between the radio and CD the radio and CD player or multivition display, and hands free ECU may have
player or multivition display, a problem. Perform the Inspection procedure 2: The USB adapter data
and hands free ECU. cannot be replayed. (Refer to <Vehicles with radio and CD player> or
<Vehicles with MMCS>.) If the diagnosis mode of hands free ECU can be
made an entry, the ECU status can be checked by the hands free ECU self-
check, however, if the power supply of hands free ECU, or the
communication with the radio and CD player or multivition display may have
a problem, the ECU status can not be checked.(Refer to <Vehicles with
radio and CD player> or <Vehicles with MMCS>.)
HANDS FREE ECU
Calling cannot be made using the hands free cellular phone function.
Bluetooth®The music player cannot be replayed.
The music data received from the USB adapter cannot be replayed.
Cause SOLUTION
The Bluetooth® connection Connect the Bluetooth®device to the hands free ECU via Bluetooth®.
is not made between the
hands free ECU and
Bluetooth®device.
The vehicle is not located in Check the radio wave condition of the mobile phone shown on the display, or
the communication area of check the radio wave condition shown on the mobile phone itself.
the cellular phone.
AUDIO communication error Check if the data of music file sent to the hands free ECU can be replayed. If
between the hands free ECU there are no problems, the communication between the hands free ECU and
and the radio and CD player the radio and CD player may have a problem.
or multivition display.
The voice recognition operation cannot be performed.

The communication voice cannot be heard by the other party.
Cause SOLUTION
During the conversation, the During the conversation, press the speech switch and set to mute off by
microphone unit is set to voice recognition. Perform Inspection Procedure 3: When the speech switch
mute. is pressed, the voice information is output, but the voice recognition is not
performed. (Refer to .)
The hands free ECU cannot Minimize the noise by turning off the A/C, closing the window, and stopping
recognize the speech voice the engine, and then clearly speak up near the microphone unit . Or,
because of noise or others. customize the voice recognition using the speaker enrolment function.
The microphone unit , or the The microphone unit may have a problem. Perform Inspection Procedure 3:
connection has a problem. When the speech switch is pressed, the voice information is output, but the
voice recognition is not performed. (Refer to .) The connection with the
microphone unit can be checked by the microphone check result on the
diagnosis mode. (Refer to <Vehicles with radio and CD player> or
<Vehicles with MMCS>.)
The speech switch, or the If the voice information is not output when the speech switch is operated, the
connection has a problem. steering wheel voice control switch has a problem. Perform the Inspection
Procedure 4: When the speech switch is pressed, the voice information is
not output. (Refer to <Vehicles with radio and CD player> or <Vehicles with
MMCS>.)
A call cannot be received when the pick-up switch (Steering wheel voice control switch) is pressed.
The voice information cannot be output from the speaker.
Cause SOLUTION
The Bluetooth® connection Connect the cellular phone to the hands free ECU via Bluetooth®.
is not made between the
hands free ECU and cellular
phone.
The pick-up switch (Steering If the voice information is not output when the speech switch is operated, the
wheel voice control switch), steering wheel voice control switch has a problem. Perform the Inspection
or the connection has a Procedure 4: When the speech switch is pressed, the voice information is not
problem. output. (Refer to <Vehicles with radio and CD player> or <Vehicles with
MMCS>.)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-451
Voice guide "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. Please try again or contact your dealer for service" is
sent from the speaker.
Cause SOLUTION
The hands free-ECU cannot If the vehicle speed signal the hands free-ECU receives has a problem, the
receive the vehicle speed vehicle speed signal of audio unit or the hands free-ECU may have a
signal from the radio and CD problem. Perform the Inspection Procedure 8: Voice guide "Unable to obtain
player or multivision display. vehicle speed. Please try again or contact your dealer for service" is sent
from the speaker. (Refer to <Vehicles with radio and CD player> or
<Vehicles with MMCS>.)

TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540203800408
DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH RADIO AND CD PLAYER>

M1544404800128
Enter the diagnosis mode according to the following (1) [CH1] button.
steps: (2) Rewind button.
1. Turn the Ignition switch to the "ACC" or "ON" (3) Fast-forward button.
position and switch off the radio and CD player. (4) [CH4] button.
NOTE: .
PAGE [CH1] [CH3] [CH5] • When the "Power" button of the radio and CD
DISP [CH2] [CH4] [CH6] player is pressed during the diagnosis mode, the
diagnosis mode will be cancelled, thus switching
off the radio and CD player. However, if the
"Power" button is pressed while the hands free
ECU is being updated, the update will not be can-
celled.
• When the "Mode change" button (FM/AM, CD) is
pressed during diagnosis mode except the hands
free ECU update, the diagnosis mode will be can-
celled and relevant operation will be carried out.
• When an invalid button is pressed during diagno-
sis mode except the hands free ECU update, the
diagnosis mode will be cancelled, thus switching
off the radio and CD player.
• During the diagnosis mode, voice which is input
through the microphone unit is played through a
Power Mode change Fast-forward
relevant loudspeaker.
Rewind
AC711790 AG 3. "HFM DIAG" is displayed.
2. Press the following buttons in that order within
sixty seconds from step (1).
HANDS FREE ECU
Radio and CD player OFF
CH1
3 seconds
or
Rewind
NG PAGE
NO FILE
Fast-forward
CH4
DISP PAGE OK
UNLOCK HFM DIAG HFM UPDATE
3 seconds
3 seconds
CH4 CH3
Microphone check
result CODE_
PAGE
3 seconds
CH4 CH3
Part Number CODEXXXX

PAGE
3 seconds Code NG
CH4 CH3
CODE WRONG
H/W Ver. Code OK

UPDATE XX%
ECU Abnormal
CH4 CH3
Malfunction End
S/W Ver. UPDATE

UPDATE FAIL COMPLETE
CH4 CH3
PAGE PAGE
Self-check Result
AC904648AE

illustrations
UNLOCK UNLOCK Four-digit password, which has been set by the security
function, will be erased.
HFM DIAG HFM DIAG Displayed when the diagnosis mode is being entered.
Result of microphone MIC Short Displayed when the line between the microphone and the
check hands free ECU is short-circuited.
MIC Open Displayed when the line between the microphone and the
hands free ECU is open-circuited.
MIC OK Normal status (the line between the microphone and the
hands free ECU is not open/short-circuited)
Part number PN XXXXXXXX Eight-digit part number is displayed.
H/W Ver. H/W XX Two-digit hardware version is displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-453
illustrations
S/W Ver. S/W XXXXXXX Seven-digit software version is displayed.
Self-check result HFM OK Displayed when the hands free ECU is not defective.
HFM Error Displayed when the hands free ECU is suspected to be
defective.
NOTE: Turn the ignition switch to the "OFF" position once
when "ERROR" is displayed. Enter the diagnosis mode by
turning the ignition switch to the "ON" position again. If the
self-check result shows "ERROR" again, the hands free ECU
is determined to be defective.
NO FILE NO file A USB device stores no data.
HFM UPDATE HFM Update Displayed when the hands free ECU update file is found, at the
transition to the hands free ECU update mode, in the USB
memory that is connected to the USB adapter.
CODE_ CODE_ Input four-digit code for update. Use the "CH" button when a
code is input.
CODE XXXX Code XXXX XXXX after Code shows the numbers from 1 to 6,
corresponding to the buttons "CH1" to "CH6".
CODE WRONG Code wrong The code, which has been input, is wrong.
UPDATING XX% Updating XX% Displayed when updating is carried out.
UPDATING Update complete The updating mode is complete.
COMPLETE
UPDATE FAIL Update fail Displayed when the update of the hands free ECU fails.
DIAGNOSIS MODE <VEHICLES WITH MMCS>

M1544404800117
As a diagnosis mode for the hands free ECU, version
information of the hands free ECU and diagnostic
results of the hands free ECU and the microphone Service 1/2
unit can be displayed by the service mode of the mul- Vehicle Signal Check Versions Indication
tivision display. Monitor Check Sensor Check

HOW TO INITIATE THE SERVICE MODE Network/Connect Line Check CAN Communication Confirmation
Refer to MMCS - Service mode . Speaker Check Memory Initialization
HOW TO TERMINATE THE SERVICE MODE Previous Next Back
Refer to MMCS - Service mode .

AC903640AB
HANDS FREE MODULE 1. Select "hands free module" on "Service" screen.

NOTE: .
• While the hands free ECU is in diagnosis mode,
connection with the Bluetooth® device is shut Hands Free Module VOL 25
Parts No. XXXXXXXX

down.
• While the hands free ECU is in diagnosis mode,
H/W version XX
S/W version XX. YY. ZZZ

the sound input to the microphone unit is output
HFM Self Check NG
directly through the speaker.
HFM MIC Check OK
S/W Update Error Code Unlock Back
AC903643AB
HANDS FREE ECU
2. "Hands Free Module" screen is displayed. SPECIFICATION OF DISPLAY ITEM
Displayed name Detail

VOL The volume of the sound input to the microphone unit and output
through the speaker while the hands free ECU is in diagnosis
mode. (The sound volume can be changed by operating the
multivision display.)
Parts No The part number of the hands free ECU is displayed in 8 digits.
H/W version The hardware version information of the hands free ECU is
displayed in 2 digits.
S/W version The software version information of the hands free ECU is
displayed in 7 digits.
HFM Self Check The hands free ECU state is displayed.
• "OK": Normal (There is no abnormality in the hands free ECU.)
• "NG": Abnormal (The hands free ECU may have a problem.)
NOTE: If "NG" is displayed, turn the ignition switch to the "OFF"
position once. Then, turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position,
and enter into the diagnosis mode. When the HFM Self Check
display is NG again, the hands free ECU is determined to be
defective.
HFM MIC Check Displays the communication condition of the hands free ECU and
the microphone unit.
• "OK": Normal (There is no short circuit or open circuit in the line
between the microphone unit and the hands free ECU.)
• "NG (Short)": This message is displayed when the line between
the microphone unit and the hands free ECU is shorted.
• "NG (Open)": (This message is displayed when there is an open
circuit in the line between the microphone unit and the hands
free ECU.)
DISPLAY BUTTON AND FUNCTION
Display button Detail
S/W Update Execution button for software update of the hands free ECU
(Displayed only when the update is possible.)
Error Code Error Code screen is displayed. (This button is displayed in grey
when "HFM Self Check" is "OK.")
Unlock Forcibly unlocks the 4-digit passcode that was set by the security
function. (When the ECU is not locked by passcode, the "Unlock"
button is displayed in grey.)
Back Returns to "Service" screen.
SOFTWARE UPDATE (S/W UPDATE) NOTE: .

The software of the hands free ECU can be updated. • "S/W Update" is displayed when an USB that
contains files to update the hands free ECU is
connected.
• When the software update cannot continue
because of improper removal of the USB during
the update or of an incorrect update code, the
display returns to the "Hands Free Module"
screen. At this time, warning is not displayed.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-455
NOTE: .
• When the input code is normal, the speaker
Hands Free Module VOL 25 will not output the sound input to the micro-
Parts No. XXXXXXXX
phone unit until the display returns to the
H/W version XX
"Hands Free Module" screen.
S/W version XX. YY. ZZZ •
HFM Self Check NG
HFM MIC Check OK Hands Free Module

S/W Update Error Code Unlock Back
Reflash Failed. Please check to make sure the USB
AC903643AB device contains the software update and is connected

then cycle power. If you continue to see this message
please replace the Hands Free Module.
1. Press "S/W Update."
OK
Hands Free Module VOL 25

AC903650AB
When the data rewriting operation is failed, the

Update HFM S/W to version XX.YY.ZZZ?
.
error screen is displayed.
Yes No
Hands Free Module
AC903646AB
HFM is rebooting ...

2. Select "Yes." (When "No" is selected, the display
returns to the "Hands Free Module" screen.)
Hands Free Module AC903651AB

1 Clear
1 2 3
5. The "Reboot" screen is displayed when the
4 5 6
update is completed successfully.
7 8 9
0
Enter Back
Hands Free Module
Enter the security code (1-6 / 4 Digits).
AC903980AB Update successfully.

Version is XX.YY.ZZZ
3. Input the 4-digit code for update. ("Enter" is OK
displayed in grey until the 4-digit code is input.)
Hands Free Module AC903652
HFM Reflash in Progress. 6. After the hands free ECU is rebooted, the "Update
Please don’t remove Power or USB Device.
successfully." screen is displayed. When "OK" is
0% selected, the display returns to the "Hands Free
Module" screen.
ERROR CODE
AC903648AB
The error code is displayed to show the internal state
4. Update starts if the 4-digit code is normal. of the ECU.
NOTE: This code shows the internal state of the
hands free ECU. Do not determine that the ECU is
defective even when an error code is displayed. Be
sure to diagnose the ECU before replacing it.
HANDS FREE ECU
Hands Free Module VOL 25 Hands Free Module VOL 25
Parts No. XXXXXXXX Parts No. XXXXXXXX
H/W version XX H/W version XX
S/W version XX. YY. ZZZ S/W version XX. YY. ZZZ
HFM Self Check NG HFM Self Check NG
HFM MIC Check OK HFM MIC Check OK
S/W Update Error Code Unlock Back S/W Update Error Code Unlock Back
AC903643AB AC903643AB
1. Press "Error Code." 1. Press "Unlock."

NOTE: "Error Code" is displayed when the "HFM
Self Check" is "NG."
Hands Free Module VOL 25
Hands Free Module

Do you want to cancel lock mode?
Error Code .
001 Yes No
AC903653AB
Back
2. When "Yes" is selected, "Lock mode canceled"

AC904735
will be displayed and the passcode lock will be
2. When "Back" is selected, the display returns to unlocked.
the "Hands Free Module" screen. NOTE: When "No" is selected, the display returns
to the "Hands Free Module" screen.
UNLOCK
Forcibly unlocks the 4-digit passcode that was set by
the security function. Hands Free Module VOL 25
NOTE: When the ECU is not locked by passcode,

the "Unlock" button is displayed in grey.
Lock mode canceled.
AC903654AB
3. The display returns to the "Hands Free Module"

screen after 4 seconds.

M1546001801391
NOTE: Some Bluetooth® devices may not be com-
patible with the hands free ECU
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-457

Procedure page
No.
1 Check the hands free ECU power supply circuit. <Vehicles with radio
and CD player>
<Vehicles with
MMCS>
2 The USB adapter data cannot be replayed. <Vehicles with radio
and CD player>
<Vehicles with
MMCS>
3 When the speech switch is pressed, the voice information is output, but the voice
recognition is not performed.
4 When the speech switch is pressed, the voice information is <Vehicles with radio
not output. and CD player>
<Vehicles with
MMCS>
5 DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an entry. <Vehicles with radio
and CD player>
6 DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an entry. Mobile <Vehicles with
Phone item is not displayed on the INFOR screen of MMCS>
MMCS.
7 Steering wheel voice control switch illumination does not come on.
8 Voice guide "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. Please try <Vehicles with radio
again or contact your dealer for service" is sent from the and CD player>
speaker. <Vehicles with
MMCS>
NOTE: If the radio and CD player or multivision dis- SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
play is reset or sound jump occurs at the auto start
by Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System, refer to .<Vehi-
Inspection Procedure 1: Check the hands free ECU power supply circuit. <Vehicles with radio and CD
player>

Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power C-105
C-41
ACB02646AH
HANDS FREE ECU

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

operation.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player
ACB02648AI
(Refer to ).
STEP 2. Connector check: C-41 hands free ECU
C-105
connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at C-41 hands

ACB02647AP free ECU connector.
CIRCUIT OPERATION
• The ACC signal is received C-41 hands free ECU
(2) Check the continuity between terminal 17 and
connector terminal No.15 from C-105 radio and
earth.
CD player connector terminal No.17.
• From the fusible link to C-128 intermediate con- OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
nector, the hands free ECU uses the same power Q: Is the check result normal?
supply circuit as that of AUDIO display (centre YES : Go to Step 5.
panel unit) as well as that of radio and CD player. NO : Go to Step 4.
Therefore, check first if the AUDIO display (cen-
tre panel unit) is displayed. If the AUDIO display STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-41
(centre panel unit) is not displayed, carry out in hands free ECU connector terminal No.17 and
advance the troubleshooting of "The radio and body earth.
CD player does not operate normally by operat- • Check the body earth wires for open circuit.
ing the audio control unit of the centre panel unit".
(Refer to <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go Q: Is the check result normal?
(AS&G) System> or <Vehicles with Auto Stop & YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Go (AS&G) System>.) malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
PROBABLE CAUSES Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Malfunction ).
• The DC/DC converter may be defective.<Vehi- NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• Malfunction of the hands free ECU STEP 5. Voltage measurement at C-41 hands free
• Malfunction of the radio and CD player ECU connector.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors (1) Disconnect C-41 hands free ECU connector, and
measure at the wiring harness side.
body earth.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 6.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-459
STEP 6. Connector check: C-128 intermediate (2) Turn the ignition switch to "ACC" position.
connector (3) Measure the voltage between terminal No.15 and
body earth.
OK: 1V or less
YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair the defective connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Replace the hands free ECU.
NO : Go to Step 9.
hands free connector terminal No.1 and C-128
intermediate connector terminal No.9. STEP 9. Connector check: C-105 radio and CD
• Check the power supply line for open circuit and player connector
short circuit. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent NO : Repair the defective connector.
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service STEP 10. Check the harness wire between C-105
Points, How to Cope with Intermittent radio and CD player connector terminal No.17
Malfunction ). and C-41 hands free ECU connector terminal
NO : Repair the wiring harness. No.15.
STEP 8. Voltage measurement at C-41 hands free circuit.
ECU connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
(1) Disconnect C-41 hands free ECU connector, and YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
measure at the wiring harness side. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Inspection Procedure 1: Check the hands free ECU power supply circuit. <Vehicles with MMCS>
CAUTION Connectors: C-41, C-141 <RHD>

cation circuit are normal. C-141
C-41
C-66
C-141
ACB02648AJ
CIRCUIT OPERATION
• The ACC signal is received C-41 hands free ECU
connector terminal No.15 from C-141 multivision
ACB02646AI display connector terminal No.82.
nector, the hands free ECU uses the same power
supply circuit as that of multivision display. There-
fore, check first if the multivision display operates
normally. If the multivision display does not oper-
ate normally, carry out in advance the trouble-
shooting of "No navigation screen is displayed".
(Refer to <Vehicles without Auto Stop & Go
(AS&G) System> or <Vehicles with Auto Stop &
Go (AS&G) System>.)
HANDS FREE ECU
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 5. Voltage measurement at C-41 hands free

• The DC/DC converter may be defective.<Vehi- ECU connector.
cles with Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System> (1) Disconnect C-41 hands free ECU connector, and
• Damaged harness wires and connectors measure at the wiring harness side.
• Malfunction of the hands free ECU (2) Measure the voltage between terminal No.1 and
• Malfunction of the multivision display body earth.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 6.
Check if the multivision display work normally and
the sound is output. STEP 6. Connector check: C-128 intermediate
connector
NO : Troubleshoot the multivision display (Refer YES : Go to Step 7.
to ). NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 2. Connector check: C-41 hands free ECU STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-41
connector hands free connector terminal No.1 and C-128
Q: Is the check result normal? • Check the power supply line for open circuit and
YES : Go to Step 3.
short circuit.
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at C-41 hands malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
free ECU connector. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the Points, How to Cope with Intermittent
wiring harness side. Malfunction ).
(2) Check the continuity between terminal 17 and NO : Repair the wiring harness.
earth.
STEP 8. Voltage measurement at C-41 hands free
Q: Is the check result normal? ECU connector.
YES : Go to Step 5. (1) Disconnect C-41 hands free ECU connector, and
NO : Go to Step 4. measure at the wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ACC" position.
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-41 (3) Measure the voltage between terminal No.15 and
hands free ECU connector terminal No.17 and body earth.
body earth. OK: 1V or less
• Check the body earth wires for open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Replace the hands free ECU.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent NO : Go to Step 9.
display connector
Malfunction ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-461
multivision display connector terminal No.82 and NO : Repair the wiring harness.
C-41 hands free ECU connector terminal No.15.
circuit.
the intermediate connector C-140, and repair if nec-
essary.
Inspection Procedure 2: The USB adapter data cannot be replayed. <Vehicles with radio and CD
player>
CAUTION
Before replacing the hands free ECU, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and the
If the sound replay is impossible with the USB mode,
the USB adapter, USB cable, hands free ECU, or
C-105 C-41 radio and CD player may be defective, or a commu-
nication error between the radio and CD player and
hands free ECU may have occurred.
NOTE: Before troubleshooting, check that the music
file (the customer tried to replay) can be replayed.
PROBABLE CAUSES
ACA00892AL
• The radio and CD player may be defective.
Connector: C-41 <RHD> • The hands free ECU may be defective.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

operation.
ACA00896AD
Check if the radio and CD player normally and the
Connector: C-105 <RHD> sound is output.

YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player.
(Refer to .)
STEP 2. Check the diagnosis mode

Check if the hands free-ECU can be switched to the
diagnosis mode.(Refer to .)
ACA00895AM
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 5
"DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an
entry."(Refer to .)
HANDS FREE ECU
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 3. Check the USB adapter.
Check that the continuity exists between the front
side terminals of USB adapter and rear side termi-
nals of USB adapter. (Refer to ) STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-41
hands free ECU connector terminal No.22, 8 and
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the USB adapter.
No. 3, 12.
• Check the signal lines for open circuit and short
circuit.
Check that the USB cable is connected to the USB
YES : Go to Step 7.
adapter or hands free ECU normally. Or check the
USB cable for damage such as bend.
STEP 7. Replace the hands free ECU temporarily,
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace or repair the USB cable.
Replace the hands free ECU temporarily, and check
that the sound is output from the speaker.
connector, C-105 radio and CD player connector
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
Inspection Procedure 2: The USB adapter data cannot be replayed. <Vehicles with MMCS>
CAUTION
C-142 (GR)
C-142 (GR)
C-41
ACA00892AM ACA00895AN
Connector: C-41 <RHD> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

If the sound replay is impossible with the USB/i Pod
mode, the USB adapter, USB cable, hands free
ECU, or multivision display may be defective, or a
communication error between the multivision display
and hands free ECU may have occurred.
NOTE: Before troubleshooting, check that the music
file (the customer tried to replay) can be replayed.
ACA00896AD
PROBABLE CAUSES
• The hands free ECU may be defective.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-463
NO : Replace or repair the USB cable.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Check the multivision display operation. connector, C-142 and multivision display
Check if the multivision display work normally and connector
the sound is output. Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Troubleshoot the MMCS (Refer to .).
STEP 2. Check the multivision display operation. hands free ECU connector terminal No.22, 8 and
Display the INFOR screen, and check that the C-142 multivision display connector terminal No.
"Mobile Phone" item is displayed. 45, 61.
Q: Is the check result normal? circuit.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 6: NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
"DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an intermediate connector C-140, and repair if neces-
entry. Mobile Phone item is not displayed on sary.
the INFOR screen of MMCS." (Refer to .) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 3. Check the USB adapter.
Check that the continuity exists between the front
side terminals of USB adapter and rear side termi- STEP 7. Replace the hands free ECU temporarily,
nals of USB adapter. (Refer to ) and check the trouble symptom.
Replace the hands free ECU temporarily, and check
YES : Go to Step 4. that the sound is output from the speaker.
NO : Replace the USB adapter. Q: Is the check result normal?
Check that the USB cable is connected to the USB
adapter or hands free ECU normally. Or check the
USB cable for damage such as bend.
HANDS FREE ECU
Inspection Procedure 3: When the speech switch is pressed, the voice information is output, but the
voice recognition is not performed.
CAUTION
Connector: D-04 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

Check if the microphone check result "MIC OK" is
displayed on the diagnosis mode of hands free
ECU.(Refer to <vehicles with radio and CD player>
or <vehicles with MMCS>.)
YES : Go to Step 4.
AC612722BL
NO : Go to Step 2.
Connectors: C-41 <LHD>
STEP 2. Connector check: D-04 microphone unit
connector, C-41 hands free ECU connector
C-41
YES : Go to Step 3.

ACA00892AN hands free ECU connector terminal No.14, 28 and
D-04 microphone unit connector terminal No.2, 1.
Connector: C-41 <RHD> • Check the signal lines for open circuit and short
circuit.
intermediate connectors C-130 and repair if neces-
sary.
YES : Go to Step 4.
ACA00896AD
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 4. Replace the microphone unit

When the speech switch is pushed, if the voice infor- temporarily, and check the trouble symptom.
mation is sent but voice recognition is not executed, Q: Is the check result normal?
the microphone unit, hands free ECU or the commu- YES : Replace the microphone unit.
nication between the microphone unit and hands free NO : Go to Step 5.
ECU may have a problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• The microphone unit may be defective. Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-465
Points, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
HANDS FREE ECU
Inspection Procedure 4: When the speech switch is pressed, the voice information is not output.
<Vehicles with radio and CD player>
CAUTION
Steering Wheel Voice Control Switch Circuit
STEERING STEERING
WHEEL WHEEL
AUDIO VOICE
REMOTE CONTROL
CONTROL SWITCH
SWITCH
CLOCK Wire colour code

SPRING B : Black LG : Light green
G : Green L : Blue
R : Red P : Pink
SI : Silver
RADIO AND CD PLAYER

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-467
Connectors: C-202, C-204, C-209 <LHD> STEP 2. Operation check of the steering wheel
audio remote control switch
Check that the radio and CD player can be operated
by the steering wheel audio remote control switch.
C-202 (R)
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Troubleshoot the steering wheel audio
C-204
remote control switch.
C-209 (Y)
AC612708 AR
STEP 3. Check the steering wheel voice control
Connectors: C-202, C-204, C-209 <RHD> switch.
Check the continuity of the steering wheel voice con-
trol switch. (Refer to steering wheel voice control
switch inspection. )
C-209 (Y)
switch.
C-204
AC612716 AI
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM control switch.
If the voice information is not sent when the speech Check the continuity of the steering wheel audio
switch is pushed, the communication between the remote control switch. (Refer to steering wheel audio
radio and CD player, and the hands free ECU, or the remote control switch inspection. )
communication between the radio and CD player,
and the steering wheel voice control switch, the
YES : Go to Step 5.
hands free ECU, or the steering wheel voice control
NO : Replace the steering wheel audio remote
switch may have a problem.
control switch.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• The radio and CD player may be defective. STEP 5. Check the harness wire between C-202
• The hands free ECU may be defective. steering wheel audio remote control switch
• The steering wheel audio remote control switch connector terminal No. 3 and C-209 steering
may be defective. wheel voice control switch connector terminal
• The steering wheel voice control switch may be No.3.
defective. • Check the communication lines for open circuit
• Damaged harness wires and connectors and short circuit.
Check if the hands free ECU can be switched to the STEP 6. Connector check: C-304 clock spring
diagnosis mode.(Refer to .) connector.
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 5 NO : Repair the defective connector.
entry."(Refer to .)
HANDS FREE ECU
YES : Go to Step 8.
clock spring connector terminal No. 4 and C-209
steering wheel voice control switch connector
terminal No.2. STEP 8. Temporarily replace the hands free ECU,
• Check the communication lines for open circuit and check the trouble symptom.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-469
Inspection Procedure 4: When the speech switch is pressed, the voice information is not output.
<Vehicles with MMCS>
CAUTION
Before replacing the hands free module, ensure that the power supply circuit, the earth circuit and
Steering Wheel Voice Control Switch Circuit
STEERING STEERING
WHEEL WHEEL
AUDIO VOICE
REMOTE CONTROL
CONTROL SWITCH
SWITCH
CLOCK
SPRING
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
R : Red P : Pink
SI : Silver
MULTIVISION DISPLAY
HANDS FREE ECU
Connectors: C-202, C-204, C-209 <LHD> STEP 2. Operation check of the steering wheel
audio remote control switch
Check that the multivision display can be operated
by the steering wheel audio remote control switch.
C-202 (R)
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Troubleshoot the steering wheel audio
C-204
remote control switch. (Refer to .)
C-209 (Y)
AC612708 AR
Connectors: C-202, C-204, C-209 <RHD> switch.
Check the continuity of the steering wheel voice con-
trol switch. (Refer to steering wheel voice control
C-209 (Y)
switch.
C-204
AC612716 AI
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM control switch.
If the voice information is not sent when the speech Check the continuity of the steering wheel audio
switch is pushed, the communication between the remote control switch. (Refer to steering wheel audio
multivision display, and the hands free module, or the remote control switch inspection. )
communication between the multivision display, and
the steering wheel voice control switch, the hands
YES : Go to Step 5.
free module, or the steering wheel voice control
NO : Replace the steering wheel audio remote
switch may have a problem.
control switch.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• The multivision display may be defective. STEP 5. Check the harness wire between C-202
• The hands free ECU may be defective. steering wheel audio remote control switch
• The steering wheel audio remote control switch connector terminal No. 3 and C-209 steering
may be defective. wheel voice control switch connector terminal
• The steering wheel voice control switch may be No.3
defective. • Check the communication lines for open circuit
• Damaged harness wires and connectors and short circuit.
Display the INFOR screen, and check that the STEP 6. Connector check: C-204 clock spring
"Mobile Phone" item is displayed. connector.
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 6: NO : Repair the defective connector.
entry. Mobile Phone item is not displayed on
the INFOR screen of MMCS." of the
troubleshooting (Refer to ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-471
YES : Go to Step 8.
clock spring connector terminal No. 4 and C-209
terminal No.2. STEP 8. Temporarily replace the hands free ECU,
• Check the communication lines for open circuit and check the trouble symptom.
Inspection Procedure 5: DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an entry. <Vehicles with radio and CD
player>
CAUTION
Hands Free ECU Communication Circuit
RADIO AND CD PLAYER
HANDS FREE ECU
Wire colour code

C-105 C-41
ACA00892AL ACA00896AD
HANDS FREE ECU
Connector: C-105 <RHD> STEP 2. Connector check: C-41 hands free ECU
C-105
connector, C-105 radio and CD player connector
YES : Go to Step 3.

hands free ECU connector terminal No.2, 16 and
ACA00895AM
No.1, 10.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM • Check the signal lines for open circuit and short
If the diagnosis mode cannot be made an entry, the circuit.
hands free ECU, the communication between the
hands free ECU, and the radio and CD player, or the Q: Is the check result normal?
power supply system of hands free ECU may have a YES : Go to Step 4.
problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 4. Check if the power supply circuit of

• The hands free ECU may be defective. hands free ECU have a problem.
• The radio and CD player may be defective. Perform the Inspection procedure 1 "Check the
• Damaged harness wires and connectors hands free-ECU power supply circuit." of the trouble-
shooting. (Refer to )
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 1. Check the radio and CD player NO : Repair according to the troubleshooting for
operation. reference.
the sound is output. STEP 5. Replace the hands free ECU temporarily,
Q: Is the check result normal? and check the trouble symptom.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player.
(Refer to .) NO : Replace the radio and CD player.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-473
Inspection Procedure 6: DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an entry. Mobile Phone item is not
displayed on the INFOR screen of MMCS. <Vehicles with MMCS>
CAUTION
Hands Free ECU Communication Circuit
MULTIVISION DISPLAY
HANDS FREE ECU
Wire colour code

Connectors: C-141 <LHD> Connector: C-141 <RHD>

C-141
C-141
C-41
ACA00892AO ACA00895AO

If the diagnosis mode cannot be made an entry, the
hands free ECU, the communication between the
hands free ECU, and the multivision display, or the
power supply system of hands free ECU may have a
problem.
PROBABLE CAUSES
ACA00896AD
HANDS FREE ECU

YES : Go to Step 4.
Check if the multivision display work normally and
the sound is output. STEP 4. Check if the power supply circuit of
hands free ECU have a problem.
Q: Is the check result normal? Perform the inspection Procedure 1 "Check the
YES : Go to Step 2. hands free ECU power supply circuit." of the trouble-
NO : Troubleshoot the MMCS. (Refer to .) shooting. (Refer to .)
STEP 2. Connector check: C-41 hands free ECU YES : Go to Step 5.
connector, C-141 multivision display connector NO : Repair according to the troubleshooting for
Q: Is the check result normal? reference.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Repair the defective connector. STEP 5. Replace the hands free ECU temporarily,
STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-41 Q: Is the check result normal?
hands free ECU connector terminal No.2, 16 and YES : Replace the hands free ECU.
C-141 multivision display connector terminal NO : Replace the multivision display.
No.83, 84.
circuit.
intermediate connectors C-140 and repair if neces-
sary.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-475
Inspection Procedure 7: Steering wheel voice control switch illumination does not come on.
CAUTION
Steering Wheel Voice Control Switch Illumination Circuit
STEERING
WHEEL
VOICE
CONTROL
SWITCH
Wire colour code
G : Green L : Blue
R : Red P : Pink
SI : Silver
COMBINATION
METER
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT CLOCK
SPRING
AC701093 AU AC701122 BH
HANDS FREE ECU
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Go to Step 5.

terminal No.1 and body earth.
C-204
C-209 (Y) C-205
YES : Go to Step 4.
AC612708 AS NO : Repair the wiring harness.

switch.
Check the illumination of the steering wheel voice
control switch. (Refer to steering wheel voice control
C-209 (Y)
C-204 C-205 NO : Replace the steering wheel voice control
AC612716 AJ switch.
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT)
The power supply circuit to the steering wheel voice STEP 5. Connector check: C-204 and C-205 clock
control switch, the steering wheel voice control spring connectors
switch, the combination meter, or the clock spring
may be defective. YES : Go to Step 6.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of steering wheel voice control switch
• Malfunctions of combination meter STEP 6. Check the clock spring.
• Malfunction of the clock spring Check whether the clock spring is in good condition.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Refer to GROUP 52B − Driver’s Air bag module and
clock spring .
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-209 steering wheel NO : Replace the clock spring.
voice-control switch connector
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-209
YES : Go to Step 2. steering wheel voice control switch connector
NO : Repair the defective connector. terminal No.4 and C-204 clock spring connector
terminal No.1.
• Check the power supply lines open and short cir-
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at C-209 steering
cuit.
wheel voice control switch connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ACC" position, and NO : Repair the wiring harness.
turn the tail lamp switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Measure the voltage between terminal No.4 and STEP 8. Connector check: C-01 combination
body earth. meter connector
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-477
STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-01 STEP 10. Retest the system
combination meter connector terminal No.23 and Check whether the illumination of the steering wheel
C-205 clock spring connector terminal No.6. voice control switch comes on normally.
• Check the power supply line for open and short Q: Is the check result normal?
circuit. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Q: Is the check result normal? malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Points, How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
switch.
Inspection Procedure 8:Voice guide "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. Please try again or contact your
dealer for service" is sent from the speaker. <Vehicles with radio and CD player>
CAUTION
If the voice guide "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
Please try again or contact your dealer for service" is 54C − Troubleshooting ).
sent from the speaker, the vehicle speed signal of
hands free ECU has a problem. At this time, the STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
hands free ECU, and the vehicle speed signal of Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the radio
radio and CD player may have a problem. and CD player.
• The hands free ECU may be defective. YES : Troubleshoot the radio and CD player
• The radio and CD player may be defective. (Refer to Diagnosis Code Chart ).
• Damaged harness wires and connectors NO : Go to Step 4.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE STEP 4. Check the diagnosis mode

Check if the hands free ECU can be switched to the
STEP 1. Check the combination meter. diagnosis mode.(Refer to .)
Check whether the speed meter works normally. Q: Is the check result normal?
(Refer to .) YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 5:
YES : Go to Step 2. "DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an
NO : Diagnose the combination meter (Refer to entry."(Refer to .)
Combination meter − Troubleshooting ).
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics and check the trouble symptom.
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Q: Is the check result normal?
HANDS FREE ECU
Inspection Procedure 8:Voice guide "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. Please try again or contact your
dealer for service" is sent from the speaker. <Vehicles with MMCS>
CAUTION
If the voice guide "Unable to obtain vehicle speed. NO : Diagnose the MMCS (Refer to .)
Please try again or contact your dealer for service" is
sent from the speaker, the vehicle speed signal of STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
hands free ECU has a problem. At this time, the Check the diagnosis code is set to the CAN box unit.
hands free ECU, and the vehicle speed signal of
multivision display may have a problem. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Troubleshoot the MMCS (Refer to
PROBABLE CAUSES Diagnosis Code Chart ).
• The hands free ECU may be defective. NO : Go to Step 4.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors STEP 4. Check the diagnosis mode
Check if the hands free ECU can be switched to the
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE diagnosis mode.(Refer to .)
STEP 1. Check the combination meter. YES : Go to Step 5.
Check whether the speed meter works normally. NO : Perform Inspection Procedure 6:
(Refer to .) "DIAGNOSIS MODE cannot be made an
entry. Mobile Phone item is not displayed on
YES : Go to Step 2.
the INFOR screen of MMCS." (Refer to .)
Combination meter − Troubleshooting ). STEP 5. Replace the hands free ECU temporarily,
STEP 2. Check the multivision operation Q: Is the check result normal?
check if the own vehicle mark is dislocated while YES : Replace the hands free ECU.
driving. NO : Replace the multivision display.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
METHODS FOR PAIRING AND PAIRING DELETION WITH BLUETOOTH® DEVICE

USING STEERING WHEEL VOICE CONTROL SWITCH
M1544405500432
NOTE: .
• Some Bluetooth® devices (mobile phone or
music player) may not be compatible with the
hands free ECU.
• A maximum of seven Bluetooth® devices can be
registered.
• This system cannot be used when a battery of
Bluetooth® devices was exhausted.
PAIRING METHOD
Shift the selector lever to P (parking) position <CVT, 1. Turn the ignition switch to "ACC" or "ON" position.
A/T> or shift lever to N (neutral) position <M/T>
and pull the parking brake lever.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-479
NOTE: .
• The pairing code entered here is only used for
“Speech" switch
the Bluetooth® connection certification. It is
any 4-digit number the user would like to
select.
“Pick-up" switch • Remember the pairing code as it needs to be
keyed into the device later in the pairing proc-
“Hang-up" switch ess.
• Depending on the connection settings of the
AC606271AB
Bluetooth® device, this code may have to be
entered each time you connect the Bluetooth®
2. Press the "Speech" switch. device to the hands free ECU. For the default
3. Say "Setup." connection settings, refer to the instructions
for device.
4. Say "Pairing options."
9. The voice guide will say "Start pairing procedure
5. The voice guide will say "Select one of the
on device. See device manual for instructions."
following: pair, edit, delete, or list?"
Refer to the owner’s manual for your device and
6. Say "Pair." enter into the device the pairing code that was
7. The voice guide will say "Please say a 4-digit registered in Step 9.
pairing code." 10.When this system finds a Bluetooth® device, the
8. Say a 4 digit number. The 4 digit number will be voice guide will say "Please say the name of the
registered as a pairing code for the device. device after the beep."
• When the confirmation function is on, the system 11.After you hear the beep, name the device by
will confirm whether the number said is accepta- saying a name of your preference.
ble. Answer "Yes" to go Step 10. Say "No" to
return to pairing code selection. NOTE: When the confirmation function is on, after
repeating the device tag you have said, the voice
guide will ask "Is this correct?" Answer "Yes".
To change the device tag, answer "No" and then
say the device tag again.
12.The voice guide will say "Pairing complete," after
which a beep will be played and the pairing
process will end.
PAIRING DELETION METHOD

1. Turn the ignition switch to "ACC" or "ON" position. 8. For confirmation purposes, the voice guide will
2. Press the Speech switch. say "Deleting (device tag) (number). Is this
3. Say "Setup." correct?" or "Deleting all devices, Is this correct?"
4. Say "Pairing options" 9. Answer "Yes" to delete the devices.
Answer "No" the system will return to Step 4.
5. The voice guide will say "Select one of the
following: pair, edit, delete, or list" 10.The voice guide will say "Deleted", and then the
system will end the device deletion process.
6. Say "Delete."
• If the device deletion process fails for some rea-
7. After the voice guide says "Please say," the son, the voice guide will say "Delete failed." and
numbers of the devices and device tags of then the system will cancel deleting the device.
corresponding devices will be read out in order,
starting with the device that has been most
recently connected. After it completes reading all
pairs, the voice guide will say "or all."
Say the number of the device that you want to
delete from the system.
If you want to delete all paired devices from the
system, say "All."
HANDS FREE ECU

USING MULTIVISION DISPLAY <EXCEPT VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA>
M1544405500108
As for vehicles with MMCS, "pairing" registration of
the Bluetooth® device and deletion of paired device
from hands free ECU can be done by touch panel Mobile Phone RM 10:00
operation on the multivision display. Clear
1 2 3
NOTE: .
• Some Bluetooth® devices (cellular phone and
4 5 6
7 8 9
0
hands free ECU.
Dial Redial Phonebook Back
registered. X AC904197AD
Bluetooth® devices was exhausted. 3. Select "X" in the illustration on the Mobile Phone
DISPLAY THE PAIRING LIST SCREEN. screen.
OPERATION ON THE MOBILE PHONE SCREEN

Mobile Phone RM 10:00
(1)
Lock Pairing Reset All

Unlock Help Back
AC904198
AC804201AB 4. Select "Pairing."

1. When press the (1) in the illustration.
Pairing 10:00
Registered Device Name 1

INFO 10:00

Support Info Vehicle Position Calendar
Trip Environment Maintenance Empty
New Device Back

Air Conditioner Mobile Phone
AC904199
AC904196 5. The pairing list screen is displayed.

2. Display the INFOR screen, and select "Mobile
OPERATION ON THE A/V MODE SCREEN
Phone."
NOTE: When there are no active connections
between the Bluetooth® Audio and the hands free
ECU, "There are no active connections." is dis-
(1)
played.
AC904594
AC904594AC
1. Press the (1) in the illustration.

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-481
5. The pairing list screen is displayed.
A/V Mode 10:00
PAIRING OPERATION OF BLUETOOTH®
FM AM SIRIUS
DEVICE
CD Music Server DVD Shift the selector lever to P (parking) position and
pull the parking brake lever.
USB/ i Pod Bluetooth Audio Rear Display
Pairing 10:00
AC904209 Registered Device Name 1

2. Display the A/V mode screen, and select Registered Device Name 3
"Bluetooth Audio." Registered Device Name 4
NOTE: When there are no active connections Empty
between the Bluetooth® Audio and the hands free New Device Back
ECU, "There are no active connections." is dis-

played. AC904199
1. Display the pairing list screen, and select "New

Bluetooth Audio No Connection 10:00 Device."
REC 10%
NOTE: When the vehicle is being driven, or when
the vehicle is driven during the pairing operation,
"This function is disabled while driving." is dis-
played for 4 seconds, and the display returns to
the pairing list screen.
X AC904200AD Pin Code 10:00
1234 Clear
3. Select "X" in the illustration on the Bluetooth 1 2 3
Audio screen. 4 5 6
7 8 9
0
Bluetooth Audio No Connection 10:00
Enter Please enter the Pin Code (4 Digits) Back
AC904203
2. Enter the 4-digit code on the Pin code screen, and

select "Enter."
Pairing Help Back 3. "Begin Pairing procedure on device. See device's
manual for instructions." is displayed on the
AC904201
screen.
4. Select "Pairing." 4. Refer to the owner’s manual for your device and
enter into the device the pin code.
NOTE: When "Cancel" is selected or the pairing is
Pairing 10:00
failed, the display returns to the pairing list screen.
Empty
New Device Back
AC904199
HANDS FREE ECU
Pairing 10:00 Pairing 10:00

Name Registered Device Name 3
Device ID ID-00000003
Registered Device Name 4 Connection Hands Free Bluetooth Audio
New Device Back Delete Voice Tag Back
AC904204 AC904205
5. When the pairing is completed, the display returns 2. Select "Delete."

to the pairing list screen.
NOTE: When 7 Bluetooth® devices are already
Pairing 10:00
paired to the hands free ECU, "Maximum device
paired. Please delete a paired device before pairing
a new device." is displayed. Delete this paired device ?
DELETE OPERATION OF BLUETOOTH®

Yes No
DEVICE
AC904207
Pairing 10:00

Pairing 10:00
Empty
New Device Back Registered Device Name 4
Empty
AC904204
New Device Back
1. Display the pairing list screen, and select the

AC904208
"Bluetooth® device" to be deleted.
3. When "Yes" is selected, the Bluetooth® device is
deleted and the display returns to the pairing list
screen.

USING MULTIVISION DISPLAY <VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA>
M1544405500120
As for vehicles with MMCS, "pairing" registration of DISPLAY THE PAIRING LIST SCREEN.
the Bluetooth® device and deletion of paired device OPERATION ON THE MOBILE PHONE SCREEN
from hands free ECU can be done by touch panel
operation on the multivision display. (A)
NOTE: .
• Some Bluetooth® devices (cellular phone and
hands free ECU.
registered.
Bluetooth® devices was exhausted.
AC804201AC
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-483
1. When press the (A) in the illustration.
(B)
ACA00026AB
ACA00022 AB
2. Select (B) in the illustration.
OPERATION ON THE A/V MODE SCREEN
NOTE:
(A)
AC904594
AC904594AC
ACA00023AB
When there are no active connections between the 1. Press the (A) in the illustration.
Bluetooth® Audio and the hands free ECU, error
message in the illustration is displayed.
(B)
ACA00027AB
2. Select (B) in the illustration.

(C) ACA00024 AB
3. Select (C) in the illustration. NOTE:
(D)
ACA00023AB
ACA00025AB
When there are no active connections between the
4. Select (D) in the illustration. Bluetooth® Audio and the hands free ECU, error
message in the illustration is displayed.
HANDS FREE ECU
1. Display the pairing list screen.
(C) ACA00028 AB
(A) ACA00026 AC
3. Select (C) in the illustration.
2. Select (A)
NOTE:
(D) ACA00029AB
4. Select (D) in the illustration.

ACA00030
When the vehicle is being driven, or when the vehicle

is driven during the pairing operation, error message
in the illustration is displayed for 4 seconds, and the
display returns to the pairing list screen.
ACA00026AB
PAIRING OPERATION OF BLUETOOTH®

DEVICE (B) ACA00031AB
Shift the selector lever to P (parking) position and
pull the parking brake lever. 3. Enter the 4-digit code on the Pin code screen, and
select (B).
ACA00026AB
ACA00032 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-485
4. The message in the illustration is displayed on the 1. Display the pairing list screen, and select the (A)
screen. to be deleted.
5. Refer to the owner’s manual for your device and
enter into the device the pin code.
NOTE: When (B) is selected or the pairing is failed,
the display returns to the pairing list screen.
(B) ACA00035AB
2. Select (B).
ACA00034AB
6. When the pairing is completed, the display returns

to the pairing list screen.
NOTE:
(C) ACA00036AB
ACA00033
When 7 Bluetooth® devices are already paired to the

hands free ECU, the message in the illustration is
displayed.
ACA00037AB
DELETE OPERATION OF BLUETOOTH® 3. When (C) is selected, the Bluetooth® device is

DEVICE deleted and the display returns to the pairing list
screen.
(A) ACA00026 AD
HANDS FREE ECU
ERASE THE PASSWORD

M1544403800341
The 4-digit password set by security function can be
erased by the diagnosis mode. Perform the
"UNLOCK" operation of the diagnosis mode. (Refer
to <Vehicles with radio and CD player>, <Vehicles
with MMCS>.)
HANDS FREE ECU REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1544405400101

ACA00184AB
Removal Steps
1. USB cable
2. Hands free ECU
MICROPHONE UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1546023300175

• Removal of front room lamp (Refer to ) • Installation of front room lamp (Refer to )
ZC6027270000
AC606269AD
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-487
Removal steps INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< 1. Microphone unit >>A<< MICROPHONE UNIT INSTALLATION
Arrow
AC904158AB
Install the microphone unit so that the arrow face

toward the driver's seat.
STEERING WHEEL VOICE CONTROL SWITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1546024200320
2.5 ± 0.5 N·m
1 AC802108AB
Removal Steps USB ADAPTER REMOVAL AND

1. Steering wheel voice control switch INSTALLATION
cover M1549100800197
2. Steering wheel voice control switch For the removal and installation of the USB adapter,
refer to .
HANDS FREE ECU
INSPECTION Switch position Tester Measurement

connection value
STEERING WHEEL VOICE-CONTROL
No push 2−3 Approximately
SWITCH CONTINUITY CHECK 74 kΩ
M1544401100421
"Speech" switch Approximately
1.5 kΩ
“Speech" switch "Pick-up" switch Approximately
3.3 kΩ
“Pick-up" switch "Hang-up" switch Approximately
6.0 kΩ
“Hang-up" switch
ILLUMINATION CHECK
AC606271AB ZC6016190000
ZC6016190000
AC606272 AB
Apply the battery voltage of steering wheel voice

AC606272
control switch connector terminal No. 4 and 1, and
Use an ohmmeter to measure the resistance value check if the steering wheel audio remote control
between the terminal. switch illuminates.
NOTE: Make sure that the polarity is correct.
USB ADAPTER INSPECTION

M1549101100113
1. Remove the USB adapter. (Refer to ) 2. Check that the continuity exists between the front
side terminals of USB adapter and rear side ter-
minals of USB adapter.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
HANDS FREE ECU
54A-489
Front side Rear side Measurement
Front side Rear side
terminal terminal value
3 2
1 1 1 Continuity
4
2 3
2 2 exists (2 Ω or
1 4 less)
3 3
4 4
AC900440AB
AMPLIFIER
AMPLIFIER
M1544004100778
CAUTION
To remove the front seat assembly of vehicle with side air bag, refer to GROUP 52B − Service Precau-
tions and Side-Air Bag Module(S) .
• Removal of front seat assembly (LH) (Refer to GROUP • Installation of front seat assembly (Refer to GROUP 52A
52A − Front Seat Assembly ) − Front Seat Assembly )
2 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m
3 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m

4
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m 5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
AC801900AB

1. Connector connection to audio <<A>> REMOVAL OF AUDIO AMPLIFIER BOX
amplifier BRACKET
2. Audio amplifier/ audio amplifier
Turn up and remove the carpet.
cover
3. Audio amplifier cover
4. Audio amplifier
<<A>> 5. Audio amplifier box bracket
SPEAKER
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 1. Turn the Ignition switch to the "ACC" or "ON"
position and switch off the radio and CD player.
SPEAKER TEST
M1544100500599
RADIO AND CD PLAYER SPEAKER CON-

NECTION CHECK MODE
Enter the speaker connection check mode according
to the following steps:
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SPEAKER
54A-491
3. Check that the speaker, which is displayed on the
centre panel display, sounds (If the [CH6] button
is pressed, the speaker will be changed).
[CH1] button [CH6] button
NOTE: The display of "FL", "FR", "RL",
"RR","RW"blinks.
4. If a button other than the [CH6] button is pressed,
or the ignition switch is turned to "LOCK" (OFF)
position, you will exit from the speaker connection
check mode.
BUZZ NOISE CHECK MODE

Inserting a CD during the speaker connection check
mode shifts the mode to the buzz noise check mode,
and the buzz noise sound of each speaker can be
checked.
As with the speaker connection check mode, press
the [CH6] button to switch the output speaker of the
Rewind button Fast-forward button buzz noise check sound.
Check that the buzz noise sound is output from the
AC711790AH output speaker of buzz noise check sound.
2. Press the following buttons in that order within NOTE: "SPKR" is displayed as "BUZZ" during buzz
sixty seconds from step (1). noise check mode.
(1) [CH1] button
(2) Rewind button SPEAKER TEST <VEHICLES WITH
(3) Fast-forward button MMCS>
M1544100500124
(4) [CH6] button Refer to MMCS service mode .
<Display>
<Front door speaker

and tweeter (LH)>
<Front door speaker

and tweeter (RH)>
<Rear door
speaker (LH)>
<Rear door
speaker (RH)>
<Subwoofer:
vehicles with
audio amplifier>
AC701315AC
SPEAKER

M1544100300443
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER

• Removal of front door trim (Refer to GROUP 52A − Door • Installation of front door trim (Refer to GROUP 52A −
trim ) Door trim )
• Learning of the power window fully closed position (Refer
to GROUP 42A − Door, On-vehicle service .)
AC506846
AC802122AB
Removal Step
<<A>> 1. Front door speaker
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
• Removal of rear door trim (Refer to GROUP 52A − Door • Installation of rear door trim (Refer to GROUP 52A − Door
trim ) trim )
• Learning of the power window fully closed position (Refer
to GROUP 42A − Door, On-vehicle service .)
AC506847
AC802123AB
Removal Step
<<A>> 1. Rear door speaker
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SPEAKER
54A-493
TWEETER
Section A – A
1
1 Clip
A
AC608780AB
5
4
2
3
AC608782AB

1. Front door sash trim assembly 4. Tweeter
2. Tweeter bracket and Tweeter 5. Front door sash trim
3. Tweeter bracket
SPEAKER
SUBWOOFER <LANCER>
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m

1
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
AC608803AE
Removal Step
1. Rear speaker box assembly
SUBWOOFER <LANCER SPORTBACK>
Removal of quarter trim (LH) (Refer to GROUP 52A − Installation of quarter trim (LH) (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Quarter Trim ) Quarter Trim )
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
AC801904AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SPEAKER
54A-495
Removal Steps
>>A<< 1. Rear speaker box assembly INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
>>A<< REAR SPEAKER BOX ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT INSTALLATION
<<A>> REMOVAL OF FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
AND REAR DOOR SPEAKER 1 2
4 3
AC802125 AB
Tighten the bolts in the order of 1, 2, 3, 4 shown in

AC507244
the figure.
Disconnect the connector, and remove by twisting as
shown in the figure.
ANTENNA
ANTENNA
M1544200200960
<LHD>
Pre-removal operation <Only Antenna base and Antenna Post-installation operation <Only Antenna base and
feeder> Antenna feeder>
• Removal of headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A − Headlin- • Installation of radio and CD player or multivision display
ing ). (Refer to <vehicles with radio and CD player> or <vehi-
• Removal of grove box cover (Refer to GROUP 52A − cles with MMCS> ).
Grove box ). • Installation of AS&G-ECU bracket (Refer to GROUP 17 -
• Removal of AS&G-ECU bracket (Refer to GROUP 17 - AS&G-ECU ).<Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) Sys-
AS&G-ECU ).<Vehicles with Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) Sys- tem>
tem> • Installation of grove box cover (Refer to GROUP 52A −
• Removal of radio and CD player or multivision display Grove box ).
(Refer to <vehicles with radio and CD player> or <vehi- • Installation of headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A − Headlin-
cles with MMCS> ). ing ).
1
3
2
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
ACA00834AB

1. Antenna rod 3. Antenna base
2. Antenna base (antenna spring) 4. Antenna feeder
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ANTENNA
54A-497
<RHD>
Pre-removal operation <Only Antenna base and Antenna Post-installation operation <Only Antenna base and
feeder> Antenna feeder>
• Removal of headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A − Headlin- • Installation of instrument panel (Refer to GROUP 52A −
ing ). Instrument panel assembly ).
• Removal of radio and CD player or multivision display • Installation of radio and CD player or multivision display
(Refer to <vehicles with radio and CD player> or <vehi- (Refer to <vehicles with radio and CD player> or <vehi-
cles with MMCS> ). cles with MMCS> ).
• Removal of instrument panel (Refer to GROUP 52A − • Installation of headlining (Refer to GROUP 52A − Headlin-
Instrument panel assembly ). ing ).
1
3
2
5.0 ± 1.0 N·m
ACA00836AB

1. Antenna rod 3. Antenna base
2. Antenna base (antenna spring) 4. Antenna feeder
DC/DC CONVERTER <VEHICLES WITH AUTO STOP & GO (AS&G) SYSTEM>
DC/DC CONVERTER <VEHICLES WITH AUTO STOP & GO

(AS&G) SYSTEM>
SPECIAL TOOL(S)
M1549700100015
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-499
a assembly
MB991824
f. MB991826
(Vehicles with CAN CAN bus diagnostics, diagnosis
MB991827
communication code or service data check.
c system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
MB991910 CAN
d communication
system)
adapter
harness
e
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
circuit
circuit
c
sourced tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA

connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1549700300019

M1549700400016

Procedure page
No.
1 Check the DC/DC converter power supply circuit.
2 Audio equipment is reset or sound jump occurs at auto start.
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: Check the DC/DC converter power supply circuit.
CAUTION
Even when the diagnosis code No. B1301 or B1302 is set in the AS&G-ECU, do not conclude as a DC/
DC converter or AS&G-ECU error, and be sure to check the DC/DC converter power supply circuit.
Connectors: C-309, C-313 <RHD> Connectors: C-309, C-313 <LHD>
ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU
C-309 (B)
C-309 (B)
C-313 (BR) C-313 (BR)

ACA00887AU ACA00886AV
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-501
YES : Go to Step 3.
Connectors: C-65 <LHD>
NO : Refer to ETACS − Input Signal Procedure 1
"The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not sent
to the ETACS-ECU" .
C-65 (GR) STEP 3. Connector check: C-65 DC/DC converter

connector and C-313 ETACS-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
ACA00892AP NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at C-65 DC/DC
C-65 (GR) and measure at the wiring harness side.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to "ACC" position.
body earth.
OK: System voltage
ACA00895AP
CIRCUIT OPERATION YES : Go to Step 5.
• The power supply to the DC/DC converter is pro- NO : Go to Step 6.
vided by the fusible link (36) <Petrol> or (38)
<Diesel>. STEP 5. Check the harness wire between C-313
• The ACC signal is received C-65 DC/DC con- ETACS connector terminal No.1 and C-65 DC/DC
verter connector terminal No.6 from C-313 converter connector terminal No.6.
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.9. • Check the signal line for open circuit and short
PROBABLE CAUSES circuit.
• The DC/DC converter connector may be defec- NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
tive. C-31 intermediate connector, and repair if necessary.
• The battery may be defective. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Damaged harness wires and connectors YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Points, How to Cope with Intermittent
STEP 1. Battery test Malfunction ).
Check the battery state. (Refer to .)
YES : Go to Step 2. STEP 6. Voltage measurement at C-65 DC/DC
NO : Replace the battery. converter connector.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III ETACS system data list (2) Measure the voltage between terminal No.9 and
Check the input signal of ACC relay. body earth.
OK: System voltage
condition
YES : Go to Step 8.
Item 288 ACC switch ON NO : Go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-65 earth.

DC/DC converter connector terminal No.9 and OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
fusible link (36) <Petrol> or (38) <Diesel>. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Check the power supply line for open circuit and YES : No action is necessary and testing is
short circuit. complete.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-65
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service DC/DC converter connector terminal No.10 and
Points, How to Cope with Intermittent body earth.
Malfunction ). • Check the body earth wires for open circuit.
STEP 8. Resistance measurement at C-65 DC/DC malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
converter connector. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
wiring harness side. Malfunction ).
(2) Check the continuity between terminal No.10 and NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Inspection Procedure 2: Audio equipment is reset or sound jump occurs at auto start.
CAUTION
Even when the diagnosis code No. B1301 or B1302 is set in the AS&G-ECU, do not conclude as a DC/
DC converter or AS&G-ECU error, and be sure to check the DC/DC converter power supply circuit.
Connector: C-64, C-65 <RHD> • Diagnosis code No. B1301 or B1302 is stored in
AS&G-ECU, and voltage is not boosted by DC/
DC converter at auto start
• DC/DC converter internal malfunction
C-65 (GR) • Battery voltage drop
• Communication error with AS&G-ECU and DC/
C-64 DC converter
• AS&G-ECU malfunction
NOTE: If a reset or sound jump occurs with AUDIO
ACA00895AQ equipment at other than the auto start, a problem is
present with the power supply to the equipment that
Connectors: C-64, C-65 <LHD> experienced the reset or sound jump. Therefore, be
sure to check the power supply to the equipment.
PROBABLE CAUSES
C-64 • The DC/DC converter may be defective.
• The AS&G-ECU may be defective.
C-65 (GR) • The battery may be defective.
ACA00892AQ DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

If a reset or sound jump occurs with the AUDIO STEP 1. Check the power supply system circuit
equipment at the auto start, the following causes can Check the DC/DC converter power supply circuit by
be suspected. referring to Troubleshooting. (Refer to .)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
54A-503
YES : Go to Step 2. YES<Except vehicles with MMCS> : Go to Step 7.
NO : Repair according to the troubleshooting, YES<Vehicles with MMCS> : Go to Step 5.
and recheck the trouble symptom. NO : Replace the battery
STEP 2. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for STEP 5. Connector check: C-128 intermediate
other systems connector
Check if the diagnosis code No. B1301 or B1302 is Q: Is the check result normal?
set to AS&G-ECU. YES : Go to Step 6.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : Repair the defective connector.
YES : Erase the diagnosis code, and then go to
Step 3. STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-65
NO : Go to Step 3. DC/DC converter connector terminal No.8 and C-
STEP 3. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for • Check the signal lines for open circuit and short
other systems circuit.
Check if the diagnosis code is set to AS&G-ECU. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Diagnose the AS&G-ECU (Refer to GROUP NO : Repair the wiring harness.
17 − Troubleshooting ).
NO : Go to Step 4. STEP 7. Replace the DC/DC converter
temporarily, and check the trouble symptom.
STEP 4. Battery test Q: Is the check result normal?
Check the battery state.(Refer to .) YES : Replace the DC/DC converter.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the AS&G-ECU.
DC/DC CONVERTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M1549700700028

• Removal of instrument panel lower (Refer to GROUP 52A • Installation of instrument panel lower (Refer to GROUP
- Instrument Lower Panel ) <RHD> 52A - Instrument Lower Panel ) <RHD>
• Removal of glove box (Refer to GROUP 52A - Glove Box • Installation of glove box (Refer to GROUP 52A - Glove
) <LHD> Box ) <LHD>
DC/DC converter
Front deck crossmember
5.0 ± 2.0 N·m AC905309AC
INSPECTION
DC/DC CONVERTER INSPECTION

M1549700900011
1. Remove the DC/DC converter. (Refer to ) 2. Check that the continuity exists
Tester connection Measurement value

9−7 Continuity exists (2 Ω or
less)
AC905384 AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
DEFOGGER
54A-505
DEFOGGER
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1547000600350
DEFOGGER

a assembly
MB991824
f. MB991826
(Vehicles with CAN Diagnosis code, service data and
MB991827
communication actuator test check.
c system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
MB991910 CAN
d communication
system)
adapter
harness
e
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
MB991223 Wiring harness set Continuity check and voltage

a
a. MB991219 a. Check harness measurement at wiring harness or
b
circuit
circuit
c
sourced tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
DEFOGGER
54A-507
measurement at wiring harness or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1540500700038
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of Troubleshooting .

M1540500800035

The rear window defogger does not work.
DEFOGGER
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
The rear window defogger does not work.

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
DEFOGGER
54A-509
Rear Window Defogger Circuit

LINK 34 44 SWITCH (IG1) LINK 37 42
ETACS-ECU
IG1
RELAY
RELAY BOX
PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER RELAY
HEATER
CONTROL
PANEL
POWER SOURCE
OR
A/C CPU
CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE CIRCUIT
REAR
NOTE WINDOW
:PETROL DEFOGGER
:DIESEL SWITCH
:LHD REAR WINDOW
:RHD
:VEHICLES WITHOUT A/C DEFOGGER
:VEHICLES WITH A/C
Wire colour code

DEFOGGER
A/C Control Panel Circuit
HEATER
CONTROL
PANEL
CPU OR
A/C
CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
HEATER
CONTROL
UNIT
OR
A/C ECU
NOTE
:VEHICLES WITHOUT A/C
:VEHICLES WITH A/C
Wire colour code

Connectors: C-15, C-60, C-119, C-147 <LHD> Connector: C-119 <RHD>
C-15 (B)
C-60 (B)
C-119
C-119
C-147
ACA00892AB ACA00895AB
Connector: C-15 <RHD> Connectors: C-301, C-306 <LHD>

ETACS-ECU
C-306
C-15 (B)
C-301
ACA00896AC ACA00886AH
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
DEFOGGER
54A-511
Connector: C-301, C-306 <RHD> DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
ETACS-ECU

YES : Go to Step 2.
C-301 C-306 NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
ACA00887AH
STEP 2. Check that the inside air/outside air
Connectors: F-05, F-30 <LANCER> recirculation can be switched.
F-05 (B)
F-30 (B) Check that the inside air/outside air recirculation can
be switched normally.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Refer to GROUP 55A− trouble symptom
chart .
AC612744 BE STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code

Check that the air conditioner has not set a diagnosis
Connectors: F-05, F-30 code.
<LANCER SPORT BACK> F-05
F-30 (B) YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures.
(Refer to GROUP 55A-trouble shooting .)
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III other system's diagnosis code

Check that the ETACS-ECU has not set a diagnosis
AC801775 BH code.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
If the rear window defogger does not work after YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures.
switching on (the defogger timer will be on for Refer to .
approximately 20 minutes), the rear window defog- NO : Go to Step 5.
ger relay circuit may be defective.
NOTE: When the engine is not running, the rear win- STEP 5. M.U.T.-III data list
dow defogger does not work. Check the rear window defogger switch signal by the
data list of the A/C-ECU <vehicles with A/C> or
PROBABLE CAUSES heater control unit <vehicles without A/C>.
• Malfunction of the rear window defogger relay • Start the engine.
• Wiring harness or connector failure • Turn the rear window defogger switch from off to
• Malfunction of heater control panel <vehicles on.
without A/C> or A/C control panel <vehicles with
A/C>
condition
• Malfunction of heater control unit <vehicles with-
out A/C> or A/C-ECU <vehicles with A/C> Item 60 Rear defogger OFF → ON
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU switch
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Replace the heater control panel <vehicles
without A/C> or A/C control panel <vehicles
with A/C>.
DEFOGGER
STEP 6. Connector check: C-306 rear window body earth

defogger relay connector OK: System voltage
NO : Repair the connector concerned. NO : Go to Step 12.
STEP 7. Check the rear window defogger relay. STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between C-
Refer to . 306 rear window defogger relay connector
terminal No. 4 and fusible link (37) <PETROL> or
(42) <DIESEL>.
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Replace the defogger relay.
short circuit.
STEP 8. Connector check: F-30 rear window intermediate connector C-129, and repair if neces-
defogger connector sary.
00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
STEP 9. Measure the voltage at F-30 rear window with Intermittent Malfunction ).
defogger connector. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
wiring harness side. STEP 13. Measure the voltage at C-306 rear
(2) Ignition switch: ON window defogger relay connector.
(3) Rear window defogger switch: ON (measure (1) Remove the relay, and measure at the junction
within 20 seconds after the switch is turned on) block side.
(4) Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and (2) Ignition switch: ON
body earth (3) Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and
OK: System voltage body earth
Q: Is the check result normal? OK: System voltage
NO : Go to Step 11.
NO : Go to Step 16.
STEP 10. Measure the resistance at F-05 rear
window defogger connector. STEP 14. Connector check: C-301 ETACS-ECU
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the connector
(2) Measure the resistance between terminal 1 and Q: Is the check result normal?
body earth YES : Go to Step 15.
306 rear window defogger relay connector
NO : Repair the wiring harness wires between F-
terminal No. 1 and C-301 ETACS-ECU connector
05 rear window defogger connector terminal
terminal No. 12.
No. 1 and body earth.
circuit.
STEP 11. Measure the voltage at C-306 rear
window defogger relay connector.
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the junction NO : Repair the wiring harness.
block side.
(2) Measure the voltage between terminal 4 and
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
DEFOGGER
54A-513
STEP 16. Connector check: C-147 heater control
panel connector <vehicles without A/C> or C-119
A/C control panel connector <vehicles with A/C>
STEP 21. Check the rear window defogger.
Check the rear window defogger (Refer to ).
NO : Repair the connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Replace the rear window glass.
STEP 17. Check the wiring harness wires
between C-306 rear window defogger relay REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
connector terminal No. 2 and fusible link (34) M1540600200201
<PETROL> or (44) <DIESEL>. Refer to GROUP 55A − Heater control unit .
• Check the input line for open or short circuit.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
PRINTED HEATER CHECK
Q: Is the check result normal? M1540500500421
Normal characteristics of print heater
00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/ Voltage (V)
Inspection Service Points - How to Cope 12
with Intermittent Malfunction ).
A (middle point)
6 Approximately 6 V
between C-306 rear window defogger relay 0
terminal No. 3 and F-30 rear window defogger (+) terminal (-) terminal
connector terminal No. 1. Length of print heater
• Check the input line for open circuit.
Abnormal characteristics of print heater
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check Voltage (V)
intermediate connectors C-28 and D-17, and repair if 12 Disconnection
necessary. location
Q: Is the check result normal? 6

0
(+) terminal (-) terminal
STEP 19. Connector check: C-60 heater control Length of print heater
unit connector <vehicles without A/C> or C-15 A/ AC407247AD
C-ECU connector <vehicles with A/C>
1. Let the engine run (2,000 r/min), and check the
YES : Go to Step 20. printed heater with the battery fully charged.
NO : Repair the connector. 2. With the rear window defogger switch "ON," use
the circuit tester to measure the voltage of each
printed heater at the rear window glass centre A
point. If approximately 6 V is indicated, it is judged
147 heater control panel connector <vehicles
good.
without A/C> or C-119 A/C control panel
connector <vehicles with A/C> (terminals 9) and 3. If the voltage of 12 V is indicated at the A point,
C-60 heater control unit connector <vehicles there is an open circuit between the A point and
without A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector negative terminal. Therefore, by moving the test
<vehicles with A/C> (terminals 9). bar slowly to the negative side, search and
• Check the A/C control panel signal line and earth determine the location where the voltage changes
line for open or short circuit. suddenly (0 V). The location of voltage change
indicates the open circuit position.
DEFOGGER
4. Also, if the voltage indicates 0 V at the A point, REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
there is an open circuit between the A point and CHECK
positive terminal. Therefore, search and M1540500600279
determine the location of voltage change (12 V) <LHD>
using the above mentioned method.
5. If a malfunction such as open circuit occurs,
replace the rear window glass <LANCER> or
tailgate window glass <LANCER SPORT
BACK>.(Refer to GROUP 42A − Rear window
glass <LANCER> or Tailgate window glass Rear window
defogger relay
<LANCER SPORT BACK>.)
<RHD> AC612289
Rear window
defogger relay
AC802143AB

number condition
continuity
(−)] or less)
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-515
ETACS
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1545000600172
ETACS

a assembly
MB991824
f. MB991826
(Vehicles with CAN ETACS-ECU check (Diagnosis
MB991827
communication code, service data)
c system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
MB991910 CAN
d communication
system)
adapter
harness
e
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-517
MB991499 Measurement probe Measurements of voltage and
resistance value
NOTE: M.U.T.-II attached probe
(Commercial probes can also be
MB991499 used.)

a
b
circuit
circuit
c
sourced tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA

connector
MB992006

STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC M.U.T.-III.
TROUBLESHOOTING When detecting fault and storing the diagnosis code,
M1545000900139 the ECU connected to CAN bus line obtains the data
Refer to GROUP 00 − Contents of troubleshooting . before the determination of the diagnosis code and
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION then stores the ECU status of that time. By analysing
M1545001000203
Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function . as the table below.
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE
ETACS
Display item list

generated
displayed.
3 Elapsed time after Total elapsed time after a diagnosis code is min*
failure generated
NOTE: *: Total elapsed time can be stored up to DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART
65,534 minutes (45.5 days). The display of M.U.T.-III M1545001101300
is fixed to 65,534 minutes after 65,534 minutes have

elapsed. Or, if the battery is disconnected, the total
elapsed time cannot be measured properly. Thus,
65,535 minutes (null value) is displayed. Because it
is calculated based on the ETACS-ECU information,
the correct display may not be shown if the ETACS-
ECU has had a timeout.
Diagnosis Diagnosis item Reference page
code No.
U0001 Bus error (CAN-C)
U0100 Engine CAN timeout
U0101 CVT/AT CAN timeout
U0121 ABS/ASC CAN timeout
U0126 Steering wheel sensor CAN timeout
U0131 EPS CAN timeout
U0151 SRS CAN timeout
U0164 A/C/Heater control unit CAN timeout
U0168 KOS/WCM CAN timeout
U0181 Headlamp automatic levelling-ECU CAN timeout
U0184 Audio CAN timeout
U0245 Audio visual navigation unit CAN timeout
U0331* ECU internal error
U1004 AS&G CAN timeout
U1005 Corner sensor/back sensor-ECU CAN timeout
U1108 Additional CAN B ECU detected
U1120 Bus line (CAN-C) low input
U1121 Bus line (CAN-C) high input
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-519
Diagnosis Diagnosis item Reference page
code No.
U0169 Sunroof LIN timeout <Vehicles with sunroof> Refer to GROUP 54B −
U0215 P/W SW (DR) LIN timeout Diagnosis code chart .
U0231 Rain light sensor LIN timeout <Vehicles with auto lamp>
U1006 Security alarm siren LIN timeout <Vehicles with security alarm
sensor>
U1007 Security alarm sensor LIN timeout <Vehicles with security alarm
sensor>
U1109 Column SW LIN timeout
U150B Column SW checksum error
U150C P/W SW (DR) checksum error
U1511 Sunroof checksum error <Vehicles with sunroof>
U1512 Rain light sensor checksum error <Vehicles with auto lamp>
U1514 Bit error (LIN)
U1515 No-Bus activity error (LIN)
U1539 Security alarm siren LIN checksum error <Vehicles with security
alarm sensor>
U1540 Security alarm SNSR.LIN checksum error <Vehicles with security
alarm sensor>
B1034 Ambient air temperature sensor system (short circuit) Refer to GROUP 55A −
B1035 Ambient air temperature sensor system (open circuit) Diagnosis code chart .
B16A2 Blown turn-signal lamp (LH) bulb
B16A3 Turn-signal lamp (LH) short circuit
B16A4 Blown turn-signal lamp (RH) bulb
B16A5 Turn-signal lamp (RH) short circuit
B16A6 Hazard warning lamp blown fuse
B16A7 Tail lamp (RH) circuit short <Short circuit in the position lamp (RH)
circuit or the tail lamp (RH) circuit>
B16A8 Tail lamp (LH) circuit short <Short circuit in the position lamp (LH)
circuit, tail lamp (LH) circuit or the licence plate lamp circuit>
B1761* Chassis No. not programmed
B210A +B power supply (low input)
B210B +B power supply (high input)
B2206* Chassis No. mismatch
B2215* ECU internal error
B222C* Coding not completed

B2350 Lighting switch malfunction
B2351 Wiper switch malfunction
B2353 Ignition power supply (low input)
B2354 Ignition power supply (high input)
ETACS
NOTE: *: If diagnosis codes No. U0331, B1761, DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES

B2206, B2215, or B222C is set, there may be an
error with the coding data stored in the ETACS-ECU.
Code No.U0001 Bus error (CAN-C)


• If the diagnosis code No. U0001 or U0019 is
set to the ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
CAN bus line. Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
communication circuit is normal. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
When the ETACS-ECU is returned from the bus off 54C − Troubleshooting ).
state, or when the bus off error is indicated to the
ETACS-ECU state, the diagnosis code No. U0001
(CAN-C) or U0019 (CAN-B) is stored. STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
The ETACS-ECU may have a malfunction, or the ETACS-ECU.
ETACS-ECU power supply or earth circuit may have (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
a problem. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
• Malfunction of wiring harness or connector Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Malfunction ).
Code No.U0100 Engine CAN timeout

• If diagnosis code No. U0100 is set to the After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus seconds, if the communication with the engine ECU
line. cannot be established for 600 ms or more, the
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
• No abnormality is present to the network.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
• Ignition switch is in the ON position.
If the signal from engine ECU cannot be received, • No abnormality is present to the power supply
the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0100.
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of engine ECU
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-521
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
• Malfunction of the CAN bus reset.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ETACS-ECU.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. position to "ON" position.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP YES : Replace the engine ECU.
54C − Troubleshooting ). NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
malfunction such as a poor connection or
open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the engine ECU and the ETACS-ECU
(GROUP 00 − How to use Troubleshooting/
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? inspection Service Points − How to Cope
YES : Troubleshoot the engine (Refer to GROUP with Intermittent Malfunction ).
13A − Troubleshooting <1600> or GROUP
13B − Troubleshooting <1800-PETROL-
DOHC, 2000> or GROUP 13C −
reset.
Troubleshooting <DIESEL> or GROUP 13F
− Troubleshooting <1800-SOHC>). ETACS-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code position to "ON" position.
Check if diagnosis code No. U0100 is set to the (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
ASC-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 5. malfunction such as a poor connection or
the engine ECU and the ETACS-ECU
inspection Service Points − How to Cope
Code No.U0101 CVT/AT CAN timeout

ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus seconds, if the communication with the CVT-ECU, A/
line. T-ECU cannot be established for 600 ms or more,
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the the ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from CVT-ECU, A/T-ECU cannot be • No abnormality is present to the power supply
received, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code
No. U0101.
km or more.
ETACS

• Malfunction of CVT-ECU reset.
• Malfunction of A/T-ECU Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU.
• Malfunction of the CAN bus (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. YES : Replace the CVT-ECU, A/T-ECU.
YES : Go to Step 2. malfunction such as a poor connection or
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
54C − Troubleshooting ). the CVT-ECU, A/T-ECU and the ETACS-
ECU (GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Check if diagnosis code is set to the CVT-ECU, A/T-
ECU.
reset.
Set to the CVT-ECU. : Troubleshoot the CVT. Refer
to GROUP 23A − Diagnosis code chart .
ETACS-ECU.
Set to the A/T-ECU. : Troubleshoot the A/T. Refer
to GROUP 23C − Diagnosis code chart .
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0101 is set to the
engine-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? malfunction such as a poor connection or
YES : Go to Step 4. open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
NO : Go to Step 5. the CVT-ECU, A/T-ECU and the ETACS-
Code No.U0121 ABS/ASC CAN timeout

ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus seconds, if the communication with the ABS-ECU or
line. ASC-ECU cannot be established for 600 ms or more,
occurred.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU cannot be • No abnormality is present to the power supply
No. U0121.
km or more.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-523
• Malfunction of ABS-ECU reset.
• Malfunction of ASC-ECU Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. YES : Replace the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU.
54C − Troubleshooting ). the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU and the ETACS-
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ABS-ECU or
ASC-ECU.
reset.
Refer to GROUP 35B − Troubleshooting .
ETACS-ECU.
engine ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? malfunction such as a poor connection or
YES : Go to Step 4. open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
NO : Go to Step 5. the ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU and the ETACS-
Code No.U0126 Steering wheel sensor CAN timeout

ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus seconds, if the communication with the steering
line. wheel sensor cannot be established for 600 ms or
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the more, the ETACS-ECU determines that a problem
has occurred.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from steering wheel sensor cannot be • No abnormality is present to the power supply
No. U0126.
km or more.
ETACS

• Malfunction of steering wheel sensor reset.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
• Malfunction of the CAN bus ETACS-ECU.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Replace the steering wheel sensor.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP malfunction such as a poor connection or
54C − Troubleshooting ). open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the steering wheel sensor and the ETACS-
Check if diagnosis code is set to the steering wheel
sensor.
YES : Troubleshoot the steering wheel sensor.
reset.
NO : Go to Step 3.
ETACS-ECU.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0126 is set to the position to "ON" position.
AFS-ECU. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
NO : Go to Step 5. NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
the steering wheel sensor and the ETACS-
Code No.U0131 EPS CAN timeout

ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus seconds, if the communication with the EPS-ECU
line. cannot be established for 600 ms or more, the
occurred.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from EPS-ECU cannot be received, the • No abnormality is present to the power supply
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0131.
km or more.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-525
• Malfunction of EPS-ECU position to "ON" position.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
• Malfunction of the CAN bus Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the EPS-ECU.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. the EPS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
Q: Is the check result normal? inspection Service Points − How to Cope
YES : Go to Step 2. with Intermittent Malfunction ).
reset.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the EPS-ECU.
ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
YES : Troubleshoot the EPS. Refer to GROUP (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
37B − Troubleshooting . position to "ON" position.
NO : Go to Step 3. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0131 is set to the NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
engine-ECU. malfunction such as a poor connection or
YES : Go to Step 4. the EPS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
NO : Go to Step 5. (GROUP 00 − How to use Troubleshooting/
reset.
ETACS-ECU.
Code No.U0151 SRS CAN timeout

• If the diagnosis code No. U0151 is set to the After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus seconds, if the communication with the SRS-ECU
line. cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, the
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has
occurred.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from SRS-ECU cannot be received, the • No abnormality is present to the power supply
ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. U0151. fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
ETACS

• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU reset.
• Malfunction of the CAN bus ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Replace the SRS-ECU.
the SRS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
Check if diagnosis code is set to the SRS-ECU.
YES : Troubleshoot the SRS air bag (Refer to
GROUP 52B − Troubleshooting ).
reset.
NO : Go to Step 3.
ETACS-ECU.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0151 is set to the (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
KOS-ECU, WCM, radio and CD player, combination position to "ON" position.
meter, or A/C-ECU. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
the SRS-ECU and the ETACS-ECU

ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus seconds, if the communication with the combination
line. meter cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more,
occurred.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from combination meter cannot be • No abnormality is present to the power supply
No. U0155.
km or more.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-527
• Malfunction of combination meter reset.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Replace the combination meter.
the combination meter and the ETACS-ECU
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to use
meter.
YES : Troubleshoot the combination meter. Refer
reset.
to .
NO : Go to Step 3.
ETACS-ECU.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0155 is set to the position to "ON" position.
KOS-ECU, WCM, radio and CD player, SRS-ECU, or (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 5. malfunction such as a poor connection or
the combination meter and the ETACS-ECU
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to use
Code No.U0164 A/C/Heater control unit CAN timeout

ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus seconds, if the communication with the A/C-ECU
line. cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, the
occurred.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from A/C-ECU cannot be received, the • No abnormality is present to the power supply
km or more.
ETACS

• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU reset.
• Damaged harness wires and connectors ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Replace the A/C-ECU.
the A/C-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to use Troubleshooting/
Check if diagnosis code is set to the A/C-ECU.
YES : Troubleshoot the A/C-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 55A − Troubleshooting ).
reset.
NO : Go to Step 3.
ETACS-ECU.
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0164 is set to the (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
KOS-ECU, WCM, radio and CD player, combination position to "ON" position.
meter, or SRS-ECU. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
the A/C-ECU and the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
GROUP 00 − How to use Troubleshooting/
Code No.U0168 KOS/WCM CAN timeout

ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus seconds, if the communication with the KOS-ECU or
line. WCM cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more,
occurred.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from KOS-ECU or WCM cannot be • No abnormality is present to the power supply
No. U0168.
km or more.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-529
• Malfunction of the KOS-ECU reset.
• Malfunction of the WCM Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. YES : Replace the KOS-ECU or WCM.
54C − Troubleshooting ). the KOS-ECU or WCM and the ETACS-
ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to use
Check if diagnosis code is set to the KOS-ECU or
WCM.
reset.
Set to the KOS-ECU. : Troubleshoot the KOS.
Refer to GROUP 42B − Diagnosis Code
ETACS-ECU.
Chart .
Set to the WCM. : Troubleshoot the WCM. Refer to
GROUP 42C − Diagnosis Code Chart .
SRS-ECU, radio and CD player, combination meter,
or A/C-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? the KOS-ECU or WCM and the ETACS-
YES : Go to Step 4. ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to use
NO : Go to Step 5. Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
Code No.U0181 Headlamp automatic levelling-ECU CAN timeout

ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus seconds, if the communication with the headlamp
line. automatic levelling-ECU cannot be established for
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the 600 ms or more, the ETACS-ECU determines that a
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from headlamp automatic levelling-ECU • No abnormality is present to the power supply
cannot be received, the ETACS-ECU sets the diag-
nosis code No. U0181.
km or more.
ETACS

• Malfunction of the headlamp automatic levelling- (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
ECU Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU YES : Replace the headlamp automatic levelling-
• Malfunction of the CAN bus ECU. Go to Step 4.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE malfunction such as a poor connection or
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU and
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. the ETACS-ECU (GROUP 00 − How to use
Q: Is the check result normal? How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
YES : Go to Step 2.
54C − Troubleshooting ). STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
ETACS-ECU.
Check if diagnosis code is set to the headlamp auto-
matic levelling-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? position to "ON" position.
YES : Troubleshoot the headlamp automatic (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
levelling-ECU. Refer to .
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is malfunction such as a poor connection or
reset. open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU and
ETACS-ECU. the ETACS-ECU (GROUP 00 − How to use
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. Troubleshooting/inspection Service Points −
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U0184 Audio CAN timeout
CAUTION • No abnormality is present to the network.

• If the diagnosis code No. U0184 is set to the • Ignition switch is in the ON position.
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus • No abnormality is present to the power supply
line. fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
km or more.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION PROBABLE CAUSES
When the signals from radio and CD player cannot • Malfunctions of the radio and CD player
be received, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
code No. U0184. • Malfunction of the CAN bus
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5
seconds, if the communication with the radio and CD
player cannot be established for 2,500 ms or more, STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
the ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
occurred. Q: Is the check result normal?
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-531
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP YES : Replace the radio and CD player.
54C − Troubleshooting ). NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
the radio and CD player and the ETACS-
Check if diagnosis code is set to the radio and CD
ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
player.
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
YES : Perform the diagnosis code troubleshooting
to the radio and CD player. Refer to .
NO : Go to Step 3. STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code ETACS-ECU.
Check if the diagnosis code No. U0184 is set to the (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
SRS-ECU, combination meter, or A/C-ECU. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? position to "ON" position.
NO : Go to Step 5. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
reset. malfunction such as a poor connection or
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
ETACS-ECU. the radio and CD player and the ETACS-
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Use
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
position to "ON" position. How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U0245 Audio visual navigation unit CAN timeout
CAUTION • No abnormality is present to the power supply

• If the diagnosis code No. U0245 is set to the fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus km or more.
line. • ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the PROBABLE CAUSES
communication circuit is normal. • Malfunctions of CAN box unit
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
When the signals from CAN box unit (audio visual • Malfunction of the CAN bus
navigation unit) cannot be received, the ETACS-ECU
sets the diagnosis code No. U0245. DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
JUDGMENT CRITERIA
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5 STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
seconds, if the communication with the CAN box unit Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
(audio visual navigation unit) be established for Q: Is the check result normal?
2,500 ms or more, the ETACS-ECU determines that YES : Go to Step 2.
a problem has occurred. NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
• No abnormality is present to the network. 54C − Troubleshooting ).
ETACS
YES : Replace the CAN box unit (audio visual

navigation unit).
Check if diagnosis code is set to the audio visual
navigation unit.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
YES : Perform the diagnosis code troubleshooting the CAN box unit (audio visual navigation
to the audio visual navigation unit. Refer to . unit) and the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
NO : Go to Step 3. GROUP 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
Inspection Service Points − How to Cope
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code with Intermittent Malfunction ).
combination meter. STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? reset.
YES : Go to Step 4. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
NO : Go to Step 5. ETACS-ECU.
reset.
ETACS-ECU. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
position to "ON" position. malfunction such as a poor connection or
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set. open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the CAN box unit (audio visual navigation
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? unit) and the ETACS-ECU (Refer to
Inspection Service Points − How to Cope
Code No.U0331 ECU internal error
JUDGMENT CRITERIA DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

If the ETACS-ECU error counter value is detected to
be "255," the diagnosis code No. U0331 is set, and
the ETACS-ECU is reset. The diagnosis code No. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
U0331 exists only for the past trouble. Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU position to "ON" position.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-533
Code No.U1004 AS&G CAN timeout

• If diagnosis code No. U1004 is set to the Check if the diagnosis code No. U1004 is set to the
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus engine-ECU.
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the YES : Go to Step 4.
communication circuit is normal. NO : Go to Step 5.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the signal from AS&G-ECU cannot be received, the
reset.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5 ETACS-ECU.
seconds, if the communication with the AS&G-ECU (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
cannot be established for 600 ms or more, the (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has position to "ON" position.
occurred. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
• No abnormality is present to the network. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• Ignition switch is in the ON position. YES : Replace the AS&G-ECU.
• No abnormality is present to the power supply NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5 malfunction such as a poor connection or
km or more. open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
• ETACS-ECU system voltage is at 10−16 V. the AS&G-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
PROBABLE CAUSES inspection Service Points − How to Cope
• Malfunction of the AS&G-ECU with Intermittent Malfunction ).
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
ETACS-ECU.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
54C − Troubleshooting ). YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code malfunction such as a poor connection or
Check if diagnosis code is set to the AS&G-ECU. open circuit in the CAN bus lines between
the AS&G-ECU and the ETACS-ECU
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? (GROUP 00 − How to use Troubleshooting/
YES : Troubleshoot the AS&G-ECU. Refer to inspection Service Points − How to Cope
GROUP 17 − Troubleshooting . with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
ETACS
Code No. U1005 Corner sensor/back sensor-ECU CAN timeout
CAUTION YES : Perform troubleshooting for the corner

• If diagnosis code No. U1005 is set to the sensor/back sensor-ECU. (Refer to .)
NO : Go to Step 3.
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus
line.
• Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
communication circuit is normal. reset.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION Check again if the diagnosis code is set to ETACS-
If the signal from corner sensor/back sensor-ECU ECU.
cannot be received, the ETACS-ECU sets the diag- (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
nosis code No. U1005. (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
After the following statuses continue to be true for 5 Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
seconds, if the communication with the corner sen- YES : Replace the corner sensor/back sensor-
sor/back sensor-ECU cannot be established for 600 ECU. Go to Step 4.
ms or more, the ETACS-ECU determines that a NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
problem has occurred. intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
• No abnormality is present to the network. between the corner sensor/back sensor-
• Ignition switch is in the ON position. ECU and ETACS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP
• No abnormality is present to the power supply 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
fuse (IOD fuse), or the odometer value is at 80.5 Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
km or more. with Intermittent Malfunction .)

• Malfunction of the corner sensor/back sensor- reset.
ECU Check again if the diagnosis code is set to ETACS-
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU ECU.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE position to the ON position.
Use M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
YES : Go to Step 2. between the corner sensor/back sensor-
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP ECU and ETACS-ECU. (Refer to GROUP
54C − Troubleshooting .) 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
STEP 2. Check the M.U.T.-III Diagnosis code for with Intermittent Malfunction .)
other systems
Check if a diagnosis code is set to the corner sensor/
back sensor-ECU.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-535
Code No.U1108 Additional CAN-B ECU detected
CAUTION STEP 2. Variant code check

If the diagnosis code No. U1108 is set to the Check the variant code written to the ETACS-ECU,
ETACS-ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus line. and check whether it matches the ECU connected to
JUDGMENT CRITERIA the CAN-B line.
If the ETACS-ECU receives the signal from the CAN- Q: Is the check result normal?
B line ECU which does not exist in the written variant YES : Go to Step 3.
code information, the ETACS-ECU sets the diagno- NO : Make a correction so that the ECU
sis code No. U1108. connected to the CAN-B line matches with
the variant code information, and then go to
PROBABLE CAUSES
Step 3.
• Malfunction of the CAN bus
ETACS-ECU.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
54C − Troubleshooting ). YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Code No.U1120 Bus line (CAN-C) low input

Code No.U1121 Bus line (CAN-C) high input
JUDGMENT CRITERIA YES : Go to Step 2.

When the CAN bus line voltage is in the following NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
states, the ETACS-ECU set the diagnosis code. 54C − Troubleshooting ).
• If the CAN bus line voltage is 0.3 V or less, the
diagnosis code No. U1120 is set. STEP 2. Check whether the diagnosis code is
• If the CAN bus line voltage is 4.7 V or more, the reset.
diagnosis code No. U1121 is set. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. NO : The diagnosis is complete.
ETACS
Code No.B1761 Chassis No. not programmed

If the chassis number is not written to the ETACS-
ECU, the ETACS-ECU sets diagnosis code No.
B1761. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
PROBABLE CAUSES (1) Write the chassis number to the ETACS-ECU.
• Chassis No. not programmed (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU (3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
YES : Replace with the coded ETACS-ECU.
Code No.B210A +B power supply (low input)

Code No.B210B +B power supply (high input)
CAUTION
Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the input and output signal circuits are normal.
ETACS-ECU Power Source Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 36 38
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
NOTE
: PETROL
: DIESEL
ETACS-ECU
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-537
Connector: C-307 <LHD> STEP 2. Battery check
ETACS-ECU Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test .
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Charge or replace the battery.
C-307 (B)
Refer to GROUP 16 − Charging System <except
AC701240 AY
1800-Diesel> or <1800-Diesel>.
YES : Go to Step 4.
ETACS-ECU
component(s).
C-307 (B) STEP 4. Connector check: C-307 ETACS-ECU

connector
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC701241BE NO : Repair the defective connector.
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
The ETACS-ECU sets the code No. B210A if the STEP 5. Voltage measurement at the C-307
power supply fuse voltage decreases to the specified ETACS-ECU connector.
value or less, and sets the code No. B210B if the (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
power supply fuse voltage increases to the specified wiring harness side.
value or more. However, when the status returns to (2) Measure the voltage between the C-307 ETACS-
normal, the ETACS-ECU automatically erases the ECU connector terminal No. 2 and the body
code Nos. B210A and B210B. earth.
OK: System voltage
The power supply fuse or the ETACS-ECU may have Q: Is the check result normal?
a problem. YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Go to Step 6.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of power supply fuse STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the C-307
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 2 and the
• Malfunction of battery fusible link (36) <except 1800-DIESEL> or (38)
• Malfunction of alternator <1800-DIESEL>.
• Malfunction of harness Check the power supply line for open circuit.

STEP 1. Power supply fuse check use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Q: Is the fuse in good condition? Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
NO : Replace the power supply fuse, and then go NO : Repair the wiring harness.
to Step 8.
ETACS
STEP 7. M.U.T.-III data list STEP 8. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Check the power supply fuse voltage. reset.
• Ignition switch: OFF Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
Item No. Item name Normal ETACS-ECU.
condition (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Item 253 Voltage sensing System voltage position to "ON" position.
of IOD Line (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
OK: Normal condition is displayed. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU. malfunction (GROUP 00 − How to use
Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
Code No.B2206 Chassis No. mismatch

If the diagnosis code No. B2206 is set, always
diagnose the CAN bus line. 54C − Troubleshooting ). On completion, go
to Step 3.
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION
If the registered chassis number is different from the
chassis number transmitted on the CAN bus lines, STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
the ETACS-ECU sets the diagnosis code No. B2206. Check if diagnosis code is set to the engine-ECU.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA YES : Troubleshoot the engine (Refer to GROUP
If the chassis number registered to ETACS-ECU and 13A − Troubleshooting <1600> or GROUP
the chassis number on CAN bus lines do not match, 13B − Troubleshooting <1800-PETROL-
the ETACS-ECU determines that a problem has DOHC, 2000> or GROUP 13C −
occurred. Troubleshooting <DIESEL> or GROUP 13F
PROBABLE CAUSES − Troubleshooting <1800-SOHC>).
• Chassis number not written NO : Go to Step 3.
• Malfunction of engine ECU STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
• Malfunction of CAN bus line reset.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ETACS-ECU.
(1) Write the chassis number to the ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the check result normal? (4) Check if diagnosis code is set.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-539
Code No.B2215 ECU internal error
JUDGMENT CRITERIA PROBABLE CAUSES

When the ETACS-ECU internal error count reaches • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
"255," the diagnosis code No. B2215 is set.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Code No.B222C Coding not completed

If the ETACS-ECU is in the initial state or the variant
coding is incomplete, the ETACS-ECU sets the diag-
nosis code No. B222C. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
PROBABLE CAUSES ETACS-ECU.
• Variant code not written (1) Perform the variant coding to the ETACS-ECU.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
ETACS
Code No.B2353 Ignition power supply (low input)

Code No.B2354 Ignition power supply (high input)
CAUTION
Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the input and output signal circuits are normal.
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE
LINK 34 44 LINK 36 38
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
ETACS-ECU
NOTE
: PETROL
: DIESEL
Wire colour code


ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU
AC701240 AO AC701241AC
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT
These diagnosis codes are set when the IG voltage
decreases to the specified value or less (code No.
B2353) or increases to the specified value or more
(code No. B2354). However, when the status returns
to normal, the code Nos. B2353 and B2354 are auto-
matically erased.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-541
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 5. Voltage measurement at the C-317
The power supply circuit or the ETACS-ECU may ETACS-ECU connector.
have a problem. (1) Measure by backprobing without disconnecting
PROBABLE CAUSES the connector.
• Malfunction of power supply circuit (2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position.
• Malfunction of battery (3) Measure the voltage between the C-317 ETACS-
• Malfunction of alternator ECU connector terminal No. 6 and the body
• Malfunction of harness earth.
• Malfunction of the ignition switch OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III data list STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the C-317
Check the IG voltage. ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 6 and the
• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. ignition switch (IG1)
Item No. Item name Normal Check the power supply line for open circuit and
condition short circuit.
Item 254 IG voltage System voltage Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Refer to Inspection Procedure 2
OK: Normal condition is displayed. "Malfunction of the ignition switch power
Q: Is the check result normal? supply system."
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Battery check reset.
Refer to GROUP 54A − Battery Test . Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Charge or replace the battery. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
Refer to GROUP 16 − Charging System . Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the charging system in good condition? NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
YES : Go to Step 4. malfunction (GROUP 00 − How to use
NO : Repair or replace the charging system Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points −
component(s). How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 4. Connector check: C-317 ETACS-ECU DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE

M1545001300624
connector
NOTE: Some items are not displayed on M.U.T.-III
Q: Is the check result normal? according to the information in the ECU.
YES : Go to Step 5.
Item No. M.U.T.-III display Check condition Normal condition
1 CAN-H voltage (CAN-C) − 2.0−4.5 V
2 CAN-L voltage (CAN-C) − 0.5−3.0 V
200 Original VIN writing status When writing status is normal Comp/Unperformed
or Comp and locked
When writing status is abnormal ECU internal Err
ETACS

201 Current VIN writing status When writing status is normal Comp/Unperformed
When writing status is abnormal ECU internal Err
202 Internal error When no error is present No error
When error is present EEPROM error or
Boot loader Err or
EEPROM/Boot or
ADC Error or ADC/
EEPROM error or
ADC/Boot error or
ADC/Boot/EEPROM
or PLL Error or PLL/
EEPROM error or
PLL/EEPROM error
or PLL/Boot/
EEPROM or PLL/
ADC error or PLL/
ADC/EEPROM or
PLL/ADC/Boot or
PLL/ADC/Boot/ROM
203 Process error When no error is present No error
When error is present Interrupt error or
Switch error or
Sequence error or
Stick pointer Err or
Dispatch call Er or
RAM error or Other
error
204 Coding counter − 0−255 times
205 Coding counter Option − 0−255 times
206 Head lamp LO ON duty When low-beam headlamps are 100 %
on
When headlamps (low-beam) 0%
are off
207 Fan control relay ON duty When fan is in operation 100 %
When fan is stopped 0%
208 Room lamp ON duty When room lamp is turned from Lamp is dimmed from
ON to OFF 100% (when ON) to
0%.
209 Gate lamp ON duty When trunk is opened 100 %
When trunk is closed 0%
210 IG key illumination When door is opened 100 %
When door is closed 0%
211 Head lamp Hi When high-beam headlamps ON
are on
When high-beam headlamps OFF
are off
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-543
212 Front fog lamp When front fog lamp is on ON
When front fog lamp is off OFF
213 Horn theft horn Not used OFF
214 Head lamp washer When headlamp washer is in ON
operation
Other than above OFF
215 Security indicator When security alarm is active ON
When security alarm is not OFF
active
216 IG1-2 fuel pump Ignition switch: ON position ON
Ignition switch: Other than ON OFF
position
218 Tail lamp When tail lamp and position ON
lamp are on
When tail lamp and position OFF
lamp are off
219 Turn RH/LH lamp When turn-signal lamp is on ON
When turn-signal lamp is off OFF
220 Blower fan relay Ignition switch: ON position ON
Ignition switch: Other than ON OFF
position
221 Defogger 1. Engine: ON (2000 r/min) ON
2. Defogger switch: ON
222 Interior lamp cut When interior lamp is on ON
When the lamp is turned OFF OFF
by the activation of interior lamp
automatic shutdown function
224 Door lock When locking is performed by ON
central door locking
227 Door unlock When unlocking is performed by ON
228 Dr door unlock When unlocking is performed by ON
230 Trunk/gate opener Trunk lid latch <LANCER> or ON
Tailgate switch <LANCER
SPORTBACK>: ON
231 Rear fog lamp When rear fog lamp is on ON
When rear fog lamp is off OFF
ETACS

232 ACC Relay Ignition switch: ACC or ON ON
position
Ignition switch: Other than ACC OFF
and ON position
233 Fan Lo When fan is in Lo operation ON
When fan is stopped OFF
234 Fan Hi When fan is in Hi operation ON
When fan is stopped OFF
235 Front wiper ACT When windshield wipers are in ON
operation
236 Front wiper Lo/Hi When windshield wipers are in ON
high-speed operation
237 Front washer When windshield washer is in ON
operation
238 Rear washer When rear washer is in ON
operation
239 Rear wiper When rear wiper is in operation ON
240 Power window Ignition switch: ON position ON
Ignition switch: OFF position ON → OFF (30
seconds after turned)
241 Hold mirror open Door mirror: Opened ON
Door mirror: Closed OFF
242 Hold mirror close Door mirror: Closed ON
Door mirror: Opened OFF
243 Dead lock When dead lock is in operation ON
244 Independent DRL Not used OFF
251 Auto light sensor Not used −
252 Ambient temperature sensor Ignition switch: ON position 0−5 V
253 Voltage sensing of IOD Line Always System voltage
254 IG voltage Ignition switch: ON position System voltage
256 Dr door ajar switch Driver's door: Open Open
Driver's door: Closed Close
257 As door ajar switch Front passenger's door: Open Open
Front passenger's door: Closed Close
258 RR door ajar switch Rear right door: Open Open
Rear right door: Closed Close
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-545
259 RL door ajar switch Rear left door: Open Open
Rear left door: Closed Close
260 Trunk/gate trunk ajar switch Trunk <LANCER> or Tailgate Open
<LANCER SPORTBACK>:
Open
Trunk <LANCER> or Tailgate Close
<LANCER SPORTBACK>:
Closed
264 Handle lock switch When the ignition key is Key in
inserted into the ignition key
cylinder
When the ignition key is Key out
removed from the ignition key
cylinder
265 Hazard switch While hazard switch is pressed ON
266 Hood switch Not used OFF
267 Mirror switch Remote-controlled mirror ON
switch: ON (when the switch is
operated)
Remote-controlled mirror OFF
switch: OFF (when the switch is
not operated)
268 Trunk/gate opener switch Not used OFF
270 Dr door lock switch When driver's door is locked Lock
Other than above Not lock
271 Dr door unlock switch When driver's door is unlocked Unlock
Other than above Not Unlock
272 As door unlock switch When front passenger's door is Unlock
unlocked
Other than above Not Unlock
273 Except Dr/As door unlock switch Not used OFF
274 Door key lock switch Not used OFF
275 Dr door key unlock switch Not used OFF
276 Door key unlock switch Not used OFF
277 Power lock switch Power window main switch ON
(door lock switch): Lock
278 Power unlock switch Power window main switch ON
(door lock switch): Unlock
279 Brake fluid switch When brake fluid level is normal ON
When brake fluid level is low OFF
280 Washer fluid/Trailer turn SW Not used OFF
ETACS

281 ASC/TCL OFF switch ASC OFF switch: During ON ON
operation
283 ESS cancel switch Not used OFF
287 Starter switch Ignition switch: START position ON
Ignition switch: Other than OFF
START position
288 ACC switch Ignition switch: ACC or ON ON
position
Ignition switch: Other than ACC OFF
and ON position
289 Backup lamp or shift reveres SW Shift lever is in reverse position ON
290 Brake switch Brake pedal depressed ON
291 Front wiper auto stop switch When windshield wipers are in ON
operation
292 Rear wiper auto stop switch When rear wiper is in operation ON
293 Process error information − −
294 Process error − 0−255 times
340 Head lamp switch(tail) Lighting switch: Position lamp ON
position
341 Head lamp switch Lighting switch: During dimmer ON
switch operation
342 Head lamp switch(Dimmer) Lighting switch: High beam ON
position
343 Turn switch left Turn-signal lamp switch: LH ON
position
344 Turn switch right Turn-signal lamp switch: RH ON
position
345 Fog lamp ON Fog lamp switch: During ON ON
operation
346 Fog lamp OFF Fog lamp switch: During OFF ON
operation
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-547
347 Switch type Left hand drive LHD
Right hand drive RHD
348 Head lamp switch(auto) Lighting switch: AUTO position ON
349 Head lamp cleaner Lighting switch: Headlamp ON
washer switch operation
350 Head lamp switch(flasher) Lighting switch: During dimmer ON
switch operation
351 Column ECU sleep Ignition switch: Other than ON OK
and START position
Ignition switch: ON or START NG
position
352 Front wiper(INT) Wiper switch: INT position ON
353 Front wiper(LO) Wiper switch: LO position ON
354 Front wiper(HI) Wiper switch: HI position ON
355 Front wiper(washer) Wiper switch: During washer ON
operation
356 Rear wiper Wiper switch: rear wiper ON
position
357 Rear wiper(washer) Wiper switch: rear washer ON
position
358 Front wiper(MIST) Wiper switch: During MIST ON
operation
359 Front wiper(interval volume) Variable intermittent wiper Value changes from
control switch is switched from 0 (+) to 254 (−).
(+) to (−).
360 Wiper switch lever fail When normal Normal
When abnormality is present Fail
361 Turn/Lamp switch lever fail When normal Normal
When abnormality is present Fail
400 Indirect lamp switch Not used OFF
ETACS

401 Indirect lamp Not used −
403 Shift Lock solenoid fail flag When a problem is present ON
(short to power supply)

M1545001200199

Malfunction of ETACS-ECU power supply circuit
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Malfunction of ETACS-ECU power supply circuit
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE
LINK 34 44 LINK 36 38
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
ETACS-ECU
NOTE
: 1800-DIESEL
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-549
YES : Go to Step 4.
Connectors: C-307, C-309, C-315, C-317
<LHD> NO : Go to Step 3.
ETACS-ECU
C-317 STEP 3. Wiring harness check between the C-315
or C-317 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 17
or 15 and the body earth
C-307 (B) • Check the earth wires for open circuit.
C-315 C-309 (B) YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
AC701240 AT malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Connectors: C-307, C-309, C-315, C-317
<RHD> ETACS-ECU Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
C-317
C-307 (B)
ETACS-ECU connector
C-315 C-309 (B) Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC701241AY NO : Repair the defective connector.
If the ETACS-ECU functions do not work at all, the STEP 5. Voltage measurement at the C-307
ETACS-ECU power supply system, earth system, or ETACS-ECU connector.
ETACS-ECU may have a problem. (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
PROBABLE CAUSES (2) Measure the voltage between the C-307 ETACS-
• Damaged harness wires and connectors ECU connector terminal No. 2 and the body
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU earth.
OK: System voltage
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-315, C-317 ETACS- NO : Go to Step 6.
ECU connector
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the C-307
YES : Go to Step 2. ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 2 and the
fusible link (36) <except 1800-Diesel> or (38)
<1800-Diesel>.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the C-315 • Check the power supply line for open circuit.
and C-317 ETACS-ECU connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
wiring harness side. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
(2) Measure the resistance between the C-315 use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 17 and the Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
body earth. Malfunction ).
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) NO : Repair the wiring harness.
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 15 and the STEP 7. Voltage measurement at the C-309
body earth. ETACS-ECU connector.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
(2) Measure the voltage between the C-309 ETACS-
ETACS
ECU connector terminal No. 1 and the body STEP 9. Retest the system
earth. Check that the ETACS-ECU functions work normally.
OK: System voltage
STEP 8. Wiring harness check between the C-309 Malfunction ).
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 1 and the NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
fusible link (34) <except 1800-Diesel> or (44)
<1800-Diesel>. TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART FOR INPUT
• Check the power supply line for open circuit. SIGNAL
M1545004900540
Malfunction ).
Procedure No. page
The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not received. 1
The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received. 2
The key reminder switch signal is not received. 3
The front door lock actuator signal is not LH drive vehicles 4
received. RH drive vehicles
The front door switch (driver’s side) signal is not received. 5
The front door switch (passenger’s side) signal is not received. 6
The rear door switch (RH) signal is not received. 7
The rear door switch (LH) signal is not received. 8
The trunk lid latch signal is not received. LANCER 9
The tailgate switch signal is not received. LANCER SPORTBACK
The hazard warning lamp switch signal is not received. 10
The column switch signal is not received. 11
The hood latch switch signal is not received. 12
The stop lamp switch signal is not received. 13
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-551
INPUT SIGNAL PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The ignition switch (ACC) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Ignition Switch (ACC) Input Circuit
IGNITION
SWITCH (ACC)
Wire colour code

B : Black LG : Light green ETACS-ECU
G : Green L : Blue
R : Red P : Pink

PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

connector
AC701240 AO
Connector: C-317 <RHD> YES : Go to Step 2.
ETACS-ECU NO : Repair the defective connector.

(1) Measure by backprobing without disconnecting
the connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ACC" position.
AC701241AC ECU connector terminal No. 7 and the body
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM earth.
If there is an error to the ignition switch (ACC) input OK: System voltage
signal, or the ACC relay inside the ETACS-ECU does Q: Is the check result normal?
not operate, the ignition switch (ACC) signal is no YES : Go to Step 4.
longer output to the communication line. NO : Go to Step 3.
ETACS
STEP 3. Wiring harness check between the C-317 STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 7 and the • Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.
ignition switch (ACC) Item No. Item name Normal
• Check the power supply (ACC) line for open cir- condition
cuit and short circuit.
YES : Troubleshoot the ignition switch. Refer to OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Inspection Procedure 2 "Malfunction of the Q: Is the check result normal?
ignition switch power supply system." YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
NO : Repair the wiring harness. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Malfunction ).
Inspection Procedure 2: The ignition switch (IG1) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Ignition Switch (IG1) Input Circuit
IGNITION
SWITCH (IG1)
Wire colour code

G : Green L : Blue ETACS-ECU
R : Red P : Pink

ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU
AC701240 AO AC701241AC
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-553
If there is an error to the ignition switch (IG1) input NO : Go to Step 3.
signal, or the IG relay inside the ETACS-ECU does
not operate, the ignition switch (IG1) signal is no STEP 3. Wiring harness check between the C-317
longer output to the communication line. ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 6 and the
ignition switch (IG1)
PROBABLE CAUSES
Check the power supply (IG1) line for open circuit
and short circuit.
• Malfunction of fuse Q: Is the check result normal?
• Damaged harness wires and connectors YES : Troubleshoot the ignition switch. Refer to
Inspection Procedure 2 "Malfunction of the
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ignition switch power supply system."

connector STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
YES : Go to Step 2. Item No. Item name Normal
NO : Repair the defective connector. condition
Item 254 IG voltage System voltage
STEP 2. Voltage measurement at the C-317 OK: Normal condition is displayed.
(1) Measure by backprobing without disconnecting YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
the connector. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" position. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
(3) Measure the voltage between the C-317 ETACS- Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
ECU connector terminal No. 6 and the body Malfunction ).
earth. NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
OK: System voltage
ETACS
Inspection Procedure 3: The key reminder switch signal is not received.
CAUTION
Key Reminder Switch Input Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
WHEN REMOVING
KEY: ON
Wire colour code


ETACS-ECU
AC612708 AU AC701240 AK
Connector: C-213 <RHD> Connector: C-315 <RHD>

ETACS-ECU
AC612716 AL AC701241AK

The key reminder switch input signal is used for the
operation judgment of the functions below. If the sig-
nal is abnormal, these functions will not work.
• Central door locking
• Keyless entry system
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-555
• KOS YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
• Ignition key cylinder illumination lamp malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
• Room lamp use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
PROBABLE CAUSES Malfunction ).
• Malfunction of the key reminder switch NO : Repair the wiring harness.
connector
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-213 key reminder NO : Repair the defective connector.
switch connector
YES : Go to Step 2. key reminder switch connector terminal No. 3
No. 13
STEP 2. Check the key reminder switch. Check the output line for open circuit.
Check the key reminder switch. Refer to . Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Replace the key reminder switch.
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the C-213 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF (key inserted)
key reminder switch connector position.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the Item No. Item name Normal
wiring harness side. condition
(2) Measure the resistance between the C-213 key
reminder switch connector terminal No. 2 and the Item 264 Handle lock switch Key in
body earth. OK: Normal condition is displayed.
Malfunction ).
STEP 4. Wiring harness check from C-213 key NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
reminder switch connector terminal No. 2 to
body earth
Check the earth wire for open circuit.
ETACS
Inspection Procedure 4: The front door lock actuator signal is not received. <LH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Door Look Actuator Signal Input Circuit
ETACS-ECU
FRONT DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
(LH)
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITHOUT KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
: VEHICLES WITH KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Wire colour code

Connector: C-301 <LHD> Connector: E-15 <LHD>

ETACS-ECU
E-15 (B)
AC701240AV AC612730 AF

The front door lock actuator (LH) input signal is used
for the operation judgment of the functions below. If
the signal is abnormal, these functions will not work
normally.
• KOS
• Room lamp
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-557
PROBABLE CAUSES YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
• Malfunction of the front door lock actuator (LH) malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 1.Connector check: E-15 front door lock STEP 5. Connector check C-301 ETACS-ECU
actuator (LH) connector connector
NO : Repair the defective connector. NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 2. Front door lock actuator (LH) check STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the E-15
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door . front door lock actuator (LH) connector terminal
No. 2, 3 and the C-301 ETACS-ECU connector
Q: Is the check result normal? terminal No. 11, 22.
YES : Go to Step 3.
Check the input line for open circuit.
NO : Replace the front door lock actuator (LH).
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the E-15 sary.
front door lock actuator (LH) connector
(2) Measure the resistance between the E-15 front
door lock actuator (LH) connector terminal No. 1
and the body earth. STEP 7. M.U.T.-III data list
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) Change the status of driver's door from unlocked to
locked.
NO : Go to Step 4. condition
Item 270* Dr door lock switch Not lock →
STEP 4. Wiring harness check between the E-15 Lock
front door lock actuator (LH) connector terminal Item 271 Dr door unlock Unlock → Not
No. 1 and the body earth switch Unlock
NOTE: *: Vehicles for RUSSIA
sary. Q: Is the check result normal?
Malfunction ).
ETACS
Inspection Procedure 4: The front door lock actuator signal is not received. <RH drive vehicles>
CAUTION
Door Look Actuator Signal Input Circuit
ETACS-ECU
FRONT DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
(RH)
Wire colour code

Connector: C-301 <RHD> Connector:E-07 <RHD>

ETACS-ECU
E-07 (B)
AC701241BB AC612735 AE

The front door lock actuator (RH) input signal is used
for the operation judgement of the functions below. If
the signal is abnormal, these functions will not work
normally.
• KOS
• Room lamp
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-559
PROBABLE CAUSES YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
• Malfunction of the front door lock actuator (RH) malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
• Damaged harness wires and connectors Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 1.Connector check: E-07 front door lock STEP 5. Connector check C-301 ETACS-ECU
actuator (RH) connector connector
NO : Repair the defective connector. NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 2. Front door lock actuator (RH) check STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the E-07
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door . front door lock actuator (RH) connector terminal
No. 1, 2 and the C-301 ETACS-ECU connector
Q: Is the check result normal? terminal No. 22, 11.
YES : Go to Step 3.
Check the input line for open circuit.
NO : Replace the front door lock actuator (RH).
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the E-07 sary.
front door lock actuator (RH) connector
(2) Measure the resistance between the E-07 front
door lock actuator (RH) connector terminal No. 3
and the body earth. STEP 7. M.U.T.-III data list
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) Change the status of driver's door from unlocked to
locked.
NO : Go to Step 4. condition
Item 270 Dr door lock switch Not lock →
STEP 4. Wiring harness check between the E-07 Lock
front door lock actuator (RH) connector terminal Item 271 Dr door unlock Unlock → Not
No. 3 and the body earth switch Unlock
sary.
Malfunction ).
ETACS
Inspection Procedure 5: The front door switch (driver’s side) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Front Door Switch (Driver's Side) Input Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
NOTE
: LHD
: RHD
FRONT DOOR
SWITCH (LH) (RH)
Wire colour code


ETACS-ECU
C-313 (BR)
AC701240AU AC801769AI
Connector: C-313 <RHD> Connector: D-38

ETACS-ECU
C-313 (BR)
AC701241BA AC612722 BO

If there is an error to the front door switch (driver’s
side) input signal, the front door switch (driver’s side)
signal is no longer output to the communication line.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-561
• Malfunction of front door switch (LH) <LH drive connector
vehicles>
• Malfunction of front door switch (RH) <RH drive Q: Is the check result normal?
vehicles> YES : Go to Step 5.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU NO : Repair the defective connector.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE front door switch (LH) <LH drive vehicles> or D-
38 front door switch (RH) <RH drive vehicles>
connector terminal No. 3 and the C-313 ETACS-
STEP 1. Check the installation condition.
Check that the front door switch (LH) <LH drive vehi-
Check the input lines for open circuit and short cir-
cles> or (RH) <RH drive vehicles> is installed to the
cuit.
body correctly.
YES : Go to Step 6.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Correct the installation condition.

STEP 2. Connector check: D-25 front door switch
Open the driver's door.
(LH) <LH drive vehicles> or D-38 front door
switch (RH) <RH drive vehicles> connector Item No. Item name Normal
condition
YES : Go to Step 3. Item 256 Dr door ajar switch Open
NO : Repair the defective connector. OK: Normal condition is displayed.
STEP 3. Front door switch (LH) <LH drive YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
vehicles> or (RH) <RH drive vehicles> check malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door . use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
NO : Replace the front door switch (LH) <LH NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
drive vehicles> or (RH) <RH drive
vehicles>.
ETACS
Inspection Procedure 6: The front door switch (passenger’s side) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Front Door Switch (Passenger's Side) Input Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
NOTE
: LHD
: RHD
FRONT DOOR
SWITCH (RH) (LH)
Wire colour code


ETACS-ECU
C-313 (BR)
AC701240AU AC801769AI
Connector: C-313 <RHD> Connector: D-38

ETACS-ECU
C-313 (BR)
AC701241BA AC612722 BO

If there is an error to the front door switch (passen-
ger’s side) input signal, the door switch (passenger’s
side) signal is no longer output to the communication
line.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-563
• Malfunction of front door switch (RH) <LH drive connector
vehicles>
• Malfunction of front door switch (LH) <RH drive Q: Is the check result normal?
vehicles> YES : Go to Step 5.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU NO : Repair the defective connector.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE front door switch (RH) <LH drive vehicles> or D-
25 front door switch (LH) <RH drive vehicles>
connector terminal No. 3 and the C-313 ETACS-
Check that the front door switch (RH) <LH drive vehi-
Check the input lines for open circuit and short cir-
cles> or (LH) <RH drive vehicles> is installed to the
cuit.
body correctly.
YES : Go to Step 6.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Correct the installation condition.

STEP 2. Connector check: D-38 front door switch
Open the front passenger's door.
(RH) <LH drive vehicles> or D-25 front door
switch (LH) <RH drive vehicles> connector Item No. Item name Normal
condition
YES : Go to Step 3. Item 257 As door ajar switch Open
NO : Repair the defective connector. OK: Normal condition is displayed.
STEP 3. Front door switch (RH) <LH drive YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
vehicles> or (LH) <RH drive vehicles> check malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door . use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
NO : Replace the front door switch (RH) <LH NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
drive vehicles> or (LH) <RH drive vehicles>.
ETACS
Inspection Procedure 7: The rear door switch (RH) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Rear Door Switch (RH) Input Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
REAR DOOR
SWITCH (RH)
Wire colour code


ETACS-ECU
C-313 (BR)
AC701240AU AC801769AJ

ETACS-ECU If there is an error to the rear door switch (RH) input
signal, the rear door switch (RH) signal is no longer
output to the communication line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of rear door switch (RH)
C-313 (BR)
AC701241BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-565

Check that the rear door switch (RH) is installed to STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the D-08
the body correctly. rear door switch (RH) connector terminal No. 3
Q: Is the check result normal? No. 8
YES : Go to Step 2. Check the input lines for open circuit and short cir-
NO : Correct the installation condition. cuit.
STEP 2. Connector check: D-08 rear door switch YES : Go to Step 6.
(RH) connector NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : Go to Step 3. STEP 6. M.U.T.-III data list
NO : Repair the defective connector. Open the rear right door.
STEP 3. Rear door switch (RH) check condition
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door .
Item 258 RR door ajar switch Open
YES : Go to Step 4. OK: Normal condition is displayed.
NO : Replace the rear door switch (RH). Q: Is the check result normal?
STEP 4. Connector check: C-313 ETACS-ECU malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
ETACS
Inspection Procedure 8: The rear door switch (LH) signal is not received.
CAUTION
Rear Door Switch (LH) Input Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
REAR DOOR
SWITCH (LH)
Wire colour code

BR : Brown O : Orange GR : Grey R : Red P : Pink V : Violet PU : Purple

ETACS-ECU
C-313 (BR)
AC701240AU AC801769 AK

ETACS-ECU If there is an error to the rear door switch (LH) input
signal, the rear door switch (LH) signal is no longer
output to the communication line.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of rear door switch (LH)
C-313 (BR)
AC701241BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-567

Check that the rear door switch (LH) is installed to STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the D-18
the body correctly. rear door switch (LH) connector terminal No. 3
STEP 2. Connector check: D-18 rear door switch YES : Go to Step 6.
(LH) connector NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : Go to Step 3. STEP 6. M.U.T.-III data list
NO : Repair the defective connector. Open the rear left door.
STEP 3. Rear door switch (LH) check condition
Refer to GROUP 42A − Door .
Item 259 RL door ajar switch Open
YES : Go to Step 4. OK: Normal condition is displayed.
NO : Replace the rear door switch (LH). Q: Is the check result normal?
ETACS
Inspection Procedure 9: The trunk lid latch signal is not received. <LANCER>
CAUTION
Trunk Lid Latch Input Circuit
ETACS-ECU
TRUNK LID
LATCH
Wire colour code


ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU
C-313 (BR)
C-313 (BR)
AC701240AU AC701241BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-569
Connector: D-17
lid latch connector terminal No. 2 and the body
earth.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Wiring harness check from F-14 trunk lid

latch connector terminal No. 2 to body earth
AC612723AZ
Connectors: F-14, F-28 intermediate connector F-28, and repair if necessary.
F-28
F-14 use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Malfunction ).
AC701264 AE
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 5. Connector check: C-313 ETACS-ECU

If there is an error to the trunk lid latch input signal, connector
the trunk lid latch signal is no longer output to the
communication line. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
PROBABLE CAUSES NO : Repair the defective connector.
• Malfunction of trunk lid latch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the F-14
• Damaged harness wires and connectors trunk lid latch connector terminal No. 1 and the
C-313 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connectors D-17 and F-28, and repair if
STEP 1. Connector check: F-14 trunk lid latch necessary.
connector Check the input lines for open circuit and short cir-
cuit.
STEP 2. trunk lid latch check

Refer to GROUP 42A − Trunk lid . STEP 7. M.U.T.-III data list
Open the trunk.
NO : Replace the trunk lid latch. conditio
n
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the F-14 Item 260 Trunk/gate trunk ajar Open
trunk lid latch connector switch
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the OK: Normal condition is displayed.
(2) Measure the resistance between the F-14 trunk Q: Is the check result normal?
ETACS

Malfunction ).
Inspection Procedure 9: The tailgate switch signal is not received. <LANCER SPORTBACK>
CAUTION
Tailgate Switch Input Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
TAILGATE
SWITCH
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-571
ETACS-ECU • Damaged harness wires and connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1.Connector check: F-47 tailgate switch

connector
C-313 (BR) YES : Go to Step 2.
AC701240AU
ETACS-ECU
STEP 2. Tailgate switch check
Refer to GROUP 42A − Tailgate .
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the tailgate switch.
C-313 (BR)
STEP 3. Resistance measurement at the F-47
AC701241BA tailgate switch connector
Connector: D-17 wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between the F-47 tailgate
switch connector terminal No. 1 and the body
earth.
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 4.
AC801769AN
STEP 4. Wiring harness check between the F-47
Connectors: F-39, F-47 tailgate switch connector terminal No. 1 and the
body earth
F-39 Check the earth wires for open circuit.
F-47 use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
AC801775AY
Malfunction ).
If there is an error to the tailgate switch input signal,
STEP 5. Connector check C-313 ETACS-ECU
the tailgate switch signal is no longer output to the
connector
communication line.
• Malfunction of tailgate switch NO : Repair the defective connector.
ETACS
STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the F-47 STEP 7. M.U.T.-III data list
tailgate switch connector terminal No. 2 and the Open the tailgate.
C-313 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5. Item No. Item name Normal
Check the input line for open circuit. conditio
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check n
intermediate connector D-17 and F-39, and repair if
Item 260 Trunk/gate trunk ajar Open
necessary.
switch
YES : Go to Step 7.
Malfunction ).
Inspection Procedure 10: The hazard warning lamp switch signal is not received.
CAUTION
Hazard Warning Lamp Switch Input Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
CENTRE
PANEL
UNIT
HAZARD
WARNING
LAMP
SWITCH
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-573
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of centre panel unit
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

connector
AC701094AB
STEP 2. Check the hazard warning lamp switch.

Check the hazard warning lamp switch. Refer to .
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the centre panel unit.
AC701122 AB
Connector: C-301 <LHD> connector
ETACS-ECU
YES : Go to Step 4.

ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 19 and the C-
10 centre panel unit connector terminal No. 5
AC701240AV • Check the input line for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 5.
ETACS-ECU

Turn ON the hazard warning lamp switch.
condition
Item 265 Hazard switch ON
AC701241BB
The hazard warning lamp switch input signal is used Q: Is the check result normal?
for the operation judgement of hazard warning lamp. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Therefore, if the signal is abnormal, the hazard warn- malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
ing lamp will not illuminate. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Malfunction ).
ETACS
Inspection Procedure 11: The column switch signal is not received.
CAUTION STEP 2. Column switch check

Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the com- • Check the continuity for wiper switch. Refer to .
munication circuit is normal. • Check the continuity for column switch (switch
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM body part). Refer to .
The ETACS-ECU receives the column switch signal Q: Is the check result normal?
via the LIN communication. If there is an abnormality YES : Go to Step 3.
to column switch or LIN bus line, the lamps and NO : Replace the wiper switch or column switch
wiper/washer do not work normally. (switch body part).
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of column switch STEP 3. Check of the troubles
• Faulty LIN bus line Check that the column switch signal input is normal.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : Replace the lighting switch.
YES : Refer to Diagnosis code chart .
NO : Go to Step 2.
Inspection Procedure 12: The hood latch switch signal is not received.
CAUTION
Hood Switch Input Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
HOOD
SWITCH
Wire colour code

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-575
Connector: A-57 STEP 2. Connector check: A-57 hood latch
switch connector
A-57 (B)
YES : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. hood latch switch check

Refer to GROUP 42A − Hood .
AC607202AM Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the hood latch switch.
ETACS-ECU

hood latch switch connector
(2) Measure the resistance between the A-57 hood
latch switch connector terminal No. 1 and the
ACA00886AJ
body earth.
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.

hood latch switch connector terminal No. 1 and
the body earth
ACA00887AJ Q: Is the check result normal?
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
If there is an error to the hood latch switch input sig- malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
nal, the hood latch switch signal is no longer output use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
to the communication line. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
• Malfunction of hood latch switch
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU STEP 6. Connector check: C-312 ETACS-ECU
• Damaged harness wires and connectors connector

YES : Go to Step 7.
Check that the hood latch switch is installed to the
body correctly.
hood latch switch connector terminal No. 2 and
Q: Is the check result normal? the C-312 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 12
YES : Go to Step 8.
ETACS

Open the hood.
Item No. Item name Normal Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
conditio Malfunction ).
ns NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Item 266 Hood latch switch ON
Inspection Procedure 13: The stop lamp switch signal is not received.
CAUTION ECU connector terminal No.16 and the body

Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the power earth.
supply circuit, the earth circuit and the communi- OK:
cation circuit are normal. When the brake pedal is released: Approxi-
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM mately 0 V − 5 V (pulse)
The stop lamp switch input signal is used for the When the brake pedal is depressed:
operation judgment of the functions below. If the sig- Approximately system voltage
nal is abnormal, these functions will not work. Q: Is the check result normal?
• ABS, ASC YES : Go to Step 6.
• AS&G system NO : Go to Step 4.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of stop lamp switch STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-312
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.16 and C-24
• Damaged harness wires and connectors stop lamp switch connector terminal No.1
• Check the signal line for open circuit or short cir-
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE cuit.
YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-24 stop lamp switch NO : Repair the wiring harness.
connector, C-304, C-312 ETACS-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No.1 and C-24
stop lamp switch connector terminal No.2
• Check the power supply line for open circuit.
STEP 2. Check the stop lamp switch.
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to GROUP 35A −
YES : Go to Step 6.
Brake Pedal . NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Replace the stop lamp switch.
Brake pedal: depress
STEP 3. Measure the voltage at the C-312 ETACS-
condition
ECU connector
(1) Measure by backprobing without disconnecting Item 290 Stop lamp switch ON
the ETACS-ECU connector and stop lamp switch OK: Normal condition is displayed.
connector.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-577
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent CHECK WITH TERMINAL VOLTAGE
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to M1545004800480

Malfunction ).
C-317
C-304
C-316
C-307
C-315
C-309
C-314
C-311
C-313
ACA01377AC
C-301 C-312
CONNECTOR: C-301
AC507030AB
Terminal Check item Check condition Normal

No. condition
1−9 − − −
10 Input to front passenger's door lock Front passenger's door lock: Unlocked 1 V or less
actuator (unlock)
11 Input to driver's door lock actuator Driver's door lock: Locked 1 V or less
(lock)
12 Defogger output Defogger switch: ON 1 V or less
13−18 − − −
19 Hazard warning lamp switch input Hazard warning lamp switch: ON 1 V or less
20 − − −
21 Windshield wiper backup input Windshield low-speed wiper switch or 1 V or less
windshield high-speed wiper switch: ON
22 Input to driver's door lock actuator Driver's door lock: Unlocked 1 V or less
(unlock)
23 − − −
24 Input to remote controlled mirror Remote controlled mirror switch (folding/ 1 V or less
switch (folding/unfolding switch) unfolding switch): ON
ETACS
CONNECTOR: C-304
AC507031AB

No. condition
1 Stop lamp switch power supply Stop lamp switch: ON System voltage
2 Inhibitor switch (R) input Ignition switch: ON and Selector lever: R System voltage
3 Position lamp (LH) output With position lamp ON System voltage
4 Front wiper motor (HI) power Always System voltage
supply
5 Windshield wiper (HI) output When windshield wipers are operating System voltage
at high speed
6 Windshield wiper (LO) output When windshield wipers are operating System voltage
at low speed
7 Position lamp (RH) output With position lamp ON System voltage
8 Windshield wiper auto stop switch When windshield wipers are operating System voltage
input
9 Front and side turn-signal lamp With front and side turn-signal lamp (LH) System voltage
(LH) output illuminated
10 Engine ECU (IG1) output Ignition switch: ON System voltage
11 Engine ECU (fuel control) input Engine: Started 1 V or less
12 Windshield wiper (ACC) output Ignition switch: ACC System voltage
13 Output to windshield washer When windshield washer is operating System voltage
14 Output to rear washer When rear washer is operating System voltage
15 Ignition switch (START) switch Ignition switch: START System voltage
output
16 Front and side turn-signal lamp With front and side turn-signal lamp System voltage
(RH) output (RH) illuminated
CONNECTOR: C-307
AC507032AB

No. condition
1 Fuel pump power supply input Ignition switch: ON System voltage
2 +B power supply input Always System voltage
CONNECTOR: C-309
AC507033AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-579

No. condition
1 Battery 1 Always System voltage
2 Battery 2 Always System voltage
CONNECTOR: C-311
AC507035AB

No. condition
1 Trunk lid latch <LANCER> or Trunk lid latch <LANCER> or Tailgate System voltage
Tailgate lock actuator <LANCER lock actuator <LANCER SPORTBACK>:
SPORTBACK> output ON
2 Back-up lamp switch power supply When back-up lamp is ON System voltage
3 Luggage compartment lamp output When luggage compartment lamp is ON 1 V or less
4 Rear wiper motor output When rear wiper is operating System voltage
5 Output to rear wiper When rear wiper is operating System voltage
6 Rear door unlock output When rear door is unlocked System voltage
7 − − −
8 Rear wiper auto stop switch input When rear wiper is operating System voltage
9 Rear door lock output When rear door is locked System voltage
10 Taillamp (LH) and licence plate With taillamp and licence plate lamp System voltage
lamp output illuminated
11 − − −
12 Rear power window sub switch Ignition switch: ON System voltage
power supply
13 Taillamp (RH) output When taillamps are ON System voltage
14−16 − − −
17 Luggage compartment lamp output When luggage compartment lamp is ON System voltage
18 Rear turn-signal lamp (LH) output When rear turn-signal lamp (LH) is ON System voltage
19 Rear turn-signal lamp (RH) output When rear turn-signal lamp (RH) is ON System voltage
20 − − −
CONNECTOR: C-312
AC507034AB
ETACS

No. condition
1 Brake fluid switch input Brake fluid switch: ON 1 V or less
2 Cooling fan (LO) output When cooling fan (LO) is operating 1 V or less
3 − − −
4 Output to fog lamps Fog lamp switch: ON 1 V or less
5 Output to headlamp washer Headlamp washer switch: ON 1 V or less
6 Headlamp (LO) output When headlamp (LO) is ON 1 V or less
7 Ambient temperature sensor input Always 0.2 − 2.72 V
8 Cooling fan (HI) output When cooling fan (HI) is operating 1 V or less
9 Cooling fan control output When cooling fan (HI) is operating 1 V or less
10 − − −
11 Output to horn When horn sounds 1 V or less
12 − − −
13 Headlamp (HI) output When headlamp (HI) is ON 1 V or less
14 Earth (ambient temperature sensor) Always 1 V or less
15 − − −
16 Brake switch input When stop lamp switch is ON System voltage
CONNECTOR: C-313
AC507036AB

No. condition
1 − − −
2 SRS-ECU power supply Ignition switch: ON System voltage
3 − − −
4 Inhibitor switch output Ignition switch: ON System voltage
5 Trunk lid latch <LANCER> or Trunk lid latch <LANCER> or Tailgate 1 V or less
Tailgate switch <LANCER switch <LANCER SPORTBACK>: ON
SPORTBACK> input (trunk or tailgate open)
6 − − −
7 Rear door switch (LH) input Rear door switch (LH): ON (door open) 1 V or less
8 Rear door switch (RH) input Rear door switch (RH): ON (door open) 1 V or less
9−11 − − −
12 Front door switch (RH) <LHD> or Front door switch (RH) <LHD> or (LH) 1 V or less
(LH) <RHD> input <RHD>: ON (door open)
13 Rear door unlock switch input Rear door lock: Unlocked 1 V or less
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-581
No. condition
14 − − −
15 ASC off switch input ASC off switch: ON 1 V or less
16 Front door switch (LH) <LHD> or Front door switch (LH) <LHD> or (RH) 1 V or less
(RH) <RHD> input <RHD>: ON (door open)
CONNECTOR: C-314
AC507037AB

No. condition
1 Fuel pump output Engine: Started System voltage
2 − − −
CONNECTOR: C-315
AC507029AB

No. condition
1, 2 − − −
3 Cigarette lighter output Ignition switch: ACC System voltage
4 − − −
5 Centre door lock (unlock) output When the door lock actuators unlock the System voltage
doors
6 Output to central door locking (for When the door lock actuators lock the System voltage
locking the doors) doors
7 Ignition switch (START) input Ignition switch: START System voltage
8 Power window main switch power Ignition switch: ON System voltage
supply
9 Ignition switch (ACC) output Ignition switch: ACC System voltage
10 − − −
11 Accessory socket 2 output Ignition switch: ACC System voltage
12 − − −
13 Input to key reminder switch Key reminder switch: ON (ignition key 1 V or less
removed)
14, 15 − − −
16 Blower motor output Blower motor in operation System voltage
ETACS

No. condition
17 Earth (signal) Always 1 V or less
18 Output to ignition key cylinder When ignition key cylinder illumination is System voltage
illumination lamp ON
19 Horn switch input Horn switch: ON 1 V or less
CONNECTOR: C-316
AC507038AB

No. condition
1 − − −
2 Sunroof ECU power supply Always System voltage
3, 4 − − −
5 Room lamp output (low side) When room lamp is ON (duty) 1 V or less
6 Room lamp output (high side) When the room lamp is ON System voltage
CONNECTOR: C-317
AC507028AB

No. condition
1 Audio unit power supply Always System voltage
2 Combination meter power supply Always System voltage
3 Ignition switch power supply Always System voltage
4 − − −
5 Fuel gauge feed power supply Ignition switch: ON System voltage
6 Ignition switch (IG1) input Ignition switch: ON System voltage
7 Ignition switch (ACC) input Ignition switch: ACC System voltage
8, 9 − − −
10 Combination meter, A/C-ECU, Always System voltage
WCM, KOS-ECU power supply
11, 12 − − −
13 Electric folding door mirror When the electric folding door mirrors System voltage
(unfolding) output are unfolding
14 Electric folding door mirror (folding) When the door mirrors are folding System voltage
output
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-583
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
CUSTOMISE FUNCTION
M1545002501505
customised. The programmed information is held
even when the battery is disconnected.
display)
ACC power Time to ACC power Disable No function
auto cut cut-off when the 30 min 30 minutes (initial condition)
ignition switch is in
the ACC position 60 min 60 minutes
Turn power Adjustment of turn- ACC or IG1 Operable with ACC or ON position
source signal lamp IG1 Operable with ON position (initial
operation condition condition)
Comfort flasher With/without Disable No function
comfort flasher Enable With function (initial condition)
function
Comfort flasher Switch operation Normal 0.4 second (initial condition)
switch time time to activate the Long 0.8 second
comfort flasher
function
Hazard answer Adjustment of the Lock:1, Unlock:2 LOCK: Flashes once, UNLOCK: Flashes
back number of keyless twice (initial condition)
hazard warning Lock:1, Unlock:0 LOCK: Flashes once, UNLOCK: No flash
lamp answer back
flashes Lock:0, Unlock:2 LOCK: No flash, UNLOCK: Flash twice
Lock:2, Unlock:1 LOCK: Flash twice, UNLOCK: Flash once
Lock:2, Unlock:0 LOCK: Flash twice, UNLOCK: No flash
Lock:0, Unlock:1 LOCK: No flash, UNLOCK: Flash once
Lock:0, Unlock:0 No function
ETACS

display)
Front wiper Adjustment of the Normal INT Intermittent wiper interval is fixed to 4
operation intermittent seconds.
windshield wiper Variable INT Intermittent wiper interval is calculated only
operation <vehicles by the wiper volume control.
without auto lamp>
Speed Sensitive Intermittent wiper interval is calculated
according to the intermittent wiper volume
control and vehicle speed (initial
condition).
Adjustment of the Normal INT Intermittent wiper interval is fixed to 4
intermittent seconds.
windshield wiper Variable INT Intermittent wiper interval is calculated only
operation <vehicles by the wiper volume control.
with auto lamp>
Speed Sensitive Intermittent wiper interval is calculated
control and vehicle speed.
Rain Sensitive Intermittent wiper interval is calculated
control and lighting control sensor (initial
condition).
Front wiper Disabling or Only Washer No function
washer enabling washer- Washer & Wiper With function: Without delayed finishing
linked wiper wipe function <Initial condition (vehicles for
function RUSSIA)>
With after wipe With function: With delayed finishing wipe
function <Initial condition (except vehicles
for RUSSIA)>
Intelligent/ With/without Disable No function <Initial condition (vehicles for
Comfort washer Comfort washer RUSSIA)>
function Enable With function <Initial condition (except
vehicles for RUSSIA)>
Intermittent time Adjustment of rear 0 sec No wiper interval
of rear wiper wiper interval 4 sec 4 seconds
<LANCER
SPORTBACK> 8 sec 8 seconds (initial condition)
16 sec 16 seconds
Rear wiper low Disabling or Disabled No function (initial condition <vehicles
speed mode enabling rear wiper without auto lamp>)
continuous Enabled With function (initial condition <vehicles
operation with auto lamp>)
<LANCER
SPORTBACK>
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-585
display)
Rear Adjustment of Enable(R wip.ON) Operates only when the rear wiper switch
wiper(linked automatic rear is ON.
reverse gear) window wiper Enable(R/F wip.) Operates only when the front or rear wiper
operation with switch is ON (initial condition).
reverse gear
engaged <LANCER
SPORTBACK>
Auto fold mirror Electric folding door Not Auto No synchronised operation
mirror automatic Open Vehicle SPD Vehicle speed-dependent operation (initial
unfolding function condition <Vehicles without multi mode
<Vehicles with keyless entry system>)
keyless entry
system> Open/Close by IG Ignition switch linked operation
OPN/CLS Keyless Keyless entry linked operation (initial
condition <Vehicles with multi mode
keyless entry system>)
Sensitivity for Lighting control Level 1 bright High-high ambient brightness
auto lamp sensor sensitivity Level 2 bright High ambient brightness
(illumination
intensity) <vehicles Level 3 Standard ambient brightness (initial
with auto lamp> condition)
Level 4 dark Low ambient brightness
Level 5 dark Low-low ambient brightness
Room lamp Adjustment of 0 sec 0 second (no delay shutdown time)
delay timer with interior lamp delay 7.5 sec 7.5 seconds
door shutdown time
15 sec 15 seconds (initial condition)
30 sec 30 seconds
60 sec 60 seconds
120 sec 120 seconds
180 sec 180 seconds
Head lamp auto Adjustment of Disable No function
cut customise headlamp Enable (B-spec.) With function (initial condition)
automatic shutdown
function
Interior lamp Adjustment of Disable No function
auto cut timer interior lamp 3 min 3 minutes
automatic shutdown
function operation 30 min 30 minutes (initial condition)
time 60 min 60 minutes
Coming home Disabling or Disabled No function
light enabling coming 15 sec The headlamps illuminate for 15 seconds.
home light function
30sec The headlamps illuminate for 30 seconds.
(initial condition)
ETACS

display)
Welcome light Disabling or Disabled No function <Initial condition (vehicles for
enabling welcome RUSSIA)>
light function Small The tail lamp illuminates. <Initial condition
(except vehicles for RUSSIA)>
Head The headlamps illuminate.
Auto door Adjustment of the Disabled Without function <M/T, A/T, CVT> (initial
unlock auto door unlock condition)
function Always (P pos) With function: Operates when the shift
lever or the selector lever is moved to the
P position. <A/T, CVT>
Always(Lock pos) With function: Operates when the ignition
switch is moved to the LOCK (OFF)
position. <M/T, A/T, CVT>
Timer lock timer Timer lock period 30 sec 30 seconds (initial condition)
adjustment 60 sec 60 seconds
120 sec 120 seconds
180 sec 180 seconds
Door unlock Adjustment of All Doors Unlock Without function: The first operation of
mode power door locks keyless entry system or unlock operation
with selective by KOS unlocks all doors (initial condition).
unlocking <Vehicles Dr Door Unlock With function: The first operation of
without dead lock keyless entry system or unlock operation
system> by KOS unlocks the driver's door only, and
the second unlock operation within 2
seconds after that unlocks all doors.
Deadlock Adjustment of the Twice Operate the lock switch of the keyless
Button dead lock system entry system or KOS twice.(initial
Operation setting procedure condition)
<vehicles with dead Once Operate the lock switch of the keyless
lock system> entry system or KOS once.
Multi mode Multi-mode keyless Disable No function
entry function D/M: O&C Door mirror fold/unfold operation only
customisation (initial condition)
<Vehicles with
electric retractable
remote controlled
door mirrors>
KOS key detect With/without KOS Disable No function (initial condition)
out from window key exterior Enable With function
detection function
<Vehicles with
KOS>
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-587
display)
KOS feature KOS function Both enable All KOS functions are enabled (initial
adjustment condition).
<Vehicles with Door Entry enable Only door entry function is enabled.
KOS>
ENG strt enable Only engine starting function is enabled.
Both disabled All KOS functions are disabled.
Sensitivity for Sensitivity level Level 1 100% sensitivity of security alarm sensor
security sensor setting of security (initial condition)
alarm sensor Level 2 90% sensitivity of security alarm sensor
<Vehicles with
security alarm> Level 3 80% sensitivity of security alarm sensor
Level 4 70% sensitivity of security alarm sensor
Alarm Enables/disables Disable Without function
security alarm Enable With function (Initial condition)
<Vehicles with
security alarm>
ETACS
ETACS-ECU
M1545004700289
CAUTION
When the ETACS-ECU is replaced, chassis number writing and coding must be performed. When
diagnosis code No.B1761 "Chassis No. not programmed" or No.B222C "Coding not completed" is set
to the ETACS-ECU, perform chassis number writing and coding. Refer to the "M.U.T.-III operation
manual" and perform coding.
² Instrument panel lower (Refer to GROUP 52A − Instru-
ment Lower Panel .) <LHD>
² Glove box (Refer to GROUP 52A − Glove box .) <RHD>
4.0 ± 2.0 N·m

AC506912AB
Removal Steps
>>A<< 1. ETACS-ECU
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
ETACS
54A-589
>>A<< ETACS-ECU
UPPER VIEW To instrument panel

wiring harness
C-301
No connection <LHD> FRONT VIEW

or dead lock relay <RHD> Fusible link Blower relay
To instrument panel
wiring harness To front wiring harness
1 C-303
To roof wiring C-302
harness C-317
C-304
2 3
To instrument
panel wiring 4
5 6
harness
C-307
C-315 C-316
C-314 7 8 9 10
Fuse
To floor wiring 11 12 13
harness
C-309
14 15 16
To front wiring C-310
harness 17 18 19
C-313
20
To floor wiring
harness C-311
No connection Fusible link
LOWER VIEW
C-312
To front wiring
harness AC506599AI
The connectors and relays connected to the ETACS-

ECU are shown in the figure.
SECURITY ALARM
SECURITY ALARM
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1547000600305
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-591
MB990784 Ornament Removal of centre air outlet, centre
remover panel
MB990784
SECURITY ALARM

a assembly
MB991824
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
c CAN
communication
system)
d. M.U.T.-III main
MB991910 harness B
(Vehicles
d
without CAN
system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
tester
c
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-593
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1547001200076
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1547001300073
HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE

Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function . Refer to GROUP 00 − Diagnosis function .

M1547001400188

B120A Security alarm siren error
B120B Security alarm sensor error
B120C Security alarm siren Flat Battery
U1006 Security alarm siren LIN timeout Refer to GROUP 54B -
Diagnosis code chart
U1007 Security alarm sensor LIN timeout Refer to GROUP 54B -
U1539 Security alarm siren LIN checksum error Refer to GROUP 54B -
U1540 Security alarm SNSR.LIN checksum error Refer to GROUP 54B -
Code No.B120A Security alarm siren error
CAUTION
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION (alarm is not activated.)
• The security alarm siren communicates with the
ETACS-ECU by the LIN via the LIN cutoff control TROUBLESHOOTING HINT
unit. The diagnosis code No. B120A is set if the Malfunction of security alarm siren
communication data between the EATCS-ECU
and security alarm siren has an error when the
relay inside the LIN cutoff control unit is ON
SECURITY ALARM

STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code. NO : Go to Step 3.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? STEP 3. Replace the security alarm siren
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Refer to temporarily, and check whether the diagnosis
GROUP 54A, Diagnosis . code is set.
NO : Go to Step 2. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
STEP 2. Security alarm siren operation check (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(1) Set the security alarm to the "Ready to be (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
triggered" condition. position to the ON position.
(2) Open the driver's door by using the ignition key. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
(3) Check that the security alarm siren sounds. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Replace the security alarm siren.
Code No.B120B Security alarm sensor error
CAUTION
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION STEP 2. Security alarm sensor operation check
The security alarm sensor communicates with the Ultrasonic wave sensor check
ETACS-ECU via the LIN bus line. If the diagnosis
1. With the windows of the vehicle opened, set the
code No. B120B is set, the security alarm sensor
security alarm to the "Ready to be triggered" con-
itself may be defective.
dition.
NOTE: . 2. Put the arm from the outside to the inside of the
• Diagnosis code No.B120B may be set when the vehicle.
security alarm sensor cover is improperly
3. Check that the security alarm siren sounds.
installed or is removed. Check if the security
Tilt angle sensor check
alarm sensor cover is properly installed.
• Diagnosis code No.B120B is set when the ultra- 1. Set the security alarm to the "Ready to be trig-
sonic wave transmission/reception part of the gered" condition.
security alarm sensor is covered. Check if the 2. Raise the front wheels or rear wheels.
ultrasonic wave transmission/reception part of the 3. Check that the security alarm siren sounds.
security alarm sensor was covered. Q: Is the check result normal?
TROUBLESHOOTING HINT malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Malfunction of the security alarm sensor Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code. Check if diagnosis code No. B120A is set to the
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU. ETACS-ECU.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Q: Is diagnosis code No. B120A set?
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
GROUP 54A, Diagnosis .
NO : Go to Step 2.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-595
YES : Perform the troubleshooting of diagnosis
STEP 5. Replace the security alarm sensor
code No.B120A. (Refer to )
temporarily, and check whether the diagnosis
NO <The ultrasonic wave sensor is defective, or
the ultrasonic wave sensor and the inclination
code is set.
sensor are defective> : Go to step 4. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
NO <Only the inclination sensor is defective> : Go ETACS-ECU.
to step 5. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
STEP 4. Check the customise function. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Check if the ultrasonic wave sensor of the security
alarm senor operates when the sensitivity of the Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
security alarm senor is set to "Level 1". YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Replace the security alarm sensor.
NO : Go to step 5.
Code No.B120C Security Alarm Siren Flat Battery
CAUTION
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ON position. (In principle, charge the battery for
The diagnosis code No.B120C is set when the volt- 30 minutes or more.)
age of the rechargeable battery is low, or when the (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
battery inside the security alarm siren has an error. (3) After the diagnosis code is erased, turn the
NOTE: The rechargeable battery integrated in the ignition switch to the LOCK (OFF) position.
security alarm siren is charged by turning the ignition (4) Activate the security alarm once, and then cancel
switch to the ON position. it.
NOTE: Note that after erasing diagnosis code
TROUBLESHOOTING HINT No.B120C, if the ignition switch is turned from the
• Abnormality in security alarm siren LOCK (OFF) position to the ON position before
• Service life of rechargeable battery activating the security alarm, diagnosis code
• Since the vehicle had been stationary for long No.B120C will be set even though the system is
time, the rechargeable battery remained normal.
uncharged. This reduced voltage. (5) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (6) On completion, check that the diagnosis code is
not reset.
M.U.T.-III diagnosis code. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Recheck whether the diagnosis code is set. YES : Replace the security alarm siren.
(1) Charge the rechargeable battery of the security NO : The diagnosis is complete.
alarm siren by turning the ignition switch to the
SECURITY ALARM

M1547001500970

Procedure page
No.
The security alarm is not armed (the security indicator does not illuminate). 1
The interior alarm does not work normally while the security alarm is triggered. 2
The hazard warning lamps do not flash while the security alarm is triggered. 3
Horns do not sound while the security alarm system is triggered. 4
The activated security alarm siren sounds even though no faulty operation is 5
made.
Security alarm siren does not sound. 6
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-597
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
Inspection Procedure 1: The security alarm is not armed (The security indicator does not illuminate).
CAUTION
Security Indicator Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 38 36
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
ETACS-
ECU
CENTRE
PANEL
UNIT SECURITY
INDICATOR
NOTE
:DIESEL
:PETROL
Wire colour code
SECURITY ALARM

• Key reminder switch
• Ignition switch (ACC)
• Hood switch
• Door switches
• Tailgate latch switch
PROBABLE CAUSES
C-10
• Malfunction of security indicator
• Malfunction of keyless entry transmitter
ACA00892AC
• Malfunction of the key reminder switch
Connector: C-10 <RHD> • Malfunction of door switch
• Malfunction of tailgate latch switch
• Malfunction of hood switch
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
ACA00895AD

ETACS-ECU Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
NO : Repair the CAN bus line. (Refer to GROUP
C-307 (B)
Check if diagnosis code is set to the KOS-ECU
ACA00886AI <vehicles with KOS> or WCM <vehicles with WCM>.
Connectors: C-307, C-317 <RHD> Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
ETACS-ECU YES <vehicles with KOS> : Troubleshoot the KOS
(Refer to GROUP 42B − KOS ).
C-317 YES <vehicles with WCM> : Troubleshoot the
WCM (Refer to GROUP 42C − WCM ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
C-307
STEP 3. Check the keyless entry transmitter.
Check that the keyless entry system works normally.
ACA00887AI
If this function does not work normally, the input sig- NO <vehicles with KOS> : Troubleshoot the KOS
nal circuits to the components below, the security (Refer to GROUP 42B − KOS ).
indicator, the ETACS-ECU or the CAN bus line may NO <vehicles with WCM> : Troubleshoot the WCM
have a problem. (Refer to GROUP 42C − WCM ).
• Keyless entry transmitter
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-599
YES <Normal conditions are displayed for all the
items.> : Go to Step 5.
Use the ETACS-ECU service data to check the sig- NO <Normal condition is not displayed for item No.
nals related to the security alarm. 256.> : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
• Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position. Inspection Procedure 5 "The front door
• Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position (with switch (RH) signal is not received" .
ignition key <vehicles with WCM> or emergency NO <Normal condition is not displayed for item No.
key <vehicles with KOS> inserted). 257.> : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
• Open each door. Inspection Procedure 6 "The front door
• Open the tailgate. switch (LH) signal is not received" .
• Open the hood. NO <Normal condition is not displayed for item No.
Item No. Item name Normal 258.> : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
condition Inspection Procedure 7 "The rear door
switch (RH) signal is not received" .
Item 256 Dr door ajar switch Open Normal condition is not displayed for item No. 259.
Item 257 As door ajar switch Open : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Item 258 RR door ajar switch Open Inspection Procedure 8 "The rear door
switch (LH) signal is not received" .
Item 259 RL door ajar switch Open NO <Normal condition is not displayed for item No.
Item 260 Trunk/gate trunk ajar Open 260.> : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
switch Inspection Procedure 9 "The trunk lid latch
Item 264 Handle lock switch Key in switch signal is not received" <LANCER>
or "The tailgate switch signal is not
Item 266 Hood switch ON received" <LANCER SPORTBACK>.
Item 288 ACC switch ON NO <Normal condition is not displayed for item No.
• Close each door. 264.> : Refer to Inspection Procedure 3 "Key
• Close the tailgate. reminder switch signal is not received" .
NO <Normal condition is not displayed for item No.
Item No. Item name Normal 266.> : Refer to Inspection Procedure 12 "The
condition hood switch signal is not received" .
Item 256 Dr door ajar switch Close NO <Normal condition is not displayed for item No.
288.> : Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
Item 257 As door ajar switch Close
Item 258 RR door ajar switch Close (ACC) signal is not received" .
Item 259 RL door ajar switch Close
Item 260 Trunk/gate trunk ajar Close STEP 5. Connector check: C-10 centre panel unit
switch
• Turn the ignition switch to the ’’LOCK’’ (OFF)
position (keep the ignition key <vehicles with
WCM> or emergency key <vehicles with KOS>
removed).
condition
Item 264 Handle lock switch Key out
Item 288 ACC switch OFF AC609727AB

the items.
YES : Go to Step 6.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Repair the defective connector.
STEP 6. Security indicator check

Check that the security indicator is normal. Refer to .
SECURITY ALARM

NO : Replace the centre panel unit. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
STEP 7. Connector check: C-307 ETACS-ECU Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
connector Malfunction ).
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Repair the defective connector. STEP 10. Connector check: C-317 ETACS-ECU
connector
STEP 8. Voltage measurement at the C-307 Q: Is the check result normal?

ETACS-ECU connector. YES : Go to Step 11.
(2) Measure the voltage between the C-307 ETACS- STEP 11. Wiring harness check between the C-
ECU connector terminal No. 2 and the body 317 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 2, 9 and
earth. the C-10 centre panel unit connector terminal No.
OK: System voltage 15, 12
• Check the input/output lines for open circuit and
Q: Is the check result normal? short circuit.
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 2 and the
fusible link (36) <PETROL> or (38) <DIESEL> STEP 12. Retest the system
• Check the power supply line for open circuit. Q: Does the security alarm work normally?
Malfunction ).
Inspection Procedure 2: The interior alarm does not work normally while the security alarm is
triggered.
CAUTION
If the interior alarm does not work normally, ETACS-
ECU, or combination meter built-in buzzer may have
a problem. STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
• Malfunction of combination meter NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
• Damaged harness wires and connectors 54C − Troubleshooting ).
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-601
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
Check that the security alarm works normally.
Perform the combination meter actuator test, and
check that the buzzer sounds normally.
• Item 12: Buzzer
Malfunction ).
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
Inspection Procedure 3: The hazard warning lamps do not flash while the security alarm is triggered.
CAUTION
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
If the hazard warning lamps do not flash normally, Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU.
the ETACS-ECU may be defective.
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU NO : Go to Step 3.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Check that the security alarm works normally.
STEP 1. Check that the hazard warning lamps YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
operate. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Check that the hazard warning lamps illuminate nor- use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
mally. Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
YES : Go to Step 2. NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Troubleshoot the hazard warning lamps.
Refer to Inspection Procedure 1 "The
hazard warning lamps do not illuminate" .
SECURITY ALARM
Inspection Procedure 4: Horns do not sound while the security alarm system is triggered.
CAUTION
Horn Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 36 38
RELAYBOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
HORN
RELAY
NOTE
:PETROL
:DIESEL
HORN HORN ETACS-ECU

(HI) (LO)
Wire colour code

Connector: A-13X <Except RALLIART>

AC612144 Connector: A-13X <RALLIART>
ACA01093AB ACA01094AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-603
Connectors: A-42, A-48 STEP 2. Connector check: A-13X horn relay
connector
YES : Go to Step 3.
A-48 (B)
A-42 (B) STEP 3. Horn relay check

Refer to .
ACA00916 AB Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace the horn relay.
ETACS-ECU
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the A-13X horn

relay
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay box
side.
(2) Measure the voltage between the A-13X horn
relay connector terminal No. 2, 4 and the body
ACA00886AJ
earth.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.

horn relay connector terminal No. 2, 4 and the
fusible link (36) <PETROL> or (38) <DIESEL>
Check the power supply line for open circuit and
ACA00887AJ short circuit.
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT) Q: Is the check result normal?
If horns do not sound, the horn input signal circuit or YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
the ETACS-ECU may be defective. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• Horns may be defective
• Horn relay may be defective STEP 6. Connector check: C-312 ETACS-ECU
• The ETACS-ECU may be defective connector
• The wiring harness or connectors may have
loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or termi- Q: Is the check result normal?
nals pushed back in the connector YES : Go to Step 7.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
horn relay connector terminal No. 1 and the C-
312 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 11
Check the output lines for open circuit and short cir-
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? cuit.
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 2.
SECURITY ALARM

STEP 8. Connector check: A-48 horn (HI)
NO : Repair the damaged parts.
connector
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Repair the damaged parts.
13X horn relay connector terminal No. 3 and the
A-42 horn (LO) connector terminal No. 1
STEP 9. Wiring harness check between the A-15X cuit.
horn relay connector terminal No. 3 and the A-48
horn (HI) connector terminal No. 1 Q: Is the check result normal?
cuit.
STEP 13. Check the horn (LO) work normally.
STEP 10. Horn (HI) check
AC607630
Connect the battery as shown, and verify that the

horn sounds.
AC607630 Q: Does the horn (LO) work normally?
Connect the battery as shown, and verify that the
NO : Replace the horn (LO).go to step 14.
horn sounds.
STEP 14. Retest the security alarm system.
NO : Replace the horn (HI). go to step 11. Q: Does the theft-alarm system work normally?
STEP 11. Connector check: A-42 horn (LO)
connector
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-605
Inspection Procedure 5: The activated security alarm siren sounds even though no faulty operation is
made.
CAUTION
Security Alarm Siren Communication Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
LIN CUTOFF
CONTROL
UNIT
Wire colour code

Connector: C-63 <LHD> Connectors: C-301, C-312 <LHD>

ETACS-ECU
C-312
ACA00891AB C-301 ACA00886AK
Connector: C-63 <RHD> Connectors: C-301 C-312 <RHD>

ETACS-ECU
C-312
ACA00896AB C-301 ACA00887AK
SECURITY ALARM
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT) STEP 3. LIN cutoff control unit check

If the activated security alarm siren sounds even Check the continuity of the LIN cutoff control unit.
though no faulty operation is made, the security (Refer to .)
alarm siren may not be able to receive the signal
from the ETACS-ECU via the LIN cutoff control unit. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NOTE: The security alarm siren may be sounding by
NO : Replace LIN cutoff control unit.
false alarm. Investigate what kind of situation the
security alarm siren sounded under. Check if there
was any condition that caused false alarm. STEP 4. Connector check: C-301 ETACS-ECU
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS LIN cutoff control unit connector
• security alarm siren may be defective
• LIN cutoff control unit may be defective
YES : Go to Step 5.
• The ETACS-ECU may be defective NO : Repair the defective connector.
• The wiring harness or connectors may have
loose, corroded, or damaged terminals, or termi-
nals pushed back in the connector STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the C-301
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 13 and C-63
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE LIN cutoff control unit connector terminal No. 3
Check the signal line for open circuit and short cir-
cuit.
STEP 1. Vehicle status check when security
alarm siren is sounding Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 6.
(1) Since it is suspected that the security alarm has
sounded accidentally, investigate whether the
vehicle is under the situation below. Repair if an
abnormality is found. STEP 6. Wiring harness check between the C-312
• The windows and sunroof are open. ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 9 and C-63
• Some moving accessories are fitted in the LIN cutoff control unit connector terminal No. 8
vehicle. Check the signal line for short circuit.
• The interior equipment has been modified NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
before a malfunction occurs. C-127 intermediate connector, and repair if neces-
(2) Set the sensitivity level of security alarm sensor sary.
to Level 4 by using the customisation function.
(3) Check if the security alarm siren sounds during
YES : Go to Step 7.
the status of "Ready to be triggered" even though
no faulty operation is made.
STEP 7. Retest the security alarm system.
YES : Go to Step 2
Check if the activated security alarm siren sounds
even though no faulty operation is made.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Refer to NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 3.
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-607
Inspection Procedure 6: Security alarm siren does not sound.
CAUTION
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (COMMENT) STEP 3. LIN cutoff control unit check
When only the hazard warning lamp flashes and the Check the continuity of the LIN cutoff control unit.
security alarm siren does not sound during "Exterior (Refer to .)
protection" status, the security alarm siren may have
an internal error or the LIN cutoff control unit may be Q: Is the check result normal?
defective. YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Replace LIN cutoff control unit.
• Security alarm siren may be defective STEP 4. Security alarm siren operation check
• LIN cutoff control unit may be defective (1) Set the security alarm to the "Ready to be
triggered" condition.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (2) Open the driver's door by using the ignition key.
(3) Check that the security alarm siren sounds.
STEP 1. Security alarm siren operation check Q: Is the check result normal?
(1) Set the security alarm to the "Ready to be YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
triggered" condition. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
(2) Open the driver's door by using the ignition key. Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
(3) Check that the security alarm siren sounds. NO : Replace the security alarm siren.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ). CUSTOMISATION FUNCTION
M1547003400742
NO : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code. customised. The programmed information is held
Check if diagnosis code is set to the ETACS-ECU. even when the battery is disconnected.
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU (Refer to ).
NO : Go to Step 3.
Adjustment item Adjustment item Adjusting content Adjusting content
(M.U.T.-III display) (M.U.T.-III display)
Sensitivity for security Sensitivity level setting of Level 1 100% sensitivity of
sensor security alarm sensor security alarm sensor
<Vehicles with security (initial condition)
alarm> Level 2 90% sensitivity of security
alarm sensor
Level 3 80% sensitivity of security
alarm sensor
Level 4 70% sensitivity of security
alarm sensor
Alarm Enables/disables security Disable Without function
alarm <Vehicles with Enable With function (Initial
security alarm> condition)
SECURITY ALARM
LIN CUTOFF CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL

AND INSTALLATION
M1547004800141

• Removal of instrument panel side cover (Refer to GROUP • Installation of instrument panel side cover (Refer to
52A − Instrument Panel Assembly ) GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel Assembly )
• Removal of instrument panel lower (Refer to GROUP 52A • Installation of instrument panel lower (Refer to GROUP
− Instrument Panel Lower ) <LHD> 52A − Instrument Panel Lower ) <LHD>
Glove Box Assembly ) <RHD> Glove Box Assembly ) <RHD>
<LHD>
<RHD>
ACA01090AB
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-609
Removal SECURITY ALARM SENSOR REMOVAL
1. LIN cutoff control unit AND INSTALLATION
M1547004900104
4
2 1
3
ACA00339 AB

1. Security alarm sensor assembly 3. Security alarm sensor cover
2. Security alarm sensor 4. Sub harness
SECURITY ALARM
SECURITY ALARM SIREN REMOVAL

AND INSTALLATION
M1547005000126

• Removal of brake booster assembly (Refer to GROUP • Installation of brake booster assembly (Refer to GROUP
35A − Master Cylinder Assembly and Brake Booster 35A − Master Cylinder Assembly and Brake Booster
Assembly ) <RHD> Assembly ) <RHD>
• Removal of ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU harness connector • Installation of ABS-ECU or ASC-ECU harness connector
(Refer to GROUP 35B − Hydraulic Unit or GROUP 35C- (Refer to GROUP 35B − Hydraulic Unit or GROUP 35C-
Hydraulic Unit ) <LHD> Hydraulic Unit ) <LHD>
Clip
1 4
3
2
9.0 ± 3.0 N·m

9.0 ± 3.0 N·m
18 ± 7 N·m <LHD>
18 ± 7 N·m <RHD> ACA00466AC

1. Security alarm siren assembly 3. Security alarm siren
2. Security alarm siren bracket 4. Sub harness
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
SECURITY ALARM
54A-611
INSPECTION RELAY CHECK
Remove the LIN cutoff control unit.(Refer to )
LIN CUTOFF CONTROL UNIT CHECK System voltage Terminal Normal
M1547005600043
number condition
At no energisation 5 to 7 No
continuity
(−)] or less)
SECURITY INDICATOR CHECK

M1547005500035
1. Remove the centre panel.
AC900636AB AC609727AB
CONTINUITY CHECK 2. Connect the battery (+) terminal with the centre
Remove the LIN cutoff control unit.(Refer to ) panel connector terminal No. 15. Then, check if
Terminal number Measurement value the security indicator is illuminated when the
battery (−) terminal and the centre panel unit
5 to 3 Continuity exists (2 Ω or
connector terminal No. 12 are connected.
less)
3. If the security indicator is illuminated, it is judged
good.
NOTE: Make sure that the polarity is correct.
54B-1
GROUP 54B
LOCAL
INTERCONNECT
NETWORK (LIN)
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . 54B-2 ...................................... 54B-15

CODE NO. U1109 COLUMN SWITCH TIME-OUT
SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-18
CODE NO. U150B COLUMN SWITCH CHECKSUM
ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-20
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-3
CODE NO. U150C POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-3
CHECKSUM ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-20
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-4
CODE NO. U1511 SUNROOF-ECU CHECKSUM
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . 54B-5 ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-20
CODE NO. U0169 SUNROOF-ECU TIME-OUT CODE NO. U1512 RAIN LIGHT SENSOR CHECKSUM
...................................... 54B-5 ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-21
CODE NO. U0215 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH CODE NO. U1514 BIT ERROR (LIN) . . . . . 54B-21
TIME-OUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-7
CODE NO. U1515 BUS ERROR (LIN) . . . . 54B-22
CODE NO. U0231 RAIN LIGHT SENSOR TIMEOUT
CODE NO. U1539 Theft alarm siren LINchecksum
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-10
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-26
CODE No. U1006 Theft alarm siren LIN timeout
CODE NO. U1540 Theft alarm SNSR LINchecksum
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54B-26
CODE No. U1007 Theft alarm sensor LIN timeout
54B-2 LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN)
GENELAL INFORMATION
GENELAL INFORMATION
M1545110000532
*
LIN refers to "Local Interconnect Network" that is the NOTE: : The communications protocol has been
serial multiplex communication protocol* adminis- decided in detail, from software matters such as the
tered by LIN consortium. A communication circuit necessary transmission rate for communication, the
employing the LIN protocol connects each ECU, and system, data format, and communication timing con-
switch and sensor data can be shared among ECUs, trol method to hardware matters such as the harness
which enables more reduction in wiring. type and length and the resistance values.
STRUCTURE
Slave ECU Slave ECU Slave ECU

Lighting control
Sunroof-ECU
Power window sensor
<Vehicles with
main switch <Vehicles with
sunroof>
auto lamp>
Master ECU
LIN bus line

ETACS-ECU
LIN cutoff control unit
Column switch
Security alarm siren Security alarm sensor
(column-ECU)
Slave ECU Slave ECU Slave ECU

<Vehicles with security alarm sensor>
ACA00693AB
Master and slave ECUs are connected to the LIN NOTE: .

bus lines. The master ECU is the ETACS*1-ECU, • *1: ETACS (Electronic Time and Alarm Control
and the slave ECUs are the column switch (column- System)
ECU), the sunroof-ECU*2, the lighting control sen- • *2: Vehicles with sunroof
sor*3, the power window main switch, the security
• *3: Vehicles with lighting control sensor
alarm siren (via LIN cutoff control unit*4)*5 and the
• *4: The LIN cutoff control unit is a relay circuit to
security alarm sensor*5. The master ECU requests turn ON/OFF the LIN communication of security
these slave ECUs to communicate each other via alarm siren. An ECU is not incorporated in the
communication lines. LIN cutoff control unit.
• *5: Vehicles with security alarm sensor
LOCAL INTERCONNECT NETWORK (LIN)
SPECIAL TOOLS
54B-3
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1545100100163

a assembly
MB991824
f. MB991826
(Vehicles with CAN LIN communication line check
MB991827
communication (service data and diagnosis
c system) codes)
d. M.U.T.-III main
harness B
(Vehicles without
MB991910 CAN
d communication
system)
adapter
harness
e
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
TROUBLESHOOTING
M1545100200739
Diagnosis Diagnostic item Reference

code No. page
U0169 Sunroof LIN timeout <Vehicles with sunroof>
U0215 P/W SW (DR) LIN timeout
U0231 Lighting control sensor LIN timeout <Vehicles with auto lamp>
U1006 Security alarm siren LIN timeout <Vehicles with security alarm sensor>
TROUBLESHOOTING
Diagnosis Diagnostic item Reference

code No. page
U1007 Security alarm sensor LIN timeout <Vehicles with security alarm sensor>
U1109 Column SW LIN timeout
U150B Column SW checksum error
U150C P/W SW (DR) checksum error
U1511 Sunroof checksum error <Vehicles with sunroof>
U1512 Lighting control sensor checksum error <Vehicles with auto lamp>
U1514 Bit error (LIN)
U1515 No-Bus activity error (LIN)
U1539 Security alarm siren LIN checksum error <Vehicles with security alarm
sensor>
U1540 Security alarm SNSR.LIN checksum error <Vehicles with security alarm
sensor>
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSIS CODE

M1545104200076
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-5
Code No.U0169 Sunroof LIN timeout <Vehicles with sunroof>
CAUTION
Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the communication circuit is normal.
Sunroof Motor Assembly LIN Communication Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
LIN DRIVE
FUSE 15 CIRCUIT
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
SUNROOF
MOTOR
ASSEMBLY
INPUT CIRCUIT
Wire colour code


ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU
ACA00886AC ACA00887AC
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector: D-06 STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the D-06

D-06 (GR) sunroof motor assembly connector.
(2) Measure the voltage between the D-06 sunroof
motor assembly connector terminal No. 6 and the
body earth.
OK: System voltage
AC612722 AL
YES : Go to Step 6.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA NO : Go to Step 5.
The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U0169
when no signals are received from the sunroof motor
assembly.
sunroof motor assembly connector terminal No.
PROBABLE CAUSES 6 and the C-316 ETACS-ECU connector terminal
• Faulty sunroof motor assembly No. 2
• Malfunction of the LIN bus Check the power supply line for open circuit and
short circuit.
connector, D-06 sunroof motor assembly
connector
Malfunction ).
YES : Go to Step 2.
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness wires between
C-316 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 1 and
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the D-06 D-06 sunroof motor assembly connector terminal
sunroof motor assembly connector No. 7.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the Check the communication lines for open circuit.
(2) Measure the resistance between the D-06
YES : Go to Step 7.
sunroof motor assembly connector terminal No. 2 NO : Repair the wiring harness.
and the body earth.
YES : Go to Step 4. Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
NO : Go to Step 3. ETACS-ECU.
STEP 3. Wiring harness check from D-06 sunroof (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
motor assembly connector terminal No. 2 to position to the ON position.
body earth (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
Check the earth wires for open circuit. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES : Replace the sunroof motor assembly.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to intermittent malfunctions in the LIN bus lines
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service between the sunroof motor assembly and
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 −
Malfunction ). How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-7
Code No.U0215 P/W SW (DR) LIN timeout
CAUTION
Power Window Main Switch LIN Communication Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
LIN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
CPU
NOTE
: LHD
: RHD
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING

ETACS-ECU

C-315 ETACS-ECU connector, E-14 power window main
switch connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
C-301
ACA00886AB
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the E-14
Connectors: C-301, C-315 <RHD> power window main switch connector
ETACS-ECU (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
C-315 (2) Measure the resistance between the E-14 power
window main switch connector terminal No. 10
and the body earth.
C-301
ACA00887AB
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
Connector: E-14 <LHD>
STEP 3. Wiring harness check from E-14 power

window main switch connector terminal No. 10 to
body earth
intermediate connector C-125 <LHD> or C-111
<RHD>, and repair if necessary.
AC612730 AH Q: Is the check result normal?
Connector:E-14 <RHD> malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Malfunction ).
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the E-14 power

window main switch connector.
AC612735 AF
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA (2) Ignition switch: ON position
The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U0215 (3) Measure the voltage between the E-14 power
when no signals are received from the power window window main switch connector terminal No. 4 and
main switch. the body earth.
OK: System voltage
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Faulty power window main switch Q: Is the check result normal?
• Malfunction of the LIN bus YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 5.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-9
STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the E-14
YES : Go to Step 7.
power window main switch connector terminal NO : Repair the wiring harness.
No. 4 and the C-315 ETACS-ECU connector
terminal No. 8
Check the power supply line for open circuit and STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
short circuit. reset.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
intermediate connector C-125 <LHD> or C-111 ETACS-ECU.
<RHD>, and repair if necessary. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the power window main switch.
Malfunction ).
intermittent malfunctions in the LIN bus lines
between the power window main switch and
the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 −
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness wires between How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
E-14 power window main switch connector
terminal No. 7.
Check the communication lines for open circuit.
intermediate connector C-126 <LHD> or C-112
<RHD>, and repair if necessary.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No.U0231 Lighting control sensor LIN timeout <Vehicles with auto lamp>
CAUTION
Lighting Control Sensor LIN Communication Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
LIN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
FUSE 8
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
LIGHTING
CONTROL
SENSOR
Wire colour code


ETACS-ECU
ACA00886AC AC612722 AM
Connector: C-316 <RHD> JUDGEMENT CRITERIA

ETACS-ECU The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U0231
when no signals are received from the lighting con-
trol sensor.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Faulty lighting control sensor
• Malfunction of the LIN bus
ACA00887AC
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-11
NO : Go to Step 5.

connector, D-02 lighting control sensor STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the D-02
connector lighting control sensor connector terminal No. 1
YES : Go to Step 2. Check the power supply line for open circuit and
short circuit.
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the D-02 intermediate connector C-130, and repair if neces-
lighting control sensor connector sary.
(2) Measure the resistance between the D-02
lighting control sensor connector terminal No. 2
and the body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) Malfunction ).
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Wiring harness check from D-02 lighting D-02 lighting control sensor connector terminal
control sensor connector terminal No. 2 to body No. 3.
earth Check the communication lines for open circuit.
Check the earth wires for open circuit. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : The trouble can be an intermittent NO : Repair the wiring harness.
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent reset.
Malfunction ). Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
ETACS-ECU.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the D-02 (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
lighting control sensor connector. position to the ON position.
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
wiring harness side. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
(2) Measure the voltage between the D-02 lighting YES : Replace the lighting control sensor.
control sensor connector terminal No. 1 and the NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
body earth. intermittent malfunctions in the LIN bus lines
OK: System voltage between the lighting control sensor and the
ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No.U1006 Security alarm siren LIN timeout <Vehicles with security alarm sensor>
CAUTION
Security Alarm Siren LIN Communication Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
FUSE 8
LIN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
LIN
CUTOFF
CONTROL
UNIT
SECURITY
ALARM
SIREN
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-13
Connector: A-78 JUDGEMENT CRITERIA
A-78 (B) when no signals are received from the security alarm
siren.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Faulty security alarm siren
• Faulty LIN cutoff control unit
• Malfunction of the LIN bus
ACA00897AB
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Connector check: C-301, C-304, C-312
and C-317 ETACS-ECU connectors, C-63 LIN
cutoff control unit connector, A-78 security alarm
siren connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
ACA00891AB
Connector: C-63 <RHD> security alarm siren connector
(2) Measure the resistance between the A-78
security alarm siren connector terminal No. 1 and
the body earth.
ACA00896AB
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
Connectors: C-301, C-304, C-312, C-317
<LHD>
ETACS-ECU STEP 3. Wiring harness check from A-78 security
alarm siren connector terminal No. 1 to body
C-317 C-304
earth
intermediate connector A-79, and repair if necessary.
C-301 ACA00886AD YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
Connectors: C-301, C-304, C-312, C-317 use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
<RHD>
ETACS-ECU Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
Malfunction ).
C-317 C-304 NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the A-78

security alarm siren connector.
C-312
C-301
ACA00887AD
(2) Measure the voltage between the A-78 security
TROUBLESHOOTING
alarm siren connector terminal No. 2 and the YES : Go to Step 9.

body earth. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 6. LIN cutoff control unit connector terminal No. 8
NO : Go to Step 5. and the C-312 ETACS-ECU connector terminal
No. 9
STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the A-78 short circuit.
security alarm siren connector terminal No. 2 and
the C-304 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 4 NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
Check the power supply line for open circuit and intermediate connector C-127, and repair if neces-
short circuit. sary.
intermediate connector A-79, and repair if necessary. YES : Go to Step 12.
malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to STEP 10. Check the wiring harness wires
use Troubleshooting/inspection Service between C-301 ETACS-ECU connector terminal
Points − How to Cope with Intermittent No. 1 and C-63 LIN cutoff control unit connector
Malfunction ). terminal No. 7.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Check the communication lines for open circuit.
STEP 6. LIN cutoff control unit check YES : Go to Step 11.
Check the LIN cutoff control unit. Refer to GROUP NO : Repair the wiring harness.
54A − Security Alarm System .
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 11. Check the wiring harness wires
YES : Go to Step 7. between C-63 LIN cutoff control unit connector
NO : Replace the LIN cutoff control unit. terminal No. 5 and A-78 security alarm siren
STEP 7. Voltage measurement at the C-312 NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
ETACS-ECU connector. intermediate connectors A-79 and C-127, and repair
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the if necessary.
wiring harness side. Check the communication lines for open circuit.
(2) Measure the voltage between the C-312 ETACS- Q: Is the check result normal?
ECU connector terminal No. 9 and the body YES : Go to Step 12.
earth. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 12. Replace the security alarm siren
YES : Go to Step 10. temporarily, and check whether the diagnosis
NO : Go to Step 8. code is set.
ETACS-ECU.
STEP 8. Wiring harness check between the C-317 (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 10 and the C- (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
63 LIN cutoff control unit connector terminal No. position to the ON position.
1 (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
short circuit. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the security alarm siren.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-15
Code No.U1007 Security alarm sensor LIN timeout <Vehicles with security alarm sensor>
CAUTION
Security Alarm Sensor LIN Communication Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
LIN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
FUSE 8
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
SECURITY ALARM
SENSOR
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
Connectors: C-316, C-317 <LHD> wiring harness side.

ETACS-ECU (2) Measure the resistance between the D-45
security alarm sensor connector terminal No. 3
C-317 and the body earth.
C-316
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
ACA00886AE
STEP 3. Wiring harness check from D-45 security
Connectors: C-316, C-317 <RHD> alarm sensor connector terminal No. 3 to body
ETACS-ECU earth
C-317 NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
intermediate connector D-44, and repair if necessary.

ACA00887AE
Connector: D-45 Malfunction ).
D-45 (B) NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at the D-45

security alarm sensor connector.
(2) Measure the voltage between the D-45 security
alarm sensor connector terminal No. 1 and the
ACA00898AB body earth.
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA OK: System voltage
The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U1007 Q: Is the check result normal?
when no signals are received from the security alarm YES : Go to Step 6.
sensor. NO : Go to Step 5.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Faulty security alarm sensor STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the D-45
• Malfunction of the LIN bus security alarm sensor connector terminal No. 1
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE No. 10
short circuit.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-316 and C-317 NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
ETACS-ECU connectors, D-134 security alarm intermediate connector D-44, and repair if necessary.
sensor connector
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the D-45 Malfunction ).
security alarm sensor connector NO : Repair the wiring harness.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-17
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness wires between STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
C-316 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 1 and reset.
D-45 security alarm sensor connector terminal Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
No. 2. ETACS-ECU.
Check the communication lines for open circuit. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check (2) Turn the ignition switch from the LOCK (OFF)
intermediate connector C-130 and D-44, and repair if position to the ON position.
necessary. (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
YES : Go to Step 7. YES : Replace the security alarm sensor.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
between the security alarm sensor and the
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No.U1109 Column SW LIN timeout
CAUTION
Column Switch LIN Communication Circuit
ETACS-
ECU
LIN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
FUSE 8
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
COLUMN
SWITCH
COLUMN-ECU
Wire colour code

C-201
AC612708 AT AC612716 AK
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-19
Connectors: C-301, C-317 <LHD> STEP 3. Wiring harness check from C-201
ETACS-ECU column switch connector terminal No. 4 to body
earth
C-317 Check the earth wires for open circuit.
C-301 ACA00886AF
Malfunction ).
ETACS-ECU
C-317 column switch connector.
(2) Measure the voltage between the C-201 column
switch connector terminal No. 1 and the body
earth.
C-301 ACA00887AF OK: System voltage
JUDGEMENT CRITERIA Q: Is the check result normal?
The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U1109 YES : Go to Step 6.
when no signals are received from the column switch NO : Go to Step 5.
(column switch ECU).
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 5. Wiring harness check between the C-201

• Faulty Lighting switch column switch connector terminal No. 1 and the
• Malfunction of the LIN bus C-317 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 10
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE short circuit.
connector, C-201 column switch connector use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
STEP 2. Resistance measurement at the C-201 STEP 6. Check the wiring harness wires between
column switch connector C-301 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 1 and
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the C-201 column switch connector terminal No. 3.
wiring harness side. Check the communication lines for open circuit and
(2) Measure the resistance between the C-201 short circuit.
column switch connector terminal No. 4 and the
body earth. YES : Go to Step 7.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : Go to Step 4. STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
ETACS-ECU.
TROUBLESHOOTING
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) YES : Replace the lighting switch <LHD> or wiper/
position to "ON" position. washer switch <RHD>.
(3) Check if diagnosis code is set. NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
between the column switch and the ETACS-
ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Cope
Code No.U150B Column SW checksum error
JUDGMENT CRITERIA (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF)
The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U150B position to "ON" position.
when abnormal signals are received from the column (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
switch (column switch ECU). Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the lighting switch.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Faulty lighting switch
between the column switch and the ETACS-
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Cope
ETACS-ECU.
Code No.U150C P/W SW (DR) checksum error
The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U150C position to "ON" position.
when abnormal signals are received from the power (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
window main switch. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the power window main switch.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Faulty power window main switch
between the power window main switch and
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 −
ETACS-ECU.
Code No.U1511 Sunroof checksum error <Vehicles with sunroof>
JUDGMENT CRITERIA PROBABLE CAUSES

The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U1511 • Faulty sunroof motor assembly
when abnormal signals are received from the sun-
roof motor assembly.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-21
Check whether the diagnosis code is reset. YES : Replace the sunroof motor assembly.
Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the NO : A poor connection, open circuit, or other
ETACS-ECU. intermittent malfunctions in the LIN bus lines
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. between the sunroof motor assembly and
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) the ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 −
position to "ON" position. How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U1512 Lighting control sensor checksum error <Vehicles with auto lamp>
The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U1512 position to "ON" position.
when abnormal signals are received from the lighting (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
control sensor. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the lighting control sensor.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Faulty lighting control sensor
between the lighting control sensor and the
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
ETACS-ECU.
Code No.U1514 Bit error (LIN)
The ETACS-ECU receives and sends data simulta- position to "ON" position.
neously. If the data contains a fault, the ETACS-ECU (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
will set diagnosis code No. U1514. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
A diagnosis code other than No. U1514 is set. :
PROBABLE CAUSES
Replace the appropriate ECU.
• Malfunction of the slave ECU
Diagnosis code No. U1514 is set. : Replace the
ETACS-ECU.
• Electrical noise generated in the LIN bus lines
The diagnosis code is not set. : The trouble can be
an intermittent malfunction (GROUP 00 −
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).

ETACS-ECU.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No.U1515 No-bus activity error (LIN)
LIN Communication Circuit
ETACS-ECU
LIN DRIVE CIRCUIT
NOTE
: LHD
: RHD
INTERFACE CIRCUIT
LIN
CUTOFF
CONTROL
UNIT
LIGHTING SUNROOF SECURITY COLUMN SECURITY POWER WINDOW

CONTROL MOTOR ALARM SWITCH ALARM SIREN MAIN SWITCH
SENSOR ASSEMBLY SENSOR
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-23
Connector: A-78 Connectors: C-301, C-316 <LHD>
ETACS-ECU
A-78 (B)
C-316
C-301
ACA00897AB ACA00886AG
Connector: C-63 <LHD> Connector: C-301, C-316 <RHD>

ETACS-ECU
C-316
C-301
ACA00891AB ACA00887AG
Connector: C-63 <RHD> Connectors: D-02, D-06, D-45

D-45 (B)
D-02
D-06 (GR)
ACA00896AB ACA00898 AC
Connector: C-201 <LHD> Connector: E-14 <LHD>
AC612708 AT AC612730 AH
Connector: C-201 <RHD> Connector:E-14 <RHD>
C-201
AC612716 AK AC612735 AF
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT (4) Measure the resistance value between E-14

The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U1515 power window main switch connector terminal
when no communication has been carried out for No.X and earth.
more than a certain period after the slave task • No continuity (1 kΩ or more)
received last valid data. (5) Measure the voltage between D-06 sunroof
motor assembly connector terminal No.7 and
PROBABLE CAUSES earth. <vehicles with sunroof>
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU • The voltmeter needle does not swing.
• Malfunction of the slave ECU
NOTE: If the LIN bus lines are short to power
• LIN bus lines shorted to power supply
supply, the voltmeter indicates a constant value.
• LIN bus lines shorted to earth
(6) Measure the voltage between D-02 lighting
control sensor connector terminal No.3 and earth.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE <vehicles with auto lamp>
• The voltmeter needle does not swing.
STEP 1. Check the following connectors. NOTE: If the LIN bus lines are short to power
Check the following connectors: supply, the voltmeter indicates a constant value.
• C-301 and C-316 <vehicles with sunroof> (7) Measure the voltage between D-45 security
ETACS-ECU connectors alarm sensor connector terminal No.3 and earth.
• C-201 Column switch connector <vehicles with security alarm sensor>
• E-14 Power window main switch connector • The voltmeter needle does not swing.
• D-06 Sunroof motor assembly connector <vehi- NOTE: If the LIN bus lines are short to power
cles with sunroof> supply, the voltmeter indicates a constant value.
• D-02 Lighting control sensor connector <vehicles (8) Measure the voltage between A-78 security
with auto lamp> alarm siren connector terminal No.3 and earth.
• D-45 Security alarm sensor connector <vehicles <vehicles with security alarm sensor>
with security alarm sensor> • The voltmeter needle does not swing.
• A-78 Security alarm siren connector <vehicles
with security alarm sensor> NOTE: If the LIN bus lines are short to power
• C-63 LIN cutoff control unit connector <vehicles supply, the voltmeter indicates a constant value.
with security alarm sensor> Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
YES : Go to Step 2.
STEP 4. Measure the resistance at the LIN bus
STEP 2. LIN cutoff control unit check lines.
Check the LIN cutoff control unit. Refer to GROUP Check the LIN bus lines for short to earth.
54A − Security Alarm System . (1) Disconnect all the ECU connectors which are
connected to the LIN bus lines.
Q: Is the check result normal? (2) Measure the resistance value between C-201
YES : Go to Step 3. column switch connector terminal No.3 and earth.
NO : Replace the LIN cutoff control unit. • No continuity (1 kΩ or more)
(3) Measure the resistance value between D-06
STEP 3. Measure the voltage at the LIN bus lines. sunroof motor assembly connector terminal No.7
Check the LIN bus lines for short to power supply. and earth. <vehicles with sunroof>
(1) Disconnect all the ECU connectors which are • No continuity (1 kΩ or more)
connected to the LIN bus lines. (4) Measure the resistance value between D-02
(2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) to lighting control sensor connector terminal No.3
"ON" position. and earth. <vehicles with auto lamp>
(3) Measure the voltage between C-201 column • No continuity (1 kΩ or more)
switch connector terminal No.3 and earth. (5) Measure the resistance value between D-45
• The voltmeter needle does not swing. security alarm sensor connector terminal No.3
NOTE: If the LIN bus lines are short to power and earth. <vehicles with security alarm sensor>
supply, the voltmeter indicates a constant value. • No continuity (1 kΩ or more)
(6) Measure the resistance value between A-78
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-25
security alarm siren connector terminal No.3 and D-06 sunroof motor assembly connector only.
earth. <vehicles with security alarm sensor> (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
• No continuity (1 kΩ or more) (3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) to
"ON" position.
YES : Go to Step 5. (4) Check whether diagnosis code No. U1515 is set.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. NOTE: If diagnosis code No. U1515 is not set,
diagnosis code No. U0169 is set because the
sunroof motor assembly is disconnected. This is
STEP 5. Check the column switch.
normal.
Disconnect C-201 column switch connector, and
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
recheck whether diagnosis code No. U1515 is set.
position.
(1) Connect all the relevant ECUs, and disconnect
C-201 column switch connector only. Q: Is diagnosis code No. U1515 set?
(2) Erase the diagnosis code. YES : Reconnect the sunroof motor assembly
(3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) to connector, and go to Step 8.
"ON" position. NO : Replace the sunroof motor assembly.
(4) Check whether diagnosis code No. U1515 is set.
NOTE: If diagnosis code No. U1515 is not set, STEP 8. Check the lighting control sensor.
diagnosis code No. U1109 is set because the col- Disconnect D-02 lighting control sensor connector,
umn switch is disconnected. This is normal. and recheck whether diagnosis code No. U1515 is
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) set.
position. (1) Connect all the relevant ECUs, and disconnect
D-02 lighting control sensor connector only.
YES : Reconnect the column switch connector, (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
and go to Step 6. (3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) to
NO : Replace the lighting switch. "ON" position.
NOTE: If diagnosis code No. U1515 is not set,
STEP 6. Check the power window main switch.
Disconnect E-14 power window main switch connec-
sunroof motor assembly is disconnected. This is
tor, and recheck whether diagnosis code No. U1515
normal.
is set.
(1) Connect all the relevant ECUs, and disconnect E-
position.
14 power window main switch connector only.
(2) Erase the diagnosis code. Q: Is diagnosis code No. U1515 set?
(3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) to YES : Reconnect the lighting control sensor, and
"ON" position. go to Step 9.
(4) Check whether diagnosis code No. U1515 is set. NO : Replace the lighting control sensor.
diagnosis code No. U0215 is set because the STEP 9. Check the security alarm sensor.
power window main switch is disconnected. This Disconnect D-45 security alarm sensor connector,
is normal. and recheck whether diagnosis code No. U1515 is
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) set.
position. (1) Connect all the relevant ECUs, and disconnect
D-45 security alarm sensor connector only.
YES : Reconnect the power window main switch (2) Erase the diagnosis code.
connector, and go to Step 7. (3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) to
NO : Replace the power window main switch. "ON" position.
STEP 7. Check the sunroof motor assembly.
Disconnect D-06 sunroof motor assembly connector,
security alarm sensor is disconnected. This is
and recheck whether diagnosis code No. U1515 is
normal.
set.
(1) Connect all the relevant ECUs, and disconnect
TROUBLESHOOTING
position. position.
Q: Is diagnosis code No. U1515 set? Q: Is diagnosis code No. U1515 set?
YES : Reconnect the security alarm sensor YES : Reconnect the security alarm siren
connector, and go to Step 10. connector, and go to Step 11.
NO : Replace the security alarm sensor. NO : Replace the security alarm siren.
STEP 10. Check the security alarm siren. STEP 11. Recheck for diagnosis code.
Disconnect A-78 security alarm siren connector, and Check again if the diagnosis code is set to the
recheck whether diagnosis code No. U1515 is set. ETACS-ECU.
(1) Connect all the relevant ECUs, and disconnect A- (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
78 security alarm siren connector only. (2) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) to
(2) Erase the diagnosis code. "ON" position.
(3) Turn the ignition switch from "LOCK" (OFF) to (3) Check whether diagnosis code No. U1515 is set.
"ON" position. (4) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF)
(4) Check whether diagnosis code No. U1515 is set. position.
NOTE: If diagnosis code No. U1515 is not set, Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
diagnosis code No. U1006 is set because the YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
security alarm siren is disconnected. This is nor- NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
mal. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
(5) Turn the ignition switch to the "LOCK" (OFF) Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
Code No.U1539 Security alarm siren LIN checksum error <Vehicles with security alarm sensor>
The ETACS-ECU will set diagnosis code No. U1539 position to "ON" position.
when abnormal signals are received from the secu- (3) Check if diagnosis code is set.
rity alarm siren. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Replace the security alarm siren.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Faulty security alarm siren
between the security alarm siren and the
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ETACS-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
ETACS-ECU.
Code No.U1540 Security alarm SNSR.LIN checksum error <Vehicles with security alarm sensor>

when abnormal signals are received from the secu-
rity alarm sensor. Check whether the diagnosis code is reset.
PROBABLE CAUSES ETACS-ECU.
• Faulty security alarm sensor (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54B-27
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? YES : Replace the security alarm sensor.
between the security alarm sensor and the
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) 54C-1
GROUP 54C
CONTROLLER
AREA NETWORK
(CAN)
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . 54C-2 DIAGNOSIS ITEM 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-57

DIAGNOSIS ITEM 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-60
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-5 DIAGNOSIS ITEM 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-63
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-67
TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-7 DIAGNOSIS ITEM 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-70
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-73
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . 54C-8 DIAGNOSIS ITEM 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-76
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-79
PRECAUTIONS ON HOW TO REPAIR THE DIAGNOSIS ITEM 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-83
CAN BUS LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-9 DIAGNOSIS ITEM 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-86
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-89
EXPLANATION ABOUT THE M.U.T.-III CAN DIAGNOSIS ITEM 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-92
BUS DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-9 DIAGNOSIS ITEM 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-95
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-99
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-15
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-102
CAN BUS DIAGNOSIS CHART . . . . . . . . . 54C-15
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-105
CAN-RELATED CONNECTOR POSITION 54C-21
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-108
CAN BUS DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-24
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-111
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-24
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-122
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-26
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-125
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-27
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-37 CAN COMMUNICATION-RELATED
DIAGNOSIS ITEM 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54C-47 DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE . . . . . . . . 54C-141
54C-2 CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1548310001895
CAN, an abbreviation for Controller Area Network, is CAN offers the following advantages.
an ISO-certified international standard for a serial • Transmission rates are much faster than those in
multiplex communication protocol*1. A communica- conventional communication (up to 1 Mbps),
tion circuit employing the CAN protocol connects allowing much more data to be sent.
each ECU, and sensor data can be shared among, • It is exceptionally immune to noise, and the data
which enables more reduction in wiring. obtained from each error detection device is more
reliable.
NOTE: *1: The regulations have been decided in
• Each ECU connected via the CAN communicates
detail, from software matters such as the necessary
independently, therefore if the ECU enters dam-
transmission rate for communication, the system,
aged mode, communications can be continued in
data format, and communication timing control
some cases.
method to hardware matters such as the harness
type and length and the resistance values.
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
GENERAL INFORMATION
54C-3
STRUCTURE
Terminal resistor
ETACS-ECU
CAN_L CAN_H CAN_L CAN_H CAN_L CAN_H
ABS-ECU* WCM* Diagnosis

or SRS-ECU or connector
ASC-ECU* KOS-ECU*
<Vehicles with <Vehicles with Automatic

ASC or AFS> Stop & Go (AS&G) system>
Steering M.U.T.-III
Heater
wheel AS&G
control unit*
sensor -ECU
or A/C-ECU*
Diagnosis CAN-C
<Vehicles with
electric power steering>
Corner Electric Radio and
sensor/ power CD player*
back steering or
sensor-ECU* -ECU CAN box
unit*
<Vehicles with AFS>
A/T-ECU* NOTE:
Headlamp
or *: ABS-ECU <Vehicles without ASC>
automatic
CVT-ECU* ASC-ECU <Vehicles with ASC>
levelling-ECU Main bus line
A/T-ECU <A/T>
CVT-ECU <CVT>
Radio and CD player
<Vehicles with Radio and CD player>
Combination CAN box unit <Vehicles with MMCS
Main bus line
meter (Vehicles for Russia)>
WCM <Vehicles without KOS>
KOS-ECU <Vehicles with KOS>
Corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
Terminal Engine-ECU <Vehicles with reversing sensor system>
resistor CAN-B Heater control unit <Vehicles
without A/C>
: Indicates main bus line
A/C-ECU <Vehicles with A/C>
CAN-C : Indicates sub bus line
ACB01902AB
• A gateway function has been integrated to • The CAN bus line consists of two lines, CAN_L
ETACS-ECU as the network central ECU. and CAN_H (CAN Low and CAN High, respec-
• The CAN system consists of the following three tively), as well as two terminal resistors (A
networks: CAN-B (middle-speed body network), twisted-pair cable, highly resistant to noise, is
CAN-C (high-speed power train network), and the used for the communications line).
diagnosis CAN-C (diagnosis exclusive network). • The CAN bus line connecting two dominant
Each ECU is connected to one of the networks ECUs is the main bus line, and the CAN bus line
depending on its functions. connecting each ECU is the sub-bus line.
• With CAN-C, the terminal resistors are incorpo-
rated in ECU. Resistors with approximately 120
Ω is used for the dominant ECU, and that with 3.0
kΩ is used for the non-dominant ECU.
GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE: . CAN-C
• Dominant ECU: ETACS-ECU and engine • Headlamp automatic levelling-ECU <vehicles
ECU with AFS>
• Non-dominant ECU: ECU and sensor on • Steering wheel sensor <vehicles with ASC or
CAN-C network, excluding ETACS-ECU and AFS>
engine ECU • AS&G-ECU <vehicles with automatic stop &
• To the CAN bus line, ECU, sensor, and diagnosis go (AS&G) system>
connector are connected as follows for each net- • ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC> or ASC-
work. ECU <vehicles with ASC>
CAN-B • A/T-ECU <A/T> or CVT-ECU <CVT>
• WCM <vehicles without KOS> or KOS-ECU • Electric power steering-ECU <vehicles with
<vehicles with KOS> Electric power steering>
• SRS-ECU • Engine-ECU
• Heater control unit <vehicles without A/C> • Corner sensor/back sensor-ECU <vehicles
• A/C-ECU <vehicles with A/C> with reversing sensor system>
• Radio and CD player <vehicles with Radio Diagnosis CAN-C
and CD player> or CAN box unit <vehicles • Diagnosis connector
with MMCS (vehicles for Russia)>
• Combination meter
SPECIAL TOOLS
54C-5
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1548304200972
SPECIAL TOOLS

a assembly
MB991824
e. MB991825
f. MB991826
c. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
main harness
c with CAN
communicatio
n system)
d. M.U.T.-III
B (Vehicles
d
without CAN
n system)
MB991911
e. M.U.T.-III
measure
e adapter
f. M.U.T.-III
trigger
harness
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955

a
b
d. Probe circuit
circuit
tester
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
TEST EQUIPMENT
54C-7
connector
MB992006
MB992110 Power plant ECU Checking continuity and measuring

check harness voltage at engine-ECU <Petrol>
harness-side connector
MB992110
MB992044 Power plant ECU Checking continuity and measuring

check harness voltage at engine-ECU <Diesel>
harness-side connector
MB992044
MB991974 ABS check Checking continuity and measuring

harness voltage at ABS-ECU harness-side
connector
B991974
MB991997 ASC check Checking continuity and measuring

harness voltage at ASC-ECU harness-side
connector
MB991997
TEST EQUIPMENT
M1548304300333
Test equipment Name Use

Digital multimeter Checking CAN bus circuit (for resistance and voltage
measurements)
AC000019
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
M1548302100333
Warnings in diagnosis section Details regarding warning

CAUTION −
When servicing an CAN bus line, earth yourself
by touching a metal object such as an unpainted
water pipe. If you fail to do, a component
connected to the CAN bus line may be broken.
CAUTION When measuring resistance value or voltage in
A digital multimeter should be used. CAN bus lines, use a digital multimeter. If not
using a digital multimeter, the equipments, which
are connected through the CAN communication
lines, may be damaged.
CAUTION Disconnect the negative battery terminal when
When measuring the resistance, disconnect the measuring the resistance value in the CAN bus
negative battery terminal. line. If you fail to do so, the equipments, which
are connected through the CAN communication
lines, may be damaged.
CAUTION Always use the test harness when measuring the
The test wiring harness should be used. voltage or resistance value at the female
connector. If you fail to do so, connectors may be
damaged.
CAUTION
Connector
The strand end of the twist wire should be within Twisted wire Within 10 cm
10 cm from the connector.
AC203824AH
If you repair the wire due to a defective

connector or its terminal or harness wire, you
should cut the wire so that the strand end of the
twist wire should be within 10 cm from the
connector as shown. If it exceeds 10 cm, twist
the wiring harness just like the original twisted
wire. If the strand end exceeds 10 cm, a
communication error may be caused.
CAUTION When you repair a CAN bus line, observe the
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness precautions on how to repair the CAN bus line
repair procedure. strictly. Refer to . If a new wire is added or a
splice point is modified for the CAN_L or CAN_H
line, an error in the CAN communication may be
caused.
PRECAUTIONS ON HOW TO REPAIR THE CAN BUS LINES
54C-9
PRECAUTIONS ON HOW TO REPAIR THE CAN BUS LINES
M1548301900358
PRECAUTIONS ON HOW TO REPAIR THE CAN
No good
BUS LINES Terminator resistor
No good
Added wire
Open
circuit
point
ECU ECU
Good
Terminator resistor
AC204696
4AB
• If the CAN bus line(s) are repaired, renew all the

twisted wires between the end connectors. If the
Open
wiring harness is partially repaired, or only circuit
CAN_L or CAN_H line is repaired, noise suppres- ECU ECU point
sion is deteriorated, causing a communication
error. : Shows main bus line.
: Shows sub bus line.
Connector : Shows restored CAN bus line.
Twisted wire Within 10 cm AC202856 AF
• If a sub-bus line is repaired, splice a new wire

directly into the main bus line. If a new wire is
spliced into the sub-bus line, which is connected
to another device, the CAN communication will
be disabled.
AC203824AH PRECAUTIONS ON HOW TO REPAIR THE

TERMINATOR RESISTOR
• If the connector or wire on the main bus line or If one-side terminator resistor is broken, the CAN
the sub-bus wire is replaced, the frayed end of communication will continue although noise suppres-
the twisted wire should be within 10 cm from the sion is deteriorated. No diagnosis codes may be set
connector. If it exceeds 10 cm, twist the wiring even if the terminator resistor was broken. If a dam-
harness just like the original twisted wire. If the age is found, replace the ECU which incorporates
frayed end exceeds 10 cm, noise suppression is the defective terminator resistor.
deteriorated, causing a communication error.
CAN BUS LINE REPAIR HARNESS (PART NAME
AND NUMBER)
Part name Part number
Twist pair cable MN151514
EXPLANATION ABOUT THE M.U.T.-III CAN BUS

DIAGNOSTICS
M1548300100564
The M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics carries out the the check results.
three checks below automatically, and then displays
current condition of the CAN bus lines according to
EXPLANATION ABOUT THE M.U.T.-III CAN BUS DIAGNOSTICS
CAN BUS LINE DIAGNOSTIC FLOW
From other diagnosis
1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus

diagnostics
· Short between CAN bus lines.

(1) Check if a transmission error (bus off) occurred in the YES · Short in CAN bus line to power
ETACS-ECU.
supply or earth.
NO
NG
(2) Checking the communication condition of ECUs.
OK for (2) OK for (2)

P code, B code, U code (past trouble)
C code or
U code (current trouble)
· Open circuit in can bus line

2. Pinpoint possible trouble spot · Broken terminator resistor
Go to ordinary diagnosis
according to diagnosis code · Power supply to ECU poorly earthed
AC507612 AL
1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics (1) Check that the ETACS-ECU sets a diagnosis
The M.U.T.-III diagnoses CAN bus lines in code.
accordance with the following strategy. You can narrow down the points to be
diagnosed by confirming an ETACS-ECU
NOTE: After you determine whether the CAN-C
diagnosis code.
lines are in good condition, then determine
whether the CAN-B lines are in good condition. (2) Checking the communication condition of
Then confirm each judgement result on the ECUs
M.U.T.-III screen. The M.U.T.-III narrows down troubles in circuit
by itself. Its strategies are as follows.
54C-11
Reference circuit
(h)
ETACS-ECU Diagnosis
(Gateway) connector
(b)
(a) (c) (d) (e)
ECU A ECU D
(f) (g)
ECU B ECU C
AC204741AD
ECU which Possible Logic for narrowing down trouble spot

cannot trouble spot
communicate
with the
M.U.T.-III
ETACS-ECU CAN bus line The ETACS-ECU and the other
(h)
and all ECUs (h) and power ECUs use the CAN bus line (h) ETACS-ECU Diagnosis
supply system when they communicate with the (Gateway) connector
to ETACS- M.U.T.-III. Since none of the (b)

(c) (d) (e)
ECU ETACS-ECU and the other ECUs (a)
ECU A ECU D
can communicate with the
M.U.T.-III, CAN bus line (h) or the (f) (g)
power supply circuit to the
ETACS-ECU may be faulty. ECU B ECU C
AC204742BO
ECU A CAN bus line ECU A communicates with the

(h)
(a) and power M.U.T.-III via CAN bus lines (a) ETACS-ECU Diagnosis
supply system and (b). The M.U.T.-III judges that (Gateway) connector
to ECU A CAN bus line (b) is normal, (b)

(c) (d) (e)
because it can communicate with (a)
ECU A ECU D
other ECUs. Possible trouble may
be present in CAN bus line (a) or (f) (g)
the power supply system to ECU
A. ECU B ECU C
AC204742BH
ECU C CAN bus line ECU C communicates with the

(h)
(g) and power M.U.T.-III via CAN bus lines (b), ETACS-ECU Diagnosis
supply system (c), (d) and (g). The M.U.T.-III (Gateway) connector
to ECU C judges that CAN bus lines (b), (c) (b)

(c) (d) (e)
and (d) are normal, because it (a)
ECU A ECU D
can communicate with ECUs B
and D. Possible trouble may be (f) (g)
present in CAN bus line (g) or the
power supply system to ECU C. ECU B ECU C
AC204742BI
54C-13
ECU which Possible Logic for narrowing down trouble spot
cannot trouble spot
communicate
with the
M.U.T.-III
ECU C and Trouble in ECUs C and D communicate with
(h)
ECU D CAN bus line the M.U.T.-III via CAN bus lines ETACS-ECU Diagnosis
(d) (b), (c), (d), (e) and (g). The (Gateway) connector
M.U.T.-III judges that CAN bus (b)

(c) (d) (e)
lines (b) and (c) are normal, (a)
ECU A ECU D
because it can communicate with
ECU B. Possible trouble may be (f) (g)
present in CAN bus line (d), (e) or
(g) or the power supply system to ECU B ECU C
ECU D or C. CAN bus line (d) is AC204742BJ

shared by ECUs C and D when
they communicate with the
M.U.T.-III, so CAN bus line (d) is
suspected as ultimate cause.
CAN bus line (g) or (e) and power
supply systems to ECU C or D
are also suspected as second
cause.
ECU B and CAN bus line ECUs B and D communicate with
(h)
ECU D (e) or (f) or the M.U.T.-III via CAN bus lines ETACS-ECU Diagnosis
power supply (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f). The (Gateway) connector
system to ECU M.U.T.-III judges that CAN bus (b)

(c) (d) (e)
B or D lines (b), (c) and (d) are normal, (a)
ECU A ECU D
because it can communicate with
ECU C. Possible trouble may be (f) (g)
present in CAN bus line (f) or (e)
or the power supply system to ECU B ECU C
ECU B or D. AC204742BK
All ECU (except CAN bus line The other ECUs except the
(h)
ETACS-ECU) (b) ETACS-ECU use CAN bus lines ETACS-ECU Diagnosis
(b) and (h) when they (Gateway) connector
communicate with the M.U.T.-III. (b)

(c) (d) (e)
It must be assumed that CAN bus (a)
ECU A ECU D
line (b) is defective since the
ETACS-ECU can communicate (f) (g)
with the M.U.T.-III.
ECU B ECU C
AC204742BP
2. Pinpoint possible trouble spot according to NOTE: If you pinpoint trouble spot according to
diagnosis code diagnosis code, you should use time-out diagno-
sis code. diagnosis code related to failure infor-
If diagnosis code related to CAN communication
mation is set when the data to be set contains an
is set as past trouble, isolate opens as described
error, so CAN bus line itself is probably normal.
below.
NOTE: Time-out diagnosis code codes are stored

in each ECU memory individually. Therefore, it is
possible that these diagnosis code codes have
not been set simultaneously. If the trouble spot
cannot be found when you diagnose by judging
from multiple diagnosis code codes, check the
communication lines between each ECU.
Diagnosis Possible Logic for narrowing down trouble spot
code to be set trouble spot
Time-out Trouble in When time-out diagnosis code
(h)
diagnosis code CAN bus line associated with ECU D is stored ETACS-ECU Diagnosis
associated with (e) and power in ECU A, B and C, or time-out (Gateway) connector
ECU D is stored supply system diagnosis codes associated with (b)

(c) (d) (e)
in ECU A, ECU to ECU D ECUs A, B and C are stored in (a)
ECU A ECU D
B and ECU C. ECU D, or "bus off" diagnosis
Time-out code is stored in ECU D, CAN (f) (g)
diagnosis codes bus line (e) is suspected. When

associated with diagnosis code is not stored in ECU B ECU C
ECUs A, B and ECU D, the power supply to ECU AC204742BL

C are stored in D is suspected.
ECU D.
"Bus off"
diagnosis code
is stored in ECU
D.
Time-out Trouble in When time-out diagnosis code
(h)
diagnosis code CAN bus line associated with ECU A is stored ETACS-ECU Diagnosis
associated with (a) or (c) and in ECUs B, C and D, or time-out (Gateway) connector
ECU A is stored power supply diagnosis codes associated with (b)

(c) (d) (e)
in ECUs B, C system to ECU ECUs B, C and D are stored in (a)
ECU A ECU D
and D. A. ECU A, or "bus off" diagnosis
Time-out code is stored in ECU A, CAN (f) (g)
diagnosis codes bus line (a) or (c) is suspected.

associated with When diagnosis code is not ECU B ECU C
ECUs B, C and stored in ECU A, the power AC204742BM

D are stored in supply to ECU A is suspected.
ECU A.
"Bus off"
diagnosis code
is stored in ECU
A.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-15
Diagnosis Possible Logic for narrowing down trouble spot
code to be set trouble spot
Time-out Trouble in If time-out diagnosis codes
diagnosis codes CAN bus line associated with ECUs C and D DATA LINK
associated with (d) are stored in ECUs A and B, or CONNECTOR
ECUs C and D time-out codes associated with (b)

(c) (d) (e)
are stored in ECUs A and B are stored in (a)
ECU A ECU D
ECU A and ECUs C and D, CAN bus line (d)
ECU B. is suspected. CAN bus line (g) or (f) (g)
Time-out (e) and power supply systems to

diagnosis codes ECU C or D are also suspected ECU B ECU C
associated with as second cause. AC204742 BR

ECUs A and B
are stored in
ECU C and
ECU D.
Time-out Trouble in It must be assumed that a fault
(h)
diagnosis codes CAN bus line was present in CAN bus line (b) ETACS-ECU Diagnosis
associated with (b) when the ETACS-ECU has set a (Gateway) connector
ECUs A, B, C time-out diagnosis code for ECU (b)

(c) (d) (e)
and D are A, B, C and D. (a)
ECU A ECU D
stored in
ETACS-ECU. (f) (g)
Time-out
diagnosis code ECU B ECU C
associated with AC204742BP

ETACS-ECU is
stored in ECU
A, B, C and
ECU D.
TROUBLESHOOTING
CAN BUS DIAGNOSTICS TABLE repair, confirm all systems for diagnosis
M1548300202589 code(s). If diagnosis code(s) are set, erase
CAUTION them all.
• A diagnosis code may not also be set in the This diagnosis applies only to the CAN bus lines. If a
CAN-B lines under the conditions below. If no different system is defective, proceed to the applica-
diagnosis code has been set due to electrical ble diagnosis section for each system. Observe the
noise, confirm diagnosis item 25 . diagnosis procedure below only when the CAN bus
• Open circuit at the CAN_H side of the line is defective.
CAN-B bus lines
• Open circuit at the CAN_L side of the CAN-
B bus line
• Short to earth at the CAN_H side of the
CAN-B bus line
• During diagnosis, a diagnosis code associ-
ated with another system may be set when
the ignition switch is turned on with connec-
tor(s) disconnected. After completing the
TROUBLESHOOTING
M.U.T.-III screen Diagnosis detail Reference

(The ECUs that are not adopted are not Comment page
displayed).
Trouble is suspected Diagnosis Item 1
M.U.T.
: Red section on screen in the section Diagnose when the
ETACS
displayed in red. M.U.T.-III cannot
receive the data sent
JC
by ETACS-ECU
SAS Cor ner JC
AT ABS AS&G
JC Levelling EPS ENGINE
/CVT /ASC
KOS
SRS A/C AUDIO MMCS METER
/WCM
ACB01903AB
Trouble is suspected Diagnosis Item 2

M.U.T.
: Red section on screen in the section Malfunction of the
ETACS
displayed in red. ETACS-ECU
JC
SAS Cor ner JC
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AC
CAN-C: A bus-off Diagnosis Item 3

M.U.T.
: Red section on screen failure is present in Abnormal short
ETACS
the gateway ECU. between the CAN-C
bus lines
JC
CAN-C: Earthing in Diagnosis Item 4

SAS Cor ner JC red displayed area is Diagnose shorts in the
AT ABS Levelling EPS AS&G
estimated earth to CAN-C bus
JC
line
/CVT /ASC ENGINE
CAN-C: Short circuit Diagnosis Item 5

KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AD
to battery in red Diagnose shorts in the
displayed area is power supply to CAN-
estimated C bus line
CAN-C: Diagnosis Item 6
M.U.T.
: Red section on screen Disconnection in red Diagnose when the
ETACS
displayed area is M.U.T.-III cannot
estimated. receive the data sent
JC
by steering wheel
SAS Cor ner JC
sensor <vehicles with
ASC or AFS>
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AE
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-17
displayed).
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by corner sensor/back
SAS Cor ner JC
sensor-ECU <Vehicles
with reversing sensor
system>
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AG

M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by ABS-ECU
SAS Cor ner JC
<vehicles without
ASC> or ASC-ECU
<vehicles with ASC>
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AH

M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by headlamp
SAS Cor ner JC
automatic levelling-
ECU <vehicles with
AFS>
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AI

M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by electric power
SAS Cor ner JC
steering-ECU
<vehicles with electric
power steering)>
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AJ
TROUBLESHOOTING

displayed).
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by A/T-ECU <A/T> or
SAS Cor ner JC
CVT-ECU <CVT>
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AK

M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by engine-ECU
SAS Cor ner JC
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AL

M.U.T.
: Red section on screen Disconnection in red Diagnose the lines
ETACS
displayed area is between the ETACS-
estimated. ECU and joint
JC
connector (CAN2)
SAS Cor ner JC
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AD

M.U.T.
: Red section on screen Disconnection in red Diagnose the lines
ETACS
displayed area is between joint
estimated. connector (CAN2) and
JC
joint connector (CAN3)
SAS Cor ner JC
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AM
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-19
displayed).
CAN-B: Diagnosis Item 15
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by KOS-ECU
SAS Cor ner JC
<vehicles with KOS>
AT ABS
Levelling EPS AS&G
Diagnosis Item 16
JC
Diagnose when the
/CVT /ASC ENGINE
KOS
/WCM
SRS A/C AUDIO MMCS METER M.U.T.-III cannot
ACB01903 AO receive the data sent
by WCM <vehicles
without KOS>
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by SRS-ECU
SAS Cor ner JC
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903 AP

M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by heater control unit
SAS Cor ner JC
<vehicels without A/
C> or A/C-ECU
<vehicels with A/C>
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903 AQ

M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by CAN box unit
SAS Cor ner JC
<vehicles with MMCS
(vehicles for Russia)>
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903 AR
TROUBLESHOOTING

displayed).
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by combination meter
SAS Cor ner JC
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903 AS

M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by radio and CD
SAS Cor ner JC
player <vehicles with
radio and CD player >
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903 AT

M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
by AS&G-ECU
SAS Cor ner JC
<vehicles with
automatic stop & go
(AS&G) system>
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903AU
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-21
displayed).
CAN-B: A failure in Diagnosis Item 23
M.U.T.
: Red section on screen the red section, or a Short to power supply
ETACS
bus-off failure is or earth in both
present in the CAN_H and CAN_L
JC
gateway ECU. lines of the CAN-B bus
SAS Cor ner JC
lines.
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903 AN

M.U.T.
: Red section on screen Disconnection in red Diagnose the ETACS-
ETACS
displayed area is ECU, joint connector
estimated. (CAN1) or lines
JC
between ETACS-ECU
SAS Cor ner JC
and joint connector
(CAN1)
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903 AV

M.U.T.
: Red section on screen Disconnection in red Short to power supply
ETACS
displayed area is or earth, open circuit
estimated. or line-to-line short in
JC
the CAN-B bus lines
SAS Cor ner JC
AT ABS AS&G
/CVT /ASC
KOS
/WCM
ACB01903 AN
CAN-RELATED CONNECTOR POSITION Connector: A-58 <RHD>

M1548304101183
Connectors: A-04, A-58 <LHD>

A-58 (B)
A-04 (B),
A-58 (B)
AC801253AG
AC801250 AB
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connectors: B-09, B-40 Connectors: C-103, C-114, C-139 <LHD>
B-09 (GR), C-103,

B-40 (B) C-139
C-114
AC800715 BC ACB02646AC
Connectors: C-01, C-03, C-04, C-06, C-23, Connectors: C-122, C-124, C-127 <LHD>
C-26, C-32, C-35, C-40 <LHD>
C-04 (GR)
C-01
C-03 (GR)
C-06
C-35
C-23 C-122 (Y)
C-40 C-124 (GR)
C-32 (GR)
C-26 (B)
C-127 (GR)
ACB02645AC ACB02645AD
Connectors: C-01, C-04, C-06, C-14, C-23, Connector: C-211 <LHD>

C-26, C-64, C-103, C-122, C-124, C-139 <RHD>
C-01
C-103, C-04 (GR)
C-139
C-23
C-124 (GR) C-64
C-06 C-14
C-122 (Y)
C-26 (B)
ACB02647AC AC612708 AW
Connectors: C-03, C-15, C-35, C-114, C-127 Connectors: C-211 <RHD>

<RHD> C-35
C-03 (GR)
C-127 (GR)
C-15 (B)
C-114
ACB02648 AC AC612716 AX
Connectors: C-14, C-15, C-54, C-60, C-64 Connector: C-301 <LHD>

<LHD> C-54 (G) ETACS-ECU
C-64
C-15 (B), C-14

C-60 (B)
ACB02646AB ACA00886BE
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-23
Connector: C-301 <RHD> Connector No. Connector name
ETACS-ECU C-54 CAN box unit <vehicles with
MMCS (Vehicles for Russia)>
C-60 Heater control unit <Vehicles
without A/C>
C-64 AS&G-ECU <Vehicles with
automatic stop & go (AS&G)
system>
ACA00887BF C-103 Radio and CD player <Vehicles
with radio and CD player> or
spare connector <Vehicles
Connector No. Connector name without audio>
A-04 ABS-ECU <Vehicles without C-114 Electric power steering-ECU
ASC> <Vehicles with electric power
A-58 ASC-ECU <Vehicles with ASC> steering>
B-09 Engine-ECU <Petrol> C-122 SRS-ECU
B-40 Engine-ECU <Diesel> C-124 Joint connector (CAN3)
C-01 Combination meter C-127 Intermediate connector
C-03 Joint connector (CAN2) (Instrument panel wiring
harness front wiring harness
C-04 Joint connector (CAN1)
combination)
C-06 WCM <Vehicles without KOS>
C-139 Intermediate connector
C-14 Headlamp automatic levelling- (Instrument panel wiring
ECU <Vehicles with AFS> harness and multivision display
C-15 A/C-ECU <Vehicles with A/C> wiring harness combination)
C-23 KOS-ECU <Vehicles with KOS>
C-211 Steering wheel sensor
C-26 Diagnosis connector
<Vehicles with ASC or AFS>
C-32 A/T-ECU <A/T>
C-301 ETACS-ECU
C-35 CVT-ECU <CVT>
C-40 Corner sensor/back sensor-
ECU <Vehicles with reversing
sensor system>
TROUBLESHOOTING
CAN BUS DIAGNOSIS
Diagnosis Item 1: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by ETACS-ECU
CAUTION
When servicing a CAN bus line, earth yourself by touching a metal object such as an unpainted water
pipe. If you fail to do, a component connected to the CAN bus line may be broken.
Diagnosis CAN Communication Circuit
ETACS-ECU
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
FRONT SIDE
Wire colour code


ETACS-ECU
C-26 (B)
AC709893 AK ACA00886BE
Connector: C-26 <RHD> Connector: C-301 <RHD>

ETACS-ECU
C-26 (B)
AC709897AD ACA00887BF
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-25
FUNCTION YES : Go to Step 3.
When the CAN bus diagnosis is carried out, the NO : Repair the wiring harness.
M.U.T.-III communicates with the ETACS-ECU. If a
communication flag is not set for the ETACS-ECU, STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-26
the ETACS-ECU will be diagnosed as a communica- diagnosis connector and C-301 ETACS-ECU
tion error. connector for short to earth (resistance
measurement).
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS
If a communication flag is not set for the ETACS- CAUTION
ECU, the M.U.T.-III determines that there is a failure. • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
details refer to .
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS • A digital multimeter should be used. For
• Malfunction of the connector (diagnosis connec- details refer to .
tor or ETACS-ECU connector improperly con- • The test wiring harness should be used. For
nected) details refer to .
• Malfunction of the wiring harness (open circuit, • Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
short to earth, short to power supply system repair procedure. For details refer to .
between the diagnosis connector and the (1) Disconnect the M.U.T.-III and the ETACS-ECU
ETACS-ECU connector, line-to-line short, or connector, and measure at the wiring harness
power supply line to the ETACS-ECU) side.
• Malfunction of ETACS-ECU (2) Measure the resistance between C-26 diagnosis
connector terminal No.6 and body earth.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE <CAN_H>
OK: 1 kΩ or more
STEP 1. Connector check: C-26 diagnosis (3) Measure the resistance between C-26 diagnosis
connector and C-301 ETACS-ECU connector connector terminal No.14 and body earth.
CAUTION <CAN_L>
The strand end of the twist wire should be within OK: 1 kΩ or more
10 cm from the connector. For details refer to .

STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-26 diagnosis connector and C-301 ETACS-ECU
diagnosis connector and C-301 ETACS-ECU connector for short to power supply (voltage
connector for the continuity measurement).
CAUTION CAUTION
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness • A digital multimeter should be used. For
repair procedure. For details refer to . details refer to .
(1) Disconnect the M.U.T.-III and ETACS-ECU • The test wiring harness should be used. For
connector, and measure at the wiring harness details refer to .
side.
• Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
(2) Measure the continuity between C-26 diagnosis
repair procedure. For details refer to .
connector terminal No.6 and C-301 ETACS-ECU
(1) Disconnect the M.U.T.-III and the ETACS-ECU
connector terminal No.5 <CAN_H>
connector, and measure at the wiring harness
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) side.
(3) Measure the continuity between C-26 diagnosis (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
connector terminal No.14 and C-301 ETACS- (3) Measure the voltage between C-26 diagnosis
ECU connector terminal No.4 <CAN_L> connector terminal No.6 and body earth.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) <CAN_H>
OK: 1 V or less
(4) Measure the voltage between C-26 diagnosis
TROUBLESHOOTING
connector terminal No.14 and body earth. connector, and check that there is continuity at
<CAN_L> the harness side.
OK: 1 V or less (2) Check that there is continuity between C-26
diagnosis connector terminal Nos.6 and 14.
YES : Go to Step 5. OK: No Continuity
YES : Go to Step 6.
diagnosis connector and C-301 ETACS-ECU
connector for line-to-line short (resistance STEP 6. Trouble symptom check
measurement). Diagnose the CAN bus line, and check that normal
CAUTION condition is displayed.
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For Q: Is the check result normal?
details refer to . YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
• A digital multimeter should be used. For malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
details refer to . use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
• The test wiring harness should be used. For Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
details refer to . Malfunction ).
• Strictly observe the specified wiring harness NO : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
(1) Disconnect the M.U.T.-III and the ETACS-ECU
Diagnosis Item 2: Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
CAUTION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

When servicing a CAN bus line, earth yourself by • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
touching a metal object such as an unpainted
water pipe. If you fail to do, a component con- DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
nected to the CAN bus line may be broken.
FUNCTION M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
When the CAN bus diagnosis is carried out, the Check whether ETACS-ECU-related diagnosis code
M.U.T.-III sets communication "OK" flags in the patch is set.
between the ETACS-ECU and active other ECUs. If
a commutation "OK" flag is not set for the ECUs
The diagnosis code other than the U code is set. :
other than the ETACS-ECU, this diagnosis result will Troubleshoot the ETACS-ECU. Refer to
be set. GROUP 54A − ETACS-ECU .
Only U-code diagnosis code is set or the diagnosis
TROUBLE JUDGMENT CONDITIONS
code is not set. : Check the power supply circuit of
If no communication flags are set for the ECUs (on
the ETACS-ECU. Refer to GROUP 54A −
the CAN-B or CAN-C lines) other than the ETACS-
ETACS-ECU .
ECU, the ETACS-ECU determines that there is a fail-
ure.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-27
Diagnosis Item 3: Abnormal short between the CAN-C bus lines
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
CAN-C Communication Circuit <Except for RALLIART>

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU
STEERING CORNER SENSOR/

WHEEL SENSOR BACK SENSOR-ECU
<AFS, ASC>
ASC-ECU HEADLAMP ELECTRIC

AUTOMATIC POWER
LEVELLING-ECU STEERING-ECU
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: PETROL (EXCEPT SOHC)
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITHOUT ASC
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

B : Black LG : Light green G : Green L : Blue W : White
Y : Yellow SB : Sky blue BR : Brown O : Orange GR : Grey
R : Red P : Pink V : Violet PU : Purple SI : Silver
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-29
Connectors: A-04, A-58 <LHD> Connectors: C-14, C-64, C-114 <LHD>
C-64
A-04 (B), C-14

A-58 (B) C-114
AC801250 AB ACB02646AD
Connector: A-58 <RHD> Connectors: C-14, C-64, C-124 <RHD>
A-58 (B) C-04 (GR)
C-124 (GR) C-64
AC801253AG ACB02647AD
Connectors: B-09, B-40 Connector: C-211 <LHD>
B-09 (GR),
B-40 (B)
AC800715 BC AC612708 AW

<LHD>
C-03 (GR)
C-35 C-40
C-124 (GR)
C-127 (GR)
ACB02645AE AC612716 AX
Connectors: C-03, C-35, C-114, C-127 <RHD> Connector: C-301 <LHD>

C-35 ETACS-ECU
C-03 (GR)
C-127 (GR)
C-114
ACB02648 AD ACA00886BE
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector: C-301 <RHD> that there is continuity at the harness side.

ETACS-ECU (2) Check that there is continuity between C-03 joint
connector terminal No.9 and 20.
OK: No continuity
YES <vehicles with reversing sensor system> : Go
to Step 3.
YES <vehicles without reversing sensor system> :
Go to Step 4.
ACA00887BF NO : Go to Step 11.
FUNCTION
If a line-to-line short is present in the CAN-C lines, STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-40
this diagnosis result will be set. Corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector and
C-03 joint connector (CAN2) for line-to-line short.
CAUTION
If only diagnosis code U0001 is set, the ETACS-ECU
• A digital multimeter should be used. For
determines that there is a failure.
details refer to .
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS • The test wiring harness should be used. For
• Malfunction of the connector (joint connectors or details refer to .
ECU connectors improperly connected) (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN2), and check
• Malfunction of the wiring harness (line-to-line that there is continuity at the harness side.
short in the CAN-C main or sub bus lines) (2) Check that there is continuity between C-03 joint
• Malfunction of the ECU (ECU on CAN-C lines connector terminal No.7 and 18.
failed) OK: No continuity
NO : Go to Step 12.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-03 joint connector
(CAN2) and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-301
CAUTION ETACS-ECU connector and C-03 joint connector
The strand end of the twist wire should be within (CAN2) for line-to-line short.
10 cm from the connector. For details refer to . CAUTION
Q: Is the check result normal? • A digital multimeter should be used. For
YES <vehicles with ASC or AFS> : Go to Step 2. details refer to .
YES <vehicles without ASC and without AFS with • The test wiring harness should be used. For
reversing sensor system> : Go to Step 3. details refer to .
YES <vehicles without ASC and without AFS (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN2), and check
without reversing sensor system> : Go to Step 4. that there is continuity at the harness side.
NO : Repair the defective connector. (2) Check that there is continuity between C-03 joint
STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-211 OK: No continuity
steering wheel sensor connector and C-03 joint
connector (CAN2) for line-to-line short.
YES <vehicles with AFS> : Go to Step 5.
CAUTION YES <vehicles without AFS> : Go to Step 6.
• A digital multimeter should be used. For NO : Go to Step 13.
details refer to .
• The test wiring harness should be used. For
details refer to .
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN2), and check
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-31
STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between C-14 STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-32
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU connector A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-35 CVT-ECU
and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) for line-to-line connector <CVT> and C-124 joint connector
short. (CAN3) for line-to-line short.
CAUTION CAUTION
• A digital multimeter should be used. For • A digital multimeter should be used. For
details refer to . details refer to .
• The test wiring harness should be used. For • The test wiring harness should be used. For
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and check (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and check
that there is continuity at the harness side. that there is continuity at the harness side.
(2) Check that there is continuity between C-124 (2) Check that there is continuity between C-124
joint connector terminal No.7 and 18 <Petrol>. joint connector terminal No.8 and 19.
(3) Check that there is continuity between C-124 Q: Is the check result normal?
joint connector terminal No.8 and 19 <Diesel>. YES <vehicles with electric power steering> : Go
OK: No continuity to Step 8.
YES <vehicles without electric power steering and
Q: Is the check result normal? with automatic stop & go (AS&G) system> : Go to
YES : Go to Step 6.
Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 14.
YES <vehicles without electric power steering and
without automatic stop & go (AS&G) system> : Go
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between A-04 to Step 10.
ABS-ECU connector <vehicles without ASC> or NO : Go to Step 16.
A-58 ASC-ECU connector <vehicles with ASC>
and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) for line-to-line STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-114
short. electric power steering-ECU connector and C-
CAUTION 124 joint connector (CAN3) for line-to-line short.
• A digital multimeter should be used. For CAUTION
details refer to . • A digital multimeter should be used. For
• The test wiring harness should be used. For details refer to .
details refer to . • The test wiring harness should be used. For
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and check details refer to .
that there is continuity at the harness side. (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and check
(2) Check that there is continuity between C-124 that there is continuity at the harness side.
joint connector terminal No.9 and 20. (2) Check that there is continuity between C-124
OK: No continuity joint connector terminal No.6 and 17 <Petrol>.
Q: Is the check result normal? OK: No continuity
YES <A/T or CVT> : Go to Step 7. (3) Check that there is continuity between C-124
YES <M/T (vehicles with electric power steering) > : joint connector terminal No.7 and 18 <Diesel>.
Go to Step 8.
OK: No continuity
YES <M/T (vehicles without electric power steering
with automatic stop & go (AS&G) system)> : Go to Q: Is the check result normal?
Step 9. YES <vehicles with automatic stop & go (AS&G)
YES <M/T (vehicles without electric power steering system> : Go to Step 9.
without automatic stop & go (AS&G) system)> : YES <vehicles without automatic stop & go (AS&G)
Go to Step 10. system> : Go to Step 10.
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Check C-127 intermediate connector, and

repair if necessary. If the intermediate
AS&G-ECU connector and C-124 joint connector
connector is in good condition, repair the
(CAN3) for line-to-line short.
wiring harness between C-03 joint
CAUTION connector (CAN2) and C-124 joint
• A digital multimeter should be used. For connector (CAN3).
details refer to . NO : Go to Step 19.
details refer to .
(checking the steering wheel sensor for internal
that there is continuity at the harness side.
short)
(2) Check that there is continuity between C-124
joint connector terminal No.16 and 5 <Petrol>. CAUTION
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
OK: No continuity
(3) Check that there is continuity between C-124 Disconnect C-211 steering wheel sensor connector,
joint connector terminal No.17 and 6 <Diesel>. and diagnose the CAN bus line.
OK: No continuity
M.U.T.
: Red section on screen
YES : Go to Step 10. ETACS
NO : Go to Step 18.
JC
STEP 10. Check the wiring harness between B-09 SAS Cor ner JC
<Petrol> or B-40 <Diesel> engine-ECU connector AT/ ABS/ Levelling EPS AS&G ENGINE
and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) for line-to-line

CVT ASC
JC
short.
KOS/
SRS A/C AUDIO METER
CAUTION WCM
MMCS
ACB01921AB
• A digital multimeter should be used. For OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown
details refer to . in the figure.
details refer to . Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the
illustration?
• Strictly observe the specified wiring harness YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-211
repair procedure. For details refer to . steering wheel sensor connector and C-03
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and check joint connector (CAN2).
that there is continuity at the harness side. NO : Check the steering wheel sensor connector,
(2) Check that there is continuity between C-124 and repair if necessary. If the steering wheel
joint connector terminal No.10 and 21. sensor connector is in good condition,
OK: No continuity replace the steering wheel sensor.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-33
STEP 12. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics (2) Check that there is continuity between C-03 joint
(checking the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector terminal No.6 and 19.
for internal short) OK: No continuity
CAUTION Q: Is the check result normal?
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness YES : Check the ETACS-ECU connector, and
repair procedure. For details refer to . repair if necessary. If the ETACS-ECU
Disconnect C-40 corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector is in good condition, replace the
connector, and diagnose the CAN bus line. ETACS-ECU.
M.U.T.
ETACS-ECU connector and C-03 joint
connector (CAN2).
ETACS
JC
SAS Cor ner JC (checking the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
for internal short)
AT/ ABS/ Levelling EPS AS&G ENGINE
CVT ASC
JC
CAUTION
KOS/
WCM
SRS A/C AUDIO MMCS METER repair procedure. For details refer to .
ACB01921AB
Disconnect C-14 headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown connector, and diagnose C-14 headlamp automatic
in the figure. levelling-ECU the CAN bus line.
Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the
illustration? M.U.T.
YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-40
ETACS
corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector

and C-03 joint connector (CAN2). JC
NO : Check the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU SAS Cor ner JC

connector, and repair if necessary. If the
corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector AT/
CVT
ABS/
ASC
Levelling EPS AS&G ENGINE
is in good condition, replace the corner JC
sensor/back sensor-ECU. KOS/

WCM
ACB01921AB
STEP 13. Check the wiring harness between C- OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown
301 ETACS-ECU connector and C-03 joint in the figure.
connector (CAN2) for line-to-line short. Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the
CAUTION illustration?
• A digital multimeter should be used. For YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-14
details refer to . headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
• The test wiring harness should be used. For connector and C-124 joint connector
details refer to . (CAN3).
NO : Check the headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU connector, and repair if necessary. If
the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
(1) Disconnect the ETACS-ECU connector and the
connector is in good condition, replace the
joint connector (CAN2), and check that there is
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU.
continuity at the harness side.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 15. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics STEP 16. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
(checking the ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC> (checking the A/T-ECU <A/T> or CVT-ECU <CVT>
or ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC> for internal for internal short)
short) CAUTION
CAUTION Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness repair procedure. For details refer to .
repair procedure. For details refer to . Disconnect C-32 A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-35
Disconnect A-04 ABS-ECU connector <vehicles CVT-ECU connector <CVT>, and diagnose the CAN
without ASC> or A-58 ASC-ECU connector <vehi- bus line.
cles with ASC>, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
M.U.T.
M.U.T.
: Red section on screen ETACS
ETACS
JC
JC
SAS Cor ner JC
SAS Cor ner JC

CVT ASC
AT/ ABS/ Levelling EPS AS&G ENGINE JC

CVT ASC
JC
KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AB
KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AB
OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown
OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown in the figure.
in the figure. Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the
Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the illustration?
illustration? YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-32 A/
YES : Repair the wiring harness between A-04 T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-35 CVT-ECU
ABS-ECU connector <vehicles without connector <CVT> and C-124 joint connector
ASC> or A-58 ASC-ECU connector (CAN3).
<vehicles with ASC> and C-124 joint NO : Check the A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or
connector (CAN3). CVT-ECU connector <CVT>, and repair if
NO : Check the ABS-ECU connector <vehicles necessary. If the A/T-ECU connector <A/T>
without ASC> or ASC-ECU connector or CVT-ECU connector <CVT> is in good
<vehicles with ASC>, and repair if condition, replace the A/T-ECU <A/T> or
necessary. If the ABS-ECU connector CVT-ECU <CVT>.
<vehicles without ASC> or ASC-ECU
connector <vehicles with ASC> is in good
condition, replace the ABS-ECU <vehicles
without ASC> or ASC-ECU <vehicles with
ASC>.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-35
(checking the electric power steering-ECU for (checking the C-64 AS&G-ECU for internal short)
internal short) CAUTION
repair procedure. For details refer to . Disconnect C-64 AS&G-ECU connector, and diag-
Disconnect C-114 electric power steering-ECU con- nose the CAN bus line.
nector, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
M.U.T.
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
JC
SAS Cor ner JC
SAS Cor ner JC

CVT ASC

CVT ASC
JC
KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AB
KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AB
illustration? YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-64
YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-114 AS&G-ECU connector and C-124 joint
electric power steering-ECU connector and connector (CAN3).
C-124 joint connector (CAN3). NO : Check the AS&G-ECU connector, and
NO : Check the electric power steering-ECU repair if necessary. If the AS&G-ECU
connector, and repair if necessary. If the connector is in good condition, replace the
electric power steering-ECU connector is in AS&G-ECU.
good condition, replace the electric power
steering-ECU.
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Repair the wiring harness between B-09

<Petrol> or B-40 <Diesel> engine-ECU
(checking the engine-ECU for internal short)
connector and C-124 joint connector
CAUTION (CAN3).
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness NO : Check the engine-ECU connector, and
repair procedure. For details refer to . repair if necessary. If the engine-ECU
Disconnect B-09 <except 1800-Diesel> or B-40 connector is in good condition, replace the
<1800-Diesel> engine-ECU connector, and diagnose engine-ECU.
the CAN bus line.
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
SAS Cor ner JC

CVT ASC
JC
KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AB

in the figure.
illustration?
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-37
Diagnosis Item 4: Diagnose shorts in the earth to CAN-C bus line
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-39
C-64
A-04 (B), C-14

A-58 (B) C-114
A-58 (B) C-04 (GR)
C-124 (GR) C-64
B-09 (GR),
B-40 (B)
AC800715 BC AC612708 AW

<LHD>
C-03 (GR)
C-35 C-40
C-124 (GR)
C-127 (GR)

C-35 ETACS-ECU
C-03 (GR)
C-127 (GR)
C-114
TROUBLESHOOTING

YES <vehicles with ASC or AFS> : Go to Step 2.
ETACS-ECU
YES <vehicles without ASC and without AFS with
reversing sensor system> : Go to Step 3.
YES <vehicles without ASC and without AFS
without reversing sensor system> : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 12.

ACA00887BF
connector (CAN2) for short to earth (resistance
measurement).
FUNCTION
CAUTION
If a short to earth is present in the CAN-C lines, this
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
diagnosis result will be set.
details refer to .
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS • A digital multimeter should be used. For
If diagnosis code U1120 is set, the ETACS-ECU details refer to .
determines that there is a failure. • The test wiring harness should be used. For
details refer to .
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN2), and measure
• Malfunction of the connector (short to earth inside at the wiring harness side.
connector) (2) Resistance between C-03 joint connector (CAN2)
• Malfunction of the wiring harness (short to earth terminal No.9 and body earth.
in the CAN-C main or sub bus lines) OK: 1 kΩ or more
• Malfunction of the ECU (ETACS-ECU, or ECUs
on CAN-C lines failed) (3) Resistance between C-03 joint connector (CAN2)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE OK: 1 kΩ or more
STEP 1. Check the wiring harness between C-301 YES <vehicles with reversing sensor system> : Go
ETACS-ECU connector and C-03 joint connector to Step 3.
(CAN2) for short to earth (resistance
Go to Step 4.
measurement).
NO : Go to Step 10.
CAUTION
details refer to . STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-40
corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector and
C-03 joint connector (CAN2) for short to earth
details refer to .
(resistance measurement).
details refer to . CAUTION
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN2), and measure • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
at the wiring harness side. details refer to .
(2) Resistance between C-03 joint connector (CAN2) • A digital multimeter should be used. For
terminal No.11 and body earth. details refer to .
OK: 1 kΩ or more • The test wiring harness should be used. For
details refer to .
(3) Resistance between C-03 joint connector (CAN2)
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN2), and measure
at the wiring harness side.
OK: 1 kΩ or more (2) Resistance between C-03 joint connector (CAN2)
Q: Is the check result normal? terminal No.7 and body earth.
OK: 1 kΩ or more
(3) Resistance between C-03 joint connector (CAN2)
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-41
terminal No.18 and body earth. (CAN3) terminal No.9 and body earth
OK: 1 kΩ or more OK: 1 kΩ or more
Q: Is the check result normal? (3) Resistance between C-124 joint connector
YES <vehicles with AFS> : Go to Step 4. (CAN3) terminal No.20 and body earth
YES <vehicles without AFS> : Go to Step 5. OK: 1 kΩ or more
NO : Go to Step 11.
YES <A/T or CVT> : Go to Step 6.
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-14 YES <M/T (vehicles with electric power steering) > :
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU connector Go to Step 7.
and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) for short to YES <M/T (vehicles without electric power steering
earth (resistance measurement). and with automatic stop & go (AS&G) system)> :
CAUTION Go to Step 8.
and without automatic stop & go (AS&G) system)>
details refer to . : Go to Step 9.
• A digital multimeter should be used. For NO : Go to Step 14.
details refer to .
details refer to .
A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-35 CVT-ECU
connector <CVT> and C-124 joint connector
(2) Resistance between C-124 joint connector
measurement).
(CAN3) terminal No.7 <Petrol> or 8 <Diesel> and
body earth CAUTION
OK: 1 kΩ or more • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
details refer to .
(CAN3) terminal No.18 <Petrol> or 19 <Diesel>
details refer to .
and body earth
OK: 1 kΩ or more details refer to .
Q: Is the check result normal? (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and measure
YES : Go to Step 5. at the wiring harness side.
NO : Go to Step 13. (2) Resistance between C-124 joint connector
(CAN3) terminal No.8 and body earth
STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between A-04 OK: 1 kΩ or more
ABS-ECU connector <vehicles without ASC> or (3) Resistance between C-124 joint connector
A-58 ASC-ECU connector <vehicles with ASC> (CAN3) terminal No.19 and body earth
and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) for short to OK: 1 kΩ or more
earth (resistance measurement).
CAUTION YES <vehicles with electric power steering> : Go
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For to Step 7.
details refer to . YES <vehicles without electric power steering and
• A digital multimeter should be used. For with automatic stop & go (AS&G) system> : Go to
details refer to . Step 8.
• The test wiring harness should be used. For YES <vehicles without electric power steering and
details refer to . without automatic stop & go (AS&G) system> : Go
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and measure to Step 9.
at the wiring harness side. NO : Go to Step 15.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-114 (2) Resistance between C-124 joint connector
electric power steering-ECU connector and C- (CAN3) terminal No.16 <Petrol> or 17 <Diesel>
124 joint connector (CAN3) for short to earth and body earth
(resistance measurement). OK: 1 kΩ or more
CAUTION (3) Resistance between C-124 joint connector
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For (CAN3) terminal No.5 <Petrol> or 6 <Diesel> and
details refer to . body earth
• A digital multimeter should be used. For OK: 1 kΩ or more
details refer to . Q: Is the check result normal?
• The test wiring harness should be used. For YES : Go to Step 9.
STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between B-09
<Petrol> or B-40 <Diesel> engine-ECU connector
(CAN3) terminal No.6 <Petrol> or 7 <Diesel> and
and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) for short to
body earth
earth (resistance measurement).
OK: 1 kΩ or more
CAUTION
(3) Resistance between C-124 joint connector • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
(CAN3) terminal No.17 <Petrol> or 18 <Diesel> details refer to .
and body earth • A digital multimeter should be used. For
Q: Is the check result normal? • The test wiring harness should be used. For
YES <vehicles with automatic stop & go (AS&G) details refer to .
system> : Go to Step 8. (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and measure
YES <vehicles without automatic stop & go (AS&G) at the wiring harness side.
system> : Go to Step 9. (2) Resistance between C-124 joint connector
NO : Go to Step 16. (CAN3) terminal No.10 and body earth
OK: 1 kΩ or more
STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-64 (3) Resistance between C-124 joint connector
AS&G-ECU connector and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) terminal No.21 and body earth
OK: 1 kΩ or more
measurement).
CAUTION
details refer to .
connector is in good condition, repair the
• A digital multimeter should be used. For wiring harness between C-03 joint
details refer to . connector (CAN2) and C-124 joint
• The test wiring harness should be used. For connector (CAN3).
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-43
(checking the steering wheel sensor for internal (checking the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
short to earth) for internal short to earth)
CAUTION CAUTION
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
repair procedure. For details refer to . repair procedure. For details refer to .
Disconnect C-211 steering wheel sensor connector, Disconnect C-40 corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
and diagnose the CAN bus line. connector, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
M.U.T. M.U.T.
: Red section on screen : Red section on screen
ETACS ETACS
JC JC
SAS Cor ner JC SAS Cor ner JC
AT/ ABS/ AT/ ABS/

CVT ASC CVT ASC
JC JC
KOS/ KOS/
SRS A/C AUDIO MMCS METER SRS A/C AUDIO MMCS METER
WCM WCM
OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown
in the figure. in the figure.
Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the
illustration? illustration?
YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-211 YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-125
steering wheel sensor connector and C-03 corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
joint connector (CAN2). and C-03 joint connector (CAN2).
NO : Check the steering wheel sensor connector, NO : Check the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
and repair if necessary. If the steering wheel connector, and repair if necessary. If the
sensor connector is in good condition, corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
replace the steering wheel sensor. is in good condition, replace the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU.

301 ETACS-ECU connector and C-03 joint
measurement).
CAUTION
details refer to .
details refer to .
details refer to .
(1) Disconnect ETACS-ECU connector and joint
connector (CAN2), and measure at the wiring
harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between C-03 joint
connector (CAN2) terminal No.11 and body earth.
TROUBLESHOOTING
<CAN_H> STEP 14. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics

OK: 1 kΩ or more (checking the ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC>
(3) Measure the resistance between C-03 joint or ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC> for internal
connector (CAN2) terminal No.22 and body short to earth)
earth. <CAN_L> CAUTION
OK: 1 kΩ or more Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
YES : Check the ETACS-ECU connector, and Disconnect A-04 ABS-ECU connector <vehicles
repair if necessary. If the ETACS-ECU without ASC> or A-58 ASC-ECU connector <vehi-
connector is in good condition, replace the cles with ASC>, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
ETACS-ECU.
M.U.T.
ETACS-ECU connector and C-03 joint ETACS
connector (CAN2).
JC
STEP 13. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics SAS Cor ner JC
(checking the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU AT/ ABS/ Levelling EPS AS&G ENGINE
ASC
for internal short to earth)
CVT
JC
CAUTION KOS/

WCM
ACB01921AB
repair procedure. For details refer to . OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown
Disconnect C-14 headlamp automatic levelling-ECU in the figure.
connector, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
M.U.T.
illustration?
YES : Repair the wiring harness between A-04
ETACS ABS-ECU connector <vehicles without
JC
ASC> or A-58 ASC-ECU connector
<vehicles with ASC> and C-124 joint
SAS Cor ner JC
connector (CAN3).
AT/ ABS/
NO : Check the ABS-ECU connector <vehicles
Levelling EPS AS&G
without ASC> or ASC-ECU connector
CVT ASC ENGINE
JC
<vehicles with ASC>, and repair if
KOS/
WCM
SRS A/C AUDIO MMCS METER necessary. If the ABS-ECU connector
ACB01921AB
OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown connector <vehicles with ASC> is in good
in the figure. condition, replace the ABS-ECU <vehicles
Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the without ASC> or ASC-ECU <vehicles with
illustration? ASC>.
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
(CAN3).
NO : Check the C-14 headlamp automatic
levelling-ECU connector, and repair if
necessary. If the C-14 headlamp automatic
levelling-ECU connector is in good
condition, replace the C-14 headlamp
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-45
(checking the A/T-ECU <A/T> or CVT-ECU <CVT> (checking the electric power steering-ECU for
for internal short to earth) internal short to earth)
CAUTION CAUTION
Disconnect C-32 A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-35 Disconnect C-114 electric power steering-ECU con-
CVT-ECU connector <CVT>, and diagnose the CAN nector, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
bus line.
M.U.T.
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
JC
SAS Cor ner JC
SAS Cor ner JC

CVT ASC

CVT ASC
JC
KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AB
KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AB
YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-32 A/ electric power steering-ECU connector and
T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-35 CVT-ECU C-124 joint connector (CAN3).
connector <CVT> and C-124 joint connector NO : Check the electric power steering-ECU
(CAN3). connector, and repair if necessary. If the
NO : Check the A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or electric power steering-ECU connector is in
CVT-ECU connector <CVT>, and repair if good condition, replace the electric power
necessary. If the A/T-ECU connector <A/T> steering-ECU.
or CVT-ECU connector <CVT> is in good
condition, replace the A/T-ECU connector
<A/T> or CVT-ECU connector <CVT>.
TROUBLESHOOTING
(checking the AS&G-ECU for internal short to (checking the engine-ECU for internal short to
earth) earth)
CAUTION CAUTION
Disconnect C-64 AS&G-ECU connector, and diag- Disconnect B-09 <Petrol> or B-40 <Diesel> engine-
nose the CAN bus line. ECU connector, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
M.U.T. M.U.T.
ETACS ETACS
JC JC
AT/ ABS/ AT/ ABS/

CVT ASC CVT ASC
JC JC
KOS/ KOS/
WCM WCM
YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-64 YES : Repair the wiring harness between B-09
AS&G-ECU connector and C-124 joint <Petrol> or B-40 <Diesel> engine-ECU
connector (CAN3). connector and C-124 joint connector
NO : Check the AS&G-ECU connector, and (CAN3).
repair if necessary. If the C-64 AS&G-ECU NO : Check the engine-ECU connector, and
connector is in good condition, replace the repair if necessary. If the engine-ECU
AS&G-ECU. connector is in good condition, replace the
engine-ECU.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-47
Diagnosis Item 5: Diagnose shorts in the power supply to CAN-C bus line
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-49
C-64
A-04 (B), C-14

A-58 (B) C-114
A-58 (B) C-04 (GR)
C-124 (GR) C-64
B-09 (GR),
B-40 (B)
AC800715 BC AC612708 AW

<LHD>
C-03 (GR)
C-35 C-40
C-124 (GR)
C-127 (GR)

C-35 ETACS-ECU
C-03 (GR)
C-127 (GR)
C-114
TROUBLESHOOTING

YES <vehicles with ASC or AFS> : Go to Step 2.
ETACS-ECU
YES <vehicles without ASC and without AFS with
reversing sensor system> : Go to Step 3.
YES <vehicles without ASC and without AFS
without reversing sensor system> : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 12.

ACA00887BF
connector (CAN2) for short to power supply
(voltage measurement).
FUNCTION
CAUTION
If a short to power supply is present in the CAN-C
lines, this diagnosis result will be set.
details refer to .
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS • The test wiring harness should be used. For
If diagnosis code U1121 is set, the ETACS-ECU details refer to .
determines that there is a failure. (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN2), and measure
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
• Malfunction of the connector (short to power sup- (3) Measure the voltage between C-03 joint
ply in connector) connector (CAN2) terminal No.9 and body earth.
• Malfunction of the wiring harness (short to power OK: 4.7 V or less
supply in the CAN-C main or sub bus lines)
(4) Measure the voltage between C-03 joint
• Malfunction of the ECU (ETACS-ECU, or ECUs
connector (CAN2) terminal No.20 and body
on CAN-C lines failed)
earth.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE OK: 4.7 V or less
YES <vehicles with reversing sensor system> : Go
to Step 3.
ETACS-ECU connector and C-03 joint connector
(CAN2) for short to power supply (voltage
Go to Step 4.
measurement). NO : Go to Step 10.
CAUTION
details refer to .
• The test wiring harness should be used. For C-03 joint connector (CAN2) for short to power
details refer to . supply (voltage measurement).
at the wiring harness side. CAUTION
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. • A digital multimeter should be used. For
(3) Measure the voltage between C-03 joint details refer to .
connector (CAN2) terminal No.11 and body earth. • The test wiring harness should be used. For
details refer to .
OK: 4.7 V or less
(4) Measure the voltage between C-03 joint at the wiring harness side.
connector (CAN2) terminal No.22 and body (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
earth. (3) Measure the voltage between C-03 joint
OK: 4.7 V or less connector (CAN2) terminal No.7 and body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal? OK: 4.7 V or less
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-51
earth. connector (CAN3) terminal No.9 and body earth.
OK: 4.7 V or less OK: 4.7 V or less
Q: Is the check result normal? (4) Measure the voltage between C-124 joint
YES <vehicles with AFS> : Go to Step 4. connector (CAN3) terminal No.20 and body
YES <vehicles without AFS> : Go to Step 5. earth.
NO : Go to Step 11. OK: 4.7 V or less
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness between C-14 YES <A/T or CVT> : Go to Step 6.
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU connector YES <M/T (vehicles with electric power steering) > :
and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) for short to Go to Step 7.
power supply (voltage measurement). YES <M/T (vehicles without electric power steering
CAUTION and with automatic stop & go (AS&G) system)> :
• A digital multimeter should be used. For Go to Step 8.
details refer to .
and without automatic stop & go (AS&G) system)>
• The test wiring harness should be used. For : Go to Step 9.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-32
(3) Measure the voltage between C-124 joint A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-35 CVT-ECU
connector (CAN3) terminal No.7 <Petrol> or 8 connector <CVT> and C-124 joint connector
<Diesel> and body earth. (CAN3) for short to power supply (voltage
measurement).
OK: 4.7 V or less
CAUTION
connector (CAN3) terminal No.18 <Petrol> or 19
details refer to .
<Diesel> and body earth.
OK: 4.7 V or less details refer to .
YES : Go to Step 5. at the wiring harness side.
NO : Go to Step 13. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between A-04 connector (CAN3) terminal No.8 and body earth.
ABS-ECU connector <vehicles without ASC> or OK: 4.7 V or less
A-58 ASC-ECU connector <vehicles with ASC> (4) Measure the voltage between C-124 joint
and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) for short to connector (CAN3) terminal No.19 and body
power supply (voltage measurement). earth.
CAUTION OK: 4.7 V or less
details refer to . YES <vehicles with electric power steering> : Go
• The test wiring harness should be used. For to Step 7.
details refer to . YES <vehicles without electric power steering and
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and measure with automatic stop & go (AS&G) system> : Go to
at the wiring harness side. Step 8.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. YES <vehicles without electric power steering and
(3) Measure the voltage between C-124 joint without automatic stop & go (AS&G) system> : Go
to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 15.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-114 connector (CAN3) terminal No.16 <Petrol> or 17
electric power steering-ECU connector and C- <Diesel> and body earth
124 joint connector (CAN3) for short to power OK: 4.7 V or less
supply (voltage measurement). (4) Measure the voltage between C-124 joint
CAUTION connector (CAN3) terminal No.5 <Petrol> or 6
• A digital multimeter should be used. For <Diesel> and body earth
details refer to . OK: 4.7 V or less
• The test wiring harness should be used. For Q: Is the check result normal?
details refer to . YES : Go to Step 9.
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and measure NO : Go to Step 17.
connector (CAN3) terminal No.6 <Petrol> or 7
and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) for short to
power supply (voltage measurement).
OK: 4.7 V or less
CAUTION
(4) Measure the voltage between C-124 joint • A digital multimeter should be used. For
connector (CAN3) terminal No.17 <Petrol> or 18 details refer to .
OK: 4.7 V or less details refer to .
YES <vehicles with automatic stop & go (AS&G) at the wiring harness side.
system> : Go to Step 8. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
YES <vehicles without automatic stop & go (AS&G) (3) Measure the voltage between C-124 joint
system> : Go to Step 9. connector (CAN3) terminal No.10 and body
NO : Go to Step 16. earth.
OK: 4.7 V or less
STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-64 (4) Measure the voltage between C-124 joint
AS&G-ECU connector and C-124 joint connector connector (CAN3) terminal No.21 and body
(CAN3) for short to power supply (voltage earth.
measurement).
OK: 4.7 V or less
CAUTION
details refer to .
• The test wiring harness should be used. For connector is in good condition, repair the
details refer to . wiring harness between C-03 joint
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN3), and measure connector (CAN2) and C-124 joint
at the wiring harness side. connector (CAN3).
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. NO : Go to Step 18.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-53
(checking the steering wheel sensor for internal (checking the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
short to earth) for internal short to earth)
CAUTION CAUTION
Disconnect C-211 steering wheel sensor connector, Disconnect C-40 corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
and diagnose the CAN bus line. connector, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
M.U.T. M.U.T.
ETACS ETACS
JC JC
AT/ ABS/ AT/ ABS/

CVT ASC CVT ASC
JC JC
KOS/ KOS/
WCM WCM
YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-211 YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-40
steering wheel sensor connector and C-03 corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
joint connector (CAN2). and C-03 joint connector (CAN2).
NO : Check the steering wheel sensor connector, NO : Check the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
and repair if necessary. If the steering wheel connector, and repair if necessary. If the
sensor connector is in good condition, corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
replace the steering wheel sensor. is in good condition, replace the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU.

CAUTION
details refer to .
details refer to .
details refer to .
(1) Disconnect ETACS-ECU connector and joint
connector (CAN2), and measure at the wiring
harness side.
TROUBLESHOOTING
<CAN_H> STEP 14. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics

OK: 1 V or less (checking the ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC>
(4) Measure the voltage between C-03 joint or ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC> for internal
connector (CAN2) terminal No.22 and body short to earth)
earth. <CAN_L> CAUTION
OK: 1 V or less Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
YES : Check the ETACS-ECU connector, and Disconnect A-04 ABS-ECU connector <vehicles
repair if necessary. If the ETACS-ECU without ASC> or A-58 ASC-ECU connector <vehi-
connector is in good condition, replace the cles with ASC>, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
ETACS-ECU.
M.U.T.
ETACS-ECU connector and C-03 joint ETACS
connector (CAN2).
JC
STEP 13. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics SAS Cor ner JC
(checking the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU AT/ ABS/ Levelling EPS AS&G ENGINE
ASC
for internal short to earth)
CVT
JC
CAUTION KOS/

WCM
ACB01921AB
repair procedure. For details refer to . OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown
Disconnect C-14 headlamp automatic levelling-ECU in the figure.
connector, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
M.U.T.
illustration?
YES : Repair the wiring harness between A-04
ETACS ABS-ECU connector <vehicles without
JC
ASC> or A-58 ASC-ECU connector
<vehicles with ASC> and C-124 joint
SAS Cor ner JC
connector (CAN3).
AT/ ABS/
NO : Check the ABS-ECU connector <vehicles
Levelling EPS AS&G
without ASC> or ASC-ECU connector
CVT ASC ENGINE
JC
<vehicles with ASC>, and repair if
KOS/
WCM
SRS A/C AUDIO MMCS METER necessary. If the ABS-ECU connector
ACB01921AB
OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown connector <vehicles with ASC> is in good
in the figure. condition, replace the ABS-ECU <vehicles
Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the without ASC> or ASC-ECU <vehicles with
illustration? ASC>.
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
(CAN3).
NO : Check the C-14 headlamp automatic
levelling-ECU connector, and repair if
necessary. If the C-14 headlamp automatic
levelling-ECU connector is in good
condition, replace the C-14 headlamp
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-55
(checking the A/T-ECU <A/T> or CVT-ECU <CVT> (checking the electric power steering-ECU> for
for internal short to earth) internal short to earth)
CAUTION CAUTION
Disconnect C-32 A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-35 Disconnect C-114 electric power steering-ECU con-
CVT-ECU connector <CVT>, and diagnose the CAN nector, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
bus line.
M.U.T.
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
JC
SAS Cor ner JC
SAS Cor ner JC

CVT ASC

CVT ASC
JC
KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AB
KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AB
YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-32 A/ electric power steering-ECU connector and
T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-35 CVT-ECU C-124 joint connector (CAN3).
connector <CVT> and C-124 joint connector NO : Check the electric power steering-ECU
(CAN3). connector, and repair if necessary. If the
NO : Check the A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or electric power steering-ECU connector is in
CVT-ECU connector <CVT>, and repair if good condition, replace the electric power
necessary. If the A/T-ECU connector <A/T> steering-ECU.
or CVT-ECU connector <CVT> is in good
condition, replace the A/T-ECU <A/T> or
CVT-ECU <CVT>.
TROUBLESHOOTING
(checking the AS&G-ECU for internal short to (checking the engine-ECU for internal short to
earth) earth)
CAUTION CAUTION
Disconnect C-64 AS&G-ECU connector, and diag- Disconnect B-09 <Petrol> or B-40 <Diesel> engine-
nose the CAN bus line. ECU connector, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
M.U.T. M.U.T.
ETACS ETACS
JC JC
AT/ ABS/ AT/ ABS/

CVT ASC CVT ASC
JC JC
KOS/ KOS/
WCM WCM
YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-64 YES : Repair the wiring harness between B-09
AS&G-ECU connector and C-124 joint <Petrol> or B-40 <Diesel> engine-ECU
connector (CAN3). connector and C-124 joint connector
NO : Check the transmission assembly (CAN3).
connector, and repair if necessary. If the NO : Check the engine-ECU connector, and
AS&G-ECU connector is in good condition, repair if necessary. If the engine-ECU
replace the AS&G-ECU. connector is in good condition, replace the
engine-ECU.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-57
Diagnosis Item 6: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by steering wheel sensor
<vehicles with ASC or AFS>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-59
• Malfunction of the connector [joint connector
(CAN2) or steering wheel sensor connector
improperly connected]
• Malfunction of the wiring harness [open circuit
between the steering wheel sensor and the joint
connector (CAN2), power supply circuit to the
steering wheel sensor]
• Faulty steering wheel sensor
AC709893AM
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

(CAN2) and C-211 steering wheel sensor
connector
CAUTION
The strand end of the twist wire should be within
AC701121BP YES : Go to Step 2.

connector (CAN2)
CAUTION
Disconnect steering wheel sensor connector and
AC612708 AW joint connector (CAN2), and check the following wir-
ing harness for open circuit.
Connectors: C-211 <RHD> (1) The wiring harness between C-211 steering
wheel sensor connector terminal No.3 and C-03
joint connector (CAN2) terminal No.9 <CAN_H>
(2) The wiring harness between C-211 steering
wheel sensor connector terminal No.4 and C-03
joint connector (CAN2) terminal No.20 <CAN_L>
AC612716 AX
FUNCTION YES : Check the power supply circuit of the
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the steer- steering wheel sensor. Refer to GROUP
ing wheel sensor, this diagnosis result will be set. 35C − Troubleshooting .
If a communication flag is not set for the steering
wheel sensor, the ETACS-ECU determines that there
is a failure.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Diagnosis Item 7: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU <Vehicles with reversing sensor system>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-61

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
Connectors: C-03, C-40 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-03 (GR) STEP 1. Connector check: C-40 corner sensor/

back sensor-ECU connector and C-03 joint
C-40 connector (CAN2)
CAUTION
ACB02645AF Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.
FUNCTION NO : Repair the defective connector.
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU, this diagnosis result will be
set. STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-40
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS C-03 joint connector (CAN2)
If a communication flag is not set for the corner sen- CAUTION
sor/back sensor-ECU, the ETACS-ECU determines Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
that there is a failure. repair procedure. For details refer to .
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Disconnect corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connec-
• Malfunction of the connector [joint connector tor and joint connector (CAN2), and check the follow-
(CAN2) or corner sensor/back sensor-ECU con- ing wiring harness.
nector improperly connected] (1) Check that there is continuity between C-40
• Malfunction of the wiring harness [open circuit corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
between the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU and terminal No.19 and C-03 joint connector (CAN2)
the joint connector (CAN2), power supply circuit terminal No.7 <CAN_H>
to the corner sensor/back sensor-ECU] OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
• Malfunction of the corner sensor/back sensor- (2) Check that there is continuity between C-40
ECU corner sensor/back sensor-ECU connector
terminal No.20 and C-03 joint connector (CAN2)
terminal No.18 <CAN_L>
YES : Check the power supply circuit of the corner
sensor/back sensor-ECU. Refer to Group
54A − Troubleshooting .
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-63
Diagnosis Item 8: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by ABS-ECU <vehicles
without ASC> or ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-65
Connectors: A-04, A-58 <LHD> TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
(CAN3) or ABS-ECU connector <vehicles without
ASC> or ASC-ECU connector <vehicles with
A-04 (B), ASC> improperly connected]
A-58 (B)
between the ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC>
or ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC> and the joint
ABS-ECU <vehicles without ASC> or ASC-ECU
AC801250 AB
<vehicles with ASC>]
Connector: A-58 <RHD> • Malfunction of the ABS-ECU <vehicles without
ASC> or ASC-ECU <vehicles with ASC>
A-58 (B)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Connector check: A-04 ABS-ECU

connector <vehicles without ASC> or A-58 ASC-
ECU connector <vehicles with ASC> and C-124
AC801253AG
CAUTION
Connector: C-124 <LHD> The strand end of the twist wire should be within
YES : Go to Step 2.
C-124 (GR)
STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between A-04
ABS-ECU connector <vehicles without ACS> or
ACB02645AH
A-58 ASC-ECU connector <vehicles with ASC>
and C-124 joint connector (CAN3)
CAUTION
Disconnect ABS-ECU connector <vehicles without
C-124 (GR) ASC> or ASC-ECU connector <vehicles with ASC>
and joint connector (CAN3), and check the following
wiring harness for open circuit.
(1) The wiring harness between A-04 ABS-ECU
connector terminal No.4 <vehicles without ASC>
ACB02647AE or A-58 ASC-ECU connector terminal No.12
FUNCTION <vehicles with ASC> and C-124 joint connector
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the ABS- (CAN3) terminal No.9 <CAN_H>
ECU <vehicles without ASC> or ASC-ECU <vehicles OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
with ASC>, this diagnosis result will be set. (2) The wiring harness between A-04 ABS-ECU
connector terminal No.6 <vehicles without ASC>
or A-58 ASC-ECU connector terminal No.13
If a communication flag is not set for the ABS-ECU
<vehicles with ASC> and C-124 joint connector
<vehicles without ASC> or ASC-ECU <vehicles with
(CAN3) terminal No.20 <CAN_L>
ASC>, the ETACS-ECU determines that there is a
failure. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Check the power supply circuit of the ABS-

ECU <vehicles without ASC> or ASC-ECU
<vehicles without ASC>. Refer to GROUP
35C − Troubleshooting <vehicles without
ASC> or Refer to GROUP 35C −
Troubleshooting <vehicles with ASC>.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-67
Diagnosis Item 9: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by headlamp automatic
levelling-ECU <vehicles with AFS>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-69
(CAN3) or headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
between the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU
C-14
and the joint connector (CAN3), power supply cir-
cuit to the headlamp automatic levelling-ECU]
ECU
ACA00830AC

automatic levelling-ECU connector and C-124
C-124 (GR) joint connector (CAN3)
C-14
CAUTION
ACB02647AF Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.

and C-124 joint connector (CAN3)
C-124 (GR) CAUTION
ACB02645AH Disconnect headlamp automatic levelling-ECU con-
nector and joint connector (CAN3), and check the fol-
lowing wiring harness for open circuit.
CAUTION
(1) The wiring harness between C-14 headlamp
When servicing a CAN bus line, earth yourself by
automatic levelling-ECU connector terminal
touching a metal object such as an unpainted
No.23 and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) terminal
water pipe. If you fail to do, a component con-
No.8 <Diesel> or 7 <Petrol> <CAN_H>
nected to the CAN bus line may be broken.
FUNCTION OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the head- (2) The wiring harness between C-14 headlamp
lamp automatic levelling-ECU, this diagnosis result automatic levelling-ECU connector terminal
will be set. No.22 and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) terminal
No.19 <Diesel> or 18 <Petrol> <CAN_L>
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
If a communication flag is not set for the headlamp
automatic levelling-ECU, the ETACS-ECU deter- Q: Is the check result normal?
mines that there is a failure. YES : Check the power supply circuit of the
headlamp automatic levelling-ECU. Refer to
GROUP 54A − Headlamp −
Troubleshooting .
TROUBLESHOOTING
Diagnosis Item 10: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by electric power
steering-ECU <vehicles with electric power steering>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-71

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING

(CAN3) or electric power steering-ECU connector
between the electric power steering-ECU and the
joint connector (CAN3), power supply circuit to
the electric power steering-ECU]
• Malfunction of the electric power steering-ECU
AC709894AE
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Connector check: C-114 electric power

steering-ECU connector and C-124 joint
connector (CAN3)
CAUTION
AC701121BR YES : Go to Step 2.

electric power steering-ECU connector and C-
124 joint connector (CAN3)
CAUTION
C-124 (GR) Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
Disconnect electric power steering-ECU connector
ACB02645AH and joint connector (CAN3), and check the following
wiring harness for open circuit.
(1) The wiring harness between C-114 electric power
steering-ECU connector terminal No.4 and C-124
joint connector (CAN3) terminal No.6 <Petrol> or
7 <Diesel> <CAN_H>
C-124 (GR) OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(2) The wiring harness between C-114 electric power
steering-ECU connector terminal No.3 and C-124
joint connector (CAN3) terminal No.17 <Petrol>
ACB02647AE
or 18 <Diesel> <CAN_L>
FUNCTION
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the electric Q: Is the check result normal?
power steering-ECU, this diagnosis result will be set. YES : Check the power supply circuit of the
electric power steering-ECU. Refer to
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS GROUP 37B − Electric power steering −
If a communication flag is not set for the electric Troubleshooting .
power steering-ECU, the ETACS-ECU determines NO : Repair the wiring harness.
that there is a failure.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-73
Diagnosis Item 11: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by A/T-ECU <A/T> or
CVT-ECU <CVT>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-75
between the A/T-ECU <A/T> or CVT-ECU <CVT>
and the joint connector (CAN3), power supply cir-
cuit to the A/T-ECU <A/T> or CVT-ECU <CVT>]
• Malfunction of the A/T-ECU <A/T> or CVT-ECU
C-35 <CVT>
C-124 (GR)
ACB02645AI STEP 1. Connector check: C-124 joint connector

(CAN3) and C-32 A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-
35 CVT-ECU connector <CVT>
CAUTION
YES : Go to Step 2.
ACB02648 AE
Connector: C-124 <RHD> A/T-ECU connector <A/T> or C-35 CVT-ECU
connector <CVT> and C-124 joint connector
(CAN3)
CAUTION
C-124 (GR)
Disconnect shift lever connector and joint connector
(CAN3), and check the following wiring harness for
open circuit.
ACB02647AE (1) The wiring harness between C-32 A/T-ECU <A/
FUNCTION T> or C-35 CVT-ECU <CVT> connector terminal
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the A/T- No.4 and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) terminal
ECU <A/T> or CVT-ECU <CVT>, this diagnosis No.8 <CAN_H>
result will be set. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(2) The wiring harness between C-32 A/T-ECU <A/
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS T> or C-35 CVT-ECU <CVT> connector terminal
If a communication flag is not set for the A/T-ECU No.5 and C-124 joint connector (CAN3) terminal
<A/T> or CVT-ECU <CVT>, the ETACS-ECU deter- No.19 <CAN_L>
mines that there is a failure.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Q: Is the check result normal?
• Malfunction of the connector [joint connector YES : Check the power supply circuit of the CVT-
(CAN3) or A/T-ECU <A/T> or CVT-ECU <CVT> ECU <CVT> or A/T-ECU <A/T>. Refer to
improperly connected] GROUP 23A − Troubleshooting <CVT> or
GROUP 23C − Troubleshooting <A/T>.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Diagnosis Item 12: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by engine-ECU
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-77

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
Connectors: B-09, B-40

• Malfunction of the engine-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
B-09 (GR),
B-40 (B)
STEP 1. Connector check: B-09 <Petrol> or B-40
<Diesel> engine-ECU connector and C-124 joint
connector (CAN3)
CAUTION
AC800715 BC
Connector: C-124 <LHD> Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 2.

C-124 (GR) and C-124 joint connector (CAN3)
CAUTION
ACB02645AH
Connector: C-124 <RHD> Disconnect engine-ECU connector and joint connec-
tor (CAN3) and check the following wiring harness
for open circuit.
(1) The wiring harness between B-09 <Petrol> or B-
40 <Diesel> engine-ECU connector terminal
C-124 (GR)
No.90 <Petrol> or 108 <Diesel> and C-124 joint
connector (CAN3) terminal No.4 <CAN_H>
(2) The wiring harness between B-09 <Petrol> or B-
ACB02647AE
40 <Diesel> engine-ECU connector terminal
FUNCTION No.91 <Petrol> or 109 <Diesel> and C-124 joint
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the engine- connector (CAN3) terminal No.15 <CAN_L>
ECU, this diagnosis result will be set. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS Q: Is the check result normal?
If a communication flag is not set for the engine- YES : Check the power supply circuit of the
ECU, the ETACS-ECU determines that there is a fail- engine-ECU. Refer to GROUP 13A −
ure. Troubleshooting <1600>, GROUP 13B −
Troubleshooting <Petrol (1800-DOHC),
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 2000>, GROUP 13C − Troubleshooting
• Malfunction of the connector [joint connector <Diesel> or GROUP 13F − Troubleshooting
(CAN3) and engine-ECU connector improperly <1800-SOHC>
connected] NO : Repair the wiring harness.
between the engine-ECU and the joint connector
(CAN3) power supply circuit to the engine-ECU]
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-79
Diagnosis Item 13: Diagnose the lines between the ETACS-ECU and joint connector (CAN2)
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-81
(CAN2) or ETACS-ECU connector improperly
connected]
between the ETACS-ECU connector and the joint
engine-ECU]
AC709893AM
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

(CAN2) and C-301 ETACS-ECU connector
CAUTION
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC701121BP NO : Repair the defective connector.

ETACS-ECU STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-301
ETACS-ECU connector and C-03 joint connector
(CAN2)
CAUTION
Disconnect ETACS-ECU connector and joint con-
nector (CAN2), and check the following wiring har-
ACA00886BE ness for open circuit
(1) The wiring harness between C-301 ETACS-ECU
connector terminal No.6 and C-03 joint connector
ETACS-ECU
(CAN2) terminal No.11 <CAN_H>
ACA00887BF
YES : Go to Step 3.
FUNCTION NO : Repair the wiring harness.
If a failure is present in the wiring harness between
the ETACS-ECU connector and the joint connector STEP 3. Trouble symptom check
(CAN2), this diagnosis result will be set. Diagnose the CAN bus line, and check that normal
condition is displayed.
If a communication flag is not set for any ECU con- Q: Is the check result normal?
nected to CAN-C (CAN2 and CAN3), it is determined
that a failure has occurred.
TROUBLESHOOTING

Malfunction ).
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-83
Diagnosis Item 14: Diagnose the lines between joint connector (CAN2) and joint connector (CAN3)
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING

ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
ABS-ECU
A/T-ECU
CVT-ECU

<AFS, ASC>

AUTOMATIC POWER
ENGINE-ECU AS&G-ECU
NOTE
: DIESEL
: PETROL
: 1800-PETROL, 2000
: VEHICLES WITH ASC
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-85
between joint connector (CAN2) and joint con-
nector (CAN3)]
C-03 (GR)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-124 (GR) STEP 1. Connector check: C-03 joint connector

(CAN2) and C-124 joint connector (CAN3)
C-127 (GR)
CAUTION
ACB02645AJ
Connectors: C-03, C-127 <RHD> 10 cm from the connector. For details refer to .
C-03 (GR)
C-127 (GR) YES : Go to Step 2.

joint connector (CAN2) and C-124 joint connector
(CAN3)
ACB02648 AF CAUTION
Connector: C-124 <RHD> repair procedure. For details refer to .
Disconnect joint connector (CAN2) and joint connec-
tor (CAN3), and check the following wiring harness
for open circuit
(1) The wiring harness between C-03 joint connector
C-124 (GR)
(CAN2) terminal No.10 and C-124 joint connector
(2) The wiring harness between C-03 joint connector
ACB02647AE
(CAN2) terminal No.21 and C-124 joint connector
FUNCTION (CAN3) terminal No.22 <CAN_L>
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the joint OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
connector (CAN2) and the joint connector (CAN3),
NOTE: Check C-127 intermediate connector, and
this diagnosis result will be set.
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS Q: Is the check result normal?
If a communication flag is not set for any ECU con- YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
nected to CAN-C (CAN3), it is determined that a fail- malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
ure has occurred. use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunctions ).
• Malfunction of the connector [joint connector NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(CAN2), joint connector (CAN3) or intermediate
connector failed]
TROUBLESHOOTING
Diagnosis Item 15: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by KOS-ECU <vehicles
with KOS>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-87
CAN-B Communication Circuit
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
CONNECTOR A/C-ECU KOS-ECU
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
TRANSCEIVER CAN DRIVE INTERFACE
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
CPU CD PLAYER WCM CAN
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITHOUT A/C
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
: VEHICLES WITH RADIO AND CD PLAYER
: VEHICLES WITHOUT AUDIO
: VEHICLES WITH MMCS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING

C-04 (GR)
(CAN1) and C-23 KOS-ECU connector
CAUTION
C-23
ACB02645AM YES : Go to Step 2.
C-04 (GR)
KOS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector
(CAN1)
CAUTION
C-23 Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
Disconnect KOS-ECU connector and joint connector
ACB02647AI (CAN1), and check the following wiring harness for
open circuit
FUNCTION (1) The wiring harness between C-23 KOS-ECU
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the KOS- connector terminal No.1 and C-04 joint connector
ECU, this diagnosis result will be set. (CAN1) terminal No.5 <CAN_H>
If a communication flag is not set for the KOS-ECU, (2) The wiring harness between C-23 KOS-ECU
the ETACS-ECU determines that there is a failure. connector terminal No.2 and C-04 joint connector
(CAN1) or KOS-ECU connector improperly con- Q: Is the check result normal?
nected] YES : Check the power supply circuit of the KOS-
• Malfunction of the wiring harness [open circuit ECU. Refer to GROUP 42B −
between the KOS-ECU connector and the joint Troubleshooting .
connector (CAN1), or power supply circuit to the NO : Repair the wiring harness.
KOS-ECU]
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-89
Diagnosis Item 16: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by WCM <vehicles
without KOS>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-91
C-06
(CAN1) and C-06 WCM connector
CAUTION
ACB02645AN
C-04 (GR)

WCM connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1)
C-06 CAUTION
ACB02647AJ
Disconnect WCM connector and joint connector
(CAN1), and check the following wiring harness for
FUNCTION open circuit
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the WCM, (1) The wiring harness between C-06 WCM
this diagnosis result will be set. connector terminal No.11 and C-04 joint
If a communication flag is not set for the WCM, the OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
ETACS-ECU determines that there is a failure. (2) The wiring harness between C-06 WCM
connector terminal No.10 and C-04 joint
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS connector (CAN1) terminal No.18 <CAN_L>
(CAN1) or WCM connector improperly con-
nected] Q: Is the check result normal?
• Malfunction of the wiring harness [open circuit YES : Check the power supply circuit of the WCM.
between the WCM connector and the joint con- Refer to GROUP 42C −WCM−
nector (CAN1), or power supply circuit to the Troubleshooting .
WCM] NO : Repair the wiring harness.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Diagnosis Item 17: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by SRS-ECU
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-93
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING

C-04 (GR)
(CAN1) and C-122 SRS-ECU connector
CAUTION
C-122 (Y) The strand end of the twist wire should be within
ACB02645AO YES : Go to Step 2.
C-04 (GR)
SRS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector
(CAN1)
CAUTION
C-122 (Y) repair procedure. For details refer to .
Disconnect SRS-ECU connector and joint connector
ACB02647AK (CAN1), and check the following wiring harness for
open circuit
FUNCTION (1) The wiring harness between C-122 SRS-ECU
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the SRS- connector terminal No.15 and C-04 joint
ECU, this diagnosis result will be set. connector (CAN1) terminal No.10 <CAN_H>
If a communication flag is not set for the SRS-ECU, (2) The wiring harness between C-122 SRS-ECU
the ETACS-ECU determines that there is a failure. connector terminal No.16 and C-04 joint
connector (CAN1) terminal No.21 <CAN_L>
(CAN1) or SRS-ECU connector improperly con- Q: Is the check result normal?
nected] YES : Check the power supply circuit of the SRS-
• Malfunction of the wiring harness [open circuit ECU. Refer to GROUP 52B −
between the SRS-ECU connector and the joint Troubleshooting .
connector (CAN1), or power supply circuit to the NO : Repair the wiring harness.
SRS-ECU]
• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-95
Diagnosis Item 18: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by heater control unit
<vehicles without A/C> or A/C-ECU <vehicles with A/C>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-97
C-04 (GR) (CAN1) or heater control unit <vehicles without A/
C> or A/C-ECU <vehicles with A/C> connector
between the heater control unit <vehicles without
A/C> or A/C-ECU <vehicles with A/C> connector
and the joint connector (CAN1), or power supply
circuit to the heater control unit <vehicles without
ACB02645AL
A/C> or A/C-ECU <vehicles with A/C>]
Connector: C-04 <RHD> • Malfunction of the heater control unit <vehicles
without A/C> or A/C-ECU <vehicles with A/C>
C-04 (GR)
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

(CAN1) and C-60 heater control unit connector
<vehicles without A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU
connector <vehicles with A/C>
ACB02647AH
CAUTION
Connector: C-15 <LHD> The strand end of the twist wire should be within
YES : Go to Step 2.

C-15 (B) heater control unit connector <vehicles without
AC709894AF
A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector <vehicles with
A/C> and C-04 joint connector (CAN1)
CAUTION
Disconnect heater control unit connector <vehicles
without A/C> or A/C-ECU connector <vehicles with
A/C> and joint connector (CAN1), and check the fol-
lowing wiring harness for open circuit
(1) The wiring harness between C-60 heater control
C-15 (B)
unit connector <vehicles without A/C> or C-15 A/
AC701121BT
C-ECU connector <vehicles with A/C> terminal
FUNCTION No.11 and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) terminal
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the heater No.8 <CAN_H>
control unit <vehicles without A/C> or A/C-ECU OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
<vehicles with A/C>, this diagnosis result will be set. (2) The wiring harness between C-60 heater control
If a communication flag is not set for the heater con-
trol unit <vehicles without A/C> or A/C-ECU <vehi-
No.19 <CAN_L>
cles with A/C>, the ETACS-ECU determines that
there is a failure. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Check the power supply circuit of the heater

control unit <vehicles without A/C> or A/C-
ECU <vehicles with A/C>. Refer to GROUP
55A, Manual A/C Diagnosis or GROUP
55B, Auto A/C Diagnosis .
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-99
Diagnosis Item 19: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by CAN box unit
<vehicles with MMCS (vehicles for Russia)>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-101
between the CAN box unit connector and the joint
C-04 (GR) connector (CAN1), power supply circuit of the
CAN box unit]
• Malfunction of the CAN box unit
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

ACB02645AL (CAN1) and C-54 CAN box unit connector
Connectors: C-04, C-139 <RHD> CAUTION
C-04 (GR) 10 cm from the connector. For details refer to .
C-139
YES : Go to Step 2.

CAN box unit connector and C-04 joint connector
ACB02647AL
(CAN1)
Connectors: C-54, C-139 <LHD> CAUTION
C-54
Disconnect CAN box unit connector and joint con-
ness for open circuit
C-139
(1) The wiring harness between C-54 CAN box unit
AC709894AG OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
FUNCTION (2) The wiring harness between C-54 CAN box unit
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the CAN connector terminal No.9 and C-04 joint connector
box unit <vehicles with MMCS (vehicles for Rus- (CAN1) terminal No.17 <CAN_L>
sia)>, this diagnosis result will be set. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS NOTE: Check C-139 intermediate connector, and
If a communication flag is not set for the CAN box repair if necessary.
unit, the ETACS-ECU determines that there is a fail- Q: Is the check result normal?
ure. YES : Check the power supply circuit of the CAN
box unit. Refer to GROUP 54A − MMCS −
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Troubleshooting .
• Malfunction of the connector [joint connector NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(CAN1) or CAN box unit connector improperly
connected]
TROUBLESHOOTING
Diagnosis Item 20: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by combination meter
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-103
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING

C-01

(CAN1) and C-01 combination meter connector
CAUTION
ACB02645AP
C-01
C-04 (GR)

combination meter connector and C-04 joint
connector (CAN1)
CAUTION
ACB02647AM
Disconnect combination meter connector and joint
FUNCTION connector (CAN1), and check the following wiring
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the combi- harness for open circuit
nation meter, this diagnosis result will be set. (1) The wiring harness between C-01 combination
meter connector terminal No.14 and C-04 joint
If a communication flag is not set for the combination
meter, the ETACS-ECU determines that there is a OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
failure. (2) The wiring harness between C-01 combination
meter connector terminal No.15 and C-04 joint
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS connector (CAN1) terminal No.20 <CAN_L>
(CAN1) or combination meter connector improp-
erly connected] Q: Is the check result normal?
• Malfunction of the wiring harness [open circuit YES : Check the power supply circuit of the
between the combination meter connector and combination meter. Refer to GROUP 54A −
the joint connector (CAN1), or power supply cir- Combination meter − Troubleshooting .
cuit to the combination meter] NO : Repair the wiring harness.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-105
Diagnosis Item 21: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by radio and CD player
<vehicles with radio and CD player>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-107
between the radio and CD player connector and
C-04 (GR) the joint connector (CAN1), power supply circuit
of the radio and CD player]
• Malfunction of the radio and CD player
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

ACB02645AL (CAN1) and C-103 radio and CD player connector
Connectors: C-04, C-103 <RHD> CAUTION
C-04 (GR) 10 cm from the connector. For details refer to .
C-103
YES : Go to Step 2.

radio and CD player connector and C-04 joint
ACB02647AN
connector (CAN1)
Disconnect radio and CD player connector and joint
connector (CAN1), and check the following wiring
harness for open circuit
(1) The wiring harness between C-103 radio and CD
player connector terminal No.23 and C-04 joint
AC709894AH OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
FUNCTION (2) The wiring harness between C-103 radio and CD
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the radio player connector terminal No.33 and C-04 joint
and CD player, this diagnosis result will be set. connector (CAN1) terminal No.17 <CAN_L>
If a communication flag is not set for the radio and Q: Is the check result normal?
CD player, the ETACS-ECU determines that there is YES : Check the power supply circuit of the radio
a failure. and CD player. Refer to GROUP 54A −
Radio and CD player − Troubleshooting .
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(CAN1) or radio and CD player connector
TROUBLESHOOTING
Diagnosis Item 22: Diagnose when the M.U.T.-III cannot receive the data sent by AS&G-ECU <vehicles
with automatic stop & go (AS&G) system>
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-109
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING

between the AS&G-ECU and the joint connector
(CAN3), power supply circuit to the AS&G-ECU]
• Malfunction of the AS&G-ECU
C-64 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

(CAN1) and C-64 AS&G-ECU connector
ACA00830AD
CAUTION
Connectors: C-64, C-124 <RHD> The strand end of the twist wire should be within
YES : Go to Step 2.
C-124 (GR) C-64

AS&G-ECU connector and C-124 joint connector
(CAN1)
ACB02647AO
CAUTION
Connector: C-124 <LHD> Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
Disconnect hands AS&G-ECU connector and joint
connector (CAN1), and check the continuity of the
following wiring harness.
(1) The wiring harness between C-64 AS&G-ECU
C-124 (GR) connector terminal No.1 and C-124 joint
connector (CAN3) terminal No.17 <Diesel> or 16
<Petrol> <CAN_H>
ACB02645AH OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
FUNCTION (2) The wiring harness between C-64 AS&G-ECU
If the M.U.T.-III cannot communicate with the AS&G- connector terminal No.14 and C-124 joint
ECU, this diagnosis result will be set. connector (CAN3) terminal No.6 <Diesel> or 5
<Petrol> <CAN_L>
If a communication flag is not set for the AS&G-ECU,
the ETACS-ECU determines that there is a failure. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Check the power supply circuit of the hands
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS free-ECU. Refer to GROUP 17 − automatic
• Malfunction of the connector [joint connector stop & go (AS&G) system − Troubleshooting
(CAN3) or AS&G-ECU connector improperly con- .
nected] NO : Repair the wiring harness.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-111
Diagnosis Item 23: Short to power supply or earth in both CAN_H and CAN_L lines of the CAN-B bus
lines.
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-113
Connectors: C-01, C-04, C-06, C-23, C-32, Connector: C-301 <RHD>
C-122 <LHD> ETACS-ECU
C-04 (GR)
C-01
C-06
C-122 (Y)
C-23
C-32 (GR)
ACB02645AK ACA00887BF
Connectors: C-01, C-04, C-06, C-23, C-103, FUNCTION

C-122, C-139 <RHD> If a short to power supply or earth is present in both
C-01
C-04 (GR) CAN_H and CAN_L lines, this diagnosis result will be
C-103, set.
C-139
C-06 C-23 If a communication flag is set for ETACS-ECU and
C-122 (Y) no communication is present through the CAN-B
line, or diagnosis code U0019 is set in the ETACS-
ECU, ETACS-ECU determines that there is a failure.
ACB02647AG
Connectors: C-15, C-54, C-60, C-103, C-139

<LHD> C-54 (G) • Malfunction of the connector (ETACS-ECU con-
nector improperly connected)
C-103,
C-139 • Malfunction of the wiring harness (CAN_H and
CAN_L lines are short to power supply or earth
C-15 (B), on the CAN-B line.)
C-60 (B) • Malfunction of ECUs
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
ACB02646AF
STEP 1. Checking short to power supply (voltage

Connector: C-15<RHD>
measurement)
CAUTION
C-15 (B)
details refer to .
details refer to .
(1) Disconnect C-301 ETACS-ECU connector, and
ACB02648 AG (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(3) Measure the voltage between C-301 ETACS-
Connector: C-301 <LHD> ECU connector terminal No.6 and body earth.
ETACS-ECU
OK: 5 V or less
(4) Measure the voltage between C-301 ETACS-
ECU connector terminal No.7 and body earth.
OK: 5 V or less
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Go to Step 11.
ACA00886BE
TROUBLESHOOTING
SRS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector combination meter connector and C-04 joint
(CAN1) for short to earth (resistance connector (CAN1) for short to earth (resistance
measurement). measurement).
CAUTION CAUTION
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
at the wiring harness side. at the wiring harness side.
(2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint (2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
connector (CAN1) terminal No.10 and body connector (CAN1) terminal No.9 and body earth.
earth. OK: 1 kΩ or more
OK: 1 kΩ or more (3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
(3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint connector (CAN1) terminal No.20 and body
OK: 1 kΩ or more Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal? YES <vehicles without KOS> : Go to Step 5.
YES : Go to Step 3. YES <vehicles with KOS> : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 20. NO (the check result is not normal.) : Go to Step
22.
heater control unit connector <vehicles without STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between C-06
A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector <vehicles with WCM connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1)
A/C> connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) for short to earth (resistance measurement).
for short to earth (resistance measurement). CAUTION
CAUTION • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For details refer to .
• A digital multimeter should be used. For details refer to .
details refer to . (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure at the wiring harness side.
at the wiring harness side. (2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
(2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint connector (CAN1) terminal No.7 and body earth.
connector (CAN1) terminal No.8 and body earth. OK: 1 kΩ or more
(3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint connector (CAN1) terminal No.18 and body
OK: 1 kΩ or more Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 21.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-115
YES <vehicles with radio and CD player> : Go to (2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
Step 7. connector (CAN1) terminal No.6 and body earth.
YES <vehicles with MMCS (vehicles for Russia)> : OK: 1 kΩ or more
Go to Step 8.
YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio (3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
and CD player> : Go to Step 9. connector (CAN1) terminal No.17 and body
NO (the check result is not normal.) : Go to Step earth.
23. OK: 1 kΩ or more
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-23 YES : Go to Step 10.
KOS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector NO : Go to Step 25.
measurement). STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-54
CAUTION CAN box unit connector and C-04 joint connector
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For (CAN1) for short to earth (resistance
details refer to . measurement).
• A digital multimeter should be used. For CAUTION
details refer to . • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure details refer to .
at the wiring harness side. • The test wiring harness should be used. For
(2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint details refer to .
connector (CAN1) terminal No.5 and body earth. (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
OK: 1 kΩ or more at the wiring harness side.
(3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint (2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
connector (CAN1) terminal No.16 and body connector (CAN1) terminal No.6 and body earth.
Q: Is the check result normal? connector (CAN1) terminal No.17 and body
YES <vehicles with radio and CD player> : Go to earth.
Step 7. OK: 1 kΩ or more
YES <vehicles with MMCS (vehicles for Russia)> :
Go to Step 8. YES : Go to Step 10.
YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio NO : Go to Step 26.
and CD player> : Go to Step 9.
NO (the check result is not normal.) : Go to Step
24. STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-103
spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint
measurement).
radio and CD player connector and C-04 joint
connector (CAN1) for short to earth (resistance CAUTION
measurement). • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
details refer to .
CAUTION
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For • A digital multimeter should be used. For
• A digital multimeter should be used. For • The test wiring harness should be used. For
details refer to .
TROUBLESHOOTING
connector (CAN1) terminal No.6 and body earth. STEP 11. Check the wiring harness between C-
OK: 1 kΩ or more 122 SRS connector and C-04 joint connector
(3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint (CAN1) for short to power supply (voltage
connector (CAN1) terminal No.17 and body measurement).
earth. CAUTION
OK: 1 kΩ or more • A digital multimeter should be used. For
details refer to .
YES : Go to Step 10. • The test wiring harness should be used. For
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-103 details refer to .
spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
connector (CAN1). at the wiring harness side.
earth.
measurement). OK: 5 V or less
CAUTION (4) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For connector (CAN1) terminal No.21 and body
details refer to . earth.
• A digital multimeter should be used. For OK: 5 V or less
details refer to . Q: Is the check result normal?
• The test wiring harness should be used. For YES : Go to Step 12.
repair procedure. For details refer to . STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between C-60
(1) Disconnect ETACS-ECU connector and joint heater control unit connector <vehicles without
connector (CAN1), and measure at the wiring A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector <vehicles with
harness side. A/C> and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) for short
(2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint to power supply (voltage measurement).
CAUTION
connector (CAN1) terminal No.22 and body • The test wiring harness should be used. For
earth. details refer to .
OK: 1 kΩ or more (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-301 (3) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint
ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) terminal No.8 and body earth.
connector (CAN1). OK: 5 V or less
earth.
OK: 5 V or less
NO : Go to Step 21.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-117
YES <vehicles with radio and CD player> : Go to
Step 16.
combination meter connector and C-04 joint
Go to Step 17.
(voltage measurement). YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio
CAUTION and CD player> : Go to Step 18.
• A digital multimeter should be used. For NO (the check result is not normal.) : Go to Step
details refer to . 23.
details refer to . STEP 15. Check the wiring harness between C-23
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure KOS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector
at the wiring harness side. (CAN1) for short to power supply (voltage
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. measurement).
CAUTION
OK: 5 V or less details refer to .
(4) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint • The test wiring harness should be used. For
connector (CAN1) terminal No.20 and body details refer to .
earth. (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
OK: 5 V or less at the wiring harness side.
YES <vehicles without KOS> : Go to Step 14. (3) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint
YES <vehicles with KOS> : Go to Step 15. connector (CAN1) terminal No.5 and body earth.
NO (the check result is not normal.) : Go to Step OK: 5 V or less
22. (4) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint
STEP 14. Check the wiring harness between C-06 earth.
WCM connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) OK: 5 V or less
for short to power supply (voltage
measurement). YES <vehicles with radio and CD player> : Go to
CAUTION Step 16.
• A digital multimeter should be used. For YES <vehicles with MMCS (vehicles for Russia)> :
details refer to . Go to Step 17.
• The test wiring harness should be used. For YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio
details refer to . and CD player> : Go to Step 18.
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure NO (the check result is not normal.) : Go to Step
at the wiring harness side. 24.
(3) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint STEP 16. Check the wiring harness between C-
connector (CAN1) terminal No.7 and body earth. 103 radio and CD player connector and C-04 joint
OK: 5 V or less connector (CAN1) for short to power supply
(4) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint (voltage measurement).
connector (CAN1) terminal No.18 and body CAUTION
earth. • A digital multimeter should be used. For
OK: 5 V or less details refer to .
details refer to .
TROUBLESHOOTING
connector (CAN1) terminal No.6 and body earth. at the wiring harness side.
OK: 5 V or less (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
earth. OK: 5 V or less
OK: 5 V or less (4) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint
Q: Is the check result normal? earth.
NO : Go to Step 25. OK: 5 V or less
STEP 17. Check the wiring harness between C-54 YES : Go to Step 19.
CAN box unit connector and C-04 joint connector
(CAN1) for short to power supply (voltage spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint
measurement). connector (CAN1).
CAUTION
• A digital multimeter should be used. For STEP 19. Check the wiring harness between C-
details refer to . 301 ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
details refer to .
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure CAUTION
at the wiring harness side. • A digital multimeter should be used. For
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. details refer to .
connector (CAN1) terminal No.6 and body earth. details refer to .
OK: 5 V or less • Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
(4) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint repair procedure. For details refer to .
connector (CAN1) terminal No.17 and body (1) Disconnect ETACS-ECU connector and joint
earth. connector (CAN1), and measure at the wiring
harness side.
YES : Go to Step 19. connector (CAN1) terminal No.11 and body earth.
NO : Go to Step 26. OK: 1 V or less
STEP 18. Check the wiring harness between C- connector (CAN1) terminal No.22 and body
103 spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint earth.
connector (CAN1) for short to power supply OK: 1 V or less
CAUTION
• A digital multimeter should be used. For NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-301
details refer to . ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
• The test wiring harness should be used. For connector (CAN1).
details refer to .
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-119
(checking the SRS-ECU for internal failure) (checking the heater control unit <vehicles
CAUTION without A/C> or A/C-ECU <vehicles with A/C> for
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness internal failure)
repair procedure. For details refer to . CAUTION
Disconnect C-122 SRS-ECU connector, and diag- Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
nose the CAN bus line. repair procedure. For details refer to .
Disconnect C-60 heater control unit connector <vehi-
M.U.T.
: Red section on screen cles without A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector <vehi-
ETACS
cles with A/C> connector, and diagnose the CAN bus
line.
JC
M.U.T.
SAS Cor ner JC : Red section on screen
ETACS
AT/ ABS/
CVT ASC
JC JC
KOS/ SAS Cor ner JC

WCM
ACB01921AC
ABS/
AT/
CVT ASC
in the figure. JC
Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the KOS/

WCM
ACB01921AC
illustration?
YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-122 OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown
SRS-ECU connector and C-04 joint in the figure.
connector (CAN1). Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the
NO : Check the SRS-ECU connector, and repair illustration?
if necessary. If the SRS-ECU connector is in YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-60
good condition, replace the SRS-ECU. heater control unit connector <vehicles
without A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector
<vehicles with A/C> and C-04 joint
connector (CAN1).
NO : Check the heater control unit connector
<vehicles without A/C> or A/C-ECU
connector <vehicles with A/C> connector,
and repair if necessary. If the heater control
unit connector <vehicles without A/C> or A/
C-ECU connector <vehicles with A/C> is in
good condition, replace the heater control
unit <vehicles without A/C> or A/C-ECU
<vehicles with A/C>.
TROUBLESHOOTING
(checking the combination meter for internal (checking the WCM for internal failure)
failure) CAUTION
repair procedure. For details refer to . Disconnect C-06 WCM connector, and diagnose the
Disconnect C-01 combination meter connector, and CAN bus line.
diagnose the CAN bus line.
M.U.T.
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
JC
SAS Cor ner JC
SAS Cor ner JC

AT/ ABS/
CVT ASC
AT/ ABS/
Levelling EPS AS&G ENGINE JC
CVT ASC
JC
KOS/ A/C AUDIO
SRS MMCS METER
WCM
ACB01921AC
KOS/ A/C AUDIO
SRS MMCS METER

WCM
ACB01921AC

YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-01 WCM connector and C-04 joint connector
combination meter connector and C-04 joint (CAN1).
connector (CAN1). NO : Check the WCM connector, and repair if
NO : Check the combination meter connector, necessary. If the WCM connector is in good
and repair if necessary. If the combination condition, replace the WCM.
meter connector is in good condition,
replace the combination meter. STEP 24. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
(checking the KOS-ECU for internal failure)
CAUTION
Disconnect C-23 KOS-ECU connector, and diagnose
the CAN bus line.
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
SAS Cor ner JC
AT/ ABS/
CVT ASC
JC
KOS/ A/C AUDIO

SRS MMCS METER
WCM
ACB01921AC

in the figure.
illustration?
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-121
KOS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
(checking the CAN box unit for internal failure)
connector (CAN1).
NO : Check the KOS-ECU connector, and repair CAUTION
if necessary. If the KOS-ECU connector is in Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
good condition, replace the KOS-ECU. repair procedure. For details refer to .
Disconnect C-54 CAN box unit connector, and diag-
nose the CAN bus line.
(checking the radio and CD player for internal M.U.T.
failure)
ETACS
CAUTION
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness JC
repair procedure. For details refer to . SAS JC

Cor ner
Disconnect C-103 radio and CD player connector,
and diagnose the CAN bus line. AT/
CVT
ABS/
ASC
JC
M.U.T.
: Red section on screen KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AC
ETACS

JC
in the figure.
SAS
Cor ner JC
AT/ ABS/
illustration?
CVT ASC
JC
CAN box unit connector and C-04 joint

KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AC
connector (CAN1).
NO : Check the CAN box unit connector, and
OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown repair if necessary. If the CAN box unit
in the figure. connector is in good condition, replace the
Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the CAN box unit.
illustration?
STEP 27. Trouble symptom check
radio and CD player connector and C-04
Diagnose the CAN bus line, and check that normal
joint connector (CAN1).
NO : Check the radio and CD player connector,
and repair if necessary. If the radio and CD Q: Is the check result normal?
player connector is in good condition, YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
replace the radio and CD player. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Malfunction ).
NO : Check the ETACS-ECU connector, and
repair if necessary. If the ETACS-ECU
ETACS-ECU.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Diagnosis Item 24: Diagnose the ETACS-ECU, joint connector (CAN1) or lines between ETACS-ECU
and joint connector (CAN1)
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-123
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING

C-04 (GR) (CAN1) or ETACS-ECU connector improperly
connected]
between the ETACS-ECU connector and the joint
connector (CAN1)]
ACB02645AL
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

(CAN1) and C-301 ETACS-ECU connector
C-04 (GR)
CAUTION
YES : Go to Step 2.
ACB02647AH
Connector: C-301 <LHD> STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-301
ETACS-ECU ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector
(CAN1)
CAUTION
Disconnect ETACS-ECU connector and joint con-
ness for open circuit
ACA00886BE (1) The wiring harness between C-301 ETACS-ECU
ETACS-ECU
YES : Go to Step 3.
ACA00887BF
FUNCTION
If a failure is present in the wiring harness wires STEP 3. Trouble symptom check
between the ETACS-ECU connector and the joint Diagnose the CAN bus line, and check that normal
connector (CAN1), the ETACS-ECU connector and condition is displayed.
the joint connector (CAN1), this diagnosis result will
be set. Q: Is the check result normal?
TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
If a communication flag is set for none of the ECUs use Troubleshooting/inspection Service
on the CAN-B line, the ETACS-ECU determines that Points − How to Cope with Intermittent
there is a failure. Malfunction ).
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-125
Diagnosis Item 25: Short to power supply or earth, open circuit or line-to-line short in the CAN-B bus
lines
CAUTION
TROUBLESHOOTING
ETACS-ECU
INTERFACE CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
HEATER CONTROL
SPARE PANEL
(FOR AUDIO)
CAN DRIVE
CIRCUIT
CAN
RADIO AND SRS-ECU
TRANSCEIVER
COMBINATION CIRCUIT
METER
CAN BOX UNIT
NOTE
: VEHICLES WITH A/C
: VEHICLES WITH WCM
: VEHICLES WITH KOS
Wire colour code
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-127
Connectors: C-01, C-04, C-06, C-23, C-32, Connector: C-301 <RHD>
C-122 <LHD> ETACS-ECU
C-04 (GR)
C-01
C-06
C-122 (Y)
C-23
C-32 (GR)
ACB02645AK ACA00887BF
Connectors: C-01, C-04, C-06, C-23, C-103, FUNCTION

C-122, C-139 <RHD> If a short to power supply or earth, open circuit or
C-01
C-04 (GR) line-to-line short is present at either CAN_H or
C-103, CAN_L side on the CAN-B lines, this diagnosis result
C-139 will be set.
C-06 C-23 TROUBLE JUDGEMENT CONDITIONS

C-122 (Y) When CAN-B lines communication is normal, and
diagnosis code U0019 is set in one or more of the
ECUs, the ETACS-ECU determines that there is a
ACB02647AG
failure.
Connectors: C-15, C-54, C-60, C-103, C-139
<LHD> C-54 (G) TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
• Malfunction of the connector (short to power sup-
C-103,
C-139 ply or earth in connector or improperly con-
nected)
C-15 (B), • Malfunction of the wiring harness (short to power
C-60 (B) supply or earth, open circuit or line-to-line short in
CAN bus lines)
• Faulty ECU(s) (internal short to power supply or
earth)
ACB02646AF
Connector: C-15<RHD> DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
STEP 1. Checking short to earth (resistance

C-15 (B) measurement)
NOTE: This check determines whether there is a
short to earth in the CAN-B bus line. If a short to
earth is present in either the CAN_H or CAN_L line,
check the appropriate line only.
ACB02648 AG CAUTION
details refer to .
ETACS-ECU
details refer to .
details refer to .
(2) Measure the resistance between C-301 ETACS-
ECU connector terminal No.6 and body earth.
ACA00886BE
TROUBLESHOOTING
<CAN_H> <CAN_H>
(3) Measure the resistance between C-301 ETACS- (3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
ECU connector terminal No.7 and body earth. connector (CAN1) terminal No.19 and body
<CAN_L> earth. <CAN_L>
SRS connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) combination meter connector and C-04 joint
for short to earth (resistance measurement). connector (CAN1) for short to earth (resistance
CAUTION measurement).
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For CAUTION
at the wiring harness side. (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
(2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint at the wiring harness side.
connector (CAN1) terminal No.10 and body (2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
earth. connector (CAN1) terminal No.9 and body earth.
OK: 1 kΩ or more <CAN_H>
(3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint OK: 1 kΩ or more
connector (CAN1) terminal No.21 and body (3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
earth. connector (CAN1) terminal No.20 and body
OK: 1 kΩ or more earth. <CAN_L>
OK: 1 kΩ or more
NO : Go to Step 40. YES <vehicles without KOS> : Go to Step 5.
YES <vehicles with KOS> : Go to Step 6.
42.
heater control unit connector <vehicles without
A/C> and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) for short STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between C-06
to earth (resistance measurement). WCM connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1)
CAUTION for short to earth (resistance measurement).
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For CAUTION
at the wiring harness side. (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
(2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint at the wiring harness side.
connector (CAN1) terminal No.8 and body earth. (2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-129
connector (CAN1) terminal No.7 and body earth. STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-103
<CAN_H> radio and CD player connector and C-04 joint
OK: 1 kΩ or more connector (CAN1) for short to earth (resistance
(3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint measurement).
connector (CAN1) terminal No.18 and body CAUTION
earth. <CAN_L> • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
Q: Is the check result normal? • A digital multimeter should be used. For
YES <vehicles with radio and CD player> : Go to details refer to .
Step 7. • The test wiring harness should be used. For
YES <vehicles with MMCS (vehicles for Russia)> : details refer to .
Go to Step 8. (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio at the wiring harness side.
and CD player> : Go to Step 9. (2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
NO (the check result is not normal.) : Go to Step connector (CAN1) terminal No.6 and body earth.
43. <CAN_H>
OK: 1 kΩ or more
STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-23 (3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
KOS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector connector (CAN1) terminal No.17 and body
(CAN1) for short to earth (resistance earth. <CAN_L>
measurement).
OK: 1 kΩ or more
CAUTION
details refer to .
NO : Go to Step 45.
details refer to .
• The test wiring harness should be used. For STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-54
details refer to . CAN box unit connector and C-04 joint connector
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure (CAN1) for short to earth (resistance
at the wiring harness side. measurement).
(2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint CAUTION
connector (CAN1) terminal No.5 and body earth. • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
<CAN_H> details refer to .
details refer to .
earth. <CAN_L> details refer to .
OK: 1 kΩ or more
Q: Is the check result normal? (2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
YES <vehicles with radio and CD player> : Go to connector (CAN1) terminal No.6 and body earth.
Step 7. <CAN_H>
OK: 1 kΩ or more
Go to Step 8.
YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio (3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint
and CD player> : Go to Step 9. connector (CAN1) terminal No.17 and body
NO (the check result is not normal.) : Go to Step earth. <CAN_L>
44. OK: 1 kΩ or more
NO : Go to Step 46.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-103 earth. <CAN_L>

spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint OK: 1 kΩ or more
connector (CAN1) for short to earth (resistance Q: Is the check result normal?
measurement). YES : Go to Step 47.
CAUTION NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-301
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
details refer to . connector (CAN1).
details refer to . STEP 11. Checking short to power supply
• The test wiring harness should be used. For (voltage measurement)
details refer to . NOTE: This check determines whether there is a
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure short to power supply in the CAN-B bus line. If a fail-
at the wiring harness side. ure is present in either the CAN_H or CAN_L line,
(2) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint check the appropriate line only.
CAUTION
earth. details refer to .
OK: 1 kΩ or more (1) Disconnect C-301 ETACS-ECU connector, and
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-103 (3) Measure the voltage between C-301 ETACS-
spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint ECU connector terminal No.6 and body earth.
connector (CAN1). <CAN_H>
OK: 5 V or less
STEP 10. Check the wiring harness between C- (4) Measure the voltage between C-301 ETACS-
301 ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint ECU connector terminal No.7 and body earth.
connector (CAN1) for short to earth (resistance <CAN_L>
measurement). OK: 5 V or less
CAUTION Q: Is the check result normal?
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For YES : Go to Step 21.
details refer to . STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between C-
• The test wiring harness should be used. For 122 SRS connector and C-04 joint connector
details refer to . (CAN1) for short to power supply (voltage
• Strictly observe the specified wiring harness measurement).
(1) Disconnect ETACS-ECU connector and joint • A digital multimeter should be used. For
connector (CAN1), and measure at the wiring details refer to .
harness side. • The test wiring harness should be used. For
connector (CAN1) terminal No.11 and body earth. (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
<CAN_H> at the wiring harness side.
OK: 1 kΩ or more (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(3) Measure the resistance between C-04 joint (3) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint
connector (CAN1) terminal No.22 and body connector (CAN1) terminal No.10 and body
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-131
earth. <CAN_H> at the wiring harness side.
<CAN_H>
earth. <CAN_L>
OK: 5 V or less
OK: 5 V or less
Q: Is the check result normal? connector (CAN1) terminal No.20 and body
earth. <CAN_L>
NO : Go to Step 40.
OK: 5 V or less
STEP 13. Check the wiring harness between C-60 Q: Is the check result normal?
heater control unit connector <vehicles without YES <vehicles without KOS> : Go to Step 15.
YES <vehicles with KOS> : Go to Step 16.
A/C> and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) for short
42.
to power supply (voltage measurement).
CAUTION
• A digital multimeter should be used. For STEP 15. Check the wiring harness between C-06
details refer to . WCM connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1)
for short to power supply (voltage
measurement).
details refer to .
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure CAUTION
at the wiring harness side. • A digital multimeter should be used. For
connector (CAN1) terminal No.8 and body earth. details refer to .
<CAN_H> (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
OK: 5 V or less at the wiring harness side.
earth. <CAN_H>
<CAN_H>
OK: 5 V or less
OK: 5 V or less
NO : Go to Step 41.
earth. <CAN_L>
OK: 5 V or less
combination meter connector and C-04 joint Q: Is the check result normal?
(voltage measurement). Step 17.
CAUTION Go to Step 18.
• A digital multimeter should be used. For YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio
details refer to . and CD player> : Go to Step 19.
• The test wiring harness should be used. For NO (the check result is not normal.) : Go to Step
details refer to . 43.
TROUBLESHOOTING

NO : Go to Step 45.
KOS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector
(CAN1) for short to power supply (voltage
measurement). STEP 18. Check the wiring harness between C-54
CAUTION CAN box unit connector and C-04 joint connector
• A digital multimeter should be used. For (CAN1) for short to power supply (voltage
details refer to . measurement).
• The test wiring harness should be used. For CAUTION
at the wiring harness side. • The test wiring harness should be used. For
(3) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
connector (CAN1) terminal No.5 and body earth. at the wiring harness side.
<CAN_H> (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
<CAN_H>
earth. <CAN_L> OK: 5 V or less
Q: Is the check result normal? earth. <CAN_L>
OK: 5 V or less
Step 17.
YES <vehicles with MMCS (vehicles for Russia)> : Q: Is the check result normal?
Go to Step 18. YES : Go to Step 20.
YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio NO : Go to Step 46.
44.
103 spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint
STEP 17. Check the wiring harness between C- (voltage measurement).
103 radio and CD player connector and C-04 joint CAUTION
connector (CAN1) for short to power supply • A digital multimeter should be used. For
(voltage measurement). details refer to .
CAUTION • The test wiring harness should be used. For
details refer to . (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure
• The test wiring harness should be used. For at the wiring harness side.
details refer to . (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and measure (3) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint
at the wiring harness side. connector (CAN1) terminal No.6 and body earth.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. OK: 5 V or less
<CAN_H>
earth.
OK: 5 V or less
OK: 5 V or less
connector (CAN1) terminal No.17 and body Q: Is the check result normal?
earth. <CAN_L> YES : Go to Step 20.
OK: 5 V or less spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint
Q: Is the check result normal? connector (CAN1).
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-133
NO : Go to Step 22.
(voltage measurement). STEP 22. Check the wiring harness between C-
CAUTION 122 SRS connector and C-04 joint connector
• A digital multimeter should be used. For (CAN1) for line-to-line short.
• The test wiring harness should be used. For • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
• Strictly observe the specified wiring harness • A digital multimeter should be used. For
repair procedure. For details refer to . details refer to .
(1) Disconnect the ETACS-ECU connector and joint • The test wiring harness should be used. For
connector (CAN1), and measure at the wiring details refer to .
harness side. (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and check
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. that there is continuity at the harness side.
(3) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint (2) Check that there is continuity between C-04 joint
connector (CAN1) terminal No.11 and body earth. connector terminal No.10 and 21.
<CAN_H> OK: No continuity
OK: 1 V or less Q: Is the check result normal?
(4) Measure the voltage between C-04 joint YES : Go to Step 23.
connector (CAN1) terminal No.22 and body NO : Go to Step 40.
earth. <CAN_L>
OK: 1 V or less STEP 23. Check the wiring harness between C-60
Q: Is the check result normal? heater control unit connector <vehicles without
YES : Go to Step 47. A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector <vehicles with
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-301 A/C> and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) for line-to-
ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint line short.
connector (CAN1). CAUTION
STEP 21. Checking line-to-line short details refer to .
CAUTION
details refer to .
details refer to .
details refer to .
(2) Check that there is continuity between C-04 joint
details refer to .
check that there is continuity at the harness side. OK: No continuity
(2) Check that there is continuity between C-301 Q: Is the check result normal?
ETACS-ECU connector terminal Nos.6 and 7. YES : Go to Step 24.
OK: No continuity NO : Go to Step 41.

TROUBLESHOOTING
combination meter connector and C-04 joint KOS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector
connector (CAN1) for line-to-line short. (CAN1) for line-to-line short.
CAUTION CAUTION
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and check (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and check
that there is continuity at the harness side. that there is continuity at the harness side.
(2) Check that there is continuity between C-04 joint (2) Check that there is continuity between C-04 joint
connector terminal No.9 and 20. connector terminal No. 5 and 16.
YES <vehicles without KOS> : Go to Step 25. YES <vehicles with radio and CD player> : Go to
YES <vehicles with KOS> : Go to Step 26. Step 27.
NO (the check result is not normal.) : Go to Step YES <vehicles with MMCS (vehicles for Russia)> :
42. Go to Step 28.
YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio
WCM connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1)
44.
for line-to-line short.
CAUTION
103 radio and CD player connector and C-04 joint
details refer to .
connector (CAN1) for line-to-line short.
• The test wiring harness should be used. For • Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and check • A digital multimeter should be used. For
that there is continuity at the harness side. details refer to .
(2) Check that there is continuity between C-04 joint • The test wiring harness should be used. For
connector terminal No.7 and 18. details refer to .
OK: No continuity (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and check
Q: Is the check result normal? (2) Check that there is continuity between C-04 joint
YES <vehicles with radio and CD player> : Go to connector terminal No. 6 and 17.
Step 27.
OK: No continuity
Go to Step 28. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio YES : Go to Step 30.
and CD player> : Go to Step 29. NO : Go to Step 45.
43.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-135
STEP 28. Check the wiring harness between C-54 STEP 30. Check the wiring harness between C-
CAN box unit connector and C-04 joint connector 301 ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
(CAN1) for line-to-line short. connector (CAN1) for line-to-line short.
CAUTION CAUTION
(1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and check • Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
that there is continuity at the harness side. repair procedure. For details refer to .
(2) Check that there is continuity between C-04 joint (1) Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and check
connector terminal No. 6 and 17. that there is continuity at the harness side.
OK: No continuity (2) Check that there is continuity between C-04 joint
connector terminal Nos. 11 and 22.
YES : Go to Step 30. OK: No continuity
STEP 29. Check the wiring harness between C- NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-301
103 spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
connector (CAN1) for line-to-line short. connector (CAN1).
CAUTION
• Disconnect the negative battery terminal. For STEP 31. Check the wiring harness between C-
details refer to . 122 SRS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
• A digital multimeter should be used. For connector (CAN1) for open circuit.
details refer to . Disconnect SRS-ECU connector and joint connector
(CAN1), and check the following wiring harness.
details refer to . (1) The wiring harness between C-122 SRS-ECU
connector (CAN1) terminal No.10.
(2) Check that there is continuity between C-04 joint OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
connector terminal No. 6 and 17. (2) The wiring harness between C-122 SRS-ECU
OK: No continuity connector terminal No.16 and C-04 joint
YES : Go to Step 30. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-103 Q: Is the check result normal?
spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint YES : Go to Step 32.
connector (CAN1). NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-122
SRS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
connector (CAN1).
TROUBLESHOOTING
heater control unit connector <vehicles without WCM connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1)
A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector <vehicles with for open circuit.
A/C> and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) for open Disconnect WCM connector and joint connector
circuit. (CAN1), and check the following wiring harness for
Disconnect heater control unit connector <vehicles open circuit.
without A/C> or A/C-ECU connector <vehicles with (1) The wiring harness between C-06 WCM
A/C> connector and joint connector (CAN1), and connector terminal No.11 and C-04 joint
check the following wiring harness for open circuit. connector (CAN1) terminal No.7.
(1) The wiring harness between C-60 heater control OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(2) The wiring harness between C-06 WCM
No.8.
(2) The wiring harness between C-60 heater control Q: Is the check result normal?
Step 36.
Go to Step 37.
No.19.
YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) and CD player> : Go to Step 38.
Q: Is the check result normal? NO (the check result is not normal.) : Repair the
YES : Go to Step 33. wiring harness between C-06 WCM
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-60 connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1).
heater control unit connector <vehicles
without A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector STEP 35. Check the wiring harness between C-23
<vehicles with A/C> and C-04 joint KOS-ECU connector and C-04 joint connector
connector (CAN1). (CAN1) for open circuit.
Disconnect KOS-ECU connector and joint connector
STEP 33. Check the wiring harness between C-01 (CAN1), and check the following wiring harness for
combination meter connector and C-04 joint open circuit.
connector (CAN1) for open circuit. (1) The wiring harness between C-23 KOS-ECU
Disconnect combination meter connector and joint connector terminal No.1 and C-04 joint connector
connector (CAN1), and check the wiring harness for (CAN1) terminal No.5.
open circuit. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(1) The wiring harness between C-01 combination (2) The wiring harness between C-23 KOS-ECU
meter connector terminal No.14 and C-04 joint connector terminal No.2 and C-04 joint connector
connector (CAN1) terminal No.9. (CAN1) terminal No.16.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(2) The wiring harness between C-01 combination
meter connector terminal No.15 and C-04 joint YES <vehicles with radio and CD player> : Go to
connector (CAN1) terminal No.20. Step 36.
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) YES <vehicles with MMCS (vehicles for Russia)> :
Q: Is the check result normal? Go to Step 37.
YES <vehicles without KOS> : Go to Step 34. YES <vehicles without MMCS and without radio
YES <vehicles with KOS> : Go to Step 35. and CD player> : Go to Step 38.
NO (the check result is not normal.) : Repair the NO (the check result is not normal.) : Repair the
wiring harness between C-01 combination wiring harness between C-23 KOS-ECU
meter connector and C-04 joint connector connector and C-04 joint connector (CAN1).
(CAN1).
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-137
STEP 36. Check the wiring harness between C- STEP 38. Check the wiring harness between C-
103 radio and CD player connector and C-04 joint 103 spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint
connector (CAN1) for open circuit. connector (CAN1) for open circuit.
Disconnect radio and CD player connector and joint Disconnect joint connector (CAN1), and check the
connector (CAN1), and check the following wiring following wiring harness for open circuit.
harness for open circuit. (1) The wiring harness between C-103 spare
(1) The wiring harness between C-103 radio and CD connector (for audio) terminal No.8 and C-04 joint
player connector terminal No.23 and C-04 joint connector (CAN1) terminal No.1.
connector (CAN1) terminal No.6. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) (2) The wiring harness between C-103 spare
(2) The wiring harness between C-103 radio and CD connector (for audio) terminal No.18 and C-04
player connector terminal No.33 and C-04 joint joint connector (CAN1) terminal No.17.
connector (CAN1) terminal No.17. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
YES : Go to Step 39. NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-103
NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-103 spare connector (for audio) and C-04 joint
radio and CD player connector and C-04 connector (CAN1).
STEP 37. Check the wiring harness between C-54 301 ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
CAN box unit connector and C-04 joint connector connector (CAN1) for open circuit.
(CAN1) for open circuit. CAUTION
Disconnect CAN box unit connector and joint con- Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
nector (CAN1), and check the following wiring har- repair procedure. For details refer to .
ness for open circuit. Disconnect ETACS-ECU connector and joint con-
(1) The wiring harness between C-54 CAN box unit nector (CAN1), and check the following wiring har-
connector terminal No.8 and C-04 joint connector ness for open circuit.
(CAN1) terminal No.6. (1) The wiring harness between C-301 ETACS-ECU
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) connector terminal No.6 and C-04 joint connector
(2) The wiring harness between C-54 CAN box unit (CAN1) terminal No.11
connector terminal No.9 and C-04 joint connector OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
(CAN1) terminal No.17. (2) The wiring harness between C-301 ETACS-ECU
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) connector terminal No.7 and C-04 joint connector
Q: Is the check result normal? (CAN1) terminal No.22
YES : Go to Step 39. OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
CAN box unit connector and C-04 joint YES : Go to Step 47.
connector (CAN1). NO : Repair the wiring harness between C-301
ETACS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
connector (CAN1).
TROUBLESHOOTING
(checking the SRS-ECU for internal short) (checking the heater control unit <vehicles
CAUTION without A/C> or A/C-ECU <vehicles with A/C> for
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness internal short)
Disconnect C-122 SRS-ECU connector, and diag- Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
nose the CAN bus line. repair procedure. For details refer to .
Disconnect C-60 heater control unit connector <vehi-
M.U.T.
: Red section on screen cles without A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector <vehi-
ETACS
cles with A/C>, and diagnose the CAN bus line.
JC M.U.T.
SAS Cor ner JC ETACS
AT/ ABS/ JC
CVT ASC
JC
SAS Cor ner JC
KOS/ A/C AUDIO

SRS MMCS METER
WCM AT/ ABS/
ACB01921AC CVT ASC
OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown JC
in the figure. KOS/

WCM
ACB01921AC
illustration? OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown
YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-122 in the figure.
SRS-ECU connector and C-04 joint Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the
connector (CAN1). illustration?
NO : Check the SRS-ECU connector, and repair YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-60
if necessary. If the SRS-ECU connector is in heater control unit connector <vehicles
good condition, replace the SRS-ECU. without A/C> or C-15 A/C-ECU connector
<vehicles with A/C> and C-04 joint
connector (CAN1).
NO : Check the heater control unit connector
<vehicles without A/C> or A/C-ECU
connector <vehicles with A/C>, and repair if
necessary. If the heater control unit
connector <vehicles without A/C> or A/C-
ECU connector <vehicles with A/C> is in
good condition, replace the heater control
unit <vehicles without A/C> or A/C-ECU
<vehicles with A/C>.
TROUBLESHOOTING
54C-139
STEP 42. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics STEP 43 M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
(checking the combination meter for internal (checking the WCM for internal short)
short) CAUTION
repair procedure. For details refer to . Disconnect C-06 WCM connector, and diagnose the
Disconnect C-01 combination meter connector, and CAN bus line.
diagnose the CAN bus line.
M.U.T.
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
JC
SAS Cor ner JC
SAS Cor ner JC

AT/ ABS/
CVT ASC
AT/ ABS/
Levelling EPS AS&G ENGINE JC
CVT ASC
JC
KOS/ A/C AUDIO
SRS MMCS METER
WCM
ACB01921AC
KOS/ A/C AUDIO
SRS MMCS METER

WCM
ACB01921AC

YES : Repair the wiring harness between C-01 WCM connector and C-04 joint connector
combination meter connector and C-04 joint (CAN1).
connector (CAN1). NO : Check the WCM connector, and repair if
NO : Check the combination meter connector, necessary. If the WCM connector is in good
and repair if necessary. If the combination condition, replace the WCM.
meter connector is in good condition,
replace the combination meter. STEP 44. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
(checking the KOS-ECU for internal short)
CAUTION
Disconnect C-23 KOS-ECU connector, and diagnose
the CAN bus line.
M.U.T.
ETACS
JC
SAS Cor ner JC
AT/ ABS/
CVT ASC
JC
KOS/ A/C AUDIO

SRS MMCS METER
WCM
ACB01921AC

in the figure.
illustration?
TROUBLESHOOTING

KOS-ECU connector and C-04 joint
(checking the CAN box unit for internal short)
connector (CAN1).
NO : Check the KOS-ECU connector, and repair CAUTION
if necessary. If the KOS-ECU connector is in Strictly observe the specified wiring harness
good condition, replace the KOS-ECU. repair procedure. For details refer to .
Disconnect C-54 CAN box unit connector, and diag-
nose the CAN bus line.
(checking the radio and CD player for internal M.U.T.
short)
ETACS
CAUTION
Strictly observe the specified wiring harness JC
repair procedure. For details refer to . SAS JC

Cor ner
Disconnect C-103 radio and CD player connector,
and diagnose the CAN bus line. AT/
CVT
ABS/
ASC
JC
M.U.T.
: Red section on screen KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AC
ETACS

JC
in the figure.
SAS
Cor ner JC
AT/ ABS/
illustration?
CVT ASC
JC
CAN box unit connector and C-04 joint

KOS/
WCM
ACB01921AC
connector (CAN1).
NO : Check the CAN box unit connector, and
OK: The display of the M.U.T.-III is as shown repair if necessary. If the CAN box unit
in the figure. connector is in good condition, replace the
Q: Does M.U.T.-III screen correspond to the CAN box unit.
illustration?
STEP 47. Trouble symptom check
radio and CD player connector and C-04
Diagnose the CAN bus line, and check that normal
joint connector (CAN1).
NO : Check the radio and CD player connector,
and repair if necessary. If the radio and CD Q: Is the check result normal?
player connector is in good condition, YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
replace the radio and CD player. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to
Malfunction ).
NO : Check the ETACS-ECU connector, and
repair if necessary. If the ETACS-ECU
ETACS-ECU.
CAN COMMUNICATION-RELATED DIAGNOSIS CODE (U-CODE) TABLE
54C-141
CAN COMMUNICATION-RELATED DIAGNOSIS CODE (U-
CODE) TABLE
M1548300302393
Code Diagnostic item Output ECU Action

No.
U0001 Bus Off (CAN-C) Engine-ECU, AS&G-ECU, A/T-ECU, CAN main bus line
CVT-ECU, ABS-ECU, ASC-ECU, diagnostics
Electric power steering-ECU, Headlamp
automatic levelling-ECU, ETACS-ECU,
corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
U0019 Bus Off (CAN-B) KOS-ECU, WCM, SRS-ECU,
Combination meter, Radio and CD
player, CAN box unit, ETACS-ECU, A/C-
ECU
U0100 Engine time-out AS&G-ECU, A/T-ECU, CVT-ECU, ABS-
ECU, ASC-ECU, Electric power steering-
ECU, Headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU, Combination meter, ETACS-ECU,
corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
U0101 CVT/AT time-out Engine-ECU <Except 1800-Diesel>,
ASC-ECU, ETACS-ECU
U0121 ABS/ASC time-out Engine-ECU, AS&G-ECU, A/T-ECU,
CVT-ECU, Electric power steering-ECU,
Headlamp automatic levelling-ECU,
ETACS-ECU, corner sensor/back
sensor-ECU
U0125 G and yaw rate sensor message ASC-ECU
U0126 Steering wheel sensor time-out ASC-ECU, ETACS-ECU
U0131 EPS CAN timeout Engine-ECU <1600, 1800, 2000>,
ETACS-ECU
U0141 ETACS-ECU time-out Engine-ECU, AS&G-ECU, A/T-ECU,
CVT-ECU, ABS-ECU, ASC-ECU,
Electric power steering-ECU, KOS-ECU,
WCM, SRS-ECU, Headlamp automatic
levelling-ECU, Combination meter,
Radio and CD player, CAN box unit, A/C-
ECU, corner sensor/back sensor-ECU
U0151 SRS time-out KOS-ECU, WCM, Combination meter,
Radio and CD player, CAN box unit,
ETACS-ECU, A/C-ECU
CAN COMMUNICATION-RELATED DIAGNOSIS CODE (U-CODE) TABLE
Code Diagnostic item Output ECU Action

No.
U0155 Meter time-out KOS-ECU, WCM, SRS-ECU, Radio and CAN main bus line
CD player, CAN box unit, ETACS- diagnostics
ECU,A/C-ECU
U0164 A/C time-out kOS-ECU, WCM, SRS-ECU,
Combination meter, Radio and CD
player, CAN box unit, ETACS-ECU
U0167 CAN immobilizer Engine-ECU <Except 1800-Diesel>
(communication)
U0168 WCM/KOS time-out SRS-ECU, Combination meter, Radio
and CD player, CAN box unit, ETACS-
ECU, A/C-ECU
U0181 Headlamp automatic levelling- ETACS-ECU
ECU CAN timeout
U0184 Audio unit time-out KOS-ECU, WCM, SRS-ECU,
Combination meter, ETACS-ECU, A/C-
ECU
U0245 Audio visual navigation unit KOS-ECU, WCM, Combination meter,
time-out ETACS-ECU
U0401 Engine malfunction detected ASC-ECU, Electric power steering-ECU Diagnose CAN main
U0415 Vehicle speed (CAN message) Engine-ECU <1600, 1800-Petrol, 2000> bus lines and confirm
data input malfunction input signals.
U0428 Communication error in steering ASC-ECU
wheel sensor
U1003 G and yaw rate sensor bus-off ASC-ECU
U1004 AS&G-ECU time-out Engine-ECU <1600, 1800-Diesel>,
ETACS-ECU
U1005 Corner sensor/back sensor- ETACS-ECU
ECU CAN timeout
U1108 Additional CAN B ECU detected ETACS-ECU
U1120 Bus line (CAN-C) low input
U1121 Bus line (CAN-C) high input
U1180 Combination meter time-out AS&G-ECU CAN main bus line
U1201 Vehicle speed signal error diagnostics
U1414 Defective coding data SRS-ECU
U1415 Coding not completed/Data fail CVT-ECU, ABS-ECU, ASC-ECU, KOS-
ECU, WCM, SRS-ECU, Electric power
steering-ECU, Headlamp automatic
levelling-ECU, Combination meter,
Radio and CD player, CAN box unit, A/C-
ECU
U1417 Implausible coding data CVT-ECU, ABS-ECU, ASC-ECU,
Electric power steering-ECU, KOS-ECU,
WCM, Headlamp automatic levelling-
ECU, CAN box unit
55-1
GROUP 55
HEATER, AIR
CONDITIONER AND
VENTILATION
CONTENTS
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . 55A
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55B

55A-1
GROUP 55A
HEATER, AIR
CONDITIONER AND
VENTILATION
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . 55A-4 ...................................... 55A-21

B1021 Fan Dial SW Error <Vehicles with A/C>
SERVICE SPECIFICATION(S) . . . . . 55A-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-22
B1079 Refrigerant Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-23
LUBRICANT(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-5 B2214 Control Panel Failure <Vehicles without A/C>
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-24
SPECIAL TOOL(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-6 B2214 Control Panel Failure <Vehicles with A/C>
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-25
U1415 COOLING NOT COMPLETED . . . . 55A-26
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-8
U0019 Bus Off (CAN-B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-27
U0141 ETACS CAN Time-out . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-28
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-8
U0151 SRS CAN Time-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-29
U0155 Meter CAN Time-out . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-30
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . 55A-11
U0168 WCM CAN Time-out . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-32
B1034 Ambient Temperature Sensor System
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-11 U0184 Audio CAN Time-out . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-33
B1031 Air Thermo Sensor System <Vehicles without A/ SYMPTOM CHART <Vehicles without A/C>
C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-12 ...................................... 55A-34
B1031 Air Thermo Sensor System <Vehicles with A/C> SYMPTOM PROCEDURES <Vehicles without A/C>
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-35
B1000 Control Panel Communication Error <Vehicles COMMUNICATION WITH THE M.U.T.-III IS NOT
without A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-14 POSSIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-35
B1000 Control Panel Communication Error <Vehicles BLOWER MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE. 55A-36
with A/C>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-15 BLOWER AIR AMOUNT CANNOT BE CHANGED.
B1018 Temperature Control Dial SW Error <Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-39
without A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-17 INSIDE/OUTSIDE AIR CHANGEOVER IS NOT
B1018 Temperature Control Dial SW Error <Vehicles POSSIBLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-41
with A/C>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-18 A/C OUTLET AIR TEMPERATURE DOES NOT
B1003 Mode Dial SW Error <Vehicles without A/C> INCREASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-43
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-19 AIR OUTLET VENT CANNOT BE CHANGED.
B1003 Mode Dial SW Error <Vehicles with A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-44
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-20 BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
B1021 Fan Dial SW Error <Vehicles without A/C> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-46
55A-2
A/C-ECU POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM . . . . 55A-48 HEATER UNIT AND BLOWER ASSEMBLY
SYMPTOM CHART <Vehicles with A/C> . . 55A-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-97
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-35 HEATER UNIT AND BLOWER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
COMMUNICATION WITH THE M.U.T.-III IS NOT AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-97
POSSIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-50 HEATER UNIT AND BLOWER ASSEMBLY
COOL AIR DOES NOT COME . . . . . . . . . . 55A-51 DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY . . . . . 55A-101
BLOWER MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE 55A-52 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-102
BLOWER AIR AMOUNT CANNOT BE CHANGED.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-55 HEATER HOSE <Diesel engine> . . . 55A-102
INSIDE/OUTSIDE AIR CHANGEOVER IS NOT HEATER HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
POSSIBLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-102
THE COMPRESSOR DOES NOT WORK <Petrol
engine> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-60 MODE SELECTION DAMPER CONTROL
THE COMPRESSOR DOES NOT WORK <Diesel MOTOR, AIR MIXING DAMPER CONTROL
engine> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-63 MOTOR, OUTSIDE/INSIDE AIR SELECTION
THE A/C INDICATOR FLASHES.. . . . . . . . 55A-65 DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR, POWER
A/C OUTLET AIR TEMPERATURE DOES NOT TRANSISTOR AND BLOWER MOTOR
INCREASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-66
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-103
AIR OUTLET VENT CANNOT BE CHANGED.
MODE SELECTION DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-67
AIR MIXING DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR, OUTSIDE/
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SYSTEM . . . . . 55A-69 INSIDE AIR SELECTION DAMPER CONTROL
BLOWER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM MOTOR, POWER TRANSISTOR AND BLOWER
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-71 MOTOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . 55A-103
A/C-ECU POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM . . . . 55A-74 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-104
THE PTC HEATER DOES NOT WORK <Vehicles with
PTC heater> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-77 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 55A-105
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . 55A-82 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL AND
ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE. . 55A-84 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-105
CHECK AT ECU TERMINAL . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-84 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-105
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE. . . . . . . . . . . 55A-86 A/C-ECU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-106

COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT A/C-ECU REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 55A-106
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-86
REFRIGERANT LEVEL CHECK, DRAINING AND PTC HEATER <Vehicles with PTC heater>
CHARGING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-107
REFILLING OF OIL IN THE A/C SYSTEM . 55A-86 PTC HEATER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
PERFORMANCE TEST <VEHICLES USING R-134a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-107
REFRIGERANT> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-86 INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-108
DIAGNOSIS BY REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-89
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . 55A-109
SIMPLE INSPECTION OF THE A/C PRESSURE
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND
SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-92
INSTALLATION <1600 (M/T)> . . . . . . . . . . 55A-109
POWER RELAY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-93
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND
IDLE-UP OPERATION CHECK . . . . . . . . . 55A-95 INSTALLATION <Except 1600 (M/T)> . . . . 55A-111
CLEAN AIR FILTER REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY INSPECTION 55A-112
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-96
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY AND
ASSEMBLY <1600 (M/T)> . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-113
HEATER CONTROL UNIT. . . . . . . . . 55A-96 COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY AND
HEATER CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND ASSEMBLY <Except 1600 (M/T)> . . . . . . . 55A-116
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-96 COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY INSPECTION
55A-3
(DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY) . . . 55A-118 REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAL AND

INSTALLATION <Diesel engine> . . . . . . . . 55A-122
CONDENSER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . 55A-120
CONDENSER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND DUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-124
INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-120 DUCT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . 55A-124
REFRIGERANT LINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-121 VENTILATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-126

REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAL AND VENTILATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION <Petrol engine> . . . . . . . . 55A-121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A-126
55A-4 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
M1551000100336
In addition to the normal control, A/C-ECU of the NOTE: For general information of the AS&G system,
vehicle with AS&G system performs the following refer to GROUP 17, Auto Stop & Go (AS&G) System
control. .
Comfort retaining control

· A/C control during ID stop
Engine ON
ID stop
Stop <Prohibition> Startup of travel
Engine OFF Engine ON

ID stop
<Start> Engine OFF
Vehicle During ID stop
stationary ID stop
<Continue>
Auto stop prohibition control
· Condition judgement Forcible auto start request control
Transmission of prohibition · Condition change
signal Transmission of startup
request signal
Repeats
AC905481 AB
AUTO STOP PROHIBITION CONTROL • The setting temperature is changed by 3 degrees

Under the conditions below with the blower fan ON, or more <Vehicles with automatic air condi-
the A/C-ECU transmits the auto stop prohibition sig- tioner>.
nal to the AS&G-ECU. • With the air volume/outlet mode set to Auto, it is
• Outside air temperature is low. changed to MAX HOT or MAX COOL <Vehicles
• The outlet mode is set to DEF. with automatic air conditioner>.
• The outlet temperature is high with the A/C switch
ON. COMFORT RETAINING CONTROL
• The setting temperature is changed by 3 degrees When detecting that the auto stop is underway, A/C-
or more <Vehicles with automatic air condi- ECU performs the following controls to retain the
tioner>. interior comfort of the vehicle.
• The interior temperature is low <Vehicles with • The blower fan level will be decreased. The outlet
automatic air conditioner>. temperature rising is restricted by reducing the air
• With the air volume/outlet mode set to Auto, MAX volume that passes though the evaporator to the
HOT or MAX COOL is attained <Vehicles with extent possible.
automatic air conditioner>. • To prevent interior temperature rising by intrusion
of the outside air when the outside temperature is
FORCIBLE AUTO START REQUEST CON- high, the opening angle of the interior/exterior
TROL damper will be modified. By reducing the intake
amount of the outside air, the interior comfort of
Under the conditions below with the blower fan ON
the vehicle is retained. When the outside temper-
during auto stop, the A/C-ECU transmits the start
ature is low, a certain amount of outside air is
request signal to the AS&G-ECU.
taken to defog the windows.
• The outlet temperature rises with the A/C switch
• The air mix damper will be closed to prevent heat
ON.
from the heater core, minimising the effect to the
• The outlet mode that is not in DEF is changed to
interior.
DEF.
• The A/C switch is changed from OFF to ON.
HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND VENTILATION
55A-5
M1551000301708
Item Standard value

Idle speed r/min (N or P range) 1600 750 ± 50
1800 Petrol M/T 650 ± 50
CVT 700 ± 50
1800 Diesel 650 ± 50
2000 700 ± 50
Idle-up speed r/min (N or P range) 1600 750 ± 100
1800 Petrol, 2000 850 ± 100
1800 Diesel 900 ± 100
Air gap (magnetic clutch) mm 0.25 − 0.45
A/C refrigerant temperature switch Being turned off 135
operating temperature °C Being turned on 120
LUBRICANTS
M1551000401385
Item Specified lubricant Quantity

Compressor refrigerant unit lubricant mL 1600 SUN PAG 56 or S10X 60 − 80 (target value:
(M/T) 60)
Except 70 − 90 (target value:
1600 (M/T) 70)
Each connection of refrigerant line As required
Refrigerant g HFC134a (R134a) 500 ± 20
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS
M1551000601226

MB990810 Side bearing puller A/C compressor rotor
removal and installation
MB990810
MB992623 Guide
MB992623
MB992624 Pusher
MB992624
MD999566 Claw
MB991367 Special spanner Removal and installation

of the A/C compressor
armature mounting nut
B991367
MB991386 Pin
MB990900 or Door hinge adjusting Removal and installation

MB991164 wrench of front deck cross
member heater unit
assembly
MB990900
MB991658 Test harness Inspection of the A/C

pressure sensor
MB991658
SPECIAL TOOLS
55A-7
MB991223 Harness set Making voltage and
a
a. MB991219 a. Test harness resistance
b. MB991220 b. LED harness measurements during
c. MB991221 c. LED harness adapter troubleshooting
d. MB991222 d. Probe a. Connect pin contact
b pressure inspection
b. Power circuit
inspection
c. Power circuit
c inspection
d. Commercial tester
connection
d
DO NOT USE
MB991223BA
MB992006 Extra fine probe Continuity check and

voltage measurement at
harness wire or
connector
MB992006
TROUBLESHOOTING

MB991955 M.U.T.-III sub-assembly CAUTION
a
a. MB991824 a. Vehicle For vehicles with CAN
b. MB991827 Communication communication, use
c. MB991910 Interface (V. C. I). M.U.T.-III main harness
d. MB991911 b. USB cable A to send simulated
MB991824
e. MB991825 c. M.U.T.-III main vehicle speed. If you
b
f. MB991826 harness A (applicable connect M.U.T.-III main
to vehicles with CAN harness B instead, the
communication) CAN communication
d. M.U.T.-III main does not function
MB991827
harness B (applicable correctly.
c to vehicles without Check the A/C (The
CAN communication) M.U.T.-III diagnosis
e. Measurement codes display, service
adapter data display and
MB991910 f. Trigger harness actuator test)
d
DO NOT USE
MB991911
MB991825
MB991826
MB991955
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
M1554004700975 M1554004800905
Refer to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/ READING DIAGNOSIS CODES
Inspection Service Points − Contents of Trouble- Refer to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/
shooting Inspection Service Points − Diagnosis Function .
ERASING DIAGNOSIS CODES

Refer to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/
Inspection Service Points − Diagnosis Function .
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-9
M1554004901961
<VEHICLES WITHOUT A/C>

Code No. Diagnostic item Reference page Service data
display
contents when
diagnosis code
is set
B1034 (set by Ambient temperature sensor system (short 20°C
ETACS-ECU) circuit)
B1035 (set by Ambient temperature sensor system (open
ETACS-ECU) circuit)
B1031 Fin thermo sensor system (short circuit) Air recirculation
<Vehicles without A/C> position: Interior
B1032 Fin thermo sensor system (open circuit) temperature
<Vehicles without A/C> Fresh air
position: Fresh
air + 10°C
B1000 Communication error with control panel −
<Vehicles without A/C>
B1018 Temperature control dial SW error <Vehicles −
without A/C>
B1003 Mode dial SW error <Vehicles without A/C> −
B1021 Fan dial SW error <Vehicles without A/C> −
B2214 Control panel failure <Vehicles without A/C> −
U1415 Coding Not Completed −
U0019 Bus off (CAN-B) −
U0141 ETACS-ECU CAN time-out −
U0151 SRS CAN time-out −
U0155 Meter CAN time-out −
U0168 WCM CAN time-out −
U0184 Audio CAN time-out −
NOTE: Note that diagnosis code Nos. B1034 and <VEHICLES WITH A/C>
B1035 will be set by the ETACS-ECU separately.

display
contents when
diagnosis code
is set
B1034 (set by Ambient temperature sensor system (short 20°C
ETACS-ECU) circuit)
B1035 (set by Ambient temperature sensor system (open
ETACS-ECU) circuit)
TROUBLESHOOTING

display
contents when
diagnosis code
is set
B1031 Fin thermo sensor system (short circuit) Air recirculation
<Vehicles with A/C> position: Interior
B1032 Fin thermo sensor system (open circuit) temperature
<Vehicles with A/C> Fresh air
position: Fresh
air + 10°C
B1000 Communication error with control panel −
<Vehicles with A/C>
B1018 Temperature control dial SW error <Vehicles with −
A/C>
B1003 Mode dial SW error <Vehicles with A/C> −
B1021 Fan dial SW error <Vehicles with A/C> −
B1079 A/C refrigerant leaks −
B2214 Control panel failure <Vehicles with A/C> −
U1415 Coding Not Completed −
NOTE: Note that diagnosis code Nos. B1034 and
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-11
Code No.B1034: Ambient temperature sensor system (short circuit)

Code No.B1035: Ambient temperature sensor system (open circuit)
Ambient Temperature Sensor Circuit
ETACS-ECU
ANALOG
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
Wire colour code

AC802248
Connectors: A-41 Connector: C-312 <RHD>

ETACS-ECU
A-41 (B)
AC612690 AH AC612717AK
Connector: C-312 <LHD> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

ETACS-ECU This code is set when the ambient temperature sen-
sor circuit is short (Code No.B1034) or is open (Code
No.B1035).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the ambient temperature sensor
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors
AC612709AN
TROUBLESHOOTING

STEP 1. Connector check: A-41 ambient

temperature sensor connector and C-312 ETACS- STEP 3. Check the ambient temperature sensor
ECU connector Refer to .

NO : Repair the connector. NO : Replace the ambient temperature sensor.
STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between A-41 STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
ambient temperature sensor connector reset
(terminals 1 and 2) and C-312 ETACS-ECU Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
connector (terminals 14 and 7). YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU.
• Check the sensor signal line and earth line for NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
open or short circuit. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Code No.B1031: Fin thermo Sensor system (short circuit) <Vehicles without A/C>
Code No.B1032: Fin thermo Sensor system (open circuit) <Vehicles without A/C>
Fin Thermo Sensor Circuit
FIN THERMO
SENSOR
HEATER
CONTROL
UNIT
Wire colour code

AC801264

This code is set when the fin thermo sensor circuit is
short (Code No.B1031) or is open (Code No.B1032).
PROBABLE CAUSES
C-59 (B) • Malfunction of the fin thermo sensor
• Malfunction of the heater control unit
C-118
AC612706 BO
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-13

unit connector and C-118 fin thermo sensor STEP 3. Check the fin thermo sensor.
connector Refer to .

NO : Repair the connector. NO : Replace the fin thermo sensor.
STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-59 STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
heater control unit connector (terminals 21 and reset.
22) and C-118 fin thermo sensor connector Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
(terminals 2 and 1). YES : Replace the heater control unit.
• Check the sensor signal line and earth line for NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
open or short circuit. malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Code No.B1031: Fin thermo Sensor system (short circuit) <Vehicles with A/C>
Code No.B1032: Fin thermo Sensor system (open circuit) <Vehicles with A/C>
Fin Thermo Sensor Circuit
FIN THERMO
SENSOR
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code

Connectors: C-13, C-118 <LHD> Connectors: C-13, C-118 <RHD>
C-13 (B)
C-13 (B)
C-118
C-118
AC612706 AD AC612710 AR
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM short (Code No.B1031) or is open (Code No.B1032).

This code is set when the fin thermo sensor circuit is
TROUBLESHOOTING

• Malfunction of the fin thermo sensor NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU STEP 3. Check the fin thermo sensor.
Refer to .
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-13 A/C-ECU NO : Replace the fin thermo sensor.
connector and C-118 fin thermo sensor
connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-13 malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
A/C-ECU connector (terminals 21 and 22) and C- Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
118 fin thermo sensor connector (terminals 2 and
1).
• Check the sensor signal line and earth line for
open or short circuit.
Code No. B1000: Communication error with control panel <Vehicles without A/C>
Heater Control Panel Circuit
HEATER
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
HEATER
CONTROL
UNIT
Wire colour code

ACA00851
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-15
YES : Go to Step 2.

heater control panel connector terminal No. 9
and C-60 heater control unit connector terminal
No. 9.
C-147 • Check the heater control panel signal line for
C-60 (B) open or short circuit.
AC612706BP Q: Is the check result normal?
This code will be set when the heater control unit NO : Repair the wiring harness.
cannot receive information from the heater control
panel. STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
PROBABLE CAUSES Replace the heater control panel, and erase the
• Malfunction of the heater control panel diagnosis code. Then check that no diagnosis code
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors is being set.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE YES : Replace the heater control unit.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-147 heater control Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
panel connector and C-60 heater control unit
connector
Code No. B1000: Communication error with control panel <Vehicles with A/C>
A/C
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code

ACA00799
TROUBLESHOOTING
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the A/C control panel
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-119
C-15 (B) panel connector and C-15 A/C-ECU connector
AC612706AE

A/C control panel connector terminal No. 9 and
C-15 A/C-ECU connector terminal No. 9.
• Check the A/C control panel signal line for open
C-15 (B)
or short circuit.
AC612710 AS
YES : Go to Step 3.
Connector: C-119 <RHD> NO : Repair the wiring harness.

reset.
Replace the A/C control panel, and erase the diagno-
sis code. Then check that no diagnosis code is being
set.
AC612711AG
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
This code will be set when the A/C-ECU cannot Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
receive information from the A/C control panel.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-17
Code No. B1018: Temperature control dial SW error <Vehicles without A/C>
HEATER
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
HEATER
CONTROL
UNIT
Wire colour code

ACA00851
YES : Go to Step 2.

No. 9.
This code will be set when the temperature control NO : Repair the wiring harness.
dial position on the AC control panel is detected as
abnormal. STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset.
PROBABLE CAUSES Replace the heater control panel, and erase the
• Malfunction of the heater control panel diagnosis code. Then check that no diagnosis code
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors is being set.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE YES : Replace the heater control unit.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-147 heater control Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
connector
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No. B1018: Temperature control dial SW error <Vehicles with A/C>
A/C
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code

ACA00799
C-119
C-15 (B)
AC612706AE AC612711AG

This code will be set when the temperature control
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
C-15 (B) • Malfunction of the A/C-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
AC612710 AS

panel connector and C-15 A/C-ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-19
STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-119 STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
A/C control panel connector terminal No. 9 and reset.
C-15 A/C-ECU connector terminal No. 9. Replace the A/C control panel, and erase the diagno-
• Check the A/C control panel signal line for open sis code. Then check that no diagnosis code is being
or short circuit. set.
YES : Go to Step 3. YES : Replace the A/C-ECU.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. NO : This diagnosis is complete.
Code No. B1003: Mode dial SW error <Vehicles without A/C>
HEATER
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
HEATER
CONTROL
UNIT
Wire colour code

ACA00851

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

connector
C-60 (B) NO : Repair the connector.
AC612706BP
This code will be set when the air outlet changeover
No. 9.
abnormal.
• Check the heater control panel signal line for
PROBABLE CAUSES open or short circuit.
• Malfunction of the heater control panel Q: Is the check result normal?
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors YES : Go to Step 3.
• Malfunction of the heater control unit NO : Repair the wiring harness.
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Replace the heater control unit.

reset.
Replace the heater control panel, and erase the
diagnosis code. Then check that no diagnosis code
is being set.
Code No. B1003: Mode dial SW error <Vehicles with A/C>
A/C
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code

ACA00799
C-119
C-15 (B)
AC612706AE AC612711AG

This code will be set when the air outlet changeover
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
C-15 (B) • Malfunction of the A/C-ECU
AC612710 AS
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-21

panel connector and C-15 A/C-ECU connector STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
reset
Q: Is the check result normal? Replace the A/C control panel, and erase the diagno-
YES : Go to Step 2. sis code. Then check that no diagnosis code is being
NO : Repair the connector. set.
STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-119 YES : Replace the A/C-ECU.
A/C control panel connector terminal No. 9 and NO : This diagnosis is complete.
or short circuit.
Code No. B1021: Fan dial SW error <Vehicles without A/C>
HEATER
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
HEATER
CONTROL
UNIT
Wire colour code

ACA00851

This code will be set when the air volume control dial
position on the AC control panel is detected as
abnormal.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the heater control panel
C-147
C-60 (B)
AC612706BP
TROUBLESHOOTING


panel connector and C-60 heater control unit STEP 3. Check whether the diagnosis code is
connector reset.
Replace the heater control panel, and erase the
Q: Is the check result normal? diagnosis code. Then check that no diagnosis code
YES : Go to Step 2. is being set.
STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-147 NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
heater control panel connector terminal No. 9 malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
and C-60 heater control unit connector terminal Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
No. 9.
• Check the heater control panel signal line for
Code No. B1021: Fan dial SW error <Vehicles with A/C>
A/C
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code

ACA00799
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-23
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-119
AC612706AE

C-15 (B)
or short circuit.
AC612710 AS
YES : Go to Step 3.

reset
set.
AC612711AG
This code will be set when the air volume control dial
position on the AC control panel is detected as
abnormal.
Code No. B1079: A/C Refrigerant leaks

If this code is set, the refrigerant level may not be
appropriate, or the A/C pressure sensor may be
faulty (If this code is set, the A/C indicator will flash). STEP 1. Check the condenser assembly
Check that the condenser assembly is not wet.
• Inadequate refrigerant level YES : Go to Step 2.
• Malfunction of the A/C pressure sensor NO : Wait until the condenser is dry, and check
• Malfunction of the ambient temperature sensor that no diagnosis code is set.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics STEP 5. Check the A/C pressure sensor
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. Refer to .
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP NO : Replace the A/C pressure sensor.
54C, Troubleshooting ).
STEP 6. Refrigerant level check
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code Refer to .
Check that the diagnosis code related to the A/C is Q: Is the check result normal?
not set. YES : Go to Step 7.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : Correct the refrigerant level.
YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures.
Refer to . STEP 7. Check whether the diagnosis code is
NO : Go to Step 4.
reset
STEP 4. M.U.T.-III data list YES : Refer to Inspection Procedure 11: A/C
Check that the following service data display con- pressure sensor system .
tents are normal. (Refer to ) NO : The trouble can be an intermittent
• Item 02: Ambient temperature sensor malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
Q: Is the check result normal? Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Refer to code No.B1011, B1012: Ambient
temperature sensor system .
Code No. B2214: Control panel failure <Vehicles without A/C>
HEATER
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
HEATER
CONTROL
UNIT
Wire colour code

ACA00851
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-25
YES : Go to Step 2.

No. 9.
This code will be set when the A/C control panel is NO : Repair the wiring harness.
faulty.
PROBABLE CAUSES reset.
• Malfunction of the heater control panel Replace the heater control panel, and erase the
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors diagnosis code. Then check that no diagnosis code
• Malfunction of the heater control unit is being set.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-147 heater control malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
panel connector and C-60 heater control unit Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
connector
Code No. B2214: Control panel failure <Vehicles with A/C>
A/C
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code

ACA00799
TROUBLESHOOTING
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-119
AC612706AE

C-15 (B)
or short circuit.
AC612710 AS
YES : Go to Step 3.

reset
set.
AC612711AG
This code will be set when the A/C control panel is
faulty.
Code No.U1415: Coding Not Completed

If diagnosis code No. U1415 is set in the A/C- • Damaged wiring harness or connectors
ECU, always diagnose the CAN bus lines. • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
CAUTION
Before replacing the ECU, ensure that the com- DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
munication circuit is normal.
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
The A/C-ECU receives vehicle information-related STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
signals from the ETACS-ECU via the CAN bus lines. Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
If the ECU receives an incorrect global coding data Q: Is the check result normal?
or cannot receive any coding data when the ignition YES : Go to Step 2
switch is turned on and the coding is complete, diag- NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP
nosis code U1415 will be set. 54C − Troubleshooting ). On completion, go
to Step 6.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-27
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU, and then go to
Step 6.
Check whether the ETACS-related diagnosis code is
set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? between the ETACS-ECU and the A/C-ECU
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Refer to (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Cope with
NO : Go to Step 3 Intermittent Malfunction ).
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to the CAN reset.
communication-linked systems below, is set. Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
• WCM <Vehicles with WCM> (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
B2204: Coding data unmatched (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
• KOS <Vehicles with KOS> (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
B2204: Coding data unmatched
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? YES : Replace the A/C-ECU, and then go to Step
YES : Go to Step 4 6.
NO : Go to Step 5 NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is between the ETACS-ECU and the A/C-ECU
reset. (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Cope with
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set. Intermittent Malfunction ).
(2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set. reset.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
Code No. U0019: Bus off (CAN-B)

If diagnosis code No.U0019 is set in the A/C-ECU, The wiring harness wire or connectors may have
diagnose the CAN main bus line. loose, corroded, or damage terminals, or terminals
pushed back in the connector, or the A/C-ECU may
CAUTION be defective.
communication circuit is normal. PROBABLE CAUSES
TROUBLE JUDGMENT • Damaged wiring harness or connectors
If the A/C-ECU ceases communicating once (i.e. bus • Malfunction of the A/C-ECU
off) and then returns to it, the A/C-ECU will not com-
municate for three minutes immediately after that DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
point. This three-minute period is called "Penalty
mode." Immediately after the A/C-ECU returns to
communication, the diagnosis code is set.
TROUBLESHOOTING
YES : Go to Step 2 YES : Replace the A/C-ECU, and then go to Step

54C − Troubleshooting ). On completion, go NO : If a trouble is solved, it is determined that
to Step 3. there is an intermittent malfunction such as
poor engaged connector(s) or open circuit
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code. (Refer to GROUP 00, How to Cope with
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set. Intermittent Malfunction ).
(2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON STEP 3. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set. Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
Code No. U0141: ETACS-ECU CAN time-out
CAUTION NOTE: For a past trouble, you can not find it by the
If diagnosis code No.U0141 is set in the A/C-ECU, M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics even if there is
diagnose the CAN main bus line. any failure in CAN bus lines. In this case, refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent Mal-
CAUTION function and check the CAN bus lines. You can
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the narrow down the possible cause of the trouble by
communication circuit is normal. referring to the diagnosis code, which is set
TROUBLE JUDGMENT regarding the CAN communication-linked ECUs
The A/C-ECU receives air conditioner operation- (Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Line Diagnos-
related signal from the ETACS-ECU via the CAN bus tic Flow ).
lines. If the A/C-ECU can not receive the air condi-
CAUTION
tioner operation-related signal at all on the ETACS-
If the ignition switch is turned on without starting
ECU, diagnosis code No.U0141 will be set.
the engine and then three minutes pass, the A/C-
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM ECU may store U0141 as past trouble.
Current trouble PROBABLE CAUSES

• Connector(s) or wiring harness in the CAN bus • Damaged wiring harness or connectors
lines between the ETACS-ECU and the A/C- • Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU
ECU, the power supply system to the ETACS- • Malfunction of the A/C-ECU
ECU, the ETACS-ECU itself, or the A/C-ECU
may be faulty. DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Past trouble
• Carry out diagnosis with particular emphasis on STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
connector(s) or wiring harness in the CAN bus Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
lines between the ETACS-ECU and the A/C-
ECU, and the power supply system to the
YES : Go to Step 2
ETACS-ECU. For diagnosis procedures, refer to
"How to treat past trouble" (Refer to GROUP 00 −
54C, Troubleshooting ). On completion, go
to Step 6.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code set.

Check whether the ETACS-related diagnosis code is Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-29
YES : Diagnose the ETACS-ECU. Refer to .
NO : Go to Step 3
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
communication-linked systems below, is set. (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
• ETACS-ECU
U0141: ETACS-related time-out diagnosis code
YES : Replace the A/C-ECU, and then go to Step
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? 6.
YES : Go to Step 4 NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
NO : Go to Step 5 intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the ETACS-ECU and the A/C-ECU
STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Cope with
reset. Intermittent Malfunction ).
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
(2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON reset.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set. Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
YES : Replace the ETACS-ECU, and then go to (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
Step 6. (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line YES : Return to Step 1.
between the ETACS-ECU and the A/C-ECU NO : The procedure is complete.
(Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Cope with
Code No. U0151: SRS CAN time-out
CAUTION Past trouble

If diagnosis code No.U0151 is set in the A/C-ECU, • Carry out diagnosis with particular emphasis on
diagnose the CAN main bus line. connector(s) or wiring harness in the CAN bus
lines between the SRS-ECU and the A/C-ECU,
CAUTION and the power supply system to the SRS-ECU.
Whenever the ECU is replaced, ensure that the For diagnosis procedures, refer to "How to treat
communication circuit is normal. past trouble" (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Treat
TROUBLE JUDGMENT Past Trouble ).
The A/C-ECU receives air conditioner control-related
NOTE: For a past trouble, you can not find it by the
signals from the SRS-ECU via the CAN bus lines. If
M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics even if there is
the ECU cannot receive any of the air conditioner
any failure in CAN bus lines. In this case, refer to
control-related signals from the SRS-ECU, diagnosis
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent Mal-
code U0151 will be stored.
function and check the CAN bus lines. You can
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM narrow down the possible cause of the trouble by
referring to the diagnosis code, which is set
Current trouble regarding the CAN communication-linked ECUs
• Connector(s) or wiring harness in the CAN bus (Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Line Diagnos-
lines between the SRS-ECU and the A/C-ECU, tic Flow ).
the power supply system to the SRS-ECU, the
SRS-ECU itself, or the A/C-ECU may be defec-
tive.
TROUBLESHOOTING
CAUTION STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is

If the ignition switch is turned to the ON position reset.
without starting the engine, the diagnosis code Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
U0151 (past trouble) may be set to the A/C-ECU (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
after three minutes. (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• Malfunction of the SRS-ECU YES : Replace the SRS-ECU, and then go to Step
• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU 6.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
between the SRS-ECU and the A/C-ECU
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics Intermittent Malfunction ).
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
YES : Go to Step 2 reset.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
54C, Troubleshooting ) On completion, go to (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Step 6. (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
Check whether the SRS-related diagnosis code is YES : Replace the A/C-ECU, and then go to Step
set. 6.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
YES : Diagnose the SRS-ECU. Refer to . intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
NO : Go to Step 3. between the SRS-ECU and the A/C-ECU
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN
communication-linked systems below, is set. STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
• SRS-ECU reset.
U0151: SRS-ECU-related time-out diagnosis code Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 5.
Code No. U0155: Meter CAN time-out
CAUTION signals from the combination meter via the CAN bus
If diagnosis code No.U0155 is set in the A/C-ECU, lines. If the ECU cannot receive any of the air condi-
diagnose the CAN main bus line. tioner control-related signals from the combination
meter, diagnosis code U0155 will be stored.
CAUTION
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-31
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM YES : Diagnose the combination meter. Refer to .
NO : Go to Step 3
Current trouble
• Connector(s) or wiring harness in the CAN bus
lines between the combination meter and the A/ STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
C-ECU, the power supply system to the combina- Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN
tion meter, the combination meter itself, or the A/ communication-linked systems below, is set.
C-ECU may be faulty. • Combination meter
U0155: Combination meter-related time-out diagno-
Past trouble sis code
connector(s) or wiring harness in the CAN bus Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
lines between the A/C-ECU and the combination YES : Go to Step 4.
meter, and the power supply system to the com- NO : Go to Step 5.
bination meter. For diagnosis procedures, refer to
"How to treat past trouble" (Refer to GROUP 00 − STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
How to Treat Past Trouble ). reset.
NOTE: For a past trouble, you can not find it by the Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics even if there is (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
any failure in CAN bus lines. In this case, refer to (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent Mal- (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
function and check the CAN bus lines. You can Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
narrow down the possible cause of the trouble by YES : Replace the combination meter, and then
referring to the diagnosis code, which is set go to Step 6.
regarding the CAN communication-linked ECUs NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Line Diagnos- intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
tic Flow ). between the combination meter and the A/
CAUTION C-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Cope
If the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with Intermittent Malfunction ).
without starting the engine, the diagnosis code
U0168 (past trouble) may be set to the A/C-ECU STEP 5. Check whether the diagnosis code is
after three minutes. reset.
PROBABLE CAUSES
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE YES : Replace the A/C-ECU, and then go to Step
6.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. between the combination meter and the A/
Q: Is the check result normal? C-ECU (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Cope
YES : Go to Step 2 with Intermittent Malfunction ).
54C, Troubleshooting ). On completion, go STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
to Step 6. reset.
Check whether the combination meter-related diag- (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
nosis code is set. (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
TROUBLESHOOTING

Code No. U0168: WCM CAN time-out
CAUTION • Malfunction of the WCM

If diagnosis code No.U0168 is set in the A/C-ECU, • Malfunction of the A/C-ECU
diagnose the CAN main bus line.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
CAUTION
communication circuit is normal. STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
TROUBLE JUDGMENT Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
The A/C-ECU receives air conditioner control-related Q: Is the check result normal?
signals from the WCM via the CAN bus lines. If the YES : Go to Step 2.
ECU cannot receive any of the air conditioner con- NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
trol-related signals from the WCM, diagnosis code 54C Troubleshooting ). On completion, go to
U0168 will be stored. Step 6.

Current trouble Check whether the WCM-related diagnosis code is
• Connector(s) or wiring harness in the CAN bus set.
lines between the WCM and the A/C-ECU, the
power supply system to the WCM, the WCM Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Diagnose the WCM. Refer to .
itself, or the A/C-ECU may be faulty.
NO : Go to Step 3.
Past trouble
connector(s) or wiring harness in the CAN bus
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN
lines between the A/C-ECU and the WCM, and
communication-linked systems below, is set.
the power supply system to the WCM. For diag-
• WCM
nosis procedures, refer to "How to treat past trou-
U0168: WCM-related time-out diagnosis code
ble" (Refer to GROUP 00 − How to Treat Past
Trouble ).? Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
YES : Go to Step 4.
NOTE: For a past trouble, you can not find it by the
NO : Go to Step 5.
M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics even if there is
any failure in CAN bus lines. In this case, refer to
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent Mal- STEP 4. Check whether the diagnosis code is
function and check the CAN bus lines. You can reset.
narrow down the possible cause of the trouble by Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
referring to the diagnosis code, which is set (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
regarding the CAN communication-linked ECUs (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Line Diagnos- (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
tic Flow ). Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
CAUTION YES : Replace the WCM, and then go to Step 6.
If the ignition switch is turned to the ON position NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other
without starting the engine, the diagnosis code intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line
U0168 (past trouble) may be set to the A/C-ECU between the WCM and the A/C-ECU (Refer
after three minutes. to GROUP 00 − How to Cope with
PROBABLE CAUSES
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-33
reset. reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set. Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
(2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set. (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
YES : Replace the A/C-ECU, and then go to Step YES : Return to Step 1.
6. NO : The procedure is complete.
between the WCM and the A/C-ECU (Refer
to GROUP 00 − How to Cope with
Code No. U0184: Audio CAN time-out
CAUTION narrow down the possible cause of the trouble by

If diagnosis code No.U0184 is set in the A/C-ECU, referring to the diagnosis code, which is set
diagnose the CAN main bus line. regarding the CAN communication-linked ECUs
(Refer to GROUP 54C − CAN Bus Line Diagnos-
CAUTION tic Flow ).
communication circuit is normal. CAUTION
If the ignition switch is turned to the ON position
TROUBLE JUDGMENT
without starting the engine, the diagnosis code
U0184 (past trouble) may be set to the A/C-ECU
signals from the audio system via the CAN bus lines.
after three minutes.
If the ECU cannot receive any of the air conditioner
control-related signals from the audio system, diag- PROBABLE CAUSES
nosis code U0184 will be stored. • Damaged wiring harness or connectors
• Malfunction of the audio
Current trouble
• Connector(s) or wiring harness in the CAN bus DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
lines between the audio system and the A/C-
ECU, the power supply system to the audio sys-
tem, the audio system itself, or the A/C-ECU may STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
be defective. Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
Past trouble
YES : Go to Step 2.
connector(s) or wiring harness in the CAN bus
54C, Troubleshooting ). On completion, go
lines between the A/C-ECU and the audio sys-
to Step 6.
tem, and the power supply system to the audio
system. For diagnosis procedures, refer to "How
to treat past trouble" (Refer to GROUP 00 − How STEP 2. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code
to Treat Past Trouble ). Check whether the audio-related diagnosis code is
NOTE: For a past trouble, you can not find it by the set.
M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics even if there is Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
any failure in CAN bus lines. In this case, refer to YES : Diagnose the audio. Refer to .
GROUP 00, How to Cope with Intermittent Mal- NO : Go to Step 3
function and check the CAN bus lines. You can
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 3. M.U.T.-III other system diagnosis code (2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON
Check if a diagnosis code, which relates to CAN (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
communication-linked systems below, is set. Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
• Audio YES : Replace the A/C-ECU, and then go to Step
U0184: Audio-related time-out diagnosis code 6.
YES : Go to Step 4
NO : Go to Step 5
between the audio and the A/C-ECU (Refer
reset.
Recheck if the diagnosis code is set. STEP 6. Check whether the diagnosis code is
(1) Erase the diagnosis code. reset.
(2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set. (1) Erase the diagnosis code.
Q: Is the diagnosis code set? (3) Check if the diagnosis code is set.
YES : Replace the audio, and then go to Step 6.
NO : A poor connection, open circuit or other Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
intermittent malfunction in the CAN bus line YES : Return to Step 1.
between the audio and the A/C-ECU (Refer
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART <VEHICLES
WITHOUT A/C>
M1554005001518
reset.
procedure No. page
Communication with the M.U.T.-III is not possible 1
The blower does not work 2
The blower air volume cannot be changed 3
The inside/outside air changeover is impossible 4
Outlet air temperature cannot be set 5
Air outlets changeover is impossible 6
Blower motor power supply system 7
Heater control unit power supply system 8
The buzzer does not sound 9 (Refer to
GROUP 54A −
Combination
Meter ).
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-35
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES <Vehicles
without A/C>
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with the M.U.T.-III is not possible.

If communication with all other systems is not possi-
ble, there is a high possibility that there is a malfunc-
tion of the diagnosis line. If only the heater control STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
unit system can not communicate with the M.U.T.-III, Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
the heater control unit may be defective. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Check and repair the power supply circuit
PROBABLE CAUSE system.
Malfunction of the heater control unit NO : Repair the CAN bus line (Refer to GROUP
TROUBLESHOOTING
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The blower does not work
Blower Motor Circuit
FUSIBLE
LINK 42
ETACS-
ECU
BLOWER
RELAY
BLOWER
MOTOR
POWER
TRANSISTOR
HEATER
CONTROL UNIT
Wire colour code

ACB02708
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-37
Connectors: C-60, C-109, C-110 <LHD> STEP 3. Connector check: C-303 blower relay
connector
C-109
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-110
STEP 4. Check the blower relay.
C-60 (B) Refer to .
AC612706BQ Q: Is the blower relay in good condition?
YES : Go to Step 5.
Connector: C-303<LHD> NO : Replace the blower relay.
ETACS-ECU
STEP 5. Connector check: C-110 blower motor

connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
AC612709 AO
STEP 6. Check the blower motor.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Refer to .
If the blower motor does not operate, the blower Q: Is the check result normal?
motor circuit system may be defective. YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the blower motor.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the blower motor
• Malfunction of the power transistor STEP 7. Voltage measurement at C-110 blower
• Malfunction of the heater control unit motor connector.
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(3) Voltage between terminal 1 and body earth.
<LHD>
OK: System voltage
Q: Is the check result normal? <RHD>
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP OK: System voltage
54C − Troubleshooting ). Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Refer to
"Blower motor power supply system" .
(2) Ignition switch: LOCK (OFF) to ON STEP 8. Connector check: C-109 power
(3) Check if the diagnosis code is set. transistor controller connector
YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures. YES : Go to Step 9.
Refer to . NO : Repair the connector.
NO : Go to Step 3.
power transistor connector.
TROUBLESHOOTING
wiring harness side. STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between C-
(2) Continuity between terminal 1 and body earth 110 blower motor connector terminal No.2 and C-
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) 60 heater control unit connector terminal No.1.
Q: Is the check result normal? • Check the blower motor power supply line for
YES : Go to Step 10. open circuit.
NO : Repair the wiring harness wires between Q: Is the check result normal?
power transistor connector terminal No. 1 YES : Go to Step 13.
and body earth. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 10. Check the wiring harness between C- STEP 13. Check the wiring harness between C-
110 blower motor connector terminal No.2 and C- 109 power transistor connector terminal No.4
109 power transistor connector terminal No.2. and C-60 heater control unit connector terminal
• Check the power transistor power supply line for No.2.
open circuit. • Check the power transistor power supply line for
Q: Is the check result normal? open circuit.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. YES : Go to Step 14.
unit connector STEP 14. Replace the power transistor and
Q: Is the check result normal? recheck the trouble symptom
YES : Go to Step 12. Check that the blower motor operates normally.
NO : Repair the connector. Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Replace the heater control unit.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-39
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The blower air volume cannot be changed
FUSIBLE
LINK 42
ETACS-
ECU
BLOWER
RELAY
BLOWER
MOTOR
POWER
TRANSISTOR
HEATER
CONTROL UNIT
Wire colour code

ACB02708
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connectors: C-60, C-109, C-110 <LHD> STEP 4. Resistance measurement at the C-109
power transistor connector.
C-109 (2) Continuity between terminal 1 and body earth
C-60 (B) YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Repair the wiring harness wires between
AC612706BQ
power transistor connector terminal No. 1
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM and body earth.
If air volume cannot be adjusted by using the blower
control, the heater control panel, the heater control
unit or the power transistor may be faulty.
unit connector
• Malfunction of the power transistor YES : Go to Step 6.
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors NO : Repair the connector.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE blower motor connector terminal No.2 and C-60
heater control unit connector terminal No.1.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics • Check the blower motor earth line for open cir-
Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines. cuit.
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code power transistor connector terminal No.4 and C-
Check that the diagnosis code related to the air con- 60 heater control unit connector terminal No.2.
ditioner is not set. • Check the blower motor earth line for open cir-
cuit.
YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures. Q: Is the check result normal?
Refer to . YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Go to Step 3. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 3. Connector check: C-109 power STEP 8. Replace the power transistor and check
transistor controller connector the trouble symptom
Check that the blower motor operates normally.
YES : Go to Step 4. Q: Does the blower motor work normally?
NO : Repair the connector. YES : This diagnosis is complete.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-41
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Inside/Outside Air Changeover is impossible.
Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Circuit
HEATER CONTROL UNIT
OUTSIDE/INSIDE AIR
SELECTION DAMPER
CONTROL MOTOR
Wire colour code

AC801343
HEATER
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
HEATER
CONTROL
UNIT
Wire colour code

ACA00851
TROUBLESHOOTING

NO : Go to Step 4.
C-107 STEP 4. Connector check: C-147 heater control

C-59 (B)
connector
C-147
YES : Go to Step 5.
C-60 (B) NO : Repair the connector.
AC612706BR
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between C-147
If the air recirculation cannot be changed by using heater control panel connector terminal No. 9
the inside air/outside air changeover switch, the and C-60 heater control unit connector terminal
inside air/outside air changeover motor system may No. 9.
be faulty. • Check the heater control panel signal line for
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the outside/inside air selection Q: Is the check result normal?
damper control motor YES : Go to Step 6.
• Malfunction of the heater control panel NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• Malfunction of the heater control unit STEP 6. Connector check: C-59 heater control
unit connector and C-107 outside/inside air
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE selection damper control motor connector
STEP 1. Check the operation of the heater control YES : Go to Step 7.
panel NO : Repair the connector.
Check that the rear window defogger switch and air
volume control dial can operate. STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-59
Q: Is the check result normal? heater control unit connector (terminals 29, 24,
YES : Go to Step 2. 27, 25 and 26) and C-107 outside/inside air
NO : INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Refer to selection damper control motor connector
heater control unit power supply system . (terminals 3, 1, 4, 5 and 2).
• Check the heater control unit signal line and earth
line for open or short circuit.
Check that the diagnosis code related to the air con- Q: Is the check result normal?
ditioner is not set. YES : Go to Step 8.
Refer to . STEP 8. Replace the air outside/inside air
NO : Go to Step 3. circulation switching damper motor, and then
recheck the trouble symptom.
Check to see that the outside air/inside air circula-
tion switching damper motor operates normally.
Carry out the actuator test. (Refer to ).
• Item 05: In/out selection damper (Select "position NOTE: Whenever the motor is replaced, initialise the
reset".) motor position by using the Actuator Test.
Q: Does the blower motor work normally? Q: Is the check result normal?
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-43
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Outlet air temperature cannot be set
Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Circuit
HEATER CONTROL UNIT
AIR MIXING
DAMPER
CONTROL MOTOR
Wire colour code

AC801344
Connectors: C-59, C-117 <LHD> DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE

Check that the diagnosis code related to the air con-
C-59 (B) ditioner is not set.
Refer to .
C-117 NO : Go to Step 2.
AC612706 BS

If the air conditioner outlet temperature cannot be
adjusted, the air mixing damper control motor or the
• Item 06: air mixing damper control motor (Select
heater control unit may be faulty.
"position reset").
NOTE: It cannot be adjusted while the engine cool-
ant temperature is low. Q: Is the check result normal?
• Malfunction of the air mix damper control motor
• Malfunction of the heater control unit STEP 3. Connector check: C-117 air mixing
damper control motor connector, C-59 heater
control unit connector
YES : Go to Step 4. NO : Repair the connector concerned.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 4. Check the wiring harness wires between STEP 5. Replace the air mixing damper control
C-117 air mixing damper control motor connector motor, and recheck the trouble symptom.
(terminals 3, 2, 5, 4 and 1) and C-59 heater control Check that outlet air temperature can be adjusted.
unit connector (terminals 29, 35, 36, 34 and 28). NOTE: Whenever the motor is replaced, initialise the
• Check the input line for open circuit. motor position by using the Actuator Test.
NO : Repair the wiring harness. NO : Replace the heater control unit.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Air outlets changeover is impossible.
Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Circuit
HEATER CONTROL UNIT
MODE SELECTION
DAMPER CONTROL
MOTOR
Wire colour code

AC801345

PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the mode selection damper control
motor
C-108
C-59 (B)
AC612706BT ditioner is not set.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
If the air conditioner outlets changeover is impossi- YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures.
ble, the mode selection damper control motor or the Refer to .
heater control unit may be faulty. NO : Go to Step 2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-45
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III actuator test STEP 4. Check the wiring harness wires between
Carry out the actuator test. (Refer to ). C-108 mode selection damper control motor
• Item 08: Air outlet c/o damper: (Select "position connector (terminals 1, 4, 5, 2 and 3) and C-59
reset".) heater control unit connector (terminals 33, 30,
32, 31 and 29).
YES : This diagnosis is complete. • Check the input line for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 3. Connector check: C-108 mode selection
damper control motor connector and C-59 heater
control unit connector STEP 5. Replace the mode selection damper
control motor, and recheck the trouble symptom.
YES : Go to Step 4. Check that the air outlets can be changed.
NO : Repair the connector concerned. NOTE: Whenever the motor is replaced, initialise the
motor position by using the Actuator Test.
TROUBLESHOOTING
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Blower motor power supply system
FUSIBLE
LINK 42
ETACS-
ECU
BLOWER
RELAY
BLOWER
MOTOR
POWER
TRANSISTOR
HEATER
CONTROL UNIT
Wire colour code

ACB02708
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-47
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.

blower relay connector terminal No. 1, 4 and
fusible link (42) .
ETACS-ECU connector C-309, and repair if neces-
AC612706AL sary.
Connectors: C-303, C-309, C-315 <LHD> Q: Is the check result normal?
ETACS-ECU YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
C-303 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
C-315

C-309 (B)
connector
AC612709AS
If the blower motor is not energised, the blower relay NO : Repair the connector concerned.
system is suspected.
PROBABLE CAUSES
blower motor connector terminal No. 1 and C-303
• Malfunction of the blower relay
blower relay connector terminal No. 3.
• Damaged wiring harness or connector
• Malfunction of the ETACS-ECU NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
junction block connector C-315, and repair if neces-
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE sary.
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-303 blower relay
connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Repair the connector concerned. Check that the blower motor is energised.
STEP 2. Measure the voltage at C-303 blower
relay connector.
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the junction
block side.
(2) Voltage between terminals 1, 4 and body earth
OK: System voltage
TROUBLESHOOTING
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Heater control unit power supply system
Heater Control Unit Power Source Circuit

LINK 38 SWITCH (IG1) LINK 44
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
ETACS-
ECU
IG1
RELAY
HEATER CONTROL
UNIT
POWER POWER
SOURCE SOURCE
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-49
Connector: C-60, C-150 <LHD>
(3) Voltage between terminal No. 15 and body earth
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 4.
C-150 (GR)

C-60 (B)
connector
ACA00894 AB Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 5.
Connector: C-317 <LHD> NO : Repair the connector concerned.
ETACS-ECU

heater control unit connector terminal No. 15 and
C-317 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5.
AC612709AU Q: Is the check result normal?
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
If the heater control unit is not energised, the power 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
supply or earth system to the ECU may be defective. Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors STEP 6. Measure the voltage at the C-60 heater
control unit connector.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III other system's diagnosis code (2) Voltage between terminal No. 13 and body earth
Check that the ETACS-ECU has not set a diagnosis OK: System voltage
code. Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures . NO : Go to Step 7.
Refer to GROUP 54A, ETACS-ECU .
NO : Go to Step 2. STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-60
STEP 2. Connector check: C-60 heater control C-317 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 10.
unit connector • Check the power supply line for open circuit.
NO : Repair the connector concerned. 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
STEP 3. Measure the voltage at the C-60 heater
control unit connector.
wiring harness side. STEP 8. Measure the resistance at the C-60
(2) Ignition switch: ON heater control unit connector.
TROUBLESHOOTING
(2) Resistance between terminal No. 14 and body YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
earth 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less) Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
NO : Go to Step 9. TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART <VEHICLES
WITH A/C>
STEP 9. Check the wiring harness between C-60 M1554005002629

body earth.
procedure No. page
Communication with the M.U.T.-III is not possible 1
Cool air does not come 2
The blower does not work 3
The blower air volume cannot be changed 4
The inside/outside air changeover is impossible 5
The A/C compressor does not work <Petrol engine> 6
The A/C compressor does not work <Diesel engine> 7
The A/C indicator flashes 8
A/C outlet air temperature cannot be set 9
Air outlets changeover is impossible 10
A/C pressure sensor system 11
Blower motor power supply system 12
A/C-ECU power supply system 13
The PTC heater does not work <Vehicles with PTC heater> 14
The buzzer does not sound 15 (Refer to
GROUP 54A −
Combination
Meter ).
SYMPTOM PROCEDURES
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with the M.U.T.-III is not possible.

If communication with all other systems is not possi-
ble, there is a high possibility that there is a malfunc-
tion of the diagnosis line. If only the A/C system can STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics
not communicate with the M.U.T.-III, the A/C-ECU Use the M.U.T.-III to diagnose the CAN bus lines.
may be defective. Q: Is the check result normal?
PROBABLE CAUSE
Malfunction of the A/C-ECU
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-51
YES : Check and repair the power supply circuit
system.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Cool air does not come
CIRCUIT OPERATION YES : Go to Step 3.

If the blower air temperature can not be cool when NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 6 "The A/C
turning A/C switch ON and lowering the preset tem- compressor does not work < Petrol engine>
perature, inadequate refrigerant quantity, sensors, ", Inspection Procedure 7 "The A/C
harness or connectors may be suspected. compressor does not work <Diesel engine>
".
PROBABLE CAUSE
Damaged wiring harness or connectors
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 1. Check the blower operation NO : Repair the CAN bus lines. (Refer to GROUP
Check that air blows through the air outlets. 54C − Troubleshooting ).
(2) Blower knob: Other than OFF
(3) Check that the air comes out of the blower. STEP 4. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code
Q: Is the check result normal? ditioner is not set.
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to Inspection Procedure 3 "The Q: Is the diagnosis code set?
blower does not work ". YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures.
Refer to .
NO : Go to Step 5.
STEP 2. Check the A/C compressor operation
Check that the compressor operates under the fol-
lowing conditions. STEP 5. Refrigerant level check
• Engine operation Check that the refrigerant level is adequate. Refer to
• Air conditioner switch: ON .
• Blower knob: Maximum air volume Q: Is the check result normal?
• Temperature control dial: 18°C (MAX COOL) YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
NOTE: The compressor does not work when the 00, How to Cope with Intermittent
blower intake temperature is 0°C or less. Malfunction ).
NO : Charge or remove the refrigerant level.
Q: Is the check result normal? Refer to .
TROUBLESHOOTING
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The blower does not work

FUSIBLE
LINK 42 <4N1>
FUSIBLE
LINK 37 <4A9, 4J1, 4B1>
ETACS-
ECU
BLOWER
RELAY
NOTE
BLOWER : LHD
: RHD
MOTOR
POWER
TRANSISTOR
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code

ACB02688
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-53

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

C-109
YES : Go to Step 2.
C-110 NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP
C-15 (B) 54C − Troubleshooting ).
AC612706AF
Connectors: C-15, C-109, C-110 <RHD> Recheck if the diagnosis code is set.
C-109
C-110
Refer to .
C-15 (B) NO : Go to Step 3.
AC612710 AT
Connector: C-303<LHD> connector
ETACS-ECU
YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the blower relay.

Refer to .
Q: Is the blower relay in good condition?
AC612709 AO YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Replace the blower relay.
ETACS-ECU
connector
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Check the blower motor.

AC612717 AO
Refer to .
If the blower motor does not operate, the blower YES : Go to Step 7.
motor circuit system may be defective. NO : Replace the blower motor.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the blower motor STEP 7. Voltage measurement at C-110 blower
• Malfunction of the power transistor motor connector.
• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors wiring harness side.
TROUBLESHOOTING
<LHD> STEP 11. Connector check: C-15 A/C-ECU

OK: System voltage connector
(4) Voltage between terminal 2 and body earth. Q: Is the check result normal?
<RHD> YES : Go to Step 12.
OK: System voltage NO : Repair the connector.
YES : Go to Step 8. STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between C-
NO : INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Refer to 110 blower motor connector terminal No.2 <LHD>
"Blower motor power supply system" . or 1 <RHD> and C-15 A/C-ECU connector
terminal No.1.
STEP 8. Connector check: C-109 power • Check the blower motor power supply line for
transistor controller connector open circuit.

NO : Repair the connector. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
STEP 9. Resistance measurement at the C-109 STEP 13. Check the wiring harness between C-
power transistor connector. 109 power transistor connector terminal No.4
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the and C-15 A/C-ECU connector terminal No.2.
wiring harness side. • Check the power transistor power supply line for
(2) Continuity between terminal 1 and body earth open circuit.
power transistor connector terminal No. 1 STEP 14. Check the wiring harness between C-15
and body earth. A/C-ECU connector terminal No.14 and body
earth.
• Check the power transistor power supply line for
open circuit.
110 blower motor connector terminal No.2 <LHD>
or 1 <RHD> and C-109 power transistor Q: Is the check result normal?
connector terminal No.2. YES : Go to Step 15.
• Check the power transistor power supply line for NO : Repair the wiring harness.
open circuit.
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 15. Replace the power transistor and
YES : Go to Step 11. recheck the trouble symptom
NO : Repair the wiring harness. Check that the blower motor operates normally.
NO : Replace the A/C-ECU.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-55
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The blower air volume cannot be changed

FUSIBLE
LINK 42 <4N1>
FUSIBLE
LINK 37 <4A9, 4J1, 4B1>
ETACS-
ECU
BLOWER
RELAY
NOTE
BLOWER : LHD
: RHD
MOTOR
POWER
TRANSISTOR
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code

ACB02688
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connectors: C-15, C-109, C-110 <LHD> STEP 3. Connector check: C-109 power
transistor controller connector
C-109
YES : Go to Step 4.
C-110
C-15 (B) power transistor connector.
AC612706AF
Connectors: C-15, C-109, C-110 <RHD> (2) Continuity between terminal 1 and body earth
power transistor connector terminal No. 1
C-110
and body earth.
C-15 (B)
AC612710 AT STEP 5. Connector check: C-15 A/C-ECU

connector
If air volume cannot be adjusted by using the blower Q: Is the check result normal?
control, the A/C control panel, the A/C-ECU or the YES : Go to Step 6.
power transistor may be faulty. NO : Repair the connector.
PROBABLE CAUSES STEP 6. Check the wiring harness between C-110

• Malfunction of the A/C control panel blower motor connector terminal No.2 <LHD> or
• Malfunction of the power transistor 1 <RHD> and C-15 A/C-ECU connector terminal
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors No.1.
• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU • Check the blower motor earth line for open cir-
cuit.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 7.
STEP 1. M.U.T.-III CAN bus diagnostics NO : Repair the wiring harness.
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-109
YES : Go to Step 2. power transistor connector terminal No.4 and C-
NO : Repair the CAN bus lines (Refer to GROUP 15 A/C-ECU connector terminal No.2.
54C, Troubleshooting ). • Check the blower motor earth line for open cir-
cuit.
STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code Q: Is the check result normal?
Check that the diagnosis code related to the air con- YES : Go to Step 8.
ditioner is not set. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures. STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between C-15
Refer to . A/C-ECU connector terminal No.14 and body
NO : Go to Step 3. earth.
• Check the power transistor power supply line for
open circuit.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-57
STEP 9. Replace the power transistor and
recheck the trouble symptom
Check that the blower motor operates normally.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Inside/Outside Air Changeover is impossible.
Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Circuit
A/C-ECU
OUTSIDE/INSIDE AIR
SELECTION DAMPER
CONTROL MOTOR
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
A/C
CPU CONTROL
PANEL
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code

ACA00799

If the air recirculation cannot be changed by using
the inside air/outside air changeover switch, the
inside air/outside air changeover motor system may
C-107
be faulty.
C-13 (B)
PROBABLE CAUSES
C-119 • Malfunction of the outside/inside air selection
damper control motor
C-15 (B)
AC612706AG
Connectors: C-13, C-15, C-107 <RHD> • Malfunction of the A/C-ECU
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
C-107
STEP 1. Check the operation of the heater control
C-13 (B) panel
Check that the A/C switch, rear window defogger
C-15 (B) switch and air volume control dial can operate.
AC612710 AU
YES : Go to Step 2.
Connector: C-119 <RHD> NO : INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Refer to A/
C-ECU power supply system .

ditioner is not set.
Refer to .
AC612711AG
NO : Go to Step 3.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-59
YES : Go to Step 7.
• Item 05: In/out selection damper (Select "position
reset".) STEP 7. Check the wiring harness between C-13
A/C-ECU connector (terminals 29, 24, 27, 25 and
Q: Does the blower motor work normally?
26) and C-107 outside/inside air selection damper
NO : Go to Step 4.
control motor connector (terminals 3, 1, 4, 5 and
2).
• Check the A/C control panel signal line and earth
STEP 4. Connector check: C-119 A/C control line for open or short circuit.
panel connector and C-15 A/C-ECU connector
STEP 8. Replace the air outside/inside air

STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between C-119 circulation switching damper motor, and then
A/C control panel connector terminal No. 9 and recheck the trouble symptom.
C-15 A/C-ECU connector terminal No. 9. Check to see that the outside air/inside air circula-
• Check the A/C control panel signal line for open tion switching damper motor operates normally.
or short circuit.
NOTE: Whenever the motor is replaced, initialise the
Q: Is the check result normal? motor position by using the Actuator Test.
YES : Go to Step 6.
STEP 6. Connector check: C-13 A/C-ECU
connector and C-107 outside/inside air selection
damper control motor connector
TROUBLESHOOTING
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The A/C compressor does not work <Petrol engine>
A/C Compressor Assembly Circuit <Petrol engine>
FUSIBLE
LINK 36
RELAY
BOX
A/C
COMPRESSOR
RELAY
ENGINE-ECU
A/C
REFRIGERANT
TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
A/C
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
A/C
COMPRESSOR
ASSEMBLY
Wire colour code
ACB02673
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-61
Connector: A-11
When the A/C compressor does not work, the A/C
compressor circuit system may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the A/C compressor
• Malfunction of the A/C compressor relay
• Damaged harness wires or connectors
• Malfunction of the engine-ECU
AC612690AE
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

YES : Go to Step 2.
A-14X
AC613229AB STEP 2. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code

Check whether the A/C sets a diagnosis code or not.
Connector: B-09
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Refer to diagnosis code chart .
STEP 3. Connector check: B-113 A/C compressor

assembly connector and B-09 engine-ECU
connector
AC612696AB YES : Go to Step 4.
Connector: B-113 <1600>
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at B-113 A/C

compressor assembly connector.
B-113 (B) (3) Disconnect engine-ECU connector B-09 and
earth terminal 102.
ACB02650AB (4) Voltage between terminal 1 and body earth.
OK: System voltage
Connector: B-113 <Except 1600>
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 9.
STEP 5. Check the A/C compressor.

Refer to .
B-113 (B) YES : Go to Step 6.
ACB02652 AB
NO : Replace the A/C compressor.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 6. Check the refrigerant temperature side.

switch. (2) Voltage between terminal 2, 4 and body earth.
Refer to . OK: System voltage
Q: Is the refrigerant temperature switch operating Q: Is the check result normal?
properly? YES : Go to Step 13.
NO : Replace the refrigerant temperature switch.
STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between A-
STEP 7. Check the refrigerant level. 14X A/C compressor relay connector terminal
Refer to . No.2, 4 and the fusible link (36).
• Check the A/C compressor relay power supply
Q: Is the refrigerant level correct?
line for open circuit.
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Correct the refrigerant level (Refer to On- Q: Is the check result normal?
vehicle Service ). YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
STEP 8. Replace the A/C-ECU, and then recheck
the trouble symptom
Check that the compressor works normally.
14X A/C compressor relay connector terminal
NO : Replace the engine-ECU, and then register No.3 and B-113 A/C compressor assembly
the ID code (Refer to GROUP 42B connector terminal No.1.
Troubleshooting − ID code registration • Check the A/C compressor power supply line for
judgement table <Vehicles with KOS> or open circuit.
GROUP 42C Troubleshooting − ID code NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
registration judgement table <Vehicles intermediate connectors A-11 and repair if neces-
without KOS>). sary.
STEP 9. Connector check: A-14X A/C YES : Go to Step 14.
compressor relay connector NO : Repair the wiring harness.

YES : Go to Step 10. STEP 14. Check the wiring harness between A-
NO : Repair the connector. 14X A/C compressor relay connector terminal
No.1 and B-09 engine-ECU connector terminal
No.102.
STEP 10. Check the A/C compressor relay
Refer to .
NO : Replace the A/C compressor relay.
STEP 11. Voltage measurement at A-14X A/C NO : Repair the wiring harness.
compressor relay connector.
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay block
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-63
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The A/C compressor does not work <Diesel engine>
A/C Compressor Assembly Circuit <Diesel engine>
FUSIBLE
LINK 38
RELAY
BOX
A/C
COMPRESSOR
RELAY
ENGINE-ECU
A/C
REFRIGERANT
TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
A/C
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
A/C
COMPRESSOR
ASSEMBLY
Wire colour code
ACB02704
TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector: A-11 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

YES : Go to Step 2.
AC612690AE
AC605626
Connector: A-14X Check whether the A/C sets a diagnosis code or not.
YES : Go to Step 3.
NO : Refer to diagnosis code chart .
STEP 3. Connector check: B-113 A/C compressor

A-14X assembly connector and B-39 engine-ECU
connector
AC613229AB Q: Is the check result normal?
YES : Go to Step 4.
Connectors: B-39
B-39 (B)
STEP 4. Voltage measurement at B-113 A/C
compressor assembly connector.
(3) Disconnect engine-ECU connector B-39 and
AC809224 AD earth terminal 19.
Connector: B-113
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 5.
NO : Go to Step 9.
STEP 5. Check the A/C compressor.

Refer to .
B-113 (B)
AC612697AB
YES : Go to Step 6.
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM NO : Replace the A/C compressor.
When the A/C compressor does not work, the A/C
compressor circuit system may be defective. STEP 6. Check the refrigerant temperature
switch.
PROBABLE CAUSES
Refer to .
• Malfunction of the A/C compressor
• Malfunction of the A/C compressor relay Q: Is the refrigerant temperature switch operating
• Damaged harness wires or connectors properly?
• Malfunction of the engine-ECU YES : Go to Step 7.
NO : Replace the refrigerant temperature switch.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-65
STEP 7. Check the refrigerant level.
NO : Go to Step 12.
Refer to .
Q: Is the refrigerant level correct?
YES : Go to Step 8.
NO : Correct the refrigerant level (Refer to On-
vehicle Service ). No.2, 4 and the fusible link (38).
STEP 8. Replace the A/C-ECU, and then recheck
the trouble symptom Q: Is the check result normal?
Check that the compressor works normally.
YES : This diagnosis is complete. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
NO : Replace the engine-ECU, and then register
the ID code (Refer to GROUP 42B
Troubleshooting − ID code registration STEP 13. Check the wiring harness between A-
judgement table <Vehicles with KOS> or 14X A/C compressor relay connector terminal
GROUP 42C Troubleshooting − ID code No.3 and B-113 A/C compressor assembly
registration judgement table <Vehicles connector terminal No.1.
without KOS>). • Check the A/C compressor power supply line for
open circuit.
STEP 9. Connector check: A-14X A/C
intermediate connectors A-60, and repair if neces-
compressor relay connector
sary.
STEP 10. Check the A/C compressor relay

Refer to .
Q: Is the check result normal? No.1 and B-39 engine-ECU connector terminal
YES : Go to Step 11. No.19.
NO : Replace the A/C compressor relay. • Check the A/C compressor relay power supply
STEP 11. Voltage measurement at A-14X A/C NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
compressor relay connector. intermediate connectors A-11, and repair if neces-
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay block sary.
side. Q: Is the check result normal?
(2) Voltage between terminal 2, 4 and body earth. YES : The trouble can be an intermittent
OK: System voltage malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: The A/C indicator flashes

If the A/C indicator flashes, diagnosis code B1079
will be set (Refer to ).
TROUBLESHOOTING
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: A/C outlet air temperature cannot be set
Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Circuit
A/C-ECU
AIR MIXING
DAMPER
CONTROL MOTOR
Wire colour code


NOTE: It cannot be adjusted while the engine cool-
ant temperature is low.
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the air mix damper control motor
C-13 (B)
C-117
AC612706AI STEP 1. Check the compressor operation
Check that the compressor operates under the fol-
Connectors: C-13, C-117 <RHD> lowing conditions.
• Engine operation
• Air volume control dial: Maximum
• Air conditioner switch: ON
C-13 (B) C-117 • Temperature control dial: MAX COOL
YES : Go to Step 2.
NO : Refer to INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6:
"The A/C compressor does not work
AC612710 AW
<Petrol engine>", INSPECTION
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM PROCEDURE 7: "The A/C compressor
If the air conditioner outlet temperature cannot be does not work <Diesel engine>".
adjusted, the air mixing damper control motor or the
A/C-ECU may be faulty.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-67
YES : Go to Step 5.
ditioner is not set.
C-117 air mixing damper control motor connector
(terminals 3, 2, 5, 4 and 1) and C-13 A/C-ECU
Refer to .
NO : Go to Step 3. connector (terminals 29, 35, 36, 34 and 28).
YES : Go to Step 6.
• Item 06: air mixing damper control motor (Select
"position reset").
STEP 6. Replace the air mixing damper control
motor, and recheck the trouble symptom.
NO : Go to Step 4.
Check that A/C outlet air temperature can be
adjusted.
NOTE: Whenever the motor is replaced, initialise the
STEP 4. Connector check: C-117 air mixing
motor position by using the Actuator Test.
damper control motor connector, C-13 A/C-ECU
connector Q: Is the check result normal?
Q: Is the check result normal? NO : Replace the A/C-ECU.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Air outlets changeover is impossible.
Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Circuit
A/C-ECU
MODE SELECTION
DAMPER CONTROL
MOTOR
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING

Refer to .
NO : Go to Step 2.
C-108
• Item 08: Air outlet c/o damper: (Select "position
C-13 (B)
reset".)
AC612706AJ YES : This diagnosis is complete.
NO : Go to Step 3.
STEP 3. Connector check: C-108 mode selection

damper control motor connector and C-13 A/C-
C-108 ECU connector
YES : Go to Step 4.
AC612710 AX
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM C-108 mode selection damper control motor
If the air conditioner outlets changeover is impossi- connector (terminals 1, 4, 5, 2 and 3) and C-13 A/
ble, the mode selection damper control motor or the C-ECU connector (terminals 33, 30, 32, 31 and
A/C-ECU may be faulty. 29).
PROBABLE CAUSES
• Malfunction of the mode selection damper control Q: Is the check result normal?
motor YES : Go to Step 5.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE STEP 5. Replace the mode selection damper

control motor, and recheck the trouble symptom.
Check that the air outlets can be changed.
Check that the diagnosis code related to the air con- NOTE: Whenever the motor is replaced, initialise the
ditioner is not set. motor position by using the Actuator Test.

TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-69
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: A/C pressure sensor system
A/C Pressure Sensor Circuit
A/C-ECU
A/C PRESSURE
SENSOR
Wire colour code

ACB02625
Connector: A-47 Connector: C-127 <LHD>
C-127 (GR)
A-47 (B)
AC612691AE ACB02645 AB
Connector: C-15 <LHD> Connectors: C-15, C-127 <RHD>
C-127 (GR)
C-15 (B)
C-15 (B)
AC612706AK ACB02648AB

If the A/C pressure sensor system is defective, the
wiring harness between the A/C pressure sensor and
the A/C-ECU is suspected.
TROUBLESHOOTING

• Malfunction of the A/C pressure sensor NO : Repair the connector concerned.
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors STEP 4. Check the wiring harness wires between
A-47 A/C pressure sensor connector (terminals 3,
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 and 1) and C-15 A/C-ECU connector (terminals
20, 16 and 19).
STEP 1. Connector check: A-47 A/C pressure • Check the input line for open circuit.
sensor connector NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, inter-
mediate connector C-127, and repair if necessary.
NO : Repair the connector concerned. YES : Go to Step 5.
STEP 2. Inspection of the A/C pressure sensor
Refer to . STEP 5. Retest the system.
Q: Is the A/C pressure sensor normal? Q: Is the check result normal?
NO : Replace the A/C pressure sensor. 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
STEP 3. Connector check: C-15 A/C-ECU with Intermittent Malfunction ).
connector
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-71
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Blower motor power supply system

FUSIBLE
LINK 42 <4N1>
FUSIBLE
LINK 37 <4A9, 4J1, 4B1>
ETACS-
ECU
BLOWER
RELAY
NOTE
BLOWER : LHD
: RHD
MOTOR
POWER
TRANSISTOR
A/C-ECU
Wire colour code

ACB02688
TROUBLESHOOTING


connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
AC612706AL STEP 2. Measure the voltage at C-303 blower

relay connector.
Connector: C-110 <RHD> (1) Remove the relay, and measure at the junction
block side.
(2) Voltage between terminals 1, 4 and body earth
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 4.
NO : Go to Step 3.
AC612710BB STEP 3. Check the wiring harness between C-303

blower relay connector terminal No. 4, 1 and
ETACS-ECU fusible link (37) <Petrol engine> or fusible link
C-303 (42) <Diesel engine>.
C-315 NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
ETACS-ECU connector C-309, and repair if neces-
sary.
C-309 (B) YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
AC612709AS 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
Connectors: C-303, C-309, C-315 <RHD> with Intermittent Malfunction ).
ETACS-ECU
C-303
C-315
connector
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC612717AS
COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between C-110
If the blower motor is not energised, the blower relay blower motor connector terminal No. 1 <LHD> or
system is suspected. 2 <RHD> and C-303 blower relay connector
terminal No. 3.
PROBABLE CAUSES NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
• Malfunction of the blower relay junction block connector C-315, and repair if neces-
• Damaged wiring harness or connectors sary.
YES : Go to Step 6.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-73
Check that the blower motor is energised.
Q: Is the check result normal? with Intermittent Malfunction ).
TROUBLESHOOTING
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: A/C-ECU power supply system
A/C-ECU Power Source Circuit
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE
LINK 38 <4N1> LINK 44 <4N1>
LINK 36 <4A9, 4J1, 4B1> SWITCH (IG1) LINK 34 <4A9, 4J1, 4B1>
RELAY BOX
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
ETACS-
ECU
IG1
RELAY
A/C-ECU
POWER POWER NOTE

SOURCE SOURCE :LHD
:RHD
Wire colour code

B : Black LG : Light green G : Green L : Blue W : White Y : Yellow SB : Sky blue ACB02703
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-75
Connector: C-15, C-150 <LHD>
If the A/C-ECU is not energised, the power supply or
earth system to the ECU may be defective.
PROBABLE CAUSES
C-150 (GR) • Damaged wiring harness or connectors
C-15 (B)
ACA00894 AC
Connector: C-15 <RHD> Check that the ETACS-ECU has not set a diagnosis
code.
YES : Carry out the diagnosis code procedures .
NO : Go to Step 2.
C-15 (B)
STEP 2. Connector check: C-15 A/C-ECU
AC612710 AS connector
Connector: C-150 <RHD> Q: Is the check result normal?

YES : Go to Step 3.
C-150 (GR)
STEP 3. Measure the voltage at the C-15 A/C-ECU
connector.
(2) Ignition switch: ON
AC612711DM (3) Voltage between terminal No. 15 and body earth
OK: System voltage
YES : Go to Step 6.
NO : Go to Step 4.

connector
YES : Go to Step 5.
AC612709AU
ETACS-ECU STEP 5. Check the wiring harness between C-15
A/C-ECU connector terminal No. 15 and C-317
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5.
AC612717AU
TROUBLESHOOTING

STEP 8. Measure the resistance at the C-15 A/C-
ECU connector.
(2) Resistance between terminal No. 14 and body
earth
STEP 6. Measure the voltage at the C-15 A/C-ECU OK: Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)
connector.
wiring harness side. YES : Replace the A/C-ECU.
NO : Go to Step 9.
(2) Voltage between terminal No. 13 and body earth
OK: System voltage
A/C-ECU connector terminal No. 14 and body
YES : Go to Step 8.
earth.
NO : Go to Step 7.
A/C-ECU connector terminal No. 13 and C-317
ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 10.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-77
INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The PTC heater does not work. <Vehicles with PTC heater>
PTC Heater Circuit
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE IGNITION FUSIBLE

LINK 41 LINK 40 SWITCH (IG1) LINK 39
ETACS-
ECU
IG1
RELAY
GLOW
CONTROL
RELAY
PTC PTC PTC

HEATER HEATER HEATER
RELAY3 RELAY1 RELAY2
A/C-ECU A/C-ECU
PTC
HEATER
Wire colour code

TROUBLESHOOTING
Connectors: A-23X, A-24X, A-30X,AC612144

A-32X Connector: C-317 <LHD>
A-30X ETACS-ECU
A-24X
A-32X
A-23X
AC701453AB AC701240 AO

ETACS-ECU
C-15 (B)
AC701094AH AC701241AP
Connectors: C-15, C-127, C-128 <RHD> COMMENTS ON TROUBLE SYMPTOM

If the PTC heater does not work when the following
conditions are met, the PTC heater, PTC heater
relay, A/C-ECU, or wiring harness, connector(s) may
be defective.
• Blower knob: Other than OFF
C-128 • The engine is running.
• The engine coolant temperature is 77°C or lower.
C-127 (BR) C-15 (B) • Temperature adjustment knob: MAX HOT
AC701121AI
• During low-electric load conditions
Connectors: C-52, C-53, C-127, C-128 <LHD> PROBABLE CAUSES

• Malfunction of the PTC heater
C-53 • Malfunction of the PTC heater relay1
• Malfunction of the PTC heater relay2
• Malfunction of the PTC heater relay3
C-52 • Damaged wiring harness or connectors
C-128
C-127 (BR)
AC701093AM
Connectors: C-52, C-53 <RHD> STEP 1. M.U.T.-III diagnosis code

Check that the air conditioner has not set a diagnosis
code.
C-53
Refer to .
C-52 NO : Go to Step 2.
AC701122 AM
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-79
YES : Go to Step 9.
NO : Go to Step 8.
Check that the ETACS-ECU has not set a diagnosis
code.
STEP 8. Check the wiring harness between A-24X
PTC heater relay1 connector terminal No. 2 and
fusible link (40) connector.
glow control relay connector A-30X, and repair if nec-
essary.
STEP 3. Connector check: A-24X PTC heater
relay1 connector, A-32X PTC heater relay2
connector and A-23X PTC heater relay3 Q: Is the check result normal?
connector YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
Q: Is the check result normal? Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 4. Check the PTC heater relay1, 2 and 3.

STEP 9. Measure the voltage at A-24X PTC heater
Refer to .
relay1 connector.
Q: Is the check result normal? (1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay side.
YES : Go to Step 5. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" earth position.
NO : Replace the PTC heater relay1, 2 or 3. (3) Voltage between terminal 3 and body earth
OK: System voltage
STEP 5. Connector check: C-52 PTC heater Q: Is the check result normal?
connector and C-15 A/C-ECU connector YES : Go to Step 11.
YES : Go to Step 6.
24X PTC heater relay1 connector terminal No. 3
STEP 6. Measure the voltage at C-52 PTC heater and C-317 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5.
connector. NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the intermediate connector C-128, and repair if neces-
wiring harness side. sary.
(2) Ignition switch: ON • Check the power supply line for open circuit.
(3) Disconnect A/C-ECU connector C-15 and earth
terminal 6. Q: Is the check result normal?
(4) Voltage between terminal 2 and body earth
OK: System voltage Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
Q: Is the check result normal? with Intermittent Malfunction ).
NO : Go to Step 7.
STEP 7. Measure the voltage at A-24X PTC heater between C-52 PTC heater connector terminal No.
relay1 connector. 2 and A-24X PTC heater relay1 connector
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay side. terminal No. 4.
(2) Voltage between terminal 2 and body earth • Check the power supply line for open circuit.
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP 12. Check the wiring harness between A- (2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" earth position.
24X PTC heater relay1 connector terminal No. 1 (3) Voltage between terminal 3 and body earth
and C-15 A/C-ECU connector terminal No. 6. OK: System voltage
intermediate connector C-127, and repair if neces- YES : Go to Step 18.
sary. NO : Go to Step 17.
Q: Is the check result normal? STEP 17. Check the wiring harness between A-
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP 32X PTC heater relay2 connector terminal No. 3
00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/ and C-317 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5.
Inspection Service Points - How to Cope NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check
with Intermittent Malfunction ). intermediate connector C-128, and repair if neces-
NO : Repair the wiring harness. sary.
STEP 13. Measure the voltage at C-52 PTC heater Q: Is the check result normal?
connector. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
(1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
wiring harness side. Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
(2) Ignition switch: ON with Intermittent Malfunction ).
(3) Disconnect A/C-ECU connector C-15 and earth NO : Repair the wiring harness.
terminal 7.
(4) Voltage between terminal 3 and body earth
OK: System voltage between C-52 PTC heater connector terminal No.
Q: Is the check result normal? 3 and A-32X PTC heater relay2 connector
YES : Go to Step 20. terminal No. 2.
NO : Go to Step 14. • Check the power supply line for open circuit.
STEP 14. Measure the voltage at A-32X PTC YES : Go to Step 19.
heater relay2 connector. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay side.
(2) Voltage between terminal 4 and body earth STEP 19. Check the wiring harness between A-
OK: System voltage 32X PTC heater relay2 connector terminal No. 1
Q: Is the check result normal? and C-15 A/C-ECU connector terminal No. 7.
NO : Go to Step 15. intermediate connector C-127, and repair if neces-
sary.
STEP 15. Check the wiring harness between A- • Check the power supply line for open circuit.
32X PTC heater relay2 connector terminal No. 4 Q: Is the check result normal?
and fusible link (39) connector. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
• Check the power supply line for open circuit. 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
with Intermittent Malfunction ). STEP 20. Measure the voltage at C-52 PTC heater
NO : Repair the wiring harness. connector.
STEP 16. Measure the voltage at A-32X PTC wiring harness side.
heater relay2 connector. (2) Ignition switch: ON
(1) Remove the relay, and measure at the relay side. (3) Disconnect A/C-ECU connector C-15 and earth
terminal 5.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-81
(4) Voltage between terminal 1 and body earth STEP 25. Check the wiring harness wires
OK: System voltage between C-52 PTC heater connector terminal No.
Q: Is the check result normal? 1 and A-23X PTC heater relay3 connector
YES : Go to Step 27. terminal No. 3.
NO : Go to Step 21. • Check the power supply line for open circuit.
heater relay3 connector. NO : Repair the wiring harness.
(2) Voltage between terminal 4 and body earth STEP 26. Check the wiring harness between A-
OK: System voltage 23X PTC heater relay3 connector terminal No. 2
and C-15 A/C-ECU connector terminal No. 5.
NO : Go to Step 22. intermediate connector C-127, and repair if neces-
sary.
23X PTC heater relay3 connector terminal No. 4 Q: Is the check result normal?
and fusible link (41) connector. YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
• Check the power supply line for open circuit. 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
with Intermittent Malfunction ). STEP 27. Connector check: C-53 PTC heater
NO : Repair the wiring harness. connector
heater relay3 connector. NO : Repair the connector.
(2) Turn the ignition switch to the "ON" earth position. STEP 28. Resistance measurement at C-53 PTC
(3) Voltage between terminal 1 and body earth heater connector.
OK: System voltage (1) Disconnect the connector, and measure at the
YES : Go to Step 25. (2) Continuity between terminal 1, 2 and body earth.
NO : Go to Step 24. OK: Continuity (Less than 2 ohms)
STEP 24. Check the wiring harness between A- YES : Go to Step 30.
23X PTC heater relay3 connector terminal No. 1 NO : Go to Step 29.
and C-317 ETACS-ECU connector terminal No. 5.
NOTE: Prior to the wiring harness inspection, check STEP 29. Check the wiring harness between C-53
intermediate connector C-128, and repair if neces- PTC heater connector (terminals 1 and 2) and
sary. body earth.
• Check the power supply line for open circuit. • Check the PTC heater earth line for open circuit.
YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP YES : Intermittent malfunction (Refer to GROUP
00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/ 00 − How to Use Troubleshooting/
Inspection Service Points - How to Cope Inspection Service Points - How to Cope
with Intermittent Malfunction ). with Intermittent Malfunction ).
TROUBLESHOOTING

STEP 30. Check the PTC heater.
NO : Replace the PTC heater.
Refer to .
Q: Is the check result normal? DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE
M1554005101032
Item No. Check item Inspection status The display contents

under normal condition
17 Engine speed − Displays correct engine
speed.
19 Ambient temperature − Ambient temperature is the
sensor same as M.U.T.-III
displayed temperature
20 Air thermo sensor − Evaporator outlet
temperature is the same as
M.U.T.-III displayed
temperature.
21 Interior temperature − Interior temperature is the
sensor same as M.U.T.-III
displayed temperature
23 Temperature setting Displays air conditioner set
temperature.
24 Engine coolant TEMP − Engine coolant temperature
sensor is the same as M.U.T.-III
displayed temperature.
26 Vehicle speed − Displays vehicle speed.
27 A/C Compressor drive Compressor ON ON
request Compressor OFF OFF
28 Air conditioning switch Air conditioner switch ON ON
Air conditioner switch OFF OFF
29 Refrigerant leak − Normal
34 Idle up request − Displays idle-up request
signal.
45 In/out select damper − Displays outside/inside air
poten (target) selection damper target
position.
46 In/out select damp − Displays outside/inside air
potentiometer selection damper position.
55 Air outlet c/o − Displays air outlet
potentiometer changeover damper
position.
56 Air outlet c/o potentio. − Displays air outlet
(Target) changeover damper target
position.
57 Low pressure − Normal
60 Rear defogger switch Rear window defogger switch ON ON
Rear window defogger switch OFF OFF
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-83
61 Pressure sensor − Displays refrigerant
pressure.
63 Air mix potentiometer − Displays the air mix damper
position.
67 Photo sensor − Displays sunload.
68 Front blower fan − Displays blower motor
condition.
(Target) target value.
73 Refrigerant pressure − Displays refrigerant
pressure status.
74 Condenser fan − Displays condenser fan
running condition.
76 Temp. set dial position − Displays the set
temperature output value
on the control panel.
77 A/C Panel type − Displays as same as the
specification.
78 Fan set dial position − Displays the air volume
output value on the control
panel.
79 Air outlet c/o set dial − Displays output value to the
position air outlet changeover dial
on the control panel.
80* Fan set dial operation − ON when the air volume
flag adjusting dial is operated
81* A/C SW operation flag − ON when the air conditioner
switch is operated
82* Temp. set dial operation − ON when the air conditioner
flag switch is operated
83* Defogger flag − ON when the air outlet
changeover dial is set to the
DEF position.
84* In/out air c/o SW − ON when the inside air/
operation flag outside air changeover
switch is operated
87* Rear defogger SW − ON when the rear window
operation flag switch is operated
88 Rear defogger SW lamp − Displays rear window
switch indicator status.
89 A/C SW lamp − Displays air conditioner
TROUBLESHOOTING

90 In/out air c/o SW lamp − Displays the status of the
inside air/outside air
changeover switch
indicator.
91 A/C Compressor drive − ON when the compressor is
flag activated.
92 Wiper operation flag − ON when the wiper is
operated.
93 Ignition position − Ignition switch position
information status
94 Power source voltage − Displays power supply
voltage.
95 IOD fuse equipment − IOD fuse status
flag
NOTE: *: The display may not switch if the switch ACTUATOR TEST TABLE
operation timing does not correspond to the M.U.T.- M1554005201200
III readout timing.

Item No. Check item Driven content
2 Idle up request* Idle-up request signal
5 In/out selection damper The moving position of outside/inside air
selection damper motor
6 Air mix damper motor The moving position of air mix damper
motor
7 Front blower fan The amount of blower motor rotation
8 Air outlet c/o damper Air outlet changeover damper motor
moving position
10 Condenser fan* The amount of condenser fan rotation
11 Air conditioner* A/C switch selection position
12 Rear defogger switch* Rear window defogger switch selection
position
NOTE: *: When the engine is not running these func- CHECK AT A/C-ECU TERMINALS
tion do not work. M1552010302675
<C-60 (Vehicles without A/C)> <C-59 (Vehicles without A/C)>

<C-15 (Vehicles with A/C)> <C-13 (Vehicles with A/C)>
21 2223 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
AC507400AN

No.
1 Power transistor (DRAIN) Air volume control dial: Maximum air 0 to 2 V
volume
2 Power transistor (GATE) Air volume control dial: Maximum air System voltage
volume
3−8 − − −
TROUBLESHOOTING
55A-85
No.
9 A/C control panel (Signal) − −
10 − 12 − − −
13 Battery power supply Always System voltage
15 IG power supply Ignition switch: ON System voltage
16 A/C pressure sensor input Refer to . Refer to .
17 Interior temperature sensor Sensor probe temperature: 25°C 2.1 to 2.7 V
(4.0 kΩ)
18 − − −
19 Sensor earth Always 1 V or less
20 A/C pressure sensor power Ignition switch: IG2 5V
supply
21 Air thermo sensor earth Always 1 V or less
22 Air thermo sensor Sensor probe temperature: 25°C 2.1 to 2.7 V
(4.0 kΩ)
23 − − −
24 Motor for air outside/inside − −
air circulation switching
damper
damper
damper
damper
28 Air mix damper motor − −
29 Motor power supply − −
30 Air outlet changeover − −
damper motor
damper motor
damper motor
damper motor
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION REFILLING OF OIL IN THE A/C SYSTEM
M1552001001651 M1552020000334
Refer to GROUP 11A − Engine Adjustment, Drive Too little oil will provide inadequate compressor lubri-
Belt Tension Check . <1600> cation and cause a compressor failure. Too much oil
Refer to GROUP 11C − Engine Adjustment, Drive will increase discharge air temperature.
Belt Tension Check . <1800 Petrol engine> When a compressor is installed at the factory, it con-
Refer to GROUP 11E − Engine Adjustment, Drive tains 60 mL <Except with 1600 (M/T)> or 70 mL
Belt Tension Check . <2000> <Except without 1600 (M/T)> of compressor oil.
Refer to GROUP 11G − Engine Adjustment, Drive While the A/C system is in operation, the oil is carried
Belt Tension Check . <1800 Diesel engine> through the entire system by the refrigerant. Some of
this oil will be trapped and retained in various parts of
REFRIGERANT LEVEL CHECK, the system.
DRAINING AND CHARGING When the following system components are
M1559200100312 changed, it is necessary to add oil to the system to
Remove the refrigerant by the flon reclaim machine replace the oil being removed with the component.
and replenish the specified quantity of refrigerant.
Compressor oil: SUN PAG 56 or S10X
NOTE: Refer to the Refrigerant Recovery and Recy- Quantity
cling Unit instruction Manual for operation of the unit. Evaporator: 25 mL
Condenser: 15 mL
Each piping: 5 mL
PERFORMANCE TEST
M1552001401057
TEST CONDITION
Item Settings
Environment Measurement location In a shade or indoors
al condition Temperature 20°C − 50°C
Humidity Relative humidity 30 − 80% RH
Vehicle body Hood Fully opened
condition Door Fully open for door, window, and tailgate
Air Air conditioner switch ON
conditioning Air volume Maximum air volume
condition
Temperature control MAX COOL
Air outlet FACE
Outside/inside air selection Air recirculation position
Engine speed Specified idle speed after warming up
Transmission N or P
TEST CONDITION SETTING

Check that the temperature/humidity of measure-
ment location satisfies the test conditions, and then
set the vehicle body conditions to the designated sta-
tus according to the test conditions. If the tempera-
ture/humidity is not within the test conditions, an
accurate judgment cannot be made. Therefore, post-
pone the performance test.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
55A-87
COOLING PERFORMANCE CHECK NOTE: Set a wet and dry bulb thermometer so
that cool air does not blow against it.
Thermometer
3. Start the engine to warm up. Confirm that the

engine speed of the test condition is satisfied.
4. Set the A/C control panel to the mode instructed
in the test conditions.
5. Wait until the air outlet temperature is stable
(approximately 10 minutes after the A/C starts),
Wet and dry bulb and measure dry-bulb/wet-bulb temperatures at
thermometer AC800067AB
the air outlet and the air intake.
6. If the air outlet temperature is in the range
1. Insert a thermometer into the air outlet located at specified by the table below, it is judged normal. If
the centre of instrument panel. the temperature is outside the permissible range
NOTE: Set a thermometer so that cool air from in the table below, refer to the refrigerant gas
the air outlet blows directly against the sensing pressure inspection result, and check each
part. section according to the diagnosis chart of
2. Set a wet and dry bulb thermometer in the air refrigerant system.
intake of the front passenger's foot area (below
the glove box).
Garage ambient temperature 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
°C
Discharge air temperature °C 4.7 − 10.0 − 15.2 − 20.4 − 25.6 − 30.9 − 36.1 −
17.3 22.6 27.9 33.1 38.4 43.7 49.0
REFRIGERANT GAS PRESSURE CHECK clicks into place.

• When connecting, run your hand along the
CAUTION
hose while pressing to ensure that there are
• The temperature of equipment in the engine
no bends in the hose.
room is high and the refrigerant gas pressure
is also high immediately after the engine and Low-pressure High-
A/C operation are stopped, thus leave the valve pressure valve
vehicle for a while, and then perform the Gauge manifold
refrigerant gas pressure check.
• On completion, stop the engine and wait until
the high-pressure side of the gauge manifold
is depressurised. Then remove the quick
joints and the others. Charging hose (red)
CAUTION
•
Quick joint
Charging hose (blue) (for high-
pressure)
Sleeve
A
Quick joint
(for low-
pressure)
AC106028AB
AC106029AB
Place the quick joint onto the service valve, and
press to fit the part A securely until the sleeve 1. Check that the engine and A/C are stopped.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
2. Close the high-pressure valve of the gauge 10.Start and fully warm up the engine, and then
manifold. check that the engine speed of the test condition
3. Connect the charging hose (red) to the hi- is satisfied.
pressure side of the gauge manifold. 11.Set the A/C control panel to the mode instructed
4. Connect the quick joint (for high pressure) to the in the test conditions.
charging hose (red). 12.Measure the high pressure/low pressure, and
5. Install the quick joint (for high pressure) to the check that the measurement is within the
high-pressure side service valve of the vehicle. permissible range of the table below. If the value
6. Close the low-pressure valve of the gauge is outside the permissible range, refer to the
manifold. cooling performance check result, and perform a
check according to the diagnosis chart of
7. Connect the charging hose (blue) to the low-
refrigerant system.
pressure side of the gauge manifold.
NOTE: Prior to the measurement, wait until the
8. Connect the quick joint (for low pressure) to the
refrigerant pressure is stable. (Approximately 10
charging hose (blue).
minutes after A/C operation start)
9. Install the quick joint (for low pressure) to the low-
pressure side service valve of the vehicle.
Garage ambient temperature 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
°C
Compressor high pressure kPa 934 − 1, 1, 067 − 1,201 − 1,335 − 1,468 − 1,602 − 1,735 −
700 1, 850 2,000 2,150 2,300 2,450 2,600
Compressor low pressure kPa 170 − 215 − 260 − 305 − 350 − 395 − 440 −
359 406 452 499 545 592 638
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
55A-89
DIAGNOSIS BY REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE
M1552023000184
A/C Measurement circumstance Cause Measures

system Hig Low Air Note
symptom h pres outl
pres sure et
sure tem
pera
ture
Cooler is Low High High • Pressure for low • Leakage inside 1. Check according to the
not pressure side is high, compressor compressor check.
effective. and high pressure • Faulty 1. When no foreign object
side is low. compression of is present to the oil, and
• When the A/C compressor when the colour is light
operation is stopped, grey, replace only the
the pressures of low compressor.
pressure side and 2. When foreign objects
high pressure side are mixed to the oil, and
immediately become the colour is black,
identical. replace the compressor
and receiver.
2. Perform the evacuation
sufficiently to remove the
foreign objects and
moisture in the cycle.
3. Fill the new gas to the
specified amount.
High High High • Low pressure side/ • Air is mixed to 1. Perform the evacuation
high pressure side the refrigerant sufficiently, and remove
pressure is too high. cycle. the foreign objects and
• Low pressure side • Evacuation is moisture in the cycle.
piping is too hot to insufficient. 2. Fill the new gas to the
touch. specified amount.
Sufficient Fluc Fluc Fluc During the air The moisture in 1. Replace the receiver
cooling and tuati tuati tuati conditioner operation, the refrigerant (drier).
insufficient on on on the low pressure side cycle becomes 2. Perform the evacuation
cooling pressure alternates frozen in the sufficiently, and remove
occur between the negative expansion valve, the moisture in the cycle.
periodically. pressure and normal. then the 3. Fill the new refrigerant to
(also in the high circulation of the specified amount.
pressure side, the refrigerant is
abnormal and normal stopped
statuses are alternated). temporarily.
Subsequently, the
status recovers to
normal by the
melting of ice.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

symptom h pres outl
pres sure et
sure tem
pera
ture
Cooler is Low Vac Fluc • The low pressure • The foreign 1. Check the expansion
sometimes uum tuati side pressure objects or valve.
not on indicates the moisture inside 1. If foreign objects are
effective. vacuum, and the high the refrigerant present inside the
(works pressure side cycle deposits expansion valve,
occasionall indicates the low or remove them by using
y) pressure. freezes inside an air gun or others.
• To the piping before the expansion 2. When no foreign object
and after the valve, and the is present, the
expansion valve, refrigerant flow expansion valve
frost or dew is is disturbed. operation failure is
observed. • Because of the suspected. Therefore,
expansion replace the expansion
valve operation valve.
failure, the
2. Perform the evacuation
refrigerant flow
sufficiently, and remove
is disturbed.
the foreign objects and
moisture in the cycle.
3. Fill the new refrigerant to
the specified amount.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
55A-91
symptom h pres outl
pres sure et
sure tem
pera
ture
Cooling Low Low Slig • Low pressure side/ • Gas leakage is 1. When the pressure gauge
effectivene htly high pressure side present to indication is close to zero,
ss is bad. high pressure is low. somewhere in check the leak position,
• Outlet air the refrigerant and then repair the
temperature is high. cycle. leakage. Also, when the
• Refrigerant gas value is lower than the
amount is standard pressure, check if
insufficient. the gas leakage is present,
2. After checking the leak
position, sufficiently
perform the evacuation,
then fill the new gas to the
specified amount.
High High Slig Low pressure side/high • Refrigerant 1. Clean the condenser fin
htly pressure side pressure amount is (fouling, fin clogging)
high is too high. excessive. 2. Check the condenser fan
• Condenser motor (radiator fan)
cooling is operation.
insufficient. 3. When 1 and 2 are normal,
recover all the refrigerant.
Then, perform a sufficient
evacuation again, and fill
the new gas to the
specified amount.
High High High • Low pressure side/ Expansion valve Replace the expansion valve.
high pressure side trouble (valve
pressure is too high. opened
• Frost or dew is excessively)
formed to the low
pressure side.
Nor Nor Slig - Because of the Check the status for a while,
mal mal htly slight difference of and if the status does not
high measurement improve, recover all the
environment, refrigerant, then fill to the
secular change of appropriate amount.
vehicle, or others,
it is possible that
the outlet
temperature
fluctuation has
occurred.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
COMPRESSOR CHECK
Trouble Check method/ Cause Measures
symptom circumstance
Abnormal • Refrigerant cycle gauge Abnormal noise due to Fill an appropriate amount of
noise from pressure check excessive refrigerant refrigerant.
compressor 1. Low pressure side/high charging
main body at pressure side pressure
A/C operation is high.
(rattling 2. Pressure hunting
noise) occurs.
• Check the refrigerant Damage to inside the
cycle gauge pressure. compressor
Compressor oil judgment result:
When the pressure Between transparent and grey/
No contamination with foreign materials
difference between the
low pressure side and
high pressure side is
small, remove the
compressor oil, and Measures: Replace only the compressor.
perform the oil judgment.
Compressor oil judgment result:
Compressor Check the compressor Between grey and black/
Contaminated with foreign materials
malfunction rotation, and if a seizure or
(belt slip) sticking is present, remove
the compressor oil, then
perform a judgment.
Measures: Replace the compressor and the rece
AC610320AB
SIMPLE INSPECTION OF THE A/C A/C pressure sensor

PRESSURE SENSOR
M1552014700561
1. Assemble a gauge manifold on the high pressure
service valve.
AC609413AC
A/C
pressure
sensor side Harness side
MB991658
AC507502AB
2. Disconnect the A/C pressure sensor connector

and connect the special tool test harness
(MB991658) as shown.
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
55A-93
3. Start the engine and then turn ON the air RELAY CHECK
conditioner switch. M1552008801539
BLOWER RELAY CONTINUITY CHECK

Output voltage
(V)
<LHD> Blower relay
5
4
3
2
1
0 1 2 3
Refrigerant pressure (MPa)
AC208297AB
4. At this time, check to see that the voltage of the A/ AC605627
C pressure sensor connector terminal No. 2 <RHD>

Blower relay
reflects the specifications of the figure.
NOTE: .
• The allowance shall be defined as ±5%.
• The A/C pressure sensor is incorporated in the
discharge flexible hose, and the high-pressure
service valve is incorporated in liquid pipe B.
Therefore, the pressure at the A/C pressure
sensor is 0.1 to 0.3 MPa higher than that at the
gauge manifold. AC700765
4
3
1 2
AC701458AB
Battery voltage Checking Normal

terminal condition
Not applied 3−4 No continuity
• Connect Continuity
terminal 1 to exists (2 Ω or
the positive less)
battery
terminal
• Connect
terminal 2 to
the negative
battery
terminal
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
A/C COMPRESSOR RELAY CONTINUITY PTC HEATER RELAY 1 CONTINUITY

CHECK CHECK <VEHICLES WITH PTC HEATER>
PTC heater relay 1
A/C compressor relay AC700764 AC700764
3 2
4 4
1 3 1
2
AC701455AK AC701455AF
Battery voltage Checking Normal Battery voltage Checking Normal

terminal condition terminal condition
Not applied 3−4 No continuity Not applied 2−4 No continuity
• Connect Continuity • Connect Continuity
terminal 2 to exists (2 Ω or terminal 3 to exists (2 Ω or
the positive less) the positive less)
battery battery
terminal terminal
• Connect • Connect
terminal 1 to terminal 1 to
the negative the negative
battery battery
terminal terminal
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
55A-95
PTC HEATER RELAY 2 CONTINUITY PTC HEATER RELAY 3 CONTINUITY
CHECK <VEHICLES WITH PTC HEATER> CHECK <DISEL ENGINE>
PTC heater relay 2
PTC heater relay 3

AC700764 AC700764
4 4
2 3
3 1 1 2
AC701455AG AC701455AH
Battery voltage Checking Normal Battery voltage Checking Normal

terminal condition terminal condition
Not applied 2−4 No continuity Not applied 3−4 No continuity
• Connect Continuity • Connect Continuity
terminal 3 to exists (2 Ω or terminal 1 to exists (2 Ω or
the positive less) the positive less)
battery battery
terminal terminal
• Connect • Connect
terminal 1 to terminal 2 to
the negative the negative
battery battery
terminal terminal
IDLE-UP INSPECTION
M1552001602054
2. Check that the idling speed is within the standard
value range.
Standard value:
<1600>
750 ± 50 r/min
<1800 Petrol>
650 ± 50 r/min (M/T)
700 ± 50 r/min (CVT)
HEATER CONTROL UNIT
<1800 Diesel> REPLACE THE CLEAN AIR FILTER

650 ± 50 r/min M1552020600369
<2000>
700 ± 50 r/min
NOTE: The idling speed is controlled by the ISC
system automatically, so does not require adjust-
ment.
3. Operate the air conditioner by turning on the A/C
switch. Then check that the idling speed is within
the standard value range.
Standard value: AC611715AB
<1800 Petrol, 2000> 1. Remove the glove box (Refer to GROUP 52A −
750 ± 100 r/min Instrumental Panel, ).
<1600> 2. Loosen the two lugs as shown to replace the
850 ± 100 r/min clean air filter.
<1800 Diesel> 3. Install the glove box.
900 ± 100 r/min
HEATER CONTROL UNIT

M1554014700523
1
2
AC608191AD
Removal steps
1. Instrument panel centre lower
(Refer to GROUP 52A, Instrument
panel centre panel )
2. Heater control panel <Vehicles
without A/C> or A/C control panel
<Vehicles with A/C>
HEATER UNIT AND BLOWER ASSEMBLY
55A-97
M1552020801032
WARNING
For removal and installation of the passenger's side air bag module, always observe the
service procedures described in GROUP 52B, Driver’s Air Bag Module to Passenger’s
(Front) Air Bag Module .
• Refrigerant draining and Refilling (Refer to Charging and
Discharging ).
• Engine coolant replacement (Refer to GROUP 14, on-
vehicles service <4A9>, <4B10, 4J1>, <4N1>).
• Steering column shaft assembly Removal and Installation
(Refer to GROUP 37A, Steering Column Shaft <Power
steering> or GROUP 37B, Steering Column Shaft <Elec-
trical power steering>).
• Instrument Panel Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 52A, Instrument Panel ).
• Floor console Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP
52A, Floor console ).
7.0 ± 3.0 N·m
2
4.9 ± 0.9 N·m
1
9
23 ± 6 N·m N6
11 ± 4 N·m
4 3
20 ± 5 N·m
5
11 ± 4 N·m
7 8
-Pipe coupling
18 ± 7 N·m
18 ± 7 N·m
3, 4 5
A/C compressor oil:
SUN PAG 56 or S10X
20 ± 5 N·m
ACA00807AC
Removal steps REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS

1. Dash panel heat protector <<A>> SUCTION PIPE AND LIQUID PIPE DIS-
2. Heater hose connection CONNECTION
3. Expansion valve cover <diesel
engine> CAUTION
<<A>> 4. Suction pipe connection As the compressor oil and receiver are highly
<<A>> 5. Liquid pipe connection moisture absorbent, use a non-porous material
6. O-ring to plug the hose and nipples.
<> 7. Front deck crossmember To prevent the entry of dust or other foreign bodies,
8. Drain hose plug the dismantled hose and the nipples of the
9. Heater unit expansion valves.
55A-99
<> FRONT DECK CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL
<RHD>
<LHD>
C-129
C-128
C-129
C-128 C-130
C-127 C-130 C-127 C-125
C-28 C-125
C-27 C-28 C-126 AC612710 BL
C-27 C-126 AC612705BL
<RHD>
<LHD>
C-112
C-111
C-111 C-16
C-112 C-17
C-17 AC612711AZ
C-16
AC612706AW
<RHD>
<LHD>
C-19
C-19 AC612712AH
AC612707AG
Disconnect the following connectors to gain access
to the front deck crossmember.
Connector Connector name
number
C-16 Instrument panel wiring harness and floor
wiring harness combination
C-19 Instrument panel wiring harness and console
C-111 Instrument panel wiring harness and front door
wiring harness (RH) combination
Connector Connector name

number
wiring harness (LH) combination
wiring harness (LH) combination
C-127 Instrument panel wiring harness and front
C-130 Instrument panel wiring harness and roof wiring
harness combination
55A-101
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
M1552020900702
1
3
32 23
2 13
15 N 14
11
10
27
28 16
29
30 5
27
25
8 24
12
26
6 7
17
20
19
22
31
4 18
33
21
ACA00925AB
Disassembly steps Disassembly steps (Continued)

1. KOS-ECU 11. Heater core cover
2. Rear centre duct 12. Heater core
3. Front centre duct 13. Expansion valve
4. Foot duct 14. O-ring
5. Heater control unit <Vehicles 15. Expansion valve cover
without A/C> or A/C-ECU <Vehicles 16. Upper case assembly
with A/C> 17. Evaporator
6. Air mixing damper control motor 18. Fin thermo sensor
7. Mode selection damper control 19. Air filter cover
motor 20. Air filter
8. Mode lever 21. Power transistor
9. PTC heater <Diesel engine> 22. Blower motor
10. Outside/Inside air selection damper 23. Air intake duct
control motor 24. Blower case upper
HEATER HOSE <Diesel engine>
Disassembly steps (Continued) INSPECTION

25. Outside/inside air selection damper M1552014304101
26. Blower case lower FIN THERMO SENSOR CHECK
27. Upper case
28. Mode selection damper (FOOT) Resistance 25
29. Mode selection damper (DEF) (k ) 20
30. Air mixing damper
15
31. Wiring harness
32. Aspirator 10
33. Lower case
5
0
-10 0 10 20 30 40
Temperature ºC
AC609399AD
Check that the resistance shown in the graph is

almost satisfied when measuring the resistance
between the terminals under two or more different
temperature conditions.
NOTE: The temperature condition in checking
should be within the range shown.
HEATER HOSE <Diesel engine>

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION <DIESEL
ENGINE>
M1551007700180
1
4
2
3
49 ± 9 N·m
AC900342AB
Heater hose removal steps Heater hose removal steps

1. Heater water hose A 3. Heater water hose assembly
2. Heater water hose B 4. Grommet
MODE SELECTION DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR, AIR MIXING DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR, OUTSIDE/INSIDE
55A-103
MODE SELECTION DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR, AIR
MIXING DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR, OUTSIDE/INSIDE AIR
SELECTION DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR, POWER
TRANSISTOR AND BLOWER MOTOR
M1554014900419
1
3
8 2
7
6
AC708788AB
Power transistor removal steps Air mixing damper control motor,

• Bottom cover assembly mode selection damper control
(passenger's side) (Refer to motor and outside/inside air
GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel ). selection damper control motor
1. Power transistor removal steps
Blower motor removal steps • Foot duct (Refer to ).
• Bottom cover assembly • A/C-ECU (Refer to ).
(passenger's side) (Refer to <<A>> 4. Air mixing damper control motor
GROUP 52A − Instrument Panel ). <<A>> 5. Mode selection damper control
2. Hose motor
3. Blower motor 6. Clean air filter cover
7. Clean air filter
<<A>> >>A<< 8. Outside/inside air selection damper
control motor
MODE SELECTION DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR, AIR MIXING DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR,
REMOVAL SERVICE POINT INSPECTION

M1552014304305
<<A>> AIR MIXING DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR,
OUTSIDE/INSIDE AIR SELECTION DAMPER
BLOWER MOTOR CHECK
CONTROL MOTOR, MODE SELECTION DAMPER <LHD>
CONTROL MOTOR REMOVAL
NOTE:
AC611918AH
<RHD>
AC100628
A normal plate-type ratchet driver is recommended.

>>A<< OUTSIDE/INSIDE AIR SELECTION
DAMPER CONTROL MOTOR INSTALLATION
Install the outside/inside air selection damper control AC711909AB
motor while pressing the outside/inside air selection
damper from the hole of the blower motor. Check that the motor turns when applying battery
power between the connector terminals. Also check
to see that there is no abnormal sound emitted from
the motor at this time.
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
55A-105
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
M1554003400603
1
AC609030 AE
Removal steps INSPECTION

Air cleaner intake duct (Refer to M1552014304123
•
GROUP 15, Air Cleaner ) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
• Headlamp support panel cover CHECK
(Refer to GROUP 51, Front
Bumper and Radiator Grille ) RESISTANCE (k )
1. Ambient temperature sensor 10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-10 0 10 20 30 40
TEMPERATURE (˚C) AC508067AC
Check to see that the resistance shown in the graph

is almost satisfied when measuring the resistance
between the terminals under two or more different
temperature conditions.
A/C-ECU
A/C-ECU
M1554016600447

• Glove Box and Bottom Cover Assembly (passenger's
side) Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Instrument Panel ).
• Foot duct Removal and Installation (Refer to ).
Heater control unit

<Vehicles without A/C> or
AC900349AB
A/C-ECU <Vehicles with A/C>
PTC HEATER <Vehicles with PTC heater>
55A-107
M1554023000179
WARNING
• Before removing the front seat assembly, refer to GROUP 52B, Service Precautions and
Knee air bag module .
• Never attempt to disassemble or repair the PTC sensor. If faulty, replace it with new
one(s).
AC612223AB

• Floor console, Floor console side • Foot duct LH, Foot duct RH (Refer
cover (Refer to GROUP 52A − to ).
Floor console assembly ). • Knee air bag module (Refer to
• Bottom cover (passenger side), GROUP 52B − Knee air bag
Glove box side panel, Glove box module ).
damper, Glove box, Glove box • Radio and CD player assembly
cover (Refer to GROUP 52A − (Refer to GROUP 54A − Radio and
Glove box ). CD player ).
• Instrument panel air outlet garnish <<A>> 1. PTC heater
lower (RH), Instrument centre
panel, Instrument panel console REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
box, Instrument panel under cover <<A>> PTC HEATER REMOVAL
(Refer to GROUP 52A − Instrument Remove the PTC heater as described below.
centre panel ).
• Instrument panel cover lower
<Vehicle with Instrument panel
cover lower>, Instrument panel
lower (Refer to GROUP 52A −
Instrument centre panel ).
Combination meter Foot duct centre
Steering column
lower cover
Harness clamp
AC700312 AB AC700313AB
1. Slide the foot duct centre so that a precision 4. Remove the harness clamp shown in the figure,
screwdriver can be inserted from the upper side of and pull out the PTC heater.
the PTC heater connector.
INSPECTION
Precision screwdriver M1552014304316
PTC HEATER CHECK

PTC heater <C-53>
connector
<C-52>
AC700311AB
2. Insert a precision screwdriver from the upper side

of the PTC heater connector, and disconnect the AC701303AB
connector.
3. Remove the PTC heater screws. Tester connection Specified
condition
C-52 terminal No. 1 − C-53 Continuity exists
terminal No. 1
terminal No. 2
terminal No. 2
terminal No. 2
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
55A-109
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION <1600 (M/
T)>
M1552004403580
CAUTION
• When removing the compressor, be careful not to subject the pulley and the clutch to impact.
Pre-removal operation Post-installation Operation
• Discharging refrigerant (Refer to ) • Drive belt installation (Refer to GROUP 11A Crankshaft
• Engine room under cover front A and B, Engine room side Pulley )
cover removal (Refer to GROUP 51, Under Cover ). • Drive belt tension check and adjustment (Refer to
• Drive belt removal (Refer to GROUP 11A Crankshaft Pul- GROUP 11A − Drive Belt Tension Check ). <Petrol
ley ) engine>
• Charging refrigerant (Refer to )
• Engine room under cover front A and B, Engine room side
cover installation (Refer to GROUP 51, Under Cover ).
2
N 3
10 ± 2 N·m
23 ± 6 N·m
10 ± 2 N·m
-Pipe coupling 5 3 N
23 ± 6 N·m
4
1, 2 3
A/C compressor oil:
SUN PAG 56 or S10X
ACB01639 AB

<<A>> 1. Discharge flexible hose connection <<A>> DISCHARGE FLEXIBLE HOSE/SUCTION
<<A>> 2. Suction flexible hose connection FLEXIBLE HOSE DISCONNECTION
3. O-ring
<> >>A<< 4. A/C compressor and clutch CAUTION
assembly Use the plug which is not breathable because A/
5. A/C compressor bracket C compressor oil or receiver have high hygro-
NOTE: The service points which are not described scopicity.
are the same as before. Plug the hose nipple removed to prevent the entry of
dust and dirt.
<> A/C COMPRESSOR AND CLUTCH

ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
Be careful not to spill the A/C compressor oil and
remove the A/C compressor.
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY

>>A<< A/C COMPRESSOR AND CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 1
If a new compressor is installed, first adjust the
3
amount of oil according to the procedures described
below, and then install the compressor.
1. Measure the amount X mL of oil within the 2
removed compressor. A/C compressor and
clutch assembly
2. Drain (from the new compressor) the amount of
oil calculated according to the following formula, AC711141AD
and then install the new compressor. 3. Tighten A/C compressor assembly mounting bolts
New compressor oil amount = 60mL to the specified torque in the order of number
60 mL − X mL = Y mL shown in the figure.
NOTE: Y mL indicates the amount of oil in the refrig- Tightening torque: 23 ± 6 N⋅m
erant line, the condenser, the evaporator, etc.
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
55A-111
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION <Except
1600 (M/T) >
M1552004403568
CAUTION
• When removing the compressor, be careful not to subject the pulley and the clutch to impact.
Pre-removal operation Post-installation Operation
• Discharging refrigerant (Refer to ) • Drive belt installation (Refer to GROUP 11A Crankshaft
• Engine room under cover front A and B, Engine room side Pulley ) <Petrol engine>
cover removal (Refer to GROUP 51, Under Cover ). • Drive belt installation (Refer to GROUP 11C Crankshaft
• Drive belt removal (Refer to GROUP 11A Crankshaft Pul- Pulley ) <Diesel engine>
ley ) <Petrol engine> • Drive belt tension check and adjustment (Refer to
• Drive belt removal (Refer to GROUP 11C, Crankshaft Pul- GROUP 11A − Drive Belt Tension Check ). <Petrol
ley ) <Diesel engine> engine>
• Drive belt tension check and adjustment (Refer to
GROUP 11C − Drive Belt Tension Check ). <Diesel
engine>
• Charging refrigerant (Refer to )
• Engine room under cover front A and B, Engine room side
cover installation (Refer to GROUP 51, Under Cover ).
23 ± 6 N·m
5*1 23 ± 6 N·m
2
NOTE: N 3
*1: <1800>
*2: <1800 (Petrol), 2000> 10 ± 2 N·m
1
5*2
-Pipe coupling
10 ± 2 N·m
3 N
23 ± 6 N·m 23 ± 6 N·m
1, 2 3
A/C compressor oil: 4
SUN PAG 56 or S10X
ACB01836 AC

<<A>> 1. Discharge flexible hose connection <<A>> DISCHARGE FLEXIBLE HOSE/SUCTION
<<A>> 2. Suction flexible hose connection FLEXIBLE HOSE DISCONNECTION
3. O-ring
<> >>A<< 4. A/C compressor and clutch CAUTION
assembly Use the plug which is not breathable because A/
5. A/C compressor bracket <Petrol> C compressor oil or receiver have high hygro-
NOTE: The service points which are not described scopicity.
are the same as before. Plug the hose nipple removed to prevent the entry of
dust and dirt.
<> A/C COMPRESSOR AND CLUTCH Be careful not to spill the A/C compressor oil and
ASSEMBLY REMOVAL remove the A/C compressor.
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT INSPECTION

M1552004501451
>>A<< A/C COMPRESSOR AND CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
CHECK THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH FOR A/
If a new compressor is installed, first adjust the C COMPRESSOR
amount of oil according to the procedures described <1600 (M/T)>
below, and then install the compressor.
1. Measure the amount X mL of oil within the
removed compressor.
2. Drain (from the new compressor) the amount of
oil calculated according to the following formula,
and then install the new compressor.
New compressor oil amount = 70mL
70 mL − X mL = Y mL
ACB02033AB
NOTE: Y mL indicates the amount of oil in the refrig-
erant line, the condenser, the evaporator, etc. <Except 1600 (M/T) >
2
A/C compressor and
AC809068AH
clutch assembly
AC711141AD Connect the connector battery to positive battery ter-
minal in the A/C compressor, and then earth the bat-
3. Tighten A/C compressor assembly mounting bolts
tery (−) terminal to the A/C compressor itself. At this
to the specified torque in the order of number
time, check that the magnetic clutch operating sound
shown in the figure.
can be heard.
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
55A-113
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY <1600
(M/T) >
M1552004603506
2.0 ± 0.2 N·m
1
Refrigerant temperature 5.9 ± 0.6 N·m
switch sealant: KE-347W
10
5 9.8 ± 2.0 N·m
11
9
8
7
6
16 ± 1 N·m 3N 4
ACB01638 AB
Refrigerant temperature switch DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINTS

disassembly steps <<A>> SELF-LOCKING NUT REMOVAL
1. Bracket
2. Refrigerant temperature switch
A/C compressor clutch
disassembly steps MB991386
>>F<< • Air gap adjustment
<<A>> >>E<< 3. Self-locking nut
4. Armature
MB991367
5. Shim
>>D<< 6. Snap ring
<> >>C<< 7. Rotor
8. Snap ring
AC709546AC
>>B<< 9. A/C compressor coil
10. A/C compressor Use the special tools below to remove the self-lock-
>>A<< 11. A/C compressor high pressure ing nut.
relief valve
<> ROTOR REMOVAL
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINTS

>>A<< A/C COMPRESSOR HIGH PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE INSTALLATION
MB990810 CAUTION
Bolt
Be careful not to damage the O-ring when install-
ing the high-pressure relief valve. Apply the
specified refrigerating machine oil the high-pres-
MD999566
sure relief valve mounting hole before installa-
tion
Check that O-ring is installed to the high-pressure

MB992623 relief and use the adjust torque wrench to install the
high-pressure relief valve to the main body of the
compressor.
Rotor
>>B<< A/C COMPRESSOR COIL ATTACHMENT
AC903427 AL
CAUTION
• Be sure to use the guide (MB992623) when Compressor
the side bearing puller (MB990810) is used to unit pin hole
prevent the damage of A/C compressor.
• If the threaded shaft of side bearing puller
(MB990810) is turned than necessary, the A/C compressor
rotor may be distorted. Therefore, turn the coil projection
ACB02034AC
threaded shaft lightly only by hand without
using any tools. Line up the pin hole on the compressor unit with the
Rotor can be removed by hand, but if it is difficult to A/C compressor coil projection and attach.
remove it, use the guide (MB992623) and the side
bearing puller (MB990810) as shown.
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
55A-115
>>C<< ROTOR INSTALLATION NOTE: Insert the rotor in a direction perpendicular to
CAUTION the A/C compressor.
If the outer wheel side of rotor is pushed, an
abnormal noise can be generated because the >>D<< SNAP RING INSTALLATION
inside of rotor is damaged, therefore, always Snap ring A/C compressor coil
push the inner wheel side. Rotor
MB992624
Tapered part
Rotor AC209126AD
Using snap ring pliers, fit the snap ring so that the
snap ring’s tapered part is on the outside.
>>E<< SELF-LOCKING NUT INSTALLATION

MB992623
Coil
MB991386
MB991367
AC903428AJ
MB992624
AC709546AC
Using a special tool, as when removing the nut,

Rotor
secure the armature and tighten the self-locking nut.
>>F<< AIR GAP ADJUSTMENT
MB992623
A/C compressor
coil
Thickness
gauge
ACB02035AB
Check whether or not the air gap of the clutch is

within the standard value.
AC902977AB
Standard value:
Install the rotor while pushing the inner wheel side 0.25 − 0.45 mm
slowly using the pusher (MB992624) and guide NOTE: If there is a deviation of the air gap from the
(MB992623). standard value, make the necessary adjustment by
adjusting the number of shims.
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY

<Except 1600 (M/T) >
M1552004603517
2.0 ± 0.2 N·m
Refrigerant temperature
switch sealant: KE-347W
5.9 ± 0.6 N·m
2
9.8 ± 2.0 N·m
11
10
5
9
8
7
6
16 ± 1 N·m 3N 4
AC808733AC
Refrigerant temperature switch DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINTS

disassembly steps <<A>> SELF-LOCKING NUT REMOVAL
1. Bracket
2. Refrigerant temperature switch
A/C compressor clutch
disassembly steps MB991386
>>F<< • Air gap adjustment
<<A>> >>E<< 3. Self-locking nut
4. Armature
MB991367
5. Shim
>>D<< 6. Snap ring
<> >>C<< 7. Rotor
8. Snap ring
AC709546AC
>>B<< 9. A/C compressor coil
10. A/C compressor Use the special tools below to remove the self-lock-
>>A<< 11. A/C compressor high pressure ing nut.
relief valve
<> ROTOR REMOVAL
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
55A-117
REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINTS

>>A<< A/C COMPRESSOR HIGH PRESSURE
MB990810 RELIEF VALVE INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Be careful not to damage the O-ring when install-
Threaded
shaft ing the high-pressure relief valve. Apply the
specified refrigerating machine oil the high-pres-
sure relief valve mounting hole before installa-
MD999566 tion
Check that O-ring is installed to the high-pressure

relief and use the adjust torque wrench to install the
MB992623 high-pressure relief valve to the main body of the
compressor.
Rotor >>B<< A/C COMPRESSOR COIL ATTACHMENT
AC903375 AB
CAUTION
• Be sure to use the guide (MB992623) when
the side bearing puller (MB990810) is used to Compressor
prevent the damage of A/C compressor. unit pin hole
• If the threaded shaft of side bearing puller
(MB990810) is turned than necessary, the A/C compressor
rotor may be distorted. Therefore, turn the coil projection
AC709545AF
threaded shaft lightly only by hand without
using any tools. Line up the pin hole on the compressor unit with the
Rotor can be removed by hand, but if it is difficult to A/C compressor coil projection and attach.
remove it, use the guide (MB992623) and the side
bearing puller (MB990810) as shown.
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
>>C<< ROTOR INSTALLATION

CAUTION >>D<< SNAP RING INSTALLATION
If the outer wheel side of rotor is pushed, an Snap ring A/C compressor coil
abnormal noise can be generated because the Rotor
inside of rotor is damaged, therefore, always
push the inner wheel side.
Tapered part
AC209126AD
Rotor
Using snap ring pliers, fit the snap ring so that the
MB992624 snap ring’s tapered part is on the outside.
>>E<< SELF-LOCKING NUT INSTALLATION
A/C compressor coil

MB991386
MB992623
MB991367
AC902976AC
AC709546AC
Using a special tool, as when removing the nut,

MB992624 secure the armature and tighten the self-locking nut.
Rotor >>F<< AIR GAP ADJUSTMENT
MB992623
A/C compressor
coil
Thickness gauge
AC707121AE
Check whether or not the air gap of the clutch is

within the standard value.
Standard value:
0.25 − 0.45 mm
AC902977AB NOTE: If there is a deviation of the air gap from the
Install the rotor while pushing the inner wheel side standard value, make the necessary adjustment by
slowly using the pusher (MB992624) and guide adjusting the number of shims.
(MB992623).
INSPECTION
NOTE: Insert the rotor in a direction perpendicular to M1552004701217
the A/C compressor.
COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
55A-119
REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
CAUTION 120˚C 135˚C
Do not heat than necessary.
Less than 2
No continuity
Oil temperature
Thermometer
AC100810AZ
Engine oil 2. If the oil temperature reaches the standard value,

there should be continuity between the switch
AC102063 AB terminals.
1. Immerse the refrigerant temperature sensor probe Standard value:
into engine oil to heat the sensor probe. Switch status Operating
temperature °C
Being turned off (No 135
continuity)
Being turned on { Continuity 120
exists (2 Ω or less)}
NOTE: When the oil temperature is 135°C or
more and there is no continuity, the switch will not
be turned on {Continuity exists (2 Ω or less)} until
the temperature reduces to 120°C or less.
CONDENSER ASSEMBLY
CONDENSER ASSEMBLY
M1552015401577

• Discharging and Recharging refrigerant (Refer to )
• Air Cleaner Intake Duct Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 15 − Air cleaner <4A9>, <4B1, 4J1>, <4N1>).
• Headlamp support panel cover Removal and Installation
(Refer to GROUP 51, Front bumper and radiator grille ).
• Hood latch Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP
42A − Hood ).
-Pipe coupling 9.0 ± 2.0 N·m
9.0 ± 2.0 N·m

1
4.9 ± 0.9 N·m 5N
3
3, 4
5
A/C compressor oil:
SUN PAG 56 or S10X
4.9 ± 0.9 N·m

4 5 N
6
AC900345AB
Removal steps REMOVAL SERVICE POINT

1. Headlamp support upper panel <<A>> DISCHARGE FLEXIBLE HOSE/LIQUID
(Refer to GROUP 42A − Loose PIPE A DISCONNECTION
panel )
2. A/C pressure sensor connector CAUTION
<<A>> 3. Discharge flexible hose connection Use the plug which is not breathable because A/
<<A>> 4. Liquid pipe A connection C compressor oil or receiver have high hygro-
5. O-ring scopicity.
6. Condenser assembly Plug the removed nipple of the pipe, hose and con-
NOTE: Condenser fan removal and installation denser to prevent the entry of dust and dirt.
(Refer to GROUP 14 − Radiator <4A9>, <4B1,
4J1>, <4N1>).
REFRIGERANT LINE
55A-121
REFRIGERANT LINE
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION <PETROL
ENGINE>
M1552006402840

Discharging and Recharging refrigerant (Refer to )
Low-pressure 4.0 ± 2.0 N·m 1

Side service valve 7.0 ± 3.0 N·m
High-pressure
Side service valve 3
8N
4.9 ± 0.9 N·m
13 ± 1 N·m
N 9
5 N 8
4.0 ± 2.0 N·m

4.9 ± 0.9 N·m
4
9N
7 -Pipe coupling
8 N
8 N
6 9N
25 ± 4 N·m <1600>
10 ± 2 N·m <1800, 2000>
9 5
4, 5, 6, 7, 8
A/C compressor oil: SUN PAG 56 or S10X
AC900347AF
Expansion valve removal steps Refrigerant line removal steps

1. Heat protector <<A>> 7. A/C pressure sensor
<<A>> 2. Expansion valve 8. O-ring
Refrigerant line removal steps
<<A>> 3. Flexible suction hose REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<<A>> 4. Liquid pipe B <<A>> HOSE AND PIPE REMOVAL
• Air Cleaner Intake Duct Removal
and Installation (Refer to GROUP CAUTION
15 − Air Cleaner <4A9, 4B1, 4J1>) Use the plug which is not breathable because A/
• Headlamp support panel cover C compressor oil or receiver have high hygro-
Removal and Installation (Refer to scopicity.
GROUP 51, Front bumper and Plug the nipple of condenser, compressor, and
radiator grille ). expansion valve to prevent the entry of dust and dirt.
<<A>> 5. Liquid pipe A
<<A>> 6. Flexible discharge hose
REFRIGERANT LINE
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION <DIESEL

ENGINE>
M1552006402862

Discharging and Recharging refrigerant (Refer to )
Low-pressure 4.0 ± 2.0 N·m

7.0 ± 3.0 N·m
Side service valve 1
4
High-pressure 9N
Side service valve
4.9 ± 0.9 N·m
6 9N
25 ± 4 N·m
4.9 ± 0.9 N·m
9N
N 9 N 9
5
2 3
N 9 8 -Pipe coupling 9
N 9
7 25 ± 4 N·m
9N
9
4, 5, 6, 7, 8 6
A/C compressor oil: SUN PAG 56 or S10X
AC900635AB
Expansion valve removal steps Refrigerant line removal steps

1. Heat protector <<A>> 7. Flexible discharge hose
2. Expansion valve cover <<A>> 8. A/C pressure sensor
<<A>> 3. Expansion valve 9. O-ring
Refrigerant line removal steps
<<A>> 4. Flexible suction hose REMOVAL SERVICE POINT
<> >>A<< 5. Liquid pipe B <<A>> HOSE AND PIPE REMOVAL
• Air Cleaner Intake Duct Removal
and Installation (Refer to GROUP CAUTION
15 − Air cleaner <4N1>). Use the plug which is not breathable because A/
• Headlamp support panel cover C compressor oil or receiver have high hygro-
Removal and Installation (Refer to scopicity.
GROUP 51, Front bumper and Plug the nipple of condenser, compressor, and
radiator grille ). expansion valve to prevent the entry of dust and dirt.
• Windshield washer tank assembly
Removal and Installation (Refer to
GROUP 51, Windshield washer ).
<> >>A<< 6. Liquid pipe A
REFRIGERANT LINE
55A-123
<> PIPE REMOVAL INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT
CAUTION >>A<< PIPE INSTALLATION
Use the plug which is not breathable because A/
C compressor oil or receiver have high hygro-
scopicity.
AC702823
A A Lock piece 1. Connect the pipe and the joint.

AC702826
Male side
Section A-A Female side
Claw
Lock piece AC702824AC
Claw AC702827
AC800246AB
2. Turn the male side to the direction of the arrow to
lock.
1. Lift the claw of lock piece and pull out to the
direction of the arrow shown.
Male side
Female side
AC702825
Claw
AC800285AB
3. Insert the lock piece to prevent the reverse
rotation.
2. Lift the claw of joint and turn the male side to the NOTE: Be careful that the colour of lock piece is
direction of the arrow to release the lock, and different depending on the type of piping
disconnect the pipe.
DUCTS
DUCTS
M1553001001007
1
2
6
8
9
AC800087AB
DUCTS
55A-125
Removal steps for rear centre Foot duct removal steps
duct, front centre duct, side • Bottom cover (passenger side),
defroster duct, defroster nozzle, Glove box (Refer to GROUP 52A −
ventilation air distribution duct Glove box ).
• Instrument panel assembly (Refer 7. Foot duct RH
to GROUP 52A − Instrumental Rear heater duct removal steps
Panel ). • Floor console assembly (Refer to
1. Front centre duct GROUP 52A − Floor console ).
2. Rear centre duct • Instrument panel under cover
3. Ventilation air distribution duct (Refer to GROUP 52A − Instrument
4. Defroster nozzle Lower Panel ).
Foot duct removal steps 8. Rear heater duct A
• Instrument panel lower (Refer to • Front seat assembly (Refer to
GROUP 52A − Instrument lower GROUP 52A − Front Seat ).
panel ). • Front scuff plate, Cowl side trim
5. Cooler duct (Refer to GROUP 52A − Trim ).
6. Foot duct LH • Turn up the floor carpet.
9. Rear heater duct B
VENTILATORS
VENTILATORS
M1553002800746

• Rear Bumper Removal and Installation (Refer to GROUP
51 − Rear Bumper ).
LANCER
Section A-A
Rear ventilation duct
A
A
Note
: Claw positions
AC608287AN
VENTILATORS
55A-127
LANCER SPORTBACK
Section A-A
A
A
Note
: Claw positions
AC712432 AB
55B-1
GROUP 55B
AUTOMATIC AIR
CONDITIONER
CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . 55B-2 CHECK AT ECU TERMINAL. . . . . . . . . . . . 55B-7

DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW 55B-2
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55B-2 INTERIOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 55B-9
DIAGNOSIS CODE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . 55B-2 INTERIOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL
AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55B-9
DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES . . . . . 55B-4
INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55B-10
B1034 or B10C0/1 Interior Temperature Sensor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55B-4
DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE . . . . . . . 55B-5 OTHER PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55B-10
ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE. . 55B-7 OTHER PART REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55B-10
55B-2 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHECK OF FREEZE FRAME DATA
M1554004700577
M.U.T.-III.
Inspection Service Points − Contents of Trouble-
shooting When detecting fault and storing the diagnosis code,
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION before the determination of the diagnosis code and
M1554004800916 the data when the diagnosis code is determined, and
READING DIAGNOSIS CODES then stores the ECU status of that time. By analysing
Refer to GROUP 00, How to Use Troubleshooting/ each data from M.U.T.-III, the troubleshooting can be
Inspection Service Points − Diagnosis Function . performed more efficiently. The displayed items are
as the table below.
ERASING DIAGNOSIS CODES
Inspection Service Points − Diagnosis Function .
Display item list
generated
displayed.

M1554004901972

display
contents when
diagnosis code
is set
B10C0 (set by A/C- Interior temperature sensor system (short circuit) 25°C
ECU)
B10C1 (set by A/C- Interior temperature sensor system (open circuit)
ECU)
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
TROUBLESHOOTING
55B-3
display
contents when
diagnosis code
is set
B1034 (set by Ambient air temperature sensor system (short Refer to GROUP 20°C
ETACS-ECU) circuit) 55A Diagnosis
B1035 (set by Ambient air temperature sensor system (open Code Chart
ETACS-ECU) circuit)
B1031 Air thermo sensor system (short circuit) Air recirculation
B1032 Air thermo sensor system (open circuit) position: Interior
temperature
Fresh air
position: Fresh
air + 10°C
B1000 Control panel communication error −
B1018 Temperature adjusting SW −
B1003 Mode changeover SW −
B1021 Blower fan SW −
B1079 A/C refrigerant leaks −
B2214 Control panel failure −
B1415 Coding incomplete −
U0197 Hands Free Module Time-out −
NOTE: Note that diagnosis code Nos. B1034 and
TROUBLESHOOTING
Code No.B10C0: Interior temperature sensor system (short circuit)

Code No.B10C1: Interior temperature sensor system (open circuit)
Interior Temperature Sensor Circuit
A/C-ECU
INTERIOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
Wire colour code

ACA00730
AC612705 IV AC612711AJ
C-15 (B) C-15 (B)
AC612706AK AC612710 EO

This code is set when the interior temperature sensor
circuit is short (Code No.B10C0) or is open (Code
No.B10C1)
TROUBLESHOOTING
55B-5
• Malfunction of the interior temperature sensor NO : Repair the wiring harness.
• Damaged the wiring harness or connectors
• Malfunction of the A/C-ECU STEP 3. Check the interior temperature sensor.
Refer to .
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
YES : Go to Step 4.
STEP 1. Connector check: C-05 interior NO : Replace the interior temperature sensor.
temperature sensor connector and C-15 A/C-ECU
connector
YES : Go to Step 2.
STEP 2. Check the wiring harness between C-15 malfunction (Refer to GROUP 00, How to
A/C-ECU connector (terminals 19 and 17) and C- Cope with Intermittent Malfunction ).
05 interior temperature sensor connector
(terminals 1 and 2). DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE
• Check the sensor signal line and earth line for M1554005101043

17 Engine speed − Displays correct engine
speed.
19 Ambient temperature − Ambient temperature is the
sensor same as M.U.T.-III displayed
temperature
20 Fin thermo sensor − Evaporator outlet
temperature is the same as
M.U.T.-III displayed
temperature.
21 Interior temperature − Interior temperature is the
sensor same as M.U.T.-III displayed
temperature
23 Temperature setting Displays air conditioner set
temperature.
24 Engine coolant TEMP − Engine coolant temperature
sensor is the same as M.U.T.-III
displayed temperature.
26 Vehicle speed − Displays vehicle speed.
27 A/C Compressor drive Compressor ON ON
request Compressor OFF OFF
28 Air conditioning switch Air conditioner switch ON ON
Air conditioner switch OFF OFF
29 Refrigerant leak − Normal
34 Idle up request − Displays idle-up request
signal.
TROUBLESHOOTING

45 In/out select damper − Displays outside/inside air
poten (target) selection damper target
position.
46 In/out select damp − Displays outside/inside air
potentiometer selection damper position.
55 Air outlet c/o − Displays air outlet
potentiometer changeover damper
position.
56 Air outlet c/o potentio. − Displays air outlet
(Target) changeover damper target
position.
57 Low pressure − Normal
60 Rear defogger switch Rear window defogger switch ON ON
Rear window defogger switch OFF OFF
61 Pressure sensor − Displays refrigerant
pressure.
63 Air mix potentiometer − Displays the air mix damper
position.
condition.
69 Front blower fan − Displays blower motor target
(Target) value.
73 Refrigerant pressure − Displays refrigerant
pressure status.
74 Condenser fan − Displays condenser fan
running condition.
76 Temp. set dial position − Displays the set temperature
panel.
77 A/C Panel type − Dial/Auto/RHD
78 Fan set dial position − Displays the air volume
panel.
79 Air outlet c/o set dial − Displays output value to the
position air outlet changeover dial on
the control panel.
80 Fan set dial operation − ON when the air volume
flag adjusting dial is operated
81 A/C SW operation flag − ON when the air conditioner
switch is operated
82 Temp. set dial operation − ON when the air conditioner
flag switch is operated
83 Defogger flag − ON when the air outlet
changeover dial is set to the
DEF position.
TROUBLESHOOTING
55B-7
84 In/out air c/o SW − ON when the inside air/
operation flag outside air changeover
switch is operated
87 Rear defogger SW − ON when the rear window
operation flag switch is operated
88 Rear defogger SW lamp − Displays rear window switch
indicator status.
89 A/C SW lamp − Displays air conditioner
90 In/out air c/o SW lamp − Displays the status of the
inside air/outside air
changeover switch indicator.
91 A/C Compressor drive − ON when the compressor is
flag activated.
92 Wiper operation flag − ON when the wiper is
operated.
93 Ignition position − Ignition switch position
information status
94 Power source voltage − Displays power supply
voltage.
95 IOD fuse equipment − IOD fuse status
flag
ACTUATOR TEST TABLE

M1554005201181
Item No. Check item Driven content

2 Idle up request* Idle-up request signal
5 In/out selection damper The moving position of outside/inside air selection
damper motor
6 Air mix damper motor The moving position of air mix damper motor
7 Front blower fan The amount of blower motor rotation
8 Air outlet c/o dumper Air outlet changeover damper motor moving position
10 Cooling fan* The amount of cooling fan rotation
11 Air conditioner* A/C switch selection position
12 Rear defogger switch* Rear window defogger switch selection position
NOTE: *: When the engine is not running these func- CHECK AT A/C-ECU TERMINALS
tion do not work. M1552010302653
<C-15> <C-13>
21 2223 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
AC507400AG
TROUBLESHOOTING

No.
1 Power transistor (DRAIN) Air volume control dial: Maximum air 0 to 2 V
volume
2 Power transistor (GATE) Air volume control dial: Maximum air System voltage
volume
3−8 − − −
9 A/C control panel (Signal) − −
10 − 12 − − −
13 Battery power supply Always System voltage
15 IG power supply Ignition switch: ON System voltage
16 A/C pressure sensor input Refer to . Refer to .
17 Interior temperature sensor Sensor probe temperature: 25°C 2.1 to 2.7 V
(4.0 kΩ)
18 − − −
19 Sensor earth Always 1 V or less
20 A/C pressure sensor power Ignition switch: IG2 5V
supply
21 Air thermo sensor earth Always 1 V or less
22 Fin thermo sensor Sensor probe temperature: 25°C 2.1 to 2.7 V
(4.0 kΩ)
23 − − −
damper
damper
damper
damper
29 Motor power supply − −
damper motor
damper motor
damper motor
damper motor
INTERIOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
55B-9
No.
INTERIOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

M1554026400455
WARNING
For removal and installation of the Knee air bag module, always observe the service proce-
dures described in GROUP 52B, Knee air bag module .
Section A-A
Claw
1
Instrument panel
AC704919
1 2
A A
AC709810AH
Interior temperature sensor Interior temperature sensor

removal steps removal steps (Continued)
• Knee air bag module (Refer to 1. Aspirator hose
GROUP 52B − Knee air bag 2. Interior temperature sensor
module ).
OTHER PARTS
INSPECTION Check to see that the resistance shown in the graph

M1552014303874 is almost satisfied when measuring the resistance
INTERIOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR between the terminals under two or more different
CHECK temperature conditions.
RESISTANCE
(k ) 20
15
10
0
-10 0 20 40 60 80
TEMPERATURE (˚C) AC103488AD
OTHER PARTS
OTHER PARTS MAINTENANCE SERVICE Item Reference
POINTS page
M1554004000921
The following maintenance service points are the Heater unit and blower assembly
same as for the manual A/C. Mode selection damper control
motor, air mixing damper control
motor, outside/inside air selection
Item Reference
damper control motor, blower
page
motor and power transistor
On-vehicle Refrigerant level
Ambient air temperature sensor
service check, draining
and charging A/C-ECU
Simple inspection PTC heater <Vehicles with PTC
of the a/c pressure heater>
sensor Compressor assembly <1600 (M/
Compressor drive T)>
belt adjustment Compressor assembly <Except
Performance test 1600 (M/T) >
Power relay Condenser
continuity check Refrigerant line
Idle-up operation Ducts
check
Heater control unit

12GS41&44S (EU) Workshop Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

12GS41&44S (EU) Workshop Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

00-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL. . . . . . 00-3 COMPARTMENT <4B11-Turbo, 4N1> . . . . 00-39

SCOPE OF MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION

Indicates the page number.

Indicates procedures to be performed be-

Mark N denotes nonreusable part.

Repair kit or parts sets are shown.

Maintenance and servicing procedures

Classifications of major maintenance / service points

BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY

The title of the page

Indicates (by symbols) where

Symbols for lubrication, sealants and adhesives

Symbols are used to show the locations for lubrication : Grease

HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING/INSPECTION SERVICE

1. STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING

Reoccurs Does not reoccur

How to treat past Recheck trouble symptom. How to treat past

Read the diagnosis codes. No diagnosis

2. SYSTEM OPERATION AND SYMPTOM 5. DIAGNOSIS CODE PROCEDURES

7. SYMPTOM PROCEDURES HOW TO READ DIAGNOSIS CODE

8. SERVICE DATA REFERENCE TABLE <LH drive vehicles>

Inspection items and normal judgment values have Diagnosis connector

9. ACTUATOR TEST TABLE

11. INSPECTION PROCEDURE BY USING

Connect the M.U.T.-III to the 16-pin diagnosis con-

HOW TO USE THE INSPECTION

Relevant circuit(s) of the component which

Start of diagnosis Describes

CURRENT TROUBLE HARNESS CHECK

Use inspection harness (MB991219) of special tool

AC105597AB IF INSPECTING WITH THE CONNECTOR

Touch the pin directly with the test bar.

Connector disconnected or CONNECTOR PIN INSPECTION

Stretched or broken wires

If the connector pin stopper is damaged, the terminal

CONNECTOR ENGAGEMENT INSPECTION

Harness wire breakage

Use special tool inspection harness (MB991219)

INSPECTION SERVICE POINTS FOR A HOW TO COPE WITH INTERMITTENT

Remove the blown fuse and measure the resistance

VEHICLES FOR EUROPE

VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA (EASTERM EUROPE COUNTRIES)

No. Item Content

No. Item Content

MODELS <LANCER SPORTBACK>

No. Item Content

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The vehicle identification number (chassis number)

No. Item Content

The vehicle identification number (VIN) plate is ENGINE MODEL STAMPING

instrument panel. < 4A91, 4A92 >

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 < 4B10, 4B11, 4J10 >

No. Item Content

VEHICLES FOR EUROPE

VEHICLES FOR RUSSIA

GENERAL DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM • SRS-ECU, air bag module, clock spring,

2. Remove the shift lock forced release switch cover

3. Insert a screwdriver or a similar tool from the

MULTI USE TESTER (M.U.T.-III) SUB

MULTI USE TESTER (M.U.T.-III) sub assembly

MB991824 MB991827 MB991910

M.U.T.-III main harness B M.U.T.-III adapter harness M.U.T.-III trigger harness